i2./ THE RECORD A K “ <’ ^ *4^ / d V ZOOLOGICAL LITERATURE. 1869. EDITED BY ALBERT 0. L. G. GUNTHER, M.A., M.D., nr.T)., F.Tl.g., P.Z.8., ETC. ETC. LONDON: JOHN VAN VOORST, PATERNOSTER ROW. MDCCCLXX. PRINTED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET. ALERE P U E r A C E. In this (sixth) Volume of the ' Record ’ the Editor has ad- hered to the plan which was followed in the preceding volumes. There is, however, a change in one section. Mr. Dallas being prevented, by the duties resulting from his recent appointment to the Secretaryship of the Geological Society, from under- taking the laborious task of preparing the whole of the Entomo- logical Record, Messrs. Kirby, MacLachlan, Marshall, and Rye consented to relieve him of certain parts of it. Zoologists have to thank the British Association for another grant of jglOO toward the expenses of the preparation of this volume, the contributors having again made a sacrifice similar to that of the two preceding years. The present Editor^s duties cease with this volume ; con- sidering his fellow-labourers entitled to the honour of the post as well as to a share in its cares and responsibilities, he would have resigned the Editorship at the end of the fifth year, if Professor Newton, his first associate in the work, had then been ready to succeed him. To his successor, therefore, he must leave it to state, with the commencenlent of the seventh volume, what arrangements have been made to ensure the continuation of the ^ Record * in the form in which it has hitherto appeared ; but he cannot conclude these remarks without expressing his gratification at the readiness with which British zoologists have joined in support of the work, proving that he was not mistaken as regards its necessity and usefulness. ALBERT GUNTHER. [Communications, papers, and memoirs intended for this work should he addressed iolely to The Editor of the Zoological Record, care of Mr. Van Voorst, 1 Paternoster Row, London.” All publications sent will bo distributed among the several Recorders.] CONTENTS AND INDEX. MAMMALIA. By Albert Gunther, M.A. &c. (Page 1.) AVES. By Alfred Newton, M.A. &c. Review of Publications Page Bibliography 25 The General Subject. ... 26 Palaearctic llegion 31 Ethiopian Region 38 Indian Region 42 Australian Region .... 44 Noarctic Region 46 Neotropical Region .... 49 Anatomy and Physiology 53 Pterology 55 Neossology 55 Oology 56 Special Part Accipitres 58 PsiTTACI 62 PlCARI^ 63 Passeres Pittidae 68 Formicariido) ; . . 68 Monuridae 70 Bendrocolaptidaft 71 Oxyrhamphidae 71 Meliphagidae 71 Nectariniidae 71 Cotingidae 72 Ampclidae 73 Timaliidac 73 llirundinidae 73 Vireonidae 74 Tyrannidae 74 Laniidae 77 Campephagidae 78 Muscicapidae 78 Mniotiltidae 78 Turdidac 78 Sylviidae 80 Motacillidae 84 Troglodytidae 85 Certhiidae 85 Sittidae 85 Maluridae 86 Tanagridae 86 Ploceidac 87 Fringillidae 87 Emherizidae 89 Alaudidae 89 Icteridae 90 Sturnidae 90 Epimachidae 91 Paradiseidae 91 Corvidae 91 COLUMB^ Columbidae 91 Dididae 91 GALLINiE 92 Grall.ze 94 Anseres 98 SxRIITniONES 103 VI CONTENTS AND INDEX. EEPTILIA. By Albert Gunther^ M.A. &c. (Page 105.) PISCES. By Albert Gunther, M.A. &c. (Page 123.) ARACHNIDA. By W. S. Dallas, F.L.S. &c. Page Review of Publications . . 141 Special Part Araneida 143 Mygalidae 145 Scytodidse 146 Lycosidae 146 Salticidae 148 Thomisidae Page ... 150 Drassidae ... 152 Agelenidae ... 155 Therediidae ... 158 Epeiridae ... 163 Pedipalpi ... 165 Adelarthrosomata . , . ... 165 Acarina ... 166 MYRIOPODA. By W. S. Dallas, F.L.S. &c. (Pago 167.) INSECTA. The General Subject. By E. C. Rye. (Page 170.) Coleoptera. Review of Publications . . 183 General Notes 197 Special Part Cicindelidae 199 Carabidae Carabides 200 Cychrides 201 Pamborides 201 Odontacanthides 201 Galeritides 202 HeUuonides 202 Bracbinides 202 Lebiades 202 Pericalides 203 Pseudomorphides .... 208 Ditomides 208 Graphipterides 208 Anthiides 208 Morioiiides 209 By E. C. Rye. Scaritides 209 Punagaeides 210 Chlaeniides 210 Broscides 211 Cratoceridcs 211 Harpalides 211 Feroniides 212 Antarctiides 213 Ancliomenidcs 213 Pogonides 215 Trechides 21 5 Bembidiidea 217 Dytiscidae 218 Gyrinidae 220 Palpicornia 220 Paussidaa 221 Staphybnidae 221 Psclaphidae 229 Scydmaanidae 230 Silpbidae 232 CONTENTS AND INDEX. Vll Corylophidae , . Page 232 Lymexylidae ...... Page .... 259 Trichoptcrygidao 233 Ptinidae . : . . 259 Scaphidiidae . . . . 236 Bostrychidae .... 260 Histeridae .... 236 Cioidae .... 260 Nitidulidae .... 237 Melasomata .... 260 Trogositidae 238 Cistelidae .... 269 Colydiidae .... 238 Pythidae .... 270 CucujidaD 239 M elan dry adae .... 270 Cryptophagidae 240 Lagriidae .... 270 Lathridiidae 241 Anthicidae .... 270 Mycetophagidae . 242 Pyrrhochroadae .... .... 271 Bermestidae 242 Mordellidae . . . . 271 Byrrhidae 242 • llhipiphoridae .... 271 Parnidae 243 Meloidae .... 271 Heteroceridae . . . 244 CEdemeridae .... 272 Lucanidae 244 CurcuUonidae .... 272 Scarabaaidae 246 Scolytidae ........ Brenthidae . . .... 282 Biiprestidae 252 .... 285 Throscidao 254 Bnicbidae .... 285 Eucnemidae 254 Longicornia .... 286 Flateridae 254 Phytophaga .... 296 Cebrionidae . . . . . 257 Erotylidae .... 301 BasciUidae 257 Endomychidae .... 301 Malacodermata . 257 Coccinellidae .... 301 Cleridae 259 IIymenoptera. By the Rev. T. A. Marshall, M.A., F.L.S. Review of Publications . . 301 Special Part Anthophila 306 Vespidae 314 Pompilidee 314 Crabronidae 315 Bembecidae 318 vScoliidaa 318 Mutillidae 318 Formicidae 319 Chrysididae 319 Ichneumonidae 319 Chalcididae 320 Proctotrypidae 321 Gallicolae 321 Uroceridas 332 Tenthredinidae 332 Lepidopteua. By W. F. Kirby, M.E.S. Review of Publications . . 334 General Notes 346 Special Part Rhopalocera 351 Papilionides 354 Pierideg 356 Ban aides 359 Helicon iides 350 Acraeides 360 Nymphalides 361 Morphides 367 Brassolides 368 Satyridcs Eurytelides 369 Libytheides 369 Erycinides 370 Lycaenidcs . . . . . 371 Hesperides . . , . . 376 Heterocera 379 Sphingidae 38i Stygiidae 383 b Vlll CONTDNTS AND INDEX. ZEgeriidas Page 383 UraniidaB 384 CastniidaB 384 ZygaBnidas 385 NycteolidaB 386 LithosiidoB 386 ArctiidaB 387 Liparidas 389 PsycbidaB 389 NotodontidaB ..... 391 Limacodidte 391 Page Drepanulida) 392 Saturniidae 392 Bombycidae 393 Zeuzerida0 397 Hepialidoo 397 Noctuidao 398 Geometridas 406 PyralidaB 409 Tortricidae 411 Tineidae 413 Pterophoridae 417 By W. S. Dallas, F.L.S. Diptera. Revieto of Publications . . 418 General Notes 421 Special Part CecidomyidaB 423 Mycetophilidae 423 Bibionidas 425 ChironomidaB 425 Culicidas 426 Tipulidae 426 Stratiomyidas ........ 431 Xylopbagidas 432 TabauidaB 432 BombyliidaB 432 AcroceridaB 434 ScenopinidaB 434 Asilidas 434 TherevidoB 435 LeptidaB 435 EmpidaB 435 DolicbopodidaB 436 MuscidaB 437 PlatypezidaB 444 Syrpbidas 444 Aphaniptera 445 Nkuroptera. By 11. M^Lachlan, F.L.S. (Page 445.) Orthoptera. By R. M^Lachlan, F.L.S. (Page 456.) By W. S. Dallas, F.L.S. Rhynchota. Review of Publications . . 472 General Notes 475 Special Part Heteroptera 477 Ilomoptera Stridulantia 482 FulgoridaB 482 MembracidaB 484 CicadeUina 494 Psyllidae 500 Aphididae 500 Coccidas 502 Anoplura 504 CONTENTS AND INDEX* IX MOLLUSCA. By Eduard von Martens^, M.D. &c. , Page Review of Publications . . 505 The General Subject Anatomy and Physiology . 520 Monstrosities 620 Contributions to Faunas Land- and Freshwater Mollusca 521 Brackish-water Mollusca 626 Marine Mollusca 627 Immigration and Accli- matization 530 Palaeontology of recent species 631 Use of MoUusks by man . . 632 Classification 633 Special Part Cephalopoda 534 Pteropoda 535 Gastropoda Pectinibranchiata .... 635 Proboscidifera rhachi- glossa 636 Proboscidifera tcenio- Proboscidifera pteno- glossa 544 Proboscidifera gymno- glossa 544 Toxoglossa 645 llostrifera 547 Scutibranchiata 653 Cyclobranchiata 556 Tectibranchiata 557 Nudibranchiata 569 Pulmonata inoperculata Geophila 560 Onchidiidae 661 Vaginulidae 561 Agnatha 561 Oxygnatha 562 Odontognatha .... 565 Aulacognatha .... 572 Goniognatha .... 574 Elasmognatha .... 576 Limnophila 677 Thalassophila 578 Pulmonata operculata. . 579 Solenoconchae 582 CONCHIPERA 682 642 Brachiopoda 693 MOLLUSCOIDA. By E. Perceval Wright, M.A. &c. (Page 594.) CRUSTACEA. By Eduard von Martens, M.D. &c* (Page 598.) ROTIFERA. By E. Perceval Wright, M.A. &c. (Page 624.) ANNELIDA. By E. Perceval Wright, M.A. &c. (Page 625.) SCOLECIDA. By E. Perceval AV right, M.A. &c. (Page 632.) X CONTENTS AND INDEX. ECHINODERMATA. By E. Perceval Wright, M.A. &c. (Page 638.) CCELENTERATA. By E. Perceval Wright, M.A. &c. (Page 650.) PROTOZOA. By E. Perceval Wright, M.A. &c. (Page 669.) ERRATA ET CORRIGENDA. Page 67, Hue 26, between this line and the next insei't line 16 from page 81. „ 93 „ 2, for P. longipes read Palceoperdix Imgipes^ and for P, medtus read Phasiunus medius. f, 97 „ 14, read tips of the feathers black, with a pale v-shaped mark. 97 EECORD OP ZOOLOGICAL LITERATURE. MAMMALIA BY Albert Gunther, M.A., M.D., Ph.D. A. Separate Publications. AtiDDENDORFP, A. VON. Sibirisclie Reise. Band iv. Ueber- sicht der Natnr Nord- iind Ost-Sibiriens. Theil ii. Erste Lieferung. Die Tliierwelt Sibiriens. St. Petersb. 1867, 4to, pp. 785-1094. [Siberian Journey. Vol. iv. Aecount of the Nature of North and East Siberia, Divis. ii. Part first. The fauna of Siberia.] All zoologists are acquainted with tlie seeond volume of Dr. von. Middeiidorft’^s * lleise,^ which contains the detailed descrip- tions of the species of Mammalia collected during his voyage. The present volume is devoted to a more philosophical treatment of the author’s observations, to the geographical distribution and variation of the species, and their relation to the physical features of the country in recent and past times. Of necessity many general questions are discussed; and the opinions held by a man with so much positive knowledge, and so long an experience, as Dr. V. Middendorff demand every attention. We give a short abstract of the contents of the volume. In the first two chapters the author demonstrates the Identity of the Siberian fauna with that of Europe, the number of species decreasing from the south towards the north. Only 16 mammals, 71 birds, and not one reptile have been met with between lat. 1869. [vol. VI.] n 2 ZOOLOGICAL LITERATURE. 71° and 75 whilst in South-eastern Siberia, between lat. 52° and 62® N., 44 mammals, 157 birds, and 4 reptiles were collected. The following chapter is directed against the tendency of many zoologists to separate the slightest variations under distinct specific names. The identity of most of the Mammalia of the north of Asia and America becomes evident as soon as a sufficient number of examples from various localities are examined. The causes of variation must be manifold ; climate is certainly not the only cause. Thus, with regard to the variation of size, it has been observed that Asiatic examples are of greater size than European ; of many birds a smaller and a larger variety exist, but both are found in the same localities, the lesser variety being probably the product of a second brood. Mountain- races in Europe are generally the smaller; inSiberiathey are alarger than those of the plains. Food must be one of the principal causes of vigorous growth : where the animal finds a regular and plentiful supply, and where the food is enjoyed without disturbance, there races of larger growth will be produced. Variations of colour are likewise dependent on various causes. Passing on to the distribution of animals, the author expresses his belief that there is originally a continuity of distribution of every species; but it is frequently now found interrupted from geological changes, or in consequence of migration or of partial extinction. In Siberia the following animals are extinct, or exposed to the danger of becoming entirely or locally extinct: — Rhytina, Enhydris, Otaria stelleri and ursina, Ovis montanus, Beaver, Sable, Wild Cat, Wolf, Bear, Eland, and the Saiga Antelope. To prevent the extinction of useful animals it is ne- cessary to protect them by laws, as, for instance, in the case of the Sea-Bear, which decreased so rapidly in numbers that a Russian Company was obliged to introduce, in the year 1830, a system of preservation on the island of St. Paul. The consequence was that they were .enabled to kill 4000 animals in 1840, 8000 in 1841, 12,000 in 1843, 15,000 in 1845, and 47,960 in 1861, the species being, moreover, compelled to resort to other additional localities for breeding. The circumpolar^* fauna is divided into hyperhoreaV* and circumboreal ** animals, the latter being subdivided into Tundra ** species, that is inhabitants of open country, and into /ore^Z-species. We need not enumerate them by name; and it may suffice to say that the author treats in a copious manner of their distribution, habits, and relation to man. In the conclu- ding chapters the arctic fauna is compared with alpine faunas, and an attempt is made to distinguish subdivisions in the direc- tion from east to west. Milne-Edward.s, II. et A. Recherches pour servir k Thistoire paturelle des Mammiferes. Paris, 1868-69. 4to. MAMMALIA. 3 See Zool. Reeord, v. p. 3. Two other parts (4 & 5) have been published in 18(>9; they contain the continuation of the Mammalian fauna of China^ and more especially the monograph of Si])hneus. ' Beneden, P. J. van, et Gervais, P. Osteographie des Cetaces vivants et fossiles, &c. Paris. Text 4to, Atlas fol. We have given a notice of this grand work in Zool. Record, v. p. 5. Parts 4 to 8 have been published of the text, as well as of the ])lates, containing tlie account oi' Me ff apt era and Balanoptera, and of the fossil forms belonging to Baleena and the two other genera mentioned. Peters, W. C. H. Saugethiere gesammelt von Baron C. C. von der Decken auf seinen Reisen im aquatorialen Ostafrica, pp. 1-10, with 4 plates. This forms an appendix to C. C. Von der Decken^s * Reisen in Ost- Africa,^ Lcip/^. 18G9, 8vp, of which a preliminary abstract was given by the author in 18G6 (see Zool. Record, iii. p. 11). The general work is divided into a narrative and a scientific part, the whole being edited by O. Kersten after the death of the traveller. The narrative contains numerous accounts of East- African animals, but they are composed in so artistic a manner that one cannot know which are original observations made by tlie traveller and taken from his MS. notes, or what composition by the editor and his coadjutors. The scientific parts only are of interest to zoology, one of them being the Report of the Mammalia by Peters. Wallace, A. R. The Malay Archipelago : the land of the Orang-utan and the Bird of Paradise. A narrative of travel, with studies of Man and Nature. Second edition. London, 18G9. IGmo. Vol. i. pp. 312 ; vol. ii. pp. 341. Mr. Wallace has the great merit to have been the first to throw light into the zoogeography of the Malayan archipelago, and to reduce to something like systematic order the mass of facts relating to it. All future researches, be they con- firmatory of or controverting the views put forth by Mr. Wallace, will make his work the starting-point. Prom a study of Birds principally, and also of Mammalia, he comes to the conclusion that five groups of islands must be distinguished in a zoogeographical point of view : — 1. The Indo-Malay Islands, comprising the Malay peninsula and Singapore, Borneo, Java, and Sumatra. 2. The Timor group, with Timor, Flores, Sumbawa, and Lombock. 3. Celebes, with the Sula Islands and Bouton. 4. The Moluccas, comprising Burn, Ceram, Batjan, Gilolo, 13'2 4 ZOOLOGICAL LITERATUIIK. Morty, Ternate, Tidore^ Makian, Amboiua, Banda^ Goram, and Matabello. 5. Tlie Papuan group, comprising New Guinea, the Am Islands, Mysol, and Waigiou. Accordingly the work is divided into five parts, a separate chapter being devoted to certain portions of their natural history. Nearly all the more interesting mammals of this region are referred to, and the greater part of a chapter is devoted to the author's own observations of the Orang-utan. Fatio, V. Faune des Vertebres de la Suisse. Vol. I. Histoire naturelle des Mammiferes. Geneve et Bale, 1869. 8vo, pp. 410, with 8 plates. A careful monograph of the Mammalia of Switzerland, de- scribing 18 Bats, 8 Insectivores (among which Talpa caca), 10 Eodents (with a rather doubtful new species of Mouse), 12 Car- nivores, 1 Sus, and 2 Buminants. Five of the plates are coloured; skulls and dentition are represented on the three others. La Fontaine, A. de. Faune du pays de Luxembourg. Mam- miferes. Luxemb. 1869. 8vo, pp. 128. The character of this book renders it a publication of local interest only. A Gray, J. E. Catalogue of Carnivorous, Pachydermatous, and Edentate Mammalia in the British Museum. . Loud. 1869, pp. 398, with numerous woodcuts. This catalogue is a reproduction of the various papers published by the author in the ^ Proceedings of the Zoological Society' and ^Annals & Magazine of Natural History' within the last five years, and collected in a continuous form, with the addition of much synonymic and descriptive detail. Having fully referred to those papers in the previous volumes of the ^ Record,' this notice will suffice. B. Papers published in Journals, Allen, J. A. Mammalia of Massachusetts. No. 8 of the Bullet. Museum of Comparative Zoology at Harvard College, Cambridge, Mass. 8vo, pp. 143-252. Beneden, P. j. van. Les Baleinopteres du Nord de I'At- lantique. Bull. Ac. Roy. Belg. xxvii. 1869, pp. 281-291, with a map. Blanford, W. T. On the species of Hyrax inhabiting Abys- sinia and the neighbouring countries. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1869, pp. 638-642. Blyth, E. Notice of two overlooked species of Antelope. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1869, pp. 51-55, with woodcuts. MAMMALIA. 5’ Bocage, J. V. B. DU. Sur une espece tie Ccphalophus ^ taille ])lus forte, d^Afrique occidentale, qui parait identique au C, longiceps (Gray). Jorn. Ac. Sc. Lisb. no. vii. pp. 220- 222. Brandt, J. F. De Dinotheriorum genere Elephantidarum familiee adjungendo nee non de Elephantidarum generum craniologia comparata. Mem. Ac. Sc. St. Petersb. xiv. no. 1, 1869, pp. 38. . Uutersuchungen liber die Gattung der Klippschliefer (Hyrax)y besonders in anatomisclier und verwandtschaft- 1 idler Beziehung, nebst Bemerkungen liber ihre Verbreitung mid Lebensweise. Ibid. no. 2. pp. 127, with 3 plates. [Researches into the genus Hyrax^ especially into their anatomy and relations to other Mammalia, with remarks on their distribution and mode of life.] . Wenige Wortc in Bezug auf die Erwiederiingen in BetrelF der Vertilgung der nordischen Seckuh. Bull. Soc. Nat. Mosc. 1868 (1867), Heft. 4, pp. 508-524. [A few words on the replies regarding the extinction of Rhyiina borealis.'] Busk, G. Notice of the Discovery at Sarawak, in Borneo, of the fossilized teeth of Rhinoceros, and of a Cervine Ru- , minant. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1869, pp. 409-416, with wood- cuts. Campbell, A. Notes on the modes of capture of Elephants in Assam. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1869, pp. 136-140. Cope, E. D. On Agaphelus, a genus of toothless Cetacea. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sc. Philad. 1868, pp. 221-227. Eichwald, Ed. von. Die Lethsea rossica und ihre Gegner. Bull. Soc. Nat. Mosc. 1867 (1868), Heft 3, pp. 220-227, and 1869, xli. pp. 311-373. [The ^Lethsea Rossica^ and its opponents.] We refer to this polemical paper because a part of it treats of (^/ the possible rediscovery oi^l^ytma m ajliving state. Fitzinger, L. j. Revision der zur natiirlichen Familie der Katzen {Feles) gehorigen Formen. Sitzgsber. Ak. Wiss. Wien, 1868, Iviii. pp. 421-519, and 1869, lix. pp. 211-279, 629-716, and lx. pp. 173-262. • . Die Gattungcn der Familie dcr Antilopcn (Antilopa:) nach ihrer natiirlichen Verwandtschaft. Ibid. 1869, lix. pp. 128-182. . Die natiirliche Familie der Maulwiirfe {Talpm) und ihre Arten, nach kritischen Untersuchungen. Ibid. pp. 353- 432. 6 ZOOLOGICAL LlTEllATURE. F}tzinger, L. J. Die naturlicbe Familie der Spitzliornclieii [Cladobat{e) . Sitzgsber. Ak. Wiss. Wien, lx. pp. 263-289. Flower, W. H. On the value of the characters of the base of the cranium in the classification of the order Carnivoray and op the systematic position of Bassaris and other dis- j)uted forms. Froc. Zool. Soc. 1869, pp. 4-37, with nu- merous woodcuts. . Notes on four specimens of the Common Fin- Whale {Physalus antiquorum. Gray; Baltjenoptera musculus, auct.) stranded on the south coast of JEngland. Ibid. pp. 604-611, with a plate. . On the anatomy of the Proteles (Proteles cristatus, Sparrm.) . Ibid. pp. 474-496, with a plate and woodcuts. Frantzius, a. von. Die Sseugethiere Costarica’s, ein Beitrag zur Kenntniss der geogi’aphischen Verbreitung der Sseuge- thiere America’s. Wiegm. Arch. 1869, pp. 247-325. [The Mammals of Costa Rica, a contribution to our knowledge of the geographical distribution of the American Mam- mals.] George, — . Etudes zoologiques sur les Ilerniones ct quelques autres especes chevalines. Ann. ^c. Nat, 1869, xii. pp. 5-48, pis. 1-4. Gilpin, J. B. On the Mammalia of Nova Scotia. No. lY. Proc. & Trans. N. Scot. Inst. Nat. Sc. ii. 2, 1869, pp. 58-69. [See Zool. Record, ii. p. 7, iv. p. 8.] Grandidier, a. Description de quelques animaux nouveaux decouverts, pendant I’annee 1869, sur la cote ouest de Madagascar. Rev. et Mag. Zool. 1869, pp. 337-339. Gray, J. E. On the bony dorsal shield of the male D'agulus kancML Proc. Zool. Soc. 1869, p. 226, with woodcut. — — On the Guemul, or Roebuck of Southern Peru. Ibid, pp. 496-499, with woodcut. . Note on the varieties of Dogs. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1869, iii. pp. 236-240. , Additional notes on Sea-Bears (Otmadci), Ibid. iv. pp, 264-270. . Notes on Seals (Phocidce), and the changes in the form of their lower jaw during growth. Ibid. pp. 342-346. Green, A. H. On the Natural History and Hunting of the Beaver {Castor canadensis, Kuhl) on the Pacific slope of - the Rocky Mountains. With supplementary notes by Robert Brown, Esq. Jonrn. Linn. Soc. Zoology, x. 1869, pp. 361-373. MAMMALIA. i *' IIallas, S. Optegnelser om nogle paa et Hvalfangst-Tog i Havet omkring Island iagttagne Hvaler. Vid. Meddel. ntrh. Foren. i Kjdbenh. for 1867 (1868), pp. 150-177. [Notes on some Whales captured on a Whaling-expedition in the sea round Iceland.] Hartmann, R. Geographische Verbreitung der im nord-ost- lichen Africa wild Icbenden Saugethiere. Zeitschr. Ges. f. Erdkunde Berlin, 1868, hi. pp. 28-69, 232-270, 346-367. (Not concluded.) Hayden, F. V. A new species of Hare from the summit of Wind-River Mountains. Amer. Natur. hi. 1869, pp. 113- 116, with woodcut. \Lepm hairdii.~\ Hensel, R. Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Thierwelt Brasiliens. Zoolog. Garten, 1869, pp. 16-19, 33-40, 135-140, 289- 298, 328 336. Continuation, see Zool. Record, iv. p. 9. The author relates his experiences with Cebus fatuellus and Hapale lacchus. He considers the monkey, with regard to intellectual qualities, to be as superior to the dog as the latter is to the horse. The horse stands very low in the intellectual scale of animals ; it is certainly inferior to the pig. Pages 135-140 contain a general account of the Bats of Brazil; and in the remainder a part of the Carnivora are treated of, to which we shall refer subsequently. Houghton, W. The Rabbit (Lepus cuniculus) as known to the Ancients. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1869, hi. pp. 179- 183. Kinberg, J. G. H. Om arktiska Phocaceer, funna uti med- lersta Sveriges glaciallera. CEfvers. Vet. Akad. Forhandl. 1869, pp. 13-51. Krauss, F. v. Ueber Choloepus didactylus, L. Wiegm. Arch. 1869, pp. 122-135. Lenormant, F. Sur Pantiquite de Pane et du cheval comme animaux domestiques en Egypte et en Syrie. Compt. Rend. 1869, Ixix.pp. 1256-1260. Malm, A. W. Om ett i Zoologiska Ricksmusenm [i Stockholm] befintligt skelett af Balcenoptera musculus (Companyo) fran Finmarken. CEfvers. Vet. Akad. Forhandl. 1868, pp. 95- 103, with a plate. Milne-Edwards, a. Note sur un metis d^H^mione et de Ju- ment ne au Museum d^Histoire naturelle. Bull. Soc. Zool. d’Acclim. 1869, pp. 180-181. Murie, J. Report on the Eared Seals colliebted by the Society's Keeper, F. Lecomte, in the Falkland Islands. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1869, pp. 100-109, pi. 7. 8 ZOOLOGICAL LITEllATUllE. Peters, W. Ueber neue oder weniger bekannte Fledertliiere, iiisbesondere des Pariser Museums. Monatsber. Ak. Wiss. Berlin, 1869, pp. 391-406. Reinhardt, J. Moelketandsacttet og Tandskiftningen lios Cen- tetes ecaudatus (Sclir.). Overs. Daiisk. Ved. Selsk. Por- handl. f. 1869, pp. 171-178, with woodcuts. Sanson, A. Nouvelle determination des especes chevalines du genre Equus. Compt. Rend. 1869, Ixix. pp. 1201-1207. ScAMMON, C. M. On the Cetaceans of the Western Coast of North America. Edited by E. D. Cope. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sc. Philad. 1869, pp. 13-63, with 6 plates of very rude figures. ScLATER, P. L. Remarks on two species of Mammals described from specimens recently living in the Society's Gardens. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1869, pp. 592-596, with a plate. Smith, J. A. Notice of remains of the Rein-deer, Cervus taranduSj found in Ross-shire, Sutherland, and Caithness ; with notes of its occurrence throughout Scotland. Proc. Soc. Antiquar. Scotl. viii, 1868-69. Separately printed, Edinb. 1869, pp. 1-39, with many woodcuts. Steenstuup, j. Den oprindelige islandske Landpattedyr-faunas Karakter, sserligt med Hensyn til Hr. A. Murray's Frein- stilling heraf i hans The geographical distribution of Mammals." Vidensk. Meddel. ntrh. Foren. i Kjobenh. for 1867 (1868), pp. 51-56. [On the character of the indi- genous Mammalian Fauna of Iceland, especially with re- gard to Mr. A. Murray's account of it in his work entitled The geograjdiical distribution of Mammals." S WIN hoe, R. On the Cervine Animals of the Island of Hainan (China). Proc. Zool. Soc. 1869, pp, 652-660, with wood- cuts, Welch, F. H. Observations on Lepus americanus^ especially with reference to the modifications in the fur consequent on the rotation of seasons, and the change of colour on the advent of winter ; based on specimens obtained in the pro- vince of New Brunswick, North America. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1869, pp. 228-236. C. Anatomical Publications. Ben EDEN, E. van. Recherches sur la composition et la signifi- cation de I'oeuf, basees sur Fetude de son mode de formatipn et des premiers phenomenes embryonnaires (Mammiferes, Oiscaux, Crustacees, Vers). Mem. Cour. Ac. Belg. xxxiv. pp. 283, with 1 2 plates. MAMMALIA. 9 Flower, \V. H. Remarks on the homologies and notation of the teetli of Mammalia. Journ. Anat. & Physiol, iv. 1869, pp. 263-278, with woodcuts. Fr’edlowsky, a. Ueber Missbildungen von Saugethier-Zahnen. " Sitzgsber. Ak. Wiss. Wien, 1869, lix. pp. 333-350, with a plate. [On malformations of teeth in mammals.] See also Murie, J., on the same subject, p. 10. G A ETON, J. Ch. The muscles of the fore and hind limbs in Dasypus sexcincius. Trans. Linn. Soc. xxvi. 1869, pp. 523- 566, with a plate. . The myology of the upper and lower extremities of Oj'ycteropus capensis. Ibid. pp. 567-608, with two plates. . The myology of Cycloihurus didactylii$. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1869, iv. pp. 244-264, with a plate. (irimm, O. V. Der Rogcnapparat dcr Katze. Rull. Acad. Sc. St. Petersb. xiv. 1869, pp. 73-80, with a plate. [The semi- circular canals of the cat.] lluLKE, J. W. Note on the blood-vessel-system of the retina of the Hedgehog (being a fourth contribution to the ana- tomy of the Retina). Proc. R. Soc. 1869, pp. 357-358. Humphry, — . The myology of the limbs of Pteropus. Journ. Anat. & Physiol, iv. 1869, pp. 294-319, with two plates. . On the disposition and homologies of the extensor and flexor muscles of the leg and forearm. Ibid. pp. 330-334. . The myology of the limbs of the Unau, the Ai, the two- toed Anteater, and the Pangolin. Ibid. v. pp. 17-78, with four plates. Jager, G. Ueber das Langcnwachsthum der Knochen. Jena. Zcitschr. Medic, u. Ntrwiss. 1869, v. pp. 1-42. [On the longitudinal growth of bones.] Kinberg, j. G. II. Om andra halskotans uppkomst genom sammansmaltning af tva kotor. OEfvers. Vet. Akad. For- handl. 1868, pp. 429-448. [On the origin of the second vertebra by means of coalescence of two vertebrae.] The author demonstrates that the processus odontoideus is originally separated from the centrum of the epistropheus by two intervertebral epiphyses, that it has parts corresponding to,^ but not developed into, an arcus, that its formation is analogous to that of a caudal vertebra ; consequently the epistropheus is cottiposed of two centra, coalescent like the sacral vertebrae. . Undersokningar rorande Djurens historia. 1. Ossa mctacarpi et metatarsi Ovis et Caprae. Ibid. 1869, pp. 359- 10 ZOOLOGICAL L1T15RATU11E. 433. [Researches concerning the history of animals. Part 1 .] Kinbeiig, J. G. H. Synopsis suturarum et epiphysium. Ibid. 1869, pp. 157-186. /koster, W. Onderzoek omtrent de vorming van eieren in het I ovarium der zoogdieren, na de geboorte, en de verhoudiug I van het ovarium tot het buikvlies. Versl. & Mededeel. Ak. ^ Wet. Amsterd. 1869, pp. 141-151, with a plate. : The same pape^ under the title Recherches sur Pepithelium i de Povaire des Mammiferes apres la naissance, et sur les rela- 1 tions de Povaire avec le peritoine.^^ Arch. Neerland. Sc. Exact. \ et Nat. iv. 1869, pp. 363-374. Macalister, a. On the Myology of Bradypus tridactylus \ with remarks on the general muscular anatomy of the Edentata. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1869, iv. pp. 51-67. . On the arrangement of the Pronator Muscles in the limbs of Vertebrate Animals. Journ. Anat. & Phys. 1869, iv. pp. 335-340. Murie, J., and Mivart, St. G. On the Anatomy of the Lemu- roidea. Trans. Zool. Soc. vii. 1869, pp. 1-113, with six plates. This paper treats on some of the external characters and the myology. / Murie, J. Notes on some diseased dental conditions in animals. Proc. Odontolog. Soc. Great Brit. 1869, pp. 37-69, with woodcuts. See also Eriedlowsky, A., on the same subject, p. 9. Nepveu, G. Observations sur les corpuscules de Pacini chez le Singe. Ann. Sc. Nat. 1869, xii. pp. 326-337, pis. 19 & 20. Rolleston, G. On the homologies of certain muscles connected with the shoulder-joint. Trans. Linn. Soc. 1869, xxvi. pp. 609-630, with a plate, Paun^. "A Iceland. Only one Mammal is known to be indigenous to this island, a mouse described by Olafsen, Henderson, and others, named Mus islandicus by Thienemann, and generally believed to be identical with M. silvaticus. Mr. A. Murray, in his book on the geographical distribution of Mammals, had at- tempted to prove, from the accounts of the travellers named, that the animal could not be a mouse, but must be a lemming, most probably Myodes hud- 8ouiu8, and, consequently, that the Icelandic fauna belonged to that of the New World, Prof. Steenstrup shows now that this argument cannot be maintained, that Mr. Murray has been partly misled by an error in the MAMMALIA. 11 English translation of Olafson, that the accounts of the habits of the Ice- landich monae are perfectly in accordance with those of Mus silvaticus as described in the most accessible and well-known works of English and foreign authors, and not at all with those of the lemming; consequently that there is no evidence to refer the Icelandic fauna to that of America. (Prof. Steenstrup also directs attention to an (accidental) mistake in Mr. Murray’s book, where a Mus islandicus ” is referred to instead of “ Mus insularis.”) Vid. Meddel. ntrh. Foren; i Kjobenh. for 1867 (1868), p. 51. \fSihcria. We again direct attention to the fourth volume of Middendorff’s “ Keiso ” (see above, p. 1), which contains copious notes on the distribution and habits of all the Siberian Mammals. St. Petersburg. According to J. von Fischer the following Mammals are found in the St. -Petersburg Gouvernement : — G Bats, 6 Insectivores, 12 Car- nivores, 12 Rodents, Cervus alces and capreolus, Phoca vitulina and annulata. Zool. Gart. 1869, pp. 336-343. '^Switzerland. V. Fatio’s work on the Mammals has been mentioned above^ P- 4. Britidi North America. The Hudson’s Bay Company sold by auction, in London, during the years 1769 to 1868, among other furs, the following: — 4,708,702 beavers, 1,240,611 sables, 674,027 otters, 1,052,061 lynxes, 891,091 foxes, 68,694 gluttons, 288,016 bears, 467,549 wolves, 1,507,240 minks, 18,290,218 musk-rats, 118,342 raccoons, 237,794 deer, 1,773,363 rabbits, 218,653 polecats, 94,326 swans, 276,302 badgers, 6349 sea-otters. Besides this company there was a second, the Canada Company, who sold in the years 1763 to 1839 the following furs: — 6,084,276 beavers, 2,931,383 sables, 767,232 bears, 538,322 lynxes, 765,711 foxes, 29, 110 gluttons, 896,832 otters, 264,602 wolves, 1,080,780 minks, 4,260,680 musk-rats, 7,608,700 raccoons, 6,692,348 deer, 171,642 elands, 43,923 swans. In the year 1868 the Hud- son’s Bay Company sold by auction 140,774 beavers, 106,254 sables, 73,473 minks, 14,906 otters, 70,473 lynxes, 6691 bears, 6298 polecats, 41,105 foxes, 7494 wolves, 1104 gluttons, 617,486 musk -rats, 21,162 raccoons, 1661 badgers, 123 sea-otters, 627 swans, 6861 deer, 106,279 rabbits, 1056 seals, 2141 fur- seals. Besides, in the autumn of the same year the following were sold in London : — About 130,000 raccoons, 4600 sables, 1700 bears, 22,000 otters, 4800 lynxes, 900,000 musk-rats, 24,000 chinchillas, 10,000 grebes, 14 rabbits, &c. Hroste-Hulshoff, Zool. Gart. 1869, p. 317. North America. Mr. Allen’s memoir on the Mammals of Massachusetts (see above, p. 4) is a most valuable contribution to that local fauna, but still more important as a critical treatise on North- American Mammalia. Specimens,” the author says, have too often been described instead of species.” The total number of species still living in the State is 66, five others being already extirpated, whilst three {Mus') are introduced. Eighteen are Cetaceans ; but these do not appear to have been critically examined by the author. Seven belong to the northern, and eight to the southern North - American fauna, and are not universally distributed over the State. Thirteen are common to North America and the Old World. The species are not de- scribed ; those to which the author has paid particular attention will be mentioned in the special part. Nova Scotia. Dr. Gilpin has continued his observations on the Mamma- lian Fauna, Proc. & Trans. N. Scot. Inst. Nat. Sc. ii. 2, 1869, pp. 58-69. 12 ZOOLUUICAL LITERATURE. This part treats of Lulra canadensis, Mephitis mephilica, and Procyon lotor. lie also gives a general sltetch of the geological appearance of the various Mammals in this* part of North America. California. Dr. Cooper adds a list of Seals, Bats, and some Rodents to that previousl)' given by him ; he states that 115 Mammals are known from California. Proc. Calif. Ac. Nat. Sc. iv. 1869, p. 3. ^ Costa Rica. Dr. von Frantzius has published his observations on the Mammalia of this province of Central America. He has found not less than 00 well-established species, which geographically may be divided thus : — 1. Species spread over the greater part of South America, and extending to, or even beyond, Costa Rica : thirty species. 2. Species not found south of the Equator, and extending to, or even beyond, Costa Rica : eleven species. 3. Species peculiar to Central America and Mexico ; twelve species. 4. Species extending northwards beyond the tropics: five species. From a study of the Mammalian fauna, the author concludes that Central America was connected with South America at a much earlier period than with North America. The presence of a number of salt lakes north of Mexico indicates the place where the sea sepaiated the North from the South down to within a very recent period. The great variety of the phy- sical conditions of Costa Rica accounts for the presence and persistence of so many ditferent Mammals within so limited a district. The author finds evi- dence of the early connexion of Central with South America in the presence of several species of Marsupials j at a later period the Edentata immigrated from the south, and still more recently the Q.uadrumana. It is singular that the Edentata have preserved their original characters, the same species being found at the extreme limits towards the south and north, whilst the Qua- drumana were more influenced by the change of external conditions, some being now specifically distinguishable, although there are still intermediate forms indicating their original affinities. Wiegm. Arch. 1809, pp. 247-325. North-eastern Africa. Robert Hartmann has published a catalogue of the Mammals of this region, adding his personal observations on their habits, geographical distribution, chase, »&:c. Zeitschr. Qes. f. Erdkunde Berlin, 1868, iii. pp. *28-69, 232-270, 347-367 (not concluded). These parts refer to 13 Quadrumana, an uncertain number of Bats, 34 Carnivora, 16 Insecti- vora, 67 Rodents, 2 Edentates, 38 Ruminants, and 13 Pachyderms. An appendix to Th. v. Heuglin’s ‘Reise in das Gebiet des Weissen Nil’ (Leipz. 1869, 8vo), contains notes on the Elephant, Hippopotamus, and Buf- faloes, a list of 43 Antelopes, remarks on Aidacodus semijyahnatus (Heugl.), Georychus ochraceo-cinereics (Heugl.), Orycteropus^ Manis temminckii, several Bats, and Colohus. '^East Africa. On the Mammalia collected by Von der Decken, see above, under Peters (p. 3) and Zool. Record, iii. p, 14. East-Indian Archipelago. Mr. Wallace’s work on ‘^The Malay Archipe- lago ” is noticed above, p. 3. Borneo. The discovery of fossilized teeth of a Rhinoceros (sondaicus) and of a Deer proves the former existence of these animals in that island, llusk, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1869, p. 409, MAMMALIAi 33 Quadhumana. Dr. E. VON Martens has published an article on the names of monkeys in different languages. Zool. Gart. 1869, pp. 73-80, 145-147. satyrus. Mr. Wallace relates his own experiences with the Orang- utang in ‘ The Malay Archipelago,’ vol. i. chapt. 4. ^ Troglodytes. In the regions of the upper Nile a large black monkey Is found, belonging to this genus, but the species is uncertain. R. Hartmann, Zeitschr. Ges. f.~Erdkunde Berlin, 18G8, iii. pp. 30-33. Colohus hirkii. An example, said to be from Madagascar (P) noticed by A. von Pelzeln, Verb. Zool.-Bot. Ges. Wien, 1869, p. 667. Colobus palliatus (Ptrs.) was thought to be identical with C. kirhii (Gray). Gray, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1869, iii. p. 171. [These species appear to be distinct.] Macacus tcheliensis figured by A. Milne-Ed wards, Recherch. Hist. Nat. Mammif, pi. 32. Macacus andattianensis, Bartlett, is a supposed new species, and figured in Proc. Zool. Soc. 1 869, p. 467. [Doubts have recently been expressed as regards the true habitat of this monkey ; there is no species of monkey found in the Andaman Islands,] r^Mycetes palliatus. Notes by Dr. v. Frantzius, Wiegm. Arch. 1869, p, 254. s^Ateles variegatus and frontatus. Observations by Dr. v. Frantzius made in Costa Rica, Wiegm. Arch. 18(59, pp, 257, 258. -^Cehus hypoleucus in Costa Rica, hTnntziiis, 1. c. p. 269. 4 Chrysothrix sciurea in Costa Rica, Frantzius, 1. c. p. 260. -^Mico scriccus (Gray)=//a/)rt/e cUrysoleucos (Wagn.). Sclater, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1869, p. 592. '^Messrs. Muiue & Mivart have published a detailed account of the my- ology of Lemur and Galago. Trans. Zool. Soc. vii. 1869, pp. 1-113, pis. 2-6. -xGalago crassicaudatus and G. garnettii figured by Messrs. Murie & Mivart, 1. c. pi. 1, with notes on the habits of these animals, p. 4. ,4 Otolemur agisymhanus different from Otolienus crassicaudatus, Peters in Von der Decken’s Reisen, Saugethiere, p, 4. •i Propithccus diadema— verreauxii (Grandidier, see Zool. Record, iv. p. 21) figured by Peters, in Von der Decken’s Reisen, taf. 1. Pcrodicticus potto. Remarks on a living example by Mr. Skues, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1869, p. 1 ; figured by Sclater, ibid. p. 469. Chiromys madagascariensis has no striated fibres in the muscular sheath of the cardiac end of the oesophagus. Gulliver, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1869, p. 249. — On malformation of the incisors, Murie, Proc. Odontol. Soc. Great Brit. 1869, p. 60. Chiroptera. Dr. Hensel gives an account of tlie habits of the Bats ob- served by him in Brazil. Desmodus and Diphylla alone are blood-suckers. Zool. Gart. 1869, pp. 135-140. Dr. F]. VON Martens treats of the names used for Bats in various languages. Zool. Gart. 1869, pp. 147-149. '^Heropm. Prof. Peters has made remarks on Pt. mstdaris (Horn hr. & Jacq.), Berl. Monatsber. 1869, p. 391 ; on Pt. phceops (Temm.) and Pt. ?nolossinus, 14 ZOOLOGICAL LITERATURE. p. 392 ; and describes as new Pt, condorensis from Paulo Condore and /Y. tn- berciikdus, habitat unknown, p. 393. Cj/nonycteris strammeus (Qooffi\) = Pterocyoii 2>(daceus (Ptrs.). Peters, in Von der Decken’s Reisen, Sacugethiere, p. 6. Cynonycteru yrandidicriy sp. n., Peters, Berlin Monatsber. 18G9, p. 394, from Zanzibar. Cynopterus maryinatus (Geoffr.)= 0. diardii (0(.')=.duvaucelii (G.) = 6rer*- caudatus (G.). Peters, 1. c. p. 395. Nycteris hispida. Notes on the skull by Peters, 1. c. p. 396. Ithinolophus deckenii figured by Peters, in Von der Becken’s Reisen, Siiu- gethiere, taf. 2. fig. 1. ^xPhinoIojjhtis commersonii (Geoffr.)^ Notes by Grandidier, Rev. et INIag. Zool. 1869, p. 257. Vampyrus auricularis (Sauss.)=ilffmow hennettii (Gray). Peters, Berlin, Monatsber. 1869, p. 396. Schizostoma hirsutunif sp. n., Peters, 1. c. p. 396. Hab. — ? Glosso])haga ecaudata (Neuwied, not Geofir.) described by Peters &^Anura tviedii, /. c. p. 398. Stenoderma riifurn (Geofir.) described by Peters, 1. c. p. 399. Artibeus undatua (Blaiuv.) is the type of a new genus, Histiops, Peters, 1. c. p. 399. BicUdunm scutatm, sp. n., Peters, 1. c. p. 100, South America. - Phyllorhina diadema (GeolFr.) = PA. nohilin (TIorsf.). Peters, 1. o. p. 400. Taphozous mauritianus (Geofir.) =7’. leucopterus (Temm.). Peters, 1. c. p. 402. Molosstis acetabidosus (Commeva.) = Nyctinomus tiatalensis (Smith) = fi/or- mopterusjugidaris (Ptrs.), Peters, 1. c. p. 402. Molossus acuticaudatus (Geofi*r.)=fi/. obscurus (Geofir.). Peters, l.c. ^Nyctinomus leucogaster and 7niarensis are described as new species from Madagascar by Grandidier, Rev. et Mag. Zool. 1869, pp. 337. Miniopterus minor (Ptrs.) proves to be identical with M. scotinm (Sundev.), and is figured by Peters in Von der Decken’s Reisen, Siougethiere, taf. 3. Vespertilio schreibersii and mystaoinus are figured by Fatio, Faune Suisse, pis. 1 & 2. Vespertilio snbidatus. On its synonymy and some allied forms, Allen, Mamm. Massach. p. 209. Vespertilio daviclii, sp. n., Peters, Berl. Monatsber. 1869, p. 402, Peking. Vespertilio {Leucono'e) pilosus, sp. n., Peters, 1. c. p. 403, Montevideo. Vesperugo krefftii^ sp, n., Peters, 1. c. p. 404, New South Wales. Vespei'us bottce, sp. n., Peters, 1. c. p. 406, Arabia. Insectivora. ^ Centetes ecaudatus. Prof. Reinhardt has examined the milk- dentition ; it has only three milk-molars, the formula being : — if, c\, m f ; the permanent dentition is i c \,p J, m f . Overs. Dansk. Ved. Selsk. Forhandl. f. 1809, pp. 171-178. ^Cladohates. Dr. Fitzinger has compiled a paper on ^^The natural family of CladobakeJ'^ Sitzgsber. Wien. Akad. 1869, lx. pp. 263-289. Sorex. Dr. Ed. Brandt’s paper on the den li lion of Sorex is translated into MAMMALIA. 15 German in Bull. Soc. Nat. Mosc. xli. pp. 76-95, with 6 plates. [See Zool. Ilecord, iii. p. 24.] >J M. Fatio figures in his ‘ Fnune Siiisse ’ : — Sorcx vtdgaris, pi. 4 ; Sorcxaraneus and Icucodon, pi. 6. He proposes for the latter species the name of S. mi- crow'us (p. 137). sf The peculiar disease of the shin by which Mice and B,ats are affected has also been observed in the Shrew. Gray, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 18G9, iv. p. 360. So7'cx jmhtstris. Neosorcx alhiharhis (Cope) is identical with this species. Allen, Mamni. Massacli. p. 211. Crocidura alhicauda figured by Peters in Von der Decken’s Beisen, Sseu- gethiere, taf. 4. Blarina. The species of this genus have been critically revised by Allen, 1. c. p. 213. Talpa. Dr. Fitzinger has compiled a paper entitled ^^The natural family of Moles {Talpce) and its species, from critical researches.” Sitzgsber. Wien. Akad. 1869, lix, pp. 353-432. Scaptochirus moschatm (M.-E. 1867) figured by A. Milne-Edwards, Re- cherch. Hist. Nat. Mammif. pi. 17. fig. 4. •^^chtnops tniwarti is described as a now'species by Grandidier, Rev. etMag, Zool. 1869, p. 337, from Madagascar. Carnivora. ^Dr. Graves 'Catalogue of Carnivorous Mammalia^ lias been noticed above, p. 4. >^ Prof. Flower has found a valuable character for the arrange- ment of fissipedous Carnivores in the form and structure of the osseous bulla and parts immediately surrounding it (Proc. Zool. Soc. 1869, pp. 4-37). He regards this character as more indi- cative of affinity than the dentition, the modifications of which are mainly adaptive, reappearing in various degrees and com- binations in many of the great natural divisions of the order; He describes and figures the base of the skull of the majority of the genera, and arranges them into three sections, which he proposes to call Arefoidea, Cynoidea, and JEluroidea, The first contains the families IJrstdcR, Ailuridce^ ProcyonidcBy and Mustelida, the ProcyonidcB comprising Cercoleptes, Nasua, Procyon, and Bas- saris. The Cynoidea are regarded as the central and most generalized form, and consist of the family Canida only. The AEluroidea comprise five families, viz. Hyknideey Viverrid(2y and FelidcBy the CryptoproctidcR filling an intermediate position be- tween Felida and Viverridce, and the Protelidce connecting the Viverridm with the HycRnidat. Arctictis is shown to be a member of the Viverridce. The various groups are arranged in a diagrammatic plan (p. 37), showing the cross relationships. Felis. Dr. Fitzinger bos commenced the publication of a Revision of the forms belonging to the natural family of Oats,” Sitzgsber. Ak. Wiss. Wien, 16 ZOOLOGICAT^ LITERATURE. 1808, Iviii. pp. 421-519; and 1809, lix. pp, 211-279, 029-710, and lx. pp. 173- 202. It is of the same character as the preceding publications (for instance, that noticed in Zool. Record, iv. p. 28). The “ Revision ” begins with five species of Lions. ^;^iglit species of Felis are found in Costa Rica. Frantzius, Wiegm. Arch. 1809, pp. 277-281. Felis leopardus. Notes on this species and its variations. Hartmann, Zeitschr. Ges. f. Erdkunde Rerlin, 1808, iii. pp. 62-55. Felis megahalia (Ileuglin) is possibly only a Guepard. Ilartmann, he. p. 55. Felis planiceps is the ty^e of a distinct genus, Ailurogale. Fitzinger, 1. c. lx. p. 249. g&iietta. On its variations, Hartmann, 1. c. p. 233. ^ Canis. I)r. E. von Martens has published an article on the names of the wolf, fox, and jackal in various J^anguages. Zool. Gart. 1809, pp. 175-180. Of the dog, ibid. pp. 149-162. — On the species inhabiting North-eastern Africa, see Ilartmann, h c. pp. 03-09. -^anis familiaris. Dr. Gray refers the pure breeds of the domestic dog to four groups — Dogs, Terriers, Greyhounds, and Hounds. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1809, iii. pp. 230-240. ’*4 Canis lupus. The wolf of the United States is identical with the European species, presenting varieties described by authors under various specific names. Allen, Mamm. Massach. pp. 164-168. -A Canis latrans and C. virginianus are probably late immigrations into Costa Rica from the north. Frantzius, Wiegm. Arch, 1809, pp. 282-285. Canis mlpes. An example of the black-bellied variety from the Ardennes is mentioned by Dr. Hamilton, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1809, p. 247. On a skeleton, found at a depth of 10 or 15 feet near Uddevalla in Sweden. Kinberg, Q5fvers. Vet. Akad. Forhandl. 1808, pp. 403-406. Canis decussatus, argentatus, fulvus^ tfec. are but varieties of the common European fox. Allen, Mamm. Massach. p. 158. " Canis fidvipes and C. azarcc. Dr. R. A, Pliilippi has published notes on th(!so two foxes, and figured their skulls. Wiegm. Arch. 1809,' pp. 45-51, taf. 3. Ilycena crocuta. Notes on the young and its skull by Dr. Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1809, p. 245, with woodcut of skull. ^ Proteles cristatiis. A detailed aceount of its external eha- racters and anatomy has been given by Prof. Flower in Proc. Zool. Soc. 1869, pp. 474-496. He places it in a family by itself, allied to the HycBnidcB and Viverridee, the affinities with the former family being considered to be closer than would appear from the examination of the skull alone. The paper is illustrated by a plate and woodcuts. ^Mustela. J. A. Allen has come to the conclusion that the Martens and Sables, at least all thus far described, belong to a single circumpolar species, M. martes, with possibly two or more well marked and tolerably constant continental races. Mamm. Massach. pp. 1G1-1G7. Mustela erminea= Ptdorius noveboracensis (Dekay) = il/. richardsonii and cicognanii (Bonap.)=P. fuscus and agilis (And. & Bach.) =/»:rtneu and longi- MAMMALIA, 17 caudus (QoAxdi) = hoccameh (Bonap.). Allen, Mamm. Massach. pp. 167- 175. L'llra canadensis in Costa Rica. Frantzins, Wiegm. Arch, 1869, p. 289. Liitra destructor (Barnston) not distinct from L. canadensis. Allen, 1. c. p. 178. Pteronura sandbachii occurs most probably also in Southern Brazil ; but Lutra solilaria (Natterer) is a dilfereut animal. Reinhardt, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1869, p. 57. Mephitis mephitica. On the supposed species which have been separated from this variable form, see Allen, 1. c. p. 178. Mephitis chilonsis in Costa Rica. Frantzius, Wiegm. Arch. 1869, p. 289. • Galictis harhara in Costa Rica. Frantzius, 1. c. p. 287. UrsHs. J. A. Allen agrees with Blainville & Middendorff that all the land-bears of the northern parts of the Old and New Worlds belong to one species only, U. arctos. Mamm. Massach. pp. 184-192. Procyon hernandezii is distinct from P. lotor, and occurs in Costa Rica. Frantzius, 1. c. p. 291. Meles. A. Milne-Edwards figures, in Recherch. Hist. Nat. Mammif., M. leucolfcmus, pi. 24, 31. leptorhynchiis^ pi. 25, and their skulls, pis. 26 & 27. Nasua leucorhynchus from Peru occurs also in Costa Rica, and is a distinct species. Frantzius, /. c. p? 292. Ailurus fulyens. Notes on its habitat (fee. by Dr. Simpson, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1869, p. 507 ; it is figured on pi. 41. — A very indifferent figure (woodcut) in Proc. Zool. Soc. 1869, p. 408 Pinnipedia. ~^Dr. Gray revises the arrangement of Phocidee (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 18G9, iv. p. 342), and draws attention to the changes in the form of the front part of the lower edge of the mandible, Avhich are dependent on age. He arranges the Seals thus : — Sect. A. Cutting-teeth | , lower conical ; hind toes clmved. I. Phocina : Phoca, Pagophilus, Halicyon, Callocephalus, Pagomys. II. Halichoerina : Ilalichoerus. Sect. B. Cutting-teeth |. Muffle hairy to the edge and hetween the nostrils. III. Monachina\ Monachus. IV. Lohodontina : Lobodon. V. Stenorhynchina : Stenorhynchus, Ommatophoca, Leptonyx. VI. Cystophorina: Morunga, Cystophora. "^Dr. Gray (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1869, iv. p. 269) arranges the Otariida thus : — A. Sea-Lions. I. Otariina : Otaria. B. Sea-Bears. II. Callorhinina : Callorhinus. III. Arctocephalina : Phocarctos, Arctocephalus, Euotaria, Gypsophoca. IV. Zalophina : Zalophus, N eophoca. V. Eumetopiina : Eumetopias, Arctophoca. 1869. [voL. VI.] c 18 ZOOLOGICAL LITEIlATUllE, ^ Dr, Gray has also added notes on skulls from Desolation Island, which be- long to Euotaria niffrescens (/. o. p. 264). Arctocephalus schisthypero'es (Turner) is A. delalandii (p. 265). '^Phoca. Prof. Kinderg describes in detail the remains of Phoca gronlandicat harbatuy foatida, and vitulina found in glacial deposits in Central Sweden. (Efvers. Vet. Akad. Fdrhandl. 1869, pp. 13-61. ■ Otariajubata. Dr. Miirie has reported on a collection of specimens made by a keeper in the Zoological Society’s service in the Falkland Islands. lie notices the changes of colour in both sexes, and the sexual differences in the skull, and size and length of fore limbs. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1869, pp. 100-109. On pi. 7 male, female, and young are represented in a not very artistic manner. '^iMorunga proboscidea. Its extinction in the Falkland Islands recently confirmed. Gray, /. c. iii. p. 400. Rodbntia. •4] Soiurus rigidus and Sc. hoffmannif from Costa Rica, Frantzius, Wiegm. Arch. 1869, p. 266. Prof. Peters regards now the former as a variety of Sc. coUiceiy and the latter as one of Sc. cestuans. ^ Sperinophtlm mongoltctis figmed by A. Milne-Edwards, Recherch. Hist. Nat. Mammif. pi. 17. fig. 1. Anomalurus fulgenSy sp. n.. Gray, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist, 1869, iii. p. 467, from the Gaboon. H Castor fiber. Messrs. Green Sc Brown have published their observations made on the Beaver in Western America. Journ. Linn. Soc. Zoology, x. 1869, pp. 361-373. Mas rattus and musculus common in Costa Rica. Frantzius, Wiegm. Arch. 1^9, p. 270. Mas musculus. J. von Fischer attempted to breed a variegated variety by pairing grey and white mice. He was not successful, the young being always either uniform grey or uniform white. Zool. Gart. 1869, p. 341. A black mouse, common in a tobacco-manufactory at Poschiavo, in the Canton Grisons, and feeding on tobacco, has been described as a possibly di- stinct species, Mus poschiavinusy by Fatio, Faune Suisse, p. 207, pi. 7. ^Mus islandicus. See above (p. 10), under Iceland. Hesperomys leucopus. When disturbed, the mother transports the young, the latter adhering to the outside of the thighs of the parent. Caton, Amer. Natur. iii. 1869, p. 119.-^On the synonymy of this species and some doubtful others, see Allen, Mamm. Massach. p. 227. ^ Hypogeo7nySy g. n., Grandidier, Rev. et Mag. Zool. 1869, p. 338. Incis. f j mol. |. Toutes lea molaires sont form^es de trois lames simples, obliques et penchdes en avant ; elles out des racines ; I’ant^rieure est la plus grande. Leur train de derriSre surpasse d’une maniere remarquable celui de devant, de sorte qu’ils peuvent faire d’enormes sauts. Comme les vrais rata, ils n’ont qu’un rudiment de pouce aux pieds de devant. Les angles sont tres- robuates. H. antimenuy sp. n., 1. c. p. 339, from Madagascar. Siphieus. M. A. Milne-Edwards’s paper on the Mole-Rats (see Zool. Record, v. p. 21) is translated in Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. .1869, iii. p. 157. Siphneus psilurus. Skull and skeleton figured by A. Milne-Edwards, Re- cherch. Hist. Nat. Mammif. pis. 9 A ajid 9 B. MAMMALIA. 19 Arvicola. In JJe la Fontaine’s book on the Mammalia of Luxemburg an Arvicola pseudo-arvalis is noticed (p. 87) ; it appears to be a very doubtful species. ^ Arvicola riparia. On its numerous synonyms see Allen, Mamnl. Mass, p. 231. Arvicola curtata described as a new species from Lower California by Cope, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Philad. 1868, p. 2. f^G corny s heterodus. Notes by Dr. v. Frantzius, 1. c. p. 269. 'iGerbilliis tmyuiculaius and brevicaudaitis Gguied by A. Milne-Ed wards in Recherch. Hist. Nat. Mammif. pi. 11. Ctenomys mendocina, sp. n., Philippi, Wiegm. Arch. ] 860, p. 88, from Mendoza. Notes on Ct. brasiliensis and magellanica are added. ’sJ Cercolabes novcc hispanicc in Costa Rica. Fr.sntzius, 1. c. p. 272. \JErethizon dorsatus = E. epixantlms = E. rufescens (Gray). Allen, Mamm. - Massach. p. 237. \Dasyprocta cristata. Notes by Frantzius, 1. c. p. 274. '•^^Leptis timidus. On abnormal growth of the incisors, Friedlowsky, Sitzgs- ber. Wien. Akad. 1869, lix. p. 341, figs. 6-6. Lrptis tigrcnsis, sp. n., Blanford, Ann. k Mag. Nat. Hist. 1869, iv. p. 330, from Abyssinia. \^^epus americanus. Mr. Welch has made observations on the modifications ana change of colour of the fur of this hare in sequence to the seasons. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1869, pp. 228-236. '^Leptis bairdii is described as a new species by Hayden from the Wind Mountains, Western North America. Amer. Natur. iii.JL809, p. 113, with woodcut. \^Lepus brasiliensis in Costa Rica. Frantzius, /. c. p. 276. \jZepus cunictdus cannot be acclimatized in Costa Rica. Frantzius, /. c. p. 277. ^^Lepus cuniculus. The Rev. W. Houghton has examined the ancient lite- rature treating of the rabbit. Ann. & Mag, Nat. Hist. 1869, iii. pp. 179- 183. Edentata. ^ Dr. Gratis 'Catalogue of Edentate Mammalia^ has been noticed above, p. 4. ^ Manis dahnanni. On the muscles of the limbs, Humphry, Journ. Anat. & Physiol. V. 1869, p. 17. '^Dasypus gymnurus and femstratus. Notes by Frantzius, Wiegm. Arch. 1869, p. 309. Orycteropus capensis. A woodcut from a living example. Sclp,ter, J’roc, Zool. Soc. 1869, p. 431. -4 Myrmccophaga. Three species are found in Costa Rica — M.jubaia, ieira- dactyla, and dorsalis. Frantzius, /. c. pp. 307-309. Myrmccophaga didactyla. Its myology described by Gal ton, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1869, iv. pp. 244-264 ; on the muscles of the limbs, Humphry, Journ. Anat. & Physiol, v. 1869, p. 17. '4 Bradypus Iridactylus. On its m3'ology, Macalister, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. c 2 ZOOLOGICAL LITERATURE. 30 1869, iv. pp. 61-67 j'^on the muscles of the limbs, Humphry, Journ. Anat, & Phys. V. p. 17. Bradypus didactylus. On the muscles of the limbs, Humphry, 1. c.— Dr. v. Kmuss gives an account of the variations of colour, skull, and dentition from an examination of more than twenty examples from Surinam. Wiegm. Arch. 1869, pp. 122-135. Bradypus hoffmanni. Notes by Frantziiis, 1. c. p. 312. Pachyderm AT A. Gratis ^Catalogue of Pachydermatous Mammalia’ lias been noticed above, p. 4. Phacochcerus celiani figured by Mr. Sclater, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1869, pi. 20; it is distinct from Ph. cdhiopicus, the head of which is also figured on p. 277. Potamochcsrus porous. Prof, lleinhardt states that Dr. Gray must have misunderstood Marcgrave when lie thought that the latter had seen this pig domesticated in Brazil. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1809, p. 66. Porcula salvania. Notes by Dr. Anderson in Proc. Zool. Soc. 1809, p. 470. ^Hippopotamus amphibius. On malformation of the tusks, Friedlowsky, Sitzgsber. Ak. Wiss. Wien, 1809, lix. p. 338, fig. 4. '^JElephas. Prof. Brandt’s memoir on Diuotherium (M»Sm. Ac. Sc. St. P6- tersb. xiv. no. 1, 1869) is mentioned here, the author having examined the affinities of this genus with 3Iastodon and EUphas^ these three genera being- regarded as types of the same group. 'XElephas indicus. Dr. Campbell has given a description of the modes of capture of elephants in Assam. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1809, pp. 130-140. ^^lephas afncanus. On malformation of the tusks, Friedlowsky, Sitzgs- ber. Ak. Wiss. Wien, 1869, lix. p. 333, figs. 1-3. '^Rhinoceros sundaicus existed in Borneo, and is now found also in Sumatra. Busk, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1809, p. 409. — Mr. Sclater has received from a corre- spondent additional confirmation of the existence of a llhinoceros in Borneo. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1869, p. 629. ^Rhinoceros bicornis. On abnormal conditions of the dentition of the man- dible, Murie, Proc. Odontol. Soc. Great Brit. 1809, p, 39. Rhinoceros keitloa. Note on the incisor teeth of a nearly adult animal by Dr. Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1809, p. 225. Its distinctness from Rh. bicornis confirmed by Dr. Gray, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1809, iii. p. 244.-^11. Hart- mann thinks it to represent one of the sexes of Rh. bicornis, Zeitschr. Ges. f. Erdkunde Berlin, 1868, p. 365. Hyrax. Prof. v. Brandt has published an elaborate memoir on the anatomy of this genus. Without entering into the specific distinction of the various forms, he examines the affini- ties of Hyrax with, and its distinctions from, the other Pachyder- matous genera, and discusses its relationship to the Eodentia * * The author protests against a statement of Messrs. Murie & Mivart, as if he had placed Hyrax to the Rodentia, an idea which never entered his mind. Mdl. Biolog. vii. 1868, p. 26. MAMMALIA. 21 and Edentata. He regards it as the type of a separate suborder of Pachyderms, which may be called Gliriformiaj^ on account of its numerous resemblances to the Rodentia. Mem. Ac. Sc. St. Petersb. 1869, xiv. no. 2, pp. 127, with three plates. Dr. Gray has recognized throe species brought home by Mr. Jesse from Abyssinia — Ilyrax ferrugineiis^ m oratus, and luteogaster, var.— A new species from Angola is named Jlyrax hocagei. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1869, iii. p. 242. From an examination of numerous examples of Ilyrax collected by him- self in Abyssinia, Mr. Blanford has come to the conclusion that these animals vary much in colour, texture of the fur, and the extent of the space between the incisors and molars in the upper jaw; therefore he does not admit the genus Euhyrax. He distinguishes four Abyssinian species : 1. jfiT. abyssi- nicus (H. & E.); 2. H. capcnsis? = H. abyssimcus (Gray); 3. H. hrucei (G.) = II. alpini (G.) = II ferrugineus (G.) = II irrot'atus (G.) ; 4. H. dongolanus (H. & E.) = II. rujiceps (H. & E.) = H. hurtoni (Gray). Proc. Zool. Soc. 1869, pp. 638-642. \Eqnm. M. Lenormant states that the ass was used as a domestic animal by the ancient Egyptians since the oldest times whence monumental repre- sentations are preserved, but that the horse was not introduced into Egypt before the 19th century b.c. (Compt. Rend. 1869, Ixix. p. 1256), — an observa- tion which is in accordance with the original geographical distribution of the two species, Milne-Edwards, ibid. p. 1259. M. Faye adds biblical evidence with regard to the presence of the horse in Egypt and Syria, ibid. pp. 1281- 1283, 1379. M. Sanson has continued his researches into the domestic races of the liorse; he distinguishes what he terms eight species from North-western Europe alone. Compt. Rend. 1869, Ixix. pp. 1204-1207. Dr. George has examined the wild asses distinguished by authors fi^m Equus hemionus, and reviewed the literature relating to them. He comes to the conclusion that the Hemippus, Gour, Ghor-Khur {A. indicus, Sclater), Koulang, Dshiggetai, Kiang (A. equioides Or polyodon^ Hodgson), and A. cquuleiis are local races of one species, Equus hemionus — a view held previ- ously by Brandt and Milne-Edwards. Equus nsinus is found at present in a wild state in North Africa only. Ann. Sc. Nat. 1869, xii. pp. 5-48. Skulls and other anatomical details are iigured on pis. 1-4. M. A. Milne-Edwards describes a cross between E. hemionus and a mare. Bull. Soc. Zool. d’Acclim. 1869, p. 180. Ruminantia. Bos taurus. On the abnormal condition of the skull of European examples similar to that of a South- American race called “niatos,” C. Dareste, Compt. Ilend. 1809, Ixviii. pp. 733, 734, and Sanson, ibid. pp. 834-836.-ANote on malformed hoofs from a specimen of the feral cattle of the Falkland Islands, by Dr. Murie, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1869, p. 59. \Antilope. Dr. Fitzinger has written a paper, in which he gives, first, an account of the systematic arrangements of the antelopes by previous writers, and, secondly, diagnoses of the various genera and subgenera, adding the names of the species. Sitzgsber. Ak. Wiss. Wien, 1869, lix. pp. 128-182. 22 ZOOLOGICAL LITEllATURE. ^ On the antelopes of North-eastern Africa, Hartmann, Zeitschr. Gea. f. Erdkunde Berlin, 1868, pp. 252-270. JSoselaphm mqfor, sp. n., Blyth, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1869, p. 61. fig. A, from North Africa. >/ Strepsiceroa imherhisj sp. n., Blyth, 1. c. p. 62. fig. B, Abyssinia. Antilope gnu. Dr. Gray has described the horns of a half-grown animal, which are very different from those of the adult. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1869, iv. p. 291. fHCephalophus dorsalis (Gray) s= C. hadius (Gray) = C. hreviceps (Gray). j Sclater, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1869, p. 594 j the species is figured on pi. 46. — Prof, j Bocage describes a head referable to Cephalophua longicepa (Gray), Join. Ac. V^Sc. Lisb. no. vii. 1869, p. 220. Cephalophua mergens. Dr. Max Schmidt reports on the propagation of this antelope in the Frankfort Zoological Gardens. Zool. Gart. 1869, pp. 28—30. Rupicapra. Mr. Blyth has figured the horns of a hybrid between the Chamois and Domestic Goat. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1869, p. 134. Cervus tarand^is. The Reindeer of the Old and New Worlds are specifi- cally identical, Allen, Mamm. Mass. p. 196. -^Dr. j. A. Smith has collected evidence of the existence of the Reindeer in Scotland, down even to the twelfth century. Proc. Soc. Antiquar. Scotl. viii. 1868-9, pp. 39. The attempt to introduce the Reindeer into the Upper Engadin is a failure. Zool. Gart. 1869, p. 91. \f Cervus. Mr. Swinhoe has found three deer in the island of Hainan — C. vaginalis, C. eldi, and C. equinus, the latter being regarded by Mr. Blyth as identical with C. aristotelis. The horns of the two latter species are figured. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1869, pp. 652-660. 4 Cervus mexicanua and rujinus in Costa Rica. Frantzius, Wiegm. Arch. 1869, pp. 299, 300. Cervus macrotia described and figured by W. J. Hays, Amer. Natur. iii. 1869, p. 180, pi. iii. HCervus chilensis. Dr. Gray regards this as the type of a distinct genus, Xenelaphus', he describes the animal and figures the very curious antlers, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1869, p. 496. C. chilensis (Gervais) = Capreolus leucotis (Gray) = Furcifer huamel {Gxuy)=iXenelaphus htiamel. Moschus moschiferus figured by A. Milne-Edwards in Recherch, Hist. Mammif. pi. 19. -J Tragulua hanchil. Dr. Gray has described and figured a peculiar osseous expansion over the lumbar and pelvic region of a male example. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1869, p. 226. SiRENIA. — / Rhytina. Ed. von Eichwald repeats the reasons which induce him to believe in the possible rediscovery of living examples. Bull. Soc. Nat. Mosc. 1867 (1868), Heft 3, pp. 220-227, and 1869, xli. pp. 313 et seq. — Prof, von Brandt, in reply, considers the evidence, as it stands at present, to be conclusive, ibid. 1867 (1868), Heft 4, pp. 508-624. Manatus americanus. Notes on its distribution in Central America by Frantzius, Wiegm. Arch. 1869, p. 304. MAMMALIA. 23 Cetacea. ^The work of MM. van Beneden & Gervais has been mentioned above, p. 3. 4 SoPHUs Hallas has published his notes on the Whales ob- served on a whaling-expedition in the Iceland Sea : Vid. Med- del. ntrh. Foren. i Kjdbenh. for 1867 (1868), pp. 150-177. They refer chiefly to Balaenoptera ; and especially to the Stey- pireyor of the Icelanders, which formed the subject of Prof. lleinhardPs paper noticed in Zool. Record, v. pp. 9 & 26. 'I Mr. C. M. ScAMMON has published the results of many years^ observations made by him whilst engaged in the whale-fishery on the western coast of North America (Proc. Acad. Nat. Sc. Philad. 1869, pp. 13-63). The paper, which contains some de- scriptive details, treats chiefly on peculiarities and habits of the various Cetaceans distinguished by whalers, and on the mode of capture. Mr. Cope, who edited the paper, has prefixed a systematic synopsis, in which the species observed and men- tioned by Mr, Scammon, and others known to exist in those parts, with the addition of some Atlantic Cetaceans, are cha- racterized. The following are mentioned or described in this paper : — A. From the Pacific i Balcena mysticetus, sieholdii, and cullamach, fig. 4 ; Rhachianectes (g. n.) glaucus j Megaptera versahilis, sp. n., p. 15, figs. 5 & 6 ; BalcDnoptera velifcra, sp. n,, p. 16, figs. 9 & 10; Sibhaldius tuber osm‘, sp. n.^ (p. 10), and S. sidfttreus (Cope), fig. 11; Olobiocephalus scmnmoniij sp. n., p. 21, figs. 12 & 13 ; Orca rcctipinna (figs. 16 & 10) and ater (fig. 17), spp. nn., p. 22; Delphinus obltquidens (Gill) and D. styx Delphinapterus borealis] Phoccena vomerina] Beluga rhmodon (Cope), fig. 1 ; Physeter macrocephalus. B. From the Atlantic and Arctic Oceans : Sibbaldius tectirostrisj sp. n., p. 17 ; Beluga declivis (Cope), p. 27, fig; 2 ; Beluga angustata (Cope), fig. 3 ; Hyperoodon semijunctus (Cope), p. 31, pi. 1. '"^Agaphelus is the name of a new genus proposed by Mr. Cope for Balcena gibbosa (Erxl.) and the Grey Whale of California, Agaphelus glaucus (Cope). Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Philad. 1868, p. 169. A more detailed description of the former species and notes on the latter, ibid. p. 221. — A. glaucus made the type of a distinct genus, Rhachianectes^ ibid. 1869, p. 16, figs. 7-8. d Balcenoptera, Four species only inhabit the North Atlantic, according to Prof, van Beneden, Bull. Ac. Roy. Belg. xxvii. 1869, p. 281 ; they are : — 1. B. rostrata (Fabr.) ; 2. B. borealis (Cuv.) = laticeps (Gray) ; 3. B. musculus — Physalus antiquorum (Gray) = B. gigas (Eschr.) ; 4. B. sibbaldii (Gray) = latirostris (Flower) = carolince (Malm). The author adds the principal specific characters and a list of the specimens observed, and shows on a map the localities where each species has been found. Baleenoptera musculus. Prof. Flower has described and figured an example stranded on the south coast of England in 1869 (Proc. Zool. Soc. 1869, p. 604, pi. 47) ; he has also appended notes on three other skeletons of the i same species, showing variations in the development of the lower transverse process of the sixth cervical vertebra, in the presence or absence of the capitular 24 ZOOLOGICAL LITERATURE. process of the first rib, and in the development of the fifteenth rib. — Prof, van Beneden reports on an example cast ashore in the Schelde (May 1869) ; the skeleton was preserved. Bull. Ac. Belg. 1869, xxvii. pp. 680-682. Hr. Malm describes a skeleton of Bakenoptera musculus from Finmarken in the Stockholm Museum. QEfvers. Vet. Ak. Fdrhandl. 1868, pp. 95-103, with a plate. Physeter, N. L. Atwood records the captures of lean Sperm-Whales, in the intestines of which ambergris was found. Americ. Natur. ii. 1869, p. 14.-4-On malformation of a tooth, Murie, Proc. Odontol. Soc. Great Brit. 1869, p. 47. Marsupialia. '^Didelphys. Dr, v. Frantzius has observed in Costa Rica D. aurita, qtdca, myosurus, and murina. Wiegm. Arch. 1869, pp. 316-318. Halmaturus. Dr. Lucae mentions another case in confirmation of liis former observations on the female genital organs [see Zool. Record, iv. p. 41]. Zool. Garten, 1869, p. 61. Phalangista vulpina, Marno describes the young bred in the menagerie at Vienna. Zool. Gart. 1869, p. 62. AVES, 25 AVES BY Alfred Newton, M.A., F.R.S.> etc* Several causes induce us to hope that the present Record^ may he found more complete than any of tliose which have pre- ceded it ; and though, as before, wc stand greatly indebted to the good offices of many kind friends, wc believe we have omitted few works which could justly claim a place*. There seems to us no need to particularize any of the publications herein mentioned; and if, in the following pages, some are distin- guished typographically, this is done on the responsibility of the Editor. The ornithology of the Paljearctic Region engrosses, as it most likely long will engross, the greatest share of atten- tion; but it is extremely gratifying to find that constantly in- creasing interest is taken in that of remoter regions. We think, also, that there is manifest a growing desire on the part of ornithologists to become acquainted with eaeh other^s work before committing themselves to print ; for it is certain that the flagrant cases of wilful neglect which some years ago w^ere far from uncommon are now comparatively rare, if indeed they have any existence. We accordingly deem the present state of our science to be healthy; and with fresh labourers springing up on every side, while the elders (as in Mr. G. R. Gray^s case) display their wonted activity, its most zealous eultivator need have few fears for the future. BIBLIOGRAPHY AND CRITICISM. Hartlaub, G. Bericht fiber die Leistungen in der Natur- geschichte der Vogel wahrend des Jahres 1868. Archiv ffir Naturg. xxxv. Band ii. pp. I05-I32. Berlin : 1869. It has hitherto been so great a pleasure for us to speak in the highest terms of the Reports executed by Dr. Hartlaub that it is with as much pain that we must notice some indications of * The concluding ITeft of the ‘ Journal fiir Ornithologie ’ for 1869 did not appear until after the first for 1870 ; and we have not been able to see a com- plete set of the ‘ Proceedings ’ of the Philadelphia Academy. 1869. [voL. VI.] D 26 ZOOLOGICAL LITERATURE. hasty compilation which we perceive in this the Twenty-third of the series. It is, however, no part of our duty to criticize minutely the publications we have to record ; and indeed it would be ob- viously indecorous for us to do so in this case of a work having the same object as our own. Barboza DU Bocage. Algumas observa9oes e additamentos ao artigo do sr. A. C. Smith. [See Pala:arctic Begion.^^] Buller, W. Notes on Herr Finsch^s Review of Mr. Walter BulleFs Essay on New Zealand Ornithology. [See Aus- tralian Region.^^] Droste-Hulshopf, Ferd. Baron. Uebersicht iiber ornitholo- gische Publicationen des Jahres 1868 welche die europaische Ornithologie beriihren. Bericht XVII. Versamml. Deutsch. Ornith.-Gesellsch. pp. 17-23. By taking a very liberal view of what relates to European Ornithology, the author is able to enumerate upwards of 50 papers or separate works on the subject, respecting most of which a few judicious comments are added. Fitzinger, L. J. Bemerkungen iiber die uns zu Gebote ste- henden Mittel zu einer moglichst raschen und sichern Bestimmung der Saugethiere und Vogel. Zoolog. Garten, 1869, pp. 152-155. Prof. Reichenbach^s work is alone named for ornithology. Martens, E. von. Ueber Thiernamen. Tom. cit. pp. 49-53. The passage above indicated refers to the only oniithological portion, coming within our present limits, of a most interesting series of papers, and treats of the words in various languages used for the second class of vertebrates. Salvin, Osbert. Notes on Mr. LaWrence^s List of Costa Rica Birds. [See Neotropical Region.^^] Walden, Arthur, Viscount. Remarks on Dr. Stoliczka^s Ornithological Observations in the Sutlej Valley.^^ [See Indian Region.^^] THE GENERAL SUBJECT. Berthelot, Sabin. Les Oiseaux migrateurs. Bull. Soc. Imp. d^Acclimat. 1869, pp. 660-675. Bleeker, P. Naamlijst der Vogelen in het Museum van bet Koninklijk zoologisch botaiiisch Genootschap te ^sGraven- hage. Verslag van het K. Z.-B. Genootseh. van Akklim. 1869, pp. 77-103. - AVES* ^7 Tlie names of about 750 species given, with the number of specimens of each, their locality, and a reference, when possible, to Bonaparte^s ‘ Conspectus Avium/ * Claus, Carl. Grundziige der Zoologie zum Gebrauche an Uni- versitaten und hohern Lehranstalten. Leitfaden zur Ein- fiihrung in das wissenschaftliche Studium der Zoologie. Marburg und Leipzig : 1868. 8vo, pp. 839. The ornitliological portion (pp. 643-719) is fairly treated as to its extent, and the in troductory remarks on the nature and properties of the class are judicious; but not so much is to be said for the systematic portion, though the author deals with that in considerable detail, giving even the characters of fami- lies, and at least the names of the more remarkable species thereto belonging. The general classification of Birds is in eight orders — Natatores, Grallatores, CursoreSf Gallinacei, Co- lumbae, Scansor'es, Ambulatores , and Raptatores. CoKDEAux, John. Notes on Bird-Parasites. Zoologist, Sec. Ser. pp. 1583-1588. Some of these are interesting, and from the ornithologist’s rather than the entomologist’s point of view. Droste-Hulfshoff, Ferd. Baron. Die Vertretung die Vogel- welt im hochsten Norden. Bericht XVII. Versamml. Deutsch. Ornith.-Gesellsch. pp. 48-62. The autlior discusses the question of the avifauna of the North Pole, and gives a list of 28 species which, he thinks, will cer- tainly be found there, while 12 more may possibly reach that much-desired spot. \Cf. Ibis, 1870, p. 130.] Gray, G. R. Hand-List of Genera and Species of Birds, dis- tinguishing those contained in the British Museum. Part I. Accipitres, Fissirostres, Tenuirostres j and Dentirostres. London : 1869. 8vo, pp. 404. This, the first part of a work which h/is occupied its veteran author for many years, is so certain to be in the hands of every working ornithologist that we do not feel compelled to expatiate upon it at such a length as its importance would otherwise re- quire. Its object is to give a complete list of all the genera with their subdivisions, and of all the species under the groups to which they are supposed to belong, — sucli genera and species as are contained in the British Museum Coll,ection being typo- graphically distinguished. In this way about 1500 genera and nearly 7000 species are included, the name of the author to whom each is due and the date of the genius being given, while some of the principal synonyms and the localities are added, as well as references to figures of the species, but not to descrip- tions. Herein lies the chief defect ; for had references to the de- scriptions been included, the value of the book as a help to work- 28 ZOOLOGICAL LITERATURE. ing ornithologists would have been incalculably greater, and at the same time facility would have been afforded to the author of correcting many of the errors it contains, errors which, ac- cording to the method he has adopted, can as a rule only be detected by an amount of labour nearly equal to that bestowed on the compilation itself. For the same reason it is impossible for us to say bow many species here receive names for the first time. We believe the number to be large; and therefore the matter is to be the more regretted, especially as no descriptions are appended — a want of consideration to other ornithologists which they will hardly fail to condemn. Yet while our duty obliges us to mention these shortcomings, and to point out what, as it seems to us, would have made the work worthy of the highest praise, we have yet the satisfaction of maintaining that according to the method pursued, and so far as its plan admits, it is a really honest performance, and one which in that aspect does great credit to its author, who, we trust, will in time bring out another and an improved edition Avith the infor- mation added, which, as we have above indicated, is now so much needed. The arrangement followed is, as might be ex- pected, mainly that of the author^s previous works ; but the want of an index, to at least the genera, is most urgent, and will, we hope, be supplied in the concluding part, Avhich may be shortly expected. [Cf. Ibis, 1869, p. 464 ; 1870, pp. 116- 118.] Hutton, F. W. On the Mechanical Principles involved in the Sailing Flight of the Albatros. Philos. Mag. Aug. 1869, pp. 130-136. This is in some sort a continuation of the treatise before noticed (Zool. llec. ii. p. 56) ; but the subject is handled solely from a mathematical point of view. Hence we are prohibited from giving an abstract of the authoFs reasoning ; but we deem ourselves bound to mention it here among the other papers which have reference to* the faculty and the laAVS of flight. [Cf. Ibis, 1870, p. 122; Zool. Rec. iv. pp. 45, 46, 50; et infra, Krarup-Hansen, C. J. L., et Marey, — .] Krarup-Hansen, C. J. L. Essay to a theory of the Flight of Birds and Insects, popular treatise, illustrated by woodcuts. Copenhagen : 1869. 8vo, pp. 42. This appears to be the translation of an original which we have not seen. The subject is treated mechanically ; and thereby we may be excused from giving any abstract of the author's theory. [Cf. Ibis, 1870.] Marey, — . Memoire sur le vol des insectes et des oiseaux. Ann. Sc. Nat. 5e ser. xii. pp. 49-150, figs. 42. Revised issue. Originally published in ‘ Revue des Cours Scienti- AVES. 29 fiques/ 6me Ann^e^l869, the part relating to Birds in nos. 37 (14Ang.),38 (21 Ang.), 41 (11 Sept.), 44 (2 Oct), pp. 578- 583, 601-604, 646-656, 700-704. This admirable paper shows how the author by most inge- nious contrivances caused various birds to record the movements of their wings so as to exhibit the actual direction and duration of the strokes. To give an abstract of it within our present limits is impossible, and all interested in the subject must refer to the paper itself. \_Cf. Ibis, 1870, pp. 266-268.] Milne -Edwards, A. Rcchcrches Anatomiques et Paleontolo- giques pour servir h Thistoire des Oiseaux Eossiles de la France. Livr. 26-30 *. Paris : 1869. 4to, plates. The progress made in this great work during the past year has not been quite so rapid as before. Having formerly noticed it at some length (Zool. Rec. iv. pp. 49, 50, v. p. 36), we have only now to remark that, pursuing the same method as hitherto, the author concludes his account of the Ardeides and then of the ^^Rallides^^ (Rallidce), after which he begins the consi- deration of the Gallinaces,^^ in the middle of which the work at present breaks off. Of Rallida, 8 new species are described, 6 of which are from Miocene beds, and the remaining 2, one of them being the type of a new genus, from the Eocene. Many remains of Gallinaces^^ and some of Colombides’^ are figured ; and the fossil species will be found named in our special part under Columbidce, Phasianidce, Tetraonida, and Pteroclidce ; but as yet the letterpress has not reached them. . Oiseaux Fossiles. Diet. Univers. d^hist. nat. Deuxieme edition, ix. pp. 671-719. Paris: May 1869. 8vo. A general account of Fossil Ornithology so far as the subject is yet known, beginning with the ornithichnites of the Trias, proceeding to the bird of the Jura formation — ArchaopteryXf those of the Cretaceous series, of the Tertiary, including the Eocene, Miocene, and Pliocene periods, and so on to the species but recently extinct. As may be expected from the author’s intimate acquaintance with his subject, even to the most minute details, this treatise is extremely well executed. Newton, Alfred. The Strickland Collection in the University of Cambridge. Ibis, 1869, pp. 320-324, pi. ix. A short notice of the collection of the late Hugh Edwin Strickland, recently presented by his widow to the University of Cambridge and now in its Museum, where it is lodged in cabi- nets having their drawers made on the “interchangeable ” prin- ciple first suggested by Mr. Salvin. The collection contains 5802 specimens, referable to 3031 species. Occasion is taken to * Sheets 10-12 inclusive of vol. ii. have apparently not yet been pub- lished. 30 ZOOLOGICAL LITERATURE. figure a species, belonging to Picidce, first described by Strick- land. Tluss, Karl. V orliiufige Mittbeilungen iiber die Zuclit fremd- liindisclier Vogel. Journ. fiir Orn. 1869, pp. 73-82. Concerns many of the exotic species of Ploceidce and Frin- gillidcB commonly kept in confinement. Sclater, P. L. On the Breeding of Birds in the Gardens of the Zoological Society of London during the past Twenty Years. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1869, pp. 626-629. A similar paper to that on mammals before noticed (Zool. Bee. V. p. 10), consisting of two Tables — the first showing the number of species of birds (104, errore 108) that have bred, and the number of times (671) they have produced young; the second, the number of species exhibited (720) in comparison with those that have bred, being on the whole 1 in 6 '6. * fecLATER, P. L., and Salvin, O. Exotic Ornithology. Parts IX. -XIII. London : 1869. Imp. 4to, pp. 129-204, pis. Ixv.-c. Tlicsc five parts* complete the work of which wc have spoken several times before (Zool. Bee. iii. p. 48; iv. p. 51, v. p. 38). All the species included in them arc Neotroj)ieal, and will be noticed under the families to which they belong. The entire number of speeies figured in the Avhole work is 104, referred to 51 genera ; and in most cases a systematic list of the other American species of the same genus is appended to the final illustration of each. All the plates are by Mr. Smit. \_Cf. Ibis, 1870, pp. 262-264.] SelLnka, Emil. Dr. H. G. Bronn’s Klassen und Ordnungen des Thier-Beichs, wissenschaftlich dargcstellt in Wort und Bild. Sechster Band. IV. Abtheilung. Vogel : Aves. 1, 2 Lieferungen. Leipzig und Heidelberg ; 1869. 8vo, pp. 80, pis. 6. These two parts form the beginning of what will apparently be a very good general work on the class, the best of its kind that we have seen. The introduction gives a concise notice of the chief general works on the subject; and then follows a trea- tise on the anatomy of birds, wherein the author shows that he is sufficiently acquainted with the latest investigations of foreign as well as of German writers. This is still incomplete, but is of a very promising character. The subjects of the plates too (all at present anatomical) -are well selected and clearly drawn, considering their small size, \^Cf. Zool. Garten, 1869, p. 160; Ibis, 1870.] • Part IX., containing pp. 129-144 and pis. Ixv.-lxxii., though hearing date “ December, 1808,” was not, we believe, published till 1809. AVES, 31 PALiEARCTIC REGION. Anderson, Thomas. [See Gray, Rorert.] Barboza DU Bocage. Algumas observafoes e additamentos ao artigo do sr. A. C. Smith intilulado A Sketeh of the Birds of Poftugal.^^ Jorn. Sc. Math. Phys. e Nat. Lisboa, 1869, pp. 2J4-219. Mr. Smithes paper was noticed last year (Zool. Rec. v. pp. 43, 44). Prof, du Bocage makes some observations, generally favourable, upon it, but notices an error due to the present writer, and adds 44 species to the Portuguese list. \_Cf, Ibis^ 1870, pp. 134, 266.] Barth, G. R. Bericht uber eine nach Lofoten und Vesteraalen unternommene Reise, in freier Uebersetzung mit nach- traglichen Bemerkungen von F. Boie. Journ. fur Orn. 1869, pp. 82-105. A good contribution to Norwegian ornithology, relating as it does to a chain of islands so remarkable, and so seldom visited for any length of time, as the Loffodens. It is also with pecu- liar pleasure that we see associated with the traveller a name so venerable as that of the naturalist who, more than fifty years ago, investigated the ornithology of this part of Norway. The species observed were 81 in number, being 7 fewer than were seen by Messrs. F. and P. Godman at Bodo, on the other side of the Vest Fjord (Ibis, 1861, pp. 77-92). The observations on Laj- (fnpv.fi suhalpina [sc. alhus] seem to be particularly worthy of attention. Bettoni, Eugenio. Storia Naturale degli Uccelli die nidifi- cano in Lombardia ad illustrazione della raccolta ornitolo- gica dei fratelli Ercole ed Ernesto Turati con tavole litografate e colorate prese dal Vero da O. Dressler. Milano : 1869. Folio. Vol. ii. fascicoli x.-xxiii. This work is continued with the same spirit as before (Zool. Rec. V. p. 39) . The species whose young and eggs are figured will be found under Neossology^^ and Oology.^^ Boie, F. [See Barth, G. R.] Bonizzi, Paolo. Catalogo degli Uccelli del Modenese. Mo- dena : 1868. 8vo."’^ We only know of the existence of this from a reference (p. 145, note) in Prof. Dodcrlein’s paper [ut infra), whence it appears that 224 species are included in the list. Borggreve, Bernard. Die Vogel-fauna von Norddeutschland. Eine kritischc Musterung dcr europaischen Vogel- Arten nach dem Gesichtspunkte ihrer Verbreitung fiber das nord- liclie Deutschland. Unter Benutzung der einschliigigen Literatur und nach eigenen Beobachtungen bearbeitet. Ber?- lin : 1869. 8vo, pp. 187. 32 ZOOLOGICAL LITERATURE. This "woTk is divided into two portions, — (i.) the Generalities of the subject, containing disquisitions on (1) various preliminary questions, (2) the conditions of local distribution, (3) its tem- porary changes and (4) the classification and enumeration of the species according to their distribution in North Germany; and (ii.) the Specialities, wherein the various birds are dealt with systematieally. Herein 490 species are included, and 5 more added in a supplement. Much care seems to have been bestowed on the whole. [Of. Zool. Garten, 1869, pp. 223, 224; Ibis, 1870, p. 128.] Bowden, J. The Naturalist in Norway ; or. Notes on the wild Animals, Birds, Fishes, and Plants of that Country. Lon- don: 1869. 8vo, pp. 263. A popular compilation of the worst kind. [Cf, Ibis, 1870, pp. 122, 123.] Brown, Francis H. Some Observations on the Fauna of Madeira. Proc. Boston Soc. N. H. 1868, pp. 205-214. The list of birds reprinted from the well-known one by Mr. E. Vernon-Harcourt, and no new ornithological fact recorded. Crommelin, J. P. van Wickevoort. Notes ornithologiques sur la Faune des Pays-Bas. Arch. Neerland. iv. (1869) pp. 231-238. A series of comments, chiefly on the works of Prof. Schlegel and MM. van Bemmelen and Albarda (Bouwstoffen voor eene Fauna van Nederland, ii., iii.) on the birds of Holland, with the latter of which we are not acquainted. The remarks show much research, and often contain information of value ; but the opinions of the author on nomenclature are not likely to be generally adopted in this country. [C/*. Ibis, 1870, p. 270.] . llemarques sur la Faune ornithologique de la Hollande. Tom. cit. pp. 379-398, This may be regarded as a supplement to Baron Droste^s work [vide infra] from a Dutch point of view. David, Armand. Journal d'un Voyage en Mongolie fait cn 1866. Nouv. Archives du Museum, Bulletin, iii. pp. 18- 96, pi. 4 (map), iv. pp. 3-72, pis. 1, 2 (maps). This paper contains the most important contribution to the zoology of Northern China that has yet been made. In it (iii. pp. 29-41) is the best catalogue of the birds hitherto ob- served near Pekin, including 295 species, many of which are not named, though it is probable that they can be referred to published descriptions; and indeed some are identified [appa- rently by M. J. Verreaux] . The only one which seems to receive a new name belongs to Motacillidce. One of the most interest- ing discoveries is that of a species of Swan (see Anatidcn), cer- tainly new to the Old World. But the Journal itself contains AVES. 33 numerous notices on tlie birds met with by the author in travel- ling (1) from Pekin to Seuen-hwa-foo (iii. pp. 44-96), and du- ring (2) his first and (3) second exploring expeditions to the Woorato country (iv. pp. 3-32, 32-51), and (4) excursion around AVoo-tang-jiao (pp. 51-72) , the narrative of Tvhich is, so far as we have seen, unfinished. The maps show the various itineraries. Doderlein, Pietro. Avifaune del Modenese e della Sicilia ossia Catalogo ragionato c comparative delle varie specie di Uccelli cbe si rinvengono in permancnza o di passagio nellc Provincie di Modena, di lleggio e nella Sicilia. Giorn. Sc. Nat. ed Econoin. Istit. Teen. Palermo, v. (1869) pp. 137-195. The introduction states that 250 species will be enumerated in the Modenese list, and 300 in the Sicilian ; but the portion of the paper as yet published extends to 58, of which 45 belong to Modena and 52 to Sicily. A good deal of bibliographical informa- tion is contained in the introductory observations, as well as some comparative lists of the birds of different parts of Italy and its islands ; and the notes on the several species seem, in most cases, to be to the point. Drake, C. F. Tyrwhitt. Further Notes on the Birds of Mo- rocco. Ibis, 1869, pp. 147-154. In continuation of the paper before mentioned (Zool. Bee. iv. p. 53), which referred to tlic districts of Tangier and Tetuan. The author has since travelled along the coast from Tetuan to Mazagan, thence inward to the city of Morocco, and so to Moga- dor. After a brief description of the countries traversed, a list is given of the species (27 in number) not before observed by him, of which the most noteworthy are Melierax polyzonuSy Galcrita macrorhyncha, and Otis tarda. Droste-IIulesiioef, Ferd. Baron. Die Vogelwclt der Nord- secinscl Borkum. Nebst eincr vcrgleichcndcn Uebcrsicht dcr in den sudlichcnNordscclandcrn vorkornmenden Vogel. Munster : 1869. 8vo, pp. 389, 16, plate and map. A very complete ornithological monograph of the island of Borkum, the topography of which is fully treated, and essays on various matters in connexion with the subject, some having before appeared (Zool. Bee. ii. p. 62, iii. p. 49, v. p. 39), intro- duced. About 220 species are mentioned, and abundant infor- mation respecting the water-birds, which form the majority, is given. An appendix is added, consisting of a comparative list of the birds of the south coast of the North Sea and of the Baltic. The plate represents a scene on Bottum ; and the map is of Bor- kum and the parts adjacent. \Cf. Bev. Zool. 1869, p. 365 ; Zool. Garten, 1869, p. 223 ; Bericht XVII. Versamml. D. O. G. pp. 24-27; Ibis, 1870, pp. 128, 129.] 34 ZOOLOGICAL LlTEllATUIlE. Droste-Hulpshofp, Ferd. Baron. Fine Falirt nach Bottum. Zoolog. Garten^ 1869, j)p. 304-309. ^ The species mentioned are only such as might be expected to occur on the island, . Liste seltenerer Vogel, welche in Ostfriesland vorge- kommen sind. Journ. fiir Orn. 1868, pp. 405-407. [Not published till 1869.] Chiefly of local interest. . Enten- und Strandvogelfang in Stellnitzen. Op. cit. 1869, pp. 279-283. On the mode of catehing LimicolcB and Anatidce in stake-nets on Eorkum. . Die Ganzjagd am Dollart. Tom. cit. pp. 283-285. Translated from the Dutch. [Cf. Zool. Bee. iv. p. 121.] . [See also Mueller, II. C.] Elwes, H. J. The Bird-Stations of the Outer Hebrides. Ibis, 1869, pp. 20-37. A very interesting paper, but not requiring any espeeial notice. Fritscii, Anton. Ornithologische Notizen aus Bohmen. Journ. fur Orn. 1869, pp. 45-47. Nothing of very particular interest. Galliard, Leon Olpiie. Oiseau nouveau pour la faiine Euro- peenne. Bev. et Mag. de Zool. 1869, pp. 363-365. [Mus- cicapidce.~\ Goebel, H. Briefliches aus Siid-Bussland. Journ. fiir Orn. 1869, pp. 318-320. The most noteworthy fact mentioned is the breeding of a Tu7’dtis, supposed to be a Siberian species, in tlie Government of Archangel. From Southern Bussia the news is unimportant. . Notizen iiber drei Vogel des Archangelschen Gouverne- ments. Tom. cit. pp. 320-322. [Meipus serrator, Spatula chjpeata, and Erythropus vespertmus.'] Gould, J. The Birds of Great Britain. Parts xv. and xvi. London : 1869. The two parts published during the past year (bearing as usual the respective dates of 1st Aug. and 1st Sept.) are fully equal, if not superior, to any that have a])peared. The species iigured are noticed under the families to which they belong. [Cy*. Ibis, 1870, pp. 120,121.] Gray, Bobert, and Anderson, Thomas. The Birds of Ayr- shire and AVigtownsliire. Glasgow : 1869. 8vo, pp. 62. Be- printed from Proc. Nat. Hist. Soc. Glasgow, i. pp. 269-324. The introduction gives a very fair account of the natural fea- tures of the two counties, in whieh at least 196 species have been noticed. The recently passed Act of Parliament (32 and AVES. 35 33 Viet. cap. 17) for tlic preservation of Sea-birds is reprinted in the concluding remarks. [Cf. Ibis, 1870, pp. 125, 126.] lIoMEYEii, Eugen von. Bcitragc zur Kenntniss dcr Vogel Ostsibiriens und dcs Amurlandes. Journ. fiir Orn. 1869, pp. 48-61, 119-125, 169-174. A coiitiimtion of this useful digest, wliicli we noticed last year (Zool. llec. v. p. 41), 79 species being treated in the three articles now cited. Hoyningen-Huene, Alexander, Baron. Bericht iiber dieAn- kunft der Zugvogel in Estland, sowie Notizen iiber das Nisten einiger Vogel in der Uingegend von Lechts im Jahre 1868. Journ. fiir Orn. 1869, pp. 18-21. Of local interest only. Kruper, Tii. Bcitrag zur Ornithologie Klein- Asiens. Journ. fiir Orn. 1869, pp. 21-45. Very welcome remarks on the ornithology of this little-known country, — those on Acci^nter hrevipes, Buteo ferox, Lanius per- sonaitiSj Saxicola saltatrix, Aedon familiaris, and Bessornis gut- turalis especially. Malmgren, a. J. Ornithologiska Notiser. GEfvers. Finska Vet.-Soc. Forhandl. 1869, no. i. (pp. 6). Relates to the occurrence in Finland of a species of Falconidce and two of SylvUda. [Cf. Ibis, 1870, p. 132.] Meves, W. Bidrag till Sveriges Oriiithologi. Berattelse om en resa till CEland oeh Skaue. GEfvers. K. Vetensk.-Ak. Forhandl. 1868, pp. 251-293. The results of a journey, in 1867, to Q51and and Scania, which gave the author opportunity of making some very good investigations, possessing, however, rather a local than a general interest. Still the paper is of importance to those engaged on Scandinavian ornithology, and Herr Meves’s observations are well known to be trustwortliv, while his remarks are generally to the point. [Cf. J. f. O. 1869, pp. 390-392; Ibis, 1870.] Mueller, H. C. Vogelfauna der Faroer, aus dem Danischen iibersezt und mit Anmerkungen versehen von Ferd. Baron VON Droste. Journ. fiir Orn. 1869, pp. 107-1 18, 341- 355, 381-390*. The original appeared in ^ Videnskablige Meddelelser fra den naturhistoriske Forening i KjobenhavrE for 1862 (pp. 1-78), and is of very great excellence, from the intimate knowledge of the birds of the Faroes possessed by its author, who has resided there all his life. The species included in their fauna are 124 in number; and the translator’s notes have generally reference to the distribution of the birds in Iceland, Scotland, or Norway. * The last portion not published till 1870. 36 ZOOLOGICAL LITERATURE. ^^Ninni, a. P. Catalogo degli Uccelli del Veneto. Faun., Flor. e Gea del Veneto e del Trentino. Venetia : 1867. 8vo. (In eourse of publication.) This we have not seen, and we only quote it from a reference (p. 144, note) in Prof. Doderlein^s paper {ut supra). Noll, F. C. Helgoland. Naturhistorische Skizze. Zoolog. Garten, 1869, pp. 109-117, 234-244. Ornithology is scarcely noticed in these articles. E/ODD, E. H. a List of British Birds as a Guide to the Orni- thology of Cornwall, &c. Second Edition. London and Penzance: 1869. 8vo, pp. 51. Some additions are made to the former edition (Zool. Bee. iv. p. 56) ; but few of its errors, typographical or otherwise, are corrected. [Cy. Ibis, 1870, p. 264.] Sabanaeff, Leonid a. Materialoi dlia Faunoi Jaroslafski gu- berni. Bull. Soc. Imp. Nat. de Moscou, xli. 1868, pp. 202-243, 383-405. A continuation of the articles noticed last year (Zool. Bee. V. p. 43), beginning with an account of the changes in the fauna according to season. The various birds arc divided and sub- divided into categories, such as migrants occasionally remain- ing, and pure migrants, residents, passing migrants, winter visitors, (p. 208) those which are comparatively resident, those changing their quarters from summer to winter, without really migrating, pure nomads, partly nomads, sometimes residents, but not always wintering. A table is also given (p. 214) of the species which haunt the pine-forests, the larch-forests, and the neighbourhood of houses. Another chapter treats of the spring-fauna (p. 216), remarking on the species which arrive in companies, and those that come as stragglers, noticing also the difference between the spring and summer fauna. Then follows (p. 122) an account of the autumnal fauna and the migration of birds which, breed in the district ; Picus leuconotus and P. tri- dactylus are common at that season, and Accentor montanellus , which also breeds there, has been observed in October. The next chapter (p. 231) treats of the fauna as affected by the natural features of the country, recounting the species which inhabit the forests, the open country, and so forth. We have then (p. 383) an account of the general distribution of the animals and of the increase and decrease of their numbers, with a table (p. 399) showing those which are fast decreasing owing to human interference (among Avhich are the Laridce)^ those which are decreasing notwithstanding certain favourable cir- cumstances, those which are increasing, and those which are decreasing owing to the destruction of the forests. The last chapter (p. 400) contains a general summary and a comparison AVES. 37 of the faunas of the north-eastern and south-western districts, witli notes on the general distribution of the species*. Salvadori, T. Degli uccelli avventizi in Italia. Atti Soc. Ital. Sc. Nat. xii. (24 Aug. 1869) pp. 4. The stragglers mentioned in this portion are all Accipitres. The most remarkable is Buteo ferox. Saunders, Howard. Ornithological Rambles in Spain. Ibis, 1869, pp. 170-186. The notes refer to the district south of the Sierra Morena, where the author passed the winter of 1867-68 and following spring. They relate to several very interesting species and their nidification. Mention is made of a variety of a species of Procellariid(2j which seems hitherto to have escaped description. . Notes on the Ornithology of Italy and Spain. Tom, cit, pp. 391-403. These were made in 1868-69 ; and the Italian observations relate chiefly to specimens in museums, while the Spanish are rather field-notes, and refer to the neighbourhood of Aranjuez as well as to the south. Saxby, H. L. Ornithological Notes from Shetland. Zoologist, Sec. Ser. pp. 1760-1764. In continuation of those before noticed (Zool. Rec. iii. p. 52, iv. p. 56). Asio otus, Accentor modularis, and Coturnix com- munis, the last breeding, are recorded for the first time as visitors. ScHACHT, H. Ein Jahr der Beobachtung des Vogellebens im Teutoburger Walde. Zoolog. Garten, 1869, pp. 247-251. Extracts from an ornithological journal kept in 1867-68, but apparently containing nothing of more than local interest. Smith, Cecil. The Birds of Somersetshire. London: 1869. 8vo, pp. 623. Each species found in the county, and there are 216 of them enumerated by the author, is described by him ; but the book does not give such an account of the natural features of the country as is required for a good local work. \^Cf, Ibis, 1870, pp. 124, 125.] Snell, F. H. Parallele zwischen der Vogelfauna des Taunus und dcr Wetterau. Zoolog. Garten, 1869, pp. 321-328, 354-362. In continuation of the paper before noticed (Zool. Rec. iii. p. 52), and of not much more than local interest. * As before, we owe this abstract to the kindness of Mr. H, E. Dresser. 38 ZOOLOGICAL LITERATURE. Sterland, J. W. The Birds of Sherwood Forest, with Notes on their Habits, Nesting, Migrations, &c. London : 1869. 8vo, pp. 244. The species observed in the district, some perhaps on au- thority too slight, arc 172 in number. Some remarks, from original observation, on the structure and functions of the so- called oil-gland in birds are added. \^Cf, Ibis, 1870, pp. 123, 124; Zool. S. S. pp. 1881-1888.] Stolker, Carl. Ornithologische Fragmente aus Florenz. Journ. fur Orn. 1869, pp. 337—339. Unimportant. Sundea^all, C. J. Svenska Foglarna. Part xx. Stockholm: 1869. Oblong 4to. Since we last noticed this work (Zool. Rec. iv. p. 56), only one part has appeared. It contains half-sheets 61-66, and plates Ixxiv.-lxxvi. and Ixxx. Tschusi, Victor von. Ueber einige Vogel des Riesengebirges. Journ. fiir Orn. 1869, pp. 224-234. A supplement to Baron Alexander von Ilomeycr's excursions on the boundary of Bohemia and Silesia (Zool. Rec. ii. p. 61), containing a rather interesting account of the birds of the Giant Mountains, with criticisms on the works of Drs. Gloger, Pal- liar di, and Hoser. . Bemerkungen iiber einige Vogel Niederosterreichs. Tom. cit. pp. 234-241. Except some notes on the breeding of Nucifraga caryoca- tacteSf none of these remarks require special mention. Wright, Charles A. Third Appendix to a List of Birds ob- served in Malta and Gozo. Ibis, 1869, pp. 245-256. In continuation of the papers before noticed (Zool. Rec. i. pp. 46, 47, ii. p. 69). Nine more species are added to the list, and some severe criticisms made on Mr. Granf s work {op. cit. hi. p.60). ETHIOPIAN REGION. Antinori, Orazio. Beschreibung und Verzeichniss, u. s. w. Journ. fur Orn. 1869, pp. 327-333. In continuation of the translation before noticed (Zool. Rec. ii. p. 69, iii. p. 53, iv. pp. 57, 58). Ayres, Thomas. Notes on Birds of the Territory of the Trans- Vaal Republic. Ibis, 1869, pp. 286-303. The names have been determined by Mr. J. II. Gurney, who has added some valuable notes. The collection includes 66 species; but none require further notice here. AVES. 89 Barboza DU Bocagb, J. V. Oiseaux nouveaux de FAfrique occidentale. Proc. ZooL Soc. 1808, pp. 436, 437, pi. xxix* Descriptions of 3 species belonging to Turdidmi^X) and Ca])%- tonidcn, and a nominal list of 11 others sent home by Senhor Anehieta. Blanford, W. T. Descriptions of five Birds . . . from Abys- sinia. Ann. & Mag. N. H, 4th ser. iv. pp. 329-330. [See Hirundinida , SylviidcE (2), Alaudidai, and Fringillid(2.~\ Cabanis, J. Baron C. C. von der Decken^s Reisen in Ost- Afrika. Dritter Band, Wissenschaftliche Ergebnisse. Erster Abtheilung. Vogel, pp. 19-52, tabb. xviii. Leip- zig und Heidelberg : 1869. Imp. 8vo. This contains an account of the ornithological collection made by the ill-fated Baron von der Decken during his arduous travels in East Africa, and is elaborated in the author^s usual excellent manner. The collection contains examples of 126 species, whereof 21, for which see Falconida*, Bmerotidea, La- (5), TurdidaHy Sylvuda>{^6), lHoceida>{^)yFringxUid(R, Tetra- ordd(Sf Pteroclido!, Charadriidee, Otidida:, and Ardeidce (2), are described as new. These last were, all but one, briefly but sufficiently characterized at a meeting of the Deutsche ornitho- logische Gesellschaft zu Berlin, held 7th Oct. 1868; and their dingnoses are printed in the concluding Heft of the ^ Journal fur Ornithologie ’ for that year (pp. 411-414), which did not, however, as we have before mentioned (Zool. Rec. v. pp. 29, 30, note), appear until 1869, nor indeed until after the printing of the work, since a name (see Fringillida) therein conferred was, on the discovery of its former use, changed in the paper in the ^ Journal.^ Finsch, Otto. Ueber eine Vogelsamralung aus Westafrika. Journ. fur Orn. 1869, pp. 334-337. A list, with notes, of a small collection, containing 22 species, made on the Gold Coast by Herr Max Sintenis. One species (SylvUdce) receives a new name; constant references are made to the joint work of the author and Dr. llartlaub, the fourth volume of ^ Von der DeckeiFs Reisen,^ published in 1870. Fritsch, E. Drei Jahre in Siidafrika.^^ This work we have not seen, and only quote its title from Dr. HartlanVs ^ Bericht^ (p. 113). Grandidier, a. Description dc qnelques animaux nouveaux decouverts, pendant Fannec 1869, sur la cote oucst dc Ma- dagascar. Rev. ct Mag. dc Zool. 1869, pp. 337-342. One bird only described (see Cuculidoi). Gurney, J. H. Notes on the Birds-of-prey of Madagascar and some of the adjacent Islands. [See Accipiires.^ 40 ZOOLOGICAL LITERATURE. Gurney^ J. H. [See Ayres, Thomas.] Heuglin, M. T. von. The MalurincB of North-eastern Africa. [See SylviidcB.^ . Synopsis der Vogel Nord-Ost Afrikas, des Nilqiiellengc- hietes und der Kiistcnlander des llothcn Meeres. Journ. fur Orn. 1869, pp. 1-18, 145-168. A continuation of the paper before noticed (Zool. Rec. iv. pp. 59, 60, V. p. 46) . The most remarkable facts Avill be found under the heads Sylviidee and Siw'nidoi” . Ornithologie Nordost-Afrika^s, der.Nilquellen- und Kiis- ten-Gebiete des Rothen Meeres und des nordlichen Somal- Landes. Erster Band, Erste Abtheiluiig. Cassel : 1869. Imp. 8 VO, pp. 416, pis. 15 and map*. This long-expected work is very welcome, and great pains have evidently been taken with it. The numerous species, which were named by the author in 1856, and some of them since described in communications to the ^Journal fiir Ornotho- logie ^ or elsewhere, come out better, we think, than could have been expected \_cf. Zool. Rec. i. p. 49] from the scrutiny to which they have been lately subjected by him Avhilc i)rcparing the present work. It must be rcmaikcd that he has been able to consult and quote from tbe work on the birds of Eastern Africa, by Drs. Hartlaub and Finsch, though this has only been published within the present year, which is manifestly a great advantage, as it has led in many cases to a common view being taken by each of these authorities. It is not easy to say exactly how many species are now for the first time described ; but it is believed that a special account of all the chief novelties will be found under the heads Caprimidgidcej Cypselidce, Neclariniidcey Hirundinidee , and, where they are most numerous, Sylviidee. The whole of the plates promised for the present part of the work are not yet given, while several that do not belong to it are. [C/. Ibis, 1870, pp. 127, 421-435.] Jesse, William. Report on the Zoology of the Abyssinian Expedition. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1869, pp. 111-117. A mere sketch of the authors^ route ; full particulars of his doings are expected to be published in the Society's ^ Transac- tions.^ Layard E. L. Further Notes on South-African Ornithology. Ibis, 1869, pp. 68-79, 362-378. The first paper refers to about 50 species, and is in continua- tion of those noticed last year (Zool. Rec. v. p. 46), containing * In connexion with this work, see also the same author’s ^‘Zoogeogra- ?hisclie Skizze,” u. s. \v. in Petermann’s ^ Geographische Mittheilimgen,’ 8G9, pp. 400-418, Taf. 21. AVES. 41 much information on the nidification and oology of the birds of the Cape Colony, as well as some explanations of the limits to which the author restricted himself in his larger work (Zool. Rec. iv. pp. 60, 61). The second paper is of the same character, referring to about 80 species, two of which, belonging to Mota- cillidcB and Fringillid(2, are new to the Cape fauna. Malmgren, a. J. Letter on some South-African Birds. Ibis, 1869, pp. 229, 230. Mentions 5 species found in South Africa by Wahlberg, which are not included in Mr. Layard^s work on the birds of that country. Milne-Edwards, Alphonse. Nouvelles observations sur la faune ancienne des lies Mascareignes. Comptes llendus, April 12, 1869, Ixviii. pp. S56-860,* Abstract, Rev. et Mag. de Zool. 1869, pp. 173-178. Translated, Ann. & Mag. N. H. 4tli ser. iv. pp. 129-132. [See Rallida.^ Sharpe, R. B. On a Collection of Birds from the Fan tee Country in Western Africa. Ibis, 1869, pp. 186-195, pi. iv. After mentioning the scanty records which exist relating to the ornithology of this district, 60 species are enumerated, of which 21 seem not to have been before found there; and one new one, belonging to Campephagidee, is described. The plate represents Huhua poensis, . On two more Collections of Birds from the Fantee Country. Tom, cit. pp. 381-388, pi. xi. In addition to those included in the last paper, 36 species are here enumerated, of which 12 are marked as not hitherto re- corded from the country ; and 2 new ones, belonging to Flo- ceidcRf are described and figured. • . On the Birds of Angola.— Fart I. With Notes by the Collector, J. J. Monteiro. Froc. Zool. Soc. 1869, pp. 563- 571, pi. xliii. Contains notes on 3 species from St. Thomases Island, and 29 from Angola, whereof 8 are recorded from the latter for the first time. None are new; the species figured belongs to nidcR, . [See Alcedinidae.^ Tristram, H. B. Notes on some new South-African Sylviida, Ibis, 1869, pp. 204-208, pi. vi. Besides remarks on other species, contains descriptions of 4 new ones. . Notes on some African birds. Tom. cit. pp. 434-438. 1869. [voL. VI.] E 42 ZOOLOGICAL LITERATURE. One species, belonging to AlaudidcSj is described as new ; and valuable remarks on several others are made. INDIAN REGION. Beavan, R. C. Additional Notes on various Indian Birds. Ibis, 1869, pp. 403-426. These are supplementary to the first paper of the series noticed (Zool. Rec. ii. p. 72, iv. p. 62, v. p. 48), and are of the same character. Upwards of 60 species are noticed. Blanford, W. T. Ornithological Notes, chiefly on some birds of Central, Western, and Southern India. Proc. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, 1869, pp. 104, 105 (abstract) ; Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, xxxviii. (1869) pp. 164-191, pi. xvii. a. These notes relate to three collections, the first made in Nag- poor, Chanda, and on the Upper Godavery, the second at and near Khandalla on the Western Ghauts, and the third in the Neilgherry Hills. Of the first the chief points were mentioned in a paper previously noticed by us (Zool. Rec. iv. p. 62) ; but all respecting the other two seems to be new. The observations relating to the relative distribution of some of the migrating birds are especially worthy of notice. One new species (men- tioned under Timaliidce) is described. [C/. Ibis, 1870.] Brooks, W. E. Notes on Birds observed near Nynee Tal and Almorah, from April to June 1868. Ibis 1869, pp. 43-60. Corrections, tom. cit. pp. 353, 354. Upwards of 90 species are noticed. Bulger, G. E. List of Birds obtained in Sikkim, Eastern Himalayas, between March and July 1867. Ibis, 1869, pp. 154^170. Nearly 140 species enumerated, with notes on their habits or the elevations at which they occur. Gould, J. The Birds of Asia. Part xxi. London: 1869. A bare majority of the species figured probably belongs to the Indian Region ; of the remainder, one is from a doubtful loca- lity, another pertains to the Australian, and the rest to the Palaearctic Region. [^Cf. Ibis, 1870, pp. 118, 119.] Hume, Allan. Stray Notes on Ornithology in India. Ibis, 1869, pp. 1-20, 143-146. The first of these papers contains an entertaining account of a morning^s birds^-nesting at Bareilly, with notes on many Indian species; and the second treats of the nidification of Nisaetus bonellii. — . Letters respecting some Indian Birds. Tom. cit. pp. 120-122, 355-357. AVES. 43 Tlie first contains critical remarks on Anthus ricardi and A, sordidusy Corvus intermedins, and Falco peregrinntor. The second, besides treating of some other matters, describes 6 species, belonging to Vulturidce, Falconidce (3), Sylviida and Ploceidm, as new. . My Scrap Book. [See Accipitres.”] S WIN HOE, Robert. Descriptions of two new Species of Sun- birds from the Island of Hainan, South China. [See Nec- tariniid(2.^ . Letter identifying some of the Chinese Birds mentioned by Mr. Collingwood. Ibis, 1869, pp. 347, 348. We noticed Mr. Collingwood’s work last year (Zool. Rec. v. p. 33). Mr. Swinhoe’s remarks upon the Chinese Birds men- tioned in it are much to the point. Walden, Arthur [Hay], Viscount. Remarks on Dr. Stoliczka^s Ornithological Observations in the Sutlej Valley. Ibis, 1869, pp. 208-215. The paper criticised was noticed by us last year (Zool. Rec. v. p. 49), and the critic speaks highly of it, adding some good re- marks on the nomenclature of certain species, the synonymy of which seems to be in much confusion. Wallace, Alfred Russel. The Malay Archipelago : the Land of the Orang-Utan and the Bird of Paradise. A Narrative of Travel, with Studies of Man and Nature. London : 18()9. 2 vols. small 8vo, p[). 478 atid 524. The interest with which this work was long expected will not have been disappointed at its appearance; but the great popu- larity it has achieved renders it unnecessary for us to give more than an outline of its contents. Mr. Wallace has very much consulted the convenience of his readers by departing from the usual plan of travellers in their narratives, and instead of a chronological he has adopted a geographical system, giving a connected account of each island or group of islands forming the Archipelago, one after the other. Thus after a chapter devoted to the physical geography of the whole chain, the Indo-Malay Islands are treated ; then come in order the Timor Group, Celebes and its satellites, the Moluccas and the Papuan Group. In each case a chapter is especially occupied by a general treatise on the natural history of the division, while that on the Epima- chida and Paradiseidoi (ii. pp. 387-426) here demands particular mention. The illustrations, except two excellent maps, consist of numerous woodcuts, well chosen for their subjects. The theory of Natural Selection, of which the author was the joint- discoverer with Mr. Darwin, receives of course great attention throughout ; but it is at the same time set forth with so much judgment that its keenest opponents will have but little reason to complain. " Prom the nature of the case, much of these two E 2 44 ZOOLOGICAL LITERATURE. volumes really belongs to the Australian Re°rion.''^ f Cf. Ibis, 1869, pp. Jil6, 217.] AUSTRALIAN REGION. Amati, Amato. Della Nuova Guinea, ii. Real. Istit. Lomb. Rcndic. Adunanza 17 June, 1869, pp. 781-800. The ornithology of the island is briefly mentioned (p. 798). Bennett, George. Letter on Birds of Lord Howe's Island. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1869, pp. 471, 472. Among those mentioned one (belonging to Rallidce) is new, and is described by Mr. Sclater. Buller, Walter. On some New Species of New-Zealand Birds. Ibis, 1869, pp. 37-43. The new species described, 8 in number, will be noticed at length under Arida, Tnchoglossidaty Turdidce, Malurid(Bj Cer~ thiidcBj ScolopacidcSy Anatidce, and Larid<2, [See Finsch, O.] . Notes on Herr Finsch's Review of Mr. Walter Buller's Essay on New-Zealand Ornithology. Trans. & Proc. New Zeal. Inst. i. pp. 105-112. The author's Essay " and Dr. Finsch's remarks * upon it have been previously noticed (Zool. Rec. hi. p. 57, iv. pp. 64, 65). To the last this paper is a categorical reply. One new species belonging to Rallidce is described, and the validity of several others which had been questioned by Dr. Finsch is con- firmed, while some of his objections are admitted, and the names of 10 species added to the New-Zealand fauna since that gen- tleman's publication are given. An 11th, belonging to ArdeidcB, is mentioned, but not named. \^Cf. Ibis, 1870, pp. 135, 136.] Finsch, O. On a very rare Parrot \JDomicella cardinalis] from the Solomon Islands. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1869, pp. 126-129, pi. xi. . Remarks on some species of Birds from New Zealand. Ibis, 1869, pp. 378-381. Criticises and disallows several of the species lately described by Mr. Buller in his Essay " (Zool. Rec. hi. p. 57) and in the paper above mentioned. Finsch, 0., & Hartlaub, G. On a small Collection of Birds from the Tonga Islands. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1869, pp. 544- 548. In the ‘ Beitrag zur Fauna Central-Polynesiens ' (Zool. Rec. iv. p. 65) the authors had enumerated 41 species of birds as found in the Tonga Islands. One of these (belonging to Ral- lida) is now considered not to be good ; and of the remainder, * These are also translated by Mr. R. L. Holmes and added by way of appendix to Mr. Buller’s reply (Trans, and Proc. New Zeal. Inst. i. pp. 112- 125), while the latter’s original essay is also reprinted {tom. cit, part iii. p. 20). AVES. 45 5 seem to be peculiar to that group ; 3 more, of which one (be- longing to Laniida) is described as new, are contained in the present collection, which comprises 11 species, on all of which notes are added. Gould, J. Description of a new species of Dacelo from North- Western Australia. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1869, p. 602. [See Alcedinid(2.'] . Descriptions of five new species of Birds from Queens- land, Australia. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 4th ser. iv. pp. 108-111. [See McliphagidcBj Ampelidat (2), Sittid(2y and UallidcE,'] . The Birds of Australia. Supplement — Part v. London : 1869. The last part of this work we noticed two years since (Zool. Bee. iv. pp. 65, 66). The species figured are 14 in number, and will be found mentioned in our special part. Some of them have only been described during the last year*. Hutton, F. W. Letter with Notes on two Birds in the Auck- land Museum and some others. Ibis, 1869, pp. 351-353. [vSee Megapodiidee, Pr ocellar iidee, and Casuariid(je.~\ '. Notes on the Birds of the Great Barrier Island. Trans. & Proc. New Zeal. Inst. i. pp. 160, 161. . Notes on the Birds of the Little Barrier Island. Tom. cit. p. 162. On the first of these spots the author passed two months, find- ing 52 species, and on the second four days, meeting with 23 species. None are described as new, but one could not be pro- cured for identification. ScLATEH, P. L. On a Collection of Birds from the Solomon Islands. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1869, pp. 118-126, pis. ix., x. After reciting what has hitherto been recorded of the or- nithology of this group, the 21 species, of which 3 (belonging to CoraciidcRy Sturnidee, and RaUida) are new, contained in the collection are enumerated, and a list of 34 species known to be found in these islands is given, at least 17 being peculiar. The author subsequently proposes to divide the ‘‘Australian Region^^ into,J^^^^? subregions, viz. : — (1 ) the Papuan, the Austro-Malayan of Mr. Wallace [cf. Zool. Rec. i. pp. 53-55) ; (2) the true Australian, comprising continental Australia, the promontory of Cape York perhaps excepted ; (3) the New-Zealandian ; (4) the Polynesian ; and (5) the Sandwich Islands. The Solomon Islands form an eastern outlier of the Papuan subregion. * We may take this opportunity of saying that since we last noticed Mr. Diggles’s work (Zool. Rec. v. p. ol) we have seen nothing more of it. 46 ZOOLOGICAL LITERATURE. MuelleRj F. von. List of Birds permanently occurring [in] or periodically visiting the Botanic Gardens, Melbourne. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1869, pp. 279-280. A nominal list of 114 species. Ramsay, E. P. Some further remarks on the Cuckoos found in the neighbourhood of Sydney, and their Foster-parents. [See Oology.'’^] Wallace, A. R. The Malay Archipelago &c. [See “ Indian Region.^^] NEARCTIC REGION. Allen, J. J. Notes on some of the Rarer Birds of Massa- chusetts. American Naturalist, iii. pp. 505-519. A supplement to the autlior^s catalogue, published five years previously (Proc. Essex Inst. iv.). Seven species are now added to the fauna of the State, making the whole number 300. Baird, S. F. On additions to the Bird-fauna of North America, made by the Scientific Corps of the Russo- American Tele- graph Expedition. Trans. Chicago Acad. Sc. i. (18()9) pp. 311-325. [See Dall, W. II., and Bannister, 11. M.] A most important paper, showing the occurrence in Alaska of several Old-World forms, and containing descriptions of 5 new species, which will he found under Sylviidce, Troglodytiday Frwgil- lidce (2), and Larid^e, together with that of a “ variety belong- ing to Fringillidcej which, we think, is beyond all question a good species — besides 3 others, to be further mentioned under Mo- iacillid(By Scolopacidcey and Fdecanid Osbert.] ScLATER, P. L. On the Birds of the Vicinity of Lima. With notes on their Habits by Professor W. Nation. Part III. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1869, pp. 146-148, pi. xii. 62 ZOOLOGICAL LITERATURE. A continuation of the papers before noticed (Zool. Rec. iii. p. 64, iv. p. 70). Seven species are noticed, of which one (be- longing to Fringillidce) is figured. ScLATER, P. L. Description of a new species of Mexican Wren. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1869, pp. 591, 592, pi. xlv. [Troglodytid(B.‘\ ScLATER, P.' L., and Salvin, O. OnVenezuelan Birds collected by Mr. A. Goering. Tom. cit. pp. 250-254, pi. xviii. A continuation of the papers noticed last year (Zool. Bee. v. p. 57) . The present collection was formed chiefly near the Lake of Valencia, and contains 56 species, of which one (belonging to Galbulid(B) is new, and about 7 others deserve comment. , . On a Collection of Birds made by Mr. H. S. le Strange near the city of Mexico. Tom. cit. pp. 361-364. Notes referring to 15 or 16 species, none of which are new; but the ' probable distinctness of two (belonging to Corvidce) hitherto confounded is pointed out. ■, . Descriptions of six new Species of American Birds of the Families Tanagridec, Dendrocolaptidce, Formu cariidoij Tyrannidaij and Scolopacidoi. Tom. cit. pp. 416- 420, pi. xxviii. , . On two new Birds [^Tanagridce and Cotingidee] collected by Mr. E. Bartlett in Eastern Peru. Tom. cit. pp. 437-439, pi. XXX. ^ Descriptions of three new Species of Tanagers from Veragua. Tom. cit. pp. 439, 440, pis. xxxi., xxxii. [Tanagridce.'] , On Peruvian Birds collected by Mr. Whitely. Part IV. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1869, pp. 151-158, pi. xiii. Part V. Ibid. pp. 596-601. In continuation of the papers before noticed (Zool. Bee. iv. p. 71, V. p. 57). The first of these parts treats of a collection formed at and near Tinta on the Vilcamayo; but the localities probably come into two of Tschudi's regions — the Eastern- Sierra and the Puna. It contains 46 species, of which 4, be- longing to Tyrannid(B (2), Tanagtldce, and FringillidcCj are de- scribed as new. The second deals with two small collections, one made, like the former, at Tinta, the other in the valley of Cosnipata. This last, containing 42 species, is very poor, the great families Trochilidoij Dtndrocoluptidce ^ and Formicariidee being entirely unrepresented. The other comprises about 57 species, 13 of which are new to the district and 3 (belonging to TrochUidcB, TyrannidcCy and Anatidce, — the first, however, having been de- scribed by Mr. Gould) to science. AVES. 53 ScLATER^ P. L., and Salvin, O. Second List of Birds collected at Concliitas, Argentine Republic, by Mr. William H. Hudson; together with some Notes upon another Collection from the same locality. Tom. cit. pp. 158-162. Third List, &c., collected by Mr. Hudson. Ibid. pp. 631-636. The first list we noticed last year (Zool. Rec. v. pp. 56, 57). The Second collection contains 50 species, of which 14 are not in the first. The other part of the paper consists of notes on a collection made by Mr. Haslehurst near Buenos Ayres, which contained 10 additional species. All these are enumerated, but none are new. The Third collection includes 92 species, of which 33 were not contained in the first two. None of them are new. , . Second List of Birds collected in the Straits of Magellan by Dr. Cunningham. Ibis, 1869, pp. 283-286. This collection was formed during the summer of 1867-68 (Zool. Rec. V. p.54), and contained 31 species: the land-birds are all well knownChilian forms, and thus confirm theopinions already uttered by the authors {tom. cit. p. 56) as to the Patagonian avifauna. Remarks are added on 3 species of Fringillidcs. Sternberg, Chrysanthus. Notizen aus der Vogelwelt von Buenos-Ayres. Journ. fur Oru. 1869, pp. 174-193, 257- 278. After a general description of the neighbourhood of Buenos Ayres, notes on 35 species follow. These chiefly relate to their mode of breeding, and appear to be most carefully made. ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY. Bonsdorff, — . Anatomiskt bevis for den af Professor Maklin gifna tydningeii af furcula hos foglarne. (Efvers. Finska Vet.-Soc. Forhandl. xi. pp. 66-70. With tho views of Prof. Miiklin on this subject we are not acquainted; the present paper is an anatomical proof of their correctness. Carbonnier, P. Observations faits sur Pincubation des oeufs de Gallinaces. Comptes Rendus, Ixviii. pp. 613-615. These have reference to the best mode of ensuring success in artificial incu- bation, and show how it may depend upon the texture and colour of the egg-shell and the ordinary temperature of the atmosphere. Cramer, Friedrich. Beitrag zur Kenntniss der Bedeutung und Entwicklung des Vogeleies. Verhandl. Wiirzburger Phys. med. Gesellsch. N. F. (1868) i. pp. 181, tab. i. Purely physiological. \_Cf. Journ. Anat. & Physiol. May, 1869, p. 458.] Codes, Elliott. Bird^s-eye Views. American Naturalist, ii. pp. 571-583. The conclusion of the paper noticed last year (Zool. Rec. v. p. 58), 64 ZOOLOGICAL LITEllATUllE. Cunningham, R. O. On Chionis alba, Journ. Anat. and Physiol. Nov. 1869, pp. 87-89, pi. vii. A brief description, illustrated by figures, of the principal digestive organs. Eyton, T. C. Supplement to Osteologia Avium ; or a Sketch of the Osteology of Birds. Wellington, Salop ; 1869. 4to, pis. 18. Of the plates given, 13 are reprints of the osteological figures contained in the author’s ‘ Monograph of the Anatidce, and refer to that family. The 5 others are new, and represent the skeleton of members of that group also. The work to which the whole forms a supplement we i\oticed two years since (Zool. Kec. iv. pp. 71, 72). [Cy. Ibis, 1870, p. 260.] JoBERT, — . Recherches anatomiques sur Ics glandes nasales des Oiseaux. Ann. Sc. Nat. 5e ser. xi. pp. 319-369, pis. 8, 9. Abstract in Comptes Rendus, Ixix. p. 1016. The secreting-apparatus which covers most of the frontal region and opens upon the nasal fossae is more complicated than is usually imagined, and con- sists, in the birds examined (certain species of Grallce and Anseres) of two pairs of glands having each its own excretory canal. These proceed at first side by side j but their course in the nasal fossae becomes very different, and their orifices are far apart from each other. The structure of the glands and their anatomical relations are described by the author. Magnus, H. Physiologisch-auatomischc Studien iiher die Brust- und Bauchmuskeln der Vogel. Arch, fiir Anat., Physiol, und wissensch. Med. 1869, pp. 207-235, Taf. vii. This essay, which obtained the prize of the Medical Faculty at Breslau, describes at considerable length the muscles of the breast, including those of flight and respiration and of the belly. The illustrations are taken from Aquila leucocephala^ Falco apivorus, and F. qjpqargus, Otus vulgaris^ Cuculus canoruSj Agelans phosniceus, Columha livia {clomedicd)^ and Sterna hirmdo. No generalizations with regard to taxonomy, however, seem to be given. Milne-Edwards, a. Recherches Anatomiques, etc. [See “ General Subject.^^J Murie, James. Note on the Sublingual Aperture and Sphinc- ters of the Gular Pouch in Otis tarda, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1869, pp. 140-142. The most complete description of these singular structures [cf, Zool. Rec. V. p. 60) that has yet appeared. The pouch seems to be an infolding of the membrane below the upper larynx, and in a bird six years old attains only a compara- tively moderate size : the aperture is rather sublaryngeal than sublingual ; and the sphincter is a development of the superior constrictor of the pharynx and stylo-pharyngeus, and not a spe- cialized structure. Seidlitz, Georg. Die Bildungsgesetze der Vogeleier in histo- logischer und genetischer Beziehung und das Transmuta- tionsgesetz der Organismen. Leipzig : 1869. 8vo, pp. 58. AVES. 55 This work scarcely comes within the domain of zoological literature, as that is commonly accepted ; nevertheless we do not hesitate to quote its title — if only for the sake of the carefully prepared list of works bearing on the subject with which it begins. \^Cf. Zool. Garten, 1869, pp. 319, 320; Ibis, 1760,’ pp. 130, 131.] Selenka, Emil. [See General Subject/^] Tobias, Louis. Ueber das Ausstossen der inneren Magenhaut bei den Vogeln. Zoolog. Garten, 1869, pp. 189, 190. This peculiarity observed in Sturmts vulgaris, Strix noctua, and other birds. \ Cf. op. cit. 1865, p. 396; videetiam infrh, '^Bucerotidoe.”] VoiT, — . Observations sur Tablation des hemispheres cere- braux des pigeons. Institut, no. 1828, 12 Jan. 1869; Ann. Sc. Nat. 5e ser. xi. pp. 90-92. A translation of the paper noticed last year (Zool. Bee. v. p. 61). Watson, Morrison. On the Mechanism of Perching in Birds. Journ. Anat. and Physiol. May 1869, pp. 379-384. By experiment the author discovered that the faculty of perching is not due to the action of the rectus femoris muscle, as has generally been supposed, and that it is indeed wanting in many birds (Turdus, Pica, and Siurnus) which habitually perch, while it is present in several which do not do so. The true explanation of the faculty is believed to be due to the peculiar arrangement of certain other muscles, the biceps, Jlexor perforatus digiforum, jiexor longus pollicis, and especially tibialis anticus, which is described at some length. PTEBOLOGY. Forel, F. a. " Faux albinisme de trois jeunes Cygnes de Morges en 1868. Bull. Soc. Vaudoise Sc. Nat. x. no. 61, 1869."" Rev. et Mag. de Zool. 1869, pp. 334, 335. Of this paper we have only seen the abstract quoted ; the particulars are given under Anatidce and Podicipidcc. Layard, E. L. Letter on variation of plumage in Birds. Ibis, 1869, pp. 458-460. Contains particulars of a good many instances of melanism, albinescence, and other variations, which the author attributes generally to old age. NEOSSOLOGY. Bettoni, Eugenio. Storia Naturale degli Uccelli die nidi- ficano in Lombardia, &c. [See PalvEarctic Region.""] The young of Enneoctonus collurio, Accipiter nisus, Genntxus nycthemerus, Thaumalea picta, Phasiamts colchicus, Saxicola cenanthe, Alauda arborea, Alanda arvensis, Budytes Jlava [sc. boarxdd], Anthus spinoletta, Cxjpselus melba, Geemus viridis, Chelidon urbica, Pratincola rubicola \cf. Ibis, 1870, p. 167], Hortulanus cldorocephalujs, Butalis grisoln, Acanthis linaria, Coccothraustes vulgaris, Accentor alpinus, Fulica atra, and Syrnium aluco are figured. 56 ZOOLOGICAL LITERATURE. Gould, J. The Birds of Great Britain [See Pal^earctic Region.^^] Part XV. contains figures of the nestlings of Alauda arvensisy Ligurinus chlorisy Turdus viscivorus, (Edicnemus crepitanSy and Numenius arquata, and Part xvi. those of St?'ix Jlammeay Tadoi'na vulpanset'y and Thalassidroma pelagica. Marchand, Alb. Poussins des oiseaux d^Europe converts de duvet h la sortie de Poeuf. Rev. et Mag. de Zool. 1869. The species figured during the past year are : — Puffinus anglorum * . . , .... pi. 1 Buteo lagopus .... pi. 8 Sterna minuta 2 Falco tinnunculus . . . . 9 Strix aluco 3 cenchris 10 Larus tridactylus 4 Puffinus cinereus 14 Mergus serrator 6 Phaeton sethereus . . . . 16 Tetanus ochropus 6 Strix bubo 16 Astur nisus 7 tengmalmi 17 No letterpress accompanies this series of plates {cf. Zool. Rec. V. p. 62). OOLOGY. Bettoni, Eugenio. Storia Naturale degli Uccelli che nidi- ficano in Lombardia, &c. [See Pal^earctic Region.^^J Plate IV. contains figures of the eggs of Anser segetum (2), Pavo cristatusy Meleagris gallopavo (2), Cairina muschatay Nianida meleagris (4), Gemiceus nycthemerus (2), Lymnis tetrix (2), T haumalea picta (4), Palumhama colum- helltty Fulica atra (2), and Lagopus midus (2). CouEs, Elliot. Sea-side Homes. American Naturalist, iii. pp. 337-349. Notes chiefly on the nidification of Charadriidce and Laridce. Euler, Carl. Beitrage zur Naturgeschichte der Vogel Brasi- siliens. [See ^^Neotropical Region.'^] Hume, Allan. Stray Notes on Ornithology in India. [See Indian Region.^^] . My Scrap Book. [See Accipitres.^'] Jones, C. M. The Breeding Habits of Birds. American Naturalist, iii. pp. 48, 49. Individual variability chiefly dwelt on. Kcenig-Warthausen, Baron Richard. Bemerkungen fiber die Fortpflanzung einiger Caprimulgen. Journ. ffir. Orn. 1868, pp. 361-388 L tab. ii. fig. 3. Very good notes on 28 species, especially on their eggs and, where they are known, their young, as well as on the * P. cinereus on plate j hut see errata, p. 448. t Not published till 1869, see Zool. Rec. v. pp. 29, 30, note. AVES. . 57 rtiocle of breeding. According to the colour of the eggs the birds may be arranged in four groups — those laying (1) glossy eggs Avith a white ground, blotched with brownish- or bluish-grey, (2) very glossy eggs with a greenish-white ground, spotted and streaked with greenish-brown and grey, (3) dull and delicate eggs with a pale reddish cream-coloured or lively flesh-coloured ground marked with yellowish-red and violet-grey, and (4) un- spotted eggs more or less white. The first of these is the pre- vailing type, especially in the northern hemis])herc and the tem- perate districts of the Old World; the second is the northern type of the New World ; the third the southern type, especially in the New World; and the fourth the Polynesian type, which is special for the Fodarginae. and SteatornithirKB. The accounts of the different species are given in much detail and with great apparent accuracy. Kcenig-Warthausen, Baron Biciiard. Revue der Sterna-Eier, Bcricht XVII. Versamml. Deutschl. Ornithol. Gesellsch. pp. 36-39. The oological characters, so far as known to the author, of all the species of Sierninai, are briefly given. Layard, E. L. Further Notes on South-African Ornithology. [See Ethiopian Region.^^] Natiiusius, W. Von. Ueber die Iliillen, welchedeu Dottcr des Vogeleies urngeben. Zeitschr. fur wisscnseli. Zoologie, xviii. pp. 225-270, pis. xiii.-xvii. Nachtriige. Op. cit. xix. j)p. 322-348, pis. xxvi.-xxviii. • . Ueber die Structurder Moa-Eischalen aus Neu-Seeland und die Bcdeiitung der Eisehalenstructur liir die Syste- matik. Op. cit. xx. pp. 106-130, pi. xii. Of this elaborate and praiseworthy series of papers, of which we feel our inability to offer an abstract within any reasonable limits, the last has probably the most zoological interest. The author finds that the egg-shell of Dinornis has the same habitus as that of other Struthiones, among which it stands nearest to Rhea, though the resemblance was not so great in the thicker of the two fragments of the former examined by him as in the thin- ner. Apteryx, on the other hand, in this respect does not agree so much with the Struthioues ', but the fact that the specimen of its egg examined was laid by a captive, renders, perhaps, deduc- tions from it less satisfactory. The illustrations give many figures of highly-magnified portions of the egg-shell in several birds. Ramsay, E. V. Some further Remarks on the Cuckoos found in the Neighbourhood of Sydney, and their Foster-parents. Froc. Zool. Soc. 1869, pp. 359, 360, pi. xxvil. A sequel to the paper l3efore noticed (Zool. Rec. ii. p. 90), wherein Lamjnococcyx plagosus and L. hasalis were not distin- 1869. [voL. VI.] r 68 ZOOLOGICAL LITERATURE. guished from Chalcites {L.) lucidus (under wliicli name they were treated), and its eggs considered to be dimorphic. One egg of each of the two first mentioned, togetlier with one of Cuculus inornatus, C. cineraceus, Acanthiza lineata, A. pusilla, A. nanaj Geobasileus regulouleSy Smicrornis brevirostris, Stipi- turns malacuruSj Chthonicola minima and Ftilotis auricomus, is figured. ScHACHT, H. Die Baukiinstierunserer Vogel. Zoolog. Garten, 1869, pp. 40-48, 80-84, 97-102. Notes on the architecture of birds. The author^s conclusions are that their capability of nidification is inborn and not learnt. The yearling in its first work betrays the same skill as its parent. The choice of a locality for the nest seems in course of time to be a matter of reflection ; though nests of one and the same species are found which, as regards substantiality and accuracy of execution, differ remarkably from each other, it would be theoretical to ascribe the less skill shown in the building to the want of experience in younger birds. The author, after many observations and comparisons, believes that the nests of the first broods in the year are always the finest and strongest. Sternberg, Chrysanthus. Zur Fortpflanzungsgeschichte des Viehstaares, Molobrus sei'iceus (Licht.). Journ. fiir Orn. 1869, pp. 125-136. The notes were made near Buenos Ayres, and are of great interest. Eight species of birds, Troglodytes platensis, Tyr annus violentus, Leistes anticus, Cotyle leucorrhoa, Zonotrichia matutina, Sycalis luteiventris,Anthus rvfuSj and, curiously Molobrus badius are duped into becoming foster-parents of this parasitic bird. The editor of the ^ Journal ^ contributes some additional remarks. . Notizen aus der Vogelwelt von Buenos-Ayres. [Sec Neotropical Begion.'’^] Accipiter hrevipes (Zool. Bee. i. p. 67, ii. p. 93), notes on its breeding. T. Kriiper, J. f. O. 1869, pp. 26-28. Meniceros bicorms, its mode of nidification and habits during incubation described. 0. Horne, P. Z. S. 1869, pp. 241-243. Tyrannus carolinensis and Troglodytes aedon, extraordinary number of eggs laid by. 0. H. Nauman, Am. Nat. iii. p. 390. Sialia sialis, variations in its eggs. E. Ingersoll, Am. Nat. ii.pp. 391, 392. Ploeeus haya, notes on its mode of nidification. 0. Horne, P. Z. S. 1869, pp. 243-245, pi. xvii. Pedionomus torquatus, its egg (ex ovario') described. W. V. Legge, P. Z. S. 1869, p. 237. Lolivanellns yoensis, its breeding-habits described. C. Horne, Ibis, 1869, pp. 454-466. AVES. 59 ACCIPITRES. Alleon, Amedfse, & ViAN, Jules. Des Migrations des oiseaux de proie siir le Bosphore de Constantinople. Rev. et Mag. de Zool. 1869, pp. 258-273, 305-315, 342-348, 369-374, 401-409. A series of observations of very great interest^ one at least of the authors having devoted himself for many years to the task of watehing the migrant Accipitres on their passages up and down the Bosphorus, and having enjoyed great facilities for performing it. Upwards of twenty speeies are noticed, one of which is announced as new to Europe ; and the series is being continued in the journal for the present year. \Cf. Ibis, 1870, pp. 60-76.] Barboza i)u Bocage, J. V. Museu Nacional de Lisboa. Seccjao Zoologica. Catalogo das Collec^oes Ornithologicas. Acci- pitres. Lisboa : 1869. 8vo, pp. 30-62. The specimens, belonging to 223 species of the Order, con- tained in the National Museum at Lisbon are catalogued, and a few notes are occasionally interspersed. None of the species appear to be new. \_Cf. Ibis, 1870, pp. 134, 135.] Farm AN, C. On some of the Birds of Prey of Central Bulgaria. Ibis, 1869, pp. 199-204. In continuation of the paper before noticed (Zool. Rec. v. p. 66), and, like it, relating to 13 species, the most remark- able of which are Haliaetus leucorypha (Pall.) (?) and Archibuteo lagopuSy which last is more likely to have been Aquila pennata. Gurney, J. H. Notes on the Birds-of-prey of Madagascar and some of the adjacent Islands. Tom. cit. pp. 443-454, pi. xvi. This is by way of a commentary on a portion of the ^ Re- cherches sur la Faune de Madagascar^ of MM. Schlegel and Pollen (Zool. Rec. iv. p. 61, v. p. 47), and must not be neglected by any student either of -the subregion or of the group treated ; for some of the criticisms, though minute, are important. The species enumerated are twenty-eight in number ; the plate re- presents Hypotriorchis eleonorce. Hume, Allan. My Scrap Book : or Rough Notes on Indian Oology and Ornithology. Calcutta : 8vo, pp. 237. The portion published relates only to certain diurnal Acci- pitres y and consists of all the information in respect to them wliich the author has gathered since the appearance of Ur. Jer- don^s ^ Birds of India,^ whether printed or unprinted. It neces- sarily follows that the innumerable facts recorded are of very unequal value ; but the book contains very much that is new. Its most important details are briefly mentioned below. r 2 00 ZOOLOGICAL LITEUATUIIE. VULTURIDAS. Gyps fulvescens is described as a new species from India, resembling G. fulvus, but of a ricli ruddy-bay colour, Avitli conspicuous narrow pale median stripes to the feathers beneath, and a short stout bill like G. hengalensis. A. Hume, Ibis, 1869, p. 356; Id. Scrap Book, pp. 19-21. Gyps himalayensis is the name provisionally given to G. fulvus from the Himalayas, should it proove, as is suspected, distinct. Id. op. cit. pp. 12, 16-17. FaLCONIDtE. Spizaetus orientalis, Temm. & Schleg., is perhaps only S. nipcdensis, J. H. Gurney, P. Z. S. 1869, p. 1. Nisaetus honcllii, notes on its nidification in India. A. Hume, Ibis, 1869, pp. 143-146. Oircaetus zonurus is figured. M. T. v. Heuglin, Orn. Nordost-Afr. t. iii. Ihdeo borealis, notes on. W. Wood, Am. Nat. iii. pp. 393-397. Huteo ferox, notes on. T. Kriiper, J. f. 0. 1869, p. 29. Its occurrence in Italy, 8 April, 1869,. T. S. Salvador!, Atti Soc. Ital. Sc. Nat. 24 Aug. 1869. Buteo fuliginosus is described as a new species from India, of a very deep smoky-brown, mingled beneath with dull red, the tail with conspicuous and well-defined greyish- white burs. A. Hume, Ibis, 18(>9, p. 356. Milvus mehinotis is said to have occurred at Constantinople.* A. Alldon & J. Vian, It. Z. 1869, pp. 372-373. [Qu. M. cegyptius? II. J. Elwes & T. E. Biicldej^, Ibis, 1870, p. 73, note.] Falco islandicui is figured. D. G. Elliot, B. N. Am. pt. xiii. Falco atriceps is described as a new species from India, allied to F. peregri- nator ; but the head, nape, cheeks and ear-coverts all form one black patch, the re.st of the upper surface is as in F. peregrinus, and beneatl] it is marked like F. peregrinator. A. Hume, Ibis, 1 869, p. 366 ; Id. Scrap Book, pp. 68-62. Falco columbarius, a defence of statements concerning its nidification made in a former paper (Zool. Bee. iv. p. 67). T. M. Brewer, Ibis, 1869, p. 243. Ilypotriorchis elconorcc (from the coast of Madagascar) is figured. J. II. Gurney, tom. cit. pi. xvi. Fryihropus vespertinus, its distribution in Bussia. H. Gobel, J. f. 0. 1869, pp. 321, 322. Its occurrence in Finland. A. J. Malmgreii, (Efvers. Finska Vet.-Soc. Forhandl. 1869, no. 1. Figured. J, Gould, B. Gr. B. pt. xvi. Falco raddei [lege raddeei], Ilarth,” is mentioned as a synonym of Fry- ihropus amuren is (Zool. Bee. iv. p. 67). M. T. v. Heuglin, Orn. Nordost-Afr. i. p. 40; G. Hartlaub, Bericht u. s. w. pp. Ill, 112. [Since included under the first name by Drs. Finsch and Hartlaub in the fourth volume of Von der Hecken’s ^Beisen’ (p. 74), published in 1870*.] Falco semitorquatuSf A. Smith, is figured. M. I', v. Heuglin, Orn. Nordost- Afr. t. i. Ilieracidea brtmnea is the immature of II. novce-zelandice. W. Buller, Trans. & Proc. New Zeal. Inst, i, p. 106. Astur pulumbarius (ad. & juv.) is figured. J. Gould, B. Gr. Br. pt. xv. * We connot allow this proposed change of a specific name to pass with- out protesting against it as a needless and, tlierefore, noxious alteration, which we are surprised to find proposed by ornithologists so eminent. AVES. 61 Accipitcr hvempcs (Zool. Roc. i. p. 07, ii. p. 03) breoJing in Turkey, W. Schliitor, Zool. Garten, 1800, pp. 374-370. In Asia Minor : T. Kriipor, J. f. 0. 1800, pp. 2o-28. Accipitcr f/ahar, as well as A. hadiiis (Zool. Rec. iv'. p. 82), is said to occur on the Bosphorus. A. Alh5on & J. Vian, R. Z. 1800, p. 403. [Qu. A. hre- vipes? sed cf. Ibis, 1870, p. 76.] Accipitcr melnnoschistiis is described as a new species from India, distin- guished from A. nisus by the very dark head and nape, the olive slate-colour of the rest of the upper surface, the peculiarly close markings on the lower parts, and its somewhat larger size. A. Hume, Ibis, 1800, p. 350 ; Id. Scrap Book, pp. 128-132. Accipitcr nigroplumheus is described as a new species from Ecuador, in size resembling A. vcntralis (Zool. Rec. iii. p. 73, iv. p. 82), but very dillerent in colouring beneath, the sides and thighs being of a clear rufous, the breast paler and duller with whitish cross-markings, and under tail-coverts nearly white. G. N. Lawrence, Ann. N. II. New York, 1800, pp. 270, 271. Accipitcr hicolor ( c? and $ ) and A. guttatus are figured, a list of the seven species forming the group Coopcrastur being added. P. L. Sclater & 0. Sal- vin. Ex. Orn. pp. 137, 138, 100, 170, pis. Ixix., Ixxxv. Sclater, P. L., & Salvin, O. Notes on the Species of the Genus Asturina. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1869, pp. 129-134. A monograph worked out with the authors’ accustomed skill. Seven species are established and diagnostically grouped : (1) A. nitida and A. plagiata^ (2) A. magnirostris, A. nattereri^ A. rujicauda and A.gularis, and (3) A. leu- corrhoa, which stands alone. The synonymy and geographical range of all these is fully given j and one species, A. rvjicm(d(i, from IMoxico and Central America, is dillerontiatcd from A, magnirostris, with which it had hitherto been confounded. Asturina polionota is a new species from Costa Rica and Mexico having the grey of the upper parts darker and more whole-coloured than in A. ni- tida ; and on the head, neck, and back the pale cross-bands are entirely want- ing. ,J. Cabanis, J. f. O. 18G9, p. 208. Asturina natter cri (ut supra), A. rujicauda (ut supra), and A. p>lagiata, the adult and young of each, are figured and a diagnostic list of the seven species of the genus given. P. L. Sclater & O. Salvin, Ex. Orn. pp. 173-180, pis. Ixxxvii.-xc. Sclater, P. L., & Salvin, O. Notes on the Species of the Genus Micrastur , Proc. Zool. Soc. 18G9, pp. 364-369. A monograph similar to that on Asturina (ut supra) ; and, as in that, seven species are established and a sufficient diagnosis of each gKen. They are grouped first according to size, BL sanitorquatus and M. mirandoUii being separated from the rest, which are further separated into those with a rufous back (df. rujicollis and BI. zonothorax) and those with the same part ash- coloured (il/. gilvicollis, BI. leucauchen and BI. guerilla). llarpogus fasciatus is described as a new species from Guatemala, differing entirely from II. bidendafus and II. diodon in the broad transverse markings beneath. G. N. Lawrence, Proc. Ac. N. S. Philad. 1808 (not published till 1869), pp. 301, 302. Bltlierax poliopterns is a new species from the river Umba in East Africa, 62 ZOOLOGICAL LITERATURE. smaller than M. musicus, and with the tail-coverts above and below entirely white, the wing-coverts and secondaries being entirely ash-colour without vermiculated cross bands. J. Cabanis, J. f. 0. 1838 (published in 1809), p. 413 ; Id. Von der Decken’s Reisen, iii. 1, pp. 40, 41. Meliei'ax poluzonus, its occurrence near Mo^ador. 0. F. Tyrwhitt Drake, Ibis, 1809, p. 163. Melierax niloticus (Sundevall, Q5fvers. K. Vet.-Ak. Forhandl. 1850, p. 132) may be accepted as distinct from the southern and larger M, gahar. J. II. Gurney, tom. cit. pp. 288, 289. Strigidas. Notes on the Brazilian species of this family. C. Euler, J. f. O. 1869, pp. 242-249. Athene cuniculariaf its habits in California. C. S. Canfield, Am. Nat. ii. pp. 683-685 ; G. M. Sternberg, op. cit. iii. p. 157. Noctua (Athene) spilogastray Heugl. (J. f. 0. 1803, p. 15), is figured. M. T. V. Heugl. Orn. Nordost-Afr. tab. iv. Surnia fimerea, its occurrence in Scotland. R. Gray, Proc. N. H. Soc. Glasgow, i. p. 230. Glaucidium, eight species of this genus are difterentiated. J. Cabanis, J. f. 0. 1809, pp. 205-208. Iliihua poensis (Fraser), young and very old, is figured, for comparison with the plumage of middle ago (P. Z. S. 1803, pi. xxxiii). R. B. Sharpe, Ibis, 1809, p. 194, pi. iv. Strix Jiammea is said to hoot, while 8. aluco screeches and rarely if ever hoots.” W. G. Sterland, B. Sherwood Forest, pp. 43, 44. \_Cf. Ibis, 1870, p. 123.] Figured (cum pull.). J. Gould, B. Gr. Br. pt. xvi. Strix wallcri (Zool. Rec. iii. p. 74) is referred to S. Candida, Tickell, and is figured. Id. B. Austral. Suppl. pt. v. Scops asio and S. ncevia, further remarks (cf. Zool. Rec. v. p. 00] tending to prove their specific identity. W. Brewster, Am. Nat. iii. p. 334, 335. Scops kennicotti (Zool. Rec.' iv. p. 83) is figured. S. F. Baird, Trans. Chicago Ac. Sc. i. pi. xxvi., and, as well as S. jiammeola, D. G. Elliot, B. N. Am. pt. xiii. Otus capensis, its occurrence at Gibraltar (cf. Naumannia, 1852, i. p. 10). H. Irby, P. Z. S. 1809, p. 270. Bubo dilloni, Des Murs & Provost, as an examination of the type shows, is identical with B. capensis, A. Smith. J. H. Gurney, Ibis, 1809, p. 402 . PSITTACI. Barboza DU Bocage, j. V. Museu Nacional de Lisboa. Seccjao Zoologica. Catalogo das Collec^des Ornithologicas. Psit- tad. Lisboa : 1869. 8vo, pp. 7-28. A list of the specimens belonging to the Order contained in the Lisbon Museum, showing that 204 species are there repre- sented. [See Accipitres.^^] Arida3. Conurus hoffmanni is figured. P. L. Sclater & 0. Salvin, Ex. Orn. pp. 101, 162, pi. Ixxxi. AVES. 63 riatycerciis alpinm is described as a new species from the Southern Alps of Now Zealand, allied to P. nunceps, but smaller and having the frontal band orange, the vertex pale yellow, the thigh-spots orpiment-orange, and an ab- sence of the yellow element in the general plumage. Its bill, too, is fully a third less in size. W. lluller. Ibis, 1889, pp. 39, 40. Not distinguishable from P. auriceps. 0. Finsch, tom. cit. pp. 378, 379. PSITTACID^. Psittacus citrcocapillm is figured. M. T. v. Ileuglin, Orn. Nordost-Afr. t. xxvi. Trichoglossid^e. Domicdla cardinalis (Jacq. & Puch.), hitherto only known by the type, which was subsequently lost, is fully described and figured. O. Finsch, P. Z. S. 1869, pp. 12G-129, pi. xi. Nestor occidentalis is described as a new species from the western part of the South Island of New Zealand, smaller and with a more slender bill than N. h>/popolun, besides diflbring in colour. W. Biilior, Ibis, 1869, pp. 40, 41. Its validity doubted. O. Finsch, tom. cit. p. 379. PICAIlIiE. Piciil^. Pious lucasanusy Xantus, and P. scalaris, the head and foot of each figured. Probably identical. D. G. Elliot, B. N. Am. Intr. p. 7. Colaptes auratus and Pious puhesceyis, notes on. A. Fowler, Am. Nat. iii. pp. 422-427. Campetliera capricorni, Strickl. (Oontr. Orn. 1862, p. 166), is noticed and figured. A. Newton, Ibis, 1889, pi. ix. TrogonidtE. Gould, John. Monograph of TrogonidcB. Second edition, part ii. London : 1869. Imp. fol. This contains figures of the following : — Pliaromacrus pavoninuSy Prionotelus temnurusy Trogon elegans, T. surucuuy T. aurantius, T. viridisy Troctes mas- sencoy Ilarpactes hodgsoniy II. ardens, II. kasumhoy II. reimuardtiy II. mackloti and II. orcscius. Some of the plates are reproduced from the author’s ^ Birds of Asia’ (Zool. Ilec. ii. p. 96). [Cf. Ibis, 1870, p. 118.] Bucconid^e. Bucco striolatus is figured. P. L. Sclater & 0. Salvin, Ex. Orn. p. 163, pi. Ixxvii. CORACIID^E. Burystomus crassirostris is a new species from the Solomon Islands, with a thick bill and longer tail than E.pacijicus. P. L. Sclater, P. Z. S. 1869, p. 121, Coracias indicuy C. affiniSy and C. temmincki are figured. J. Gould, B»As. pt. xxi. Meropidte, Merops cyanophrys is figured. M. T. v. Heugl. Orn, Nordost-Afr. t. vi. Galbuhd^, Brachygalha goeringi is described and figured as a new species from Venez- 6X ZOOLOGICAL LITERATURE. uela, resembling B. inornata^ but without a white throat. P. L. Sclater & O. Salvin, P. Z. S, 1809, pp. 262, 253, pi. xviii. Brackygalba luguhris (Swains.), note on. G. N. Lawi*ence, Ann. Lyc. N. H. New York, 1869, pp. 274, 275. Alcedinidas, Sharpe, R. B. A Monograph of the Alcedinidcs or Kingfishers. London: 1869. Parts iii.-vi. Boy. 8vo. Of the merits of this work we spoke last year (Zool. Bee. v. p. 72), the four parts now to be noticed successfully sustain its reputation. Part iii. (1 Jan.) contains figures and accounts of Dacelo gaudichaudi, D. tyro (Zool. Rec. iii. p. 79), Tanysiptera nympha, Halcyon hadia, Syma toroioro, S.Jlavi- rostris, Ceyx tridactyla and C. philippensis (Zool. Bee. v. p. 72). Part. iv. in like manner illustrates Mdidora macrorhina^ Halcyon scnegaloidcSy Ispidina madagascariensis, I. IcucogastrUy I. picta, Ccyx uropygialisy Alcyone cyano- pectus and Cerylc inda. l^lrt v. comprises Ceryle amazoniay Alccdo herylUnay A. semitorquata, Corythornis vintsioides [sc. cristatay ut infra], Ccycopsis fallax (Zool. Bee. ii. p. 98, et infra), Ispidina rujicepSy Halcyon orientalis (Zool. Rec. V. p. 73) and H cyanoleuca. Part vi. includes Ceryle guttata, C. luguhris, C. maxima, C. sharpii (pA mhiC), Alcyone pusilla, Corythornis cristata, C.cccru- leocephala, Ispidina natalensis, and Tanysiptera sylvia. f Cf. Ibis, 1870, pp. 121, 122 j Am. Nat. iii. pp. 149, 150]. . On the Kingfishers of South Africa. Ihis, 1869, pp. 275- 283. The scope of this paper is to correct some mistakes in IMr. Layard’s work (Zool. Bee. iv. pp. 60, 61), and it chiefly relates to matters of synonymy and distribution. The species mentioned are 24 in number, of which 23 are peculiar to the Ethiopian Region. . Additional Notes on the Genus Ceyx. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1869, pp. 507-511. Contains critical remarks on Dr. Salvadori’s paper {vide infra). C. inno- Salvad. = 6\ Strickl. j C. s/n/rynV, Salvad. {ut infra), C. dill- wynni (Zool. Bee. v. pp. 72, 73) and C. mclanura, Kaup, are good species ; and C. tridactyla (Pall.)=C. rujidorsa, Salvad. {nec Strickl.). In accordance with these views, diagnoses differing from those given last year (Zool. Bee. loe. cit?) are given. Salvadori, T. Monografia del Gencre Ceyx, Lacepede. Atti B. Accad. Sc. Torino, iv. (21 March, 1869) pp. 410-476, pi. The author divides the genus into two sections, Ceyx proper and Therosa, with C. solitaria as its type and only member, but does not take quite the same view of them as did Mr. Sharpe (Zool. Bee. v. p. 72). C. urojiyyialis is regarded as identical with C. lepida, C. philippensis is referred to the genus Alcyone, while Ceycopsis is proposed as a new genus (p. 447, note) to contain Dacelo fallax, Schleg. (Zool. Rec. ii. p. 98), because of its four toes ; Ceyx innominata (pp. 44(5, 465) is the name given to C. rujidorsa, auett., Dr. Salvadori retaining the latter for what may be the young of C. tridactyla {vide siqird) ; Ceyx sharpii is described and figured (pp. 463-465, pi.) as a new species AVES. 65 from Borneo, differing from C. dillwynni, its scapulars being rufous tinged with lilac, and from C. innominata (td supra), its upper wing-coverts being mostly black and the lesser outwardly edged with blue. It is C. tridactyla, Reichenb. (Ilandb. Akcdin. p. 8, fig. 3388), nec Ball. ‘ [Cf. P.Z.S. 18G9, p. 611 j Ibis, 1870, pp. 183, 184.] Alcedo oleyon, its nidification. C. E. Williams, Am. Nat. ii. pp. 014,016 ; 0. M. Jones, op. cit. iii. p. 48 ; R. Ridgway, tom. cit. pp. 63, 64. A winter resident in Minnesota. II. Davis, tom. cit. p. 389. Alcedo cliclicidi receives the new specific name of tschelicutcmis ! M. T. v. IJeuglin, Orn. Nordost-Afr. i. p. 192. Dacelo occidcntnlis is a new species from Noith-wcstcrn Australia, allied to D. cervina, but differing in its much stouter bill, paler colours, and espe- cially by the outer web of the outer rectaries being plainly barred with white, J. Gould, P. Z. S. 1809, p. 002. Ceryle sliarpii is a new species from the Gaboon, allied to C. maxima, but somewhat smaller, and having the crest almost, and the back entirely, un- spotted ; the abdomen and lower tail-coverts are slatj'^-black profusely banded with white, and the under wing-coverts witli black bars. Id. Ann. & Mag. N. II. 4th ser. iv. p. 271. Sharpe, R. B. On a new Kingfislier belonging to tlie genus Tanysiptera. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1869, pp. 630, 631. This also contains a diagnostic table of the species of the genus, of which eleven are recognized. The new one is T. dlioti, from an unknown locality, having no white dorsal spot, but a white rump and a non-spatulate tail. The type belongs to the Counts Turati. CaPITONIDA3. Poyoniorhynchus rolleti, P. leucocephalus, and P. diadematus, their heads figured. M. T. v. Ileuglin, Orn. Nordost-Afr. t. xxvii. Barhatida uropyyialis is figured. Id. t. xxviii. Buccanodon anchietce is described and figured as a new species from Ca- conda (W. Africa). J. V. Barboza du Bocage, P. Z. S. 1809, pp. 430, 437, pi. xxix. Bucerotidas. Bartlett, A. D. Remarks on the Habits of the Hornbills [Buceros). Proc. Zool. Soc. 1869, pp. 142-146. An example of B. corruyatus being observed to throw up a singular casting, this on examination proved to consist of a mass of the bird’s food enveloped in a casing which the author regards as the natural secretion of the animal, and is the means by which the male feeds the female while she is plastered up in her nest. Some remarks on the castings and secretions of other birds are added. Flower, AV. H. Note on a Substance ejected from the Stomach of a Hornbill [Buceros coy'riigatus)^ Tom. cit. p. 150. The sack containing the casting above mentioned consists of the entire epithelial lining of the bird’s gizzard. [ Vide suprei, “ Anatomy, &c., Tobias, L.”] Buceros, the curious habits during incubation of birds of this genus fir "^ 66 ZOOLOGICAL LITERATURE. noticed in B. pica (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 2nd ser. xi. p. 234). E. L. Lay- ard, tom. cit. pp. 629, 530. Meniceros bicornis, its remarkable mode of nidification and habits during incubation described. C. Horne, tom. cit. pp. 241-243. Ithynchaceros ( Tockus) deckeni is described and figured as a new species from East Africa, dilfering from the small allied species by being darker and blacker above, and having the wing-coverts not so much spotted. The sides of the head, the neck, middle line of the back, and lower surface are white. J. Oabanis, J. f. O. 1808 [published in 1869], p. 413 ; Id. Von der Decken s Reisen, iii. 1, p. 37, pi. vi. MuSOPHAGIDiE. Corythaix leucolophus is figured. M. T. v. Heuglin, Orn. Nordost-Afr. t. xxiv. CuCULIDiE. Walden, Arthur [Hay], Viscount. On the described by Linnseus and Gmelin, with a sketch of the Genus Eudij- namis. Ibis, 1869, pp. 324-34-6, pi. x. A paper showing a vast amount of research and accurate knowledge, and undertaken partly with the view of testing the practical working of the British Association code of rules for zoological nomenclature; for the author thinks that the founda- tion of a correct system cannot be laid until the whole of the species described by Linnaeus and Gmelin have been identified or disposed of. Of the 22 Linnaean species of Cuculus, 3 belong to other families, and 11 of the remaining 19 have been more or less satisfactorily identified, leaving 8 undetermined. Of these, 2 seem to be beyond hope at present ; but the names of the last 6 can, it is shown, be referred without much fear of error to the species for which they were intended. The 2 Linnaean species of Cvotophaga are identical. Gmelin named 24 species and 10 varieties of Cuculus in addition to those given by Linnaeus, besides 2 species which belong to other families, 2 which really are Cuckoos though placed in other genera, and 1 Crotophaga. Of these 29 only 9 can, from one cause or another, retain Gmelin^s names. To all this patient investigation follows what is modestly called a sketch of the genus Eudynamis ; but it is a sketch of very elaborate character, for the synonyms of each of the 9 species recognized by the author, and in most cases suf- ficient diagnoses, are given, and Eudynamis I'ansomi, Bp. (Consp. Av. i. p. 101) is figured. Cuculus canorus, its castings. G. Brucklacber, Zool. Garten, 1869, pp. 124, 125. Lamprococcyx plagosusj L. basalis, Cuculus inornatus and C. cineraceus, their eggs figured. E. P. Ramsay, P. Z. S. 1869, pp. 369, 860, pi. xxvii. figs. 1-4, Centropus senegalensis in confinement. P. L. Sclater, tom. cit. p. 276. AVES. 67 Coua hartlauhi is described as a new species from Madagascar resembling C. coqucreli (Zool. Rec. iv. p. 89), of which it may be only a local race, but rather smaller, and with a shorter tail and stouter bill. It belongs to the group Serkomm. A. Grandidier, R. Z. 18G9, p. 339. Steatornithid/e. Steatornis caripensis, its mode of breeding, R. Kdnig-Warthausen, J. f. O . 1868 (not published till 1869), pp, 384-386. Notes on some caves it fre- quents. A. Goering, Vargasia, 1869, pp. 124-128. In confinement. P. L. Sclater, P. Z. S. 1869, p. 467. Caprimulgid^. Notes on the mode of breeding of 28 species of the family, in which the author includes Steatomis. R. Koenig- Warthausen. [See “Oology.”] On the Brazilian species. C. Euler, J. f. 0. 1869, pp. 249-255. Caprimnlgus mropmis, notes on, in confinement. V. von Tschusi, J. f. O. 1869, pp. 220-224. Caprimidgus inornatus from the Bogos country is a species hitherto imde- scribed and almost deserving generic separation. It is distinguished by its peculiar pale greyish-red colouring and the almost entire absence of any white or rusty marks on the neck, throat, and ears. M. T. v. Heuglin, Orn. Nordost-Afr. i. pp. 129-130 *. CyPSELIDvE. Ci/psehis caffe?' oricmtalis from East Africa is described as a variety of the South-African C. caffe?', being smaller and with much less white on the throat. M. T. v. Heuglin, Orn. Nordost-Afr. i. pp. 143, 144. Cypselus ?nelba is figured. J. Gould, B. Gr. Br. pt. xvi. Trochilid^. Do?'icha ly?'ura is a new species from the Bahamas, about the size of D. eveli?ue, but with a distinctly-forked tail, the outer feathers of which are much longer, narrower, and curved outward at the tip, the remainder gra- duating towards the middle ones, which are very short. J. Gould, Ann. & Mag. N. II. 4th ser. iv. pp. Ill, 112. Leshia o?'to?ii is described as a new species from Eucador, of the same form and dimensions as L. glyceria, Bp., but with the outer rectrices intennediate in width between those of that species and of L. a??ia?'yllis. It should be placed perhaps with the former in a new genus. G. N. Lawrence, Ann. Lyc. N. H. New York, 1869, pp. 269, 270. Oreowym/?/misanewgenus, allied both to Oxypogon and Wiamp}io?nicrum, of which the characters are : — Bill longer than the head, stout, and with a somewhat downward curvature ; wings large and sickle-shaped ', tail ample 4 * Tlie author’s description was published certainly not later than August 1869 ; but having had access, as has been mentioned above, to the proof- sheets of Drs. Finsch and Hartlaub’s ^ Vogel Ost-Afrikas,’ which was not published till 1870, he is enabled to quote the page of that work in which this species is also described. 68 ZOOLOGICAL LITERATURE. and forked ; tarsi clothed nearly to the toes, which are of moderate size ; the hinder toe and nail rather shorter than the middle toe and nail. The type is O. nohilis, sp. nov., from Tinta in Peru. .T. Gould, P. Z. S. 1869, pp. 295, 298 j P. L. Sclater and 0. Salvin, tom. cit. p. GOO. PASSERES. PlTTID^. Pitta diggUsi is proposed as the name of the Cape- York bird hitherto refer- red to P. macldoti (Zool. Rec. iv. p. 91). G. KrelFt, Ibis, 1809, pp. 849, 350. The last figured. J. Gould, B. Austral, suppl. pt. v. \_Cf. Ibis, 1870, p. 411,] Pitta kreffti is described as a new species. T. Salvadori, Atti Soc. Ital. Sc. Nat. 25 Aug. 1869. [Identical with P. simillima (Zool. Ilec. v. p. 76). Id. Ibis, 1870, p. 296.]. EoRMICARIIDiE. Thamnophilus undtdiger, T. borbce, T. tschudii, T. cinereoniger^ T. sticturus, T. cinereicepSf T. cinereinucluif T. stictocephalus., T. punctidiger^ T. polionotus, T. satw'uinuSf Natter,,” and T. incertus are described as new species from Brazil. The Jirst is nearest to T. Icachiy but dilFers in its larger size, mucli shorter tail, greatly developed hood (cinnamon in tlie § ), and finely undu- lated plumage. The next differs from T. major by the remiges (in the (f ) not being edged with white and the rectrices, in adults, being nearly black, and in the young less banded, from T. transandeanus by its white under tail- coverts, and from T. melanurus by the shorter tail, all the wing-coverts being- edged with white, and (in the $ ) the lores and ear-regions rufous instead of black. The third may possibly be P. liictuosus, Tschudi (nec Liclit.) j but the cf wants the white spot on the middle of the outer web of the outer rectrix and seems larger ; the 5 ^^^Eo differs somewhat. Of the fourth descriptions only are given and no diagnosis. The fifth resembles T. amhiguus, but is much smaller, the median spots of the rectrices cover the whole outer web, and there is no spot on the inner web, the middle rectrices have a white terminal spot and margin very narrow in the middle ; the $ also differs by her nearly pure white breast. The sixth is like T. amazomciis ; but the head is not crested, and the cf has the crown ash-coloured with the occipital feathers only black in the middle, the 5 has the lower breast, abdomen, and under tail-coverts brownish white, the last with broad white cross bands. The seventh also resembles T. amazonicus, but is smaller and wants the black at the beginning of the nape and has the middle of the back a little spotted with black j the 2 is like T. ambiguus, but smaller, with the outer rectrix only having a white median spot, and the whole lower surface, under tail-coverts excepted, slightly washed with ochreous. The eighth very much resembles the seventh, but has the feathers of the crown white at the base. The ninth is not described comparatively. The c? of the very much resembles the ninth, but is a little darker, and the feathers of the back are not white at the base. The eleventh is only described generally; and the last, which is given with doubt, is known from the $ alone, which is veiy like the tenth, but with a narrower bill and a much brighter lower surface. A. von Pelzein, Orn. Bras. pp. 75-78, 139-149. AYES. 69 Thamnoplnlus mosstus ia a now specioH from Cayenne, resembling T. luctu- osns, but clilfering in the shorter bill, less developed crest, and dull white spots on the wing-coverts; it dillers also from T. tschvdii (vide mprh) in its shorter bill, the bend of the wing and wing-coverts being less white, the want of the white edge of the remiges, and from both species in the broad white terminal portion of the rectrices. Id. op. cit. p. 141, note. Thamnophilus virgatus is described as a new species from New Granada, re- sembling T. palliatus in general coloration ; but it is smaller and differs notably in the wdiite markings, in the strongly defined stripes on the crown, and the paler and duller tint of the red. G. N. Lawrence, Proc. Ac. N. S. Philad. 1808 (not published till 1809), p. 300. Dgsilhamnus affinis is an undescribed species from Brazil, differing from D. mentalis (Temm.) through the want of a yellow lower belly, and through the blackish-grey crown in the cf , while the 5 f*^iso sufficiently distinct. From D. olivaceus, Tschudi, it also differs through the grey upper surface and the dark ear-spot of the cf . It resembles D. semiciney'eus, but has n stouter bill and other distinguishing characters. A. von Pelzeln, Orn. Bras. pp. 80, 149, 160. Jlcrpsilodimus atricapiUus, II. longirostris, and II. dorsimacidatm, Natter.,’^ are three undescribed species from Brazil : the Jirst like II. pilealm (Licht.), but with longer wings and tail, and the $ being ochraceous benentli; in the second tlie J resembles the first, but has a much stronger and higlier bill, white lores, and the outer rectrices halfway white, it diflers also from II. 2)cctoralis, Scl., d , by wanting the black pectoral spot ; the third differs from II. pileatus by the feathers of the back being longitudinally spotted with black and white, and the inner rectrices have also two or three white longi- tudinal spots. Id. op. cit. pp. 80, 160-152. Myrmothervla assimiiis, “ M. Inctuosa (Temm.),” and 31. longipcnnis are three undescribed species from Brazil. The Jirst is very like 31. hnuxivelli, Scl., but ha*s a longer tail of twelve rectrices, and the secondaries and upper tail-coverts are not spotted with white, the 5 is more ash-coloured above and paler below ; the second differs from 31. axillaris (Vieill.) by wanting the white sides and by the body being of a darker grey ; the third resembles 31. menetriesi (B’Orb.), but has much longer wings. Id. op. cit. pp. 81, 82, 162- 164. Formicivora inelanogaster, Natter.,” F. Icucophthalma, and F. rijicanda and F. hicolor, Natter.,” are four undescribed species from Brazil. The cf of the Jirst, which may possibly be Myiothera super ciliaris, Pr. Max. (nee Licht.), differs from F. grisea (Bodd.) by being darker above, the absence of the white beneath, and the last secondaries being edged wdth white, while the 2 iias the sides of the head brown and is white beneath ; from F. rufatra it differs by being dark and not reddish above. The second and third are not compa- ratively differentiated. The fourth diflers from F. quixensis (Corn.) by tho lower surface of the 2 ^cing rufous, from F. consohrina, Scl., by its larger size, and from F. houcardi, Scl., by the paler lower surface of the $ , and from all these by the nearly white lateral rectrices. Id. op. cit. pp. 83, 84, 164-157. Formicivora strigilata (c? & 5) is figured. P. L. Sclater & 0. Salvin, Ex. Orn. p. 159, pi. Ixxx. “ Terenura melanohuca (Natter.) ” is an undescribed species from Brazil. A. von Pelzeln, Orn. Bras. pp. 84, 167. 70 ZOOLOGICAL LITERATURE. Mhamphoe<^nus collansy Natter.,” is an undescribed species from Brazil. Id. op. cit. pp. 84, 157, 158. Cercomacra approximans and C. rujicauda are two new species from Brazil. The Jirst is very like C. tyrannina, Scl., but with a shorter bill and longer wings, and the female has the front and sides of the head rust-colour. 4'he second is very near to C. melanura (M^ndtr.), but difl'ers in the black breast and abdomen, the rust-coloured flanks, abdomen, and vent, the entirely rufous tail, and in other points. Id. op. cit. pp. 85, 158, 159. Gymnocichla cMroleuca is a new species from Costa Bica and Honduras, re- sembling G. nudiceps (with which it has been confounded), but remarkable for having a stronger bill and the bend of the wing entirely white. P. L. Sclater & O. Salvin, P. Z. S. 1869, pp. 417, 418. ^ Percnostola minor and P. leucostigma. Natter. & Lafresn.,” appear to be two undescribed species from Brazil: the ^rst very like P. funehris (Licht.), but smaller, with shorter bill and wings, the head in the cf scarcely crested, and the abdomen in the $ much paler, the margins of the wing-coverts also being narrower j the second is said to be identical with Turdus rujifrons, Gmel., and the reason for changing its specific name is not made clear. A. von Pelzeln, Orn. Bras. pp. 86, 159-161. Heterocnemis albiventris is an undescribed species from Brazil, though it is possibly the cf of Ilerpsilochmus argentcduSy Des Murs (Voy. Castelnau, Zool. p. 68, pi. 17. lig. 2). It difl’ers from II. neevia (Gmel.) by the nearly white lower surface and the outer rectrices not being tipped with white. Id. op. cit. pp. 87, 161, 162. “ Myrmeciza squamosa, Natter.,” is an undescribed species from Brazil, like M. loricata (Licht.), but with pure white terminal spots on the wing-coverts, the throat black, as is the upper breast, with white edges to the feathers, and narrower greyish-white superciliary streaks. It is Formicivora loricata, M^in^tr. (Mem. Ac. St. Petersb. 6 ser. iii. p. 470, pi. 4. fig. 1) {nec Licht.). Id. op. cit. pp. 87, 162, 163. Ilypocnemis macidicauda and II, margaritifera are two undescribed species from Brazil. They/r*-^ similar to II. melanopogon, Scl., but smaller, tlie mid- dorsal feathers white at the base, and the rectrices more broadly tipped with white ; the second resembles II. neevia, but has nearly round white spots on the black back, and the ground-colour beneath white. It is perhaps the c? of Phopotera punctulata, Des Murs (Voy. Castelnau, p. 53, pi. 17. fig. 3). Id. op. cit. pp. 89, 164-166. “ Pithys ci'istata (Natter.) ” and P. griseiventris are two undescribed species from Brazil, neither of which is comparatively diagnosed. Id. op. cit. pp. 89, 166, 167. Grallaria princeps is a new species from Veragua resembling G. guatema- lensis, with which it has been confounded (P. Z. S. 1867, p. 146), but with a stouter bill, the body darker above, and the belly of a deeper rust-colour. A note on the distribution of the five species allied to G. rex is added. P. L. Sclater & O. Salvin, P. Z. S. 1869, pp. 418, 419. Menurid^e. Ortlionyx spaldingi is a new species from Queensland, distinguishable from O. spinicauda by its greater size and jet-black plumage. E. P. Bamsay, P.Z. S. 1868, p. 386. Figured. J. Gould, B. Austral. Suppl. pt. v. AVES. 71 DeNDROCOLAPTIDvE. Sclerurus rvJjguJaris is an imdescribed species from Brazil, differing from S> caudacutus by its inferior size and its entirely ochreous chin and front of the neck. A. von Pelzeln, Orn. Bras. pp. 87, 161. Synallaxis areqtdpce is a new species from Western Peru, hitherto con- founded (P. Z. S. 1867, p. 986) with S. orhignii, which is distinguishable by its rufous wings and more rufescent tinge of the upper surface. P. L. Sclater & 0. Salvin, P. Z. S. 1869, p. 417. Sclater, P. L. On two new Species of Synallaxince. Proc. Zool. Soc* 1869, pp. 636, 637, pi. xlix. Sgnnllaxis curtata, from Now Granada, is the first. It resembles S. rvji^ capUlttf but is of the same olive-brown below as above, and has 12 rectrices (not 10) ; it is also not unlike S. erythrops, but has the crown only red. Leptasthenura andicola, from the Andes of Ecuador, is the second. It resembles S. flammulata in general appearance, but has for its nearest allies S. (xgithaloidcs and S. fuliginicepSy peculiar for their small, short and straight bill, slender tarsi, and sharp-pointed tail of 12 rectrices — the number in typical Synallaxis being 10. S.Jlammulata (with which S. muUistriata, Scl. P. Z. S. 1857, p. 273, is identical), on the other hand, belongs to a group embracing S. anilioides^ S. humicola, S. orbignii and their allies, for which group the name AstJicncs of Beichenbach may possibly be employed. Thripadectes Jiammidatiis is figured. P. L. Sclater & O. Salvin, Ex. Orn. pp. 185, 186, pi. xciii. OXYRHAMPHIDiE. OxyrlmmpJius f rater is figured, and the reasons given for making the genus the type of a family (Zool. Rec. v. p. 78). P. L. Sclater & 0. Salvin, Ex. Orn. pp. 131, 132, pi. Ixvi. Meliphagid^. Ptilotis cockerelli is a new species, from Cape York, but perhaps not belong- ing to this genus, having characters allying it also to Stigmatops and Meli~ phaga. In colouring it resembles P. pohygramma, G. R. Gray (P. Z. S. 1861, p. 429). J. Gould, Ann. & Mag. N. H. 4th ser. iv. pp. 109, 110. Figured, as is also P. notata (Zool. Rec. iv. p. 93). Id. B. Austral. Suppl. pt. v. Anthomis aiiriomla (Zool Rec. iii. p. 88) is certainly a good species, while A. rnficeps (op. cit. iv. p. 93) may not be so. W. Buller, Trans. & Proc. New Zeal. Inst. i. p. 108. Mimus caruncidatus (Zool. Rec. iii. p. 95), and consequently AntlxocluBra hulleri {op. cit. iv. p. 93), is identical with A. cdrwiculata. Id. tom. cit. pp. Ill, 112. Tropidorhynclms., Vig. & Ilorsf. (1826), must give place to Philemon, Vieill. (1816), of which the type is 3Ierops moluccensis, Lath. ; and with this T. bouruensis, Wall. (P. Z. S. 1863, p. 31), is identical. P. L. Sclater, P. Z. S. 1869, p. 120, note. Nectariniid^. Nectarinia, a specimen from north-east Africa in the Mergentheim collec- tion (Zool. Rec. iv. p. 50), where it bears the name of N. souimanga {nec Gmel.) is described as belonging possibly to a new species, but it is not 72 ZOOLOGICAL LlTEllATUllE. named. It may be Cimiyris collaris, Vieill. M. T. v. Ileuglin, Orn. Nordost- Afr. i. pp. 233, 234. JEthopyya christince and Arachnechthra rhizophora are two new species from Hainan. The latter is allied to A. Jlammaxillaris, but has the forehead black, with purple, blue, and green rellections. 11. Swinhoe, Ann. & INlag. N. II. 4th ser. iv. p. 43G. [The former represents JE. satiirata, but is perfectly distinct. Ld. Walden, Ibis, 1870, pp. 30, 37, pi. i. lig. 1.] COTINGID^. Tityra {Erator') leucura (Natter.) ” is an uudescribed species from Brazil. A. von Pelzeln, Orn. Bras. pp. 120, 183, 184. “ Lipaiiyus virussu (Natter.) ” is an undescribed species from Brazil ; it may be L. plumheits, Scl. (P. Z. S. 1801, p. 211), differing from plumheus (Licht.) in its larger size, the light ochre-brown grey under tail-coverts, and the deep ochre-brown tinge of the remiges and rectrices. It may be L. plumheus, Scl. (P. Z. S. 1801, p. 210 ct alibi) {nec Licht.) . Id. op. cit. pp. 122, 123, 184. Ileteropdma rufum (Natter.) ’’ and II. chrysoccphalum are imdescribed species from Brazil. The Jirst is of tlie form of II. virescens, and, according to Messrs. Sclater Salvdn, allied to their Xcopipo rubicunda o below, but identical with Schiffornis major, Bp. (Voy. Oastelnau, p. 0(>, pi. 18. fig. 2) : the second resembles II. Jlaoivapilla, Scl., but is much smaller; from II. aurifrons (Pr. Max.) it diflers by being larger. Inn ing a black mandible, and being brighter beneath. Id. op. cit. pp. 124, 125, 185, 180. Ilcterocercus Jlavivertex is described as a new species from Brazil, much resembling II. linteatus (Strickl.), but with a yellow vertical spot, and no black on the head. Id. op. cit. pp. 125,180. Its distinctness questioned. P. L. Sclater & O. Salvin, P. Z. S. 1800, p. 438, note. lipra oindizans and 1\ vircscc7is are undescribed species from Brazil : the j^rst resembling I\ nattercri (7a)o\. Bee. i. p. 70), but with the vertex shining like motlier-of-pcaii and opalescent, and other dilferences ; the second is not comparatively described. A. von Pelzeln, Orn. Bras. p. 128, 180-188. I*ipra(?) cinnamomea is a new species from the Upper Amazon, having the wings shorter and the tail longer, relatively, than any other member of the genus known to the author. G. N. Lawrence, Proc. Ac. N. S. Philad. 1868 (not published till 1809), p. 301. Neopipo is the name proposed for a new genus allied to Ileteropelma ; but the characters are so given that we are unable to make an abstract of them. The type is N. rubicunda, which is figured and described as a new species, but would seem likely to be identical with Pipra cinnamomea, Lawrence {xit Lupra) ; it is also allied to Ileteropelma rufum (Natter),” Pelz., above mentioned, but is much .smaller. P. L. Sclater & 0. Salvin, P. Z. S. 1800, pp. 438, 430, pi. XXX. fig. 3. Ampelion arcuatus is figured and a diagnostic list of the four species of the genus given. lid. Ex. Orn. pp. 171, 172, pi. Ixxxvi. Chasmorhynchus varieyaius [cf. Zool. Bee. iv. p. 04] occurs in Britisli Guiana. P. Jj. Sclater, Ibis, 1800, p. 402. AVES. 73 AMPELIDy®. Bopsaltria leucura and B. chrysorrhoa are two new species : the first, from Cape York, is the largest of the genus, and allied to B. leur.ogaster, but having white at the base of the lateral rectrices ; the second, from Eastern New South Wales and Southern Queensland, is rather larger than jE*. australis^ under which name it has been figured (B. Austral, iii. pi. 11), and similar in colour, but having the rump, as well as the breast, of a jonquil-yellow. B, 7nagnirostris, Ramsay”^, from Rockingham Bay, is also differentiated as being like E. chnysorrhoa in colour, but having a conspicuously larger bill and shorter wings. J. Gould, Ann. & Mag. N. H. 4tli ser. iv. pp. 108, 109. The first named of these species figured. Id. B. Austral. Suppl. pt. v. Pardalotus xanthopygiis (Zool. Rec. iv. p. 96), note on the original descrip- tion of it. E. P. Ramsay, Ibis, 1869, p. 346. Timaliid/e. Trochalopterum fairhanki is described and figured as a new species from the Pulncy Hills in Southern India, very like T. jerdoni, and of about the flame size, but wiUi the head dusky above, with a distinct boundary, the back olivaceous, from the chin to the breast grey, the abdomen and under tail-coverts ferruginous. W. T. Blanford, J. A. S. B. xxxviii. pp. 176-177, pi. xvii. a. Drgmocharcs stellatus (Zool. Rec. v. pp. 80, 81) is figured. J. Gould, B. As. pt, xxi. Hirundinid^. Ilirundo fnscicapilla (Zool. Rec. iv. p. 96) is at last described as resembling II. griseopygay Sundev. ((Efvers. k. Vet. Ak. Forhandl. 1860, p. 117), but with a larger and broader biU, the rump of a smoky steel-colour, longer wings, and a differently shaped tail which has white spots on the rectrices, M. T. V. Heuglin, Orn. Nordost-Afr. i. pp. 164, 166. Ilirundo domicellay Hartl. & Finsch,” is the name given to H. melano- crissus, Hartl. (Orn. Westafr. p. 27) and Antinori (Cat. Ucc. Afir. centr. Nord, p. 26) (nec Riipp.). It much resembles H. melanocrissa {vera), but is smaller, .slenderer, and of a purer white beneath. Id. tom. cit. pp. 159, 160f. Ilirundo angolensis (Zool. Rec. v. p. 81) is figured and noticed. R. B. Sharpe, P. Z. S. 1869, p. 667, pi. xliii. Ilirundo cethiopica is a new species from Abyssinia and Nubia, resembling II. albigularis, Strickl. (Contr. Orn. 1849, p. 17, pi. xv.), but plainly smaller, with the pectoral band interrupted, and the throat and breast tinged with rufous. It is Cecropis rufifrons auctt., ex Abyssinia, and H. albigularis, Heugl. (Orn. Nordost-Afr. i. p. 163) (nec Strickl.). W. T. Blanford, Ann. & Mag. N. H. 4th ser. iv. p. 327. [Figured, Id. Geol. & Zool. Abyss. (1870) Pl- ii-] II. albigularis, Strickl. (ut supyb), is probably II. rujifrons, Vieill., which has been incorrectly described by Stephens. H. B. I’ristram, Ibis, 1869, p. 436. * Mr. Gould does not state whether this name is now used for the first time; it would seem to refer to a specimen mentioned by Mr. Ramsay (P. Z. S. 1868, pp. 384, 386), but not named there by him. t In this instance, as in one already mentioned, the work of Drs. Finsch and Hartlaub is cited from the unpublished proof-sheets. J869. [vDb. yi.J G 74 ZOOLOGICAL LITERATURE. Waldmia is proposed as the name of a new genus having Hirundo nigrita^ G. R. Gray (Gen. B. pi. xx.), as its type. The characters are given at some length, and amount, in brief, to this: — that it is allied to Atticora and Hirundo j but the former has round nostrils and no overhanging membrane, which last is possessed by the latter ; but Hirundo has the first primary the longest, whereas the new genus has the second. It also has large, robust feet. R. B. Sharpe, Ibis, 1869, p. 461. Hirundo horrcorum^ notes on. A. Fowler, Am. Nat, iii. pp. 8-13. Hirundo riparia, notes on its habits in Massachusetts. Id. tom. cit. iii. pp. 116-119. Cotyle palustris, Steph. Under this name two distinct species have been confounded, — the Northern one, which should bear the name C. pcdudihula [qu. potius paludicola ?], Riipp., being larger than the Southern, and having a large white spot on the inner web of each rectrix except the outer and middle pairs, with some other differences. The Southern form is the true palustris. H. B. Tristram, Ibis, 1869, pp. 436, 437. Chelidon urbica is figured, J. Gould, B. Gr. Br. pt. xv. ViREONIDiE. *= Hylophilus hypoxanthus is an undescribed species from Brazil, standing nearest to II. brunneiceps (Zool. Rec. iii. p. 91), but differing in the yellow of the underside. A. von Pelzeln, Orn. Bras. pp. 71, 136. Cyclorhis wiedi is regarded as an undescribed species from Brazil, re- sembling C. JiavipectuSy Scl. (P. Z. S. 1858, p, 448), but with the upper parts broAvn slightly tinged with grey ; the throat, middle of the belly, and vent altogether white. It is also much like C. subjlavescens, Cab. (J. f. 0. 1860, p. 405, 1861, p. 93) ) but this last shows more yellow beneath. It is Thani- mphilus yuianensis, Pr. Max. (Beitr. iii. no. 1016) {nec Gmel.), and, perhaps, C. viridis, Baird (Rev. Am. B. p. 392) — synon. exclus. Id. op. cit. pp. 74, 137, 138. TvRANNlDiE. 4ttih validus, 4- ruftffuhiris, and “4. phocnicurus (Natter.) ” are three un- 4escribed species from Brazil. The Jirst resembles A. boliviamis, Lafr., but is larger, with the nape more rufescent and the lower parts paler : the second differs from A. thamnopJdloides (Spix) by being smaller, olivaceous above, ^the edges of the wing-coverts rust-coloured, and the abdomen almost whitish J from A. spadiceus (Gm.) by being larger, with the throat rust- poloured and the tail rufous j and from A. uropyyialis by the second of these pbaracters ; the third resembles A. cinereus in colour, but approaches the genus Casiornis in its small bill. A. von Pelzeln, Orn. Bras. pp. 95, 96, 169-172. Agnornis insolens is a new species from Peru, resembling A. solitaria of Rcuadpr, but much paler below, and with distinct black markings on the white throat. P. L. Sclater & 0. Salvin, P. Z. S. 1869, p. 153. A. andicola^ Sclater (P. Z. S. 1860, p. 78) is called A. pollens, the former specific nap:te having been used by Lafresnaye and D’Orbigny. P. L. Sclater, loc. cit. note. 2 Oghthcecq, polionota Is a new species from Peru, resembling O. oenanthoides, but with an ash-coloured back, the outer recti jces edged with white, and AVES. 75 wanting the rufous margin of the wing-coverts. P. L. Sclater & 0. Salvin, P. Z. S. 18G9, pp. 599, 600. Ockthoica rufomarginata is described as a new species from Ecuador, allied to O. lessonij but wanting the rufous throat and breast and the conspicuous white band encircling the crown; it has also the middle as well as the greater wing-coverts ending with rufous. G. N. Lawrence^ Ann. Lyc. N. H. New York, 1869, p. 266. Mecocerculus uropygialis is described as a new species, supposed to come from Ecuador, somewhat resembling M, leuoophrgSf but paler beneath, with a smaller bill and rufous rump. Id. tom. cit. pp. 266, 267. Lichenops perspicillatus. The statement (P. Z. S. 1868, p. 141) that the fe- male has the plumage black contradicted. W. H. Hudson, P. Z. S. 1869, p. 432. Centrites oreas, from Peru, is differentiated from C. niger, with which it was before confounded (P. Z. S. 1867, p. 987, 1868, p. 669), having the webs of the primaries whitish in the male and tinged with cinnamon in the female. P. L. Sclater and O. Salvin, tom. cit. p. 164. Figured (d & $). lid. Ex. Orn. pp. 191, 192, pi. xcvi. Todirostrum gidtatum is an undescribed species from Brazil, agreeing much with Triccm illigeri^ Cab. & Heine (Mus. Hein. ii. p. 49) ; but in the descrip- tion of that species no mention is made of the large and conspicuous white spot before the eye, nor of the black spots on the sides of the neck and breast ; the bill, too, though broad, seems to be weaker. A. von Pelzeln, Orn. Bras. pp. 101, 172, 173. Todirostrum plumheum (Gmel.), note on. G. N. Lawrence, Ann. Lyc. N. H. New York, 1869, pp. 273, 274. Euscarthmxts zostorojis, E. latirostrisj E. senex, and E. inornatm are unde- scribed species from Brazil. The first is like E. orhitatm (Pr. Max.), but has a shorter bill, broader at the base, the mandible for the most part dark, and the breast and the edges of the wing-coverts yellowish ; the second is like E, fumifrons, but with a longer and much broader bill, and a lead-coloured crown ; the third differs from the second by its shorter and less broad bill, the forehead is not rufescent, the edges of the wing-coverts are whitish, and the mandible and feet darker; the fourth is not comparatively described. A. von Pelzeln, Orn. Bras. pp. 101, 102, 173, 174. Ilapahccrciis rufomarginatus is an undescribed species from Brazil, Id. op. cit. pp. 103, 174, 176. Togonotriccus (P) zeledoni is described as a new species from Costa Rica, but may belong to LeptoU'iccus. It is not comparatively diagnosed. G. N. Lawrence, Ann. Lyc. N. H. New York, 1868 (not published till 1869), pp. 144, 145. Togonotriccus plumheiceps is described as a new species from Bogota, but no comparative diagnosis is given. Id. op. cit. 1869, p. 267. “ Phyllomyias subviridis (Natter.) ” and T. lividus (Temm.) ” are unde- scribed species from Brazil. The fx'st differs frord P. virescens by the colour of its iris and being greyer above, besides having a stronger bill nearly wanting rictal bristles, a shorter tail and warty tarsi; the second, which was not obtained by Natterer, is not comparatively differentiated. A. von Pelzeln, Orn. Bras. pp. 106, 176, 176. Elainea spectahilis^ E. cristata, E. alhivertex, E. parvirostris, E. elegans, E. ryfeeps, E. littoralis (Natter,),” and E. cinerea are undescribed species from G 2 ZOOLOGICAL LITEllATURE. , 76 Brazil. The first is very like E. pagana (Licht.), but much larger, and, as is also the case in many examples of that species, no white is visible at the base of the head-feathers j it also comes very near E. subpagana, but this is certainly smaller, and differs in the form and colours of the bill : the second is like E. pagana^ but is smaller, and, except on the crown, is paler above, and has the breast loss varied with grey j it seems to differ from E. semi- pagana^ Scl., in being paler above and inclined to brown, with a white throat only: the third differs from E. albiceps (Lafr. & D’Orb.) by being a little smaller, with the bill broader at the base, the body brownish above : the fourth is very like the third, but has a smaller bill and the body more in- clined to olivaceous above : the fifth is not unlike E. griseigularis, Scl., but is much smaller and differently coloured beneath : the sixth and seventh are not comparatively described; and the eighth is like E, caniceps (Sw.), but much larger and of a pure ash-colour. Id. tom. cit. pp. 107, 108, 170-181. Myiozetetes rufipennis and M. inornatus are described as new species from Venezuela, the former differing from all others of the genus in the larger and stouter bill and the greater extent of rufous on the wings and tail ; of the latter no comparative diagnosis is given. G. N. Lawrence, Ann. Lyc. N. H. New Yprk, 1869, pp. 267, 268. Rhynchocyclus assimilis is an undescribed species from Brazil, like R. sul- phurescens (Spix), but smaller and with a shorter, broader and more pointed bill. A. von Pelzeln, Orn. Bras. pp. 110, 181. Rhynchocyclus marginatus is described as a new species from Panama, formerly referred by the author (Ann. Lyc. N. II. New York, vii. p. 473) to R. sulphurescens ; but that is larger, with the head less plumbeous, the yellow beneath deeper and more extended, and other differences. It resembles R. cinereicepSf Scl., but is smaller and of a darker green, and may be readily known by the broad yellow margins of the wing-coverts and quills. G. N. Lawrence, Proc. Ac. N. S. Philad. 1808 (not published till 1809), p. 361. Pitangus parvus is an undescribed species from Brazil. A. von Pelzeln, Orn. Bras. pp. Ill, 181. ScLATER, P. L. Note on the Species of the Genus Hirundi- nea. Ihis, 1869, pp. 195-198, pi. v. Three species are distinguished and figured, H. ferruginea (Gmel.), II. heUicosa (Vieill.), and II. rupestris (Max.), and their geographical range pointed out. So much as is known of their habits is also given. Empidochanes poecilocercus is an undescribed species from Brazil. A. von Pelzeln, Orn. Bras. pp. 116, 181, 182. Empidonax griseipectus is described as a new species from Puna Island in the Gulf of Guyaquil, but no comparative diagnosis is given. G. N. Law- rence, Ann. Lyc. N. II. New York, 1869, pp. 236, 237. Contopus ochraceus is a new species from Costa Rica, readily distinguish- able from every other by its yellowish ochre-coloured belly. P. L. Sclater & O, Salvin, P. Z. S. 1869, p. 419. Contopus sehotti is described as a new species from Northern Yucatan, resembling C. lugubris (Zool. Rec. ii. p. 107) in its dull dark colouring, but is smaller and reddish-brown above, the throat and breast being dull ochreous, and the bill much smaller. G. N. Lawrence, Ann. Lyc. N. II. New York. 1869, p. 202. AVES. 77 Contopus puncnsis is described as a new species from Puna Island, in the Gulf of Gujaquil, diflering from all others of the genus in the absence of the clouded colouring from the breast ; beneath it resembles Empidonax in colo- ration ; but its very large bill (which exceeds that of C. richardsoni) and short tarsi show its affinity to Contopiis. Id. tom. cit. p. 237. Myiarchus cardans., “ Jlf. tricolor (Natter.),” and M. gracilirostris are unde- scribed species from Brazil. The Jirst is like M. feroXf but smaller and, for the most part, without any red on the remiges and rectrices ; the second differs from M. nigriceps, which has a black crown and apparently longer wings j the third resembles the second, but is much larger, with a more slender bill, the crown not so dark, and the middle of the back nearly oliva- ceous. A. von Pelzeln, Orn. Bras. pp. 117, 182, 183. Tyrannus verticalis^ its habits. R. Ridgway, Am. Nat. iii. pp. 309-312. Laniid;e. Lanius fallax is proposed as the name of a new species from Abyssinia, to be described in the Zoological * Transactions ’ f O. Finsch, P. Z. S. 1869, p. 430. [Is L. lahtora ]\iY.Jide R. B. Sharpe, Ibis, 1870, pp. 434, 436.] Lanins caudatns is described and figured as a new species from Mombas, in Fast Africa, in the distribution of colour resembling L. collaris ; but the long tail agrees with L. excuhitoriiis, and the much developed feathers of the forehead point to Urolestes. J. Cabanis, J. f. 0. 1808 [published in 1869], p. 412; Id. Von der Decken’s Reisen, iii. 1, p. 28, pi. v. Ijaniiis personatiis, notes on. T. Kriiper, J. f. O. 1869, pp. 30-32. Lanius snperciliosus and L. magnirostris both occur in Java. The first is Ij. pha'nicnrm, Schronck {qu. Pall. ?) {cf. Zool. Roc. iv. pp. 97, 98). Ld. Walden, Ibis, 1809, p. 212. Collyrio [sc. T^anitis'] ludovicianus, its habits. A. Fowler, Am. Nat. ii. p. 059 ; II. S. Gedney, op. cit. iii. pp. 169, 160. Ehynchastatus higiihris is described and figured as a new species, almost entirely of a blackish slaty grey, much resembling R.funehris (Hartl.), but smaller. J. Cabanis, J. f. O. 1868 (published in 1869), p. 412 j Id. Von der Decken’s Reisen, iii. 1, pp. 26, 27, pi. vii. Dryoscoims leucopsis is described as a new species (from Zanzibar), smaller than D. affinis, Gray, with a thicker and broader bill, wings without white markings, and lores and region of the eyes white. Id. J. f. 0. 1808 [pub- lished in 1869], p. 412. Possibly identical with D. orientalis, Swains. Id. Von der Decken’s Reisen, iii. 1, pp. 26, 26. Dryoscopus thamnophilns is described and figured as a new species from East Africa, in colouring resembling Thamnophilns amhiguus, Swains. Id. tomm. citt. pp. 412 & 20, pis. viii. & ii. Artamus melanops (Zool. Rec. ii. p. 108) is figured. .1. Gould, B. Austral. Suppl. pt. V. Myiolcstcs hcmii is described as a new species from the Tonga Islands ; but it may be Turdns pacijicns, Ornelin (Syst. Nat. i. p. 813), founded on a bird described by Latham (Synops. ii. 1, p. 38), whoso diagnosis is too short and incomplete to admit of recognition. O. Finsch & G. llartlaub, P. Z. S. 1869, p. 640. Prionops graculinus is described and figured as a new species from East Africa, entirely wanting the white wing-band of P. 7'etzii, Wahlb. J. 78 ZOOLOGICAL LITERATURE. Oabariis, J. f. O. 1868 (published in 1869), p. 412, tab. iii. j Id. Von der Decken’s Keisen, iii. 1, pp. 24, 26. Campephagidye. Campephaya quiscalinuy Finsch,” is a new species hitherto confounded (Proc. Ac. Philad. 1869, p. 62, and J. f. 0. 1865, p. 173) with C. nigra (Vieill.), from which it differs in being generally smaller, and having the sides of the head, neck, and throat of a brilliant purplish-violet, the inner web of the quills wanting the olive-green lustre, and the bill shorter, broader, and more conical. R. B. Sharpe, Ibis, 1869, p. 189. MuSCICAPIDiE. Monarcha alhiventris (Zool. Rec. iii. p. 93) is figured. J. Gould, B. Austral. Suppl. pt. v. Tohitrea paradisi , when breeding, wears tlie chestnut plumage. A. tlume. Ibis, 1869, pp. 9, 10 j W. E. Brooks, tom. cit. p. 49. Elminia longicauda minm' {ef. Zool. Rec. iv. p. 99) and St&nostira plum- hea are figured. M. T. v. Heuglin, Orn. Nordost-Afr. tt. xv., xvii. Muscicapa speculigei'af Be Selys,” Bp. (Consp. Av. i. p. 317), has oc- curred in Switzerland. L. Olphe-Galliard, R. Z. 1869, pp. 363-365. , Musckapa atricapilla^ its unusual abundance in Norfolk. II. Stevenson, ^ool. S. S. pp. 1492, 1943. , Mnsdcapa minima and M. aquatica are figured. M. T. v. Heuglin, Orn. Nordost-Afr. t. xvi. Erythrosterna parva is figured. J. Gould, B. Gr. Br. pt. xvi. Mniotiltid^e. Helminthophaga peregrina, supposed to have been said by Mr. Trippe (cf. Zool. Rec. V. p. 86) to be rare in Now England, is very common in Maine. G. A. Boardman, Am. Nat. iii. p. 222. Further notes on its distribution ; Mr. Trippe’s remarks refer to New Jersey. II. A. Purdie, tom. cit. p. 331 j T, M. Trippe, tom. cit. p. 406. Helminthophaga chrysoptera^ notes on. H. A. Purdie, tom. cit. p. 497. Dendroeca capitalis is described as a new species from Barbadoes, only needing comparison with D. petechia and B. rujicapilla (?) (Zool. Rec. ii. pp. 110, 111) ; but it is smaller than either, and has a different wing-for- mula, the second, third, and fourth quills being equal and longest, the first being intermediate between the fourth and fifth ; it also seems to have more yellow in the tail. G. N. Lawrence, Proc. Ac. N. S. Philad. 1808 (not pub- lished till 1809), p. 369. *^Basileuterus leucophrys (Natter.) ” is a new species from Brazil, resembling B. leucohUphai'us (Vieill.), but much larger, with the cap marked out by ob- solete black stripes, with broad white eyebrows, and more olivaceous above. A. von Pelzeln, Orn. Bras. pp. 72, 137. Turdid^. Turdm musicus in captivity. K. Muller, Zool. Garten, 1869, pp 272- 280. AVES. ' 79 • Turdus ?, supposed Siberian specie^ breeding in tbe Government of Archangel. H. Gobel, J. f. 0. 1869, pp. 318, 319. Turdus conjinus (Zool. Rec. i. p. 79) is referred to T. migratorius. D. G. Elliot, B. N. Am. Intr. p. 3. Turdus gigas, T. alhicolKs, T. leucomelas, T. crotopezus, T. albiventris, T. phceopygus^ and T. gymnophthalmus are figured. P. L. Sclater & O. Salvin, Ex. Orn, pp. 139-152, pis. Ixx.-lxxvi. Turdus viscivorus (ad. & pull.) and Petrocincla saxatilis are figured. J^. Gould, B. Gr. Br. pt. xv. Turdus reevii is described as a new species from Puna Island in the Gulf of Guyaquil, coming under the section Planesticus ] but no comparative dia- gnosis is given. G. N. Lawrence, Ann. Lyc. N. II. New York^ 1869, p. 234.. Turdus hauxioelli is described as a new species from Pebas in Peru, only needing comparison with T. leucomelas, Vieill., than which it is uniformly- darker and reddish-brown above, with no olive shades. Id. tom. cit. pp. 265, 266. Turdus nanus {cf. Zool. Rec. v. p. 86), a mistake rectified. 0. J. May- nard, Am. Nat. ii. p. 663. Jlylocichla ; — The eight North- Aiherican species of this section are mi-"" nutely characterized. Turdus mustelmus stands alone; T. fuscescens, T, ustulatus,' 2\ sioainsoni, and 2\ alicicB form a second group ; and a third com- prises T. pallasi, T. auduhoni (which perhaps may not be a good species), and T. 7ianus. R. Ridgway, Proc. Ac. N. S. Philad. 1869, pp. 127-129. Turdus atrigidaris has occurred in Sussex. J. Gould, Ibis, 1869, p. 128 ;• G. 1). Rowley, P. Z. S. 1869, p. 4; T. J. Monk, Zool. S. S. p. 1560. ; Turdus deckcni is described and figured as a new species from East Africa,' smaller and darker than T. cahanisi, Bp., with the middle of the belly and. the flanks dull, and the under wing-coverts deeper rusty. J. Cabanis, J.f.O. 1868 [published in 1869], p. 412; Id. Von der Decken’s Reisen, iii. 1, pp. 21, 22, pi. i. Turdus hodgsoni, Cichloides atrigidaris and Meiula houlhoul, descriptions of the different plumages of adult and young. R. S. Tytler, Ibis, 1869, pp. 122-126. Oreocincla aurea is figured. J. Gould, B. Gr. Br. pt. xvi. Sharpe, R. B. On the genus Ch(2tops. Proc. Zool. Soc. i860, pp. 163, 164, pi. xiv. Three species, including G. aurantius (Zool. Rec. v. p. 86), are recognized, whereof one, C. grayi, from Damara-land, is described and figured as new : it differs! from both the others by its smaller size and whitish throat. Identified with Drymoeca anchietce (Zool. Rec. v. p. 87). G. Ilartlaub, Bericht, u. s. w. p. 126. : Crateropus affinis is described as a new species from Mossamedes (W. . Africa), but may possibly be C. pleheius, Ilartl. (Orn. V'estafr. p. 79). J.- V. Barboza du Bocage, P. Z. S. 1869, p. 436. lurnagra hcctori is described as a new species from New Zealand. W. Buller, ibis, 1869, p. 39. Probably identical with Otagon ianagra (Zool.' Rec. ii. p. 112). A. Newton, loc. cit. note. Cossypha suhrufescens is a new species from Caconda (W. Africa), resem- 80 ZOOLOGICAL LITERATURE. bling Sessomia semirufa, Riipp., but stouter and differently-coloured above. J. V. Barboza du Bocage, P. Z. S. 1869, p. 436. Sylviid^e. Bessornis intermedia is described and figured as a new species from East Africa, smaller, and beneath darker, than B. heuglini, Hartl. (the head of which is also figured), and the white superciliary streak narrower and longer. J. Cabanis, J. f 0. 1868 [published in 1869], p. 412 j Id. Von der Decken’s Reisen, iii. 1, p. 22, pi. xii. Bessornis heuglini is figured. M. T. v. Ileuglin, Orn. Nordost-Afr. t. xiii. Bessornis gutturalis (Zool. Rec. iv. p. 102), notes on. T. Kriiper, J. f. O. 1869, pp. 42-45. Myrmecocichla formicivora, its habits described. G. E. Bulger, P. Z. S. 1869, pp. 637, 638. Saxicola ferruginea, Heugl. (Sitzungsb. k. Ak. Wissensch. Wien, 1856, p. 278 [descr. nuU.J), is now described as S.frenata, It is S. isahellina jun., Riipp. M. T. V. Heuglin, J. f. 0. 1869, pp. 168, 169 j Orn. Nordost-Afr. pp. 346, 346. Saxicola heuglini, Einsch & Hartl.,” is an undescribed species from Abys- sinia, resembling S. frenata, but much smaller and more dusky. It is S. intermedia, Heugl. (Sitzungsb. k. Ak. Wissensch. Wien, 1856, p. 278) {deso\ null,). Id. tomm. citt. p. 169 & pp. 346, 347. Saxicola Jinschi is a now species from Siberia, resembling S. leucomelmia, but smaller, and having the middle of the back white. Id. Urn. Nordost-Afr. p. 360. Saxicola sgmitica, Heugl. (Sitzungsb. k. Ak. Wissensch. Wien, 1856, p. 278), is described as resembling S. leucocephala, but smaller. It is perhaps identicd with S. leucuroides, Gu6r.* Id. J. f. 0. 1869, p. 155 j Orn. Nord- ost-Afr. i. pp. 368, 369. Saxicola modesta and S. scotocerca are also described as two new species from North-east Africa. The first is not described comparatively ; and the second is admittedly identical with Buticilla (?) fuscicaiidata, Blanford (Ann. & Mag. N. II. 4th ser. iv. p. 329, 1 Nov. 1869), a name which has priority of publication. Id. tom. cit. pp. 362, 363. Saxicola saltatrix, notes on. T. Kriiper, J. f. O. 1869, pp. 35, 36. W. E. Brooks, Ibis, 1869, pp. 234, 235. Saxicola leucura and S. leucuroides, notes on. Id. loc. cit. Saxicola amotti, S. atmorii, and S. modesta are described as new species from South Africa. The first, which is figured, is entirely black, except the forehead, a few feathers on the crown, the superciliary streak, and the scapulars ” (?), all these parts being, according to the description (but not the plate), white. The second is the representative of S. liiguhris, Riipp., but is much larger, and has a narrow white instead of a broad chestnut rump, and a narrower black bar at the tip of the tail. The third, it is suggested, may be identical with Erithaciis schlegeli, Wahlberg (K. Sv. Vet.-Ak. Forhandl. 1855, p. 213), a supposition since verified (Ibis, 1870, p. 173). H. B. Tris- tram, tom. cit. pp. 204-207, pi. vi. Saxicola {Pratincola) semitorquata is described as a new species from Abyssinia resembling S. alhofasciata, Riipp. It is Bratincola mdanoleuca, * But the author also quotes for it ?>8. leucuroides, Jerd. (nec Giidr.)” ! AVES. 81 Ileugl. (Sitzungsb. k. Ak. Wissensch. Wien, 1866, p. 279) {nec Hodgson), and probably Varus leucopterus, Lefebvre. M. T. v. Heuglin, J. f. 0. 1869, p. 106. Referred to Vratincola. Id. Orn. Nordost-Afr. i. pp. 341,342 [ cf & 5 figured, W. T. Blanford, Qeol. & Zool. Abyss. (1870) pi. v.] , Pratmcola indica in no respect differs from V. ruhicola. W. E. Brooks, Ibis, 1859, pp. 6.3-66. Ruticilla (?) fuscicaudata is a new species from Abyssinia, nearly allied to jR. (Saxicola) familiarisj Steph., and R. {Erythacus) sinuata, Schl. The bill is that of Ruticilla, and the tarsi are smooth in front j but the tail is some- what rounded and the wing less pointed, and the sombre plumage is that of Sylvia. W. T. Blanford, Ann. & Mag. N. II. 4th ser. iv. p. 329 (1 Nov. 1809). [Figured, Id. Geol. & Zool. Abyss. (1870), pi. iv.]. Since described as Saxicola scotocerca. M. T. v. Heuglin, ut suprh. Luscinia pliilomela in captivity. K. Muller, Zool. Garten, 1869, pp. 167- 176 C. Jex, to7n. cit. pp. 286-288. Stellula calliope is figured, D. G. Elliot, B. N. Am. pt. xiii. Geryyonc assimilis (Zool. Rec. iii. p. 95) is not distinguishable from G.Jla- viventris. 0. Finsch, Ibis, 1809, p. 380. AcroccpJialus arahicus is anew species, from Arabia, resembling A. tui'doides [artmdmaceus, L.], but with a stouter and blunter bill highej at the base, longer legs, a more conspicuous whitish superciliary streak, the outer web of all the primaries with a narrow and conspicuous margin, and other differences. It is A. stentorius, Heugl. (J. f. 0. 1801, p. 194) (tiecll. & E.), and A. turdoides, Riipp. ex Arabia (nec Mey.). M. T. v. Ileugl. Orn. Nordost-Afr. i. pp. 289, 290. Am'ocephalns ohsolctus is a new species, from North-eastern Africa, resem- bling A. arundinaccus (Gm.) (wecL.) [sc. sU'eperus (Vieill.)], but smaller, with longer wings and tail, shorter and stouter legs, and the colouring of Chloropeta pallida. Id. tom. cit. pp. 291, 292. Calmnodyta and allied genera. Notes on the history of European species. R. Renne, Ber. XVII. Versamml. 13. O. G. pp. 40-47. Calamodyta schoenobcenus, its occurrence in Finland. A. J. Malmgren, QEfvers. Finska Vet. Sails. Forhandl. 1869, no. 1. Calamohexpe rufescens (Keyserl, & Bias. Wirbelth. Eur. p. liv), its habits described. T. Ayres, Ibis, 1869, pp. 291, 292. Sylvia locustella, on its local distribution in Germany in summer. A. von Homeyer, J. f. O. 1869, pp. 61-66. In captivity. C. Fickert, J. f. O. 1869, pp. 322-326. Lusciniopsisjluviatilis, its occurrence in Finland. A. J. Malmgren, OEfvers. Finska Vet. Sails. Forhandl. 1809, no. 1. Aedon familiaris, notes on. T. Kriiper, J. f. 0. 1869, pp. 38-42. * It must be observed that this species (as the printed minutes show) was exhibited, described, and named by Mr. Blanford at the meeting of the Zoological Society, 24th June, 1869. Before that description was published, the name only having been printed, the third Heft of the ‘Journal fiir Orni- thologie,’ bearing date “ Mai, 1869,” but not sent out by the English pub- lishers till August, appeared, containing Dr. von Ileuglin's name and de- scription, whereupon Mr. Blanford immediately withdrew the name under which he had publicly designated the species, thereby setting an excellent example, which other naturalists would do, and would have done, well to follow. ZOOLOGICAL LITERATURE. . Sylvia atricapilla and S. hortensis in confinement. K. MUller, Zool. Garten. 1869, pp. 367-374. Sylvia melanocephala minor is the title given to the East- African and Syrian form of S. melanocephala. It is Curruca momuSj II. & E., C. luctuosa^ Brehni (Vogelf. p. 229), Melizophilus nigricapillus, Cah. (Mus. Hein. i. p. 35), and S. howmanij Tristr. (Zool. Rec. iv. p. 103). M. T. v. Ileugiin, Orn. Nordost- Afr. i. pp. 303, 304. Heuglin, M. T. von. The Malurince of North-eastern Africa. Ibis, 1869, pp. 79-107, 129-143, pis. i.-iii. Under this designation the author groups the genera Aedon, Bradypterus, Catriscus, Oligocercus, and Camaroptera, as well as Kemipteryx and Drymceca^ which last he finally separates into (1) Hrymceca proper, including the species which have 10 rectrices, and (2) Cisticola, those which have 12 (cf. Jerdon, B. Ind. ii. pp. 164-187 j and P. Z. S. 1865, p. 48) — a character possessed also hy Catriscus, Ilemipteryx, and Oligocercus. This separation is further main- tained when he treats of the group in his general work. Sphenceacus alexince, Heugl. (J. f. 0. 1863, p. 166), is “ Catriscus apicalis (Licht.),” Cab. (Mus. Hein. i. p. 43, note). M. T. v. Heuglin, Ibis, 1869, p. 81. Figured, and its identity with Bradypterus hrevirodris, Sundev. (K. Sv. V.-A. Handl. 1860), already suggested hy Dr. Hartlaub (Ibis, 1866, p. 140), confirmed. Id. Orn. Nordost-Afr. i. p. 273, t. ix. Drymoeca murina appears to be described as a new species from Abyssinia, resembling D. mystacea, but much smaller, with a more slender bill and other differences. It is D. mystacea, pt., Heugl. Id. Ibis, 1869, p. 90 j Orn. Nordost- Afr. i. p. 241. Drymoeca virgata is described as a new species from the Cape of Good Hope and West Africa, very like D. simplex (sp. n., vide infra), but distinguished by the peculiar striation on the breast. Id. Ibis, 1869, p. 106. Called D. striolata. Id. Orn. Nordost-Afr. i. p. 262. [The name here first mentioned has priority of publication.] Drymoeca marginata, from North-eastern Africa, is for the first time de- scribed and figured. It is like D. erythrogenys, Kiipp., but much smaller, the bill rather shorter and much more curved, the feet, wings, and tail consider- ably shorter j and there are other differences. It is D. marginalis, Heugl. (Sitzungsb. Ak. Wissensch. Wien, 1856, p. 274) (descr. null). Id. Ibis, 1869, pp. 94, 96, pi. 1. fig. 1. Referred to Cisticola. Id. Orn. Nordost-Afr. i. pp. 248, 249. Drymoeca iodoptera (Zool. Rec. i. p. 81) and D.Jlaveola are figured. Id. Ibis, 1869, pi. i. fig. 2, pi. ii. fig. 2. Drymoeca cantans, Heugl. (Sitzungsb. Ak. Wissensch. Wien, 1856, p. 274), is described. It differs from Cisticola lugubris, Riipp., by the distinct whitish superciliar streak, rather smaller size, more curved bill, and other characters. Id. tom. cit. pp. 96, 97. Referred to Cisticola. Id. Orn. Nordost-Afr. i. pp. 252, 263. Drymoeca concolor is described and figured as a new species from North- eastern Africa, exceedingly like the preceding, but with a stronger bill, more brightly coloured above, and other characters. Id. Ibis, 1869, pp. 97, 98, pi. ii. fig. 1. Referred to Cisticola. Id. Orn. Nordost-Afr. i. pp. 253, 254. Drymoeca malzaci, Heugl. (Sitzungsb. Ak. Wissensch. Wien, 1856, p. 274), is described as differing from D. rohusta, Riipp., by its lighter-coloured, shorter. AVES. 8B fiiore Curved And Idgher bill, its coloration Above, And its longer under tail- coverts. Id. Ibis, 1869, pp. 100, lOl. Referred to Cisticola. Id. Orn. Nordost* Afr. i. pp. 265, 256. Drymmca hitonura, Xleugl. (Sitzungsb. Ak. Wissensch. Wien, 1856, p. 274)^ is identified first with D. erythroyenys, Riipp., and then with D. luguhrisy Riipp. Id. Ibis, 1869, pp. 96-101. Referred to Cisticola, and the first identification only maintained. Id. Orn. Nordost-Afr. i. p. 250. Drymoeca leucopygia, Hengl. (Sitzungsb. Ak. Wissensch. Wien, 1856, p. 274), is described as doubtfully distinct from Di riijiceps (Riipp.), than which it is stouter, with a longer and stronger bill, besides some differences of coloration. Id. Ibis, 1869, p. 104. Referred to Cisticola. Id. Orn. NoMost-Afr. i. p. 269. ' Drymceca cordofana, from Kordofan, is doubtfully described as distinct from D. rujiccps (Riipp.), having the bill more slender, broader at the base, and its culmen more arched, besides a difference in coloration. Id. Ibis, 1869, p. 105. Referred to Cisticola. Id. Orn. Nordost-Afr. i. p. 260. Brymocca simplex is a new species from North-eastern Africa, at first sight like B. rujiccps (Riipp.), but with the outer toe shorter than the inner, and a different coloration. M. T. v. Ileuglin, Ibis, 1869, pp. 105, 106. Referred to Cisticola. Id. Orn. Nordost-Afr. i. p. 261. Brymocca exirnia is described and figured as a new species from North- eastern Africa, in appearance like Cisticola schamicola, but with a narrow, longer, and more graduated tail, and brighter coloration. It still more resembles the Australian B. lineocapilla, Gould, but has longer tarsi and wings, and shorter and narrower rectrices. It cannot be confounded with any species of its own country. Id. Ibis, 1869, pp. 106, 107, pi. iii. fig. 1. Referred to Cisticola. Id. Orn. Nordost-Afr. i. p. 262. Bipmoeca valida (Zool. Rec. i. p. 81) is called B. pachyrhyncha, the formet specific name being, it is said, preoccupied. Id. Ibis, 1869, pp. 130, 131. Referred to Cisticola. Id. Orn. Nordost-Afr. i. p. 263. Brymoeca (?) troglodytes (Zool. Rec. i. p. 8l) is identical with Cisticola ferru- ginea, Heugl. (Sitzungsb. Ak. Wissensch. Wien, 1856, p. 273, descr. null.', J. f. O. 1864, p. 259, descr. prim.), which is figured. Id. Ibis, 1869, p. 135, pi. iii. fig. 2. [We cannot determine the priority of these two specific names ; the mere be- stowal of Dr. von Heuglin’s in 1856 goes for nothing, as no description was published with it.] Cisticola hrimncscens, Heugl. ( J. f. 0. 1862, p» 289), is referred to Ilemipteryok, and called II. oligura, no reason being assigned for the change of name. It is also figured. Id. Ibis, 1869, p. 136, pi. iii. fig* 3j Orn. Nordost-Afr. i. p. 270. Hemipteryx immacidata (Zool. Rec. iii. p. 96) is identical with the above; O. Finsch, Ibis, 1869, p. 137. Herniptei'yx iodopyga is a new species, from North-east Africa, resembling II. hrimncscens (Heugl.), but with the head striated like Cisticola schcenicola, and some other differences. M. T. v. Ileuglin, loc. cit.', Orn. Nordost-Afr. i. pp. 271,272. Hemipteryx oligura is figured. Id. Ibis, 1869, pi. iii. fig. 3. Hemipteryx habessinica is a new species resembling Cisticola schcenicola, but more brightly coloured, and having longer wings, a shorter and more graduated tail, with narrower rectrices, and other differences. Id. tom. cit. p. 138 ; Orn. Nordost-Afr. i. p. 272. Cisticola hmnatocephala is described and figured as a new species from 84 ZOOLOGICAL LITERATURE. East Africa, somewhat smaller than C. lugubris, RUpp., the occiput not deep rusty, but subdued by an olive tinge, the sides of the breast and upper tail- coverts not spotted with black, and the rectrices greyish -brown, with a black spot in front of the white tip. J. Cabauis, J. f. 0. 18G8 [published in 1809], p. 412 J Id. Von der Decken’s Reisen, iii. 1. p. 23, t. ii. fig. 2. Occurs also in West Africa, is referred to Drymccca^ and receives a new name, “ 2). stulta^ Hard. & Finsch,’’ on account of the inapplicability of the old one ! ! 0. Finsch, J.f.O. 1869, p. 335. Drymo&ca tmella is described and figured as a new species from East Africa, differing from D. mystacea, Riipp., in its larger bill, shorter wings and tail, and in being brownish-grey above. From D. super ciliaris, Swains., it differ in not having rust-coloured flanks. J. Cabanis, J. f. 0. 1868 (published in 1869), p. 412 ; Von der Decken’s Reisen, to7n. cit. pp. 23, 24, t. ii. fig. 1. Di'ymoeca anchietce (Zool. Rec. v. p. 89) : to this is referred Chcetops grayij Sharpe (of. supra, Turdidse ”). G. Hartlaub, Ber, u. s. w. p. 126. Drymceca ortleppi is described as a new species from the Cape Colony, bearing the same relation to D. pallida, A. Smith, that Phyllopmeuste ti'ochilus does to P- honellii. H. B. Tristram, Ibis, 1869, pp. 207, 208. Eremomela (?) elegans and E. (?) canescetis (Zool. Rec. i. p. 81) are identical, and the species is made the type of a new genus Tricholais, which is allied to Camaroptera, “ Dryodromas, Finsch & Ilartl.” (1870 !), and Eremomela, and its characters given in much detail. M. T. v. Heuglin, Orn. Nordost-Afr. i. pp. 285, 286. llypolais cinerascens, II. elaica, II. opaoa, II. lanyuida, and II. pallida dif- ferentiated. Id. tom. cit. i. pp. 297, 298. Phylloscopus hahessinicus is a new species from Abyssinia, resembling P. similis, but more greenish above, and cream-colour, almost yellowish, beneath. It has also a longer tail. W. T. Blanibrd, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 4th ser. iv. pp. 829, 330. [Figured, Id. Geol. & Zool. Abyss. (1870), pi. 3. fig. 2.] Phyllopneuste kennicotti is described and figured as a new species from Alaska, resembling P. ti'ochilus, but more olivaceous above and yellow beneath, besides other differences ; it also comes very near P. eversmanni (Bp.), of which it may be a permanent geographical variety. S. F. Baird, Trans. Chicago Ac. Sc. i. pp. 313, 314, pi. XXX. fig. 2. Phyllopnmste (?), description of a supposed new species. W. E. Brooks, Ibis, 1869, pp. 235, 236. {Jerdonia agricolensis, A. Hume, Ibis, 1870, p. 180.] Phyllopneuste (?) maa'orhyncha is the name provisionally (!) given to a species fi'om the Himalayas, resembling P. rama in size and plumage, but with an enormous bill. A. Hume, to7n. cit. p. 357. lieyuloides supe7-ciliosus, a second example said to have been obtained in England. J. Gould, Ibis, 18C9, p. 128. Its call-note different from that of P. p7'07'egulus. W. E. Brooks, to77i. cit. pp. 236, 237. Further notes on these two species. Id. tom. cit. pp. 456-458. Figured, J. Gould, B. Gt. Br. pt. XV. Ecgidus himalayensis (Zool. Rec. v. p. 87) is figured. Id. B. As. pt. xxi. Motacillida:. Antlius aquaticus and A. ohscurus, a series of specimens exhibited, and remarks on the seasonal changes to which the former is subject. G. D. Rowley, P. Z. S. 1869, p. 249 j Zool. S. S. pp. 1682, 1683. AVES. 85 Anthus spinoletta (L.), its synonyms. Ld. Walden, Ibis, 1869, p. 213, note. Anthus ricardi at Brighton. T. W. Wonfor, ZooL S. S. pp. 1513, 1683 ; G. D. Rowley, p. 1918. Its occurrence in Somersetshire (cf. Zool. Rec. ii^ p. 115), G. F. Mathew, tom. cit. p. 1561. Anthus rufescens, its occurrence at Brighton (Zool. Roc. ii. p. 115). T; W. Wonfor, tom. cit. p. 1918. Anthus chloris, Licht., has occurred at Graham’s Town, Gape Colony. E. L. Layard, Ibis, 1869, p. 368. Anthus gouldi, Fraser, is distinct from A. sordidus, Riipp., which last is distinct from A. sordidus, Blyth (ex India). II. B. Tristram, tom. cit. p. 437. [The Indian bird described as Corydalla griseorufescens, A. Hume. Ibis, 1870, p. 286.] Anthus cervinus is figured. J. Gould, B. As. pt. xxi. Budgtanthus torquatus is the name provisionally (!) given to a supposed new species from Northern China, identified [by M. J. Verreaux ?] with Motacilla indica, Gmel. A. David, N. Arch. Bull. iii. p. 33 and note. Budytiis calcar atus, Ilodgs., its synonymy. Ld. Walden, Ibis, 1869, p. 214. Budytcs Jlava (L.) occurs in Alaska. W. H. Dali & II. M. Bannister, Trans. Chicago Ac. Sc. i. p. 277. American specimens described, and one figured. S. F. Baird, tom. cit. pp. 312, 313, pi. xxx. fig. 1. Troglodytid^e. Thryothorus nisorius is described and figured as a new species from Mexico, resembling T. phurostictns, Scl. (Ibis, 1860, p. 30), but with the body beneath entirely barred. P. L. Sclntor, P. Z. S. 1869, pp. 591, 592, pi. xl v. Thryothoi'us supcrciliaris is described ns a new species from Puna Island, in the Gulf of Guyaquil, resembling T. modestus, but is larger and has a longer bill, with a broader superciliary stripe, and the sides of the head and throat of a purer white. G. N. Lawrence, Ann. Lyc. N. H. New York, 1869, p. 235. Troglodytes aedon, its breeding habits. M. S. Hill, Am. Nat. iii. p. 49. Troglodytes alascensis is described and figured as a new species from St. George’s Island, Behring’s Sea. S. F. Baird, Trans. Chicago Ac. Sc. i. p. 316, pi. xxx. fig. 3. Note on its habits. W. H. Dali, tom. cit. p. 280. CeRTHIIDvE. Tichodroma muraria, further notes on it (cf. Zool. Rec. ii. p. 116). A. Gir- tanner, Zool. Garten, 1869, pp. 317-319. Xenicus haasti is described as a new species from Otago, New Zealand, in structure approaching X. longipes, but with a hind claw more strongly deve- loped, and exceeding the toe in length. W. Duller, Ibis, 1869, pp. 37, 38. SlTTID^. Sitella striata is a new species from Cape York, allied to S. leucocephala, but having a black head, or in the supposed female the crown at least. J. Gould, Ann. & Mag. N. H. 4th ser. iv. p. 110. Figured, Id. B. Austral. Suppl. pt. V. ZOOLOGICAL LITERATURE. . MALURIDiE. Sphenwacus rufescens is p, new species from onQ pf the Chatham islands, larger than S. pimctatus, more strongly built, and of handsomer plumage. W. Buller, Ibis, 1869, p. 38. Ohs. The Malurince of North-eastern Africa.” M. T. von Heuglin, Ibis, 1869, pp. 79-107, 129-143, pis. i.-iii. This paper is here included undey Sylviidcey^ q. v. Tanagridas. ^ Chlorophonia calophry^ is figuredt P. L. Sclater & O. Salvin, Ex, Orn. p, 136, pi. xlvii. Euphania chrysopasta, is described and figured as a now speciea from. Eastern Peru, not resembling any other known species very closely. lid. P, Z. S. 1869, p. 438, pi. XXX. figs. 1, 2. Calliste hannahue (Zool. Rec. i. p. 83) is possibly identical with C. cyanei- collis (Lafr. & D’Orb.). lid. tom. cit. pp. 252, 253. Calliste Jlorida is described and figured as a new species from Costa Rica, much resembling C. sohranki^ but having a more slender bill, and wanting the black forehead and yellow breast. lid. tom. cit. pp. 416, 417, pi. xxviii. Buthraupis arecei is described and figured as a new species from Veragua, one of the smallest of the group, and in coloration generally resembling the large B. cucuUata ; but, besides the difference in size, the head is of the same colour as the back, and the under surface of a deeper yellow. lid. tom. cit. pp. 439, 440, pi. xxxi. Pyranga Six uniformly red forms of this genus are minutely character- ized, whereof one, P. cooperi, from the southern “ Middle Province ” of the United States and the Pacific slope of Mexico, is described as a new species or variety.” It is most nearly related to P. cestiva, but may be distinguished by its larger size, the bill especially being bigger and more swollen, and longer wing. Outlines of the bill in all the six forms are given. R, Rid^- way, Proc. Ac. N. S. Philad. 1869, pp. 129-131. ' Tachyphomis atricapilhcs is described as a new species from Trinidad, not resembling any other member of the genus. G. N. Lawrence, Proc. Ac. N. S. Philad. 1868 (not published till 1869), pp. 359, 360. • Tachyphonus chrysomelas is described and figured as a new species from Veragua, distinguished from all its relatives by its black and yellow colour, and is the smallest of the group. P. L. Sclater k O. Salvin, P. Z. S. 1869, p. 440. Chlorospingus punctulatus is a new species from Veragua belonging to the group with a white postocular spot, but having a black head like C. pileatus (Zool. Rec. i. p. 84), which, however, has the under surface pale cinereous, with a yellowish pectoral band and flanks, and no throat-spots, lid. tom. cit, p. 440, Buarremon schistaceus (Boissonn.) occurred in Aberdeenshire in 18631 W. C. Angus, Proc. N. H. Soc. Glasgow, i. (1869) p. 207. Saltator laticlavius is a new species from Peru, resembling 8. aurantiirostris, Lafr. D’Orb., from La Plata (with which it has been confounded), but with a broad black neck-stripe, and the rectrices more narrowly tipped with white. P. L. Sclater & O. Salvin, P. Z. S. 1869, pp, 151, 152. Pitylus humeralis (Zool. Rec. iv. p. 106) is figured and a diagnostic list AYE3» .87 given of the four species of the section Caryothramtea to which it belongs. lid. Ex. Orn. pp. 167, 168, pi. Ixxxiv. Ploceida?. Hyphantornis hojeri, Hartl. h Finsch,” is a new species from Momhas, J. Cabanis, Von der Decken’s Reisen, iii. 1, p. 32. [Further diagnosed, O. Finsch h G. Hartlaub, op. cit. iv. p. 402 (1870). It is Xanthophilus aureo-‘ Jlavus, Reichenb. Singv. p. 84, fig. 312 (tiec Smith).] Hyphantornis atrigidaris is figured. M. T. v. Heuglin, Orn. Nordost-Afr, t. xix. Tcxtor intermcdius is described and figured as a new species from East Africa, midway between the northern T. alecto^ Temm., and the southern T, erythrorhynchua, Smith. J. Cabanis, J. f. 0. 1868 (published in 1869), p. 413 ) Id. Von der Decken’s Reisen, iii. 1, pp. 32, 33, pi. xi. Horne, 0. Notes on Ploceus hay a and its Nest. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1869, pp. 243-246, pi. xii. The mode in which it collects materials for its nest and habit of build- ing in society described. The plate shows a date-palm in whic)i more than seventy nests were built. The mystery of the lump of clay found in each is not solved. Ploceus mcgarliynclms is a new species from the Indian terai^ closely re- sembling P. haydy but nearly double its weight, with a bill fully half as large again. A. Hume, Ibis, 1869, p. 366. CalypTxantria [sc. Foudia~\ comorensis is described and figured as a new species from Mayotte, differing from P. algondce (Zool. Rec. iii. p. 99 j iv. p. 107) in its black bill, the greater extension of the red beneath, and the white-bordered wing-coverts. In the compressed form of its bill especially it agrees more with F. eminentissima, Bp., than with F. madagascariensia (L.). J. Cabanis, J. f. O. 1868 (published in 1869), p. 413 ; Id. Von der Hecken’s Reisen, iii. 1, pp. 31, 32. Nigrita uropygialis and N. emiliai [lege a;miU and Erisvmtura australis, tlieir skeletons figured, with the osteologicnl plates from the ^ Monograph of the Ajiatidco' J. 0. Eyton, Suppl. Osteol. Av. [See Anatomy.”] Chen coiridescms is figured. D. G. Elliot, B. N. Am. pts. xiv., xv. Cygnus olor : — Out of a brood of four Cygnets hatched in 1868 on the Lake of Geneva, one only was of the normal brownish-grey colour, the others being pure white * : F. A. Forel, K. Z. I860, p. 334 (extract from Bull. Soc. Vaudoise Sc. Nat. X. no. 61, 1869). Its occurrence at Malta. 0. A. Wright, Ibis, 1869, pp. 248-250. Cygnus olor and Anser ferns (vel cinereus), further notes on hybrids be- tween them (Zool. Rec. iv. p. 121, v. p. 108). J. P. van Wickevoort-Crom- melin, tom. cit. p. 127. Cygnus. A species with red legs occurs in Northern China. A. David, N. Arch. Bull. iii. p. 41. [^Cygnus {Coscoroha) davidi, Swinh. P. Z. S. 9 June 1870.] Camptolcemus lahradonis, its disappearance of late years from part of the east coast of North America. G. A. Boardman, Am. Nat. iii. pp. 383, 384. Anas crecca J with the under surface of a brilliant crimson. A. Crettd de Palluel, R. Z. 1869, p. 128. Anas carolinensis {?) and A. penelope [qu. anicricana?^ description of a supposed hybrid between them obtained in California. J. G. Cooper, Proc. Calif. Acad. Sc. iv. (1868) p. 9. Anas gracilis is described as a now species from New Zealand. W. Buller, Ibis, 1869, pp. 41, 42. Identical with A. ( Querquedtda) gihhcrifrons, S. Muller (Verb. Land en Volkenk. p. 159). O. Finsch, toyji. cit. p. 380. * Some years ago we were told of a very similar case which had been observed in the Zoological Garden at Amsterdam ; whether the particulars are anywhere recorded we know not. It seems very likely that the supposed species C. immutahilis, Yarr. (P. Z. S. 1838, p. 19), has thus originated, though when once established the breed is often perpetuated, as happens with so many other white varieties of birds and beasts. 100 ZOOLOGICAL LITERATURE. Dajila acuta, Ilistrionicus torquatus, and Clangula glaucion are figured. J. Gould, B. Gr. Br. pt. xv. Tadorna vulpanser (ad. & pull.), Casarca ridila, and Faligula marila are figured. Id. op. cit. pt. xvi. Querquedida puna is figured. P. L. Sclater & O. Salvin, Ex. Orn. p. 197, pi. xcix. Somatena: — ^The common American form seems to differ fi.'om the European S. mollissima (L.) more than do some other so-called American species of AnatidcB. A. Newton & H. Reeks, Zool. S. S. p. 1758, note. Sornateria v-nigrum is figured. D. G. Elliot, B. N. Am. pts. xiv., xv. Anas rujina, its habits in semi-confinement. E. Baldamiis, Zeitschr. gesammt. Naturwissensch. xxxiv. (1869) p. 154. Bred in confinement at Dresden. A. Schopft', Zool. Garten, 1869, p. 120. Pelionelta trowhridgii, its head figured. D. G. Elliot, B. N. Am. Iiitr. Merganetta turneri is a new species from the Peruvian Andes, differing from M. Columbiana in its larger size and black breast and flanks, and from M. armata in the white edges of its scapulars and black throat and fore neck. M. leucogneys (Tsch.) is probably identical with M. columbiana. P. L. Sclater & O. Salvin, P. Z. S. 1869, pp. 600, 601. Figured, and a diagnostic list of the three species of the genus given. lid. Ex. Orn. pp. 199, 200, pi. c. Laridaj. Stercorarius catarrhactes is figured. D. G. Elliot, B. N. Am. pts. xiv., xv. Bruchigavia melanorhyncha is described as a new species from the South Island of New Zealand, diftering from B. scopulina by its black bill, dark feet, and the marking of its primaries. W. Buller, Ibis, 1869, p. 43. Pos- sibly identical with L. andersoni, Bruch (J. f. 0. 1853, p. 102) j but if not, then a good species. 0. Finsch, to77i. cit. p. 381. La7'U8 glaucus and L. glauccscc7is, the tips of their primaries figured. D. G. Elliot, B. N. Am. Intr. p. 12. Bissa tiddactglus and IIyd7'ocolams mmiitus are figured. J. Gould, B. Gt. Br. pt. xvi. Larus 77imutus, notes on its eggs and nidification in Russia, the latter from the information of Herr W. Meves. H. E. Dresser, P. Z. S. 1869, pp. 530, 631. Its frequent occurrence on the English coast in 1868-69. Zool. S. S. pp. 1495, 1518, 1563, 1603, 1803, 1908, 1921. [It has occurred in still greater abundance during the past winter, 1869-70.] La7'us atricilla, said to be a regular winter visitant at Palermo [!]. H. Saunders, Ibis, 1869, p. 396. [L. 77icla7iocephulus juv., T. Salvadori, Ibis, 1870, p. 153.] Ster7ia, IIalipla7ia, and Anous, their oological characters. Baron von Kcinig-Warthausen, Ber. XVII. Versamml. D. 0. G. pp. 36-39. Halipkma discolo7' is figured. D. G. Elliot, B. N. Am. pt. xiii. Ster7ia fuliginosa, its second recorded occurrence in England. J. E. Hurt- ing, Zool. S. S. pp. 1867, 1868. Sterna aleutica is described and figured as a new species from Kadiak, dif- fering so much from other species as scarcely to require a comparison, the pure white tail [taken in combination with the general slaty-blue of the AVES. 101 body] forming an important character. S. F. Baird, Trans. Chicago Ac. Sc, i. p. 321, pi. xxxi. fig. 1 ; W. H. Dali, tom. cit. p. 307. Sterna forsteri, its tail figured. D. G. Elliot, B. N. Am. Intr. p. 13. PROCELLARIID^. Hutton, F. W. Ou the Mechanical Principles involved in the Sailing Flight of the Albatros. [See General Subject.^^] Giglioli, H. H., and Salvadori, T. On some new Procella- riidce collected during a voyage round the world 1865-G8, by H.I.M’s.S. ' Magenta.^ Ibis, 1869, pp. 61-68. An English version (and the first actually printed) of the paper noticed last year (Zool. Rec. v. pp. 109, liO). Pelecanoidcs herardi, Q. & G., note on. H. H. Giglioli, tom. cit. pp. 241, 242. Fidmarus rodgcrsi, Cass. (Proc. Ac. N. S. Philad. 1862, p. 290), occurs at St. George’s Island. W. II. Ball, Trans. Chicago Ac. Sc. i. p. 303. American specimen described and figured. S. F. Baird, tom. cit. p. 323, pi. xxxiv. fig. 1. Thalassoica [lege Thalassccca~\ glacialioides, its head figured. D. G. Elliot, B. N. Am. Intr. p. 13. Mojaquens parkinsoni (G. R. Gray, Ibis, 1862, p. 246) is fully described, with notes on other Procellariidce. F. W. Hutton, Ibis, 1869, p. 351, 362. jEstrelata [lege (Estrelata~\ gotddi is described as a new species from the Little Barrier Island, New Zealand. It is Pterodroma macroptera, Gould (Ilandb. B. Austral, ii. p. 449) {ncc A. Smith). Id. loc. cit. Nectris tenuirostris (Temm.) has occurred at Kotzebue Sound. W. H. Dali, Trans. Chicago Ac. Sc. i. p. 303. American specimen described and figured. *S. F. Baird, tom. cit. pp. 322, 323, pi. xxxiv. fig. 2. Pnifinns cinereus [?], its occurrence on the Devonshire coast. A. de Hiie;el, Zool. S. S. p. 1720. Puffimis opisthomelas (Zool. Bee. i. p. 96), its head figured. D. G. Elliot, B. N. Am. Intr. p. 16. Thalamdroma pelagica (ad. & pull.) and T. hachi are figured. J. Gould, B. Gr. Br. pt. xvi. Thnlassidroma pelagica^ var. [?], “of a uniform sooty black, without white rump or white on the wings,” breeds on the islands outside the Mar Menor in Murcia. H. Saunders, Ibis, 1869, p. 171. PELECANIDiE. Elliot, D. G. A Monograph of the genus Pelecanus. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1869, pp. 571-591, pi. xliv. The author^s materials have been found in the collections of Philadelphia, London, and Paris. After a very extensive review of the literature relating to the genus, he gives at some length the characters of the subfamily, then an analytical table of the 9 species he recognizes, and, finally, a description of the species, • which contains a full account of each, and enters largely upon 102 ZOOLOGICAL LITERATURE. their confused nomenclature, thus forming a very excellent mo- nograph. P. moliruB is figured. Pelecanus onocrotalus, its occurrence in the Pas de Calais. J. II. Gurney, Ihis, 18G9, p. 4G3. • Pelecanus trachjrhynclius yearly sheds the bony process of its maxilla. P. Ridgway & S. F. Baird, torn. cit. p. 350. Graculus bicristatus (Pall.) occurs at St. George’s Island. W. H. Dali, Trans. Chicago Ac. Sc. i. p. 303. American specimen described and figured. S. F. Baird, tom. cit. pp. 321, 322, pi. xxxiii. Graculus cincinnatus and G. perspicillatus are figured. D. G. Elliot, B. N. Am. pts. xiv., XV. Plotus anldnga^ its brain commonly infested by a species of Eustronyylus. J. Wyman, Proc. Boston Soc. N. II. I8G83 Am. Nat. iii. pp. 41, 42. COLYMBID^. Colymhus septentrionalis, C. gJacialis, and C. arcticuSy notes on. H. Blake- Khox, Zool. S. S. pp. 1499-1510. SPHENISCIDiE. Aptenodytes chrysocomcy the destruction of it in the Crozette Islands. E. L. Layard, Ibis, 18G9, p. 378. Spheniscus undinus occurs on the New-Zealaud coasts. W. Bullor, Trans. & Proc. New Zeal. Inst. i. p. 112. PoDICIPIDiE. Podiceps cristatusy examples from the Lake of Geneva have more and whiter down than those from the other Swiss lakes. F. A. Forel, R. Z. 18G9, pp. 334, 335 (extract from Bull. Soc. Vaudoise Sc. Nat. x. no. 01, 18G9). Podiceps hectori (Zool. Rec. iii. p. 116) not distinct from P. australis, Gould (i. e. P. cristatus). O. Finsch, Ibis, 18G9, pp. 380, 381. Podiceps affinis (Zool. Rec. iii. p. 115, v. p. Ill), its head figured. D. G. Elliot, B. N. Am. Intr. p. IG. Centropelma is a new genus proposed for Podiceps microptems (Zool. Rec. v. p. Ill), which is figured, and woodcuts of the head and tarsus added, but is not characterized formally. A synonymatic and distributional list of the other four South- American species of the family is given. P. L. Sclater & 0. Salvin, Ex. Orn. pp. 189, 190, pi. xcv. ALCIDiE. Alca impenniSy notes on [several of the statements incorrect]. J. Orton, Am. Nat. iii. pp. 539-542, fig. Note on its eggs [the number of speci- mens existing put at 30, which is manifestly incorrect {cf. Zool. Rec. v. p. 112 J Ibis, 1870, pp. 25G-2G1]. E. Baldamus, tom. cit. p. 550. Suggested origin of the name “ Penguin.” A. Newton, Ann. & Mag. N. II. 4th ser. iv. p. 131^. Miscellaneous notes on. J. II. Gurney, Jun., Zool. S. S. pp. 1G03, 1G39-1G43, 1G84 [several of the statements incorrect]. G. 1). Rowley, tom. cit. p. 1645. On its former occurrence in the Newfoundland seas. II. Reeks, AVES. 103 tom. ait. pp. 1864-1866 [of. op, cit. pp. 1982, 2006]. Its eggs in the Edinburgh Museum. H. W. Eeilden, Ibis, 1869, pp. 368-860. Specimens in Italy. H. Saunders, to7n. cit. p. 393 j A. Newton, loc. cit., note. Figured, C. J. Sun- devall, Sv. Fogl. pi. Ixxvi. fig. 2. Alca h'uennichi is figured. Id. tab. dt. figs. 3, 4. Lomvia troile and L. californica, Bryant, the head of each figured. Re- garded as identical. D. G. Elliot, B. N. Am. Intr. p. 16. TJria mandti {ef. Zool. Rec. ii. p. 137), the original description reprinted. J. Reinhardt, Ibis, 1869, pp. 239-241. Uria grijUe is figured. J. Gould, B. Gr. Br. pt. xvi. Simorhynchus cassini (Zool. Rec. v. p. 112). Note on the capture of the type-specimen. W. II. Ball, Trans. Chicago Ac. Sc. i. p. 809. Figured, S. F. Baird, tom. cit. pi. xxxi. fig. 2. Its head figured with that of Phaleris kamtscliatica. D. G. Elliot, B. N. Am. Intr. p. 18. Ceratorhina monocerata and C. suckleyi (ad. & juv. ?), the head of each figured. Id. tom. cit. p. 17. Uiia craceri (Zool. Rec. iii. p. 115, v. p. 112) is referred to BracTiyrliam- phus, and its head is figured. Id. tom. cit. p. 19. Sagynatoi'hina latliami and I'ratcrcula glacialis are figured. Id, op. cit. pts. xiv., XV. STRUTITIONES. Casuariid^e. Casuarius joknsom, \iQ identity with C. australis (Zool. Rec. iii. p. 116, iv. p. 125, V. p. 113) still considered questionable. G. Kreff’t, Ibis, 1869, pp. 348, 349. Beautifully figured (under the name of C. australis), as is also C. uniappendiculatus, Blyth. J. Gould, B. Austral. Suppl. pt. v. (4 pis.). Casuarius ? is found on the Solomon Islands. F. W. Hutton, Ibis, 1869, pp. 362, 363. DiNORNITHIDA3. Dinol'nis. Remarks on the craniology of the genus, since published (1870) in the Zoological ‘ Transactions.’ R. Owen, P. Z. S. 1869, p. 69. Dasornis londinensis is the name given to a fossil cranium from the London Clay, which presents combinations of Binornithic and modern Struthious characters. Idem, loc. cit. Dinotmis casuatdnus, D. didiformis, D. gracilis, D. struthioides, D. elcphan- topus, D. crassus, D. maximus, D. giganteus, and D. robustus, and Palapteryx ingens, tables showing the measurements of their bones. J. ilaast, Trans. & Proc. New Zeal. Inst. i. pp. 80-89. Dinornis : — Remarks on the period at which the various species became extinct. W. B. Mantell, J. Hector, and W. T. L. Traviss, tom. cit. pp. 18-20; W. Colenso, ibid, part iii.; Essay on Maori Races, pp. 68, 59. • Dinornis : — The structure of its egg-shell is essentially similar to that of other Sti'uthiones, and agrees most nearly with Rhea. W. von Nathusius, Zeitschr. wissensch. Zool. xx. p. 118. Dinornis'. — The discovery in Australia, by Mr. W. B. Clarke, of a bone attributed to a bird of this genus, has, we are informed by Prof. Flower, been recorded ; but we are unable to refer to the passage. [ Cf. Amer. Journal Sc. & Arts, March 1870, p. 273.] 104 ZOOLOGICAL LITERATURE. -^PYORNITHID^. • Milne-Edwards, A.^ et Grandidier, A. Nouvelles Observa- tions sur les caracteres zoologiques et les affinites natu- relles de VJEpyornis de Madagascar. Ann. Sc. Nat. 5e ser. xii. pp. 167-196^ pis. 6-16. Abstract, Comptes Rendus, Ixix. pp. 801-805. Translated, Ann. & Mag. N. II. 4tli scr. iy. pp. 437, 438. After a concise abstract of wbat had previously been known on the subject, the authors proceed to describe, in great detail, the remains recently sent to Paris (Zool. Rec. v. p. 113), namely : — a perfect tibia and some fragments of another, a nearly perfect femur, and two detached vertebrte of maximus j a nearly en- tire femur and some fragments of a smaller species, called JE. medius't and a very imperfect femur of a third species, smaller still, named JE. modestus. They consider JEpyornis to be the type of a family quite distinct from the other Struthiones, and that it probably lived after Madagascar was inhabited by man. The remains of the two larger species are beautifully figured, of the natural size. APTERYQIDiE. Apteiyx oweni in confinement. P. L. Sclater, P. Z. S. 18G9, p. 468. Apteryx ^ in the structure of its egg-shell, does not much agree with other Struthiones. W. von Nathusius, Zeitschr. Avissensch. Zool. xx. p. 128. REPTILIA. 105 EEPTILIA BY Albert Gunther, M.A., M.D., Ph.D., F.R.S., &c. A. Separate Publications. Jan, G., et Sordelli, F. Iconographie generale des Ophidiens. Paris. Plates, 4to. We gave descriptions of this work in the ^ Record,^ i. p. 99, ii. p. 139, iii. p. 117, iv. p. 126, and v. p. 114. Four parts of plates. Nos. 30-33, were published in the year 1869. No eon- tinuation of the text.- Krefft, G. The Snakes of Australia ; an illustrated and de- scriptive Catalogue of all the known species. Sydney, 1869, 4to, pp. 100, with 12 plates. This publication treats of all the species of Snakes known to inhabit Australia, about eighty in number. All are described, the descriptions being partly reproductions of the original ac- counts. In order to facilitate the study of Ophidians, and to diffuse their knowledge among naturalists and residents in Aus- tralia, the author has added an introduction treating of the general characteristics of the order. He has collected every thing that is known of the habits of these animals. All the species (with one exception) are described elsewhere by the author himself or his predecessors. The plates are very credit- ably drawn by two ladies. Miss Scott and Mrs. E. Forde. Peters, W. C. H. Amphibien gesammelt von Baron C. C. von der Decken auf seinen Reisen im aquatorialen Ost-Africa, pp. 11-18, with two plates. This forms an appendix to von der Decken^s Reisen in Ost- Africa.’^ Band 3. Leipzig, 1869, 8vo. A preliminary abstract was given by the author in 1866 (see Zool. Record, iii. pp. 11, 119). B . Papers published in Journals. Allen, J. A. Catalogue of the Reptiles and Batrachians found in the vicinity of Springfield, Mass., with notices of all the other species known to inhabit the State. Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. xii. 1869 (1868), pp. 171-204, 248-250. 1869. [voL. VI.] i 106 ZOOLOGICAL LlTEllATURE. Cope, E. D. Sixth contribution to the Herpetology of Tropical America. Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Philad. 1868, pp. 305-313. . Observations on Reptiles of the Old World. Art. ii. Ibid. pp. 316-323. . A Review of the species of PlethodontidcB and Desmo- gnathid(e. Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Philad. 1869, pp. 93-118. . Seventh contribution to the Herpetology of Tropical America. Proc. Am. Philos. Soc. 1869, xi. pp. 147-169, with three plates. Friedel, E. Entdeckung lebender Crocodile in Palaestina. Zool. Gart. 1869, pp. 129-135, 161-166. Grandidier, a. Description de quelques animaux nouveaux d^couverts, pendant hannee 1869, sur la c6te oiiest de Ma- dagascar. Rev. et Mag. Zool. 1869, pp. 339-342. Gray, J. E. Notes on the families and genera of Tortoises (Testudinata) t and on the charaeters afforded by the study of their skulls. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1869, pp. 165-225, with woodcuts and a plate. Gunther, A. Report on two collections of Indian Reptiles. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1869, pp. 500-507, with three plates and woodcuts, Meyer, A. B. Ueber den Giftapparat der Schlangen, insbeson- dere iiber den der Gattung CallophiSj Gray. Monatsber. Ak. Wiss. Berlin, 1869, pp. 193-215, with two plates; or Wiegm. Arch. 1869, pp. 224-246. Mivart, St. G. On the Classification of the Anurous Batra- chians. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1869, pp. 280-295. Noll, F. C. Die Wiirfelnatter {Tropidonotus tessellatits) eine deutsche Schlange. Zool. Gart. 1869, pp. 299-304. O'Shaughnessy, a. W. E. Notes on Lizards of the Group Anolis, — The characters and synonymy of Nor ops. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1869, hi. pp. 183-192, iv. pp. 274-277. Peters, W. Ueber neue Gattungen und Arten von Eidechsen. Monatsber. Ak. Wiss. Berlin, 1869, pp. 57-66, with a plate. Ueber neue Gattungen und neue oder weniger bekannte Arten von Amphibien. Ibid. pp. 432-447, with a plate. . Note on Anolis auratuSj Daudin, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1869, iv. pp. 273~274. Fortekning pa de af J. Wahlberg i Damaralandet in- samlade Reptilierna. QCfvers. Vet. Akad. Forhandl. 1869, pp. 657-662. REPTILIA. 107 Peters, W. Ueber mexicanische Araphibien. Monatsber. Ak. Wiss. Berlin, 1869, pp. 874-881. Preudhomme 1)E Borre, a. Description d^une nouvelle esp^ce americaine du genre Caiman (^Alligator). Bull. Ac. Belg. xxviii. 1869, pp. 109-116, with a plate. Reinhardt, J. I Anledning af det af Dr. A. B. Meyer opda- gcde sfcrcgnc Forhold af Gif kjertlen hos visse Arter af Sliegten Callophis. Vid. Medd. ntrhist. Foren. Kjobnh. for 1869 (1870), pp. 117-120. Steenstrup, j. Bidrag til Bestemmelsen af de nordiske Arter af Rana og Bufo. I. Hvad er Rana temporaria, Linne? II. Hvad er Rana ruheta^ Linne? Vid. Medd. ntrhist. Foren. Kjobnh. for 1869 (1870), pp. 1-27, 235-238, with woodcuts. Strauch, a. Synopsis der Viperiden, nebst Beraerkungen iiber die geographischeVerbreitung dieser Giftschlangen-Familie. Mto. Ac. Sc. St. Petersb. xiv. 1869, no. 6. pp. 144, with two plates. C. Anatomical and Physiological Publications. Fritsch, G. Zur vergleichenden Anatomic der Amphibien- herzen. Arch. f. Anat. Physiol, etc. v. Reichert und Du Bois-Reym. 1869, pp. 664-758, with four plates. Hulke, j. W. Note on the fine anatomy of the skin of Lizards. Journ. Anat. & Physiol, iv. 1869, pp. 417-419, with a plate. Huxley, T. H. On the representatives of the Malleus and the Incus of the Mammalia in the other Vertebrata. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1869, pp. 391-407, with woodcuts. Macalister, a. On the arrangement of the Pronator Muscles in the limbs of Vertebrate Animals. Journ. Anat. & Phys. iv. 1869, pp. 335-340. Mivart, St. G. Notes on the myology of Menopoma allegha- niense. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1869, pp. 254-271, with wood- cuts. . Notes on the myology of Menohranchus lateralis. Ibid. pp. 450-466, with woodcuts. Peters, W. Ueber die Gehorknochelchen der Eidechsen, Schild- kroten und Schlangen, so wie fiber die Hohlen des Unter- kiefers der Crocodile. Monatsber. Ak. Wiss. Berlin, 1869, pp. 6-8. [On the auditory ossicles of Tortoises, Lizards, and Snakes, as well as on the cavities of the lower jaw of the Crocodiles.] Rolleston, G. On the homologies of certain muscles con- I 2 108 ZOOLOGICAL LITERATURE. nected with the shoulder-joint. Trans. Xiinn. Soc. 1869, xxvi. pp. 609-630, with a plate. Savory, W. S. On the structure of the red Blood-corpuscle of Oviparous Vertebrata. Proc. E. Soc. 1869, pp. 346-350. Van Bambeke, — . Recherches sur le developpement du Pelo- bate brun {Pelobates fuscus) . Mem. Cour. Ac. Belg. xxxiv. pp. 66, with five plates. General Notes and Faunae. Prof. Peterses researches into the homologies of the auditory ossicles have been mentioned in Zool. Record, iv. p. 40, and v. p. 117. In another communication (Monatsber. Ak. Wiss. Berl. 1869, pp. 6-8), he states that the terminal dilated portion of the columella of Tortoises is the malleus, that the malleus is connected by a cartilaginous cord with the posterior end of MeckePs cartilage, and that a duct by which (as stated by Stannius) the pneumatic cavity of the os articulare of crocodiles communicates with that of the quadrate bone does not exist. — The statements and arguments contained in this and the pre- vious papers are controverted by Prof. Huxley (Proc. Zool. Soc. 1869, pp. 391-407). He describes in detail and figures the stapes and the parts connected with it in young crocodiles, Hatteria, fowl, and foetal mammal; whilst still maintaining that these parts are modifications of the skeleton of the second visceral arch, he demonstrates that the incus cannot be the homologue of the quadratum (as previously maintained by Reichert and himself), but that this bone is represented by the malleus. The articulare of lower vertebrates is not preserved in mammals ; but the incus is represented in fishes by the hyoman- dibular or suspensorial element. Algeria. M. Paul Gervaia enumerates the names of 6 Tortoises, 17 Snakes, 29 Sauriana, and 6 Batrachians as inhabiting Algeria. Zool. & Pal^ont. G^ner. s6r. l^e, pp. 199, 200. East Africa. On the Reptiles and Amphibians collected by Von der Decken, see above under Peters (p. 105) and Zool. Record, iii. p. 121. Soidh Africa. Prof. Peters gives a list of 61 Reptiles and Batrachians collected by Wahlberg in the Damara-country. (Efvers. Vet. Ak. Fcirhandl. 1869, pp. 667-662. British India. Dr. Gunther enumerates the species contained in two col- lections from various parts of India. They were nearly 70 in number, five of them new. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1869, pp. 500-507. Massachusetts. Mr. J. A. Allen has given a list of the species inhabiting this State, with much information. on their distribution, mode of life, propa- gation, &c. The list comprises 8 tortoises, 1 lizard, 16 snakes, 11 frogs and toads, and 10 salamanders. Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. xii. 1868 (1869), pp. 171-204, 248-260. Mexico. Prof. Peters reports on a collection made by Hr. Berkenbusch in REPTILIA. 109 Mexico. The list comprises 31 species, several of which are regarded as new. Berlin. Monatsber. 1869, pp. 874-881. Upper Amazons. Mr. Cope describes a collection made at Pebas, in which he distinguishes about 40 species. Proc. Am. Phil. Soc. 1869 pp. 147-166. Chelonia. Dr. Gray has examined the skulls of a considerable number of Tortoises and Turtles with the object of finding characters which would assist towards a more natural arrangement of these animals (Proc. Zool. Soc. 1869, pp. 165-225). He describes in his notes the peculiarities of the skulls examined, and indicates the modifications of the system formerly proposed by him. This study led also to the establishment of several new genera and species. In the following abstract all the species examined will be mentioned : — I. TESTUDINIDA3. 1. Testudox indica, planiceps, tabiilata, radiata, and Testudo falconerij sp. n., p. 169, fig. 1, established from a skull, probably from India, and the type of a subgenus, Scapia. 2. Peltastes : T. elongata (fig. 2), sulcata, graeca, geographica. 4. Pyxis arachnoidea. 6. Chersina angulata. 6. Kinyxis belliana. 7. Manouria fusca. II. FRESHWATER-TORTOISES. A. ClSTUDINIDiB. 1. Cistudo clausa (fig. 3). 2. Pyxidea mouhotii. 4. Cuora amboinensis (fig. 4). 8. Cyclcmys orbiculata. B. Chelydeadjg. Sect. 1. Crucisterna. Tribe 1. Chelydraina, with 1. Mact'oehelys. 2. Chelydra. Tribe 2. Staurotypina, with 3. Staurotypus (skull, fig. 6). 4. Stau- remys. Tribe 3. Aromochelyina, with 6. Aromochelys. Sect. 2. Kinosterna. Tribe 4. Kinosternina, with 7. Swanka : scorpioides (p. 181) ; ma- culata, sp. n., from Mexico (p. 182) ; fasciata^ sp. n., hab. — ?, p. 183,' 8. Kinosternum. C. Emydidae. Sect. 1. Amphihioclemmys. Tribe 1. Geoemydina, with 1. Geoemyda. 2. Melanochelys, g. n. for Emys trijuga (p. 187, fig. 6). , ^ Tribe 2. Geoclemmj^dina, with 3. Geoclenwiys. 4t. Nicoria. 6. Phi- nochmmys (annulata and scabra, p. 189). Tribe 3. Emydina, with 6. Emys (japonica and tristrami, p. 190 ) ; 7. Clemmys caspica; 8. Chrysemys picta; 9. Graptemys; 10. Callichelysx, 11. Deirochelys. Tribe 4. IMalaclemmydina, with 12. Malaclemmys concentrica (fig, 7). 13. Damonia., g. n., for macrocephala (fig. 8), reevesii, 110 ZOOLOGICAL LITEllATURE. hamiltonii, nigricans j 14. Glyptemys pulchella (fig. 9) ; 15. Bel- lia, g. n., for E. crassicollis (p. 197, fig. 10). Tribe 5. Batagurina, with 16. Tetraonyx (fig. 11) ; 17. Kachuga (Batagurella) peguensis^ sp. n. (p. 200, fig. 12), trilineata (fig. 13 ) ; oldhami (fig. 14), afiinis, berdmorei ; 18. Pangshura tecta, ten- torium, dura. Tribe 6. Pseudemydinaf with 19. Pseudemys serrata (fig. 15) j 20. Trachemys holbrookii (fig. 16) j 21. Dermatemys. D. PLATYSTERNIDiE. E. Chelydidas : skull of Chelodina colliei, figured on p. 209. F. Teionychid.® : 1. Amyda. 2. Landemania^ g. n., for T. perocellatus and L. irroi'ata, sp. n., from Shanghai (p. 216). 3. Trionyx gange- Iacus, jeudi, sp. n., from Java (p. 217, fig. 19),/ormosws, sp. n., from Pegu (p. 217, pi. 15. fig 1). 4. Fordig (g. n.) africana, sp. n., from the Upper Nile. 6. Sarbieria, g. n., for T. frenatus (p. 220). 6. Aspilus. 7. Rafetus. 8. Potamochelys. 9. Dogania. 10. Platypeltis. 11. Tyrse, 12. CalUnia, g. n. (p. 221), for T. microcephalus and spicifer. 13. Baihiea elegans^ sp. n., from West Africa (p. 222, pi. 15. fig. 2). III. SEA-TURTLES. Skull of young S^hargis mercurialis figured p. 224. Testudo leithii described and figured as a new species from Sindh by Dr. Gunther, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1969, p. 502, [will probably prove to be the young of T. marginata]. Testudo desertorum is described as a new species from Madagascar by Gran- didier. Rev. et Mag. Zool. 1869, p. 257. Emys. Dr. Gray describes as a new species Emys laniaria, habitat un- known, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1869, p. 499, pi. 37. By inadvertence it is referred there to a new generic division, Mauremys, which ought to be restricted to EmysfuUginosa, as the only type known at present. Emys grayif sp. n., Gunther, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1869, p. 604, pi. 38, from Bus- sora. — EmysjlavipeSy sp. n., Gray, ibid. p. 043, pi. 60, hab. — ? — Emys fraseri is indicated as a new species from North Africa by Gray, ibid. Hydromedusa tectifera, sp. n.. Cope, Proc. Am. Phil. Soc. 1809, p. 147, Pa- rana or Uruguay. [^Geoclemmysl Chelopus rubidus, sp. n.. Cope, 1. c. p. 148, Mexico. Claudius angustatus figured by Cope, /. c. pi. 9. Dermatemys mawii. A very young example described by Preudhomme de Borre,Bull. Ac. Belg. xxviii. 1869, pp. 116-122. CttOCODILIA. Crocodilus niloticus. Ernst Fiiedel has collected the historical evidence of the existence of the Crocodile in Palestine. The most recent traveller who has seen it (in the river Gischon) is Mr. MacGregor. Zool. Gart. 1809, pp. 129-135, 161-166. Crocodilus. M. Bocourt (Nouv. Arch. Mus. iv. Bull. pp. 19-21) describes aa new species : — C. paci/icus fr’om Guatemala Molinia americana, Gray], C. lewyanus from Columbia, and C. mexicanus [==Molinia americana, var.. Gray]. The animals and skulls are figured on two plates. Perosuchus, g. n.. Cope, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Philad. 1868, p. 203. Toes 5-4, REPTILIA. Ill with claws 2-3. No osseous nasal septum or bony eyelid. Belly protected by series of osseous plates, as well as the back. Perosuchus fuscus, sp. n., Cope, 1. c.y from New Granada. Alligator lacordairei^ sp. n., Preudhomme de Borre, Bull. Ac. Belg. xxviii. 1869, p. 109, with a plate, from British Honduras. Rhynchocephalia. Hatteria, Dr. Gray remarks that he described this genus first as Sphe- nodon (Zool. Misc. p. 14) and afterwards as Hatteria (ibid. p. 72). Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1869, iii. p. 167. [The name Sphenodus being used other- wise, the other name may have, perhaps, preference.] Lacertilia. Amphishcena antillensis (Rnhdt. & Ltk.)=D(pAa?MS fenestratus (Cope), ac- cording to Cope, Proc. Am. Phil. Soc. 1869, p. 164. Varanus semiremeXj sp. n., Peters, Berlin. Monatsber. 1869, p. 65, from Cape York. Ameim analifera, sp. n.. Cope, 1. c. p. 168, island of St. Martins, West Indies. . Cnemidophorus, Prof. Peters describes as a new species Cn. mexicanusj Berl. Monatsber. 1869, p. 62, and remarks that Cn. deppeih^lon^B to this genus, and not to A7neiva, and perhaps = Cn. gracilis (Baird & Gir.) ; that Cn. tigt'is (Baird & Gir.)=CV*. sackii (Wiegm.) ; and that Cn. guUatus (Wiegm.) has the tongue dilated and bilobed at the base, and consequently does not belong to Ameiva. Ibid. p. 63. Cnemidophorus midtilineatuSy sp. n., Philippi, Wiegm. Arch. 1869, p. 41, from M.Qn^om.— Cne7nidophorus grandensis^ sp. n.. Cope, 1. c. p. 168, Rio Grande do Sul. Cnemidophof'us hgpetpthrus (Cope) and Cn. heterolepis (Tschudi) are re- ferred to a new genus, Vertiearia, by Mr. Cope, 1. c. \_Cnemidophorus~\ Holcosus hridgtsii, sp.n.. Cope, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Philad. 1868, p. 306, New Granada. Dici'odon coelestis (D’Orb.) is not= Cnemidophorus lacertoides (D. & B.), Peters, Berlin. Monatsber. 1869, pp. 64 & 433 j it ia=sAcrantus viridiSf ibid, p. 720. Centropyx I'engeiii, sp. n., Peters, 1. c. p. 63, from Paraguay. The author adds remarks on the other species of this genus. Acanthodactylus dorsalis, sp. n., Peters, 1. c. p. 62, hab. — ? Eremias subo7’hitalis, sp. n., Peters, CEfvers. Vet. Ak. Forhandl. 1869, p. 668, from the Damara country. — The Eremias serripes described as a new species, ibid, p, 659, is, according to, a communication of the author, identical with Scapteira reticulata (Bocage). 'Saurites is a new snbgenus of Eremias, established by Prof. Peters foi* Pqdarcis cuneirostris (Straiich), Berlin. Monatsber. 1869, p. 60. — Scapteira gratmnica is not from Egypt or Nubia, Peters, ibid. p. 01. — Eremias argus, sp. n., Peters, 1. c. p. 61, fig. 3, from Chefoo (China). — Eremias hrenneri, sp. n., Peters, 1. c. p. 432, from the Somali country. Zonurus tropidostcrnum is described as a new species from Madagascar by Mr. Cope, Proc. Am. Phil. Soc. 1869, p. 169. Geirhosaurus validus (Sundev.) = 6r. 7'obustus (Ptrs.), and O. trivittatus 112 ZOOLOGICAL LITERATURE. (Ptrs.)= G. irivirgatm (Gray). Peters, CEfvers. Vet. Akad. Forhandl. 18G9, p. 659. . Qerrhosaurus laticaudatus and karsteni are noticed as new species from Ma- dagascar by Grandidier, Kev. etMag. Zool. 1869, p. 341. Q&i'rkonotm auritus, sp. n., Cope, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Philad. 1868, p. 306, from Vera Paz. Tracheloptychus petersi is described as a new species from Madagascar by Grandidier, Rev. et Mag. Zool. 1869, p. 339. Loxopholis, g. n. Ecpleopodid., Cope, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Philad. 1868, p. 305. Scales imbricate, arranged in oblique rows or quincuncially ; the exposed por- tion triangular, strongly keeled. Prefrontals, fronto-parietals, parietals, and interparietals distinct. Lateral and gular scales like dorsal ; ventral broad, smooth ; no gular collar, no lateral fold. Toes 5.5, aU with claws. Eye- lid with transparent disk. — Loxopholis rugiceps, sp. n.. Cope, 1. c., from New Granada. Panaspis, g. n. Scincid., Cope, Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Philad. 1868, p. 317. Allied to Morethia, differing only in the distinctness of the fronto-parietals from each other and from the interparietal. No eyelid j a supranasal. Limbs short j toes 5-5. Scales smooth. — P. isneus, sp. n.. Cope, 1. « non iongius a margine cephaloihoracis quam inter se remoti. ARACIINIDA. 149 * Cephalothorax plerumqiie diiplo fere longior qiiam latior. 4. Ileliophanm (Koch). t Cephalothorax non duplo longior quam latior. a. Cephalothorax hiimilis valde, dorso subpiano ; ociili seriei Stise plerumque multo longius inter se quam a margine cephalothoracis remoti. a. Quadrangulus oculorum postice evidenter latior quam antice ; oculi seriei non multo ante medium ce- phalothoracis siti 6. Ballus (Koch). h. Quadrangulus oculorum postice Tix vel non latior quam antice ; oculi seriei longe ante medium cephalo- thoracis siti 6. Marpessa (Koch). /3. Cephalothorax altus, antice non angustatus, dorso evi- denter arcuato 9. Euophrys (Koch). h. Oculi seriei 3ti« longius a margine cephalothoracis quam inter se remoti. * Cephalothorax minus altus, dorso leviter tantum arcuato, parte cophalica parum declivi, ita ut oculi seriei 8^5® vix diametro sua altius quam oculi laterales seriei I*"® sint siti 7. Menemerus (Sira.). t Cephalothorax altus, immo altissimus, parte cephalica adeo declivi ut oculi seriei 3‘>® multo altius quam oculi laterales seriei 1"™® siti sint. a. Metatarsi pedum posteriorum circa apicem tantum aculeis armati 8. Dendry2ihantes (Koch). /3. Metatarsi pedum posteriorum non tantum ad apicem aculeati. a. Oculi medii seriei 1®® ante frontem eminentes. ** Mandibulse facie circa duplo longiores. 10. Philceus, g. n. tt Mandibulse facie non vel paullo tantum altiores. 11. Attns (Walck.). h. Frons adeo proniinens, ut oculi medii seriei l^ee a mar- gine frontis occultentur. * * Tibia pedum 4ti paris evidenter brevior quam meta- tarsus cum tarso 12. JElm'ops, g.n. tt Tibia pedum 4t> paris seque saltern longa ac meta- tarsus cum tarso .... 13. YUmus (Sim.). The type of Saltims is A. for micaria (De G.), and the genus = Pyrojjhorus (Koch) = Pyroderes (Sim.) ; that of Epihlemum is E. faustum (Hentz), and the genus nearly represents Calliethera (Koch), which is a later name ; JETe- lio])hamts has Atfus cupreus (Walck.) for its type ] Ballus has for its type Attus hcterophthnlmus (Reuss), and includes A. dcprcssus (Walck.) = 6'. hrc- vipos (Hahn) and S. ohscnrus (lllackw.) ; the iy^toof Marpessa is A. muscosus (Cl.), and the genus includes M. radiata (Qrubo), M. harnata (Koch), Salli- cus jndchellus (Hahn), Menemerus falsifcus (Sim.), and Ailtts lucasii (Sim.); the type of Menemerus is Salt, semi-litnhatus (Hahn) ; that of Eendryphantes is A. hastatus (Cl.) ; Euophrys has Attus frontalis (Walck.) as its type; the type of Attus is A. terchratus (Cl.) ; and the type of Yllenus is Y. arenarius (Sim.). 150 ZOOLOGICAL LCTERATURE. New geTiera and species : — Leptorchestes, g. n., Thorell, /. c. p. 209 = Salticus (Koch). (See Table, p. 148.) Type Attus formicceformis (Luc.). PhUcBm, g. n., Thorell, 1. c. p. 217 = Fhilta (Koch). (See Table, p. 149.) Type A. sanguinolenta (Linn.). AiluropSj g. n., Thorell, /. c. p. 219 (= JDia and Partheniay Koch). (See Table, p. 149.) Type A. v-insignitus (Cl.). Lyssomanes tenuipes, Cambridge, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4. iii. p. G5, pi. 6. tigs. 50-52, Ceylon. Salticus coccinelldideSj Cambridge, 1. c. p. 66, pi. 5. tigs. 53-66, New Fribourg ; S. hicurvatus, Cambr. 1. c. p. 67, pi. 6. tigs. 67-60, Ceylon j S. plataleoides, Cambr. 1. c. p. 68, pi. 6. tigs. 61-65, Ceylon. Salticus nigro-limhatuSj Cambridge, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1869, p. 642, pi. 42. fig. 10, St. Helena. Presus bicolor, Cambridge, Ann. & Mag. N. H. ser. 4, iii. p. 70, pi. 6. figs. 66- 69, Hamara Land ; P. tibialis, Cambr. 1. c. p. 71, pi. 6. figs. 70, 71, Mysore. Sphasus viridanus, Stoliczka, Joum. Asiat. Soc. Beng. xxxviii. 2. p. 220, pi. 20. fig. 1, and S. similaris, Stoliczka, 1. c. p. 222, pi. 20. fig. 2, Calcutta. Attus brendeli, Giebel, Zeitscbr. ges. Naturw. xxxiii. p. 249, Illinois. Pyrophoi'us veneiiarum, Canestiini, Atti Soc. Ital. Sci. Nat. xi. p. 864, Venetoj P. Jlavivmtris, Can. & Pavesi, /. c. p. 866, Veneto and Lombardy. Marpissa canestrinii (Ninni, MS.), Canestrini & Pavesi, 1. c. p. 866, Yeneto M. nardoi (Ninni, MS.), Can. & Pav. 1. c. p. 868, Veneto. Puophrys obscuroides, Canestrini & Pavesi, 1. c. p. 869, Trentino. Plexijypus montrouziet'i, Lucas, Rev. et Mag. Zool. 1869, p. 209, pi. 11. figs. 8-12, New Caledonia. TnOMISIDiE. Thorell (European Spiders, part I.) adopts the suborder rigrad(B and includes in it only the family Thomisoidce, in which he admits the following European genera (/. c, pp. 173-175) : — I. Mamillee ut et ungues in apice tarsorum adsunt. ' A. Pedes 4 posteriores reliquis non vel parum graciliores, saepissime iisnoii vel parum breviores j tarsi in apice sub unguibus fiisciculis 2 piloriim plus minus dilatatorum instructi Subf. I. Philodhomin.®. 1. Utraque oculorum series ex oculis 4 composita. a. Oculi medii antici vix vel non longius a margine clypei quam a mediis posticis remoti ; maxillae plerumque rectae et parallolae. * Series oculorum ontica paullo recurva, posticn paullo procurva. 1. Micrommuta (Lat.). t Series oculorum antica paullo recurva, postica , subrocta. 2. Sparassus (Walck.). [f Series oculorum antica subprocurva vel recta, postica paullo re- . curva vel subrecta ; ocub laterales antici mediis anticis non manifeste majores 3. Heteropoda (Lat.).] b, Oculi medii antici evidenter longius a margine clypei quam a mediis posticis remoti maxillae in labium inclinatae. * Pedum proportio 2, 1, 4, 3 (vel 2, 1, 3, 4) j cepbalotborax breviter ovatus, vel suborbiculatus. a. Series oculorum antica modice, postica ley ius recurva; abdo- ARACHNIDA. 151 men depressum, breviter et inverse ovatum vel subpenta- gonum 6. Artanes, g. n. p. Series ociiloriim anibao modice et acqiialiter recurvm j abdomen plerumque ovatum vel inverse ovatum- 6. PModromus (Walck.). t Pedum proportio 2, 4, 1, 3 (vel 2, 4, 3, 1) ; series oculorum ambm fortiter recurvm ; cephalothorax et abdomen oblonga. 7. Thanatns (Koch). 2. Series oculorum antica ex oculis 6, postica ex 2 tantum oculis constat. 4. Sclenops (I)uf.). B. Pedes 4 posteriores reliquis graciliores et breviores multo ; tarsi fasci- culis unguicularibus carent Subf. II. Thomisinje. 1. Frons cum mandibulis declivis, subporrecta ; oculi medii antici a margine clypei longius distantes quam a mediis posticis. a. Series oculorum antica levius, postica fortius recurva; laterales antici evidenter majores quam medii antici. 8. Monccsesy g. n. b. Series oculorum antica fortius, postica levins recurva; laterales antici non majores quam medii antici. 9. Thomisus (Walck.). 2. Frons et mandibulse subverticales ; oculi medii antici non longius a margine clypei quam a mediis posticis remoti. a. Series oculorum antica plus minus recurva. * Oculi laterales postici vix vel non majores quam medii postici ; Rculei tibiarum graciles. a. Series oculorum anticorum fortius, posticorum levius recurva; laterales antici non vel parum majores quam intermedii antici 10. Misumcna (Lat.). p. Series oculorum anticorum levius, posticorum fortius recurva ; laterales antici manifesto majores quam intermedii antici. 11. Dicea, g. n. t Oculi laterales postici evidenter majores quam medii postici ; tibiae et metatarsi anteriores subtus aculeis robustis armati. 12. Xysticus (Koch). b. Series oculorum antica subrecta, oculi laterales inter se manifesto longius distantes quam medii antici a mediis posticis; oculi 4 medii in rectangulum latiorem quam longiorem dispositi ; cor- pus valde depreasum 13. Cm'iarachne, g. n. II. Mamillae et ungues desunt Subf. III. Anetinje. Oculi laterales longe remoti. 14. Andes (Menge). The type of Micrommata is A. vircscens (Cl.) ; the species placed under this genus by Ilentz do not belong to it ; Sjmrassus h.as S. argelasii (Walck.) = Ocypete tersa (Koch) as its type ; llderopoda is represented by A. vena- torin (Linn.) = Olios Icucosios (Walck.) ; Sclenops has only S. liomalosoma (Duf.) in Europe ; the typo of Philndromus is A. anrcolus (Cl.) ; that of Thomisus h T. ahhrcviatus (Walck.) = T. (Hahn) ; Misumcnahm A. vatins (Cl.) = A, citrca (Do G.) as its typo, and includes A. truncata (Pall.) = hm'ida (Fab.), T. lateralis (Koch), and T. villosus (Lat.) ; the type of Xysticus is X. kochii, sp. n. = X. viaticus (Koch nec Linn.), and the genus includes also A. viatica (Linn.) = X. audax (Koch), and Thom, daveatus 152 ZOOLOGICAL LITERATURE. (Walck.), and T. scabnculus (Westr.) forming part of Oxyptila (Sim.) j Anetes, of which the author makes a distinct subfamily, includes only one species, A. codetrum (Menge). New genera and species : — Artanes, g. n., Thorell, 1. c. p. 180 (= Artamus, Koch). (See Table, p. 161.) Type A. margaritatus (01.). Monceses, g. n., Thorell, /. c. p. 182 (= Monastes, Luc.). (See Table, p. 151.) Type M. paradoxus (Luc.). Other species, Thom, piochardi (Sim.) and Xysticus cimeolus (Koch). Diaa, g. n., Thorell, /. c, p. 184. (See Table, p. 151.) Type A. dorsata (Fab.). Other species A. globosa (Fab.), and A. trimspidata (Fab.) = Thom, diana (Walck.). Coriarachnc, g. n., Thorell, I, c. p. 186. (See Table p. 161.) Type Xy stmts deprcssus (Koch). Stephanopis, g. n., Cambridge, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4. iii. p. GO. Eyes 8, unequal, in a circle round a cephalic eminence; maxillaj nearly straight, inclined towards labium, labium longer than broad; falces long, strong, inclined backwards towards labium ; body, legs, and palpi with tubercles and tuberculate spines ; legs 1, 2, 4, 3. Sp. S. altifrons, Camb. 1. c. p. 61, pi. 5. figs. 33-39, South Australia ; S. nigra, Camb. 1. c. p. 62, pi. 5. fig. 40, north of New Holland ; S. clavata, Camb. ibid. pi. 5. fig. 41, Australia (?) ; S. lata, Camb. 1. c. p. 63, pi. 6. figs. 42 & 43, Van Diemen’s Land; S. (?) cameUna, Camb./. c. p. 64, pi. 6. figs. 44-49, Amazons. Thlaosoma, g. n., Cambridge, Journ. Linn. Soc. x. Zool. p. 271. Abdomen globular and elevated, with a deep impression on hinder part as if brtnsed inwards; eyes 8, four in a square at the extremity of the head, lateral eyes nearly contiguous, seated obliquely in a tubercle ; legs 2, 1, 4, 3. Sp. T. dubium, sp. n., Cambridge, /. c. p. 272, pi. 9. figs 25-35, Australia; T. di- s/iVic/wm, sp. n., Cambridge, /. c. p. 274, pi. 9. figs. 36-38, Australia. Thomisus {Xysticus) pugUis, Stoliczka, Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bong, xxxviii. 2. p. 226, pi. 19. fig. 3, and T. {X) elongatus, Stoliczka, /. c. p. 227, pi. 20, fig. 6, Calcutta ; T. pealianus, Stoliczka, /. c. p. 229, pi. 20. fig. 4, Assam. Thomisus trig onus, Giebel, Zeitschr. ges. Naturw. xxxiii. p. 367, Halle. Ocypete nigritarsis, Canestrini & Pavesi, Atti Soc. Ital. Sci. Nat. xi. p. 870, Naples. Philodromus gmeralii, Canestrini, /. c. p. 871, Modenese. Philodromus signatus, Cambridge, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1869, p. 637, pi. 42. fig. 6, St. Helena. Olios tridentiger^ Cat^bridge, /. c. p. 638, pi. 42. fig. 6, St. Helena. DRASSIDiE. Thorell (European Spiders, i. p. 109) divides Lis suborder Tubitelarice into the folloAving six families : — I. Stigma tubi trachealis utrinque pone stigma sacci trachealis in latere ventris non adest. A. Tarsi articulo unguifero aucti ; mamilloe superiores reliquis multo lon- giores, articulis trinis aut binis: siibtus tiibulis textoriis prmditae ; series oculorum 8 ambco recurvie ; tarsorum ungues triiii. II. Hersilioidje. A ARACHNIDA. 153 B. Tarsi articulo unguifero distincto carentes. 1. Bars cephalica impressionibus lateralibus a parte thoracica ssepissime distincta; mamillae siiperiores inferioribus plerumque multo longiores. a. Cephalothorax brevis, subreniformis vel inverse cordatus, parte cephalica parva ; mamillfe siiperiores reliquis multo longiores, artic. binis, 2^0 longo, compresso ; raandibulfle parvae, debiles ; maxillae in labium valde inclinatae j oculi 8 ; tarsorum ungues trini. I. Urocteoid^. b. Cephalothorax oblongus, parte cephalica majore, soepissime elevata, convexa; mamillae siiperiores reliquis plerumque longiores et turn subtus tubulis textoriis praeditae ; oculi 8, rarissime 0 ; tar- sorum ungues trini (exc. in Agraca) . . III. Agalenoira3. 2. Pars cephalica a parte thoracica non distincta ; mamillae siiperiores inferioribus non vel pariini longiores. a. Mandibulae inter se liberae, ungue mediocri vel longo ; labium non cum sterno coalitum ; oculi 8, rarissime (in gen. Thysd) 6 ; ungues tarsorum bini IV. DuASSOiDiE. b. Mandibulae versus basin inter se unitae ; labium cum sterno coalitum ; oculi 8} ungues tarsorum trini VI. Filistatoidje. II. Stigmata 4, bina in utroque latere ad basin ventiis ; oculi 6, rarissime (in Stalita) 0 ; ungues tarsorum trini aut bini. V. DvsDEROiDiE. To the first three of these families reference will be made under AgelenidcR) the other three form the group which has been included under the name of Drassid(B in these ' Records.^ Their genera are tabulated as follows by Thorell. Under the Brassoidca we have (/. c. p. 139) : — I. Oculi 8. A. Maxillae convexae, non impressae. 1. Series oculoriim postica, desuper visa, recurva. a. Pedes aculeati. * Oculi laterales inter se longius quam medii antici a mediis posticis distantes 1. Zora (Koch). t Oculi laterales inter so non longius remoti, quam medii antici a mediis posticis 2. Apostenus (Westr.), (?) b. Pedes non aculeati 3. Trachdas (L. Koch). k Series oculorum postica procurva vel recta. a. Abdomen subtus pone plicam genitalem aliam plicam transversam praebet 5. Anyphmna (Sund.). b. Abdomen plica pone plicam genitalem caret. * Mandibula3 ad basin inermes. a. Pedes 4ti paris reliquis longiores. a. Labium ad summum dimidiam maxillanim longitudinem sequat 4. Liocranum (L. Koch) , h. Labium ^ brevius quam maxilla. . 6. Cluhiwia (Lat.) j3. Pedes I*"* paris reliquis longiores . . 7. CJiiracanthmm(Koch). t Mandibulae ad basin aculeo armatae . . 8. PhruroUthus (Koch). B. Maxillae in medio impressae. 1, Cephalothorax linea media impressa caret. 9. Micaria (Westr.). 154 . . ZOOLOGICAL LITERATURE. 2. Cephalotborax linea media impressa prieditus.- a. Series oculorum postica plus minus procurva, et evidenter longior quam series aptica. 10. Drassus (Walck.). b. Series oculorum postica recta vel recur va. * Series oculorum postica subrecta, non recurva, parum longior quara series an tica 11. Melanophora (Koch). t Oculi laterales inter se evidenter longius dislantes quam medii antici a mediis posticis j series oculorum posticorum sajpissimo evidenter recurva 12. Gnaphosa (Lat.). II. Oculi 6 13. Tkysa (Kempel.). Tbe type of tbe genus Zora is Z. lycama (Walck.) = spinimana (Sund.) j the genus also includes Dolomecles spimnianus (Duf.), D. crmns (Duf.), and D. hippomane (Sav. & Aud.). Apostemis has as its type A. fiiscus (Westr.) and includes Ayeleiia celans and yracilipes (Blackw.), Apostenus saxatUis (Auss.), and probably Ar. spinicrus (Duf.) and Drassus suhniger (Cambr.). Liocranum is represented by Cluhiona dumestica (Reuss), and probably includes Drassus prcelongipes (Cambr.). The type of Anyphcena is Club, accentuata (Walck,), that of Cluhiona is A. hohsericea (De G.), that of Chiracanthium is Club, nutrix (Walck.), and that of Phrurolithus is P. festims (Koch). Micaria has as its type Drassus fulgens (Walck.). Aranea quadripimctata (Linn.) is the type of Drassus as restricted by Thorell, which includes Drassodes (Westr.). Melanophora, the distinctness of which from Gnaphosa is considered to be doubtful, has Drassus ater (I.«at.) as its type. Gnaphosa (= Pythonissa, Koch) is typified by Drassus lucifugus (Walck.) j and Thysa includes only its original species T. pythonissceforrnis (Kempelen). The following is the table of genera of Dysderoidcs given by Thorell (/. c. p. 153) ; — I. Oculi 0 perfecte explicati. A. Series oculorum antica ex 4, postica ex 2 oculis constaus j oculi non omnos valde appropinquantes. 1. Maxillic longo), recto), subparallelo) ; ungues tarsorum trini. 1. Seyestria (Lat.). 2. Maxillae breves, latae, basi gibbosae, in labium paullo inclinatae. 2. Schoenobates (Blackw.). , B. Series oculorum antica ex 2, postica ex 4 oculis constans. 1. Oculi laterales seriei posticae subrectae, longius ab oculis mediis ejusdem seriei disjunctij oculi duo antici inter se longe remoti; ungues tarsorum trini 8. ^nW«c(Sav.&Aud.). 2. Oculi saltern seriei posticae inter se valde appropinquantes. a. Oculi duo anteriores reliquis plerumque manifesto majores, plus minus longe disjunct! j series oculorum postica procurva. * Mandibulae subporrectae, ungue longo et valido. 5. Dysdera (Lat.). t Mandibulae verticales, ungue brevi j ungues tarsorum trini. 6. Ilarpactes (Temp.). b. Oculi omnes inter se valde appi’9pinquantes, in tria paria dispositi, 2 utrinque, 2, reliquis majores, in medio; tarsi articulo libero unguifero aucti ; ungues bini 7. Oonops (Temp.). ARACHNIDA. 155 II. OcuU aut 6 valde imperfecti, aut 0 ; ungues tarsorum trini. 4. StalUa (Schiodte). The type of Scgestria is A. senoculata (Linn,). Schosnobates includes only S. walkeri (Blackw.). Ariadne is represented by A. imidiairix (Forsk.). The type of Stalita is S. tcenaria (Schiodte), and the species described under that name by Keyserling is distinct. The type of Dysdet'a is A. punctoria (Vill.) j that of Harpactes is A. homhergii (Scop.) j and that of Oonops is O. pukher (Temp.). Tliorell^s family Filistatoid(B includes only the genus Tllistata, New species : — Stalita schioedtiij Thorell, Europ. Spiders, i. p. 166, = S. tmuaria (Keys, nec Schiodte). Dysdera ninnii^ Canestrini, Atti Soc. Ital. Sci. Nat. xi. p. 845, Trentino, Vcneto, and Emilia ; D. gnsea^ Can. I c, p. 846, Trentino and Emilia j 1). tcssclhita^ Can. k Pavesi, L c. p. 847, Lugano. Micaria aurata, Canestrini, 1. c. p. 848, Modenese and Lombardy; M.exiliSf Can. ibid., Modenese. ■ Drassus laiiceps, Canestrini, 1. e. p. 849, Modenese and Trentino. Melanophora kochij Canestrini, 1. c. p. 850, Emilia ; M. gracilis. Can. ibid., Modenese. Cheiracanthium italicum, Canestrini & Pavesi, 1. c. p. 851, Modenese. Cheiracanthium incertum, Cambridge, Joum. Linn. Soc. x. p. 275, pi. 11. fig. 9, Ceylon. Cluhiona pidchclla, Canestrini, 1. c. p. 853, Trentino. Cluhiona diibia, Cambridge, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1869, p. 632, pi. 42. fig. 1, St. Helena. AgELENIDvE. Under his suborder Tuhitelaric^y Thorell (European Spiders, part I.) ineludes six families, the characters of which will be foimd under Brassidai (p. 152). The first two families, which are newly established by Thorell, may be referred to in this place. The UrocteoidcBy according to the author, stand just upon the boundary- line between Tubitelarice and Retitelarice ; they include : — 1. TJroctea (Duf.) = Clotho (Walck.), the latter name previously employed : Oculi omnes rotundati, convex! ; cephalothorax subreniformis ; pedes robust! ; mamillae superiores subtus tubulis textoriis vestiti ; type Clotho durandi (Walck.) ; and 2. (Ecohius (Luc.) : Oculi intermedii postici subtrianguli, deplanati ; ce- phalothorax in verse subcordatus; pedes graciliores; type (E. domesticus (Luc.) ; also includes (E. amuUpes (Luc.) ; both species possess eight eyes. The family Hersilioid(B, of which the genus Hersilia (Sav. & Aud.) is the type, includes only one European species, Hersilia 156 ZOOLOGICAL LITERATURE. oraniensis (Luc.), which Thorell makes the type of a new genus, characterized as follows (/. c. p. 115) Ilerailiola ; Tarsorum articulus unguiferua ipso tarso multo brevior ; mamil- larum superiorum articuli biui, primus et secundus subaequales j pedes paris reliquis non valde breviores. Of his Agalenoid(B, Thorell (/. c. p. 119) gives the following table of genera : — I. Nulla stigmata trachealia in medio ventris paullo pone plicam genitalem. A. Organum inframamillare et calamistrum adsunt. Subf. 1. AMAUROBIINiB. 1. Maxillae in labium subtriangulum inclinataej pedes omnes aculeis carentes. a. Oculi laterales inter se contingentes j antici eorum a mediis anticis longius distantes 1. Dictyna (Sund.). b. Oculi laterales et omnes oculi seriei anterioris inter se valde et aeque appropinquantes 2. Argenna^ g. n. 2. Maxillae subparallelae. a. Ocidi laterales disjunct!. * Pedes saltern 6 poateriores aculeis carentes ; labium semi ovale. 3. Titanodca, g. n. t Pedes omnes aculeati j labium ad basin constrictum, apice trun- catum vel subemarginatum j oculi seriei 1™® subaequales, medii postici paullo longius a lateralibus posticis quam inter se di- stantes 5. Ammirohius (Koch). b. Oculi laterales subcontingentes 4. Lethia (Menge). B. Organum inframamillare et calamistrum desunt. Subf. II. Agalenin^e. 1. Mamilloe superiores reliquis longiores, arcticulis biuis, 2**“ acuminato, in latere inferiore, non in apice tantum, tubulis textoriis instructo. a. Oculi 8. ♦ Mandibulae ad basin geniculato-convexae. 7. Cadotes (Blackw.). t Mandibulae dorso recto vel leviter modo convexae, non ad basin geniculatae. a. Series oculorum posticorum plus minus recur va vel subrecta, a. Series oculorum anticorum subrecta vel recurva, posticorum fortiter recurva 13. Textrix (Sund.). h. Series oculorum anticorum procurva vel subrecta, posticorum subrecurva vel recta 12. Ilistopona, g. n. . Series oculorum posticorum procm’va vel saltern recta. a. Mamillae superiores et inferiores in trapezium postice paullo latius vel in aream subrectangulum dispositae. ** Series oculorum anticorum fortiter procm’va. aa. Series oculorum posticorum procurva j mamillarum superiorum articulus 2‘^“8 l*“o longior. 11. Agalma (Walck.). /3)3. Series oculorum posticorum siibrectaj mamillarum superiorum articulus 2‘ius imo saltern dimidio brevior. 9. Cryphixca, g. n. ARACHNIDA. 167 ft Series oculorum anticorum subrecta vel paullo procurva j mamillarum superiorum articulus Imo ssepissime multo brevior 8. Tegenaria (Lat.). h, Maniillas longse, superiores inter se valde rernot.*©, cum in- ferioribus in lineam transversam recurvam dispositse, et iis fere dimidio longioros 10. Ilahnia (Koch). b, Oculi nulli; mamillse superiores valde longse, articulo 2do seque fere longo atque I*"® 14. Iladites (Keys.). 2, Mamillaj superiores inferioribus non vel parum longiores, in ipso apice tantum tubulis toxtoriis prreditse, a. Mamillo) superiores articulis distinctis binis ; ungues tarsorum bini. 16. ^/7ra3ca(Wostr.). b. Mamilla) superiores articulo 2<^o exserto nulloj ungues tarsorum trini 6. Cyhceus (L. Koch). II. Pone plicam genitalem alia plica, stigmata trachealia duo in medio ejus sita continens, ad basin ventris adest. . . . Subf. III. AiiGYRONETiNiE. 16. Argyroneta (Lat.). Thorell’s Amaurohiinai nearly correspond with the Ciniflonidce of Black- wall after the removal of those genera, such as Veleda, which agree with Cmi/to only in possessing an inframamillary organ and a calamistrum. The type of Dictyna is A. arundinacca (Linn.); Lethia includes only Ciniflo humilis (Blackw.)=X. varia (Menge) ; and the type of Amaurohius (= Ciniflo^ Blackw.) is A. fenestralis (Strom) = (Be G.). Of the AgalenincB^ Cyhcms includes C. tetricus and angmtiarum (L, Koch) ; the type of Codotes is C. saxatilis (Blackw.); the t^^pe of Tegenaria is T. dvilis (Walck.), and the genus includes most of the species referred to Philoica, the relations of which are discussed (p. 130) ; JIahnia has for its type Ag. montana (Blackw.) = TL pusilla (Koch), and includes Ag. clcgans (Blackw.) and other species; Agalena (changed from Agclena on etymological grounds) has as its type A. lahyrinthica (Cl.) ; the type of Textrix is A. denticulata (Oliv.) = T. lycosina (Sund.) ; Hadites (Keys.) includes only H. tegenarioides (Keys.) ; the type of Agrccca * is Agel. hrunnea (Blackw.) (Koch). The ArgyrmetineB require no notice. Argemia, g, n., Thorell, /. c. p. 123. (See Table, p. 166.) Type A. mengeij ep. n., Thoroll, I. c. p. 123, note, Upsal. Titanocca, g. n., Thorell, 1. c. p. 124. (See Table, p. 166.) Type Thcridium ^-gnitatum (Hahn) = 7coc7uV (Auss.)=P Ther. ohscurum (Walck.). Oryphoecaf g. n., Thorell, 7. c. p. 131. (See Table, p. 166.) Type Ilahnia silvicola (Koch). Hlsiopona, g. n,, Thorell, 7. c. p. 133. (See Table, p. 166.) Type Agelena torpida (Koch), inch also Textrix montana (Koch). -4/7me7o^57s tj g- n., Giebel, Zeitschr. ges. Naturw. xxxiii. p. 260. Allied to Agelena, but having the two frontal eyes larger and further apart than the rest, the eyes of the second row about as far as their diameter apart, and the middle ones forming nearly a square with the two hindmost. Sp. A. alhipilis, sp. n., Giebel, 7. c. p. 250, Illinois. * The name of this genus ought to have been changed, as Agrcecus was employed by the Recorder as early as 1851 for a genus of Rhynchota. t llvidently a misprint for Agelenopsis. 1869. [voL. VI.] N 168 ZOOLOGICAL LITERATUKE. Tegenana drcumjlexaf Oanestrini & Pavesi, Atti Soc. Ital. Sci. Nat. xi. p. 863, near Vicenza. Tegenaria torva^ ap. n., Cambridge, Joum. Linn. Soc. x. p. 376, pi. 11. figs. 10-12 and 14-20, Ceylon. Dictyna mandibulosa, Oanestrini & Pavesi, Atti Soc. Ital. Sci. Nat. xi. p. 861, Veneto. Amaurobius 12-7naculatus, Oanestrini, /. c. p. 862, Modenese. THERiDiiDiE (including Linyphiid^). As already indicated (p. 144), Thorell (European Spiders, part I.) places this family under his suborder Retitelarics, which he divides into families as follows (/. c. p. 72) : — I. Mamillffi inferiores (anteriores) reliquis non vel parum longiores. A. Tarsi articulo unguifero libero carentes j labium liberum j mandibulae non ad basin coalitae 1. Theridioid-®. B. Tarsi articulo libero unguifero aucti ; labium cum sterno plerumque sine sutm'a coalitumj mandibulae versus basin plerumque inter se unitae 2. Scytodoid^b. n. Mamillae inferiores reliquis multo longiores . . 3. Enyoidai. Thorell^s Theridioid(B include the following European genera ; — I. Abdomen petiolo longo, nodoso cum coplialothoraco unitum. 2. Formicina (Oanestr.). n. Petiolum brevissimum, angustum. * A. Oculi non in tres tm*mas dispositi, neque inter se valde inaequales. 1. Oculi laterales inter se spatio minore disjuncti, quam quo distant medii antici a mediis posticis. a. Pedes aculeis sparsis armati. * Oculi medii in trapezium antice angustius dispositi. a. Oculi medii antici a margine clvpei spatio non breviore di- stantes, quam quo a mediis posticis distant. 6. Linyphia (Lat.). /3. Oculi medii antici a margine clypei multo minus distantes, quam quo a mediis posticis distant. 5. Tapinopa (Westr.). t Oculi medii in quadratum dispositi. 10. Ero (C, Koch), b. Pedes aculeis carentes (rarissime serio aculeorum subtus instructis). * Mandibulu) feinore plus duplo crassiores, usque a basi divergentes. 1. Fachygnatha (Sund.). t Mandibulce non vel apice tantum divergentes. a. Mandibulse non vel parum crassiores quam femora anteriora ; maxillae paralleliter porrectse j pedum prop. 1, 2, 4, 3. 4. Argyrodes (Sim.). Mandibulae plerumque femore crassiores et apice divergentes; pedum prop. 4, 1, 2, 3. a. Maxillae subparallelae vel in labium inclinatae, ad basin non vel parum latiores 8. TFalcketiaera (Blackw.). ARACHNIDA* 169 h. Maxilla® ad basin valde dilatata®. 7. Erigone (Sav. & And.), 1 Mandibula® saepissime femore angustiores et subcylindrata® ; max- illae plerumq[ue in labium fortiter inclinatae, a. Ociili laterales contingentes. rt. Oculi medii trapezium antice duplo angustius formantes^ maxillae latae 9, EesticuSy g. n. b. Oculi medii aream antici non vel parum angustiorem quam postici occiipantesj maxiUae plerumque angustae et sub- lineares. aa, Spatium inter oculos posticos medios et laterales duplo circiter majus, quam spatium, quo distant oculi medii inter se 11. Phyllonethis, g. n. /3/3. Spatium inter oculos poaticos medios et laterales non vel paullo tantum majus, quam quo distant illi inter se. ** Series oculorum postica, desuperne visa, procurva vel subrecta, tia. Oculi minores 13. Theridium (Walck.), bb. Oculi majoros 14. Stentoda (Sund.). ft Series oculorum posticorum, ovidenter recurva. aa. Pedes 1™ pans reliquis longiores ; abdomen sub- globosum 12, Dipccna, g, n. bb. Pedes paris reliquis longiores; series oculorum posticorum fortiter recurva ; abdomen ovatum. 17. Euryopis (Menge). /S, Oculi laterales disjunct!. €u Spatium inter oculos anticos medios et laterales vix majus, quam spatium quo distant laterales inter se. 3. Epimim (Walck,). h, Spatium inter oculos anticos medios et laterales multo majus, quam quo distant hi inter se. aa. Olypeus humilior ; oculi medii in rectangulum dispositi. 15. LithyphanteSy g. n. /3/3. Clypeus altus ; oculi medii aream antice paullo angusti- orem occupantcs 18. Asagena (Sund.). 2. Oculi in duas series subparallelas dispositi. 16. Lathrodpctus (Walck.). B. Oculi in tres turmas dispositi, duas laterales ex oculis trims magnis constantes, tertiam ex oculis duobus minutissimis inter illas sitis. 19. riwlcomma, g. n, Thorell^s Scytodoid(2 are divided by him as follows (/. c. p.lOl);- I. Oculi aut 8, aut 0, ot turn tres in utroque latere frontis. (Palpi marium valde incrassati, clava complicata.) .... Subf. 1. Pholctn^. A. Oculi 8; pedes omnium longissimi .... 1. Eholcus (Walck.). B. Oculi 6 2. Spermophora (Hentz). II. Oculi 6, in tria paria dispositi, duo in utroque latere frontis. (Palpi marium tenues, clava parum complicata.) Subf. 2. Scytodin^. A. Oephalothorax postice alte convexus ; mandibulje parvse, debiles ; un- gues tarsorum trini 3. Scytodes (Lat.). N 2 160 ZOOLOGICAL LITEllATUllE. B. Cephalothorax plus minus depressusj mandibulte fortiores; ungues tarsorum 4. Loxosceles (JLowo^. . The Enyoidce include only two genera, namely : — I. Series oculorum anticorum procurva 1. Zof/anwm (Walck.). II, Series oculorum anticorum subrecta .... 2. Enyo (Sav. & Aud.). Of Pachygnatha the type is P. derchii (Sund.), and of Formicina F. mu~ tinensis (Canest.)j the type of Fpisinus is F. truncatus (Walck.), that of Argyrodes is A. epeirce (Sim.) =Linyphia argyrodes (Walck.), and that of Tapinopa is Linyphia longidens Linyphia has for its type A. tri- angularis (Cl.), and to it Thorell restores all the species which have lately been formed into new genera, especially by Menge, with the exception of A. ccllulanus (Cl.), of which he makes the typo of a new genus. Ncrieno (Blackw.) consists of species which Thorell refers to Linyphia^ WalckmaerUf and Erigone. The type of Evigone is E, vagans (Sav. k Aud.). Walchenaeraj which has for its type W. acuminata (JSi&clvN.) = Erigone eoi'nuta (Reuss), includes many of the genera proposed by Menge. Ero has for its type A. tuherculata (De G.) ; E. saxatilis (Koch) is a Theridium. Of Theridium, as restricted by him, Thorell regards A. sisyphium (Cl.) as the type j the genus corresponds to Walckenaer’s third family. Steatoda has as its type A. casta- neus (Cl.), and is very nearly synonymous with Eucharia (C. Koch). The type of Lathrodectus is A. V^-guttata (Rossi), and that of Euryopis, Micry- pliantes jlavo-macidatas (Kocli)j the latter genus also includes Therid. Icctum (Westr.) and T. acuminatum (Luc.). Asagena has as its type Ph. phule- ratum (Panz.). In Thorell’s family Scytodoidce, the genus Pholctis has Aranea pluchii (Scop.) for its type, and Spermophora (=Pachus, Walck.) has S. meridio- nalis (Hentz). Scytodes is represented by S. thoracica (Lat.) and Loxosceles (=Omosites, Walck.) has as its type X. citigrada (Ilein. & Lowe), and in- cludes Scytodes rufescens (Duf.). The Enyoidce include only the genera Zodarium and Enyo^ — the former having as its typo Enyo longipes (Sav. & Aud.) aud including E. grceca (Koch) and E. occitanica (Dug.), which may all form one species; and the type of the latter being E. nitida (Sav. & Aud.), with which E. germanica (Koch) is probably identical, and a second (or third) species, E. italica (Canestr.). E. amaranthina (Luc.) ought probably to form the type of a third genus. The following known species of this family are described and figured by Menge (Preussische Spinnen, iii.) : — Piialops (Erigone) conicus (Westr.) = Micryphantes conifer (Ohlert), p. 219, pi. 43. tab. 118 ; P. (E.) gihhicollis (Westr.) = 3/. yibhus (Ohl.), p. 220, pi. 43. tab. 119; P. furcillatus (Menge), p. 220, pi. 43. fig. 120 ; Dictyna arundinacea (ljimi.)—heniy7ia (Walck.), p, 245, pi. 47. tab. 143 ; D. uncinata (Thorell), p. 246, pi. 47. tab. 144 ; IIah- pusilla (Koc\i)=. Agelena montana (Blackw.), p. 252, pi. 48. tab. 149; H. pratensis (Koch) = e%ans (Blackw.), p. 253, pi. 48. tab. 150 ; II. silvicola (Koch), p. 254, pi. 48. tab. 151; Asagena serratipes (Schv.) — 4:-signatum (Hahn), p. 256, pi. 49. tab. 152 ; Euchauia hipunctata (Linn.), p. 260, pi. 49. tab. 153 ; E. castanea (Clex’ck), p. 263, pi. 49. tab, 154; and E. albomaculata (De G(.)=iC07'ollata (Thorell), p. 264, pi. 49. tab. 155. AR’ACHNIDA, 161 Slorena (Walck.). Cambridge (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4. iii. p. 52) remarks upon the position of this genus, which he regards as scarcely distinct from Lachests (Sav.) and as most nearly allied to Enyo. The tarsi have three terminal claws, although one of these is very minute in some species. Pholcus phalangioides (Walck.). P. Bonizzi describes the phenomena attending the reproduction of this species. Annuario Soc. Natural, in Modena, iii. pp. 179-181 ) abstract in Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4. iv. p. 296. New genera : — Nesticusj Thoroll, Europ. Spiders, i. pp. 76 & 88. (See Table, p. 169.) Typo A. cellulanus (CL). Phyllonethis, Thorell, 1. c, pp. 76 & 90. (See Table, p. 169.) Typo A. Kneatus (CL). Dipcena, Thorell, I, c. pp. 77 & 91. (See Table, p. 169.) Type Atea mela- nogaster (Koch) = Th. congener (Cambr.). Lithyphantcs, Thorell, 1. c. pp. 77 & 91. (See Table, p. 169.) Type A. corollata (Linn.). Pholcornma, Thorell, 1. c. pp. 77 & 98. (See Table, p. 169.) Type Thcrid. projectum (Cambr.). Gerdia, Menge, Schr. naturf. Ges. in Danzig, n. F. ii. p. 8. Allied to Ilcrsilia (?) ; head with a rounded elevation bearing the large vertical eyes (on its anterior portion) and the hinder lateral eyes ; frontal and anterior lateral eyes at the base, of the elevation ; legs 1, 2, 4, 3 j spinners 4, superior as long as abdomen, 2-jointed, ringed and curved downwards. Sp. G. myura, sp. n., IMenge, 1. c. p. 8, in amber. Dicyphus, Menge, 1. c. p. 221. Two elevations of the head, in front of which are the eyes ; vertical eyes more distant and larger than the frontal, lateral eyes contiguous; claws small. Sp. D. hicuspidatus (Koch P), p. 223, pi. 44. tab. 123 ; J). tunndus, sp. n., Menge, I c. p. 221, pi. 43. tab. 121 ; and D. ciluncidus, sp. n., Menge, 1. c. p. 222, pi. 44. tab. 122, Prussia. Elajdiidion* , Menge, 1. c. p. 224. Eyes on an obtuse elevation of the head, vertical far more distant and larger than frontal, frontal and lateral eyes contiguous in pairs. — Sp. E. Jlagelliferumj sp. n., Menge, 1. c. p. 224, pi. 44. tab. 124, Prussia. Cornicularia^ Menge, 1. c. p. 226. Frontal and vertical eyes wider apart than the latter from each other, between them in cf a short conical horn. Sp. Theridion monoceros (Wrider), 1. e. p. 226, pi. 44. tab. 126. Microneta^ Menge, 1. c. p. 227. Vertical eyes wider apart than the frontal. Sp. Micrypliantes ochropus (Koch), p. 228, pi. 44. tab. 127 ; Erigone quisqui- liarum (Westr.), p. 229, pi. 46. tab. 129; M. tdhsellatus (Koch)=?^cAew^s (Wid.)= ^parasitica (Westr.), p. 230, pi. 46. tab. 129; Erigone sundevalli (Westr.), p. 232, pi. 46. tab. 131. N. sp. Microneta scrobicidata, Menge, 1. c. p. 227, pL 44. tab. 126; M. gracilis, Menge, 1. c. p. 233, pi. 45. tab. 132; 31. pygmcea, Menge, 1. c. p. 234, pi. 46. tab. 133 ; 31. hijida, Menge, 1. c, p. 236, pi. 46. tab. 134 {31. hiloha) ; Prussia. Lcptothrix, Menge, 1. c. p. 240. Vertical eyes distant, twice as large as * Name long preoccupied among Longicorn Coleoptera. 163 ZOOLOGICAL LITERATURE. frontal, which are as far from the -vertical as these from each other ; lateral eyes contiguous, as large as the vertical. Sp. X. clavipea, sp. n., Menge, 1. c, p. 240, pi. 47. tab, 140, Prussia. Drepanodus, Menge, 1. c. p. 241. Frontal eyes as far from each other as the vertical and nearly of the same size, forming with them nearly a square ; lateral eyes contiguous, forming with the frontals a curved line on the frontal margin ; falces in cf with a large two-pointed tooth and a smaller triangular one. Sp. D. ohseui’us, sp. n., Menge, I c. p. 242, pi. 47. tab. 141, Prussia. Pronopius, Menge, /. o. p. 243. Frontal eyes larger than the vei-tical, and about the same distance apart, frontals far from the verticals ] lateral eyes contiguous. Sp. P. providus, sp. n., Menge, 1. c. p. 243, pi. 47. tab. 142, Prussia. Lethia^ Menge, 1. c. p. 249. Frontal eyes scarcely half as large as verticals, forming with them a quadrangle of which the anterior side is the shortest j legs 1, 4, 2, 3, claws pectinate. Sp. X. variay sp. n., Menge, 1. c, p. 249, pi. 47. tab. 145, and X. stiymatisatay sp. n., Menge, 1. c. p. 260, pi. 48. tab. 140, Prussia. DoUchognatha, Cambridge, Joum. Linn. Soc. x. p. 387. Allied to Theri- dion j falces very long ; anterior central pair of eyes very large, approxi- mate, on a strong circular tubercle ; first and second pairs of legs longest and strongest, third pair shortest. Sp. D. uietneri^ sp. n., Cambr. L c. p. 388, pi. 12. figs. 39-45, Ceylon. New species : — Micryphantes Uvidus, Menge, 1. c. p. 236, pi. 46. tab. 136, M. hvrsuttis, Menge, 1. c. p. 237, pi. 47. tab. 136, M. tenmpalpus, Menge, 1. c. p. 238, pi. 46. tab. 137, M. crassipesy Menge, 1. c. p. 239, pi. 46. tab. 138, and M. tenevy Menge, ibid., pi. 46. tab. 139, Prussia. Dictyna major y Menge, 1. c. p. 247, pi. 48. tab. 147, and X). alhopunctata, Menge, 1. c. p. 248, pi. 48. tab. 148, Prussia. Pucharia himaculatay Menge, 1. c. p. 264, pi. 49, tab. 166, Prussia. Pholcus ruhei'y Pavesi, Atti Soc. Ital. Sci. Nat. xi. p. 863, Pavia. Pholcus ceylonicuSy Cambridge, Journ. Linn. Soc. x. p. 378, pi. 11. figs. 13 & 21-27, Ceylon. Argyrodes /issifrom, Cambridge, 1. c. p. 380, pi. 12. figs. 31-38, Ceylon. Enyo italictty Canestrini, Atti Soc. Ital. Sci. Nat. xi. p. 854, Veneto and Modenese. Formieina mutinensisy Canestrini, 1. c. p. 855, Modenese and Lombardy j F. palUday Can. 1. c. p. 856, Modenese. Theridium nicolucciiy Canestrini & Pavesi, 1. c. p. 856, Sora. Theridion luteipeSy Cambridge, 1. c. p. 382, pi. 12. figs. 46-51, Ceylon and Beirut ; T. annuUpes, Cambridge, 1. c. p. 384, T. spiniventrey Cambr. ibid, pi. 12. figs. 62-66, and T, alhomaculosumy Cambr. 1. c. p. 386, pi. 12. figs. 67- 60, Ceylon. Linyphia nibeculay Canestrini, 1. c. p. 868, Lombardy, Veneto, Trentino j X. lithohia. Can. & Pavesi, 1. c. p. 859, Trentino and South of France. Utorena, Cambridge (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4. iii.) describes 5 new species of this genus fr om New South Wales, namely : — S. variegatUy 1. c. p. 63, pi. 4. figs. 1-6 'y S. scintillanSy l.c, p. 64, pi. 4. figs. 7-11 , tS. hradleyiy 1. c. A.RACHN1DA. 163 p. 60, pi. 4. figs. 12-20 ; S. australiensisj 1. c, p. 68, pi. 4. figs. 21-26, and S, maculata, 1. c. p. 59, pi. 4. figs. 27-32. Ariadne mellissiij Cambridge, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1869, p. 634, pi. 42. fig. 2, St. Helena. Phoroncidia thwaitesii, Cambridge, Journ. Linn. Soc. x. Zool. p. 270, pi. 9, figs. 17-22, Ceylon. EPEIRIDiE. Thorell (European Spiders, part I.) excludes the genera Eresus and Deinoins from this family, but includes in it the genera Vlohorus {—Veleday Blackw.), Hyptiotes and Zosis (= Orithyiay Blackw.). He gives the following Table ^ (/. c. p. 49) of the European genera which he admits into his Epeiroida : — I. Organum inframamillare nullum ; metatarsi postici calamistro carent. Subf. I. Epeihin^. A. Maxillae breves, latitudine non vel parum longiores. 1. Series oculorum postica, desuperne visa, fortiter procurva’*. Ce- plialotliorax subplanus, parte cephalica parva, buraili. 1. Argio\te (Sav. & Aud.). 2. Series oculorum postica, desuperne visa, subrecta vel recurva. Ce- plialothorax modice convexus, parte cephalica (in feminis saltern) sat magna. a. Oculi laterales postici a mediis posticis multo longius distantes quam hi inter se. * Pedes Imi paris reliquis longiores. a. Oculi laterales antici ab anticis mediis ssepissime evidenter, plerumque diraidio — duplo longius distantes quam hi inter se 2. Epeira (Walck.). /3. Oculi laterales antici ab anticis mediis non vel paullo tantum longius distantes quam hi inter se. a. Oculi laterales saepissime sat late disjunct!. Abdomen postice in formam coni productum vel ibi tuberculatum. 3. Cyrtophora (Simon). h. Oculi laterales subcontingentes ; abdomen cute moUi tectum, cylindrato-ovali . . 4. Smga (Koch), t Pedes 4ti paris reliquis longiores. Abdomen cute duriuscula tectum 6. Cercidia, g. n. b. Oculi laterales postici non vel (in c?) parum longius a mediis posticis distantes quam hi inter se. 6. Zt7la (Koch). B. Maxillae dimidio — duplo vel ultra longiores quam latiores. 1. Series oculorum anticorum fortiter recurva ; oculi laterales sub- contingentes 7. Meta (Koch). 2. Series oculorum anticorum subrecta j oculi laterales disjunct!. 8. Tetragnatha (Lat.). II. Organum inframamillare adest; metatarsi postici calamistro instructi. Subf. II. Uloborinjs. ^ This Table is here slightly abridged in some of the characters. ^ Having the convexity directed backwards ; when the convexity is for- 2vard, the author calls the series recurva. 104 ZOOLOGICAL LITERATURE. A. Series oculorum antica margini frontis proxima, procurva, postica recurva 9. Uloborus (Lat.). B. Oculi a margine frontis longe remoti, spatium magnum occupantes ; series antica procurva, postica recurva, longa. 10. //yp^io^es(Walck.). The type of Argiope is A. lobata (Pall.), and the genus also includes^ A» brunnichii (Scop.)=/asaaS.) insidarisy p. 678, Moluccas ; P. {S.) pfeifferce, p. 680, Batavia; P. (Oxyurus) haastii, p. 683, Auckland, N.Z.; P. (O.) cyprius, p. 684, Cyprus; P. {Strongylosoma) syriacus, p. 686, Syria; P. (S.) persicus, p. 687, Persia; P. (S.) hatavice, p. 688, Java; P. {S.) novarce, p. 689, Auckland, N.Z. ; and P. {Icosidesmus) hochstettm i, p. 690, Auckland. Sqihceriodesmus gracilisy sp. n., Humbert & Saussure, Rev. et Mag. de Zooh 1869, p. 149, Mexico. Polydesmus. Humbert and Saussure (/. c.) describe the following new species of this genus : — P. {Fontaria) simillimtis, p. 150, P. (P.) mystecus, ibid., P. (P.) acolhmtSy ibid., P. (P.) zendaluSy ibid., and P. (P.) nahmiSy ibid., Mexico ; P. {Oxyuinis) coidoniy p. 161, Cuba ; P. (0.) sumichrasti, ibid., P. (0.) orizabcBy ibid., and P. (O.) intermedius, ibid., Mexico; P. {Odontotropis) da- razianuSy p. 162, La Plata; P. {Tropisoma) coccineuSy ibid., Mexico; P. {Ra- chidomorpha) uncinatuSy ibid., Mexico ; and P. {Scytonotus) looodianuSy ibid., Mexico. Platydesmus mexieanus, sp. n., Humbert & Saussure, 1. c. p. 156. JULID^. Spiroholus. Humbert & Saussure (Rev. et Mag. Zooh 1869, pp. 153-164) tabulate the Mexican species of this genus. ParajuluSy g. n., Humbert & Saussure, Rev. et Mag. Zooh 1869, p. 166. Allied to Juhts'y joint 2 of mandible in cf tumid; labium in S with median MYRIOPODA. 169 lamina largo, ovato ; lateral lobes of first segment in cJ broad, rounded or siibquadrato ; in 2 narrow, subangularly coarctate ; legs on segments (1) 1, (2) 0, (3) 0, (4) 1, on the rest 2 ; in cf with no arolii. Sp. P. olmecusj sp. n., liiimb. & Sauss. 1. c, p. 155, Mexico. Julus ancepSf sp. n., Boheman, GiJfvers. Kongl. Vet. Akad. Forh. xxv. p. 378, on the Gotska Sandon. Craspedosoma meccicanumf sp. n., Humbert & Saussure, Rev. et Mag. Zool. 1869, p. 153, Mexico. Spiroholus nahuuSf sp. n,,. Humbert & Saussure, 1. c. p. 164, and S, hetero- pygusj sp. n., Humb. & Sauss. ibid., Mexico. SiPHONOPHORIDiE. Siphonophora mexicana, sp. n., Humbert & Saussure, Rev. et Mag. Zool. 1869, p. 165. 170 ZOOLOGICAL LITERATURE, INSECTA. THE GENERAL SUBJECT By E. C. Rye. A. Works in progress. Bullettino della SocietI Entomologica Italiana. Anno primo. Ease, i.-iv. 1869. Florence. The Italian Entomological Society has appointed a provi- sional Committee, consisting of A. Targioni-Tozzetti, A. H. Haliday (since dead), P. Stefanelli, and F. Piccioli, under whose direction a volume, consisting of four parts, has been published for 1869, containing 344 pages and six plates, of which two are coloured. The main object of this volume appears naturally to be the elucidation of Italian Entomology, catalogues of Coleo- ptera, Rhynchota, Lepidoptera, and other minor divisions being commenced in it ; but there are (besides descriptions of new species of various orders) some highly interesting anatomical papers. Each fasciculus contains biographical notes, and notices of descriptive and applied entomology. Petites nouvelles Entomologiques. Paris. This little publication, commenced on the 1st July, 1869, and thence issued every fortnight, under the editorship of E. Dey- rolle, fils, appears to have been originally intended as a medium for facilitating the exchange of specimens, and for diffusing news on entomological subjects that would be uninteresting unless immediately printed. But by degrees it has been made a vehicle for the descriptions, or rather of hurried and abbreviated sketches of descriptions, of new species, to which names are attached, with the avowed object of snatching priority, — at the expense of precision and dignity [cf. Kraatz, Berl. ent. Zeit. 13, vi.). Some of these ebauches, if held to be sufficient, will, although the species to which they are meant to refer may be subsequently described in the ^ Annalcs,^ necessitate the quo- tation of the ‘ Petites nouvelles ^ as their original record. INSECTA, m De Marseul has in a measure adopted the scheme of this pamphlet in his " Nouvelles et faits divers/^ exclusively relating to Coleoptera. B. Separate Works. Harris, Thaudeus William, Entomological Correspondence of. (Occasional Papers of the Boston Society of Natural His- tory, i.) Edited by Samuel H. Scudder. Boston, 186r, pp. 375. This volume contains : — a memoir of Harris by T. W. Higgin- son ; a list (with titles, dates, and references) of Harrises writings, and his entomological correspondence with Hentz, Melshei- mer. Doubleday, Herrick, Le Conte, Morris, Say, Zimmerman, Darling, Le Baron and Higginson. As appendices, it also con- tains : — descriptions of the larvse of many American insects, with memoranda of their metamorphoses, habits, &c. ; descrip- tions of a few species (OrthopterOy Neuroptera, Hemiptera and Biptera), selected from Harrises MS. j reprints of the original descriptions in the 'New England Farmer^ (1826-30) of several species, chiefly Coleoptera ; and some passages of the first edition of the ' State Report on Insects,^ omitted from the third edition. There are 46 woodcuts, reproduced from Harrises drawings, a portrait of Plarris, and 4 plates, relating chiefly to the earlier stages of Lepidoptera, of which the first two are coloured. Packard, Jr., A. S. A guide to the study of Insects, and a Treatise on those injurious and beneficial to crops. For the use of Colleges, Farm Schools, and Agriculturists. Ten plates and about 600 woodcuts. 8vo. Salem. This work, noticed at some length in the 'Record^ for 1868, was completed by the issue, in October, 1869, of part x. (part v. having appeared in January, 1869). . Record of American Entomology for the year 1868. This work, published by the Peabody Academy of Sciences, Salem, Mass., is edited by Packard, who undertakes the Hymeno^ pteray Lepidoptera [Heterocera) y and Arachnida. He is assisted by Scudder in the Lepidoptera {Rhopalocera) and Orthoptera ; by Osten-Sacken in Dipteray Leconte in Coleopteray Uhler in Hemiptera and Neuropteray and Hagen in Pseudo-scorpions. This volume refers to 402 new species of North- American insects, described in American journals during 1868; and it is intended that subsequent volumes shall also contain notices of such Ame- rican species as are published in Europe. Packard, Jr., A. S. First Annual Report of the Trustees of the Peabody Academy of Science, Salem, Mass., Jan. 1869 ; Appendix to Report on Articulata (p. 56 et seq.). Contains a List of Hymenopterous and Lepidopterous Insects 172 ZOOLOGICAL LITERATURE. collected by the Smithsonian Expedition to South America, under Professor James Orton, and descriptions of 24 new species. Peabody, Selim H. Cecirs Book of Insects. Chicago, 1868, pp. 228, 11 plates. An introductory work. Biley, Ciias. V. First Annual Report on the noxious, benefi- cial, and other Insects of the State of Missouri. Jefferson City, Mo., 1869 : 2 coloured plates, and many woodcuts. Contains much interesting matter of a practical nature, with accounts of the economy of many species not before published, and descriptions of new species (5 Lepidop., 2 Dipt., 1 Homop., 1 Col., 3 Hymenop.). Stainton, H. T. The Entomologist's Annual for 1870. Van Voorst, London, 1869 : pp. 159, 1 pi. Contains : — observations on European Tineina and notices of new British Tineina (five, including one new species) by the Editor ; notes on British Hymenoptera, with description of one new species, by Smith ; notices of new British species of Coleo- ptera (about 90 in number, including about 40 new to science) by the Recorder \ notes on new British Macro-Lepidoptera (9) &c. by Knaggs ; and a paper on Sericiculture by Wallace. The Insect-Hunter's Year-book for 1868. Published and printed by Edward Newman, London : pp. 16. This anonymous pamphlet, which purports to be instituted as an attempt _ to establish a chronological and systematic record of discoveries and observations in British Entomology contains brief references to the captures of individual specimens of certain well-known British Lepidoptera, and of eleven species of Diptera and Hymenoptera. From it, it would appear that 18 species only had been added to the list of the British Insect-fauna in all orders during the year to which it refers ; and some of these are avowedly reproduced from the prior-published ^ Annual * of Stainton. No reference to Coleoptera is made in it. Thompson, R. Report on Insects destructive to woods and forests. Allahabad (Government Press, N.W. Provinces), 1868, pp. 42. This has reference to the ravages of insects, more especially Coleoptera, in the Kumaon and Gurhwal Forests, and is illus- trated by seven rough plates of the borings of different larv®, and nine equally rough photographs of Coleoptera in all their stages, and of a few Hymenoptera. The author somewhat un- necessarily gives an introduction on the Insecta generally ; and from his reference to Cuvier's (ncAV !) classification, his giving the name of the European Lucanus cervus to the Indian Lucanus lunifer, and his evident ignorance of the existence of such works INSECTA. 173 as those of Kollar^ llatzeburg, &c., it may easily be believed that Iiis treatise is of the crudest nature. C. Papers published in Journals ^c. Balsamo-Crivellt, Antonio Villa ed Emilio Cornalia. Sopra gPinsetti che devastano i eampi della bassa Lombardia. Reale Istit. Lombardo di Scienze e Lettere (Rendic.), ser. 2. vol. i. fasc. xii. 1868, pp. 620-628, This is the report of a Commission upon insect-ravages in the provinces of Milan, Pavia and Cremona, and especially refers to Phytonomus punctaius, Chrysomela staphylcea, Adimonia rustica and Acridium bigutiatum. Remedies are suggested. Becker, D. Reise nacli dem Kaukasus. Bull. Soc. Imp. des Nat. de Moscou, 1868, pp. 191-233. Contains notices of localities for many insects of all orders. Boheman, Carl H. Bidrag till Gottlands Insekt-fauna. Of- versigt af Kongl. Vetenskaps-Akademiens Forhandl. 1867 (pub. 1868), pp. 611-636. Contains references to localities for and dates of captures of Qoleoptera, Hemiptera and Lepidoptera, and some synonymic notes, in continuation of the authors former paper on the same suliject in 1849. In the first-mentioned order, he especially draws attention to his capture of Acrognathus mandibularis and Plnneustomus politus. Brauer, Friedrich. Betrachtungen fiber die Vcrwandlungdcr insekten im Sinne dcr Ilcscemlcnz-Theorie. Verb. zooL- bot. Cescllsch. in Wien, Band xix. pp. 299-318. The author calls attention to the metamorphoses of insects as bearing upon the Darwinian hypothesis. He tabulates the dif- ferent orders into four groups, characterized by the different degrees of resemblance or organization afforded by their respective members, both in their early and perfect stages, when compared with Campodea, which he takes as a stem-form. He gives an outline plate (Taf. x. figs. 1-26) of the different gradations of larvae of the Insect a. Brischke, G. Kleinere Beobachtungen fiber Insekten. Schrif- ten d. Naturforsch. Gesellsch. in Danzig, 2nd ser. Bd. 2, Heft. 1, 1868, art. 6, pp. 1-5. Contains : — notices of Campoplex unicinctus (Gr.), bred from a Eupithecia] water-drinking larvie oiNematus variabilis ; and various species of Diptera. [Of. Heft 2, 1869, for slight cor- rections in this.) . Kleinere Mittheilungen fiber Insekten. Ibid., Heft. 2, 1869, art. 7. Contains : — description of a new species of Cecidomyia ; notes on Cecidomyian galls on Athamanta oreoselinum ; leaf-mines in 1869. [vol. VI.] o 174 ZOOLOGICAL LITERATURE. lime and elder trees; and abnormal antennal formation in Syromastes margmatus. Cohn, Ferdinand. Untersuclmngen Uber Insectenschaden auf den sclilesisclien Getreidefeldcrn in Sommer 1869. Ab- liandlungen der Sclilesisclien Gcsellscli. fiir vaterl. Cult. (Naturvviss. u. Med.) 1868-9, pp. 177-199. Describes tlic economy and ravages of species of Osemis, JassuSf Cecidomyiay ChloropSy Aphis j Sir ex ^ Thrips^ and Tipula. Cornelius, C. Vogelnester und Insecten. Stettiner entom. Zeitung, 1869, pp. 407-410. The author records the occurrence of numerous species of insects, principally Coleoptera, in the nests of birds (chiefly swallows). CuRioNi, Giulio. Notizie sopra un insetto die danneggia i campi del grano turco. Reale Istit. Lomb. Scienze e Lett. (Rendic.), ser. 2. vol. i. fasc. xiii. 1868, pp. 670, 671. Insect not known, except in larval state. Darwin, Charles. Notes on the fertilization of Orchids. An- nals & Mag. Nat. Hist. 4th series, iv. pp. 141-159. These notes are supplementary to Darwin^s great Avork on the same subject, and consist of fresh facts and observations, cor- rections of errors, and confirmations of statements. They are divided into paragraphs to be added to specified portions of the original work, and especially treat of Hymenoptera and Dipt era. Dohrn, C. a. Linnaeana. Stettiner entom. Zeitung, 1869, pp. 411-425; 1870 (pub. Nov. 1869), pp. 90-97. Dohrn gives biographical particulars &c. of Linne. Gan IN, — , Beitrage zur Erkenntniss der Entwickclungs- geschichte bei den Insecten. Zeitschr. f. wisseiisch. Zoologie (Siebold und Kolliker), xix. 1869, pp. 381-4-51, Tab. xxx.-xxxiii. The author enters at length upon the question of develop- ment in insects, giving in detail the earlier stages of Platyg aster, Polynema, Teleas, and Ophioneurus, which are copiously illus- trated under high powers. Giuliani, Vittore. Acclimatazione spontanea. Bull, della Societk Entom. Itabana, i. fasc. iv. pp. 268-270. The author makes some short remarks upon the emigration of insects, giving particulars of the invasion of western Piedmont by an enormous sAvarm of Anax mediterraneus, which species appears to have become naturalized there, and to occupy a space of two years for its metamorphosis. Girard, Maurice. Etudes sur la chaleur libre degogee par les animaux invertebres, et specialement les insectes. Ann. INSECTA. 175 dcs Sciences Naturellcs (Zoologie), 5^"^® ser. xi. 1869, pp. 135-274. The autlior, after reviewing former observations on tlie ani- mal heat of the Invertebrataj and especially those of Newport, discusses : — the different modes of detecting that heat; the results of experiments on isolated insects of different orders, Myriopoda and Arachnida ; the influences of humming and muscular contraction in the Hymenoptera, and, generally, of sex ; the superficial temperature of naked larvje and of pupae ; the com- parative external and internal temperature of larvae ; the heat of enclosed pupae, and the differences in various parts of the body of perfect insects. He treats these subjects at considerable length, with much detail of experiment, and considers that the following rule is established, viz. that, in insects capable of flight, heat is concentrated in the thorax in a focus of intensity propor- tional to the effective power of flight. OiiEDLEii, ViNCENz. Bcitrag zu den monstrbsen Erscheinungen thierischer Organe. Correspondcnz-Blatt des zool.-min. Vcr. in llcgcnsburg, 1869, xxiii. pp. 34^36. The author adds further instances of abnormal development to those mentioned in the same publication by him in 1858. In the Insecta he specifies Rhyparachromus pedestris, Megalonotus chiragraj Miris holsatus, Mormidea nigricans, Otiorhynclius ar- madillo, Liophloeus nuhilus, Philontlius (sneus, Cetonia morio, Ccruchus lenehrioides , Aromia moscliala, Saperda carcharias, Magdalinus alerrirnus, Tinea granella, and Bomhyx mori. Grimm, O. von. Rcchcrclies anatomiques sur les antennes des insectes. Bulletin de FAcad. Imp. des Sci. de St. Petersb. xiv. no. ], pp. 66-73, tab. xiv. figs. 1-7. Contains observations on antenme of Oryctes nasicornis, Apho- dius porcus, Geotrupes vernalis and stercorarius, Aleuchus lati- collis, Formica rufa, and Cimhex variabilis, especially with reference to the works of Landois and Leydig, and with the re- sult of conviction to the author that the antemue of insects generally act solely as organs of touch, and that only in some, as in O. nasicornis, have they an additional, but as yet undeter- mined, function. Guehin-Meneville, F. E. Etudes sur les Inseetes consideres eomme la cause de la maladie dcs Cannes h sucre dans les lies Maurice et de la Reunion (P® Partie). Annales Soc. Entom. France, 4® ser. tome ix. pp. 89-92. The author deplores his inability to suggest any remedy for the ravages of the insects that feed on the sugar-cane, in spite of the foundation by the planters of Mauritius of a prize of 50,000 francs for efficient scientific help. He says he can only give the scientific names of these insects, and proceeds to men- o 2 176 ZOOLOGICAL LITERATUllE. tion the different species confounded under the designation of Pou h pouche blanche/^ which are four in number, viz. Coccus sacchari (Guer.), Lecanium iceryi (Guer.), L.guerinii (Signoret) and Aleuroclcs bcrgii (Sign.) . He also refers to Dclyhax sac- charivora (Westw.), and the ^Mlorcr/^ JDiathroia sacchari (Guilding). Heuze, Gustave. Animaux et Insectes nuisibles an ble dans les greniers. Journal d^ Agricult. Pratique, 1869, pp. 731-734 (extracted from the work by the same author entitled Les Plantes alimentaires,^^ in course of publication) . Refers to the economy of CalandrUj Alucita cerealellay Tinea granella and Tn'ogosita mauritanica (woodcuts). Heyden, L. von. Ueber neue von Herrn v. Frivaldszky in den Schriften der ungarischen Academic 1865 beschriebenen Insekten-Arten. Berlin, ent. Zeitschr. xiii. pp. 53-64. Von Heyden abstracts, from the Abhandlungen of the Hun- garian Academy, 1865, Frivaldszky^s contributions, under the title Jellemz'6 Adatok Magyarorszdg Faund-jdhoz ” to the Hungarian fauna, nearly all of which refer to the Insecta, repre- sented by the orders Lcpidoptera and Coleoptera in about equal proportions. Food-plants are given for many of the Lcpidoptera ; but the Coleoptera receive the greatest attention, and will be noticed seriatim in the present Record. Frivaldszky^s descrip- tions of his new genera and species are reproduced, with com- ments ; and full references to his plates &c. are given. Hofmann, Ernest. Beitriige zur biologischen Insektensamm- lung. Corresp.-Blatt zool.-min. Ver. Regensburg, 1869, xxiii. p. 42. Refers to incidents in the economy of Calotormes castaneuSy (Estrus gastri and Noctua piniperda. Hofmann, Ottmar. Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Parthenogenesis. Stettiner entom. Zeitung, 1869, pp. 299-303. Hofmann adduces instances of parthenogenesis [Solenobiaj Lepidop.) . Kawall, J. H. Entomologische Anmerkungen. Stettin, entom. Zeitung, xxxi. 1870 (but published in Nov. 1869), pp. 108- 110. Contains observations on the economy &c. of eleven species of DipterUy Hymenopteray Lcpidoptera and Coleoptera, Kiesenwetter, H. von. Eine Excursion nach der Babia Gora und in das Tatragebirge im Sommer 1868. Berlin, ent. Zeitschr. xiii. pp. 305-320. Contains an enumeration of alpine species, chiefly Coleopteray taken in the Carpathians. The author adds two tables referring to localities for certain of the species. INSECTA. 177 Kraatz_, G. Ueber den neiien Zeicliimngs-Apparat von Dr. J. R. Scliincr in Wien. Berlin, entom. Zeitschr. xiii, pp. 302- 304, Taf. i. The author abstracts Schiner^s paper on the same subject, and reproduces his plate. Maklin, W. Nagra notiser om insekt-faunan i trakten af Sta^ den Petrosawodsk. Ofvers. af Pinska Vetenskaps-Societ. rbrhandl. xi. 18G8-69, pp. 71-78. Contains local references to Coleoptera, Hymenoptera, and Diptera. Mahey, — . Memoire sur le vol des Insectes et des Oiseaux. Ann. des Sciences Nat. (Zool.) 5"^® ser. xii. 1869, pp. 49- 150 (42 cuts). In the first portion of this paper (pp. 49-80) the author enters fully into the movements of the wings in insects, giving copies of diagrams obtaiiicd from the actual contact of wings in motion with smokc-blackencd paper placed on a cylinder moved by re- gulated clock-work. ’ — Reproduction m^canique du vol des Insectes. Comptes rendus, Ixviii. p. 667. Meyer-Dur, L. R. Skizze des entomologischen Charakters von Corsica. Mittheilungen der schweizer. entom. Gesellsch. iii. pp. 7-14. The author briefly sketches the entomological aspect of Cor- sica, especially as regards the likynchota. His deductions are : — 1, its poverty in species, and endless richness in individuals; 2, that, as regards number of species, Corsica is surpassed by the neighbouring continents, and in a higher degree by any Swiss locality ; 3, that, as a whole, the peculiar conditions and flora of the island produce only a few peculiar insect-forms ; 4, that cultivation, from its result in Corsica, is likely to have an inordinate effect in dispersing insects to undisturbed loealities ; and, 5, that the inseet-fauna of Corsica is a mixture of southern French and Sicilian forms with those of Central Europe. Rojas, Carlos E. Observaeiones entomologicas. Vargasia, Bob de eienc. fis. y nat. de Caracas, 1868, pp. 36-38. Contains notices of rare Coleoptera, parasitic Diptera, &c. Roster, Giorgio. Di alcuni mezzi ed apparati destinati a riprodurre in disegno le immagini microscopiche applicabili in spccialc modo allc minute investigazioni cntomologiche. Bull, della Socicth Entom. Italiana, i. fasc. iv. pp. 306-315, with five woodcuts. The author mentions different instruments for drawing w iili accuracy and ease under the microscope, especially referring to the mctliod employed by Schiner. His chief object, however, 178 ZOOLOGICAL LITERATURE. is to describe a modification by himself of an instrument con- structed by Pacini in 1863, which, though a little more compli- cated than Schiner's, has the advantage of combining all the properties of an ordinary, solar, or photographic microscope, together with greater ease when used for designing, as the focus can be readily ascertained and varied, a tube and prism being added to the main body of the instrument, which is virtually constructed on the same principle as Schiner^s. ScHiNER, J. R. Ueber einen neuen Zeichnungs-Apparat. Verb, zool.-bot. Gesellsch. in Wien, Band xix. pp. 3-8. (Supple- ment. Ueber meinen mikroskopischen Zeiclmen-Apparat. L. c, pp. 733-734.) The author, after referring to the method used by Winnertz, and Fraunenfeld^s more complicated modifications of it, describes his own very simple apparatus, which practically consists of a reversal of the ordinary method of observation. His instrument consists of a dark chamber formed by a flat box of which the front side is removed and in the middle of the top of which is a large round hole. To this hole a cone or funnel is fitted, having a diaphragm in its middle, and the object-glass of a microscope (or other modifications of magnifying-power) fitted to its apex, the remainder being the stand of a simple microscope turned upside down, and fixed by the usual moveable arm to the object- glass. The ordinary bottom reflector is thus at the top, and throws the light from a lamp on the object to be designed, which is on the usual stage j the magnified image thus being thrown down the cone and through the diaphragm, and finally resting on the bottom of tlie dark chamber. Schiner gives a figure of the whole apparatus. SiiiMER, II. Insects injurious to the Potato. The American Naturalist, hi. pp. 91-99. The author treats of the same species as those described and figured in Riley’s First Report of Noxious Insects of Missouri, 1869, and reproduces figures from the ^American Entomologist’ (also utilized in Riley’s Report) . He differs from W alsh and Riley in his estimate of the value of the insect enemies of the Potato- bug,” and thinks climatic influence the only important check. Snellen van Vollenhoven, S. C., and De Selys Longchamps, E. Recherches sur la Faune de Madagascar, &c., partie, ire liyj. Leyden, 1869, pi. 1, 3. Contains a list of insects of different orders found by Pollen and Van Dam at Reunion, the Coraorres and Madagascar, with descriptions and figures of new species. Speyer, A. Nachtrag zu den Bemerkungen fiber den Herma- phroditismus dcr Inscctcn. Stettin, entom. Zeit. xxxi. 1870 (but published in Nov. 1869), p. 77. INSECTA. 179 The author briefly refers to observations upon hermaphrodite honey-l)ees, especially bearing upon the connexion between ex- ternal and internal combinations of male and female characters, Weijenuergii, Jr., H. Prodromus en Algemecne Beschouwing der fossiele Insekten van Beijeren. Tijdschr. v. Entom. xii. pp. 230-248. (Obs. Pp. 230-234 are erroneously printed 130-134; and pp. 231-234 are reprinted, with some slight alterations, with this error uncorrected.) Contains a list of 100 fossil Insecta found in the lithographic oolite of Solenhofen, and consisting of the following orders and species : — Coleoptera, 26 spp. (of which the Elateridm are the family best represented) ; Hemiptera, 12 spp. (Heterop. 9, Homo]?. 3) ; Orthoptera, 10 spp. ; Neuroptera, 42 spp. (whereof 28 belong to the Odonata) ; Lepidopteraj 1 sp. (a Sphinw) ; Hymenopteray 4 spp. ; Diptera, 5 spp. The author adds Arachnida (3 spp.) and Myriopoda (1 sp.). References are given to the diflerent publications in which these species arc described, and compa- risons are made witli the English fossil insects. Westwood, J. O. Notice of a new Order of Hexapod Insects. Entomologist’s Monthly Magazine, vi. pp. 118, 119 (1 Oct. 1869). The author founds an order, Achreioptera, containing a single genus, which he characterizes under the name Platypsyllus y for the reception of a species described as V. castorinus. This insect is parasitic upon the Canadian beaver, and is oval, flat, possessed of maxillae, a labium and four palpi, three-jointed antennae, a large prothorax, triangular sciitellum, two short, veinless, cly- triform anterior wings (posterior obsolete), and robust spinous legs, with five-jointed tarsi and two claws to the apical joints. The author appears to have read a paper on the subject of this insect before the Ashmolean Society, Oxford, at Michaelmas, 1868, and to have intended that his description of it should appear in the Transactions of that Society ; but the long delay attending the publication of those Transactions compelled him to send the above notice to the Ent. Monthly Mag., with the idea of obtaining priority. In this he is forestalled by Ritsema, who read a short description of the same insect on July 31, 1869, at a meeting of the Societe Entomologique Neerlandaise, under the name of Platypsyllus castoris, and published a notice of it in Deyrolle’s '^Petites nouvelles Entomologiques,” No. 6, 15 Sept. 1869. Ritsema regards the insect as undoubtedly belonging to the order Suctoriay Heg., and (Pet. nouv. Ent. No. 10) hesi- tates to found even a family [Platypsyllidoi) on this single species. 180 S500L0GICAL LITERATURE. Bickford (Americ. Naturalist, ii. p. 665) gives an instance of an insect losing its life throiigli entanglement in pollen of Aschpias. Kirkpatrick (/. e. iii. p. 110) mentions other instances (especially in the honey-heo), and states that the plant, needing external aid to free its pollen-masses, has the latter attached to cleft glands, hy which hairs or claws of an insect are held fast. Leggett (/. c. p. 688) mentions similar instances. Pascoe (Proc. Ent. Soc. l.ond. 1809, p. xxv) notes the existence on an undescribed species of Saragus (^lleteromcni) of a fungoid growth, stated to occur on the living insect and on the trees frequented by it. This growth was stated to be an Isaria, the early stage of a Spheeria. Wallace (ibid.) is of opinion that the growth, if habitually found on the beetle when alive, was not vegetable j and remarks that, as an allied species has a hairy covering, it is but one step further towards protective resemblance if that covering assume a fungoid appearance. Kneel AND (Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist. xi. p. 120) describes the growth &c. of a fungoid parasite, or caterpillar fungus, from the Philippine Islands. Walsh and Riley (Amer. Entom. i. pp. 91, 186 and 207) remark on fungoid growths, especially in connexion with insects (figs. 129 & 144). Frauenfeld (Verh. zool.-bot. Gesellsch. in Wien,xix. p. 935, Zoologische Miscellen) describes two new galls : — one (figured) sent by Schrader from Shanghai, and which is formed, on a Rhamnus allied to franyida, by the larva of a now species of the Ilomopterous genus Psylla, according to Sclirador,but which is referred to Arytcena (Feirst.) by Frauenfeld, who retains Schrader’s proposed specific name of cornicola ; and the other sent by Tauscher from Ercsi, Donau, and formed by an unknown larva (apparently Lepidopterous) on Pulyyonum amculare. CouPER (Canadian Entom. i. p. 68) records an apparently undescribed gall on the leaf of Oratceyus crus-yalU. Walsh (/. c. p. 79) thinks it most probable this gall is produced by a Cecidomyia. CouPER (/. c. p. 81) notes another unknown gall onAlnus incana. Osten- Sacken (/. c. p. 89) thinks this is produced by his Cecidomyia serratuhe. Walsh and Riley (Amer. Entom. i. pp. 101-110, and ii. pp. 45-60 and pp. 70-74) figure and describe various American galls caused by Cynips, Ce- cidomyiay Apkisy NematiiSy &c. Muller (Proc. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1869, p. xxi) notes galls on Acei' campestt'e, made by unknown insects, and points out that insect-agency can produce, on thornless plants, excrescences resembling natural thorns. Kidd and Muller (Ent. Mo. Mag. v. p. 216) publish a second list of plants known or reputed to bear galls in Great Britain. Kidd (/. c. vi. p. 8) remarks, also, upon an unknown willow-gall. Haeckel (Palieontology of Illinois, Articulate fossils of the Coal-Measures, from Report of Illinois State Survey, Sept. 1868) speculates upon the ancestors of the Articidata. Cf. Amer. Naturalist, iii. p. 45. ScuDDER (Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist. xi. p. 1 17) makes observations on fossil insects from the Tertiary beds of Green River, Colorado, not agreeing, in the aggregation of species, with any of the insect-beds of Europe. Reed (Proc. Bristol Nat. Soc. iii. p. 66) notes the paucity of insects at Bahia, as compared with Para and Rio, between wliicli it is situated. Southwell (Hardwicke’s ‘ Science Gossip,’ no. 58, p, 231) remarks on insect visitations. Mott (/. c. p. 267) writes on the same subject. INSECTA. 181 Merrifiei-d (Entom, no. GO, p. 27G) discusses the question why certain hinds of insects arc in some years so much more plentiful than in others. AVallengren (Ofv. Kongl. A^et.-Ak. Forh. p. 23), in his Norddstra Skfines Fauna,” pp. 6-14, gives a list of insects of* various orders found in N.E. Sweden. Horne, Wallace, and others (Proc. Ent. Soc. Lond. 18G9, p. vii) discuss the question of the relationship between the colour and the edibility of larvo3. Horne subsequently (/. c. p. xii) states the results of his observations in India, on various insects, as regards their liability to or freedom from attack. Walsh and Riley (Amer. Entom. i. p. IGO) give instances of insects exhi- biting a preference for certain varieties of a particular species of plant. Kirsch (Isis, 18G9, p. 84) refers to a monocular honey-bee ; to the local name of Macrodontia cervicorim, the habits of Dynastes hercules and Theogenes nejdwms, and the position of the genus PhengodeS, pREVER (Ann. Soc. Ent. Rclg., Comptes-rendus, pp. xxiv-xliii) discusses the question of parthenogenesis at some length, in opposition to the views of Plateau, as enunciated in liis inaugural thesis on being admitted as Doctor of Zoology at the University of Ghent. Walsh and Riley (Amer. Entom. i. p. 194) figure insects that prey upon the Chinch Rug” (^Micropus leucopterus, Say), and make observations on their habits. Packard, A. S., junr., in a paper on insects inhabiting salt water (Proc. & Comm, of Essex Institute, vi. p. 41, 18G9), gives a list of references to prior writers on the same subject. Guyon (Hardwicke’s ‘ Science Gossip,’ no. 61, p. 67) suggests reasons for insects flying to light. W. II. (1. c. no. 64, pp. 137 & 188) reverts to this subject. In Hardwicke’s ‘ Science Gossip,’ no. 62, pp. 77 & 78, is an anonymous paper on the influence of light on insects. R. G. (Hardwicke’s ‘ Science Gossip,’ no. 61, p. 66) remarks upon Ento- mology in Coalpits.” In the American Entomologist, i. pp. 84-88, is an article by AValsh and Riley on The Parasites of the Human Animal.” The authors specify the liabits of three Pedietdi, an (Estru9, two species of Pidex^ the too well-known Aonnilna heUdaria, and Conorhinm snnguisuga (Leconte), giving figures of the latter and of Peduvius. They also refer to certain Acari and Pnlozoa. AValsh and Riley (Amer. Entom. i. p. 99) note insects injurious to drugs. Bischoff-Ehingeb (Mittheil. schweiz. entom. Gesellsch. hi. pp. 73-81) gives a notice of the works of the late L. Imhoff. Muller (Ent. Mo. Mag. vi. p. 17) refers also to that author’s manuscripts and collections. Westwood (Proc. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1869, p. xxii) communicates a paper from StXl on the type-collections in Sweden, viz. : — at Stockholm, those of l)e Geer, Paykull, Falldn, Schonherr (including some of Gyllenhal’s), Dalman, Fries, Billberg, Salilberg, Boheman, Stal, Holmgren, Thomson (partly), Wallengron and AA^ahl berg ; at Upsala, those of Thunberg, Gyllenhal and (partly) Thnnaeus ; and at Lund, those of Zetterstedt, Dahlbom, Tliomson and Ljnngh. 182 ZOOLOGICAL LITERATURE. Marshall (Ent. Mo. Mag. v. pp. 208-234) replies to Dunning on tlie gender of Acanthosoma. Dunning (1. c. pp. 230, 254) rejoins. Dohrn (Stettin, ent. Zeit. 1809, pp. 304-300) addresses a farewell letter to Hagen, on the appointment of the latter to the directorship of the Cam- bridge Museum, Massachusetts. Dohrn (l.c. p. 307), under the heading ‘‘Ouriosum,” ridicules a mistake in Griesbach’s Book-Catalogue, wherein certain of his entomological Pre- digten” are referred to the section containing theological works. Meyer-Dur (Mittheil. schweiz. entom. Gesellsch. iii. pp. 22-28), under the heading of Ein Wort tiber die verschiedenen Methoden kleinste Insekten in Sammlungen aufzustellen,” discusses the dilferent methods of mounting- minute insects for the cabinet. Kriechbaumer (/. c. p. 151) adds a note on the same subject. Westwood (Proc. Ent. Soc. Bond. 1869, p. iii) describes the method used by Green for preparing microscopic objects in Canada-balsam. Horne (ibid. p. vi) states that the inner bark of Piniis longifolia is useful as a substitute for cork. Verrill’s solutions for preserving larvte and other soft forms are referred to in Entom. no. 62, p. 219. Leconte (Amer. Natural, iii. p. 307), in a short paper on the preservation of entomological cabinets, suggests the use of the atomizer ” (vapour-spray instrument), with a fluid composed of alcoholic solution of arsenious acid, strychnine, carbolic acid, naphtha or benzine, and alcohol. Dadant (Amer. Entom. i. p. 99) refers to llaspail’s solution of aloes and black pepper, to be mixed with the paste used in lining boxes, as a preservative against insects. Laboulbene (Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 4® s^r. ix. Bull. p. xxii) states that specimens prepared with a solution of corrosive sublimate in alcohol are not injured by damp. Lichtenstein (Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 4“ ser. ix. Bull. p. xxviii) points out the advantage of using young laurel-shoots both for killing insects and keep- ing them flexible j and mentions, on the part of Souverbie {sic), that a sponge containing essential oil of bitter almonds has the same effects. Aube objects that Cicindela maritima, under the action of laurel, does not keep flexible, but turns greasy : Laboulbene also does not believe in the entire efficacy of this agent. British entomologists, and especially coleopterists, however, have for many years found laurel indispensable. Gervais (Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 4*^ s(5r. ix. Bull. p. xliv) refers to a solution of Quassia amara employed by Cloez for the destruction of insects injurious to vegetation. Walsh and Riley (Amer. Entom. i. p. 220) describe and figure an ingeni- ous contrivance for ridding fruit-trees of insect-pests. It consists of a stout frame, running on a single wheel, and from which ribs supporting a canvas frame diverge — the whole instrument resembling an enormous inverted umbrella, with two handles, like those of a wheelbarrow, and an opening in front to allow it, in a measure, to surround the tree-trunk, against which it is driven sharply, the insects falling into the frame. COLEOPTERA. 183 COLEOPTERA By E. C. Rye. A. Works in progress. Fauvel, a. Faune Gallo-Rlienane, ou Species des Insectes qui Imbitcnt La France, La l^clgiquc, La Ilollaiide, Le Luxem- bourg, La Prusse Rbenanc, Le Nassau et Le Valais. Co- leopteres. Tome premier ; livraison. Caen. The concluding portion of the first volume of this work has, after considerable delay, appeared ; it completes the introductory portion, and contains chapters on external anatomy, biology and terminology, species and varieties, the laws of nomenclature and classification. The two plates (3 and 4) accompanying it con- tain examples of all the stages of existence in the Coleoptera, with anatomical details. The length of this first volume (281 pages) appears to have given occasion to somewhat disparaging remarks from French critics. The work was originally published in Bull, de la Soc. Linn, de Normandie, 1868, p. 175 et seq. Gemminger, B., und Harold, E. von. Catalogus Coleopterorum hucusque dcscriptorum synonymicus ct systcmaticus. Tom. iv.-vi. 8vo. Munich, 1869. The ])ortion published in 1869 contains from the Scarabaidee to the Cioid(e, Harold, in Coleopt. Hefte, v. pp. 105-119, gives a list of corrections and additions to vols. i.-v. of this Catalogue, which, where practicable, wiU be noticed in their proper places. Crotch has supplied upwards of 200 corrections &c. in the Geodephaga alone, mostly referring to dates and media of publication. Harold (/. c. p. 117) fully acknowledges his obligations to Crotch, and (pp. 122-125) explains his changes in the names of certain genera and species. Gemminger (ibid.) also adds a note to the same purpose. {Cf. Wagner, in Sitz. kon. bay. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen, 1869, i. H. iv. p. 415; Dohrn, Stett. ent. Zeit. 1869, p. 123; Rye, Ent. Mo. Mag. v. p. 247.) L^Abeille. Memoires d^Entomologie par M. S.-A. de Marseul, avec la collaboration dc plusieurs membres de la Societe Entomologique de France et autres entomologistes dis- tingues. The publication of this work is so complicated that its editor (Nouvelles et faits divers, no. 1, Sep. 1869, p. iv) has been com- pelled to correct an attempt to enlighten its subscribers made in Deyrolle’s Petites nouvelles Entomologiques.^^ According to this correction, of the then published livraisons of 1869, nos. 1, 184 ZOOLOGICAL LITERATURE. 2j and 6 belong to tome vi., and nos. 3 and 5 to tome v. The only safe guide appears to be the press-mark at the bottom of each separate sheet, the wrapper being evidently untrustworthy. To add to the difficulty, a new series of the work has been com- menced, of whicli vol. vii. of the old series forms vol. i. The first and second livraisons of this volume, respectively dated out- side January and February 1870, are dated inside 1869, as the volume is supposed to be for 1869-1870. Under this new arrangement a livraison is to be published every month, the quantity of pages being, of course, diminished from the old standard. Lacordaire, Th. Genera des Coleopteres, ou expose methodique ct critique de tous les Genres proposes jusqu^ici dans cet Ordre dTiisectes. Tome ix*“‘^, premiere parties pp. 409. Paris, 1869. Tliis part entirely treats (in continuation) of the Longicornia. The plates of both the parts of vol. ix., with those of vol. viii., will appear with the second part of vol. ix. ; and vol. x. (the last), but for the death of the author, would have been pub- lished in 1871 at the latest. Nouvelles et faits divers. Paris. Under the editorship of M. S.-A. dc Marseul, this little pam- phlet contains current information, notes, reviews, &c. No. 1 appeared in September 1869 ; and the publication has continued thence monthly to December. B. Separate Works, CiiAPUis, F. Synopsis dcs Scolytidcs. Liege, 1869, pp. 61. Contains descriptions of new genera and species. Dieck, G. Diagnosen neuer blinder Kiifer aus Siideuropa und von der Nordkiiste Maroccos. Merseburg, June 1869. Contains the diagnoses of and localities for twenty new spe- cies and one new genus : these are afterwards fully described in Berl. ent. Zeitschr. xiii. p. 336 et seq. Kraatz, G. Verzeichniss der Kafer Deutschlands. 8vo, 1869, Berlin (Beiheft to Jahrg. 1869 of Berl. ent. Zeitschr.). Perez Arcas, Laureano. Bevista critica de las Especies Espa- holas del genero Percus (Bon.). Madrid, 1869, pp. 30. Contains general and historical notices, and very full descrip- tions of the Spanish species of Percus, six in number, with a synoptical table and synonymic catalogue. ScHAiiFUss, L. W. Beitrag zur Kenntniss der Coleoptcren-Fauiia dcT Balcaren. Prague, January 1869. COLEOPTERA. 185 This little pamphlet, of 31 pages (published anonymously hy the Archduke Luis Salvador of Austria), is virtually the work of Schaufuss, who has determined tlie species and described sucli as are new (16 in number). The 332 species enumerated in it result from a stay of some months during 1867 in the Balearic isles by the Archduke, and from a visit of a few days to Majorca and Minorca by Schaufuss and Sam. Brannan in 1866. C. Papers published in Journals ^c. * Descrijytive. Abeille de Perrin, Elzear. Nouveaux Coleopteres franyais. Annales Soc. Entom. France, 4® ser. tome ix. pp. 39-46. . Description dc deux cspeces nouvelles dc Coleopteres du bassin circum-mcditerranecn, et quelques observations sur divers Malachiares, suivics de la description d’Anophthalmus nouveaux. L. c. pp. 401-409. . Quelques observations sur khabitat en France de divers Coleopteres. L. c. p. 410. Allard, E. Remarques sur le genre Sitones. Berlin, ent. Zeitschr. xiii. pp. 321-323. Contains descriptions of two new species. . Notes sur Ics Bruchites. L. c. pp. 326-330. . Revision du genre Asida (Latr.). Abeille, tom. vi. pp. 159-304. Intended as a supplement to Solier’s Monograph. Contains descriptions of 15 new species. Baly, J. S. Characters of some undescribed species of Phyto- ])haga belonging to the families Cassididac and Hispidee. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. April 1869, pp. 83-90. . Descriptions of new genera and species of Hispidse, with notes on some previously described species. Ibid. (Deer.), pp. 303-382. Bates, II . W, Notes on Cicindelidje from Tropical America, with descriptions of four new species (gen. Odontocheila and Pseudowycheila) . The Entomologist's Monthly Maga- zine, V. pp. 286-291 (1 May, 1869). . On Coptodera and the allied genera. Ibid. vi. pp. 69- 72, 1 August, 1869; pp. 73-80, 1 Sept. 1869. . Contributions to an Insect-fauna of the Amazon Valley 186 ZOOLOGICAL LITEIlATUllE. (Coleoptera, Prionides). Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1869 (April), pp. 37-58. In the notes at pp. 43, 49, and 57 of this paper are descrip- tions of new species of Acanthinoderaj Mallaspis and Plolonotus from Mendoza, Nicaragua, and Costa Rica. Bates, H. W. New species of Coleoptera from Chontales, Nica- ragua. Ibid. (Dec.) pp. 383-389. Baudi, F. Coleopterorum messis in insula Cypro et Asia minore ab Eugenio Truqui congregata3 recensitio : de Europaeis notis quibusdam additis (Pars altera). Berlin, ent. Zeitschr. xiii. pp. 369-418. Contains descriptions of many new species of Brachehjtray Psdaphidoi, and ScydiruBnidoi, chiefly from Cyprus ; and also descriptions, in the notes, of other new species from Italy and France, with observations by Kraatz. Becker, A. Ueber Apion artemisiai, Cossyphus tauricus, und Brvaxis furcata. Horai Soc. Entom. Rossicac, vi. 1869, p. 108. Betue, — . Tliroscus cxul, Bonv. Stettin, entom. Zeit. xxxi. 1870 (pub. in Nov. 1869), p. 111. Brisout de Barneville, Henri. Monographic du genre Na- nophyes, d^Europe et d^Algerie. L^Abeille, t. vi. pp. 305- 352. Contains descriptions of 4 new species. Brown, E. On the Australian species of Tetracha. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1869 (Aug.), pp. 351-353. Burmeister, II. Synonymischc Bcrichtigung. Stettin, entom. Zeit. xxxi. 1870 (but published in Nov. 1869), p. 125. Contains a description of a new species of Odontoscelis (Cara- bida;) from Buenos Ayres. Candeze, E. Diagnoses de quelques Rutelides nouvelles. Co- leopt. Hefte, v. pp. 41-45, 1869. Castelnau, Count F. de. Description du nouveau genre Ne- pharis, Coldoptere de la famille des Colydiens, tribu dcs Synchitites. Rev. et Mag. de Zoologie, 1869, p. 356, pi. xviii. figs. 4 & 5. Chaudoir, Baron Maximilien de. Descriptions de Calosoma nouveaux des collections de MM. de Chaudoir et Salle. Annales Soc. Entom. France, 4*" ser. tome ix. pp. 367- 378. . Memoire sur les Thyreopterides. Annales Soc. Entom. Belgique, tome xiF“'®, pp. 113-160; Table, pp. 161 & 162. COLEOPTERA. 187 CiiAUEOiR, Baron Maximilien de. M^moire sur les Coptode- rides. L. c. pp. 163-253 ; Table, pp. 255 & 256. . Note sur les Carabiques (llemarques synonyrniques) . L’Abeille, vi. pp. 148-150. . Deseriptions de Cieindeletes et de Carabiques nouveaux. Rev. et Mag. de Zoologie, 1869, pp. 22-28, 64-70, 114^122, 170-173, 203-208. Crotch, G. II. Beriehtigungen und Zusatze zum Catalogus Coleopterorum synonymicus et systematieus. Coleopt. Hefte, V. pp. 105-112. Contains upwards of 200 notiees referring to vol. i. of Gem- minger and von Harold^s Catalogue, being eliieliy eorreetions in nomenelatnre. Desbrochers des Loges, J. Deseription de Polydrosus et autres Cureulionides nouveaux et d^un genre nouveau de la mertie famille. Annales Soe. Entom. France, 4® ser. tome ix. pp. 389-400. (NB. Some of tliesc are already described by the same author iii Deyrolle^s ^ Petites nouvelles Ento- mologiques.^) " Dieck, G. Beitrage zur subterranen Kaferfauna Stideuropas und Maroccos. (Erstes Stiick.) Berlin, ent. Zeitschr. xiii. pp. 337-360. Contains descriptions of 20 new species {Trechides , Bcmbi- diades, Sil^jhidcSj SilvanideSj Laihridiides, Cossonides), and one new genus {Silvanides) , Eichhoff, W. Ueber die Gattungen Corthylus (auctorum Erichson, Lacordaire, Ferrari), Corthylomimus, Morizus, Cosmocorynus, Ferr., und Monarthron, Kirsch. Berlin, ent. Zeitschr. xiii. pp. 297-301, Taf. ii. figs. 1-3. Fairmaire, L. Notes sur les Coleopteres recueillis par Charles Coquerel k Madagascar et sur les cotes d’Afrique, 2® partie. Annales Soe. Entom. France, 4® ser. tome ix. pp. 179-260. . Coleoptera Europse nova. Stettiner entom. Zeitung, 1869, pp. 231-233. Fauvel, a. Note sur les Brachelytres. L’Abeille, t. vi. pp. 150-152. Consists of synoiiymical corrections. Ferrari, J. A. Drei neue westasiatische Kafer. Verh. zool.- bot. Gesellsch. in Wien, Band xix. pp. 193-200. Gautier des Cottes, C. IX® et X® Rccueil (Duplicata). Mit- theil. schweiz. entom. Gesellsch. vol. iii. pp. 130-150 : August 1869. 188 ZOOLOGICAL LITERATURE. The original of this part, stated to have been sent to Stierlin in June or July 1868, appears to have been lost in the post. Gerhardt, J. Ueber vier fiir Schlesien scltene oder ncuo Kafer. 45. Jahres-Ber. d. Schles. Gesellsch. f. vaterl. Cult. 1868 (for 1867), p. 146. Contains notes on Ceuthorhynchus javetii (Bris.), Hydroporiis geniculatus (Thoms.), Acalles pyrenceus (Sch.), and AmpMbolas striatellus (Bris.). Die Wasserkaferfauna der Aveissen Wiese im Biesenge- birge. L. c. pp. 259 & 260. Contains an account of an excursion to the vicinity of the source of the Elbe in pursuit of Hydradephaya. Gernet, C. von. Beitriige zur Kaferlarvenkunde. (Zweitcr Beitrag.) Horse Soc. Entom. Rossicse, t. vi. 1868, pp. 3-16, . Taf. 1 & 2. The author describes and figures in detail the larvae of (?) Dendrophagus crenatuSy Anther ophagus p aliens ^ Hoplocephala hcemorrhoidaliSy and Gnathocera cornuta. Graae, N. II. DE. Mededceling lictreffendc de Carabici der Verzamcling. Tijdschr. v. Entom. uitg. d. d. Nederl. Ent. Vcr. xii. 1869, pp. 87, 88. Contains a list of desiderata among the reputed Netherland Geodephaga. Harold, E. von. Die Arten der Gattung Glaphyrus, Latr., monographisch bearbeitet. Berlin, ent. Zeitschr. xiii. pp. 425-445. Contains descriptions and a table of the known species, and also descriptions of three new species. . Ueber coprophage Lamellicornien mit besonderer Be- riicksichtigung der Pariser Sammlungen. Coleopt. Hefte, V. pp. 45^70, 1869. Contains references to the chief Parisian cabinets, synony- mical notes, descriptions of four new species, and re-descriptions of some otliers. . Tabula synoptica specierum generis Onthophagus ex Australia. L, c. pp. 78-87. Contains descriptions of ten new species. — . Bemerkungen zu den Elateridae im SteiiPschen Cataloge. L. c. pp. 88-94. . Diagnosen neuer Coprophagen. L. c. pp. 95-104. Contains the characters of four new genera and descriptions of thirty- four new species, the names of all but five of which have already been published in the autlioEs Catalogue. COLEOPTERA. 189 Harold, E. von. Berichtigungcn und Ziisatze zum Catalogus Coleopterorum synonyrnicus et systematicus. L. c. pp. 112- 119 (cf. pp. 122-125). Contains corrections of errors in and additions to vols. i.-v. of Gemminger & v. Harold^s Catalogue. . Revision des especes qni rentrent dans le genre Pinotus, Eriehs. L^Abeille, t. vi. pp. 123-144. Contains descriptions of eleven new species. Higgins, E. T. Description of a new genus and species of Pri- onidre. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1869 (April), pp. 11 & 12, pi. ii. Jones, J. Matthew. Nova Scotian Coleoptera. — Part I. Proc. & Trans, of Nova Scotian Inst, of Nat. Science of Halifax, vol. ii. pt. 3, 1868-9, art. xii. pp. 141-155. Consists of a list of names and localities. Several undeter- mined species arc indicated ; and a few are described as new, but not named. Joseph, G. Ueber entomologisclie Excursionen in Krain und dem Kiistenlande im Sommer 1864. 45®’^ Jahres-Ber, Scbles. Gesellscb. 1868 (for 1867), pp. 148-168. Relates almost exclusively to Coleoptera, especially those fre- quenting caves. . Zur Morphologic von Sphodrus schreibersii, Kiist. 46 Jahr.-Ber. Schles. Ges. 1869 (for 1868), pp. 155-170. . Ueber eine Excursion nach dem Landecker Schneeberg im Spatherbste 1867. Ibid. pp. 170-173 (also recorded in Berl. ent. Zeitschr. 1868). Two short notes on alpine and grotto beetles are added to this paper. . Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Sphodrus-Arten in dem Krainer Gebirgsgrotten. Berlin, ent. Zeitschr. xiii. pp. 243-256. Relates chiefly to Sphodrus schreibersii and its varieties. Kaup, J. Prodromus zu einer Monographic der Passaliden. Coleopt. Hefte, v. pp. 1-40 : 1869. King, R. L. DescriptionoftheAnthicides of Australia. Trans. Entom. Soc.of New South Wales, 1869, vol. ii. pt.l.pp.1-24. Contains notices of 48 species (of which 40 are treated as un- described) belonging to 5 known genera, with indications of the necessity of establishing one or two new genera. The author thinks the number of species may eventually at least be doubled. The length of time that has elapsed between the reading (7 January, 1867) and publication of this paper would seem not 1869. [vol. VI.] P 190 ZOOLOGICAL LlTERATUllE. unlikely to endanger the stability of the names given to the new species. KinGj R. L. Description of new species of Articerus. L. c, pp. 54-57. Refers to 2 new species from New South Wales^ and con- tains a list of the known members of the genus. . On the Byrrhides of Australia. L. c. pp. 71-75. The author describes 5 species (of which 3 are new) belonging to 3 genera, whereof one is characterized for the first time. . Description of Hiketes, a new genus of Formicicolous Coleoptera. L. c. pp. 76-78. Contains one new genus, referred to the ColydiadcBj and two new species. Kirsch, Theodor. Beitrag zur Kenntniss der Gattung Omo- phlus, Sol. Berlin, ent. Zeitschr. xiii. pp. 97-128. . Beitrage zur Kaferfauna von Bogota (Funftes Stuck : Phanerognathe Gurculionen aus der Gruppe der Apostasi- merid'en). L. c. pp. 187-224. Kittner, Theodor. Erganzung des Verzeichniss der bei Bos- kowitz aufgefundcnen Coleopteren. Veihandl. d. natur- forsch. Ver. in Briinn, vi. 1868 (for 1867), pp. 146-152. Completes the author’s former list. Kraatz, G. Ueber deutsclie Donacien. Berlin, ent. Zeitschr. i^iii. pp. 263-272. — . Ueber die deutschen Coninomus- Arten. Z.c.pp. 273-275. — — . Ueber einige deutsche Blaps- Arten (Blaps reflexicollis. Mill., und viatica. Mill. i. litt.). L. c. pp. 276-280. . Synonymische Bemerkungen fiber Blaps-Arten. L. c. pp. 281& 282. . Ueber die europaischen Arten der Gattungen Sacium, Leconte, und Arthrolips, Woll. L. c. pp. 283-287. . Einige Bemerkungen fiber Allard’sche Bmchus. L. c. pp. 331-334. . Synonymische Bemerkungen fiber einige Dorcadion- Arten. L. c. pp. 335 & 336. . Bemerkungen fiber einige Sphodrini. A. c, pp. 365-368. . Aufzahlung der neu beschriebenen Arten (zum Theil wahrscheinlich in Deutschland einheimisch) in Thomson’s Skandinaviens Coleoptera, tom. ix., x. L. c. pp. 419-424. Contains lists of the new species, synonymy, and changes of nomenclature described and contained in the completing: vols of Thomson’s work. ^ COLEOPTERA. 191 Kraatz, Gr. Einige fur die curopaisclie Fauna neiie Carabicen. L. c. pp. 447 & 448. Contains references to localities for Cicindela lacteola (Pall.) and luctuosa (Dej.) and Pterostichus vermiculosus (Menet.). Leconte, J. L. List of Coleoptera collected in Vancouver's Island by Henry and Joseph Matthews, with descriptions of some new speeies. Annals & Mag. of Nat. Hist. (4th ser.), vol. iv. pp. 369-385. The author gives a list of 187 species, some of which are re- markable for having extended their known range in northern and western directions. Notes on other remarkable speeies are given by the author, who describes 13 as new (characterizing briefly one new genus), and leaves a few still undetermined. . (See Zimmermann, C.) Lbtzner, K. Ueber die Naturgcschi elite dcs Lixus myagri, Oliv. 45'^’“ Jahresber. der Schlcsischen Gesellsch. f. vaterl. Cult. 1867 (pub. 1868), pp. 141 & 142. . Ueber die schlesischen Arten der Gattung Crypto- hypnus, insbesonderc tiber C. tetragraphus, Germ., und dermestoides, Hbst. L. c, pp. 142-146. . Mittheilung der von Lehrer Gerharclt in Liegnitz iiber- sandten Beschreibung cines neuen Lathrobium (L. Letz- ncri). L. c. 46" Jahresb., 1868 (pub. 1869), pp. 176-178. MacLeay, W. On the Scaritida3 of New Holland. Trans. Entom. Soc. of New South Wales, 1869, vol. ii. pt. 1. pp. 58-70. Contains descriptions of 20 new species. Marseul, S. a. de. Histerides du sud de FAfrique recueillis par M. le Dr. Fritsch enumeres et decrits. Berlin, ent. Zeitschr. xiii. pp. 288-292. ■ . Notes diverses. L^Abeille, t. vi. pp. 154-158. Contains observations on synonymy, with an abstract of similar notes by Reiche (in Col. Heft, hi) and Seidlitz (Otiorh.), Motschoulsky, Victor. Enumeration des nouvelles especes de Coleopteres rapportes de ses voyages (6™® article). Bull. Soc. Imp. des Nat. de Moscou, 1868 (pub. in 1869), no. 3. I. Trichoptiliens, pp. 170-192; II. Sur le genre Parate- netus, Spinola, et formes voisines, pp. 192-196; III. Mo- notomides, pp. 196-201 ; IV. Sur le genre Nilina, Motsch. p. 201, tab. viii. figs. 1 & 11. . Synonimische Bemerkungen. Horse Soc. Ent. Rossicse, vi. 1869, p. 94. 192 ZOOLOGICAL LITERATURE. Mulsant, E., and Rey^ Cl. Tribu des Floricoles. Annales Soc. Linn, de Lyon, nouvelle serie, tome xvi. pp. 83-231, pis. i.-xix. : 28 Dec. 1868. This is the concluding portion of the authors^ monograph. . Tribu des Piluliformes. L. c, tome xvii. pp. 201-378, pis. 1 & 2 : 28 Dec. 1869. Mulsant, E., and Godart, E. Description de trois Coleopteres nouveaux. L. c. t. xvi. pp. 277-281 (Helops and Hedy- phanes) . Mulsant, E., and Mayet, Valery. Description des Metamor- phoses de PAnomala vitis. Ibid. pp. 297-300. Pandelle, L. Etude monographique sur les Staphylins Eiiro- peens de la tribu des Tachyporini, Erichson. Annales Soc. Entom. Prance, 4*" ser. tome ix. pp. 261-366. Pascoe, Francis P. Descriptions of new genera and species of Tenebrionidie from Australia and Tasmania. Annals and Magazine of Natural History (4th ser.), vol. hi. (no. 13, Jan. 1869), pp. 29-45, pi. x. ; (no. 14, Feb. 1869), pp. 132- 153, pi. xi. j (no. 16, April 1869), pp. 277-296, pi. xii. ; (no. 17, May 1869), pp. 344-351. — . Description of some new species of Lamiidse. L. c. vol. iv. (no. 21, Sept. 1869), pp. 203-211. — ' — On some new Australian genera and species of Curcu- lionidae belonging to the Otiorhynchinse. Entom. Monthly Mag. vol. vi. (Oct. 1869), pp. 99-105 (with a cut). . Longicornia Malayana; or a Descriptive Catalogue of the species of the three Longicorn Families Lamiida3, Ce- rambycidse and Prionidse, collected by Mr. A. R. Wallace in the Malay Archipelago. Trans. Eut. Soc. Loud. 3rd ser. vol. hi. pp. 497-552, Jan. 1869; pp. 553-712, Oct. 1869 (pp. 683-689, being a Summary and Tables of Geo- graphical distribution of species by Dunning, and pp. 691- 696 containing localities by Wallace), pis. 20-24. This work is now completed, its publication having extended from September 1864 to October 1869, and forms in itself vol. hi. of the 3rd series of the Transactions of the Eut. Soc. of London, which are henceforth to be published in annual volumes, and not in series. The present volume contains descriptions of 291 genera and 1046 species, of which 132 genera and 734 species are new ; and 179 species are figured in its 24 plates. PiccioLi, Ferdinando. Catalogo sinonimico e topografico dei Coleotteri della Toscana. Rullct. della Societil Ihitomolog. Italiana, fasc. i. 1869, pp. 56-66; fasc. hi. pp. 205-220. The author, with the assistance of Piero Bargagli, commences COLEOPTERA. 193 a synoiiymical anrl topographical list of Tuscan Coleopteray which, (luring 1869, has reached from Cicindda io Blechrus elusive. PlOCHARD UE LA Br^FLERIE, ChARLES. NoUVcllcS CSpCCCS dc Coleopteres de la famille desCarabiques provenant dM^spagne et des lies Baleares. Annales Soc. Entom. France, ser. tome ix. pp. 21-30 (with corrections of errors in the Rap- port sur Fexcursion dMilspagne,^^ Ann. 1866; see p. 30). • . Descriptions de nouvclles especes espagnoles du groupe dcs Pandarites dc la famille des Tenebrionides. L. c. pp. 31~ 38. Preudhomme de Borre, a. Notice sur les femelles h elytres lisses du Dytiscus marginalis, Linn. Annales de la Soc. Entom. de Belgique , tome 12^™% 1868-9, pp. 107-111. Putzeys, J. Note sur Ic genre Reicheia. L^Abeille, t. vi. pp. 145-147. Contains description of one new species. . Trechorum oculatorum Monographia. Stettin, ent. Zeit. 31" Jahrg. (1870, but published in Nov. 1869), pp. 7-48, Taf. i. This first instalment of a proposed monograph of the Trechides contains notices of 60 species, of which 13 are described as new. Reich E, Louis. Notes sur (pichpics especes du genre Athous des Coleopteres Elaterides. Annales Soc. Entom. France, 4® ser. tome ix. pp. 379-387. Reitter, E. Trechus spelseus, nov. sp. Berlin, ent. Zeitschr. xiii. p. 361. Ritchie, A. S. On the Coleoptera of the Island of Montreal. Canad. Nat. and Geol. n. s. iv. 1869, pp. 27-36 (also pub- lished separately). Contains brief general introductory remarks, and a list of 217 species (with synonymj^ from Leconte), many of those common in the upper Province being conspicuous by their absence. Rye, E. C. Coleoptera : new British species, corrections of nomenclature, &c., noticed since the Entomologist's Annual, 1869. The Entomologists Annual for 1870, pp. 31-120. Rye records 3 genera and nearly 90 species added to the British lists since 1868. . Additions &c. to the list of British Coleoptera, with description of a new species of Ochthebius. The Ento- mologists Monthly Magazine, vol. vi. pp. 2-6. Saunders, E. Descriptions of nine new species of Buprestidse. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1869 (April), pp. 1-8, pi. i. 194 ZOOLOGICAL LITEllATURE. SaunderSj E. Descriptions of ten new species of the genus Paracupta, H. Deyrolle, and of ten new species of the genus Conognatlia, Esclioltze. Journal of the Tunnean Society, Zoology, vol. X. (no. 46, 10th Aug. 1869), pp. 331-311, pi. 10. figs. 1-20. ScRiBA, W. Die Kafer im Grossherzogthum Hessen und seiner nachsten Umgebung. Oberhessische Gesellsch. f. Nat. und Ileilk. xiii. 1869, pp. 89-99. Contains additions &c. to the author^s list of 3549 species of Coleoptera found in Hesse, with a few brief observations on food- plants, &c. Sharp, D. A revision of the British species of Homalota. Transactions Entom. Soc. London, 1869, parts ii. and iii. pp. 91-272. . Notes on British Hydradephaga; with descriptions of new species of Haliplus and Hydroporus. Entom. Monthly Mag. vol. vi. pp. 81-85. Stein, J. P. E. F. Zur neuesten Ausgabe des Catalogus Coleo- pterorum Europae. Berol. 1868. Berlin, ent. Zeitschr. xiii. pp. 293-296. The author defends and explains his alterations, and gives a list of additions and corrections as a supplement to his Cata- logue. Steinheil, Edoardo. Symbolae ad historiam Coleopterorum Argentiniae meridionalis. Atti della Society Italiana di ^cienze natural!, vol. xii. 1869, pp. 238-260. Contains an enumeration of the species of Coleoptera collected by Pellegrino Strobel in Buenos Aires, Mendoza, Chili, Bahia,&c., with descriptions of several new species. Stierlin, G. Beobachtungen liber Oreinen. Mittheil. schweiz. entom. Gesellsch. vol. iii. pp. 15 & 16. Stierlin, G., and Gautard, V. von. Fauna Coleopterorum helvetica. Die Kiifer-fauna der Schweiz. 1. Theil. Neuc Denkschr. d. allgem. schweizer. Gesclls. f. d. gesamm. Naturwiss. Bd. xxiii. 1869 (4), pp. 1-216. Beaches to the end of the Cioidee. The main object of this work appears to be to supplement HeeFs well-known Fauna Col. Helv. It contains very brief references to habits and loca- lities, Avith some synonymic notes. SuFFRiAN, E. Synonymische Miscellaneen, xxxiii. Stettiner entom. Zeitung, 1869, pp. 47-50. xxxiv. Ibid. pp. 264- 266. Taschenberg, E. Die im zoologischen Museum der Univer- COLEOPTERA. 195 sitat Halle aufgestelltenRiisselkafer. Zeitsclir.f. d. gesamm. Naturwiss. Sachs. Thuring. 1869, Bd. xxxiii. pp. 129-248. Consists of a list of names of Rhynchophoraj with brief re- ferences to localities, a few synonymic notes, and indications of undetermined species. Tappes, Gabetel. Extrait dhm travail sur les Cryptocephalides d^Europe et des pays limitrophes (P® partie) . Annales Soc. Entom. France, 4® ser. tome ix. pp. 5-20, planche I*”®, figs. 1-21. Vuilleproy-Cassini, Epmix de. Description d^une nouvelle espece frari9aise de Coleopttires. Annales Soc. Entom. France, 4® ser. tome ix. p. 49. Wagner, Moritz. Ueber einen neuen Coleopteren-Katalog, nnd dessen Bedeiitung fiir die Systematik und die Zoogeo- grajdiie. Sitzimgsber. d. kbnigl. bayer. Akad. der Wiss. zu Munchen, 1869, i. Heft iv. pp. 415-420. Wankowiez, Jean. Notes Entomologiques. I. Description des especes dii genre Ptenidium qui ont ete tronvees en Lithu- anie. II. Description d^une nouvelle especc de Ptilium. HI. Note sur les modifications que presente Pavant-dernier segment ventral des males des Trichopteryx. IV. Sur une nouvelle espece de Pocadius. V. Sur une nouvelle espece d’Agathidium. VI. Descriptions de nouvelles especes de Coleopteres. Annales Soc. Entom. France^ 4® ser. tome ix. pp. 411-422. Waterhouse, C. O. On a new genus and some new species of Coleoptera belonging to the family Lucanidse. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1869 (April), pp. 13-20, pi. hi. Westwood, J. O. llemarks on the genus Ectrephes, and De- scriptions of new exotic Coleoptera. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1869 (August), pp. 315-320. Contains descriptions of two genera from Australia, connect- ing Ectrephes with the Ptinidee, another Australian, gen us oscil- lating between the Byrrhidee and liisteridcE (also stated to be connected wdth Ectrephes), and new species of Articerus, Paussus, and Aprostoma. Wollaston, T. V. On the Coleoptera of St. Helena. Annals and Mag. of Nat. Hist. (4th ser.), vol. iv. pp. 297-321 (Nov. 1869), 401-417 (Dec. 1869). The author enumerates 74 species, distributed under 28 fami- lies and 50 genera : 25 are described as new, and 26 regarded as unquestionably imported, 10 of the remainder being con- sidered (with the new species) undoubtedly indigenous ; and the inference is deduced that the St. Helena list, as hitherto 196 ZOOLOGICAL LITEllATUIlE. known, has nothing in common with the 3 sub-African archi- pelagos further north. The Rhynchophora comprise by far the largest proportion of species, and are very eccentric, the Hy- dradephaga and Brachelytra being entirely wanting. ZiMMEiiMANN, C. Syiioiiymical notes on Coleoptera of the United States, with descriptions of new species. Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. vol. ii. pp. 243-259 : Jan.-Feb. 1869. This is a posthumous paper, edited by Leconte. t Anatomical and Physiological. Baudelot. Du mecanisme suivant lequel s^effectue chez Ics Coleopteres le rctrait des ailes inferieures sous Ics elytrcs au moment du passage ^ Fetat de repos. Bull, de la Soc. des Sciences Nat. de Strasbourg, no. 9, Dec. 1868, pp. 137 &138. Chapman, T. A. Observations on the (economy of the British species of Scolytus. Entom. Monthly Mag. vol. vi. pp. 126-131. Lucas, H. Note sur les metamorphoses de FOtiorhynchus sulcatus, Fabr. Annales Soc. Entom. France, 4*" ser. tome ix. p. 50. Murray, Andrew. On some points in the History and Bela- tions of the Wasp (Vespa vulgaris) and Bhipiphorus para- doxus. Annals and Mag. of Nat. Hist. (4th ser.) vol. iv. pp. 346-355. Plateau, Felix. Reflexions et Experiences sur le vol des Coleopteres. Soc. Phys. et dHIist. Nat. de Geneve, 2nd Sept. 1869 (Tirage, pp. 21). The authoFs conclusions are : — 1 st. That the difference in flexi- bility of the two margins of the wing is not sufficient to com- pletely explain flight ; 2nd. The wing makes a large angle with the plane in which it moves; 3rd. That it is lowered more ra- pidly than it is elevated ; and 4th. That the extent of the sur- face of the wing is larger in the movement of lowering than in that of elevation. ScHLENziG, M. Sind die MaikUfer und ihrc Larvcu mehr schadliche oder mehr niitzliche Thiere im Haushalt der Natur? Mittheil. aus dem Osterlande, Altenburg, xviii. pp. 208-216. Treats of Melolontha vulgaris. Smith, F. Observations on the parasitism of llhipiphorus para- doxus. Ann. & Mag. of Nat. Hist. (4th ser.), vol. iv. pp. 393-397. COLEOPTERA. 197 Taroioni-Tozzetti, Adolfo. Sulla composizione delle zampe del Gyrinus natator. Bullet, della Society, Ent. Italiana, i. fasc. 2, pp. .125-133, tav. 3. figs. 1-4. Muller (Proc. Ent, Soc. Loud, 1869, p. xxviii) refers to a Swiss specimen of Pterostichus prevostii with eight legs, the normal left hind leg being placed between two extra and somewhat stunted limbs. These supernume- rary legs were simply carried by the insect when alive, and did not assist in locomotion. Muller (L c. p. xxx) also notes aberrations of structure in Ahax jmrallclus and Chrus formicaritts. Bates (Proc. Ent. Soc. Loud. 1869, p. iii) remarks upon the position &c. of Nicaragua, and observes that American CoUoptera are dull in colour near the equator, but brighter near the tropics. Wallace (ibid.) thinks this holds good in the East also. Murray (Proc. Zool. Soc. 1869, p. 630) refers to larvae of a Longicorn beetle found in decayed palm trees, and sold ns food in the markets of Old Calabar. Westwood (Proc. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1869, p. xxx) notes that a species of Aphodius (lividiis?) is frequently vomited by South- African Hottentots, who are notoriously unclean feeders ; and also records the occurrence at Bath, in tea, of an eastern species of Heteroderes {Elateridce). lliTCHiE (Oanad. Nat. Sz, Geol. n. s. iv. p. 174) gives some notes on the use of the toad as a collector of beetles, enumerating thirteen perfect spe- cimens of 8 different species (including two of some rarity) found by him- flolf in the stomach of Jiufo amcricanus. Crotch (Entom. 63, p. 229) gives directions for the use of saw-dust damped with alcohol and carbolic acid as a means of preserving Coleoptera before mounting them. Sall:6 (Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 4® s^r. ix. Bull. p. xlviii) coiTects Besmarest’s error of attributing to Alexandre Lefebvre the “ Observations sur les meta- morphoses des Coleopteres du genre Cebrio ” (Rev. Zool. 185.3, p. 214) in- stead of to Lefebure de Cerisy, now deceased. Desmorest explains that the error was copied from Hagen’s ‘ Bibliotheca,’ wherein Be Cerisy’s name is stated to be omitted, and Lefebvre to be called Lefebure. In Beyrolle’s ‘^Petitesnouvelles Eutomologiques,” no. 3, is a note (correct- ing an erroneous one in no. 2) specifying the different directions in which the Bejeanian collection of Lamellicornes (including those of Reiche and La Ferte) has been dispersed. J. Thomson (in no. 4) corrects a further error as to part of this collection. Besb. des Loges (Pet. nouv. Ent. no. 10) gives a list of omissions, mis- placements, and errors of synonymy noticed by him in Stein’s Catalogue, These chiefly relate to the llliynchophora. Rye (FiOt. Mo. Mag. v. p. 247) criticises Gcmminger and Von Harold’s Catalogue, tom. ii., as regards British species. Bohrn (Stettin, ent. Zeit. 1869, pp. 123 & 376), under the heading of Boctor and Apotheker,” criticises the respective Catalogues of Gemminger and von Harold and Stein. 198 ZOOLOGICAL LITERATURE. Dohrn (1. c. p. 183) comments upon the system of quoting- before Schon- herr’s name the names of the individual authors of the species in Schonherr’s works. Dohbn (1. c. p. 308), under the heading* “ Zwei Krondiamanten,” makes some observations upon the position of the genus Eumecops. Rye (Ent. Mo. Mag. v. p. 197) remarks upon certain Coleoptera attributed to Britain by Motschulsky (see also Ent. Ann. 1870). J. K. Taylor (Ent. Mo. Mag. v. p. 200, and vi. p. 136) gives lists of rare British Coleoptera taken near Manchester and elsewhere. Champion (Ent. Mo. Mag. v. p. 219, and vi. p. 136) gives lists of rare Coleoptera taken near London. Wollaston (Ent. Mo. Mag. vi. p. 162) records rare Coleoptera taken in Devonshire. Abeille be Perrin (Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 4® sdr. ix. p. 410) publishes some notes on the most important of his captures in Le Var, the Alps, and Dau- phine, including species recorded in the ^ Annales ’ of 1869. PiocHARD BE LA Brulerie (Aim. Soc. Ent. Fr. 4® ser. ix. Bull. p. xxi) writes an account of the Coleoptera met with by him en route from Alex- andria to Palestine — Egypt (except an oasis in the desert) not beino* very pro- ductive, but the districts about Jaffa, Jerusalem, Jericho and the Dead Sea affording gxeat numbers of good species, especially among the Myrmecophilous beetles. Geriiarbt (Berl. ent. Zeit. xiii. p. 262) gives a list of Lower-Silesian Coleoptera taken in 1808. Dieck (Berl. ent. Zeit. xiii. p. 354, note) gives a list of rare and unde- scribed species found by him at Valombrosa, Apennines. lie also (p. 357 et seq.) makes some general remarks upon subterranean Coleoptera. Oct. Fauvel (Bull. Soc. Linn. Normandie, 1868, p. 174) gives a list of rare Coleoptera taken at Calvados. Baubuer (Pet. nouv. Ent. no. 4) gives a list of rare Coleoptera taken near Sos (Lot et Garonne). C. & R. Obertiiur (Pot. nouv. Ent. no. 4) give a list of rare Coleoptera taken in the Eastern Pyrenees. Guicharb (P. n. E. no. 6) records rare Coleoptera from Chamounix. Gautier bes Cottes (P. n. E. no. 7) gives a list of the Geodephaya taken in Trebizond by T. Deyrolle. He names some species as new, and intimates his intention of publishing their descriptions in the Bull, of Italian Ent. Soc. Deyrolle refers to these in Bull, of vol. ix. Ann, Soc. Fr. Peyron (Pet. nouv. Ent. no. 9) gives a list of rare Coleoptera found by him near Beyrout. He remarks upon the numerous Myrmecophilous beetles found in company with Myrmica harhara. Bebel (Pet. nouv. Ent. no. 9) gives a list of rare Coleoptera taken near Paris, and (Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 4® ser. ix. Bull. p. v) records rare Coleoptera from Arcachon. D’Agnel (Pet. nouv. Ent. no. 10) notices the abundance of good Co- leoptera in the district of the Yar, especially at the time of the Cistus blooming. Bethe (Stettin, ent. Zeit. 1869, p. 426) records captures of rare Coleo- ptera., chiefly from the coasts of the Baltic. Aube (Ann. Soc. Enf. Fr. 4*"' sor. ix. Bull. p. ix) gives a list of eyeless Co- COLEOPTERA. 199 leoptera found by Rcaymond in Corsica and Sardinia, and which contains representatives of tlirco new genera and twenty-two new species. Kye (Ent. Mo. Mag. vi. pp. 68 & 69) publishes notes on rare Coleoptera occurring near Folkestone. Van VoLXEM and Weyehs (Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. xii. 0. r. p. iii) give a list of beetles taken on the sea-shore at Knocke, principally of the most widely distributed and universally common .species. Heed (Oanad. .Ent. i. p. 69) gives a list of Coleoptera taken near London, Ontario. Pettit (Can. Ent. i. pp. 100 and 107, ii. pp. 7, 17, and 18) commences a systematic list of Coleoptera taken in Ontario, many being new to the Cana- dian fauna. Smith (Ent. Mo. Mag. vi. p. 134) adds some species to Wollaston’s list of the Coleoptera of Lundy Island. Heyden (Berl. ent. Zeit. xiii. p. 54) reproduces a list of rare Coleoptera taken by Frivaldszky in the Carpathians and Banat. CiCINDELIDiE. Brown (Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1869, p. 861) revises the Australian species of Tetracha, pointing out their structural peculiarities as compared with the American species. He considers that the Old-World species will have to be arranged in a genus by themselves, throwing T. hoccandei into Megacepliala. Tetracha ivaterhousei (Casteln.)=«Ms^r«?^s (Chaud.) : Brown, 1. c. Bates (Entom. Monthly Mag. v. pp. 287-291) refers to the habits and structure of Odontocheila, Tetracha, and Ctenostoma, and gives a list, with localities, of the species of the first of those genera. Odontocheila castelnaui (Lucas) = 6a^e5tV (Chaud.), local var.: Bates, l.c. p. 290. Bates (/. c. p. 288) revises the synonymy of Odontocheila cayennensis (Fab.), and (p. 289) points out the incorrectness of the figure of O. oseryi (Lucas) in the Voyage de Castelnau, Ent. pi. 1. . CourioR (Canad. Ent. i. p. 68) records vars. of Cicindela longilahris (Kirby) at Natashq^uaun. Kraatz (Berlin, entom. Zeitschr. xiii. p. 447) records the capture of Cicindela lacteola (Ball.) at Astracan by Becker, and describes the different varieties of that species. He revises its synonymy (which is incorrectly given in Chaudoir’s and Gemminger’s Catalogues) as follows : — lacteola, Pall., var. schrenkii (Gebl., 1841), undata (Motsch., 1845). Kraatz also re- cords Spanish and Corsican examples of C. luctuosa (Bej.). Crotch (Coleopt. Hefte, v. p. 105) makes the following corrections : — Megacephala megacepliala and Cicindela cincta should be referred to Oliv. and not to Fab. ; C. chinensis to Deg. and not to Fab. ; and Thunberg’s name must stand if Degoer’s insect is diflerentj C. japana must stand for Japonica (Giidr.), which name is preoccupied by Thunberg; Brull^’s C. semi- cincta must be used instead of interrupta (Fab.) ; C. intcrstincta is Fabricius’s species, not Schonherr’s; C. triguttata (Hbst. lQ0Q>)=vidiiata (Fab., 1801); C. hipunctata (Fab., 11^2) cayennensis (Fab., 1787) ; Collyris aptera (Lund, nec Oliv.) is renamed lundii. 200 ZOOLOGICAL LITERATURE. Pseudoxycheila tarsalis, sp. n., Bates, 1. c. p. 290, Costa Eica. Tetraoha pulchra, sp. n.. Brown, I, c. p. 352, Champion Bay, W. Austr. Oxygmia vuillefroyi, sp. n., Cliaud. Eev. et Mag. Zool. 18G9, p. 25, Quito. Cidedmiica acGntra, sp. n., Chaud. /. c. p. 23 (no locality). Odontocheila. Bates, 1. c., describes the following new species : — O. ruhe- facta, p. 287, Upper Amazons j O. trochanterica^ Para, and O. rugatula, Lower Amazons, p. 289. Odontocheila lueidicollis, sp. n., Chaud. 1. c. p. 23, Philippines. Ctenostoma gavtardiy sp. n., Chaud. 1. c. p. 22, Porto Seguro. CARABIDiE. Carabides. Buqnon (Mittheil. schweiz. ent. Gesellsch. iii. p. G) records Nehria gyl- lenhali from Lausanne. Procrustes sphodrinus, described by Gautier des Cottes as a variety of rugosus (Bej.), is now considered by him a good species. Mittheil. schweiz. entom. Gesellsch. iii. p. 131. Claudon (Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 4® ser. ix. p. v) records the habits of Carahus nodulosus (Creutz.), which lives at the bottom of the wettest granitic valleys of Alsace, and appears to prey principally on larvm of Agahus guttutus. T. Deyrolle (An. Soc. Ent. Fr. 4® s6r. ix. Bull. pp. xxxvi, xxxix and xl) records the capture in Pontic Alps, north-east of Asia Minor, of several rare Carahidce, including four new species (not described) of Carahus, which he names robustus, ponticus, theophilei, and gilnickii. Frivaldszky’s var. hlandus (Abhandl. Ungar. Acad. 18G5, p. 173, t. ix. fig. 2) of Carahus montivagus is, according to v. fleyden (Berl. ent. Zeit. xiii. p. 64), not distinct from Hampe’s var. vellepiticus. He reproduces Fri- valdszky’s description. Crotch (Coleopt. Ilefte, v. p. lOG) suggests the following changes: — Carahus arvensis to be referred to Ilbst. nec Fab. ; C. pomeranus to Gmel. wecOliv. ; C. nodulosus (Creutz. )=i?«no/oi‘W6‘ (Fab., Mant. 1787); C. splendens to be referred to Oliv. nec Fab. ; Calosoma retusimi, Fab., Syst. Ent. 1775, is to stand; C. mdagator (Fab., 1787)=7nade7'ce (Fab., 1775) ; C. sericeian (Fah.) = auro2nmctatum (Payk., Mon. Carab., 1790). Wollaston (Ann. & Mag. of Nat. Hist. 4th ser. iv. p. 303) indicates a doubt whether his Calosoma haligena may not be synonymous with the prior C. helence of Hope, who, in that case, would seem to have described from a dark stunted form. Chaijdoir (Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 4®ustnlifer, Lucas, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 4® sdr. ix. Bull. p. x, China j C. striatus, Chaud. Rev. et Mag. Zool. 18G9, p. 26, N. China ; C. insulicolaj Chaud. 1. c. p. 2G, Japan (? =ijaponicu8, Motsch.) j C, carinulatus, Chaud. l.c. p. 27, Mantchouria. Calosotna, Chaudoir, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 4® s^r. ix., describes the following new species: — C. timorense^ p. 3G7, Timor; C. orientale,-^. 368, Bengal (=on- entale, Hope ?) ; C. squamigermn^ ibid., Bengal, Madras ; C. plafiicolle, p. 369, Zambesi ; C. trapezipemie^ ibid., Mendoza, in Argentine Republic ; C. fulgens^ p. 370, Paraguay; C. ahbreviatum^ p. 371, Peru or Bolivia; C. scabripenne, ibid., Ilindostan ; C. higens, p. 372, North China; C. atrovirens (Sturm in Cat. 1843), ibid., Mexico ; C. polittim, p. 373, Mexico ; C. striatiqjcnne, ibid., Puebla; C. Icpvigatum^ p. 374, Mexico ; C. cicatricomm^ ibid., Mexico ; C.cos~ tipcnncj p. 375, Mexico ; C. dopressicolle^ ibid., Toluca ; C. dolens, p. 876, Oaxaca; C. anguUcoUe, p. 377, New Granada and Venezuela (? Chili); C. hridgesi, ibid., Tucuman. Cnlosoma ( Callisthcnes') suh which are also clothed with a dense pile beneath, and have the fourth joint only slightly notched. C. symei (Murr.) = var. j C. australis (Casteln. nec 'DQ].) = comptus (Laf.), Dejean’s australis being represented by rockhamptonensis or elongatus (Casteln.). Panagceus strachani (Hope) and w^stermanni (Laf.) are considered identical by the author, who considers Hope’s description insufficient. Castelnau (Trans. Roy. Soc. Viet. viii. p. 146) considers his Brazilian genus Dorcylus improperly removed from the Panageeides to the Chlccniidos by Lacordaire j he also (with reason) demui-s to Lacordaire’s neglect of his prior Eudema for Hope’s Craspedophorus. He enumerates and briefly cha- racterizes the known species of Eudema. PuTZEYS (Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. xii. C. r. p. lix) notes a var. of Panagceus quadripustulatus (Sturm) equivalent to the var. trimaculatus (Dej.) of crux- major, and taken by Colbeau near Louvain. Epicosmus. Chaudoir, Rev. et Mag. Zool. 1869, describes the following new species •* — E. suhlcevis, 1. c. p. 67, Cambodia ; humeratus, p. 69, Cochin China; mouhotii, ibid., Laos; laticollis, p. 114 (no locality); soimf/erw, ibid., Laos; basifasciatus, p. 116, Laos; pradieri, ibid., Gaboon. Euschizome^'us ceneipennis, Malasia, and E. ceneus, Deccan, Chaudoir, 1. c, p. 118. Chlaniides. Fairmaire, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 4® sdr. ix. p. 182, changes the name of his genus Oodidius into Oodimorphus, on account of the prior Carabideous genus Ooidius of Chaudoir. Crotch (Coleopt. Hefte, v. p. 109) makes the following observations : — Olivier did not describe any (^Chlcenius) fcdlax\ C. festivus to be referred to Panz., nec Fab.; C. holosericeus (Fab., VIS7) — tristis (SchalL, 1783); C. schranki (Dult.) =nitidulus (Schr., 1781) ; Licinus silphoides (Fab. Ent. Syst. nec Rossi) requires renaming ; Badister hipustulatus (Fab. Ent. Syst.) cannot stand, microcephalus (Steph.) is suggested for it; B. crux-minor to be re- ferred to Fab. nec Oliy. Chlcenius palcestinus ^dimidiatus (Chaud.) : Chaudoir, L’Abeille, vi. p. 160. COLEOPTERA. 211 Castelnau, Trans. Roy. Soc. Viet. viii. p. 147, notes the occurrence of the Indian Ilololcius nitidulus (Dej.) and Chlt^nius marginatus (Dej.) in Aus- tralia. He removes Dicrochile from the Anchomenides to the neighbourhood of Licinusy and states that Lacordaire is in error when referring Remhus to Australia. Diccclus. The species of this genus are tabulated by Zimmermann, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. ii. p. 247. Dercglas jmnetato-striatusy sp. n., Chaud. Rev. et Mag. Zool. 1869, p. 119, Bahia ; D. gnutardi, sp. n., Chaud. 1. c. p. 120, Porto Seguro. Oodcs mouhoti and hicidiis, spp. nn., Chaud. 1. c. p. 119, Laos. Oodimorphus haplosternus and O. hrevicornis, spp. nn., Fairmaire, 1. c. p. 182, Madagascar. Eurygnatlius parallelusy sp. n,, Chaud. Rev. et Mag. Zool. 1869, p. 121, Madeira. Broscides. Odontoscclis darwinii (Waterhouse, \M0) — desmaresth (Gudrin, 1838), according to II. Burmeister, Stettin, entom. Zeit. xxxi. 1870 (but published in Nov. 1869), p. 126, who describes n new species, O. waterhousii, from Buenos Ayres. ZacotuSy g. n.y Leconte, Ann. & Mag. of Nat. Hist. 4th ser. iv. p. 373. Resembles PromecodeniSy allied to Miscodera and Proscosoma (any gg, Putz.). Imperfectly characterized, owing to defective condition of the unique expo- nent. Sp. Z. maUhewsii, sp. n., Lee. ibid., Vancouver’s Island. Proscus insidaris, sp. n., de la Brulerie, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 4® s^r. ix. p. 23, Majorca (cf. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1867, Bull. Ixxix) ; redescribed by Schaufuss, Beitr. z. Kennt. d. Col.-Fau. d. Balearen, p. 6, who refers to his MS. name crcnicolUsy 1866. Cratocerides. Cratocera (Lee.) = Melanotus (Hej.) = Polpochih (Sol.), which should be adopted. Leconte, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. iii. p. 249, note. Harpalides, Crotch (Coleopt. Hefte, v. p. 110) makes the following observations: — Bradycellus ftdvus (Marsh.) (Duft.) ; Harpalus proteus (Payk.) must bo used for ccncus (Fab.), which cannot stand ; II. elcgam (Preller) (Payk.); II. ferrvgineus (Fab. nec Linn.) requires renaming; II. rujicornis (Fab., \17&)=rujipes (Deg., 1774); Stenolophus vespetdinus (Po.nz.') = mixtus (Hbst., 1784). Harpalus gaudionis (Reiche) = Pseudophonus hospes (Sturm), var. stimni (Dej.), 5 j hosphoranus (Reiche) = disting uendus (Dufts.), var. saxi- cola (Dej.); II. grandicollis (Reiche) = crt.9;u«s (Stev.); Il. ovalis (Dej.) = mclancholicuSy var. piciventris (Dej.), according to Chaudoir, L’Abeillo, vi. p. 150. Selenophorus fatuus (Lee.) — parumpunctatus (Dej.) : Zimmerm. Trans. Am. Ent. Soc. ii. p. 247. Rye (Ent. Mo. Mag. v. p. 197) remarks upon Stenolojjhus anglicus (Voet). Riley (First Ann. Rep. Nox. Ins. Missouri, p. 69) describes and figures (with details) a larva supposed to be that of Harpalus pennsylvanicus (Deg.), 212 ZOOLOGICAL LITEllATUllE. which he also figures, and which is known to devour the larvae of the Plum Curculio.” Ankodactylus atroviridis, sp. n., Fairmaire, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 4^ s4r. ix. p. 182, Nossi-114 ; A. atrofitscus, sp.n., Fairin. 1. c. p. 183, INladagascar. Acinopus pilipes, .sp. n., de la Brulerie, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 4® s6r. ix. p. 24, Majorca. Selenophorus. Steinheil, Atti Soc. Ital. Sci. Nat. xii., describes the follow- ing new species : — S. antarctioides, Buenos Ayres, p. 244 j pampicokiy 11. Cuarto and S. Luis, and marginepiloms, S. Luis, p. 245. Stenolophus (Acupcdpus) cantabt'icus, sp. n., de la Brulerie, 1. c. p. 26, Spanish Pyrenees. Feroniides, Castelnau, Trans. Boy. Soc. Viet. viii. p. 201, recharacterizes Eccopto- genius (Ohaud.), stating that the labrum is not (as described by Lacord.) angularly emarginate in 5 or 0 Indian species in his collection. He considers that the Trigonostoma violacea of his Etudes Entom. belongs to the group (-H) Omalosoma of Feronia, and that the insect probably comes from the N. or N.W. coast of N. Holland. Gautier des Cottes (Mittheil. schweiz. ent. Gesellsch. iii. p. 134), in a more or less intelligible way, indorses the claim of Latreille’s Fermia to preference over Pterostickus (Er.). He accuses German entomologists of obstinacy in retaining the latter name, being apparently ignorant that Stein in his Catalogue (1808) had already reinstated Feroniu. He describes species of the subgenus Omaseus from his own collection, and proposes another divi- sion (which he states should rigorously be a separate genus) of Feronia, under the name of Qluptodactylus (sic) to include vernalis (Panz.), which species he considers to have no connexion with Lagarus. He complains of De Marseul for suppressing Omaseus incommodus, amongst others. Bold (Ent. Mo. Mag. vi. p. IGl) records the fact of I^erostichus rnadidus eating a vegetable substance. Stierlin (Neuo Denkschr. schweizer. Gesells. Naturwiss. xxiii. 18G9, p. 31) describes a form of Pterostichus midtipunctatus (Dej.), from Macug- naga, under the name nohilis, which he appears to think is probably of specific value. For synonymy of Feronia carhonaria (Dej.), see Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. ii. p. 247. Ojuaseus fusco-ceneus (Chaud.) = riparius (var.); Feronia carhonaria (Dej.) = muta (Say) ; Myas foveatus (Lee.) = cyanescens (Dej.). Leconte, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. ii. p. 248, note, on Chaudoir’s authority. Pterostichus fossulatus (Quens., 1806) = pilosus (Host, 1789) : v. Harold Col. Hefte, v. p. 113. v. Heyden (Berl. ent. Zeit. xiii. p. 66) reproduces Frivaldszky’s descrip- tion of Pterostichus sacheri (Abh. ungar. Acad. 1865, p. 176, t. ix. f. 7), which he considers an obsoletely sculptured form of P. jurinei, var. heydeni (Dahl). Pterostichus {Lyiieropterus') vermicidosus (MtSn.) is erroneously attributed to Siberia in Gemm. and V. Harold’s Cat., but occurs at Indega Bay, on the coast of the Arctic Ocean, Russia in Europe, according to Kraatz (Berl. ent. Zeitschr. xiii. p. 448), who notes the omission of Lyperopterus by Lacordaire, COLEOPTERA. 213 and indicates^ 1) is belief that it is a true Ptcrostichusj and not allied to Pcecilus, as its describer opines. Ahax audoini (Duf.) = pyrenccus (Dej.): G. des Cottes, Pet. nouv. Ent. No. 7. (These two insects are identified in De Mars. Cat.) Perez Arc as (Bol.-rev. Uni vers. Madrid, ii. p. 203) describes an insect under the name of Percus majoricensis^ which he believes to be a Majorcan form of the Minorcan He distinguishes P. navaricus (Dej.) from patruelis (Duf.), and attributes (Fairm. & Motsch.) to the former. Zahrus striatocollis (Gautier des Cottes) = grcacus (Dej.). Gautier des Cottes, Mittheil. schweiz. entom. Gesellsch. iii. p. 132. PuTZEYS (Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. xii. C. r. p. lix) notes a var. of Amara tri- vialis, with very fine superficial striae and flat interstices to the elytra. He also records a small form of Pcecilus cupreus, with contracted interstices and three punctures on the fifth interstice. Amara fusca (Dej.) is recorded as British by Sharp, Ent. Mo. Mag. v, p. 196. Crotch (Coleopt. Hefte, v. p. 110) suggests the following corrections: — Pcecilus kugclanni (Panz.) should stand, dimidiatus being preoccupied j P. Icpidus should be roforred to Leslie, and P. punctulatus to Schallor, instead of to Fabr. ; Argutor longicollis (Duft.) should be used for incequalis (Marsh. ncc Panz.) ; Omascus aierrinms to bo referred to Hbst., not to Paykull j Platysma tnacrum to be referred to Marsham, not to Steph., and to be used for picimanum (Duft.) ; Molops terricola (Fab. nec Hbst.) requires renaming; Cyrtonotus alpinus to be referred to Payk., not to Fabr. ; Amara eurynota (Panz.) is older than acuminata (Payk.), and should be used. New species : — Eccoptogenius feronoides, Casteln. Trans. Boy. Soc. Viet. viii. p. 201, Deep Creek. Feronia. Gautier des Cottes (Mitt. schw. ent. Ges.) describes the follow- ing species: — P. (Pterostichus) appendiculata, p. 131, Spain; F. {Omaseus') hrrcicornis, p. 136, Caucasus {? — suheordata (Chaud.) ; F. {Omaseus) duhia, p. 139, Caucasus (possibly belonging to the subgenus Pterostichus)) F, {Omaseus) lyperoides, p. 142, Vichy. Feronia {Orthomus) halearica, de la Brulerie, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 4® s6r. ix. p. 26, Majorca. Percus clathratus, Schauf., Beitr. Kennt. Col. Balear. p. 8, Minorca ( —pli- catus, var., Dej., teste Perez Areas, Eev. crit. Esp. Espan. Percus, p. 12) ; P, guiraoiy Perez Areas, Bol.-rev. Univers. Madrid, ii. p. 209, and 1. c. p. 19, Murcia and Carthagena. Zahrus politus, Gautier des Cottes, 1. c. p. 132, Anatolia. Antarciildes, Antarctia canotl)—halensis (Schall., 1783) j Platynus dorsalis to be referred to Pontopp., not to Miill., and P. viridanus to Fab., not to Oliv. ; P. oblongus (Fab., 1792) = obscurus (Hbst., 1783), and P. parumpunctatus (Fab.) = mulleri (Hbst.). Platynus. Leconte (Trans. Amer. Eut. Soc. ii. p. 244) publishes Zimmer- mann’s arrangement of Platynus (for which, on account of the confusion in names previously used, that author proposed the name Psilopodius), based on the following table : — A. Pro thorax cordate or quadrate, with well-defined hind angles j pubes- cence of antennae beginning on fourth joint. a. All the joints of tarsi without longitudinal grooves. oblongus of Europe. b. Only the front tarsi, ^ without grooves . . Platynus (Bon.). c. All the tarsi with grooves Anchommus (Bon.). B. Prothorax rounded or obtuse-angled j pubescence of antennae as in A. Agonum (Bon.). 0. Prothorax rounded or elongate-oval pubescence of antennae beginning on the tip of the third joint JEurophilus (Chaud.). Further divisions, extending to species, are given at pp. 245-6. Ohaudoir (L’Abeille, vi. pp. 148 & 149) records his opinion that Sphodrus schrenki and S. grandis (Mots.) = gigas (Fisch.) ; that Pseudotaphoxemis sub- costatus (Mt§n.) is not a good species; that S. thoracius (Gebl.) is a 2\ipoxe- nus\ and that Pristonychus ausonius (Qcha\l^.) = mauritanicus (Dej.), P. cyanescens (Fairm.) and P. reichenbachi (Schauf.) are probably not distinct from P. terricola (Hbst.), P. cyanipennis (Dej., Ptsch.) =ztauricus (Dej.), P. cyanipennis (Schauf. )=mamjt;;7uj/w2R (Kolen.), P. parvice2)s (Fairm.) = c«ri- (Chaud.), P. nitidus (Schauf.) punctatus (Dej.), P. gratiis (Schauf.) = tauricus (Dej.), P. caucasicus (Chaud.), P. sericeus and P. mannerheimi (Schauf.), and P. angustatus (Fald.) = gratus (Fald.). These remarks are accompanied by severe observations upon Schau fuss’s synonymy. Kraatz (Berl» ent. Zeit. xiii. p. 365) reiterates and endorses Schaum’s opinion that Sphodrus fairmairei and S. pcleus (Schauf.) are separated by worthless characters^ and complains of the way in which Schaufuss has treated Schaum with reference to that opinion. He also corrects an error in his own Catalogue with reference to Pristonychus cccrideus (Dej.), to which he attributed ianthinus (Duft.) as a syn., and amethystimis (Dej.) as a var. : he now considers that there are two good species out of these, viz. ianthinus (Duft.) and amethystimis (Dej.). To the former of these he thinks ianthinus (Sturm, Dej.) must be attributed, so that Schaufuss’s name of sturmii for that insect need not be adopted. Josi;pH (Berk ent. Zeit. xiii. p. 243) enters at very great length upon the special localities for, and the numerous varieties of, Sphodrus schreibersii (Kiist.), found in the mountain caves of Carniola. He names 14 distinct COLEOPTERA. 215 vars., whereof S. schmidtii (Schaiif.) is one ; and suggests that S, dissimilis (Schauf.) may also he only a var. of schreihersii (cf. 46 Jahr.-Ber, Schles. Gesellsch. p. 169 et seq.). Gautier des Cottes (Mittheil. schweiz. entom. Gesellsch. iii. p. 131, Aug. 1869) changes the specific name of his Calathus ruJicolUs to C. Erytthro- derus (sic), on account of 7'uJicolUs, Dej. He admits his error in referring C. rotimduius (Du V.) to piceus (Msh.); and proposes (p. 160) the generic name Omodactylus (sic) for the latter, in case its simple tarsi in both sexes should warrant the creation of a now genus for its reception. Calathifs minutus (G. des Cottes), angularis (Chevr.), and suhlesvis and uni- scriatus (Vuillef.) = /7rc^M05;«s (Dej.), G. des Cottes, Pet. nouv. Entom. no. 10 ; C, lioii'achclm (Vuillef., June 1866) = hipunctatus (G. d. Cottes, Feb. 1866), G. des Cottes, ibid. no. 12. Platynus frater (Lee.) = Agonum hremcoUe (Dej.), according to Chaudoir in litt. Leconte (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 4th ser. iv. p. 373, note) demurs to this, and refers hrevicolle as a var. to P. fossiger; P. retr actus (Lee.) = Imis (lenum, Dej.), Zimm. Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. ii. p. 244. Agonum. Leconte (Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. ii. p. 248, note) gives the fol- lowing synonymy of North -American species, on Chaudoir’s authority : — A. nitidulum (Dej.) = cupripenne., var. ; Platynus frater (Lee.) = A. hrevicolle (Dej., cf. siqmi) ; A. chalceum (I^ec.) = cupremn (Dej.); O. crenulatus (Lee.) = A. striatopunctatum (Dej.), from which A. striatopunctatum (Lee.) is di- stinct ; A. stigmosum (Lee.) = octocolus (Mann.) ; P. retractus (Lee.) = A. sordens (Kirby, cf. suprd) ; A. picipenne (Kirby), var. c = lenum (Dej.). V. Heyden (IBerl. ent. Zeit. xiii. p. 64) reproduces Frivaldsky’s description of his Anchomenus hanaticus (Abhandl. ungar. Acad. 1866, p. 176, t. ix. f. 6), which seems a good species, near A. {Platynus') scrohiculalus (Fab.). iSqdwdrus paradoxus, sp. n., Joseph, 1. c. p. 266, Caves in Lower Camiola. Calathus uhagoni, sp. n., G. des Cottes, Pet. nouv. Entom. no. 12, 16th Dec, 1869, Estremadura. Platynus fraterculus, sp. n., Leconte, l.c., Vancouver’s Island; P. ruhripes, sp. n., Zimm. 1. c. p. 244, north of the Potomac. Pogonides. Reiciie (Coleopt. Ilefte, v. p. 120) replies with some warmth to the criti- cisms of Kiesenwetter and Kraatz regarding his Patrohus napolconis, which he affirms to be quite distinct from excavatus, especially relying on the ovate shape of its elytra. Patrohus fulcratus, sp.n., Leconte, Ann. & Mag. of Nat. Hist. 4th ser. iv. p. 374, Vancouver’s Island; P. trochantericus, sp.n., Lee. 1. c. p. 376, North California. Trechides, PuTZEYS (Stett. ent. Zeitung, 31 Jalirg. 1870, but published in Nov. 18G9, pp. 7-48, Taf. 1) commences a general monograph of the Trechides by describing the eyed species, and proposes to exhaust the group in future memoirs. Reviewing the different arrangements of Latreille, Dejean, Erichson, Lacordaire, and 216 ZOOLOGICAL LITERATURE. Thomson, he adopts Schaum^s limitation, and considers the fol- lowing genera only to belong to the group : — Trechus (to which he adds as subgenera Anophthalmus, Epaphius, ThalassopMlus, and Cnides) , JEmalodera (Sol.),^cjt?w5 (sic, instead o^JEpijs, from alirvs;), with which he states that Thalassobius , Sol., is identical, and Perileptus. Tachynotus (Mots.) is added with doubt. In his general remarks, the author alludes to the following diagnostic characters : — the relative length of the second and fourth joints of the antennae ; the comparison of the length of the elevated space opposite the anterior angles of the thorax, and comprised between the eye and the curved furrow that starts from the base of the epistoma on each side ; the point reached by the orbital line, if it were prolonged in front, &c., — in addition to the characters pointed out by Pandelle. He refers to the extreme variation in the dimension, form, and projection of the eyes in the Trechides, and notes that those organs are especially small in such species as are testaceous in colour. PuTZEYS (/. c. pp. 35-37) particularly draws attention to the species of Trechus described by Ileer (1837), viz. T. ylacialis^ assimilis, profundestrui- tus, macrocephalus, pertyi, and Icevipennis^ the types of which, deposited by Ileer in the Museum of Zurich, have been communicated to Tournier, who has figured them with great exactness. These figures, examined and vouched for by Ileer himself, form plate 1 to the Monograph of Putzeys, who consi- ders that the several species to which they refer must stand, and that Schaum was wrong in his appreciation of those species. Trechus fiilvus (Fairm. et Lab., nec Pej.) is renamed cephalotes by Putzeys, 1. c. p. 19, who adopts the name gravidus, proposed by Schaum, for 'T. lati- pennis (Ohaud. nec Sturm), and montanellus and splendens respectively pro- posed in Gemm. and v. Harold’s Cat. for montanus (Putz., 1847, nec Motsch., 1844) and micans (Schaum, nec Le Conte, 1840). Peitter (Berl. ent. Zeit. xiii. pp. 303 & 304) redescribes Trechis mi’- crophthalmus and T. subterraneus (Mill.). Trechus minutus (Fab., 1792) = quadristriatus (Schrank, 1781) : Crotch, Coleopt. Hefte, v. p. 112. Abeelle de Perrin (Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 4^ s^r. ix. p. 408) suggests rea- sons for his opinion that the species of Anophtalmus {sic, except on title) do not live in caves, but in the fissures of rocks. Pie accounts for modifica- tions of structure in the same species (such as the possession or want of eyes) by imagining the separation through some geological phenomenon of strag- glers from an original colony, which perpetuate their individual peculiarities, on account of the impossibility of crossing with the primordial type. Acting- on this idea, he refrains from giving specific rank to an insect found by him- self in the cave of Ste. Madeleine at Ste. Baume du Var, and names it A. auberti, var. magdalence (mngdalense at p. 409, — suggestive of an Abyssinian locality). lie also mentions another variety, or monstrosity, of A, auberti, taken by himself. / Javet (Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 4® sdr. ix. Bull. p. xxix) reports the capture by Dieck of a great number of Aphcenops and Anophihalmus in the caves of COLEOPTERA. 317 Ari^ge and the Pyrenees, and considers six species of them to be unde- scribed. Dieck publishes the diagnoses of these and other new species of subter- ranean Coleoptera in a small pamphlet, and subsequently describes them fully in Berl. ent. Zeitschr. xiii. p. 337 et seq. He makes some general remarks upon Anojjhthalmus, p. 357 et seq. Anryphtliahnm minos (Linder) is an Aphcenops^ according to Grenier (Ann. Soc. Ent. Er. 4® s^r. ix. Bull. p. vi), and should be placed next to A. chau- doiri (Bris.). Gautier des Cottes (Petites nouvelles Ent. no. 3, 1 Aug. 1869) proposes to describe as Anophialmus (sic) hispnnicm a species discovered at Alsasua and given to him by Crotch, and already referred to by Beyrolle. Crotch {L c. no. 4) demurs to this, states that the insect is to be described by Perez- Arcas, and publishes a name and characters for it. Des Cottes {1. e, no. 6), endeavours to excuse himself. New species : — TrecJius. Putzeys, Stett. ent. Zeit. xxxi., describes the following: — T. in- teger, p. 16, Tangiers ; cJdoroticus, p. 19, and quadriceps, p. 20, Chili ; pacijicus, p. 24, Island of Croiset ; haldensis, p. 26, Lake Garda ; saxicola, p. 27, Asturias ; schaufmsi, p. 29, Portugal ; eximitis, p. 30, Styria ; rujicoUis, p. 31, and oh- seuricornis, p. 32, Chili j mexicanus, p. 33, Mexico ; cyclopterus, p. 40, and depressicollis, p. 47, Chili. Trechus spelmis, Reitter, Berl. ent. Zeit. xiii. p. 361, St. Miklos. Ncstra atriceps, Fairm. Ann. Soc. Ent. Er. 4® sdr. ix. p. 184, Madagascar. Anophtahnus (sic) dclphinemis, Abeille de Perrin, l.c. p. 406, Caves in Dauphind (La Drdme). Anophthalmus navaricus, de Vuillefroy-Cassini, Ann. Soc. Ent. Er. 4® sdr. ix. p. 48, Lower Pyrenees. Trechus (Atiophthahjuis) perezii and uhagonii. Crotch, in Deyrolle’s ^ Pe- tites nouvelles Entomologiques,’ no. 4, 16 Aug. 1869, Alsasua, N. Spain. A. pluto, Dieck, Berl. ent. Zeitschr. xiii. p. 339, Aridge ; A. cei’herus and var. charon, Dieck, 1. c. p. 340, Aridge and Haute-Garonne ; A. hucephalus and A. orpheus, Dieck, 1. c. p. 341, Aridge ; A. liguricus, Dieck, 1. c. p. 342, Spezzia. Bembidiides. Ochthedromiis laticollis {hQC.')=:pardalis (Zimm,), which must be used; O. frontalis {he^c.^ — Bemhiditmi assimile (GylL). Zimmerman, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. ii. pp. 247 & 248. Bemhidium semipunctatum (G raells) = (Kiist.), according to de la Brulerie (Ann. Soc. Ent. Er. 4® sdr. ix. p. 28), who gives his reasons for thinking Schaum wrong in referring Graells’s insect to B. quadriguttatum. DE LA BrOlerie (/. c. p. 29) corrects Gautier des Cottes’s description of B. guadarramense, with respect to posterior angles of prothorax, which are stated to be obtuse instead of rectangular. lie considers this species closely allied to B.pgrenamm (Dej.), and therefore in the Leja section, instead of belonging to the Notaqjhus group, in which it is placed by Gautier des Cottes. DE LA BrOlerie (/. c.) Rotices a variety of B. pyrenceum, found near the 218 ZOOLOGICAL LITERATURE. snow-line in the Guadarrama, more elongate than the Pyrenean type-form. His supposed new Bemhidium, from Alar del Hey (/. c. 1866; p. 640); he now refers, as a variety; to B. quadrimaculatum. Gautieb des Cottes (Mittheil. schweiz. entom. Gesellsch. iii. p. 131) gives his reasons for refusing to drop the specific name of his Bemhidium luridipeSy in spite of Ileiche’s prior species of tlio same name. Tachys tetraspilota=iquadrisignata (Dufts.); var.; Gautier des OotteS;/. c. p. 133. Sharp (Ent. Mo. Mag. vi. p. 133) refers to the Peryphus maritimus of Stephens and Bemhidium puellum (Duval). Morley (Ent. Mo. Mag. vi. p. 162) records B. ohUquum from Manchester. Dieck (Berl. ent. Zeitschr. xiii. p. 347) describes a larva which there is reason to believe is that of Scotodipnus pandellei, with which it was taken by him at Bagneres de Luchon. Crotch (Coleopt. Hefte, v. p. 112) makes the following observations: — Bemhidium stephensii (Crotch; Cat. Brit. Col. ed. 2) should be used for qffi7ie (Steph. nec Say) ; B. suhylohosum (Payk,; 1790) should stand ; B. normannum (Dej.) is a good species j B. curso?' (Fab. Ent. Syst.) should stand for modestum (Fab. Syst. El.) j B. varicolor (Fab., 1803) should be used foitt'icolor (Fab.), which is preoccupied. New species ; — Tachxys madagascariensis, Fairmaire, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 4® S(5r. ix. p. 183, Madagascar j T. di'hnostomoidesj Fairm. 1. c. p. 184, Mayotte, Comores. Tachys honariensis, Steinheil, Atti Soc. Ital. Sci. Nat. xii. p. 247, Buenos Ayres. Bemhidium ihericuxn^ de la Brulerie, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 4® s^r. ix. p. 27, GuadaiTama and Reinosaj B. {Peryphus) saphyreum, Gautier des Cottes, Mittheil. schweiz. entom. Gesellsch. iii. p. 133, Sicily. Bemhidium mellissU, Wollaston, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 4th ser. iv. p. 305, St. Helena. Bemhidium atiglicanum, Sharp, Ent. Monthly Mag. vi. p. 133, Britain. Bemh{ic)idium stroheli, duvali, and cordillercSj Steinheil, Atti Soc. Ital. Sci. Nat. xii. p. 248, Mendoza. Ochthedromus plagiatus, Zimmerm. Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. ii. p. 247, Mary- land } O. lacunariusy Ziram. 1. c. p. 248, Middle States. Atiillus masinissUf Dieck, Borl. ent. Zeitschr. xiii. p. 343, Taugiors; A. cor- duhensis, Dieck, 1. c. p. 344, Cordova j A.Jlorentinus, Dieck, ibid., Florence. Scotodipnus saulcyi, Dieck, 1. c. p. 345, Vallombrosa j S. hirtus, Dieck, 1. c. p. 346, Col di Tenda. Dytiscid^. Haliplides. Sharp (Ent. Mo. Mag. vi. p. 81) considers Haliplus rujicollis and II. Jiuvia- tilis races of one species j and thinks that, if this be conceded, his own II. striatus is in the same category. Haliplus striatus, sp. n.. Sharp, Ent. M. Mag. vi. p. 81, Scotland ; II. honariensis, sp. n., Steinheil, Atti Soc. Ital. Sci. Nat. xii. p. 248, Buenos Ayres. COLEOPTERA. 219 Hydroporides. Fairtmaire (Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 4® s6r. ix. p. 186) records llyphydrus distinctus (Aiib«5) from Madagascar, and briefly redescribes several other of the Dytiscidce already attributed to that island. Eischof-Ehinger (Mittheil. der schweiz. entom. Gesellsch. iii. p. G) notes the occurrence of Hydroporus ohsoletus (Aub6) at BMe. (Sharp records this species from Britain : Ent. Mo. Mag. vi. p. 81.) Bugnon (ibid.) records Hydroporus samnarM (Sahl.) from Lausanne. Wollaston (Ent. Mo. Mag. vi. p. 67) records Hydroporus minutissimus (Germ.) as British. Sharp (I. c.) notes the eccentric distribution of certain Hydropori(p. 82), and elucidates the synonymy of Hydroporus discretus (Fairm.) and H. nigrita (Fab.). The former he records as British, and refers to it the H. nigrita of Thomson’s Skand. Col. ii. and the H. puhescens of the same author’s supple- ment (ix.). H glahellus (Thorns.) ■= nigrita (Fab.), according to type from Thomson (p. 83). Sharp also points out the characters of H. melanarius and its ally H. celatus (Clark), and records H unistriatus as British. Bold (Ent. Mo. Mag. vi. p. 101) thinks that Sharp’s H. nigrita and II. discretus are sexes of the same species, chiefly because he has always found them in company. He gives other British localities for Sharp’s species. MoncreAff (Entom. 71, p. 350) records Hydroporus cuspidatus from Southsea, Hants. HeterhydruSy g. n., Fairmaire, I, c. p. 180. Represents abbreviated Agah(s, but allied to Hyphydrus, from which it diflTers in the mesosternum being completely covered by the prosternum, and by the posterior tarsi ending in a single, robust, flattened claw. Sp. H. agahoidesj sp. n., Fairm. ibid., Madagascar. New species : — Hyphydrus uniformis, Fairmaire, 1. c. p. 186, Madagascar ; H. acuminatus (Buenos Ayres) and mendozanus (Mendoza), Steinheil, Atti Soc. Ital. Sci. Nat. xii. p. 249. Hydroporus coquerelii, Fairmaire, 1. c. p. 180, Madagascar ; H. costipennis, Fairm. 1. c. p. 187, Ste. Marie de Madagascar ; H. monticola^ Sharp, Ent. M. Mag. vi. p. 84, Scotland and Wales ; H. parallelus, Shai-p, ibid., Scotland j H incognitus, Sharp, ibid., Britain ; H. hramianii, Schauf. Beitr. Kenntn. Col. Balear. pp. 9-10, Balearic Isles {? — vestitus, Fairm.); H. honariensis, Steinheil, 1. c. p. 249, Buenos Ayres ; H. jlavofasciatus^ Steinh. ibid., Achiras ; H. stroheli, Steinh. 1. c. p. 250, S. Luis. Colymbetides. Agahus tarsatus (Zett.) is recorded as British by Sharp, Ent. Mo. Mao- vi p. 84. New species : — Hydrocanthus funehris^ Fairmaire, 1. c. p. 187, Madagascar ; H, asperatus, Fairm. 1. c. p. 188, Madagascar ; H. fasciatus, Steinheil, I, c. p. 250, Buenos Ayres. 220 ZOOLOGICAL LITERATURE. Anisomera recta, Leconte, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 4th ser. iv.p. 376, Van- couver’s Island. Colymbetes latus, Fairmaire, 1. c. p. 191, Madagascar. Bhantus maryinatus, Steinheil, /. c. p. 260, Buenos Ayres. Cqpelatus 20-striatu6, Fairmaire, 1. c. p. 188, Mayotte, Comores. Dytiscides. Preudhomme de Borre (Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. xii. pp. 107-111) makes some interesting observations on Dytiscus marginalis, $ , with smooth elytra (conformis, Kunze), and reports the result of his observations of a great number of that species, viz. that the posterior coxae vary somewhat in degree of acumination, so that the slight differences supposed to be attached to con- formis in that respect are valueless. The $ with smooth elytra is stated to be the rare exception (in Western Europe) in marginalis, but the normal type in circmncinctus and circumflexus. But at Kasan, in Russia, out of many hundreds of marginalis, $ , taken by Bullion, only one was found with sulcated elytra, and that but very feebly sulcated. The influence of this imperfect development on the Darwinian hypothesis is discussed by the author. Dytiscus anaztomozans is to referred to Von Well (in Von Jacquin’s Mis- cellanea austriaca) : Harold, Col. Hefte, v. p. 113. Dytiscus latissimus is recorded as Belgian by Weyers (Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. xii. C. r. p. liii). Doyrolle {I, c. p. liv) remarks on this species. GYRINIDiE. Fairmaire (Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 4® s^r. ix. p. 192) notes the range of Gyrinus striatus (Fab.), from Southern Europe to Madagascar and New Holland. Sharp (Ent. M. Mag. v. p. 217) shows that the Gyrinus ccneusoi Stephens is practically non-existent, and (/. c. vi. p. 134) records G. stiffriani (Scriba) from Britain. Targioni-Tozzetti (Bull. Soc. Ent. Ital. i. fasc. ii. pp. 125-133) enters minutely into the structure of the legs in Gyrinus natator. He gives highly magnified figures (tav. 3. figs. 1-4) of the anterior, intermediate, and posterior legs, and of the marginal lamell£e. Gyrinus argentinus, sp. n., Steinheil, Atti Soc. Ital. Sci. Nat. xii. p. 251, Achiras. Dineutes bidens, sp. n., Snellen v. Vollenhoven, Bech. sur la Faune de Madag. p. 7, pi. 1. figs. 1 & 2, Mayotte. Palpicornia. Hydrophilus lateralis —striolatus (Lee.), which name is to be usedj H. nebulosus (^diy)=^pygmcmis (F.) ; Spheeridium apicalis (Say) =CfercyoR melanocephalum (L.). Zimmerman, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc, ii. pp. 249-250. Fairmaire (Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 4® ser. ix. p. 195), as an additional proof of the artificial distinction between Hydrous and Stcrnolophus, notes that liis S. comoriensis accords well with the latter in the form of its mentum, but has the last joint of its maxillary palpi almost shorter than the third joint. C. O. Waterhouse (Euk M. Mag. v. p. 194), having examined the type ' COLEOPTERA. 221 spccinions of Wliite’s supposed Ileteromorous genus Ry(fmodm (Voyage of Erebus and Terror, Ins., p, 118), finds that they must bo referred to the Hy- drohiidre. lie redescribes R. modestm and R. pedinoides. Ryf- (Ent. M, Mag. v. p. 241, note) remarks upon the dual afRuities of the British species of Philhydrm. Jlelophorus. Zimmermann, /. c. p. 249, groups the species of tliis genus. Hydroma concolor (Waterhouse) (Kugel.), immature. Rye, 1. c. p. 248. Stieuian (Mitth. scliweiz. ent. Gesellsch, iii. p. 7) Hydrona j>olita from SchafFhaiisen as new to the Swiss lists. Bactylosternuin ahdominalc (Fab.) is recorded by Grenier as taken by Abeille and Rizaucourt in a hollow aspen tree at Marseilles (Ann. Soc. lilnt. Fr. 4” sdi. ix., Bull. p. xv). Ancey (/. c. Bull. p. xlii) states that he was the original captor, and that the insfect was under bark of Populus fastigiata. He has also found it near Beyrouth. New species : — Hydrous fulvo-femoratus^ Fairmaire, 1. c. p. 193, and H, uniformisy Fairm. /. c. p. 194, Madagascar, IStcrnolopIms comoriensisy Fairmaire, 1. c. p. 195, Mayotte, Comores. Hydrocharis grandisy Zimmermann, Trans. Amer. Ent, Soc. ii. p. 260, South Carolina. Hydrohius glahricolHsy Schauf. Beitr. Kenntn. Col. Balear. p. 11, Mahon, Balearic Isles. Philhydrus punctatuSy Sharp, Ent. ]\I. Mag. v. p. 240, Britain ; P. vulgaris find affinisy Steinheil, Atti Soc. Ital. Sci. Nat. xii. p. 253, and P. variegatusy Steinh. I, c. p. 254, Buenos Ayres ; P. rcjivxipcnnhy New Jersey, niiemy North Carolina, and sc7nistriatus, Maryland, Zimmerman, 1. c. p. 250. Hdocliares hidovici, Schauf. /. c. p. 11, Ibiza, Balearic Isles. Ihjdrochus impi^css^tSy Zimmerm. /. c. p. 249, Carolina. Rei'oms acxdispinay Fairmaire, /. c. p. 196, Madagascar ; B. prolongatusy Fairm. ibid., Madagascar j B. corsicusy Desbrochers des l^oges. Bet. nouv. Entom. no. 12, 15 Dec. 1869, Ajaccio ; B. immacidatusy Zinim, /. c. p. 249, Carolina and Illinois. Odiihdnus powcriy Rye, Ent. M. Mag. vi. p. 4, England (south coast). Cyclonotum semiglohosuniy Zimni. /. c. p. 250, Carolina. Ccrcyon navimlarey Zimm. ibid.. Middle States. Paussidte. Paussus hm'chellianusy sp. n., Westwood, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1869 (Aug.), p. 319, Graham’s Town, South-west Africa. Stapiiylinid^. B. DE Borue (iVnn. Soc. Ent. Belg. xii. p. xlvi et seq.) gives a list of ad- ditions to the Belgian Catalogue of Brachelytray of which Tachinus rnjipemiis appears the only species worth mentioning (Philonthus nigritulus being among them). He adds a list of other species considered interesting, among them being Anthobmxn dphthalmicum, Ocypus cupreuSy Lesteva hicoloVy Tacky-- porxis hrimneusy Oxypoda opacUy &c. ; and also publishes, as the results in this 1869. [voL. vr.] r 222 ZOOLOGICAL LITEIIATUIIE. group of two excursions to Vielsalm, a list of 8 species, \vherein Aleocham lanuginosa, Xantholinus pimctulatus, Philonthus spihndem, Quedkcs impressus and Ilomalium rimdare are conspicuous. Aleo char ides. Rye (Ent. Mo, Mag. vi. pp. 2 & 3) makes some corrections in the nomeu-. clature of British Aleucharides. Bold (Ent. Mo. Mag. vi. p. 108) records Autalia pimcticollis (Sharp) from England. Falagria formosa (Rosenh.) = e/c<7«ws (Baudi). Baudi, Berl. ent. Zeitschr. xiii. p. 369. Baudi (1. c.) describes (with a query as to specific value) a variety of Bolituchara varia (Er.) from Cyprus j ho also notes (p. 374, note) a laige form of Callicenis ohscurus, from Piedmont, to which Fauvel has given the MS. name of yuv. j^edcmontanus, and which Kraatz (ibid.) determines as C. atricollis (Aube), a good species, erroneously printed atricaimis in Stein’s catalogue, Baudi (ibid.) reproduces the description of Calodera {Ilyobates) rufa (Ktz.), which he had proposed to describe as a new species, under the hqiwq 'puntice2)s, thinking Kraatz’s msact^propinqua (Aube). Kraatz (/. c. p, 375, note) affirms the validity of his species. Baudi (ibid.) states that the specific name of Calodera meah (Truq.) is a convivial shibboleth of students at Turin. Fauvel (L’Abeillo, vi. p. 150) makes the following synonymical correc- tions:— l%ytosus dinudiatus{'X o\\^x^i.)=i8p^nifer, $ (Curtis) j Atemeles (var.P) nigricollis (Ktz.') =emaryinata (Fab,); Ilomalota imbecilla (Waterh.)=?ne- ridio7ialis (Muls. & Rey) j Oligota xanthopyga (Ktz.) = Somatimn atmle (WolL); Millcena (sic) elongata {Ktz.)=i glauca (Aube). Sharp (Ent. Mo.Mag. vi. p. 134) gives structural characters for distinguishing specifically between Aleochara fuseipes (Grav.) and A. lata (Grav.). lie also connects A. fnmata (Grav.) to A. bt'evipennis (Grav.), as a var., having all intermediate foims. Calodera (Jlyohates) bomiairei (Fauvel) = Oxypoda glabriventris (Rye). Rye, 1. c. p. 3. Rye (/. c. p. 248) proposes the specific name waterhousei for Oxypoda niyro-ftisca (Waterhouse), the latter name having already been employed for an Oxypoda by Kirby and Stephens. He quotes (Ent. M. Mag. vi. p. 3) Fauvel’s opinion that this insect is amwna (Fairm.). SiiAiiP (Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1809, pts. ii. &iii. pp. 91-272) revises the British species of Ilomalota, 157 in number, of which 30 are considered as previously undescribed, and about 17 are first recorded as British. He finds it impossible to adopt Thomson’s genera or divisions, and modifies Kraatz’s sections considerably, reducing them to eight, which he further subdi- vides into groups of species. The following observations are extracted from Sharp’s paper : — II. langitida (Scriba, 7iec Kr.) = msecta (Thoms.) ; II. velox (Ktz.) =ca7nb7'ica (Woll.) ; II. opacula (Thoms.) = (Ktz.),/or^e: II haluphila (Thoms.) = (Scriba) ; Scotch vars. of II. 7iitidida (Kr.) are named 7iitidiuscula ; II. Jlavipes (Thoms.) is named Ilalobi'ectha, adopting Thomson’s generic name for the COLEOPTERA. 223 species, to whicli kShnrp considers Erichson’s description of atricilla cannot np[»l y, and for wliicli lie repudiates Watorlionse’s name of mnritimaj as already CMiiployed in Homaloia\ XL funcofemorata (Waterh.) and//. ( Jans.) are suppressed for picipas (Thoms.) and nigj'icornis (Thoms.), the prior Stephensian species of the two latter names being considered as non- existent ; angusticollis (Thoms.) is specifically distinct from ravUla (Er.) ; saundersi (Rye) = (Ileer) ; dadopora (Thoms.) = 5 ^ var. of fungi (Gray.), with shorter antenum and thorax, is described and named dnhia. Rye (Entom. Annual, 1870, p. 50) identifies II, imecta (Thoms.) with snlcifrons (Steph,), and anieicoUis (Sharp) with xanthoptera (Steph.). Ilomalvta mfotestacea (Ktz.) is recorded as British by Ry^, Ent. M. Mag, V. p. 218. Bethe (Stettin, ent. Zeit. 1869, p. 426) records Homalota nigerrima (Aub<5) as new to the German lists. Myllcenaparadoxa (Scriba) is to be referred to Oxypoda, according to Baudi, 1. c. p. 677, note. Peyiion (Pet. nouv. Ent. no. 9) records the capture at Acre of a Sta- phylinid (for which he thinks that a new genus near Dinopsis must be formed) in company with a largo unknown ant, the habits of which he notes. Rye (Ent. Mo. Mag. vi. p. 169) records Myllcma glauca (Aub6) from Eng- land, and notes the specific difference between the M, elongata of Matthews and of Kraatz. New species : — Ocalca parmda^ Baudi, Berlin, ent. Zeitschr. xiii. p. 309, Cyprus, Piedmont, Eranco. Leptusa. Baudi, 1. c., describes the following species : — L. pulchclla, p. 370, note, Uuomod’ossola } L. hidens, p. 371, note, Apennines ; L. simplex, p. 372, note, Turin. Cidodtra pulchella, Baudi, 1. c. p. 375, Cyprus. Tachyusa agilis, Baudi, 1. c. p. 376, Cyprus. Oxypoda himamlata, Baudi, 1. c. p. 377, Cyprus. Homalota. Sharp, 1. c., describes the following species 7/ eximia, p. 103 (^— fragilicornis, Ktz. P?), Scotland; II. delicattda, p. 107, '^Scot- land; II. littorea, p. 109 (= Jluviatilis, Ktz.??), England; II londinensis, p. 118, Britain and Germany ; II clavipes, p. 124, Scotland ; II ohlongiuscula, p. 130, Britain ; H. princeps, p. 142, Isle of Wight ; II subglahra, p. 149, Scotland ; II. fallaciosa, p. 167, Scotland ; II. crihriceps, p. 166, England (possibly not a true Homalota) ; H. curtipennis, p. 173, Scotland {hreviceps, Thoms. ?) ; H. cavifrons, p. 177, Scotland ; H. simillima, ibid., Scotland ; H. dccipiens, p. 179, England ; II. exarata, p. 180, England ; II suh(cnea, p. 187, Britain; H. ceneicollis, p. 189, Britain; H. incognita,-^. 191, Scotland; II hyhrida, p. 196, Scotland ; H. ignohilis, p. 200, Britain and Germany ; II di- ' versa, p. 201, Scotland; II puherula, p. 213, England ; II perc.vigua, 216, England ; II mdubia, p. 227, Scotland ; II indiscreta, p. 228, Scotland ; II otricolor, p. 230, Britain ; II. germana, p. 235, Scotland ; II hodierna, p. 236, England and France ; II. canescens, p. 239, England ; II setigera, p. 261, Britain. R 2 224 ZOOLOGICAL LITKRATUIIC. Iltrtnalata tereticomis, Wankowiez, Ann, Soc. Ent, Fr. 4« s«5r. ix. p. 420 klinsk ; II. timem, Baiidi, 1. c. p. 378, note, Piedmont j II. 5ericop}iila^ Baudi, 1. c. p. 379, note, originally found in unmanufactured silk, afterwards received from Apennines and Duomod’ossola. Phlcoojiora amjustiformisj Baudi, 1. c. p. 370, note, Apennines. Gijrophcena carpiniy Baudi, 1. c. p. 380, Piedmont, Tachyporides, Pandelle (Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 4® ser. ix. pp. 261-36G) lias mo- nographed the European species of this family ; wliicli, as re- stricted by him, contains HypocyptuSy Conw'uSy Tachypoi'uSy Ha- hroccruSy Cileaj Tachinus and Bolitobius. TanyynathuSy as usual, following Kraatz, and THchophya are rejected (no better position, however, being suggested for the latter) ; Lamprinus is sunk as a subgeiius of Tachypat'us ; Leucoparyphus (Kraatz) is deposed in favour of Cilea (Du Val), in which Coproporus (Kraatz) is also included ; Drymoporus (Thomson) is reincorporated with Tachinus \ and B/yoporus and Lordithon (Tlioms.) are merged ill BolitobiuSy which is divided into three subgenera, Megacronus, Bolitobius, and Mycetoporus. Conurus (Stephens) is rightly re- instated, in place of Conosoma (Kraatz) ; but Pandelle, who can thus be just in the case of a genus, is the reverse as regards species ; for he intimates that, altliough certain of the Ste- phensian Tachyporidac can be satisfactorily determined by their descriptions, he finds it inconvenient to disturb the names now in use for them. Considering Erichson incorrect, Pan- delle publishes fresh characters for the family ; and in his subsequent descriptions makes great use of the sctiferous punc- tures and tlic space between the middle and posterior coxai; relying avowedly on characters externally accessible. The mo- nograph, which is very ingeniously constructed, is, however, so essentially a table in itself, consisting wholly of references, that it is very difficult to work from it, Ilypocyptes rufipes (Kraatz), according to Pandelle (/. c. p. 282), who lias examined all Kraatz’s types but that of II. tamneornis, is possibly only a crippled II. lonyicornis. II. rufipes (Stephens, Cypha) he thinks should belong to another genus j but the rufipes of Kraatz was, so long ago as 1858, referred to lonyicmmis in Waterhouse’s Catalogue, which also identifies Stephens’s insect with that species. Pandelle does not seem to have ob- served the copious and correct Stephensian synonymy in this catalogue j as he mentions another source of information for Stephens’s species, as to which he is sometimes incorrect. Ilypocyptus pyymceus (Kraatz), according to Pandelld, 1. c. p. 284,= the prior niyripes of Stephens, which he reinstates. According to Waterhouse’s catalogue (correctly, as the Becorderhas verified by examination), Stephens’s niyripes is nothing but lonyicornis. COLEOPTERA. 225 Hi/pocyptm pulicarius^ according to type received from Krantz by PandclliS (/. c. p. 285), = setnmulum, large var. Conurm inserttis (Ilampe) = C. littoixm (Linn.), immature. Pandelld, I c. p. 289. Conosoma monticola (Woll.) = livklus (Er.). Fauvel, L’Abeille, vi. p. 151. Tachp2>orus eUgantulus (Reiclie ot Saulcy), T. ahdommalis (Gray.), T. scutellaris (Boisd. etLac.), and T. anticus (Er.) = hrunneus (Fab.). Pandelle, f.c. p.300. Tachyporm ahner (Saulcy) and T. ]}iceus (Mfiklin, from description only) = 7’. (Grav.). Pandolbi, ibid. Tachyporm scitulus (Watcrliouso, Cat. wee Er.) = jnisilhts, var. Rye, lilnt. Mo. Mag. vi. p. 3. Tachyporus meridionaUs (Fairmaire) = T, liypnorum (Fab.). PandelliS, 1. e, p. 302. Tachypiorm ahclominaUs (Kraat«) = rujicollis (Grav,), var, Pandellt5, 1. e. p. 304. ' Tachyporm ahdommalis (Eriebson) = obtmm (Libn.), var., and erichsonisy sp. n., according to types in Aubd’s collection received from Erichson. Pan- dolld, /. e. p. 305. Tachyporm ahdommalis (Mann.) = pale ohtusm. Pandelld, /. e. p. 307. Tachyp)orus discus (Reiclie et Saulcy) is considered by Pandelld, 1. c. p. 306, a meridional variety of sohiUis (Er.). Nevertlieless be makes it rank as a species. pANDKLLt? (f. e. p. 312) notes the simple antcniwo of the second Iniown species of Ilahroccrus, II. marginicollis (Solier, in Gay Hist. Chili, Zool., iv, p. 343, Tachyporm id.)^ from Chili. P. DE Borue (Ann. Soc, Ent. Belg. xii. C. r. p. Hi) notes the addition to the Belgian fauna of Trichophya pilicornis, taken by Tennstedt. Coproporus gallicus (Perris) is noticed as occurring under walnut-bark by Bauduer (Pet. nouv. Ent. No. 4), Tachhms nitidus (Fauvel, Bull. Soc. Linn, de Normandie, 1867), according to Pandelld, 1. c. p. 316, entirely realizes the description of T. hasalis (Er.), with the exception of two characters not mentioned by Erichson, and a dirt'erence in the localities of the two insects. Fauvel has informed the Recorder that this insect is the T. berezyniem of Waiikowiez, hereafter mentioned. PANDELLt? (/. c. p. 319) notes the capture of Tachinus rujipennis (Gyll.) twice in June, in the Pyrenees, among recently barked pine, at 1800 m. elevation, also in rotten beech. Tachinus frigidus (Kraatz) = pallipcs., according to Pandelld (/. c. p. 323), who has not seen Erichson’s insect of the former name, from Unalaschka. Ellipotoma tridens (Motschulsky) = Tachinus marginellus $, and E. p>osticalis (Mots.) = T. marginellus J , according to Pandelld, 1. c. p. 326, on the supposition, at least, that Motschulsky had laticollis (Grav.) under the name of marginellus. Bolitohius formosus of Fairm. et Lab. Faune Hv^\\(;.—inclinam. Pandelle, 1. c. p. 334. Mycctopm'us hiplagiatus (Fairm.) = longicornis, var. Pandelle?, 1. c. p. 340. 226 ZOOLOGICAL LITEUATUllE. Pandelle (1. c. p. 342) drops the citation of Gravenhorst for 31. ncmus, as that author confused other species with it in his collection, and his de- scription is not exact. Pandelle (1. c. p. 345) proposes the name 7'et/i for the 31ycetuponis anyularis of Mulsant and Pey, on account of a good prior species of the same name from America {cmgularis, Sachse) ; and the angular is of Paykull and of Ste- phens are respectively attributed as synonyms to striatus (Oliv.) and trinotatus (Er.), He also proposes the name fainnairci (/. c. p. 346) for 31. niger (Fairm.), on account of the prior Bolitobius niger of Gravenhorst, from North America. Pandelle (1. c. p. 350), though giving 3Iycetoporus longulus (Mann.), lepidus (Gray.), and bimaculatus (Boisd. et Lac., = rujicoimis, Ktz., punctiven- iris, Thoms., and the long prior brmmeus of Marsham) as good and distinct, species, records his belief that there is but one specilic type among theni. Bolitobius {Bryoporus) castancus (Hardy and Bold) is retained instead of hardyi (Crotch in litt.) by PandelliS {1. c. p. 352), as the prior castaneus of Stephens does not stand specifically. Bolitobius distigma (Fairm.) = pyqmceus (Fab.), var. PandelltS, 1. c. p. 357. Neio species : — IlypocTjptus mbripenniSf Pandelld, /. c. p. 283, Tarbes j II. lancifcr, Pandelle, 1. Of p. 284, Berlin, Pyrenees; II. pirazzoUif Bnudi, Berl. ent. Zeitschr. xiii, p. 381, note, Duomod’ossola. Commis lethierryi, Pandelle, 1. c. p. 288, Algeria ; C. wankowiezi, Pandelle, /. e. p. 294, Minsk. Tacky porus quadi'iscopulatus, Pandelle, 1. c. p. 304, Pyrenees, Calvados ; T. erichsonis, Pandelle, 1. c. p. 305, Berlin, Austria. Tachinus fauveli, Pandelld, /. c, p. 321, Caucasus; T. Jlavo-limbatiis, Pau- dell(5, 1. c. p. 320, Sicily, Spain, Algeria ; T. bonvotdovri, Pandelle, 1. c. p. 329, Pyrenees ; T. bcrezynieus, Wankowi(JZ, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 4‘^ ser. ix. p. 418, Boryssow. Bolitobius. Pandelle, /. c., describes the following species : — B. barnevillci, p. 335, Gap; B. aubei, ibid., Pyrenees; B. pachyrapkis^ pp. 344 & 351, Pyrenees; B. I'eickiy p. 344, Bonn, Pj'^renees, Algeria; B. chevrolati, p. 315, Caramania ; B. brucki, p. 347, Prague, Pyrenees, Tuscany ; B. poricollis, p. 350, Tuscany, Styria ; B. rugipennis, p. 352, Scotland, Pyrenees, St. Gothard ; B. kraatzi, p. 350, Hungary, Sicily, Corsica. Bolitobius hcematicus, Baudi, Berl. ent. Zeitschr. xiii. p. 382, note, Pied- montese Alps. Quediides. Rouget (Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 4® s6i\ ix. Bull. p. xxxii) has bred Quedius dilatatus, at the end of May, from larvae found in a hornet’s nest in the pre- ceding October. Baudi (Berl. ent. Zeitschr. xiii. p. 883, note) records 3 specimens of Quedius impressus, from Sardinia and Calabria, of which the forehead is impressed with four deep equidistant punctures between the eyes. According to Fauvel (L’Abeille, vi. p. 151) Ileterothops (Well.) COLEOPTERA. 227 ea prm>iits{l^Y.)] Qnedius honDouloiri (Bris.) = attenuatus (Gyll. ncc Er., Ktz.); Q. pallipes (Luc.) = molochinus (Qrav.), immature j Q.Jlavipennis (Baudi) = virpulatm (Er.), immature, Siaphylittides. Ocypus syrtacus (Baudi) belongs to the first section, near alpestris (Er.), according to Baudi (Berlin, ent. Zeitsclir. xiii. p. 384), who notices a small var. of O. cupreus (? scriceus, Motsch.) occurring in Cyprus, Sardinia, and Southern France. O. olympicus (Baudi) = riihripemiis (Reiche), sec. Fauvel : Baudi, 1. c. p. 385, notes the difference between these two insects. Baudi (/. c. p. 38G) notes rarieties of Philonthus corvinus (Er.), debilis (Er.)> and mjbnanu^ (Er.) ; he finds P. Juvenilis (Peyr.) at Cyprus, exactly agreeing with description, and remarks on its omission from catalogues, and considers P. truquii (Peyr.) ought to be referred as a syn. to virgo (Gr.) rather than to micans (Gr.). According to Fauvel (L’Abeille, \i. p. 161), Ocypm punctatissinms (Woll.) = cupreus (Rossi) ; O. air atm (Woll.)=ffi^er (Grav. ; cf, Ent. Mo. Mag. iv. p. 235); Philonthus proximus (Woll.) = ventralis (Grav.); P. unarddus (Woll.) = chennimus (sic) var. concinnm (Grav.). Ocypus tomentosus, sp. n., Baudi, 1. c. p. 384, Cyprus. Philo}ithus dissimiliSfSp. n.f Baudi, 1. c. p. 387, Cyprus (from Kraatz’s note, ibid., seems scarcely different from orbus, Kies.) ; P. dcpressuSf sp.n., Steinheil, Atti Soc. Ital. Sci. Nat. xiii. p. 25.3, Mendoza. Xantholinides. Baudi (Berlin, ent. Zeitsclir. xiii. p. 387) notes the diflerence of the anal segments of the abdomen in the sexes of Xantholinus rujipcnnis (Er.), of which he records a colour-variety from Sicily. lie also refers to the sexual characters of X. collaris (Er.). According to Fauvel (L’AbeiUe, vi. p. 161), X. rujicollis (Luc.) = collaris (Er.); X. amissus (Coq.) and radiosus (Peyr.) = Leptacinus pavumpunctatus (Gjdl.)}, Othius pliilonthoides (Woll.) = brachypterm minor. Xantholinus temdpeSj sp. n., Baudi, 1. c. p. 388, Apennines. Leptacinus othioides, sp. n., Baudi, 1. c. p. 390, note, banks of Po. Pa derides. According to Fauvel (L’Abeille, vi. p. 152), Lathrobium jansoni (Crotch) = pallidum (Nordm.) ; Stilicus rujicornis (Luc.) = orbiculatus (Payk.) ; Scopceus trossulus (Woll.) = sericans (Rey & Muls.); Lithocharis minuta (Luc.) = nigritula (Er.). Baudi (Berlin, ent. Zeitschr. xiii. p. 390, note) refers to a var. of Glypto- mcrus cavicola (MiilL), from Piedmont and Tuscan Appenines, which he names apmninm^ and to which ho thinlts the ciruscus of Piccioli is to bo referred. Lathrobium angustatum (Boisd.) is recorded as British by Sharp, Ent. Mo. Mag. V. p. 197. Lathrobium letznet'i, sp. n., Gerhardt, Berl. ent. Zeit. xiii. p. 257, Germanj’^ {cf. Letzner, 40 Jahr. Ber. schlesisch. Gesoll.). 228 ZOOLOGICAL LlTEilATUHE. Baudi ( 1. c. p. 890) notea a small var. of Dolicaon hiijuttulus'^ from Cyprus, to which he is iziclined to refer the D. i>enustus of Poyron and D. truquii (Saulcy). Ilis own D, vmustus, however, he considers a good species. Scopceus. Baudi (/. c*. p. 391) notes vars. of erichsonii (Kolen.), IcemyaUis (Gyll,), injirmm and tninwms (Br.) ; he thinks that injirmus and scitulus (sibi) should bo placed in Mulsant’s lirst division of the genus, instead of at the end. Scopcsus pilicorms, sp. n., Baudi, 1. c. p. 392, Cyprus. Lithocharis. Baudi (p. 392) refers to vars. of fuscula (Man.), one of which he names infuscata\ he gives characters ioi pythonissa (Saulcy). Sunim. Baudi (p. 393) describes a var. of Jilifonnis (Latr.), for which he quotes Fauvel’s name abbreviatus, also a queried variety of anyuinus (sibi), with which ho suggests (Aub^) maybe identical. He gives distinguish- ing characters ^Qv ^liformis and anyuinus, and states that the var. e of his own hiyuttatus is mdanurus (Kiist.). Sunius cliversicollis, sp. u., Baudi, /. c. p. 393, Cyprus ; S. cribellus, sp. n., Baudi, 1. c. p. 394, note, Sardinia, Piedmont. Baudi (/. c. p. 394) notes a var. of Pcederus littoralis (Grav.), for which he adopts FauveFs MS. name of strictus, Pmdarus coriaceus, sp. n., Fauvel, Tijdschr. v. Ent. xii. 1869, p. 134, pi. vii. f. 1, Celebes. Pinophilides, Pinojihilus scribcB, sp. n., Steinheil, Atti Soc. Ital. Sci. Nat. xii. p. 254, Buenos Ayres. Stenides. DE LA Brulerie (Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 4<= s»5r. ix. p. 30) publishes his deter- mination not to describe the supposed now genus, allied to Eveesthetus, to which ho refers in Ann. Soc. Fr. 1806, p. 514, on account of his solitary ex- ponent being broken. Stenus incanus (Er.) is recorded as British by Sharp, Ent. Mo. Mag. v. p. 197. Bedel (Pet. nouv. Entom. no. 9) records the capture of Stenus kiesenwettcri (Kos.) near Paris. Baudi (Berlin, ent. Zeitschr. xiii. p. 390) notes varieties from Cyprus of Stenus circularis (Grav.), pumilio (Er.), niyritulus (Gyll.), and eyaneus (sibi). According to Fauvel (L’Abeille, vi. p. 152), Stenus anmdatus (Crotch) = aceris (Lac.); S. modestus (Luc.) = ocidatus (Grav.); S. emeus (Luc.) = coi'datus (Grav.). Stenus, Baudi (Berl. ent. Zeitschr. xiii.) describes the following new species : — S. 7noridus, p. 395, Cyprus ; imbricus, ibid, note, Thrasimene Lake; yracilicornis, p. 396, note. Piedmont (= ylacialis, Ktz. jiec Ileer, teste Kraatz, ibid.) ; italicus, p. 397, note, Piedmont, Ravenna. Oxytelides. Sharp (Ent. Mo. Mag. vi. p. 158) records Bledius spectabilis (Ktz.) from COLEOPTERA. 229 J3ntain, and shows froni its geographical range that it cannot be (as Fauvel thinks) a southern form of B, tricornis. BIcdttis fmcipcs (Itj'c) = pallipes (Grav.) ; Fauvel, L’Abcille, vi. p. 152. Rye (Ent. Mo. Mag. vi. p. 88) notes Kraatz’s recognition of fuscipes as a good and distinct species, and his record of its capture at Stettin. Bleclim diffinis, sp. n., Baudi, Berl. ent. Zeitschr. xiii. p. 398, Cyprus. Blatystethus jyiloselluSj sp. n., Wankowiez, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 4® s^r. ix^ p. 419, Minsk. Vkitystcthus longicoi'ms (1a\c.) — nodifrons (Sahib.); 7'rogophlams exilis (Woll.) = (Grav.). Fauvel, 1. c. Syniominm (PJicum is recorded as new to the Belgian fauna by Wesmael and Tennstedt (Ann. Soc. Ent. Bolg. xii. C. r. p. Ivi). IVogophlwns dcspcctm, sp. n., Baudi, 1. e. p. 400, note, Biedmont; T, discolor y sp. n., Baudi, 1. c. p. 400, Cyprus. Apocellus mendozanuSf sp. n., Steinheil, Atti Soc. Ital. Sci. Nat. xii. p. 264, Mendoza. Homaliides* Ilomalium impar (Rey & Mills.) = riparium (Thoms.), and allardi (Fairm.) = occllatum (Woll.); Fauvel, L’Abcille, vi. p. 162 (cf.,as to this last species, ICnt. Mo. Mag. iv. p. 230). Iloynalium crassicorne (Matthews) = salicis (Gyll.), var. ; Rye, Ent. Monthly Mag. vi. p. 4. II. gradlicorne (Fairm.) is recorded as British by Rye, ibid. Kiesrnwetter (Berl. ent. Zeit. xiii. p. 313, note) remarks upon an alpine local variety of Arpedium qjtadrum and a new species of Anthohiurn near lofngipmncy of which the 5 elytra truncate at apex. Baudi (Berl. ent. Zeitschr. xii. p. 404, note) mentions varieties and sexual differences of Anthohiurn ophthalmicum (Payk.). New species : — Anthophagus aponninusy Baudi, Berl. ent. Zeitschr. xiii. p. 401, note, Apeimine.s. Lesteva lepontiny Baudi, /. c. p. 401, note, Buomod’ossola. , Lnthrimamm haudiiy Kraatz, Berlin, ent. Zeitschr. xiii. p. 402, Cyprus. Ilomnlimn strigicoUcy Wankowiez, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 4® s^r. ix. p. 419, Bor.yssow ; II. distincticorncy Baudi, 1. c. p. 402, note. Piedmont (belongs to Thomson’s genus Pyc7ioglypta; Ktz., ibid.). Anthohiurn crihricolley Baudi, 1. c. p. 403, note, Alps, Monte Rosa ; A. lavi- penncy Baudi, 1. c. p. 404, note. Maritime Alps (? = pallensy Ileer ) ; A. i-ec~ tangiduniy Baudi, ibid., Alps and Apennines. PSELAPHIDA^. Pselaphides. Chenniwn hituberculatum is recorded as new to the Belgian fauna by Wesmael (Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. xii. C. r. p. Ivi). Ctenistes harhipalpis (Fairm.) = auhei (Rosenh.): Baudi, on Saulcy’s authority, Berl. ent. Zeitschr. xiii. p. 407, note. 230 ZOOLOGICAL LITISUATURE. Pselaphm nigricans (Leach), referred to Britain in Qemmingor and Von Harold’s catalogue under the genus Bryaxis, is pointed out by Bye (/. c. p. 117) as having been described from Florence. Baudi (/. c.) describes under the name tenuicornis an insect which he attributes with doubt as a variety to Tychus castaneus (Aube) j he gives no locality. He notes var. of Bryaxis sanguinea (p. 408, note), and redescribes B. chevrierii (AubC), p. 412, and clavata (Peyron), p. 413, with their respective males. Bye (Ent. Mo. Mag, v. p. 249) proposes the specific name waterhousei for Bryaxis simplex (Waterhouse), the latter name being occupietl in the same genus by a Motschulskyan species from the East Indies. Rye (Entomologist’s Annual, 1870, pp. 115 & 118) notes the assignment by Schaum of Bryaxis hcemoptcra (Aube), Tychus ibericiis (Motsch.), and Trhnium brevipenne (Chaud.) to Britain, but thinks further evidence required before accepting these species as British, Becker (Hoi-jb Soc. Ent. Boss. vi. p. 108) records Bryaxis furcata (Mots.) from Sarepta as common among Statice tommtella. Bytkinus niyrinus (Muls.) and B, Icevicollis (Fairm.) = clamcornis (Panz.). Baudi, on Saulcy’s authority, 1. c. p. 414, note. Ctmistcs calcaratuSy sp. n., Baudi, Berlin, ent. Zeitschr. xiii. p. 405, Asia Minor; C, ponticusy sp. n., Baudi, 1. c. p. 40G, Cyprus and Asia Minor. . Batrisus insular is, sp. n., Baudi, L c. p. 407, Cyprus. Bryaxis, Baudi, 1. c., describes the following now species : — B. gigas, p. 408, B. cypria, p. 409, B. gibberay p. 411, B, tuberculatay 412, B. dentipeSy p. 413, Cyprus ; B. syriacay p. 410, Beyrouth. Bythinus simplex and B, italicus, spp. nn., Baudi, I, c. p. 414, note. Pied- mont. Clavigerides. Claviger longicornis is recorded as new to the Belgian fauna by Wesmael (Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. xii. C. r. p. Ivi). King (Trans. Ent. Soc. N. S. Wales, ii. pt. i. 18G9, p. 50) notes the exist- ence of forms in the Australian fauna closely allied to those of S. America, and gives a list of the known species of Articerus. Claviger apenninus, sp. n., Baudi, Berl. ent. Zeitschr. xiii. p. 415, note, Apennines. Articerus tumidusy sp. n., Westwood, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 18G9 (Aug.),- p. 318, Swan River { = setipes d, Westw. ?) ; A, amazonicuSy sp. n., Wcstw. 1. c. p* 319, Upper Amazons. Articerus (? Fustigery Brendel) regius, sp. n.. King, 1. c. p. 65, Liverpool, N. S. W.; A. brevicepSy sp. n., King, /, c. p. 5G, Rope’s Creek. SCYDMASNIDiE. Leconte (Trans. Ainer. Ent. Soc. ii. pp. 251-2) publishes an abstract of ZimrnermamPs views as to the classification of the Rhypophaga, from which ^^series^^ that author proposed to eliminate and transfer the following families : — the Pselaphidcey COLEOPTEllA. - 231 Clavicfer (sic), ami Stajyhylinidaf to form anotlicr series, Brach- ELYTiiA ; the Phalacridoi and Telmatophilidm to the series CoRDYLocERA j the llhyssodidcs, PassandridcBj and Cucujidm to the series Isomera (Xenomorpiia) ; and the Georyssidee, Par- nida:, and Heteroceridm to the series Philydria (sic). As thus restricted, the families of the Rhypophaga are distinguished as follows A. Wings membranous, with distinct veins, and mostly suitable for flight; ventral segments 5, or less in number. a. Ventral segments 5 ; tarsal joints variable in form and length Paussida5. h. Ventral segments 5; tarsal joints narrow. 1. Hind coxae not excavated for the reception of the thighs ; pygidium always exposed Histerid^e. 2. Hind coxae not excavated; pygidium not exposed. Mycetophagid;e. 3. Hind coxae excavated for the reception of the thighs ♦ DERMESTlDi®. c. Ventral segments 5 ; first three joints of tarsi dilated. Nitudulid^e. B. Wings membranous, with distinct veins, and mostly suitable for flight, but in some genera wanting or undeveloped ; ventral segments G or more in number. a. Elytra with distinct veins .... Silphid^e. b. Elytra without veins. 1. Prothorax shield-shaped, with sharply defined side mar- gins » . . ANISOTOMlDiE. 2. Prothorax rounded or cylindrical, without margined sides . . . . . . . . . , ScYDM^NIDyE. With the Mycetophagidae are to be included the Colydiadaej Cryptophagidoi, TrogositidcBy Peliidmy Thonctid(H, Mycetmdcp, Murmidiid(jp, Lathridiidm , Monoto7nid(B, Derodontid(S, and 0th- 7iiid(B ; and with the DermestidcR, the Byrrhidm and Tkroscida. From Leconte^s note at p. 252, it would seem that this Table, though recent, is of a provisional nature only. J3old (Ent. Mo. Mag. v. p. 246) notes the occurrence in Northumberland of Eucomms fimetarius (Thoms.). Ilye (ibid.) adds other localities for the species. Baudi (Berlin, ent. Zeit. xiii. p. 416) mentions Sardinian vars. of Scyd- mccnus hmzci (Qen6) ; and also the habits and varieties of Leptomastax hypo- yarns (Pirazz.). Scydmtxmis truquii and S. dichrouSy spp. nn., Baudi, I, c. p. 416, Cyprus ; S. (Euynicrus) cerastes, sp. n., Baudi, 1. c. p. 417, note, Sardinia ; S. mississipyicus, sp. n., Zimmermaun, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. ii. p. 251, 232 ZOOLOGICAXi LITEIlATUllE. SiLPHIDiE. Leptoderides, Joseph (46th Jahrea-Bor. sclilosisch. (Sosollsch. 1808) deacrihoa an inaont undor the name of Leptoderus robicu, taken in a grotto hotween tlie Nanoa- berge and Luog, which ho appears unable to consider a good species or to refer with certainty to L. angustatm (Schm.), as a $ var. Silphides, An abnormal individual of Silpha atrata is mentioned in Tijdsch. v. Entom. xii. p. 104. Leptinus testaceus is recorded by Wesmael as new to the Belgian fauna (Ann. Ent. Soc. Belg. xii. 0. r. p. Ivi). Gorham (Ent. Mo. Mag. vi. p. 80) records the capture of numerous specimens of it in a nest of Bombus prato- rum, in Staffordshire. .... Adelops. Fairmaire (Stettin, ent. Zeit. 18G0) describes the following new species: — A. ovoideus and A. epurceoides, p. 234, Southern France j A. sub- alpinus, ibid., French Alps. Dieck (Berl. ent. Zeit. xiii.) describes the fol- lowing species : — A, styyius and inf emus, p. 348, Arit^ge j A. muscorum, p. 340, North Italy j A. kiesenwetteri, p. 350, Montserrat, Catalonia. Anisotomides, Triarthron mdrJcelii (Schm.) is recorded as British by Janson (on behalf of Power), Proc. Ent. Soc. Loud 1800, p. xix. Agaricophagus conforniis (Er.), $, has occurred to Be the, at Ostseestrand, Erichson having only known the S • Stettin, ent. Zeit. 1800, p. 420. Wankowiez (Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 4® s«5r. ix. p. 417) publishes a Table of the Lithuanian species of Agathidium, thirteen in number, including one new species. po/omewm (Wankowiez) =^>iccMWi,Er.: Wagkowiez, ibid., note. Anisotoma scutellaris, sp. n., Mulsant & Mayet, Ann. Soc. Linn. Lyon, n. s., xvi. p. 205, Cette. (It is manifestly impossible for two authors to describe a single species. In papers containing more than one species, two or more authors may combine their descriptions, signing or otherwise indicating their individual workj here, however, is an isolated notice of a single insect.) . , Cyrtusa blandmima impuhis, spp. nn., Zimmermann, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. ii. p. 261, N. Carolina. Agathidium pulcheUum, sp. n., Wankowiez, 1. c. p. 416, Boryssow. CORYLOPHID^. Corylophm suhlcevipennis (Duv.) is recorded as British by Sharp, Ent. Mo, Mag. V. p. 107. Kraatz (Berl. ent. Zeit. xiii. p. 283) revises the synonymy of the species of Sacium and Arthrolips as follows: — SA CIUM (Le Conte) ; pusillum (Bu V.) is ^oubly queried as identical with the pusillum of Gyll. and Thoms. ; corti-' cinum (Thoms.), pusillum (Redt.), atrum (I)ej., Ziegb), and ? discedens (Du \.)=obscurum (Sahib, nec Dej.)j nanum (Muls.) and brunneum (Bris.) are COLEOPTERA. 233 rolnintHl ns good epccios, and ptmllum (Wollnst.) is rc-nnmcd maderm. Altl'HROLirS (WolL): ohscnrus (Du V. and Dej. nec Salilb.) = (Ooinolli), to whicli cmvexmscuhis (Mots.) is added ns a var. ; rt^thorax (Dll V.)=hum{l{s (Rosenh.). Trichopterygid^. Motschoulsky (Bull. Soc. Imp. Nat. Moscou, 1868, no. 3, p. 170), who appears to he scarcely au courant with entomolo- gical literature/ quoting Schaum’s Cat., 2nd ed. (1861), as his sole authority for certain of Matthews’s genera (of which he states tliat Mio^us does not at all correspond with his own genus of the same name established in 1850), gives the following synoptical table of genera, stating that the large number of exotic species in his collection cannot be arranged in the genera already known : — A. Elytra abbreviated, widely truncate, leaving a part of abdomen free. Body punctuated, tliickly pubescent and silky on the upper surface. n. Post, angles of thorax acuminate. t Elytra more or less parallel AcnAXiiiCHis (sic), Mots. tt Elytra much attenuated ; no eyes .... M yrmicotrichis, Mots., 1855 (Astaloptej'y.Vy I^erris). b. Post, angles of thorax rectangular Pteryx, Matth. c. Post, angles of thorax rounded Elachyx (sic), Matth. d. Thorax contracted bhind. t Abd. entirely free Ptinella, Motsch. tt Abd. slightly visible above Micnus, Matth. {Ejnto- mella, Mots.). B. Elytra elongate, almost entirely covering the abdomen. Body punctuated above, and almost always covered with a more or less fine pubescence. a. Elytra ovate, slightly widened behind. t Thorax without median longitudinal line. PTiLioLA,IIaldenian, 1849. tt Thorax with a median longitudinal line. Micrella, Mots. (Aftcrws, Mots., olim.). h. Elytra almost parallel, narrow, very elongate. t Thorax attenuated towards the head. Nanosella, g. n. tt Thorax rounded at the sides Acteella, Mots. (? g. n.). ttt Thorax contracted behind and slightly cordate. Oligella, Mots. (? g. n.). c. Elytra contracted behind. t Extremity of elytra truncate Micridium, Mots. (?g. n.). tt Extremity of elytra attenuated and rounded. CAMPLOI)IUM,Mots. (Pg.n.). 0. Elytra strongly contracted behind. Body very shining on the upper surface, polished, or only with scattered punctures, and a few hairs. a. Thorax transverse, with a deep median longitudinal furrow and a foveola on each side MiLLpiuM, Mots. h. Thorax almost quadrate, and slightly cordate towards the elytra, gla- brous above OissimuM, Mots. 234 ZOOLOGICAL LITERATURE. . c. Thorax enlarged towards the elytra, cpiitracted and arched in front. Ptenidium, Er. D. Body of a regular oval shape, covered on the upper surface with elevated hairs Anisarthuia, Steph. The author proceeds to characterize briefly the following species of the above mentioned genera, most of which, bearing his own name, would seem, from the heading of his paper (linuimSration des nouvelles especes) to be undescribed j it is, however, expressly stated that certain of them are new. The typographical errors in this paper are exceedingly numerous and trou- blesome. Acbatrichis (p. 173). ^ Elytra almost quadrate. A. quadrangula (Mots.), United States; brimnipennis (Mots.), Panama; hrevicornis (Mots,), Madt^ira and Dalmatia; ahrupta (Ilald.), U. States; livi- dipennis (Mots.), Panama; nujricornis (Mots.), Madeira; velutina (Mots.), Panama; namda (Mots.), New York ; suhylabra (Mots.), Panama; ovatida (Mots.), Madeira. Elytra elongate-quadrate. A. insularis (Makl.), North Amer. ; pnrallela (Ilald.), Pennsylvania ; n- valis (Lee.), New Orleans ; aspera (Hald.), U. States; vulgata (Lee.), Pemi- sylv. ; sylvestris (Mots.), Panama. Elytra rather shorty but slightly attenuated behind. A. eeylonica (Mots.), Ceylon ; grossa (Mots.), Washington ; orientalis (Mots.), Ceylon; trapeziformis Ceylon; haldemanni (Lee.; rotun- data, Ilald.), U. States; cursitans (Nietn.), Ceylon; (Woll.), Ma- deira; punctatissima (Mots.), England; convexa (Mots.), Panama; fusci- pennis (Hald.), U. States; subcEiiea (Mots.), England; rujipennis (Mots.), Egypt; planulata (Mots.), Panama; infuscatu (Mots.), Panama; diseolor (Ilald.), U. States; (Mots.), North Amer. ;/«/ya (Mots.), Panama; fenestrata (Moritz), Panama; (Mots.), Panama; (Mots.), Panama. Elytra narrower than thorax^ and very attenuated towards the apex {all sea-coast species). ‘ A. dilaticollis (Mots.), Egy'^pt; littoralis (Mots.), Alexandria; 'maritima (Mots.), Marseilles, Crimea. Myumicotriciiis (p. 181). M. latkollis (Perris; stibcorticalis, Ilochh.), llussia and France, in nests of Formica pubescens ; cequatorialis (Mots.), Panama, in nests of G^decnema hystrix’f subvittata {Mots.), V&nfima. * • Pteryx (p. 182). F. brunnea (Lee.), N. Anier. ; perforata (Mots.), Georgia; dimidiata (Mots.), New York. ‘ , Elachys (p. 183). •' E. gibbula (Mots.), U. States; castanoptera (Mots.), Mobile; Jlaviveniris (Mots.), N. York. Micrus (ibid.). M. solidus (Mots.), Mobile; cinerascens (Mots.), N. York. Ptinella (p. 184). * With eyes. r. nigrovittis (Mots.), New Orleans. COLEOPTERA; 235^ ** Eijehss. . • ' ^ r.halteata (Mots.), Mobile; jnm (Mots.), N. Orleans; querciis (Lee.), N. Orleans; pallidula (Mots.), Georgia; arciiaticolUs (Mots.), Caucasus; ro- tundicoUis (Mots.), Finland. PtiLioLA (p. 185). Of this genus, 77 rtwff, Steph. (Jcunzei, Chevr., Gillm.), is stated to be the type. . P. cnnademis (Lee.), N. Amer. ; livida (Mots.) Caruiola ; rubida (Mots.), Caucasian Alps ; postica (Mots.), Mobile. Mioreela, g. 11. (p. 18G). Founded upon a part of Gillmeister’s 3rd division. Sliape ovate^ slightly enlarged behind, convex, punctuation very fine, pubescence velvety, three impressed lines on middle of thorax. Sp. M. cordata, ftdvascens, and Unentocollis (Mots.), Kuss. merid. Nano.sella (also spelt Nonosdla)^ p. 187. This genus and the four sue-* ceeding genera are not stated to be new, but are thus characterized : — Form elongate, narrow, almost parallel; elytra more than thrice as long as thorax, and rather dilated behind; thorax with no impressions, almost quadrate, slightly attenuate towards the head, which is rather small, with post, angles slightly obtuse ; ant. short, not exceeding the base of the thorax ; eyes di- stinct; punctuation v^ry fine, pubescence invisible. Sp. N. /7m<77 (Mots.), Ainer. Georgia, in fungus, tab. viii. fig. 3. The smallest linown beetle; scarcely ^^ng. Actcella (also spelt Actelld)^ p. 188. Form slightly suggestive of certain species of Corticaria ; elytra very elongate-oval, entirely covering abd. ; thorax short, transverse, slightly arched at the sides, often with a foveola at middle of the base ; ant. short, scarcely exceeding the base of thorax, stout ; wings and eyes complete. Sp. A. aterrima (Mots., 1845) and A. mediter- ranean sp, n.', p. 188, shores of Mediterranean, at Marseilles, Alexandria, &c. Oligella (ibid.). Form narrow, rather parallel, surface shining, with a few very fine long hairs ; thorax almost cordate, with a tribranchiate ex- cavation at the middle of its base; antennse rather long and slender; eyes and wings complete. Sp. O. minima (Ilbst., Latj’idius) excavata, Gillm.). Micridium (ibid.). Form elongate- ovate, attenuate behind and slightly truncate at apex ; thorax more or less contracted behind ; superficial punc- tuation and pubescence very fine and close. Sp. M. houdierii (Allib. ; trans- versalis, Gillm.), vittata (Mots., 1845), and lineatunl, sp. n. (p. 189), North America. Camptodium (p. 189). Of the ovate and slightly abbreviated form of Planidium (sic.), but with the surface finely punctured and pubescent ; tho- rax perceptibly narrower than the elytra, transverse, arched and contracted towards the head ; elytra slightly convex, rounded at the apex, and entirely covering the abdomen. Sp. C. adustipenne (Mots.), East Indies, tab. viii. f. 4. ) Millidium (Mots., 1865), ibid. Recharacterized. Sp. M. mhiutmimum (Gillm., Trichop.), sculpturatum and triramosum (Mots.). CissiDiUM (Mots., 1865), ibid. Sp. C. basale, t. viii. f. 6, and rufescena (Mots.), Panama. Ptenidium (p. 190). P. fmcipennis (Mots.), Panama; foveicolle (Mots.), N. Orleans; glabrattim, (Mots.), Nifigara; terminale (Hald.), U. States; atamaroidea (sic.). Mots,, Madeira, Catarro, and Russ. Georgia. 236 ZOOLOGICAL LITERATURE. Anisarthbia (p. 191). A. americana (Mots.), Amer. Georgia ; amcena (Mots.), U. States. Wankowiez (Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 4® ser. ix, p. 411) describes seven species of Ptcnulium found in Lithuania, and sinks formicetorum (presumably of Kraatz) as a var. of apicale (Er.). He also (/. c. p. 414) calls attention to the modifications exhibited by the seventh ventral segment in the males of six species of Trichoptcryx. Wollaston (Ent. Mo. Mag. vi. p. 162) records Actidium coardatum (Halid.) from South Devon. LimuludcSf g. n., Matthews, Ann. Lyceum Nat. Hist. New York, vol. viii. 1867, pp. 406-13, pi. 15. Resembles the ^Ulorse-shoe Crab,” LirnuluSf in general facies : ant. 9-jointed, wide and flattened ; head retractile, eyeless ; max. palpi rising from an elevated process in the middle of the upper surface of stipes ; prosternum much elevated, excavated in front, produced posteriorly into a wide and long plate, deeply bifid at apex, passing over mesost. and part of metast. ; keel of mesost. anteriorly much elevated, expanded poste- riorly over the intermediate coxas, and produced into a broad spoon-shaped plate, very wide, truncate, and slightly emarginate at apex, which is clothed with long hair j legs exceedingly short and laminate ; apex of abd. strongly resembling that of the Tachyporid<^^ with which family the author hints that the Trichojiterygidcc have considerable affinity in his opinion. Sp. L. pa- radoxus,.n!, Florida, N. York and Wa.shington, in ants’ nests, p. 412. Ptenidium intermedium, sp. n., Wankowiez, 1. c. p. 412, Boryssow. Ptilium modestu?n, sp. n., Waukowiez, /. c. p. 413, Lithuania. SCAPHIDIIDiE. Toxidium compressum, sp. n., Zimmermann, "trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. ii. p. 251, Louisiana, Texas, Florida, Illinois. HiSTERIDiE. De Mabseul (Berk ent. Zeit. xiii. p. 288) divides a paper of his on South African Ilisteridce into two distinct parts : — 1, a list of species taken by Fritschj and 2, descriptions of such of these as are new. Nevertheless in the first part an insect' is indicated both as a variety and as a possible new species, being named and shortly described in a footnote. Teretrius quercus — Paromalus rothi (Rosenb.) ; Platysoma georgi- anum (Leach) = ohlongum (Fab.) ; De Marseul, L’Abeille, vi. p. 155 {cf. for the- last mentioned species, v. Harold, Col. Hefte, v. p. 100, and Water- house, Ent. Mo. Mag. v. p. 168). Zimmermann ’ (Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. ii. p. 263) recharacterizes and tabulates Pachylopus (Er.), and groups the species of Pleyaderus (p. 254). He records Ilister servus (Er.), II. corvinus (Germ.), and Carcinops troglo- dytes (Mai-s.) from America, and observes that Platysoma cequum (Lec.) = Ilister frontalis (Say), which he redes(5ribes. Rye (Entom. Monthly Mag. v. p. 250), noticing variations in size and sculpture of British specimens of Gnathoncus rokmdatus (111.), considers Thomson, in all probability, wrong in specifically separating his G. pundulatus from that insect. Westwood (Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1869, Aug., p. 317) states that an Australian genus, which he charapterizes under the name Chlamydopsis, is COLEOPTERA. 237 intermodiate between tlie Byrrhidra and JIhterida, especially likening; it, in bis enumeration of the generic characters, to Murmidim, Leach {Cmtliocerm^ Schiipp.), which he considers a member of the Byrrliidm^ and, in his re- marks upon one of the new species described by him, stating that it seems to connect Ectrephes (formerly associated with the Paussidee^ and now referred by Westwood to the Ptin\d^jp/o^ow^a (Erichson) ; but the author only finds 10 joints to the antennm, and sees no spurs to the tibioe. Sp. : S. asperulm, sp. n., Fairm. 1. c. p. 206, St. Marie de Madagascar; S. soricinus, sp. n., Fairm. ibid., Madagascar. Iliketes, g. n.. King, Trans. Ent. Soc. N. S. Wales, ii. pt. 1, 1869, p. 76. Belongs to the Bothriderides. Allied to Derataphrm (Newm.). INIyrmeco- philous; antennse 9-jointed, stout, placed near the mouth, far in advance of the eyes, which are sunk in a deep groove ; parts of the mouth almost rudi- mentary, placed at extremity of the head; posterior portion of mentuih longitudinal, quite free ; abdomen 6-jointed ; tarsi pontamerous. Sp. IL costaius^ sp. n.. King, I c. p. 77, Liverpool ; H. thoracicuSy sp. n.. King, 1. c. p. 78, King George’s Sound. Aulonium ferrugincumy Zimmermann, 1. c. p. 264, Carolina. {Lasconotus^ refer endarins, Zimm. ibid, (no locality given). Priolomus spinicollis, Fairmaire, 1. c. p. 204, Madagascar. Sosylus goudotii, Fairmaire, /. c. p. 206, Madagascar. Entoxylon (gen. ined.) aheillei, Ancey, Nouvelles et faits divers, October 1869, no. 2,p. viii, Ste. Baume (Var). Aprostoma planifronsy Westwood, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1809 (Aug.), p. 320, River Niger. Anommatus planicollis, Fairmaire, Stettin, ent. Zeits. 1869, p. 232, Southern France ; A. valomhroscey Dieck, Berl. ent. Zeits. xiii. p. 353, Valombrosa. Cerylon brevicolle, Fairmaire, 1. c. p. 207, Nossi-B^, Madagascar. Cucujida;. V. Gernet, Horm Soc. Ent. Ross. vi. 1868, describes and figures the larva of Eendrophagus crenatus (with some doubt as to the identity of the species). Tournier (Bet. nouv. Ent. no. 3) records Lecmophloeus nigricollis (Lucas) as now to the French fauna. Pediacus costipennis (Fairm.), according to Tournier {1. c.), must bo sepa- rated from Pediacus, and constitute a fresh genus, for which he proposes the name Pcdiaphlocus (without publishing any characters). 8 2 240 ZOOLOGICAL LITERATURE. Emery (Pet. nouv. Ent. no. 7), having taken many specimens of Silvanus bicorms (Er.), by sifting dead leaves, has assured himself, by dissection, that only the <5 has the head horned. Both sexes, however, may be distinguished hom fi’umentarim by the longer space between the eyes and the post, angles of the head in bicorms. Silvanus dinilis (Er.) is recorded as British by Janson, on behalf of Power. Proc. Ent. Soc. Bond. 1809, p. xx. Silvanus bicornis, Lannophlocus testaceus (Fab., with which L. zinwiermanni, Lee., is identical), L. pusillus, and L. altcrnans are noted as common to Europe and N. America by Zimmermann, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. ii. p. 257, who gives the name vertialis to a species of Lathropus, allied to the European L. sepicola, but without describing the insect. New genera and species : — Typhlocharis, g. n., Bieck, Berlin, entoni. Zeitschr. xiii. p. 351. Allied to LmnophlceuSf of which it has the form and habit, but distinguished by its entire want of eyes, the structure of its anterior tibite (which are strongly emarginate on the inner side, and produced at the upper third into a trian- gular process, which is armed at the apex with a very long incurved spine, reaching the middle third of the tibia), the inflated third joint and very mi- nute subuluted apical joint of its max. palpi, and the simple apex of its man- dibles. All the tarsi are 6-jointed ) but the author suggests the possibility of all his specimens (1 1) being $ . Sp. T. silvanuidcs, sp. n., Bieck, 1. c. p. 352, Tangiers, associated with a new species of Anillus. Nilina, g. n., Motsch. Bull. Soc. Imp. Nat. Mosc. 18(58, no. 3, p. 201, tab. viii. flg. 11. Thorax laterally reflexed, elytra attenuated, club of antennae some- what abrupt, formed by joints lb-11, of which the apical joint is almost buried in the penultimate ; tarsi pentamerous, fourth joint very small. Sp. N. rejlexicullis, sp. n., Motsch. 1. c., Egypt. PseudinOj g. n., Fairmaire, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 4* sdr. ix. p. 208. Closely al- lied to Ino (Lap.), but with penult, joint of tarsi not bilobed, head contracted behind, elytra obliquely cut at the apex, and spurs to the tibiae. Forms a transition from the ITemipeplides to Lccmopldocus. Sp. P. coquerelii, sp. n., Fairm. 1. c., Ste. Marie de Madagascar. Psammccchidius (sic), g. n., Fairmaire, 1. c. p. 209. Very close to Psam- mocchuSj but with penult, joint of tarsi bilobed, flrst joint of antennae longer than second and third together, and thorax strongly contracted behind and laterally toothed. In the latter character it approaches Phlceostichus (sic), from which it differs in not having its antennae slender at the base and widened towards the apex. The author cannot be sure whether its tarsi are pentamerous or heteromerous. Sp. P. spinicoUisj sp. n., Fairm. ibid., Ste. Marie de Madagascar. Nausibius major, sp. n., Zimin. 1. e. p. 257, Carolina. Siloamis costatus, sp. n., Steinheil, Atti Soc. Ital. Sci. Nat. xii. p. 256, Buenos Ayres CllYPTOPIIAGID/£. V. Gernet (Ilorao Soc. Ent. Ross. vi. 1808) describes and figures the larva of Antherophac/us pallens. V. IIeVden (Berl. ent. Zeit. xiii. p. 55) reproduces Frivaldszky’s characters COLEOPTERA. 241 for his genus Jlaplolnphiis (Abhnndl. ungnr. Acad. 180*5, p. 190), and the de- scription of his species, IL noglecius (/, c. t. x. fig, 9), stated to he allied to Paramecosoma and Tclmatophilus. Kraatz (B. e. Z. 1. c., note) states that he has this species, under the name Tdmntophilus frivaldszkyi (Er. in litt.), from Frivaldszky, and that it is identical with Paramecosoma robustum (Morawitz, 1803). Atomaria cnntaminata {J^v.) — ornata (lleer, 1841), according to Tournier (Pet. nouv. Ent. no. 3), who has seen Ileer’s type. Heer’s insect is usually erroneously given as a synonym of versicolor (Er,), which, published in 1848, could not have the priority, even if identical with it. Cryptophngiis croccus, crinitus, and fimgicola^ Carolina, and C. nodulan- gidus, Middle and Southern States : spp. nn., Zimmerman, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. ii. p. 257. Atomaria testacen, S. Carolina, ochracea, Maryland, and cpliippiata^ Middle States : spp. nn., Zimm, /. c. p. 258. Paramecosoma baleayica^ sp. n., Schauf. Beitr, Kennt. Col. Balear. p. 14, Mahon, Balearic Isles. Lathridiid^?. Corticaria denticulnta (Gy 11.), serraia (Payk., with which C. dcnticulatn, Kirby, and L. octodeniatus, Say, are stated to be without doubt identical), and elongata (Gyll.) are recorded as common to Europe and N. America by Zim- mermann, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. ii. p. 250. Corticaria rvgulosa (hec.)—pusilla (Mann.) ; Leconte, ibid. Lathridius rcjlcxm {hQQ,.)—rugicollis (Mann.): Leconte, ibid. Ziminer- mann observes that the species is common to Europe and N. America. V. IIeyden (Berl. ent, Zeit. xiii. p. 60) reproduces Frivaldszky’s characters for his genus 3Iycctomychus (Abli. d. ungar. Acad. 1865, p. 192), founded on the Corticaria maotdayds of Fuss ( = Lathr. variegatus, Uej. Cat.), v. Heyden thinks the genus probably identical with Phlocophilm (Waterh.) Kraatz (Berl. ent. Zeit. xiii. p. 129) makes some observations upon the two species of (constrictus and carinatus') upon which Thomson founds his genus Coninomus, the principal character whereof is the distinctly biarticulate clava of theantennoe. Both these insects occur in German}'^, according to Kraatz, who thinks Thomson’s genus scarcely entitled to stand as such, and who notes emphatically a fresh character for carinatus in the distinct white membrane on the sides of the thorax, which is wanting in constrictus. [This mem- brane is alwa}'S found in fresh specimens of certain Lathridiij notably in L. nodifer.'] Lathridius limhatus (Forster) (Gyll., Ktz.), according to Kraatz, ibid., who remarks that the incisus of German collections, mostly from Markel and purporting to be Mannerheim’s species of that name, are to be referred to constrictus (Gyll.). L. cordaticollis (A\\h6) = tcstaceus (Waterh., Steph.) : Kraatz, ibid. [This identification has long been made by Crotch. Vide Entom. Annual, I860, p. 120.] Kraatz (ibid.) notes the confusion between small Corticaria pubescens md C. piligera (Mann.). ' Corticaria villosa and C. subwipressa, spp. nn., Zimm. 1. c. p. 256, N. America. 242 ZOOLOGICAL LITERATURE. MrCETOPIIAGIDiE. Mitcetophagus fuhicollis (Fab.) is recorded as Ibitisli by Rye(Ent. Mo. Mag. vi. p. 107), who ligures it in Entoni. Annual for 1870, frontispiece, fig, 4. Dermestid^e. Attagenus fidvipes (Muls. et Rey) = (Ileer), according to Tournier, Pet. nouv. Ent. no. 3. Dearthr^ls longulus (Lee.) is to be referred to Ilaclrotoma (Er.). Zimmer- mann, 1. c. p. 258. Walsh & Riley (American Entom. i. p. IGG) figure tlie principal stages of Anthremis varius, and make observations on its habits. Anthrenus museorum is stated to be common to Europe and N. America by Zimmermann, /. c, p. 268, Anthrenus castanece (Mels.)=«Ji}^m'«s (Ilbst.). Zimm. ibid. Iladrotoma bitamiata, sp. n., Steiuheil, Atti Soc. Ital, Sci. Nat. xii. p. 258, Mendoza and S. Luis. BYRRHIDiE. Mulsant & Rey (Ann. Soc. Linn, dc Lyon, nouv. s6\, xvii. 1869, pp. 201-378, pis. 1 & 2) have published their monograph of the species forming their tribe Piluliformes, which they divide into three familie3 (as in De MarseuVs catalogue), thus charac- terized : — A. Antennas concealed in repose on the sides of the breast. The part of the prosternum that constitutes the anterior margin of the breast shorter tl»an the prosternum. a. Head porrect. The part of the prosternum that eon- stitutes the anterior margin of the breast leaving the mentum and even the prebasilar piece uncovered j the mentum concealing the lower parts of the mouth. Nosodendriens. b. Head subconvexly perpendicular; anterior margin of prosternum advanced like a cravat or chin-piece, veil- ing the parts of the mouth more or less in repose. Byrriiiens. B. Antenme thrown back on the sides of the head in repose. Head subconvexly perpendicular in repose. The part of tlie prosternum that forms the anterior margin of tlie breast having the outer border of its sides contiguous to the inner margin of the prothoracic fold ; antepectoral portion longer than the prosternum , Limnichiens. The Nosodendriens y formed of the single genus Nosodendron, admit of no subdivision ; the Byrrhiens are separated into two branches, Syncalyptaires and ByrrhaireSj chiefly characterized by the greater degree of concealment of the eyes by the prothorax in the former. The Syncalyptaires include the genera Syn- calypta (Steph.), tabulated at p. 234, and Curimus (Er.). The Byrrhaires are divided into two branches, Byri'hates, with at COLEOPTERA. 343 least the anterior tarsi reeeived into a depressibn in the inner surface of tlie tibia), and Bimplocariatcs [Simplocaria only), in which all the tarsi arc not so received. The Byrrhates (tabu- lated at p. 248) contain the genera Byri'hus (Linn.), Cytilus (Er.), and Morychus (Fab.). It will readily be believed that the numerous varieties and degrees of depilation in Byrrhus arc treated in extenso by the authors. The Limnichiens are also divided into two branches, Limnichates (including Pdo- ehareSj a new genus, and Limnichus, Latr.) and BotriophorateSj chiefly distinguished by the prothoracic pit for reception of tlic club of tlic antenna; in the latter {Boiriophorus, Muls. ct Rcy, only). The authors figure Nosodendron fasciculare, Syncalypta stii- gera, Cytilus varius, Byrrhus pyrennoius, Morychus nitens, Sim- plocai'ia seinisU'iata, and Limnichus [pygmxjcus). Zininicrnmnn’a views as to classification of the Byrrhido} are briefly indi- cated by Leconte, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. ii. p. 268. - King (Trans. Ent. Soc. N. S. Wales, ii. pt. 1, 1869, p. 73) describes a tetramerous species of Microchcctes (Hope), from Sydney, which appears to form a passage from that genus to Syncalypta (Steph.). He observes that a new genus might have been formed for this new species, if he had not thought it probable that Microcluctcs (of which he redescribes the recorded species) may not bo retained eventually. King also describes a heteromerous species of Morychus (Er.), and a genus of Byrrhidai with Q-jointed antennaS. Limnichus Icpricurii {VQnis,) = aureoscriceMS (du V.), var. Muls. et Rey, 1. c. p. 367. New genera and species : — Pelocharcs, g. n., IMuls. et Rey, 1. c. p. 361. Allied to Limnichus^ but with the prothoracic fold subparallel with the inner border, or merging into it in a feeble curve ; the prosternum rounded at its apex and received into a semi- circular emargination of the mesosternum. Sp. P. emaryinatus, sp. n., ibid., Lyon, Alps ; (.^) versicolor (Waltl). Byzenia, g. n., King, 1. c. p. 74. Antenna; 0-jointed, the first and apical joints very largo, the first joint, labium, and mandibles being always con- spicuous ; thorax very transverse ; elytra strongly ridged, not covering the whole of the abdomen ; legs robust, very widely separated, not received into cavities. Sp. B. formicicola^ sp. n.. King, ibid., Liverpool. Bedilophorus rufipes^ Muls. et Rey, 1. c. xvii. p. 300, Spain. Syncalypta reichd, Muls. et Rey, 1. c. xvi. p. 282, Carinthia. Byrrhus aurovittatuSf Muls. et Rey, /. c. xvi. p. 284, Piedmont ; B. niyro- ibid. p. 286, Spain. Microchccics minor, King, I, c. p. 73, Sydney. Morychus heteromcrus, King, 1. c. p. 74, Gawler, S. Australia. PARNIDiE. Geriiardt (Berl. ent. Zeit. xiii.p.261) records the capture of Elmis kirschii (Miiller in litt.) at Blenzbach, in company with E. ceneus. He describes the differences between these two insects, leaving it doubtful whether his notice 244 ZOOLOGICAL LITEIIATUJIE. ought not to to treated as a publication of Mliller’a inedited species, in spite of his remark to the contrary. Elmis pygmmis is recorded from Schaif hausen by Stierlin (Mitth. schweiz. ent. Gesellsch. iii. p. 7). Stenelmia vittipennis and S. linearis, spp. u., Zimmermann, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. ii. p. 259, S. Carolina. Psephenus trentonensis, sp. n., Zimm. ibid., Trenton Falls, N. York. Heteuocerid^. Heterocerus kiesenwetteri, sp. n., Steinheil, Atti Soc. Ital. Sci. Nat. xii, p. 258, Mendoza ; H. ciliaticollis, sp. n., Steinheil /. c. p, 259, Buenos Ayres. LuCANIDAi. Lucanides. Aulacostetkus, g. n., C. O. Waterhouse, Trans. Ent. Soc. Bond. 1869, p. 13. Mentum broader than long, bowed in front, post, angles rounded ; eyes entirely divided by canthus j produced portion of prosternum between cox£b very narrow and grooved; post, tibiae much enlarged at apex. Sp. A. archeri, sp. n., C. 0. Waterh. /. c. p. 14, pi. 3. fig. 1, N. India ( = “ Cladugnathus hated, Parry, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1869,” of Geram. & v. Harold’s Cat. 1868). Chiasognathus peruvianus, sp. n., C. O. Waterh. /. c. p. 18, pi. 3. figs. 2 & 3, Peru. Cladognathus motschidskii, sp. n., (?. O. Waterh. 1. c. p. 16, Japan ? or Indian archipel. ; 0. impressus, sp. n., C. 0. Waterh. 1. c. p. 17, India. CerucJms punctatus, sp. n., Leconte, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 4th ser. iv. p. 377, El Dorado. Passalides. Kaup (Coleopt. Hefte, v. pp. 1-40, 1869) completes his mo- nographic revision of the Passalides by treating of tlie remainder of his fourth subfamily, the Passalhue, and liis fiftli subfamily, the Neleince. The following is an abstract of this work, as regards the Passalinee (including one or two references to the author’s first and second subfamilies) : — Passalus distinctus (WeheT) — cornutus (Fab.), p. 3 ; P. mmiticidosus (Smith) belongs to Eriocnemis, p. 38; P. crassus (Smith) = Proctdejiis concretus (Perch., Kaup), p. 39; P. thoracicus (Smith) = a7igtdatus (Perch.), ibid.; P. oroleius (Smith) is nearest to Leptaxdax, probably belonging to a new genus ; Axdacocgclus comaUis (Kaup) = P«ss«/<ressus (Drap.) =/e«c7« (McL.), p. 30; P. spectahilis (Pdxiy) = interruptus (Linn.); P. occipitalis (Esch.) and suturalis (Burin.) = unicornis .) \ P.coarctatus (Perch.) = cowry'tr (Esch.); P. tlascula{Vai'c\\.) and striolatus (Fjsch.) =punctiyer (Serv.), p. 31; P. acuminatus (Esch.) and harhatus .)=^int(y)'stialis (Esch.), p. 32 ; P, coronutus (Mann.) and car- bonarius (Sturm) = affinis (Perch.), p. 33 ; P. villosus (Perch.) = torifer (Esch.), p. 36. ScARABAilDiE. Coprides. Harold (Ooleopt. Hefte, v. p. 55) notes that Scarabceus (^Ateuckus) lamarki (McLeay),ewyren (McLeay), and a third undescribed species are generally con- fused in collections ; he gives diagnostic characters for them, attributing A. in- fernalis (King) to the first, A. lamarki (King) to the second, and A. cuprifer (Sturm) and lamarki (Oastelu.) to the third. lie gives the following synonymy (7. c. -^.bQetscq.)'. — Gymnopleurtishnpressus (Casteln.) = mf/icws(Casteln.); Can- thon a2ncalis(\A\c.)=lituratus, var. ; C. costulatus (Luc.) = unicolor (Blanch.); C. co/^;?«c^^s(PIar.) = (Blanch.); C. cupricollis (Har.) Blanch.); C. cupricollis (Luc.) is a Deltochilum, and = cupreicolle (Blanch.) ; C. fractipcs (\\ii\\)=iplicatipennis (Blanch.); C, gayatinus (Har.)=/«<7nc6‘72t.) =^planicollis (Perty); Onthophayus analis (Lmq.) = sellatus (Klug), sec. typ. ; O. brasiliensis (Hax.)=(Bneus (Blanch, nec Fah.) — hirculus (Mann.); 0. murrayi (Har.) = (Thoms.); O. scotias (Thoms.) and O. schuppeli(Y)Q].) — tridensiF&h.). Harold (/. c.) also notes alterations to be made in his Catalogue among the Coprophaga, and, amongst other observa- tions on certain of the species, describes tlio J of his own Onthophayus mexi- canus and of Copris integer (Roiche) ; and states that Copris alexis (Blanch.) is an Ontherus. He gives characters for Gromphas dichroa (Blanch.) and certain allied species, and also for Phancmisjasius (Oliv.) and acrisius (McL.), COLEOPTERA. 247 of which ho revises the synonymy, attributing ncrisius (Deyr.) to the former and satyrus (Cast.) to the latter ; and records II, Dcyrolle’s remark that in Onihophagua ymtacanihus and allies the $ is armed as in the cf. [Is it possible that the true 5 escaped detection, and that the minor developed form of the d is here treated as that sex ?] Harold {1. c. p. 78 et seq.) tabulates and describes 31 species of Oniho- phagus from Australia, entirely from his own collection, and omitting those of which he has only $ exponents. Ten of the species are new. lie now refers the insects formerly considered by him to be $ of his O. pcntacanthus and O. fcrox to his O. atrox, Harold (/.oreus, 5 ?); P. glaucus, p. 136 (no locality) ; P. lucluosus, ib., Brazil ; P. mundus, p. 136, 248 ZOOLOGICAL LITERATURE. Brazil ; P. lucasi, p. 137 (no locality) j P. reichei and P. ascanius, p. 138, and P. deyrolleif p. 139, Brazil j P. aycnor, p. 141, Columbia ; P. Jimbriatus, p. 143, Brazil. Pinotus batesi, (Col. Ilefte, v.) P« ^8, Ega. Gromphas inermisj ibid. p. 62, St. Catherine, l^uenos Ayres, Corrientes. Phanceus cerberus, p. 65, Brazil. Copris saundersi, p, 90, Celebes. Dendropemon angustipennis^ D. convexus, St. John del Key, ibid. Onthopliagm blanchardt, p. 67, Abyssinia ; O. mniszechi, p. 80, Australia ; O.jubatus and O. hostilis, p. 81, Adelaide j O. promptus, p. 82, North Australia ; O. schmeltzif p. 84, O. dunmngi, &nd O. declivis, p. 85, N. S. Wales; O. eva- nidus, p. 86, Tasmania; O. pexatus, ibid., Adelaide; O. kingly p. 87, Rock- hampton ; O. parryi, p. 99, Dorey. Oniticellus giganteuSf Madagascar, and O. clouei (Mus. Paris), p. 68. Aphodiides. Chapman (Entom. Monthly Mag. v. p. 273) records a series of observa- tions proving that Aphodius porous is parasitic upon Geotrupes stercorarius, eating the egg laid in the burrow of the latter, and laying its own ova in cavities in the pabulum surrounding the cavity made by the Geotrupes. Reiche (Ann. Soc. Ent. Er. 4® ser. ix. Bull. p. xxii ) thinks fresh obser- vations necessary before admitting this peculiarity. Peyuon (Pet. nouv. Entom. no. 9, 1 Nov. 1869) notes that Atcenius hor- ticola (liar.) is not exotic ; he has taken it in the mountains near Beyrout, on the sea-shore at Saida, at Tarsus, and Alexandria. Harold (Col. Ilefte, v. p. 70) notes the occurrence of this species from Syria. IIarold (Coleopt. Ilefte, v.) makes the following observations : — Aplio- dius rapax (Paid.) ^prodromus (Brahm), sec. type,p. 69 (de Mars. Cat. 1863) ; A. suturalis (Pd\d.)=^granarius (Linn.), sec. type, ibid, (de Mars. Cat. 1866); A. haagi (Beck., liar.) is not granarius but =.kraatzi (Harold), ibid. ; A. lu- casi (Har., affinisj Luc. nec Panz.) is apparently non-existent, the exponents being granarius (Linn.) and ater (Deg.), var., with the latter of which A. as- cendens (Reiche) is almost identical, ibid. ; Aphodius satellitius (Ilbst.) is older than pecari (Fab.) and must stand ; Plagiogonus rhododactylus (Marsh.) must stand for arenarius (01.), erroneously attributed to arenarius (Fab.), which \s QXi AUgiaUUf p. 114; Psammobius cruciatosidcatus (Preys.) is to be abandoned for sulcicollis (Ilk), p. 115 ; Oxyonuis excacaticollis (Blanch.) is a Euparia, and the other Oxyomi described by Blanchard belong to Atcmius^ p. 70. Dialytes, g. n., Harold, 1. c. p. 101. Recedes from the true Aphodii in its Bpinulose shoulders, the obsolete transverse ridges of its posterior tibiae, and its 4-dentate anterior tibiae, of which the two upper teeth are obsolete, the third large, situated on the margin at the apex, and the fourth minute, directed forwards and placed near insertion of tarsus. Sp. D. striatulus (Say) ; D. truncatus (Melsh.). Harold, /. c., describes the following new species : — Aphodius fauveliy interior of S.W. Africa, and A. steinheiliy Illinois?, p. 100. Ammoicius terminaius, ibid., S.W. Africa. Oxyomus morosws, ibid.. Chili; O. tricostatusy p. 101, Columbia. Ilarmogaster nasutUy S.W. Africa, Xobar, and II. opacula, Cape of Good Hope, p. 101. COLEOPTERA. 249 Saprosites eugastricus, ibid., Brazil, and S. sulcatiiSy p. 102, Ega. Atcenius amtor, compUcatuSy and laboratory p. 102, Brazil ; A. moratory p. 103, Bahia; A. sordidusy Texas, Mexico, Honduras, Cuba, Ega, and A. vexatoi'y Brazil, St. Tlionias, ibid. Psammodiua snbciliatnsy p. 103, interior of S.W. Africa. Aigialia punctata, ibid., Egypt. Orphnides. Harold (1. c. p. 115) remarks that chrysomeloides (Schr.) must be removed from the S3monymy of Ochodmts chrgsomelinus (Fab.), as it apparently refers to Scrim holomicca (Scop.). As Fabricius had identified his species with Schraiik’a, the name of the former must bo altered. Geotrupides. E. Deyrolle (Pet. nouv. Ent. no. 3, 1 Aug. 1869) states that Fairmaire has described a species under the name of Geotrupes anddltisiaous, of which he gives the salient characters. Harold (Col. Hefte, v. p. 115) observes that there is no necessity to alter Geotrupes to Geotrypes (as in Stein’s Cat.), inasmuch as many Latin words (e. g. fuga, fucus, nius) are derived directly from the Greek without the u undergoing any modification EnoplotrupcSy g. n., Lucas, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 4® S(5r. ix. Bull. p. xiii. Allied to Ceratotrupes (.Tekel). Sp. E, sinensis, .sp. n., Lucas, ibid., China. Geotrupes {Phelotrupes) jekeli, sp. n., Harold, 1. c. p. 104, Himalaya, Sikkim. Glaphy rides. Harold (Berlin, entom. Zeitschr. xiii. p. 425 et seq.) describes the known species of Glaphyrus, of which (including three which he brings forward as new) ho enumerates thirteen. He enters at full length into the structural characters of the Glaplxyri. Glaphyrus rujipennis (Gory) (M^n.), var. : Harold, 1. c. p. 436. Glaphyrus. Harold, l.c., describes the following .species: — G. comosus, p. 433, G. syriacus, p. 437, G. rothi, p. 411, Palestine. Melolonthides. V. Harold (Coleopt. Hefte, v. pp. 122 & 123) makes the following changes in nomenclature : — Lasiojyus (Lee.) to Podolasia (Lasiopus, Schonh., 1826) ; Barybas (Burm.) to Byrasba {Barybas, Blanch., 1860) ; Hoploscelis (Burm.) to Hoplocnemis {HoplosceliSy Serv., 1832) ; Prionophora (Sol.) to Pristerophora (Priono- phora, Westw., 1848) ; Phyllotocus rudicollis (McL.) to collaris (rujicollis, McL., 1864) ; Sei'ica fuliginosa (Burm.) to javana ( fuliginosa, Blanch., 1850) ; S. ferrugata (Blanch.) to ruhiginosa (/c/rw^ra^a, Blanch., 1850); S. micans (King) to splendens {micans. Fab., 1801) ; S. robusta (Lee.) to valida {robusta, Blanch., 1850) ; Ablabcra luridipennis (Burm.) to lutaria {luridipennis, Blanch., 1850) ; Scitala prtdnosa (Blanch.) to rugosula {prumosa. Balm., 1823) ; Eio~ genys pallidicornis (Blanch.) to xanthocems {pallidicornis, Blanch., 1860) ; Phytalus Iccvigatus (Burm.) id politus {Iccvigatus, Blanch., 1860). Lefebvre (Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 4® s^r. ix. Bull. p. xxxv) notes monstrosity in leg of Melolontha vulgaris, (5 . * These were old words in the Latin, and were more probably derived from the common mother of both Latin and Greek. 250 ZOOLOGICAL LITERATURE. CiiEvnoLAT (ibid.) notes possession by himself of a similar monstrosity in the same species. The larva of Melolontha vtilgaris is recorded as attacking the roots of rose- trees : Gardeners’ Chronicle, 1869, p. 1088. Riley (First Ann. Rep. Nox. Ins. Missouri, 1869, p. 166 et seq.) figures the principal stages and describes the habits, &c., of the “ White Grub,” Lack- nosterna quercina (Knoch). Van Volxem (Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. xii. C. r. p. liv) records Bhizotrogiis ater from Luxembourg. E. Deyrolle (Pet. nouv. Ent. no. 8, 1 Aug. 1869) states that Fairmaire has described a species under the name of Geotrogiis gouyekii^ from Cordova. Hoplia pilifera, sp. n., Desbrochers des Loges, Pet. nouv. Entom. no. 12, 16 Dec. 1869 (no locality). Hhizotrogus lepidus, sp. n., Schauf., Beitr. Kennt. Col. Balear. p. 16, Mi- norca j 2t. vexatoff sp. n., Schauf. 1. c. p. 17, Mahon, Balearic Isles. Tleophylla miicolor^ sp. n., Snellen v. Voll., Rech. Faune Madag. 1869, p. 8, pi. 1. fig. 8, Nossi-B6. Rutelides, V. Harold (CoL Ilefte, v. p. 128) makes the following changes in nomen- clature ; — Aulacopalpus (Gu^r.) to Salcipalpus (vox hybrida) j Anomala pleheia (Burm. nec 01.) to qmsterior ] A. j)olita {IWimoXi. nec Bl. 1850) to relucens; A. collar is {Motach. ncc Burm.) to iarcomanica \ Antichira virens (Blanch. nec Drury) to virklana\ Pelidnota sumptuosa (Casteln. wcc Vigors) to sijharita ; Adoretus crihratus (Blanch, nec White) to cribrosus\ A. vestitus (Boh. nec Reiche) to versutus ; Leucothyreus laticollis (Blanch, nec Burm.) to mutatus, Lockwood (Amer. Nat. iii. p. 49) records the destruction caused in New Jersey by the larva of the Goldsmith Beetle,” Cotalpa laniyera (L.). Mulsant & Mayet (Ann. Soc. Linn, de Lyon, n. s. xvi. p. 297) describe the metamorphosis of Anomala vitis (F.). Anomala. Candeze, Coleopt. Ilefte, v. 1869, describes the following new species: — A. {lleteroplid) hreviuscida,p. 41, Sumatra j A. nigrosidcata/ihid.. Calabar; A. {EucMora) oiesa, ibid., Philippines; A.(E.) limata, Borneo, and Manilla, p. 42; A. planata, Manilla, an d/^y)= Agrilus armatus (Weber), teste Saunders ; C. erc- inita (White) is probably an Anilara. Harold (/. c. pp. 123 124) makes the following changes in nomencla- ture : — Trigomphorus (Sol.) to Trigomgcnium (TrigojiophoruSy Serv., 1834) ; Acanihopygus (Deyr.) to Geralius (Aca7itho2)ygus, Montr., 1800) ; Stigmodera ohscuripemiis (Saund. 7icc Mann.) to gravis ) Acmceodera ornata (Woll. nec Fab.) to elegans ; A. cup^'ina (Boh. nec Spin.) to gamensis ; A. fasciata (Boh. nec Roth) fascig era -y Chrysohothris soi'or (Lee. nec Cast. etG.) to adelphn) Agrilus inucronatus (Boh. nec King) to aca^ithopterus ; A. leucostictus (Saund. nec Klug) to iirorellus ; A. pyg^nceus (Fahr. nec Cast, et G.) to minuius y"A. cyanipennis (Cast, et G. 7xcc Chev.) to orientalis) A. desexius (Lee. nec Klug) to solitarius ; A, tenuis (Gory tiec Ratz.) to umbratus ; A, tenellus (Boh. nec Fahr.) to vagans. Pseudhyperanthay g. n., E. Saunders, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1869, p. 6. To be placed between Capnodis and Cardiaspis in Lacordaire’s CludcophorideSy having the antennary pores on each side of the joints ; but resembles Hyper- antha in general form, and has the scutelluin of BeXionota. Sp. P. jucunday sp. n., E. Saund. 1. c. p. 6., pi. 1. fig. 9, Penang. Neio species : — Sternoeex-a xmdtqxunctata, E. Saunders, 1. c. p. 1, pi. 1. fig. 2, Cochin China. Julodis ccxicipesy E. Saund. 1. c. p. 2, pi. 1. fig. 4, East (Persia ?). Catoxantha xxiouJiotii, E. Saund. 1. c. p. 3, pi. 1. fig. 4, Laas (sic). Chrysaspis (H. Deyr. MS.) viridipennis, E. Saund. 1. c. p. 4, pi. 1. fig. 5, Gaboon. Paracupta. E. Saunders, Journ. Linn. Soc. Zool. x., describes the follow- ing species : — P, lorquixiii, p. 331, pi. 10. fig. 1, Celebes ? ; P. sulcata, p. 332, fig. 2, Fiji Islands; P. foveicollis, ibid., fig. 3, Aneiteum; P. taciturxia, ibid., fig. 4, Fiji Islands; P. xnarginipmxxis, p. 333, fig. 6, Fiji Islands ; P. axirofo- veata, p. 334, fig. 6, N. W. Australia ; P. sutux-alis, ibid., fig. 7, New Caledonia ; P. Jlamfoveata, p. 335, fig. 8, Aneiteum; P. xxmsta (sic), ibid., fig. 9, New Caledonia ; P. cexieicollis, p. 336, fig. 10, Aneiteum. Psiloptex'a. Fairmaire, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 4® s^r. ix., describes the follow- ing species: — P. alhosparsa, p. 210, Madagascar; P. coquex'dii, p. 211, Mayotte; P. patruelis, ibid., INIayotte ; P. sycophaxita, p. 212, Madagascar ; P. hx'exxxei, ibid., Madagascar; P. sterxialis, p. 213, Mayotte ; P. peraffixiisy p. 214, Mada- 18G9. [voL. VI.] T 254 ZOOLOGICAL LITERATURE. gascar ; P. xanthostictay p. 215, Madagascar ; P. sexmlccduy ibid., Madagascar ; P. ampliatUy p. 210, Madagascar; P. (Poh/bothris) exjmnsicolUsj p. 217, Nossi- Bd ; P. tetropSy p. 218, Madagascar; P. inomatay p. 219, Madagascar; P.j)ar~ mulatiiy p. 220, Madagascar; P. (Polt/hothris) nossibicmay p. 221, Loucoiibd, Nossi-Bd; P. bothripyyay p. 222, Madagascar; P. oculicollisy p. 223, Madagascar. Psiloptera batesii, E. Saunders, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lend. 1809, p. 4, pi. 1. fig. 3, Buenos Ayres ; P. mayottensis, Snell, v. Vollenh., llecli. Faune d. Madag. 1809, p. 9, pi. 1. f. 0, Mayotte. Anthaixa {Cratomerus) bonvouloiriy Abeille de Perrin, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 4® sdr. ix. p. 401, Lambessa, Bone. Hyper antha bellay E. Saund. 1. c. p. 0, pi. 1. fig. 8, Brazil. Conognatha. E. Saunders (Journ. Linn. Soc. Zool. x.) describes the fol- lowing species: — C. olivaceay p. 330, fig. 11, New Granada; C. eximia, p. 337, fig. 12, Brazil; C. brevicollisy ibid,, fig. 13, Bio Janeiro; C. batesiiy ibid., fig. 14, Brazil; C. fryi, p. 338, fig. 15, Para; C. minor y ibid., fig. 10, Espirito Santo (Brazil); C. posticalisy p, 339, fig. 17, Brazil; C. subdilutatay ibid., fig. 18, Brazil; C. paralMuy p. 340, fig. 19, Brazil; C. ruJipeSy ibid., fig. 20, South America. Aclierusia parryi, E. Saund. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1809, p. 7, pi. 1. fig. 0, Brazil; A. piliventrisy E. Saund. l.c. p. 8, pi. 1. fig. 7, Brazil. Ayrilus sulcaticeps, Abeille de Perrin, Pet. nouv. Entoni. no. 11, 1 Dec. 1809, Lower Alps. TlIROSCIDiE. Betiie (Stettin, out. Zeitung, xxxi. p. Ill) rcdcscribcs Throscus e.vtd (Bonvoul.), which he has found in some numbers in July, at Stettin, in company with T. carinifrons. EuCNEMIDiE. Tliarops mclasoides (Lap.) occurs at Fontainebleau. Javet, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 4® sdr. ix. Bull. p. xxxii. Baudueu (Pet. nouv. Ent. no. 4) has obtained Eucnemis capucinus in all its stages in a young elm allected Avith dry-rot. PhyUoccrus longipenniSy sp. n., Ferrari, Verb, zool.-bot. Gesellsch. in Wien, Bd. xix. p. 193, Elisabethopol. Elaterid^. Harold (Coleopt. Hefte, v. p. 88 et seq.)y in a series of remarks upon the Elateridce of Stein’s Catalogue (wherein, amongst other errors, he notes the entire omission of 17 species of that family), makes the following observa- tions ; — Adelocera varia (01.) = quercea (Hbst., 1784) ; Plater pomorum was apparently first described by Germar (1844), not Geoffroy ; but Lacordaire’s ferrugatus (1835) must stand for the species [but see infrii]. The first de- scription of E. crocatus is Castelnau’s (1840), but the ervbescens of Eschscholtz (1829) must stand for it ; E. och'opterus is to be attributed to Eschscholtz, and not Kiister, and elongaiidus to Fab., and not Oliv. ; Cryptohypnus meri- dionalis (Casteln., 1840) must stand for lapidicola (Germ.) ; Cardiophorus bi~ guttatus is Olivier’s species (1790), and not Fabriciiis’s (1792) ; Melanotus niger (Fab.) and aterrimus (01.) clashing with theLinncean Elatersof those names respectively, the pimctolineatus of Pelerin must stand for the species to which they refer (of. Crotch’s Cat. Biit. Col. ed. 2); Limonms bructeri should be assigned to Panzer, and not to Fab. (cf. De Mars. Cat. ed. 3), but aneoniger COLEOPTERA. 255 (Deg-.) 18 tho oldest name for the species ; X. cylindricns (Payk.) must bo de- posed in favour of cewginosns (01.), since Paykull’s insect is erroneously re- ferred to cylindricns (Rossi) ; Athons tihiellm (Chevr.) Corymhites nivicola (Kies.); Corymhites mneicollis (01., VJ{^2)—virens (Schr., 1781); C. kiesemcet- teri (Bxis.^^py venoms (Charp.) ; C. pyrenoms (Oej. nec Cliarp.)= mnplicollis (Germ.) ; C. profmjus (Fald.) is eight years prior to glohicoUis (Germ.), but alpestris (M^n.) is still older, and must stand for the species ; the insect known as C. holosericeus (01., Fab., &c.) is the true tesscllatus (Linn.), accord- ing to Schiddte, and the tessellatus of Fab. &c. (with the older nuhilus^ Schr., and the var. assimilis, Gyll.) must be referred to sjcdandicus, Mull., 1764 (see infrh) ; Agriotes incanus (Gyll.)= C. querens (Gyll.), sec. typ. ; Adt'astus pu~ sillus (¥\xh.)=limhatus (Fab.), sec. typ. ; Ectinns (Esch.)=^/7r?o^e5 (Escli.), and Pittonotus (Kies.) must be used for the genus ; Olivier’s ^-maculoim being a Enphemus, there is no need to alter the Fabrician species of the same name into hishimacidatns, as it is a Betarmon ; Campy lus (Fischer, 1823) ^Lepturoides (Ilbst., 1784) ; Erapetes cquestris (Fab., V7Q^)=imordelloides (Host, 1789). Harold (1. c. p. 117 etseq.), correcting his own catalogue as regards the tcridfc, remarks as follows ; — Semiotus suturalis (01., Fab.) = angulatns (l)rnry) ; Elatcr planicapiUus (Drap.) is probably a Z)/c;'c/uV7m« ; Aeolus si- milis (Hbst., ISOCi) ==imifasciatiis (Fab., 1801); Elater coccincus (Schi6d.) = (Germ.) ; E. sangiiincus (^c\ii6d.) = lythrop)terus (Germ.); E.po- morum must stand, having been desciibed by Hellwig in 1795, long before ferrugatns (Lac.), which, with the prior Jlavatus (Schr.), must remain in the synonymy of that species ; Corymhites tessellatus (Linn.), according to Crotch, who refers to the type in Linn. Coll., is not holosericeus, but the spe- cies usually known by the former name : Harold, however, thinks tho de- scription the better authority. Harold (1. c. p. 126) has changed Melanotus pei'sicus (Fald.) to M. mutatus, the former specific name being preoccupied by Men^tri^s ; and, on account ■ of Candeze’s Athous montanus, alters Leconte’s species of that name to orophilus. Candeze (Coleopt. Hefte,v. p. 122) changes Anepsius (sibi) to Achrestus, on account of Leconte’s prior Anepsius ) he also alters Blax (sibi) to Meta- hlax, Thomson having already employed the former name in the Longicornia\ changes the specific name of his Cryptohypnus exilis into angularis, Mot- schoulsky having anticipated him in the former name ; and, on account of Cardiophorus signatus (01.), adopts stigmaticus for his own C. signatus. Letzner (45 Jahr. Schles. Ges. vat. Cult. pp. 142-6) gives lengthy dif- ferential characters for Cryptohyqmus tetragraphus (Germ.) and C. dermestoides (Hbst.). Elater sanguinolcnins is noticed as abundant under oak-bark, near Hdren- thals, by Weyers and van Volxem (Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. xii. C. r. p. Ivii). »ScuDi)ER (Correspond, of T. W. Harris, pi. 4. figs. 1,2, 3) figures the larva of Elatcr oculatus (Hariis), with details, Grenier (Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 4® s^r. ix. Bull. p. xv) records Ectinns theseus (Germ.), taken by Abeille de Perrin in the Lower Alps; also other captures of rare Coleoptcra at Embrun. Reiche (Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 4® ser. ix. p. 379 et seq.) gives a list, with dates and localities, of the species of Athons described since the publication t2 256 ZOOLOGICAL LITERATURE. of Candfeze’s monograph, 21 in number, but from which tihiellus (Chevrolat) is to be omitted, as it is a Co7'ymhites. Reiche (who proceeds to describe eight new species from his European collection) thinks that more inedited species are extant in this genus, which has been more increased already than any other of the Elateridce since Candeze’s work above referred to. He pub- lishes some notes on the position in the genus of certain species already de- scribed &c., and describes the male of his own A. cursicus, and the female of A. emaoiatus (Candeze). Athous vh'yatus (Reiche in Gren. Cat. &.Q.')=subtruncatus (Muls. et Rey), var. Reiche, 1. c. p. 382. Fallou (Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 4® s^r. ix. Bull. p. xxxix) has bred Steatoderus fe?Tuymeus from larva) reseriibling those of one of the Melasomata, found near Lagny, in diseased apple-trees. Doiirn (Stettin, entoin. Zoit, 18(10, p. 122) records the occurrence in the Amoor district of Corymhitcs ceripcmm (Kirby), hitherto known from Canada only. Slater (Entom. Monthly Mag. v. p. 276) notices the altitudes at which Corymhites pectinicornis and C. ciqrreus occur. Lichtenstein (Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 4® ser. ix. Bull. p. xxxiii) mentions a specimen of Agriotes segetis (lineatus, Linn.) found dead and fixed to a leaf by threads from its abdomen, which threads, he imagines, were produced by the larva of an internal parasite. Giraud (ibid.) thinks the parasite intro- duced after death, and that the adherence to the leaf was caused by some cryptogamic production. Smith (Proc. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1869, p. xv) remarks upon the varied luminosity of a larva from Uruguay, supposed to be that of a Py?'ophorus, and stated to be of peculiar longevity. Candeze and Schiodte (ibid. p. xvi) both consider this to be the larva of one of the Elateridce, and are equally of opinion that Murray’s Astraptu)' illuminator was not an Elator. Osten Sacken (Amer. Naturalist, ii. p. 665) considers that a luminous larva, figured /. c, p. 432, and not referred to any genus or species, is that of a Molanactos. Cf. Proc. Ent. Soc. Philad, 1862, and Trans, April 10, 1866. New species : — Ileterodei'es puncticollisy Wollaston, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 4th ser. iv. p. 317, St. Helena. Elater anthracimis, Leconte, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 4th ser. iv. p. 878, Vancouver’s Island. Cryptohypnus propinquus. Desbrochers des Loges, Pet. nouv. Ent. no. 8, 15 Oct. 1869, Ajaccio. Caf’diophorus. Desb. des Loges describes the following species, Petites nouv. Ent. no. 9, 1 Nov. 1869 : — C. ?nau?'itanicus, Algeria ; C. convexithoi-ax, Caucasus j C. maculici'us, Corsica; C, se7iaci, Kustendj^ ; (/. c. no. 12, 15 Dec. 1869) C.pusillus, Corsica. Li77\07iius nitidicollisy Leconte, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 4th ser. iv. p. 378, Vancouver’s Island. Athous. Reiche (Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 4*^ s6r. ix.) describes the following species -4. murmus, p. 380, France ; A. debilis, p. 382, Gallicia ; A crmato- sti'iatusj p. 383, France ; A, Iave7'g7iei, p. 384, Tuscany ; A. delphmas, p. 385, COLEOPTERAi 257 France (Alpine) ; A. thessalonicus, p. 380 (Greece) ; A. honvoulori, ih 1., Py- renees; A. agnatvs, p. 387; Lower Alps. Desbrochers des Loges describes the following species (Petites nouv. Ent. no. 9, 1 Nov. 1869): — A. simiatocollis, M. Dore; A.fallax and nigerrimus, French Alps ; A. imtdaris, Ajaccio (? = d corsicus, Reiche, var.). (L, c. no. 12, 15 Dec. 1809) A. depresfiifrons, Corsica. Corgmbites fraternus, Leconte, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 4th ser. iv. p. 379, Vancouver’s Island. Agriotes. Desbrochers des Loges describes the following species (Petites nouv. Ent. no. 8, 15 Oct. 1809) x—A. attenuatus, Savoy ; A. meridionalis, Southern France (= 2 ftitenuedm, Des Loges, who proposes, L c. no. 12, to retain the name meridionalis, as the other name is not appropriate for both sexes). A. sareptanns, 1. c. no. 12, 15 Dec. 1809, no locality given; A. hrevi- nseulus, ibid., Sardinia. CERRIONIDiE. Cchrio puhicornis, sp.n., Fairmaire, Stettin, ent. Zeit. 1809, p. 233, Portugal. DaSCILLIDA5. Gemminger (Coleopt. Hcfte, v. p. 125) makes the following changes - Callirhipis hicolor (Blanch, nec Casteln.) to separata ; llelodes rujicolhs (Motsch. 7iec Say) to rrtfithorax \ JL collaris (Sol. Gil^r.) to torquatus', H. obscurus (Sol. nec Guer.) to tristis. Bedel (Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 4® s^r. ix. Bull. p. v) states that Eucinetus ^ me- ridionalis (Cast.) is exclusively attached to Pinus maritima, although omitted by Perris from his list of the insects peculiar to that tree. Eucinetiis subaxillaris, sp. n., Fairmaire, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 4® ser. ix. p. 224, Madagascar; E. substriatus, sp. n., Fairm. ibid., Madagascar. Malacodermata. Lycides. J. R. Hardy (Ent. Mo. Mag. vi. p. 60) records his having bred Eros affinis (Payk.) from larva) resembling those of E. aurora and found at Killarney, and also at Sherwood. Fairmaire, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. d^s^r. ix. p. 225, adduces three species of Ccenia, described by himself, as proving the correctness of Lacordaire’s opi- nion that Newman’s characters Ibr his genera Camia and Celetes are merely sectional. Ccenia. Fairmaire, 1. c., describes the following species : — C. klugii, p. 220, Mamoukou, Bay of Passandava, Madagascar; C. doh-nii, p. 227, Kalalou, Ste. Marie de Madagascar; C. coquerelii, ibid., north-west coast of Mada- gascar. Lampyrides. Naudin (Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 4®s(ir. ix. Bull. p. xxxv) makes some obser- vations on the economy of Lamprorkka mulsanti (Kies.) 2- Westwood (Proc. Ent. Soc. Loud. 1809, p. vi) states that he has observed a full-grown larva of L. noctiluca decidedly luminous. Lampyris italica is noticed in Ent. Mo. Mag. vi. p. 00, as having been stated (in all probability erroneously) to have occurred in England in 1869. Weir 258 ZOOLOGICAL LITE HAT UllE. (Proc. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1869, p. xxvi) states that the species referred to was L. noctilucaf (S . Telephorides, Riley (First Ann. Rep. Nox. Ins. Missouri, 1869, p. 67) figures the imago and larva (with details) of ChauUognatkus pennsylvanicus (De G.), a de- stroyer of the larvae of the “ Plum Ourciilio.” He describes the larva at some length. Abeille de Perrin (Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 4® sSr. ix. p. 41) remarks upon the position of Malckinus (Kies.), which ho thinks should be at least between MaltJiinus and Malthodes, if not before MctUkimcSf as forming a transition to certain of the true Telephoridpl. IG; Danaco'a monlivaya, pi. 17; antennae of Danaccca, pi. 18 ; Phlceophilus cdivardsi, pi. 19. They characterize 14 new species ; some of which are indicated with a want of precision and an apparent lack of belief, on the authors’ part, painfully in accordance with the diluted style of their descriptions. DoUchosoma suhdmsatum, Muls. ot Uoy, 1. c. p. 189, and suhmicacemn, p. 190, France, are admitted by the authors to be of doubtful specific value ; they, however, indicate a third quasi-species, under the name of subnodosum, p. 191, which, with the other two, seems only a form of D. lineare (Rossi). Malaelims heter omor pirns ^ sp. ii., Abeille de Perrin, 1. c, p. 42, Mont Cenis, Eastern Pyrenees and Digne. Ooyynes {Anthodytes) anccyi, sp. n., Abeille de Perrin, 1. c. p. 404, Damascus, Syria. Ebmis viridifrons, sp. n., Schauf., Beitr. Kennt. Col. Balear. p. 18, Arta, Balearic Isles; E. ahietinus, sp. n., Abeille de Perrin, 1. c. p. 44, Higher and Lower Alps. Haplocnemus. Mulsant & Rey, 1. c., describe the following new species ; — H. euynerus, p. Ill, Lyons, Paris; nigripes, p. 139, Kabylia; erosiis, p. 149, and crihricollis, p. 160, Corsica; calidus, p. 165, Marseilles ; quercicola^ p. 169, Beaujolais, Lyons. lkmncrtmco//«5 (Zoubk ; hrevicollis in error); B. Jischeri (Fisch.) (Fald.), var.; B. sulcata (Kiist.) = lineata (Bej.) ; B. cegyptiaca {^eA^^—tceniolata (Mdn.) ; B. convexa (Fisch.) = abhreviata (M^n.); B. rectangtdaris (^o\.')=gibba (Cast.); B. angulata (Beiche) =m’6rosa (Sol.) ; B. striolata (Kiist.) and B. sublineata (Brulld) = muci'onata (Latr.). B. hispanica (Sol.) is stated to be distinct from lusitanica (Ilbst.) by Kraatz (ibid,), who notices some errors in the Catalogues of Schaum and Stein with respect to the genus Blaps, Asidides, Allard (L’Abeille_, vi. pp. 159-304) reproduces the descrip- tions of all known species of Asida, with additions of new species, fresh characters, and synonymy. He gives an analytical table of the members of the genus, and modestly avows that his work is only intended as a supplement to Solier^s monograph. He enumerates 115 species, of which 3 are unknown to him, and 15 are new. According to Allard, A, grisea {^o\.) — rugosa (Fourcroy), of which vicina 262 ZOOLOGICAL LITERATURE. (Sol.) is the $ and glahricosta (Sol.) is a var. j A. complanata (Luo.)=»’j#^- cornis (Sol.) j A. morhillosa (¥ oh.)— fascicular is (Germ.); A. ahrtipta (Fairm.) — inceiiualis (Sol.)j A, acuticollis {KA.^=~lineatocoUis (KUst.) j A. mahonis (Boield.) and A.pazi (Per. Avc.)=jurinei (Sol.), of which higorrcnsis (Sol.) is the $ J A. cardonce (Per. Arc.) and A. hoirens (Schauf.) = mcAei (All.) j A. comhce (Gen(5) (Sol.); A. angusta {A\\.)=gihhicollis (Per. Arc.), cJ ; A. hehes (Rosenh.) = (Ramh.); A, solieri (Ramb. wecGen4) = dementei (Per. Arc.); A. henoni (Fairm.) (All.); A.servillei^ var. B, depressa (Sol.) =fabricii (All., rugosa, Fab. nec Fourc.); A. sulcipennis (Fed\'m.)=opatroides (All.) ; A. miliaris (JdiV.)=servilhi (Sol.), $ ; A. morce (Per. Axo.)=^crassicoUis (Fairm.), cf ; A. affinis (1j\xc..)= subcostata (Sol.), <5 ; A. dermatodes (¥Qhm.)=clypeata (All.); A. gaditana (Ramb.), perezi (Chevr.) and ventricosa (Sol.)=^oMt?oii (Sol.); A. a/nm(Per. Arc.) = e/o«^ato (Sol.) ; A. montana (Ramb.) and vuillefroyi (Per. Arc.) —parallela (Sol.) ; A. Icevigata (Ramb.) = (Sol.) ; A. grossa (So\.)=sicula (Sol.), $ . Allard (/. c.) describes the folloAviiig new species : — A. gamheyif p. 184, Algeria ; pirazzolii, p. 200, Piceno ; setipennis, p. 218, Escurial ; curia, p. 220, Icevicollis, p. 243, and crass^ipes, p. 256, Algeiia ; gran- dipalpis, p. 288, Spain ; squalida, p. 289, Malaga ; graica, p. 290, Attica ; sar- diniensis, p. 291, Sardinia ; consanguinea, South of France, and brueki, Car- thagena, p. 292 ; hraatzii, p. 293, Tetuan ; bifoveata, p. 294, Tangiers ; gracilis, p. 295, Spain. Asida planipennis, sp. n., Schauf. Beitr. Keunt. Col. Balear. p. 23, Arta, Ins. Balear ; A. horrens, sp. n., Schauf. /. c. p. 24, Minorca. V. Hbyden (Berl. ent. Zeit. xiii. p. 67) reproduces Frivaldszky’s descrip- tion of Asida banatica (Abh. d. ungar. Acad. 1865, p. 200, t. xi. tig. 13). Pedinides, V. Heyden, 1. 0., reproduces Frivaldszky’s description of Flatyscelis hun- garicus (1. c., f. 2) . Pandarm castilianus, sp. n., do la Brulorie, Aim. Soc. Ent. Fr. 4“ si5r. ix. p. 31, Central and Western Spain, and Roriiigal. Pgndarinus nevadcnsis, sp. n., do la Brulorie, 1. c. p. 33, Sierra Nevada. Heliopathes (Homocrates) mulsanti, sp. n., de la Brulorie, 1. c. p. 36, and II. (Ho.) reyi, sp. n., de la Brulerie, 1. c. p. 37, Estremadura ; H. (Ho.) me- dit^raney,s, sp. n., de la Brulerie, ibid., Balearic Isles. (H) Opatrides, Pascoe (1. c. p.277) refers HopdB(H)02)atrum piceitarse (with which the Jsoptd'mi (h)opatroides of the same author is stated to agree almost exactly) and (with some doubt) also his Platynotus instdaris to Cestrmus (Er.). lie remarks upon the disorder of Hope’s collection. Achora, g. n., Pascoe, 1. c. p. 279. Allied to Cestrinus, but with broader and horizontal epipleurae, mesost. entire in front, last joint of lab. palpi ob- long-ovate, and mentum trapeziform. Sp. A. serricollis (Hope, Asida)', ?(H)Opatrimi deiiUcoUe (lll^iXich.). Cestrinus avcrsus, C. punctatissimus and C. posticus, spp. nn., Pascoe, 1. c. p. 278, Tasmania. COLEOPTERA. 263 U Iodides. Pascoe (I. c. p. 32) tabulates the genera of this subfamily. He refers Endoplilocus variicornis (Hope) to his genus Ulodica, Bolitophagus mpphira (Newm.) to his Ganyme (p. 33), and Endophlams australis (Hope) to his Dipsaconia. Ulodica, g. n., Pascoe, 1. c. p. 31. Antennae not clavate, 3rd joint twice as long as 4th ; prothorax transverse, rounded on each side, with margins scaled. Sp. U. hispida, sp. n., Pascoe, 1. c. p. 32, Clarence River. Ganyme, g. n., Pascoe, 1. c. p. 32. Ant. clavate, eyes transverse and nar- rowed, prothorax strongly angulated on each side. Sp. G, /loivittii, sp. n., Pascoe, 1. c. p, 33, pi. x. fig. 7, Victoria, Tasmania. Bolitophagides. Gobert (Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 4® s^r. ix. Bull. p. xxx) has reared Bolito- pliagus armatus (Panz.) from the larva, found in holeti on beech trees. Pascoe (l.c. p. 30) gives characters at length for his genus and species Orcopagia monstrosa, which he figures pi. x. fig. 8. Bolitotherus (Candeze)=P/lc?/^W^Ms (Lee.) : Pascoe, /. c. p. 31. Dicerodei'es elongatus (Redt.) is stated to be one of the Bolitophagides {Dysantes, Pascoe, MS.), ibid. Diaperides. V. Gernet (Horse Soc. Ent. Ross. vi. 1868) describes alid figures the larva of Hoplocephala hccmorrhoidalis (F.). Pascoe (/. c. p. 279) adopts Arrhenoplita (Kirby) for Hoplocephala, used previously by Cuvier for a genius of Ophidians. Typhohia, g. n., Pascoe, 1. 6. p. 279. Separated from Diaperis by the obconic joints of its antennae, and its more flattened form. Sp. T. fuliginea, sp. n., Pascoe, ibid., Victoria. Platydema aries, sp. n., Pascoe, l.c. p. 280, Brisbane; P. oritica, sp. n., Pasc. ibid., Victoria? ; P. limacella, sp. n., Pasc. ibid., Victoria? ; P. thal- loides, sp. n., Pasc. t. c. p. 281, Sydney. Ceropria (?) valga, sp. n., Pasc. 1. c. p. 281, Queensland. Hetcrophylus goudotii, sp. n., Fairmaire, /. c* p. 229, Madagascar; H. curtus, sp. n., Fairm. ibid., Madagascar; II. punctatissimus, n., Fairm. ibid., Madagascar. Ulomides. v. Gernet (Horse Soc. Ent. Ross. vi. 1868) describes and figures the larva of Gnathocerus cornutus (F.). Alphitohius granivorus, sp. n.,Muls. & God., Ann. Soc. Linn. Lyon, n. s. xvi. p. 288 ; A. viator, sp. n., p. 290, Marseilles ; A. distinguendus, sp. n., Fair- maire, 1. c. p. 230, Mayotte, Comores. Cataphronctis hictuosa, sp. n., Fairmaire, 1. c. p. 230, Madagascar, S^chellos, Comores {?-=Bhaleria crenata. King); C. striatula,E^. n., Fairm. l.c. p. 231, Ste. Marie de Madagascar. Toxicum capreolus, sp. ri., Fairmaire, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 4® ser. ix. p. 228, Mayotte, Comores. 2G4 ZOOLOGICAL LITERATURE. Helmdes. Pterohelcms. Pascoe, 1. c., describes the following new species : — P. nitidissimus, p. 282, South Australia ( = P. striato-punctahis, de Breine, neo Boisd.)j P. vicarius, p. 283, Queensland, N. S. Wales, Victoria; P. liti- (jioms, ibid., Sydney; P, altcrnatuSj p. 281, “Interior;” P. minimus, ibid.. Cooper’s Creek ; P. laticollis, p. 285, Melbourne ; P, hepaticus, ibid., Mel- bourne ; P. dispar, p. 280, Swan Biver. Helceus squamosus, sp. n., Pasc. 1. c. p. 286, pi. 12. fig. 4, Cooper’s Creek, Darling River. Saragus limbatus, sp. n., Pasc. 1. c. p. 287, Melbourne, Gawler. Coelometopides. Prises, g. n., Pascoe, 1. c. p. 145. Head sunk up to the eyes ; inner lobe of maxillae unarmed ; sides of thorax foliaceous. Sp. B. trachynotoides, sp. n., Pasc. 1. 0. p. 146, pi. xi. fig. 5, Champion Bay. Asphalus, g. n., Pasc. ibid. Resembles Pe'dinus. Inner lobe of max. hooked ; last joint of all the tarsi longer than all the preceding joints together. Sp. A. eheninus, sp. n., Pasc. 1. c. p. 147, pi. xi. fig. 3, Clarence River. Hydissus, g. n., Pascoe, 1. c. p. 148 (note). Differs from Ilypaulax and Chileom (F. Bates) in sub-bilobed penult, joint of tarsi, the absence of grooves behind mentuin, and termination at shoulder of epipleural line. Sp. IL feronioides (Pasc.), Tenebrionides. Pascoe (/. c. p. 149, note) confirms his statement as to absence of hook on int. max. lobe of JDechius aphodioides, contradicted by F. Bates. He makes some observations (p. 150) on Boisduval’s descriptions in the ‘ Voyage de I’Astrolabe,’ and remarks that the genus Baryscelis of that author was never published. Pascoe (/. c. p. 153) thinks Boros (Hbst.) and its allies should be retained in the Tenebrionides, but kept apart from the Calcarides. He refers to the structure of their anterior coxjb. ScHAUFUSS (Beitr. Kennt. Col. Balear.) considers Tenebrio opacus (Dft.) to be only a var. of T. obscurus. Promethis, g. n., Pascoe, 1. c. p. 148. Ant. angles of prothorax produced, rounded ; margins entire. Sp. : (type) P. anyulatus (Er., Upis, Iphthimus) ; P. lethalis, sp. n., Pasc. ibid., Queensland; P. quadricollis, sp. n., Pasc. /. c. p. 149, Swan River. (Ectosis, g. n., Pascoe, ibid. Allied to Meneq^hilus, but less depressed, vrith a fold between base of mandible and eye ; epipleura absent towards the apex. Sp. CE. cylindrica (Germ., Upis). 3Ieneristes, g. n., Pascoe, 1. c. p. 150. Tibiae with spurs, femora incrassate. Sp.: M. laticollis, sp. n., Pascoe, ibid., pi. xi. fig. 2, Victoria (? laticollis, Boisd.) ; M. intermedius, sp. n., Pasc. ibid., Gawler ; M. servulus, sp. n., Pasc. 1. c. p. 161, Tasmania to Queensland. Ephidonius, g. n., Pascoe, ibid. Tibiae strongly spurred, tarsi nearly naked beneath. Sp. E. acuticornis, sp. n., Pascoe, I, c. p. 162, pi. xi. fig. 6, Gawler, S. Australia. COLEOPTERA. 265 Tanyhjpa^ g. n., Pascoo, /. c. p. 162. Allied to i?oros. Eyes transverse, inn. lobe of max. unarmed, tibia arched, ant. coxm transverse. Sp. T. mot'io, sp. n., Pascoe, 1. c. p. 163, pi. xi. fig. 4, Tasmania. Heterotar sides. Motschoulsky (Bull. Soc. Imp. Nat. Mosc. 1868, no. 3, p. 192) briefly recharacterizes raratenetus, described by Spinola as one of the CleridcB ; sub- sequently recognized by Erichson as Heteromerous and to be placed next Anmdus (Bej.), and entirely passed over by Lacordaire. The author states that its form is very near that of Carticuria (? Corticarin)^ but that its elytra are not striated, but strongly and irregularly punctured. lie thus tabulates the species known to him : — A. Thorax with 6 strong lateral teeth. a. Punctuation of elytra larger and less close than of thorax, t Antennae wholl}'^ testaceous. punctatus (Spin.), N. Amer., tab. viii. f. 8. ft Club of ant. black .... liiridus (Mots.), Brazil. h. Punctuation of elytra and thorax equally large, t Thorax quadrate, angles rotundato. cicatricosus (Mots.), Brazil, tt Thorax cordate, post, angles prominent. cribratus (Mots.), Amer. Georgia. B. Thorax with very short lateral teeth, or only crenulated. a. Elytra gibbous, rather short, and slightly elevated behind ; antennne concolorous, clear gibhipennis (Mots.), Atlanta. h. Elytra elongate-ovate, slightly convex, form of Corticaria, t Ant. club black and very dilated, base clear. grandicornis (Mots.), Panama. ft Ant. club small, testaceous, like the body, which is covered with punctures and long scattered hairs. tropicalis (Mots.), Panama. The author (p. 193) proceeds to characterize a closely allied new genus, Terametm (tab. viii. f. 9), also resembling Corticaria, but with a quadrate thorax, and in-egularly punctured elytra, the punctuations of which are not so large as in Paratenetus, and apparently 9-jointed antenna3. He hints the possibility of those members being broken in his exponent, which, under the name of T. capicola, he describes as new at p. 196, from the Cape of Good Hope. Motschoulsky also (p. 195) describes a new species, apparently of Ancedus (though, the antennae being certainly broken in his specimen, he cannot be sure whether it should not be referred to some other genua), under the name of orietalis (sic). He states that this singular form, ob- served hitherto solely in America, occurs also in Mongolia ; ” from which it is to be inferred that the species described by him was found in the latter country. Cyphaleides. Pascoe (1. c. p. 288) gives a revised tabulation of the genera of this sub- family. 266 ZOOLOGICAL LITERATURE. Opigenia, g. n., Pascoe, ibid. Inner max. lobe not produced into a hook, though its apex is pointed j ninth and tenth joints of ant. transversely ob-r conic j mesost. short, deeply incised. Sp. O. iridescens, sp. n., Pasc. I, c. p. 289, Victoria. IIectii8, g. n., Pasc. ibid. Allied to Lygedira, but only ant. tarsi dilated j prosternum produced in front, keeled ; intercoxal process short, rounded in front. Sp. II. anthracinuSy sp. n., Pasc. /. c. p. 290, pi. xii. lig. C, Ilock- hampton. Mtes, g. n., Pasc. 1. c. p. 290. Separated from Chartopteryx (Westw.) by its long bail's, short antenuse (of which two penult, joints are transverse), linear tibijB, of which the ant. and interm, are not spurred, and the short basal joint of its post, tarsi. Sp. A. hinodulosus, pi. xii. fig. 2. Decialma, g. n., Pasc. 1. c. p. 291. Separated from Olidhama (Er.) chiefly on account of the penult, joints of ant. being broader tlian long. Sp. I), tenuitarsis, sp. n., Pasc. ibid., Victoria. Jiarytipha^ g. n., Pasc. 1. c. p. 292. Tarsi clothed with short stiff hairs, which are confined to the apices of the joints j epipleuras scarcely narrowed behind. Sp. B. socialis, sp. n., Pasc. ibid. pi. xii. fig. 6, Victoria. Mithippitty g. n., Pasc. I, c. p. 293. A degraded form, differing from its allies in its simple mesosternum, not notched for reception of prosternal pro- cess. Sp. 31. aurita, sp. n., Pasc. ibid. pi. xii. fig. 3, Adelaide. Lepispilus stygianusy sp. p., Pasc. 1. c. p. 290, Alps of Victoria. Achthosus laticornisy sp, n., Pasc. 1. c. p. 294, Clarence River. Cnodalonides. CamariodeSy g. n., Fairmaire, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 4® s^r. ix. p. 232. Ex- tremely close to TetraphylluSy but having slender antennae, of which the apical joints are not shortened, and a very oblique mesosternum, which is concave in front, but does not receive the apex of the prosternum. Sp. C. coquereliiy sp. n,, Fairm. ibid., Madagascar. JlolohraahySy g. n., Fairmaire, 1. c. p. 233. Very close to Tctraqjhyllus, differing in the singular form of its short, wide, flattened auteniue, and the enormous development of the wide triangular apical joint of its maxillary palpi. Sp. H. heterucorus, sp. n., Fairm. ibid., Ste. Marie do Madagascar. TinophylluSy g. n., Fairmaire, 1. c. p. 234. Extremely close to Tctraphyllusy but with slender antennae, of which the apical joints never become trans- verse, and with a more oblique and less excavated mesosternum. The men- tum, also, is bicarinate. Sp. T. gracilicornisy sp. n., Fairm. ibid., Ste. Mario de Madagascar. Helopides. Pascoe (/. c. p. 35) discusses the position of the Apocryphidcs, and especially as to the location therein of his genera Ilymcea and Melytra. He proposes for Thoracophortis (Hope) the name AUpphodeSy on account of ThoraxophoruSy Mots. (cf. Lacordaire, Gen. Col. v. p. 430, note), being apparently unaware that Motschoulsky’s Cardiothorax (1859) was applicable. Atryphodes licinoides (Redt.) = «rrtmona, g. n., Pascoe, 1. c. p. 141. Distinguished by its pilose tarsi from Sp. D. pictUy sp. n., Pasc. ibid., Tasmania. I^stalica, g. n., Pascoe, 1. c. p. 142. Eyes narrow, tarsi pilose, prothorax emarginate at apex, crenate at sides. Sp. D. homogeneay sp. n., Pasc. ibid., Swan Diver. Sphcerocaulus, g. n., Fairmaire, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 4® sdr. ix. p. 235. Closely allied to Osdara, but much more compact, with more globose elytra, last joint of palpi wider and short, a furrow separating the epistoma, three apical joints of antennai wide, and joints of posterior tarsi equal. Sp. S. granigevy sp. n., Fairm. 1. c. p. 236, Madagascar. Asdidius, g. n., Fairmaire, 1. c. p. 236. Founded on a single broken spe- cimen. Allied to SjjhcerocaiduSy but with a concave head, which is sunk quite up to the eyes, and has the anterior margin of the epistoma produced into a short tubercle in the middle j and with other characters apparently insufficient for generic distinction. Sp. A. coque?'elu, sp. n., Fairm. 1. c. p. 237, Madagascar. New species : — Atrypliodes. Pascoe, 1. c., describes the following species : — A. howittii, p. 37, Kiama; A. castelncmdi, p. 38, Kiama; A. cordicollis, ibid., Brisbane; A, curicollisy ibid., Queensland ; A. encephalusy p. 39, Rockliampton ; A. pi- theciusy ibid., Queensland; A. caperatusy p. 40, Hunter’s Diver, Darling Downs. Seirotrana proximay Pascoe, 1. c. p. 43, Victoria ; S. crenicollisy Pasc. ibid., pi. X. fig. 4, mountains of Victoria. Coripera ocellatQ, Pasc. 1. c. p. 44, pi, x. fig. 6, Mount Macedon, Victoria. Adelium. Pascoe, /. c., describes the following species : — A. plicigerumy p. 133, Queensland ; A. cerariumy ibid,. Darling Downs ; A, pilosumy p. 134, Lachlan Diver ; A. scutellarey ibid.. Darling Downs, Brisbane ; A. reductuniy p. 135, Brisbane; A, geniuUy ibid., Clarence Diver; A. neophytHy p. 136, Adelaide, Victoria; A. ancilla, ibid.. Darling Downs; A. repandtiiHy p. 137, Brisbane; A. scytalicumy ibid.. Swan Diver; A. orphana, p. 138, Victoria; A. steropoidesy ibid., Victoria; A. rupUmiy p, 139, “Yankee Jim’s Creek;” A. commodutriy ibid., Tasmania. OmoUpus Icevisy Pasc. /. c. p. 142, Cape York ; O. gnesioides, Pasc. 1. c. p. 143, Port Denison, Helops viridicollisy Schauf. Beitr. Kennt. Col. Balear. p. 26, Minorca and Palma; II. tauricus, Muls. & Godart, Ann. Soc. Linn, de Lyon, n. s. xvi. p. 277, Crimea; II. mimdus, Muls. & G. 1. c. p. 279, Algiers, Iledyphanes hirtus, Mills, & G. 1. c. p. 280, Biskra, Algiers. Amarygmides, Amarygmus. Pascoe, 1. c., describes the following species : — A. ccde&tisy p. 345, Brisbane ; A. vinomsy ibid., Sydney ; A. exilisy p. 346, Lachlan Diver ; A. indigaceiiSy ibid., Sydney ; A. cupidoy ibid., Queensland ; A. pusUlus, p. 347, Kiama ; A. minutus, ibid., Sydney ; A. obtususy p. 348, Queensland ; A. polychromusy ibid.. South Australia ; A. howittiiy ibid., Victoria ; A. aemiiicmy p. 349, Port Denison; A. semissisy ibid., Kiama; A. ellipsoides, COLEOPTERA. 269 p. 350, Queensland; A, suturalis, ibid., Swan River; A. torridus, p. 861 Cape York. Strongyliides, Pascoe (1. c. p. 295) refers to the unsatisfactory state of this subfamily, and especially to the inordinate number of species contained in the typical genua Strongylium. Tyndarisus, g. n., Pascoe, ibid. Distinguished by the great length of the ant. tarsi, which rather exceed the rest, and by its transverse prothorax, of which the lateral margins are produced. Sp. T, lonyitarsis, sp. n., Pasc. ibid., pi. xii. fig. 1, Australia. Hyperchalca, g. n., Fairmaire, 1. c. p. 238. Extremely close to Nesogena, and forming a still better transition to the Cistelidcd than that genus, accord- ing to the author. The characters given seem quite insufficient to separate it from Nesogena, supposing N. acutipmnis (Fairm.) to be rightly included in that genus. Sp. H. cenescens, sp. n., Fairm. I, c. p. 238, Ste. Marie de Madagascar. Nesogena acutyycnnis, sp. n., Fairmaire, 1. c. p. 237, Madagascar. CiSTELTDyE. Fairmaire (Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 4® s^r. ix. p. 239) notes an example of Cistela melanura (King), from Kalalou,Madag., which difiers from the type in smaller size as well as in colour and punctuation. . He thinks that Plesia (Klug) cannot be separated generically from Cistela. The type of Cistela amplicollis is now in Bonvouloir’s collection. Grenier, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 4® s^r. ix. Bull. p. vi. • Cistela a'enato-striata, sp. n., Fairmaire, /. c. p. 240, Ste. Marie do Mada- gascar. Kirsch (Berl. ent. Zeitschr. xiii. pp. 97-128) describes many new (and a few little-known) species of Oniopldus, and tabulates the members of that genus. He places at its beginning, as nearest to Cteniopus, the species of Ileliotaurus (Muls.), which he rejects as a genus, and gives the following synonymy : — O. galhanatiis (Kies.) = curvipes (Brull^), var., p. 106; lividipes (Muls.) = amerinm (Curtis), var. minor, p. 107 ; atripcs (Kiist.) = Jlavipennis (Kiist.), p. 118 ; elongatus (Kiist.) and alpinus (Mill.) = lepturoides (Fab.), p. 120 ; dilatatus (Fald.), rugicollis (Kiist.), and hrevicollis (Muls.) = rugosi-' collis (Brulle), p. 122. He describes a variety of O. dispar (Costa), which he names dahnatinus (p. 116), and another of O. lepturoides (Fab.), which he names pilosellus (p. 120). Omophlus. Kirsch, 1. c., describes the following new species : — O. mulsanti, p. 103, Algeria; O. chalybmis, ibid., Egypt; O. kiisteri, p. 106, Turkey; O. gracilipcs, p. 108, Syria ; 0. btndldi, p. 109, Greece (? quadricolUs, Brulle) ; O. falsarius, ibid., Syria; O. marginatus,-g. 110, Caucasus ; O.propagatus, p. Ill, Cyprus; O. hirtellus, ibid., Corfu; O. varicolor, p. 112, Syria; 0. volgensis, p. 116, Sarepta; O. tarsalis, ibid., Caucasus; O. turcieus, p. 117, Turkey, Greece ; O. injirmus, p. 119, Greece, Crete ; O. proteus, p. 123, Greece, Turkey, and merid. Russia ; O. caucasicus, ibid., Caucasus ; O. deserticola, p. 125, Desert at Kirgis ; O. lucidus, ibid., Palestine ; O. tenellus, p. 126, Egypt ; O. ocularis, p. 128, Palestine. 1869. [voL. VI.] u 270 ZOOLOGICAL LITERATUUB. Pythidje. Salpingua exsanguis, sp. n., Abeille de Perrin, Pet. nouv. Entom. no. 11; 1 Dec. 1869, Provence. MELANDRYADiE. Abeille de Peeiiin (Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 4® s6r. ix. p. 410) notes the occurrence in France of Orchesia undidata (Ktz.). Marsh (Ent. Mo. Mag. vi. p. 162) records Anisoxya fuscida (Hh) from the neighbourhood of London. Anisoxya mmtela, sp. n., Abeille de Perrin, Pet. nouv. Entom. no. 11, 1 Dec. 1869, Paris. Lagriid^. Lagria pallida (Oast.) possibly = Z. adusta (Klug), according to Fair- maire, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 4® ser. ix. p. 243. Lagria. Fairmaire (/. c.) describes tlie following new species : — L. co~ querelii, p. 242, Mayotte, Antongil j L. insignicornisj p. 243, Ste. Marie de Madagascar (? = Z. adusta c? ) j Z. nigriceps^ p. 244, St® Marie de Madagas- car; L. fidiginosa^ ibid., Ste. Marie de Madagascar ; Z. dermatodes, p. 245, Zanzibar ; Z. corticma, ibid., Marotte (sic), Antongil ; Z. crihrata, p. 246, Madagascar. ANTIIIClDAi:. King (Trans. Ent. Soc. N. S. Wales, ii. pt. 1) notices the occurrence of Anthicus jioralis (Payk.) in South Australia, a more extended range even than that given by La Fertd for the species. In describing his A. concolor and abnormis, King mentions characters apparently sufficient for generic separation. Notoxus hicoronatuSj sp. n.. Bedel, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 4® s6v. ix. Bull, p. xxxiv (pub. 22 Sept. 1869), Fontainebleau, Marseilles, Algeria. Mecynotarsus. King describes the following new species, 1. c, : — M. kreus- leri, ziczac, and concolor, p. 4, Gawler. Maci'arthrius australis, sp. n.. King, 1. c. p. 2, Gawler, S. Australia. Formicomus. King describes the following new species, 1. c. : — F. clarkii, p. 6, Gawler; agilis. Paramatta; denisonii, Pt. Denison, p. 6; speciosus and quadrimaculatus, p. 7, Gawler; australis, p. 8, N. S. Wales, Gawler, K. George’s Sd. ; obliquifasciatus, ibid.. Paramatta ; mastersii, p. 9, S. Australia. Anthicus. King describes the following new species, 1. c. : — A. nitidissimus, p. 11, pulcher, p. 12, Gawler ; comptus, ibid., Adelaide and Gawler ; U7ii- fasciatus, Gawler, bellus. Paramatta, p. 13 ; myrteus. Paramatta and Gawler, glaber, Gawler, intricatus, K. George’s Sd., p. 14; denisonii, Pt. Denison, dubius. Paramatta, p. 15 ; scydmcenoides, Austr., lui'idus and apicalis, Pt. Denison, p. 16; hnmaculatus, p. 17, S. Austr. ; hesperi, Paramatta and Gawler, 7nonilis and kreuslet'i, Gawler, p. 18 ; charon, p. 19, K. George’s Sd. ; h'eoi- collis, Randwick, glabricollis, Gawler, p. 20 ; crassus and nigricollis, p. 21, Gawler ; wollastonii and gawleri, Gawler, rarus, Paramatta, p. 22 ; krcfftii, Paramatta, macleayii, Illawarra, p. 23; concolor and abnormis, p. 24, Para- matta. COLEOPTERA. 271 PYRRHOCHROAOiE. Ferrari (Verb. Zool.-Bot. Gesellsch. in Wien, Band xix. p. 198) gives a table of tbe species of the genera Dendroides (Lat.) and Pogonocerus (Fisch.). Dendroides {Ilemidendroides) ledereri, sp. n., Ferrari, 1. c. p. 195, Smyrna. MoRDELLIDiE. Mordellistena brevicauda (Boh.) is recorded as British by Rye (Ent. Mo. Mag. vi. p. 86), who refers to its specific characters. Crotch (Entom. 69, ii.) notes the habits of Mordellistena pumiluj the larva of which lives in the stems of Silencin corn-fields. V. Heyden (Berl. ent. Zeit. xiii. p. 68) reproduces Frivaldszky’s descrip- tion of Mordella sackeri (Abh. d. ungar. Acad. 1866, p. 202, t. xi. fig. 6). RhIPIPHORIDtE. Murray (Ann. & Mag. of Nat. Hist. 4th ser. iv. pp. 346-355) records his examination of wasp -combs containing Rhipiphorus paradoxus, the result being that he thinks Stone (Ent. Monthly Mag. i. p. 118) mistaken in his very decided statement of having actually seen the R4^/)^)?Aor^/s-larva in the act of devouring the wasp-larva. lie thinks the skin and mandibles, which Stone states not to be devoured, were the cast skin of a larva, and considers the circumstance of his finding in three instances two pupae (of Rhipiphorm and wasp) in the same cell conclusive against the idea of one feeding on the other. Murray adheres to the old supposition that the Rhipiphori are bred by the wasps under the mistaken belief that they are their own progeny. Smith ( 1. c. pp. 393-397) shows that Stone’s observations were not founded on one instance, as inferred by Murray’s remarks, and accounts for the two pupae being in one cell by showing that parasites frequently fail to destroy the vitality of their prey. He is decidedly of opinion that the Rhipi- phorus lives entirely on wasp-larvae. In Proc. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1869, p. xxiv, Smith makes some further observations to the same effect. Meloid^e. Fumouze (Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 4® s^r. ix. Bull. p. xxx) has made an analysis with a view to determining the vesicant properties of certain insects belong- ing to the genera 3Iylahris and Meloe, with the result that Mylahis sides, known as the Chinese Cantharis,” contains as much cantharidine as the Cantharis of commerce, and can therefore be substituted for the latter in the Pharmacopoeia. The species of Meloe appear, however, to be by far the richest in vesicant matter of all insects upon which he has experimented, often containing, as stated, crystals of cantharidine visible to the naked eye, and, at all events, more than doubling C. vesicatoria in quantity of active principle. Smith (Proc. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1869, p. xiv) records the capture of Mclecta armata (a bee parasitic upon AnthopJiora) covered by about 300 or 400 larvfe of Meloe, on 6th of June, 1869. He also {1. c. p. xx) notes the capture of Meloe rugosa (Marsh.), and the excessive pugnacity of that insect, even after the deposition of ova by the females. Riley (First Ann. Rep. nox. Ins. Missouri, 1869, p. 97 ct seq,) figures and describes the habits of Lytta vittata, cinerea, and marginata (Fab.), and u 2 272 ZOOLOGICAL LITERATURE. murina (Lee.), which, with L. atrata (Fab,), infest potatoe-plants in N. America. Sitaiis nitidicolliSf sp. n., Abeille de Perrin, Pet. nouv. Entom. no. 11, 1 Dec. 1869, Provence. GEoEMERIDiE. Asclera nigra, sp. n., Leconte, Ann. & Mag. of Nat. Hist. 4th ser. iv. • p. 379, Vancouver’s Island. CURCULIONID^. Leconte (Ann. & Mag. of Nat. Hist. 4th ser. iv. p. 382) is inclined to attribute more importance than is attached by Lacordaire to a peculiar character exhibited by the greater part of the latter author’s Adelognathes and some of the short-beaked Phan6rognathes, viz. the possession by the freshly developed imago of deciduous acute pyramidal appendages to tlio mandibles; and intends to include all such forms under the name Brachydaridee. Pascoe (Proc. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1869, p. x) refers to species of the Euro- pean genera Apim, Attelahus, and Elleschus from Australia. Br achy derides. Allard (Berl. ent. Zeit. xiii. pp. 321 & 322) corrects some errors in his monograph of Sitones published in Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. According to his pre- sent opinion, S. callosus (Sch.) and S. teimis (Rosenh.) are good and distinct species, as are S. tibialis, amhiguus, and hrevicollis (Sch.), and S. lineatus and ymimlatus (Sch.). He gives diagnostic characters for these species, which ho had formerly confounded, and remarks that De Marseul is wrong in treating S. hitubei'culatus (Mots.) as a synonym of gemellatus (Sch.). Desbrochers des Loges (Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 4® s4r. ix. p. 398) gives a table of certain species of Polydrosiis allied to cermnus (Linn.). CiiEVROLAT (Coleopt. Ilefto, V. p. 73) remarks that Bhyllohius ligurinus (Gyll., Schon.) belongs to Eustolus (Thoms.), a genus which in his opinion should be maintained. He considers that Polydrosiis armipes (Gyll.) is most likely dentipos (Rrull<5), and gives characters for distinguishing his own chrysocephalus from armipes, with which it is erroneously united in Do Mars. Cat. Piezoemmus, g. n., Chevrolat, 1. c. p. 72. Belongs to the group Naupactides, and is chiefly conspicuous for its robust short legs, of which the tibiae are wide and flat, and very narrowed at the base. Sp. P. paradoxus (Schon., Polydrosus) ; P. pedemontanus, sp. n., Chev. ibid.. North Italy*. New species ; — Cyelomaurus pieeus, Allard, Berl. ent. Zeit. xiii. p. 324, and C. punctatus, Allard, 1. c. p. 325, Constantine. Strophosomus jlampes, Chevrolat, 1. c. p. 71, Asturias. Brachyderes ophthalmicus, Fairmaire, Stettin, ent. Zeit. 1869, p. 232, Andalusia. Sitones ophtalmicus (sic), Desbrochers des Loges, Pet. nouv. Ent. no. 8, 16 Oct. 1869, Corsica; S. parallelipennis, Desb. des Loges, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 4* s^r. ix. p. 398, Southern Russia ; S. fairmairei, Allard, Berl. ent. Zeitschr. xiii. p. 322, Oran ; S, villosus, Allard, 1. c, p. 323, Tarsus. Metallites prumosus, Chevr. 1. c. p. 71, Algiers. COLEOPTERA. 273 Polydrosus. Chevrolat, 1. c.j describes the following species : — P, {Eustolus) JlorentinnSj p. 73, Fiesole ; P. nodulosus, ibid., South of France ; P. melanostic- tus, p. 74, East of France. In an unsigned article in Deyrolle’s Petites nouvelles Entomologiques, no. 8, 16 Oct. 1869, the following species are described, presumably on the part of Desbrochers des Loges, who subsequently (/. c. no. 12) adopts the notice in which they appeared : — P. aheillei and P. griseomaculatus, Lower Alps, and P. alveolus, Sierra Nevada and Morena. Des Loges again describes the first two of these in Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 4® s^r. ix. p. 390 & 394, with the following species ; — P. 'peragaUonis, p. 392, no locality given (= nodulosus, Chevrolat), and P. arvcrnicus, p. 393, Auvergne, Allior (= mclanosiictus, Chevr.). The synonyms are given by Dos Logos himself. Tanymecus alhoscutcllatus, Chevr. 1. c. p. 74, Oran. Otiorhynchides . Lucas (Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 4® s^r. ix. p. 60) refers to the larva and pupa of Otiorhynclius sulcatus (Fab.), which he intends to figure, as he considers it not recognizable from Douche’s plate. Sharp (Ent. Mo. Mag. vi. p. 107) refers to British specimens of Otto- rhynchus fuscipes (Walton), and thinks it probable they are the same as Olivier’s and Stierlin’s. Rye comments upon this (p. 108). Smith (/. c. p. 136) considers Walton’s fuscipes distinct from Olivier’s, and names it waltoni, identifying it, however, with (Chevr.), a recognized form of fuscipes (Oliv.). V. IIeydbn (Berl. ent. Zeit. xiii. p. 68) reproduces Frivaldszky’s descrip- tion of Omias hanahii (Abh. d. ungar. Acad. 1866, p. 205, t. xi. fig. 7), — a •’ true Omias, according to Soidlitz. Gautier des Cottes (Mittheil. schweiz. entom. Gesellsch. Hi. p. 161) complains that Seidlitz, though in possession of a type of his Omias tricho-- pterus, has ignored that name and redescribed the species as Barypeithes violafMs, under the pretext that the insect is not recognizable from des Cottes’s prior description. Pascoe (Ent. Monthly Mag. vi. pp. 99-106) describes new genera and species from Australia, allied to Pcritelus and Myllocerus. Ho tabulates these genera and gives figures of their chief diagnostic characters (p. 100), and also tabulates (p. 103) nine new species of Myllocerus. According to him Peritelus schonherri (Stierl.) should be separated from Peritelus, on account of its free claws. De Marseul (L’Abeille, vi. p. 154, note) notes the existence of two species named Phylhhius irroratus — one (Boh.) published in 1843, the other (Seidl.) in 1867. New genera : — Dyslohus, g. n., Leconte (Ann. & Mag. of Nat. Hist. 4th ser. iv. p. 380). Allied to Otiorhynclius, but with eyes narrowed and angulated beneath, less elongate scape to the antennae, and ciliated postocular thoracic lobes. Sp. jD. segnis (Lee., Otiorhynclius olim) ; J), granicollis, sp. n., Lee. ibid., Van- couver’s Island and Puget Sound j D. decoratus, sp. n., Lee. 1. c. p. 381^ Vancouver’s Island. 274 ZOOLOGICAL LITERATURE. PhymatimiSj g. n., Lee. I, o. p. 881. Belated to Dyslohusy but witb a more slender rostrum, which is much more dilated at apex, and has longer and deeper antennal grooves. Leconte hesitates in characterizing this genus, which he thinks probably belongs to Lacordaire’s Phytoscaphi. Sp. P. gemmatm (Lee., Tylodercs P). Trachyphlceosoma, g. n., Wollaston, Ann. & Mag. of Nat. Hist. 4th ser. iv. p. 414. Allied to Trachyphlosusj but with a conical abbreviated rostrum, which is truncate at the tip, -with scrobes more bent downwards, smaller eyes, ant. inserted nearer apex of rost., &c. Sp. T. setosiwi, sp. n., Woll. ibid., St. Helena. Phlyda, g. n., Pascoe, Ent. Mo. Mag. vi. p. 100. Distinguished by its six- jointed funicle. Sp. P. periteloides, sp. n., Pasc. ibid., figs. 1 & 1®, Adelaide. Titinia, g. n., Pascoe, 1. c. p. 101. Scape of ant. very long, funicle seven- jointed, rostrum short, scrobes dorso-apical. Sp. T. ignara, sp. n., Pasc. ibid., figs. 4 & 4% Melbourne. Idaspora, g. n., Pascoe, ibid. Bostrum longer than head, scrobes lateral. Sp. /. terrea^ sp. n., Pasc. ibid., figs. 3 & 3®, Gawler. Epheiina^ g. n., Pascoe, 1. c. p. 102. Bostrum long and broad, increasing at the emarginate apex, with three raised lines above j scrobes commencing at apex and disappearing near eyes j antennje very long, scape clavate. Sp. E. longicorms, sp. n., Pasc. ibid., figs. 2 & 2“, Champion Bay. New species ; — Otioi'hynchus asturimsis, Ohevr. Coleopt. Ilefto, v. p. 74, Asturias j O. (Eurycht7'us) coyi, Chevr. 1. c. p. 76, Syria. Sciohius sub?iodosus, Wollaston, Ann. & Mag. of Nat. Hist. 4th ser. iv. p. 416, St. Helena. Trachyphlceics coloi'atus, Allard, Berl. ent. Zeit. xiii. p. 325, Constantine. Myllocei'us. Pascoe (Ent. Monthly Mag. vi.) describes the following species : — M. herhaceuSy p. 103, Champion Bay ; M. aurifeXy ibid.. West Austr. j M. glaucinusy p. 104, Champion Bay; M. pudicusy ibid., Nicol Bay ; M. cmemscensy ibid.. West Austr. ; M. decretuSy ibid., Champion Bay ; M. aphthosiiSy p. 105, Cape York ; M. rusticus, ibid.. Champion Bay ; M. nasutusy ibid., West Austr. Leptopsides. Tylden (Ent. Mo. Mag. vi. p. 33) records the habits of Tropiphoms carinatus (Miill.). Bt achy cer ides, Bonnaire (Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 4« s^r. ix. Bull. p. xli) records Bi'achyccrus pradiei'i (Fairm.) from the island of B<5 (France). Byrsopsides. Ehytirhinus alpicola, sp. n., Fairmaire, Stettin, ent. Zeit. 1869, p. 232, French Alps. Bftiparasomides. Bonnaire (Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 4“ s<5r. ix. Bull. p. xli) records OrthochceUs insignis (Aubi^) from the island of B6 (France). COLEOPTERA. 276 OrlhochcBtes discoidalisj sp. n., Fairmaire, Stettin, ent. Zeit. 1869, p. 232, French Alps. Dichotrachelus maculosus, sp. n., Fairmaire, /. c, p. 233, French Alps. Molytides. Molytes germanus and carincei’ostrisy associated by Stein and De Marseul, are perfectly distinct, the latter being closely allied to glahratm (Fab.), accord- ing to Desb. des Loges (Pet. nouv. Ent. no. 10). Tanyrhynchides. Nesiotcs asperatus, Wollaston, Ann. & Mag. of Nat. Hist. 4th ser. iv. p. 413, St. Helena. Hyperides. Phytonomus punctatus (Fab.) is mentioned in Bull. Soc. Ent. Ital. i. pp. 80 & 81, as injurious to trefoil ; and various means for destroying this insect are there enumerated. The ravages of this species are also referred to in the report of Balsamo-Cruvelli and others (R. 1st. Lomb. ser. ii. vol. i. fasc. 12). Rye (Ent. Mo. Mag. vi. p. 160) reviews Capiomont’s characters for specifically distinguishing between Phytonomus poUux and P.jtdinii (Sahib.), and inclines to the belief that the latter is only a variety of the former. Ithycerides. Walsh and Riley '(Amer. Entom. i. p. 221) record the habits and figure tlio larva and imago of Ithycerus novehoraccnsis (Forst.), which attacks the tender growth of apple-trees. Cleonides. Dohrn (Stettin, ent. Zeit. 1869, p. 308) records Eumecops hittaryi (Hoch.) from Sarepta. He dissents from Lacordaire’s opinion that Eumecops should be placed between Leucochromus and Stephanocleotms ,* and from Hochhuth, who considers it belongs to the Byrsopsides. Cleonus scutellatus (Boh.) =sidcirostris (Linn.); C. {Bhytideres') stculus (Fahr.) =pUcaftis (01.), var. : Desb. des Loges, Pet. nouv. Ent. no. 10. C.pel- leti (Y&hm.^ — Stephanocleo^ms tahidus (01.), a species which Gyll. & Schiin. are stated not to have known : Chevrolat, Coleopt. Hefte, v. p. 77. The economy of Lixus myagri (01.) is described by Letzner; 45 Jahrb. Schles. Ges. vat. Cult. pp. 141 and 142. Lixus rujitarsis (Bo\i.)=Jiliformis (Fab.), var.; L, ascanoides (Villa) = juncii (Bdk.') L. ruf ulus (Boh.) =angustus (Hbst.) : Desb. des Loges, Pet. nouv. Ent. no. 10. Bethune (Canad. Ent. i. p. 89) records Lixus concavus (Say) as new to Canada. New species : — Cloonus ( Cyphoclco7ius) sardous, Chevr. Coleopt. Hcfto, v. p. 76, Sardinia ; C. (Conorhynchus) tw'binatusj Chevr. ibid., Oran (Chev. in Pet. nouv. Ent. no, 5, afterwards states that this species must constitute a new genus, which he names Temnorhinus). 276 ZOOLOGICAL LITERATURE. Stephanocleomis gaditanua, Chevr. 1. c. p. 76, South of Spain (z=I^agtogra~ phus amori, Mars, teste Ohevr. /. c. p. 125, and Pet. nouv. Ent. no. 5) j S, ? (Plagiographus) saintpi^i'ei, Ohevr. ihid., Oran. Bothynoderea luscus, Chev. 1. c. p. 77, Carthagena. Hylobiides. Lepyrus hinotatus is recorded as British by Black (Ent. Mo. Mag. vi. p. 86). Bye figures it in frontisp. to Entom. Annual for 1870, fig. 7. Smith (Proc. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1869, p. xvi) records Pissodes notatus from the south of England (Bournemouth). Walsh and Riley (Amer. Entom. ii, p. 26) refer to the habits and figure the principal stages of Pissodes strobi (Peck). Erirhinides. Bethe (Stettin, ent. Zeit. 1869, p. 426) notes his astonishment (very natui’ally) at finding two specimens of Erirhinus infirmus (Hbst.) in the in- terior of Pachyscelis granulosa (Latr.), one of the Pimelidce. He rightly justifies his astonishment by remarking that the Erirhinidce live usually in the stems and roots of water-plants. Bagous inceratus (Gryll.) is recorded as British by Rye (Ent. Mo. Mag. vi. p. 6), who figures it in frontisp. to Entom. Annual, 1870, fig. 6. Acrisius, g. n., Desbrochers des Loges, Ann. Soc. Ent. Er. 4® sdr. ix. p. 395. Eyes small, subconcave, situate very little before the base of the rostrum (instead of on the sides, as in Plinthus) and separated by less than their greatest diameter. Comes next to Auheonymus (Duv.), its representa- tive having much the fonn of Auh. carinicollis (Lucas). Sp. A. kozioroiviczi, Desb. des Loges, 1. c. p. 396, Corsica (Ajaccio). Apionides. Bethe (Stettin, ent. Zeit. 1869, p. 373) redescribes Apion steveni (Gyll., Schon.), which ho states to bo a perfectly good species, and not a var. of Jlavifemoratum (Ilbst.), of which it is considered a synonym by Do Marseul, Wencker and Stein. Des Logos (Pet. nouv. Eut. no. 10) expresses himself to the same effect. Rye (Entom. Monthly Mag. v. p. 276) draws attention to Apion so'ohi- colie (Gyll.), originally described from Britain, but apparently unknown to British or Continental entomologists. Desbrochers des Loges (Pet. nouv. Ent. no. 10) notices omissions, misplacements, and errors of synonymy in Stein’s Catalogue, as regards Apion. According to him, A. cyanescens (Gyll,)=jom (Fab.)j A. plumbeo- micans (W enck.) = angustatum (Kirby) ; A. decorum andH. marqueti (Wenck.) =^jimiperi (Boh.). Becker (Horse Soc. Ent. Rossicae, vi. p. 108) records Apion artemisicB (Moraw.) from Sarepta on Statiee caspica^ which appears to be its true food- plant. Apion heydenij sp. n., Pet. nouv. Ent. no. 8, 15 Oct. 1869, anon., but pre- sumably on the part of Desbrochers des Loges, who subsequently (/. c. no. 12) changes the specific name to cantabricus (sic) j A. distinctirostre , sp. n., Desb. des Loges, 1. c. no. 8 (no locality given). COLEOPTERA. 277 Attellabides. Frey-Gessner (Mittlieil. der schwoiz. entom. Gesellsch. iii. p. 6) notes the capture of Apoderm inter7nedius (Ilellw.) on SpircBa ulmaria. It appears not to have been before observed in the Swiss Alps. Rhinomacerides. Areille de Perrin (Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 4° s6r. ix. p. 410) notes the capture by himself in France of Rhynchites aheillei (Desb. des Loges) on oak, and of R. tristis (Fab.), which rolls the leaves of the sycamore. H. Brisout de Barneville (Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 4® s6r. ix. Bull. p. xxxvi) notes capture at St. Germain of Rhynchites rcctirostris (Gyll.) on white- thorn. Bye (Ent. Mo. Mag. vi. p. 68) records capture of Rhynchites germanicus with each antenna biclavate. Balaninides. Rye (Ent. Mo. Mag. v. p. 218) refers to Ralaninus cei'asorum and B. ru- hidus. MOller (Ent. Mo. Mag. vi. p. 137) proves B. hrassicce (Fab.) to be an inquiline, and not a gall-maker. Balaninus crucifer (Fuchs) = cm.r (Fab.): Be Marseul, L’Abeille, vi. p. 166. Anthonomides. H. Brisout de Barnevillb (An. Soc. Ent. Fr. 4^ s6r. ix. Bull. p. xxxvi) records capture of Anthonomus pruni (Desbr.) at St. Germain, on black- thorn. Rye (Ent. Mo. Mag. vi. pp. 87 & 88) refers to the species of Anthonomus reputed to be British in des Loges’s Monograph, and draws attention to an undescribed small species allied to ruhi, found in Scotland on Comarum pa- lustre. Crotch (Entom. 69, pp. 307-310, under the heading of Contribu- tions to a Synopsis of British Coleoptera ”) also abstracts des Loges’s Mono- graph, and dubiously suggests the title /War. ? comarV^ for the insect above referred to. Walsh and Riley (Amer. Entom. i. p. 93) note the exemption of the plum known as the Miner or Hinkley plum from the attacks of Anthonomus prunicida (Walsh). The larva of Anthonomus erythropus (Say) is briefly described by Shimer (Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. ii. p. 394), who has found it in galls on hickory, formed by Dactylosphcera {Homop.). Bradyhatus fallax (Gerst.) and Anthonomus aceris (Chev.)=^. elongatulus (Boh.) : De Marseul (L’Abeille, vi. p. 166), — who refers to Desbrochers’s uso of the long-preoccupied name Pscudomorphus for the genus of this insect, for whch he himself had, in anticipation of Desbrochers, proposed the name Nothops. Moncreaff (Entom. 62, p. 218) notes Orchestes alni in October, in a de- caying branch of whitethorn, and seems to think they had “pupized,” if not fed up, in the wood. The beetles were, of course, preparing for hiber- nation. 278 ZOOLOGICAL LITERATURE. Anthonomus stiei'lini, sp. n., Desbrochera des Loges, Pet. nouv. Ent. no. 8, 15 Oct. 1869, Athens j A. Uthierryij sp. n., Desb. des Loges, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 4® ser. ix. p. 397 (no locality given). Tychiides, Moncreaff (Entomologist, no. 62, p. 218), under the MS. name of Sibinia staticeSf refers to an insect found by himself in the flower-heads of sea-thrift at the Island of Portsea, and which he likens (when rubbed) to Amalis Scortitium (sic). Cionides. Cionus olens (Fab.) is recorded as British by Rye (Ent. Mo. Mag. v. p. 5). Cionus dictinctus, sp. n., Desb. des Loges, Pet. nouv. Ent. no. 8, 15 Oct. 1869, Corsica. Abeille be Pehrin (Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 4® s^r. ix. Bull. p. xlviii) re- marks upon the faculty, possessed by the larvae of Nanophyes tamarisci, of making the seeds of tamarisk jump ; a peculiarity already recorded, accord- ing to Laboulbene, by Lucas and Gervais (cf. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fi*. 1849, Bull, p. Ixiv, and 1856, Bull. p. xciv j also Brisout, L’ Abeille, vi. p. 310). Orobitis niyer (Waltl), according to De Marseul, L’Abeille, vi. p. 25, note, is a Nanophyes, and probably (Boh.). II. Brisout omits reference to this point in his monograph, though referring Waltl’s insect to the same page as siculus in his Index. H. Brisout be Barneville (L’Abeille, vi. pp. 305-352) monographs the European and Algerian species of Nanophyes, of which he enumerates 33, including four new species. According to him, N. aureolas (Perris) = versus (Aube), var. j siculus (Boh.) and annulatus (Gyll.) exhibit sexual eccentricities in armatm^e of the femora; globiformis QL\%Q.)=rubrictis (Ro- senh.); brevicollis {0.1Bn3.)=sahlbe?'yi (Gyll.); difficilis and helveticus (Towx- nier), nitidulus (Gyll.), and lonyidus (N o\\.)—chevrie7'i (Boh.) ; anyustipcnnis (Bac]i)=lythri (Fab.), var. ; oliveri (DQQhv.) = centro7naculatus (Costa); sex- pwictatus (Kiea.) and settdosus {Tom'u.)=(juadi'ivi7'yatus (CoatsL), yarr. He thinks g7'acilis (Redt.) may be the same as ge7iimlatus (Aub^), and records the Algerian diu'ioei from Spain. New species are: — Na7iophyes poecilopte7’us, H. Brisout, 1. c. p. 334, Algiers ; sy7'iacus, II. Bris. 1. c. p. 337, Syria (brought forward with evident doubt) ; inco7ispicuus, H. Bris, 1. c. p. 345, and biskrensis, H. Bris. 1. c. p. 347, Algeria. Gymnetrides. Gy77inet7'on sangumipes (Chev.) = mnft6^7^s (Rosenh,); G. variabilis (Bris.) is renamed alghicus : De Marseul, L’Abeille, vi. p. 155, In the ^ Petites nouvelles Eutomologiqiies,’ no. 8, 15 Oct. 1869, is an un- signed notice, presumably on the part of Desbrochers des Loges, containing names, short descriptions and localities, &c. of the following species, stated to bo new : — Gym7ietro7i hofc7'i, S. Russia ; G. gi'iseohwtus, Corsica ; G. hey-- de7ii, Granada, Alhambra ; and a var. of G. 7ictus, named fulvus, and queried as possibly a good species, Allier. Desbrochers des Loges (1. c. no. 12) COLEOPTERA. 279 adopts this statement in n signed article, in which he changes the name of G. hoferi to G. zuheri, and corrects an error in the diagnosis of that species, which ho again describes under the latter name in Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 4® s^r. ix. p. 399, where he states it to have been found at Sarepta. Cholides. AhebcBus, g. n., Kirsch, Berl. ent. Zeit. xiii. p. 190. Allied to Ilomalo- notus (Schon.), but with the prosternum deeply and widely channelled, the depression being not sharply defined at the edges; the 7th joint of funiculus more freed from the clava; the ant. legs decidedly longer, and the elytra proportionately broader than the thorax : in outline resembles many species of Cratosomus. Sp. A. dorsalis, sp. n., Kirsch, 1. c. p. 191, Bogota; A. cristatus, sp. n., Kirsch, ibid., note, Peru. Cholus genicidatus, sp. n., Kirsch, Berl. ent. Zeit. xiii. p. 187, and C. tener, sp. n., Kirsch, 1. c. p. 188, Bogota. Archarias ellipsifer, sp. n., Kirsch, Berl. ent. Zeit. xiii. p. 189, Bogota. Cryptorhynchides. The larva of Conotrachelus posticatus (Schon.) is stated to live in hickory- galls, formed by Dactylosphecra (Ilomop.) ; C. elcgans (Fitch) is probably identical with this species : Shimer, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. ii. p. 394. Riley (First Ann. Rep. nox. Ins. Missouri, 1869, p. 61 et seq.) figures the principal stages, and enters at length into the economy of Conotrachelus ne- nujdiar (Jlhst), known in N. America as the Little Turk ” and ^^Plum Curculio.” Gastcroccrcus depressirostris (Fab.) occurs in quantity in the forest of Com- piegne. L6veill<5, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 4® sdr. ix. Bull. p. xli. CnoTCH (Pet. nouv. Entom. no. 12) states that Crypharis (Fairm., 1868) is identical with Torneuma (Wollast., 1860) ; and thinks T, orhatum possibly only an insular modification of T. ccecum, Fairmaire’s C. planidorsis being specifically quite distinct from both. New genera and species : — Dysmachus, g. n., Kirsch, Berl. ent. Zeit. xiii. p. 192. Superficially re- sembles several species of Plinthus. Distinguished from the Cholides by the apex of the tibife being provided with short hooks on the inner side, the corbels of the post, tibise being open ; and by the very narrow portion of the prosternum between the coxae. Sp. D.plinthoides, sp. n,, Kirsch, 1. c. p. 193, Bogota. Chleuastes, g. n., Kirsch, 1. c. p. 194. A genus somewhat difficult to place, possibly allied to Physsomatus. Sp. C. jubatus, sp. n., Kirsch, 1. c. p. 196, Bogota. Cryptacrus, g. n., Kirsch, 1. c. p, 198. Distinguished from Cryptorhynchus by the mesosternum being arched over from behind towards the front, its ant. margin reaching the front coxae, so that the apex of the rostrum is hidden under the arching. The metast. is long, with very narrow epi- sterna. Sp. ; C. atropos (Schon., Cryptorh.) ; C. clotho, sp. n., Kirsch, 1. c. p. 189, Bogota. 280 ZOOLOGICAL LITERATURE. Euhulus, g. n., Kirsch, 1. c. p. 200. Distinguished by its linear femora, which are not thickened towards the apex, and by the posterior femora being longer than the abdomen. Sp. E. {Cryptorhynchus) orthomasticus (Germ.), aspericollis, cinctellus, and stipulator (Schou.), E. {Maci'omerus') triangularis (Schon.) j E. munitus^ sp. n., Kirsch, /. c. p. 201, Bogotii. Conotrachelus amplipmniSf Kirsch, 1. c. p. 193, Bogota. Bothrohatys varieyatus, Kirsch, 1. c. p. 100, Bogotil. Oasterocercus hypsophilus, Kirsch, 1. c. p. 197, Bogota. Onjptorhynchus. Kirsch, 1. c,, describes the following species : — C. biair- cuius, p. 201, orhatus, p. 202, cancroma, p. 203, terminatus, p. 204, imbri- catus, p. 205, Bogota. Ccelostermis amplicollis, Kirsch, 1. c. p. 205, Bogota. Cryphai'is robusta, Dieck, Berl. ent. Zeit. xiii. p. 355, and C. tinyitana, Dieck, p. 356, Tangiera. Zygopides. Copturus scapha, sp. n., Kirsch, 1. c. p. 206, Bogota. Ceuthorhynchides. Ruppertsberger (Verb, zool.-bot. Gesells. in Wien, 1869, Sitzungsb. 6) notes the attacks of the larva of Coeliodos fuliginosus (Marsh.) on roots of Papaver somniferum. « Riley (First Ann. Rep. nox. Ins. Missouri, 1869, p. 128) figures and de- scribes the habits of the Grape Curculio,” Codiodes incequalis (Say), and also figures and describes the larva of another Curcidio infesting the grape, and of which the imago appears to be undiscovered. Ccuthorhynchus arcuatus (Ilbst.) is recorded as British by Rye (Ent. Mo. Mag. vi. p. 5), who figures it in frontisp. to Entoin. Annual, 1870, fig. 6. Tylden (Ent. Mo. Mag. vi. p. 33) records Cardamine pratensis as the food-plant of Ccuthorhynchus suturellus (Gyll.), and gives British localities for Poophayus nasturtii (Germ.) and Bhinoncus denticollis (Gyll.). IIiSLOP (ibid.) notes Stachys arvensis, one of the Labiatcc, as the food- plant of Ccuthorhynchus viduatus (Gyll.). Rye (ibid., p. 58) mentions the capture by himself at Folkestone of four specimens of Ceuth. marginatus (Payk.) with only six joints to the funiculus. These individuals occurred with others of the type form. V. Heyden (Berl. ent, Zeit. xiii. p. 59) reproduces Frivaldszky’s descrip- tion of Ccuthorhynchus dimidiatus (Abh. d. ungar. Acad. 1865, p. 217, t. xiii. fig. 8). Peridinetides, Peridinetus pictus, sp. n., Kirsch, Berl. ent. Zeit. xiii. p. 297, Bogota. Baridiides. Riley (First Ann. Rep. nox. Ins. Missouri, 1869, p. 93) figures the prin- cipal stages and describes the habits of Baridius trinotatus (Say), which infests the stalks of potatoes in the middle States of North America. Murray (?} under the initials ‘‘A. M.”) describes in the ‘Gardeners’ Chronicle,’ 1869, 1279, under the name Centrinus cpidendri, an apparently COLEOPTERA. 281 new species, believed to attack soft-hearted orchids, such as Epidendrum^ from S. America. It is considered, also, that the beetles were produced from other examples of the larvm referred to by Westwood (P ; under the initials ‘‘ I. 0. W.”), in the same publication, p. 1230, when describing an unknown species of the Chalcididce found in exotic orchids. Admitting the novelty of both insects, and the (otherwise) sufficiency of the descriptions, it seems strange that authors of so much experience should publish species anonymously. New genera and species : — Ilcterosternusj g. n., Kirsch, Berl. ent. Zeit. xiii. p. 216. Comes between Lohoderes (Sch.) and Baridius ; distinguished from the former by its longer and thinner rostrum, and by the sharp prosternal channel ; and from the latter by the prostemum having a dilated lobe behind, which is emarginate at the apex, and almost entirely covers the mesosternum. Sp. II. carhoy sp. n., Kirsch, 1. c. p. 216, Bogotd. Anopsilus, g. n., Kirsch, 1. c. p. 218. Sp. A. honvouloirn, sp. n., Kirsch, f. p. 210, Bogota. Diorymerus lanvipennisy Kirsch, 1. c. p. 208, BogotA. Eurhhms malachiticusy Kirsch, 1. c. p. 208, BogotA. Baridim. Kirsch, 1. c., describes the following species : — B. smaragdinua and atevy p. 209, curatuSy p. 210, eruhescens and fasciatuSy p. 211, impressusy p. 212, rugicollis and evulsus, p. 213, nigerrimtts, p. 214, Bogota. Cmtrinm lacunifevy Kirsch, 1. c. p. 216, and distig?nay p. 217, Bogota. Madams corniXy Kirsch, 1. c. p. 219, M. tarsalis, p. 220, and vdatipcsy p. 221, BogotA; M. vitisy Biley, 1. c. p. 131, fig., Missouri {—Baridius Lee.). Calandrides. Aun:^. (Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 4® sAr. ix. Bull. p. xvi) considers that the fact of Sitophilus oryzm having perforated a seed of Nelumhium is decisive as to that plant being monocotyledonous, as the Calandridm never attack dicotyledons. Reiche {1. c. p. xvii) does not share this opinion, as S. oryzee appears to attack vegetable substances indiscriminately. Walsh & Riley (Amer. Entom. i. p. 179) record I)r. Hartman’s state- ment that, in the Southern American States, Sitoph. granarius has been used successfully as a substitute for Cantharis in blisters, with the advantage that it does not cause strangury. They call attention to Curtis’s quotation from Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. vol. i. p. 242, of a somewhat similar observation made by a medical practitioner in Madeira, many years ago. Kirsch (Berl. ent. Zeit. p. 222, note) remarks upon the great diversity of structure in the sternum exhibited by the species of Sphenophorus. Sphenophorus. Kirsch, 1. c., describes the following species ; — S. latiscapusy p. 221, and S. nawradiiy p. 223, Bogota. Cossonides. Wollaston (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 4th ser. iv. p. 402) monographs the known species of Microxylobius (Chevr.), expressing some doubt as to the type, M. westiooodii (Chevr.), of which the description is very meagre and 282 ZOOLOGICAL LITEllATUllE. possibly taken from a rubbed exponent. He also records (p. 411) a new spe- cies combining the external aspect of Fentarthrum with the exscutellated, subeyeless Mesoxemis, New species : — Fentarthrum suhccecum^ Wollast. /. c. p. 410, St. Helena. Ainaurorhinus crassiuscuhiSf Fairuiaire, Stettin, ent. Zeit. 1869, p. 232, Italy. Mici'oxylohius vestitus, Wollaston, l.c. p. 404, M. obliteratus, Woll. p. 407, M. debilis, Woll. ibid., 31. monilicornis, Woll. p. 410, St. Helena. Raymondia apennina, Dieck, Berl. ent. Zeit. xiii. p. 354, Valombrosa. Cossonus vittatus, Kirsch, Berl. ent. Zeit. xiii. p. 224, Bogota. ScOLYTIDiE. Chapuis, in his Synopsis des Scolytides (intended as the preface of a monograph), divides that tribe as follows (leaving Tomicus and its allies to Eichhoff) : — - Subtribe 1. CoPTONOTiDiE, having the sides of the pronotum strongly emarginate, and consisting of a single new genus and species. Subtribe 2. Phlgeotrupidas, characterized by the 7-jointed funiculus and annulated club of the antennae, the transversely reniform and coarsely granulated eyes, the externally spinulose tibiae, and the ovate or oblong-ovate body and large size. Grenera : Phlceotrupes (Er.), Phlceoborus (Er.), and one new genus. Subtribe 3. Hylesinidas, having the antennae inserted laterally, with the funiculus 5- or 7-jointed, with a compound club ; the eyes transversely reniform, minutely granulated; the tibiae spinulose externally ; and the body cylindrical or ovate, of small size. Genera: Hylastes (Ev.)yDolurgus iJ^Ac\\\\.)^Bothrosternus (Eichh.), Pagiocerus (Eichh.), Hylesmus (P.), Hylurgus (Latr.), Blastophagus (Eichh.), Dendroctonus {Ev.),Carphobo7'us (Eichh.), and six new genera. Subtribe 4. PnLCEOTRiBiDiE, having the antennae inserted in front, with 5-jointcd funiculus and a large club, sometimes freely jointed, sometimes solid. Genera: Phloeophthoi'us (Woll.), Phloeotribus (Latr.), and two new genera. Subtribe 5. Polygraphidas, with the antennae laterally in- serted, the funiculus 5-jointed, the club solid, the eyes bipartite, the tarsi cylindrical, slender, with the third joint neither bilobed nor dilated. Genus Polygraphus (Er.). Subtribe 6. Onychiida:, with antennae as in preceding, the eyes subcircular, the tibiae entire on the outer side, the tarsi elongate, with the first joint equal in length to the two following together, the third not dilated, the fourth longer and armed with strong claws. Comprises one new genus. COLEOPTERA. 288 Subtribe 7. CTENornoRiDiE, with 6-jointed funiculus^ joints alternately larger, and a solid club. Contains one new genus. Subtribe 8. CAMPTocERiniE, with 7-jointed funiculus and a solid club, sometimes composite and with flexuous sutures ; the eyes transversely reniform ; the tibise very free from denticula- tions externally. Genera : Diamerm (Er.), Camptocerus (Latr.), Cnemonyx (Eichh.), and two new genera. Sub tribe 9. Scolytida? vera?, with the abdomen very trun- cated, ascending from the base towards the apex, and the tibia5 entire externally. Genus Scolytus (Geoffr.). Chapman (Ent. Mo. Mag. v. p. 199) records tho economy of Ilyluryus pilosus (Ratz.), and (1. c. vi. pp. 6-8) of Thlxophthorus rhododactylus (Marsh.) and Hylastes ohscurus — Miill.). He (Trans. Woolhope Nat. Field Club, 1869 for 1868, pp. 26-31) describes the habits of Hylesinus crenatus, fraxini and vitiatus, and figures their burrows, &c. ; and (Ent. Mo. Mag. vi. pp. 126-131) records observations on the economy of Scolytus destructor^ S. midtistrintus, S. primi, S. ruyidosus, and S. intricatus, and (/. c. v. p. 198) re- cords observations on the economy of Cryphalus himdidus (Ratz.). The ravages of Ilyhirgus pinipcrda are described by Murray and others in Gardeners’ Chronicle, 1869, pp. 921, 967, 992, 1087. Hylesinus juniperi (Nbrdl.)=^^My. ahii, Georg, and ? = i/?5 fuscus, Marsham, hitherto considered a synonym of hicolor, Hbst.). Ciypturgus mcditerrancus (EichholF), I’uton, Pet. nouv. Ent. no. ll,Hcc. 1, 1809, St. Tropez (Var). BRENTHIDiE. Pascoe (Proc. Ent. Soc. Loud. 1809, p. i) remarks on Aqyrostotna, Mece- danmn, and Gempylodes, with reference to an insect from the Niger exhi- bited by Westwood, and distinct from the latter genus. Bruchid;e. Allard (Pet. nouv. Ent. no. 0) makes the following corrections of errors in his “ Etude sur lo groupo des Bruchites — TJrodon concolor (All. nec Sch.)=^J^77osws (St(5v.) ; Bruchus lividimanus (Sch.) is wrongly united to se~ ininarms (Gyll.); consohrinus (All.) =^sc7«m‘ (Sch.); ohtectus All.) = irrescctus (Sch.); albescens {AW.) = hr accatus (Sch.); rttjicornis (All.) = hrachialis (Sch.); meridionaUs (All.) =perez^V (Ktz.) ; (All. nec Sch.) = oxyBopis (Sch.). The true B. loti (Sch.) is stated not to be in French col- lections. Some of these identifications are repeated by Allard in Berlin, ent. Zeitschr. xiii. pp. 320-330, with the following additional remarks: — SpcrmopTiagm variolosoqmnctattis (Sch.) may bo recognized by the bright ferruginous spines at apex of post, tibiro ; the true Brucims loti does not exist in any collection that he has seen; it is to be distinguished from oxytropis by its pimctiform scutelluni being covered with very dense pubescence, which is continued on the suture, and by its general pubescence being more sparse. Allard also 18GB. [voL. VI.] X 286 ZOOLOGICAL LITERATURE. characterizes the following species : — Brnchus luhnciis, virgatusj astragali^ carinatus ( = pygmcptis^ Schon., var. ?), steveni, lugubt'is, fahrcci, and iiesapius (Schon.), and sihiricus (Gehler) and altaicus (Falderm.), and indicates their position in his work above alluded to. Kraatz (Berl. ont. Zeit. xiii. pp. 831-334) appears to have originated some of Allard’s synonymical references, and adds the following : — Bruchus braccatus (All. nec Schon.) = galegcd (Schon.)j B. mbellipticus (Woll.) = irresectus (Schon.), from which B. mimosa (Schon.) is distinct ; B, ritficornis (All.) = pallidicornis (Muls. & Hey, nec Schon.), which is the ^ of brachi- alis; B. stierlini {AB.) = pusillus (Germ.), var.; B. poupillieri (All.) pro- bably = incai'natuSf which Kraatz has taken in Spain. He also refers to B. magnicornis (Kiist.) as omitted by Allard, and to the differences bet ween the types of B. discipennis (Schon.) possessed by himself and Allard, who does not agree with him in considering that insect a var. of 6-guttatus (01.). Brnchus sctitollaris, hitherto reputed North American exclusively, occurs in Sicily in IHsum vinde, according to Ragusa (Pet. nouv. Ent. no. 0). Bruchus lentis (Boh.), B. nigripes (Gyll.), B. nubilus (Boh.), and B. canus (Germ.) are recorded as truly indigenous inhabitants of Britain by Janson, on behalf of Power. Proc. Ent. Soc. Lond. 18G9, p. xx. Bmchus rubiginosuSf sp. n., Desbrochers des Loges, Ann. Soc. Ent. Er. 4® s6r. ix. p. 399, Portugal j B, radula, sp. n., Desb. des L. /. c. p. 400, Southern Russia. Longicornia. The first part of the ninth volume of Lacordaire^s ‘ Genera des Coleopteres ^ contains the continuation of his classification of the Longicornia. Having in the eighth volume treated of his first subfamily, the Prionides, the first Legion (Ceramhycides aher- rants) of his second subfamily, the Cerambycides, and a part of tlie first division of Cohorte I. (C. vrais sylvains) of his second Legion (Ceramhycides vraics), he has completed that division with the following tribes : — CalUchroinides (p. 1), Compsoc^rides (p. 30), Callidiides (p. 43), Clytides (p. 57), Anaglyptides (p. 84), Tillomorphides (p. 88), Sestyrides (p. 95), Clco- menides (p. 97), Bhopalophorides (p. 109), Glaucytides (p. 118), Heter apsides (p. 121), Ancylocerides (p. 135), Ccelarthrides (p. 138), Smodicides (p. 143), Pcccilopeplides (p. 147), Tropidosomidcs (p. 149), Sternacimthides (p. 154), Pai'isUmiides (p. 169), Stdnaspides (p. 160), JDorcacendes (p. 192), 'I'r achy de- rides (p. 194), Lissonotides (p. 208). 2nd division. Tribes : Megaderides (p. 216), Tragocerides (p. 217), Spin- thei ides (p. 219), Coptommides (p. 221), Navomorphides (p. 223). 3rd division. Tribes: Disteniides (p. 225), Ilysterarthrides (p. 231). Cohorte II. Cerambycides vrais souterrains (p. 232). Tribes: ApaUyphysides (p. 234), Vespei'ides (p. 236). The 3rd subfamily, Lamiides (p. 238), is divided as follows: — Tribes: Tmesisternides (p. 242), Dorcadionides (p. 251), Lamiides vraies (p. 287) and Phytaiciidcs, the last tribe and a part of the last but one not being included in the present part of vol. ix. The Purcadionides are subdivided into the following groups : — lUxatrichides COLEOPTERA. 287 (p. 254), Dorcadidides (p. 257), Parm6nides (p. 2G3), MonHUmides (p. 279), Dorcadionides vrais (p. 281), Phantasides (p. 285). Tho Lamiides vraies are again separated into two divisions, the first having the scape of the antenna cicatrized at its apex, which is simple in the second. The first division is completed in the part now under consideration, and is composed of two sections : A, comprising the groups Morimopsides (p. 289), Phrissomides (p. 290), and Lamiides vraies (p. 293) ; and JB, comprising the MonoJiammides (p. 299), Agniides (p. 340), Batocerides (p. 363), Gnomides (p. 3G3), Mesosides (p. 3G7), Mdtonides (p. 387), Ancylonotidcs (p. 391), Pro-, sopocerides (p. 39G), and Sternotomides (p. 401). Prionides. Pascoe (Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 3rd series, vol. iii. pp. 660- 680, plates 23 and 24) completes his " Longicoriiia Malayana ** by describing the Prionides, which he arranges after Lacordaire^s method (except that tlie positions of that family and of the La- miades arc inverted, Pascoe having commenced with tlie latter, with which Lacordairc ends, before the publication of the vols. of the ^ Genera^ relating to the Longicornia). Nevertheless, the author considers Thomson's arrangement the more natural of the two, and would exclude such forms as Hypocephalus, Pa- randra, &c. from the Longicornia. He takes objection (p. 660, note) to Lacordaire^s dichotomous terms. None of Lacordaire^s first Legion,^’ Prionides aberrants, or of the first Cohort’^ {Prionides vrais souterrains) of his second “ Legion,^^ Prionides vrais, appear as yet to have been recorded from the Malayan Archipelago ; and Pascoe has only to treat of nine subfamilies (groupes) oufc^of the 27 contained in the second Cohort,” Prionides vrais sylvains : these he tabulates after Lacordaire, noting that the characters are taken exclusively from the male. Pascoe {1. c. p. 671) remarks upon the insufficiency of the absence of den- ticulations or other asperities on the legs to distinguish tho Mallodontides from tho Remphanides x ho observes that such a character, even as specific, must be received with caution. Pascoe (/. c.) figures : — Xaiirus depsarius (Pasc.), pi. xxiii. fig. 3 ; Zarax curypodnides (Pasc.), pi. xxiv. fig. 3; Omatagiis lacordairii (Pasc.), pi. xxiii. fig. 1 j Sarmydtis antennatus (Pasc.), pi. xxiv. fig. 2. H. W. Bates (Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1869, April, pp. 37-58), in a memoir professedly continuing his papers in Ann. & Mag. of Nat. Hist. 1861, on the Lamiades of the Amazons, describes the genera and species of the Prionides found by him in that region. He adopts Lacordaire’s classification, which (without believing it to be entirely natural) he recognizes as superior to his own or any other classification applicable only to a single fauna. Having traced the successive modification of forms allied to the Lepturides, he admits Lacordaire^’s correctness in sinking that group as subordinate to the Cerambycides, and the X 2 288 ZOOLOGICAL LITERATURE. error of the opinion expressed by himself in the papers above referred to on the same subject. He notes the habits of equa- torial Prionides, Bates (l.c. p. 39) considers Parandra an extreme development ot* the Mallodm type, and to he wrongly included hy Lacordaire in his aitilicial group of “ Prionides aberrants.” Bates describes the (S of Macrodontia ere- nata (Oliv.), 1. c. p. 41, and points out (p. 44) that Lacordaire’s generic cha- racter of sexual difference in the punctuation of thorax in Ctenoscelis is not applicable. Mallodm occipitale (Thoms.) is probably synonymous with M. hajulus (Er.), hitherto erroneously cited as Chiasmeteslimee (Gu^r.), $ : Bates, 1. c. p. 47. Lacordaire’s characters for Mallasjm (Serv.) are no longer applicable ‘ac- cording to Bates (p. 49), who states that only its pilose scutellum will now distinguish it from Pyrodes (Serv.). Pyrodes fustuosus and heterocerus (Er.), P. antennatiis and petalocerus (White) pulcherrimm (Perty), according to Bates (/. c. p. bO), the first of them being the $ , and the three next the S of the last-mentioned species. P. ruhrozonatm (Lucas) = nigricornis (Gu^r.). Bates, /. c. p. 53. Bates (/. c, p. 65) enumerates the species of Pyrodes^ as restricted by him, and remarks upon their liability to vary in characters usually considered specific. He hints that the whole may possibly constitute one variable spe- cies. P. columbmus (Gu^r.) he refers to JSsmeralda (Thoms.), and has no doubt that jy. suavis (Thoms.) is its male. Nicias (Thoms.) has a nearer affinity to Esmeralda than to any of the PcecilosomincB, in which Lacordaire places it. Bates, /. c. p. 58. Walsh & Riley (Amer. Entom. i. pp. 231-234) record the economy and describe and figure the earlier stages and imago of Prionus laticullis (Drury), which appears to be injurious to grape-roots in North Amoiica. At p. 232, note, is a full description of the larva, with a fig. of the anterior seg- ments viewed from beneath. Riley (First Ann. Rep. nox. Ins. Missouri, 18G9, p. 124 et seq.) figures and describes the larva and perfect insect of another grapo-root-borer. Ortho- soma cylindricum (Fab.), with some slight doubt as to its correct determina- tion. New genera and species : — Ommatomenus, g. n., Higgins, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lend. 1809, p. 11. Ooii- nects the Acanthophorus group (pi. ii. fig. 2) of the Old World with the Dcro- brachtis (ib. fig. 3) group of the New World. Distinguished from Tithoes and Acanthophorus by its voluminous eyes, which nearly meet above and below, and from Dorycera (White) in the form of the body and prosternum. Sp. : O. sericatus, sp. n., Higgins, 1. c. p. 12, pi. ii. fig. 1, mouth of the Niger ; O. megalops (White, Acanthophorus). Osphryotif g. n., Pascoe, 7 c. p. 662. Has the antenn® of Sarmydus {Clos- tcrides), from which its parallel, posteriorly truncate metathoracic episterna distinguish it. The only known genus of Derobrachides not American. Sp. O, adustus, sp. n., l*asc. ibid., pi. xxiii. fig. 2, Doroy. Dysiutus, g. n., Pascoe, 1. c. p. 664. Allied to Xixuthrus (Thoms.), but with third joint of ant. much shorter than scape, joints 4, 5, and 6 rather COLEOPTERA, 289 sliortor than 3, and tho rest oqnal to 3; thick straight mandibles j and ante- rior angles of thorax produced. Sp. D. mclaSf sp. n., Pasc. /. c, p. CG6, pi. xxiv. fig. 1, Macassar. Paramh'n pracillima, Bates, 1. c, p. 88, Ega. Acnnlhinodcra hihamata, Bates, 1. c. p. 43, note, Mendoza. Rhaphipodus wallacii, Pasc. /. c. p. 609, Sarawalc. Mallodonlioplm crassidens, Bates, l.c. p. 46, Ega. Rohfoza Uncata, Bates, 1. c. p. 48, Ega. Mnllaspis bcltii, Bates, 1. c. p. 40, note, Chontales, Nicaragua ; M. salvitn, Bates, ibid., Costa Rica; M.paradoxa^ Bates, 1. c. p. 383, Cliontales, Nica- ragua. Pyrodos. Bates describes the following species, l.e. : — P. formostiSj p. 61, St. Paulo, Upper Amazons; P. gratiosm, ibid., Para; P. nodicortm, p. 63, St. Paulo ; P. dispar, p. 64, Pebas. Esmeralda ledijica^ Bates, 1. c. p. 60, St. Paulo. Ilolonotas nigromieus, Bates, 1. c. p. 67, note, Chontales, Ceramhycides. Pascoe (Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 3rd series, vol. iii. pp. 497- GGO, pis. 20-22), in the completion of his ** Longicornia Ma- layana,^’ arranges the Ceramhjcides almost entirely after the method of Lacordaire, so far as shown in vol. Tiii. of his ^ Genera.^ The author does not use Lacordaire’s minor divisions of the Ceramhycides, and treats his groups as subfamilies. None of Legion I., Ceramhycides aherrants, belong to the Malayan fauna, which comprises only 7 of the 24 subfamilies of the first section of Cohort I. of Leg. II. {C. vrais), IG of the 54 of the second section of the same Cohort, and none of the second Coliort. Pascoe {1. c. p. 608) thinks the extension of Pachydissus (Newm.) given by Thomson & Lacord. is untenable, and gives his reasons (p. 618) for not following the latter in merging Imhrius (Pasc.) with Dymasius (Thoms.). A species of Neoeeramhyx from Sarawak is (p. 610) referred with doubt to the N. emcas of Thomson. lie corrects Thomson’s error in stating that the femora are not clavato, and that the sutural apex of elytra is bispinous in Lacimopterus (p. 623), and finds the tomentose patch on the prothorax of the species of Stromatium (p. 531) sectionized by Lacordaire as deficient in that respect (except one unknown to him). Thraniiis is stated to be erroneously referred by Lacordaire to Australia (p. 563, note). Nitocris (Thoms.) = Dirphya (Pascoe), ibid. Nccydalis (Linn.) = Molorclius (Muls., Lac., vix Fab.), p. 606, note (cf. p. 602, note). Cylle7ie, Etiri/scelis, Perissus and Sat'osesthes, genera included in the Clytides by Lacordaire, are observed (p. 598, note) to have (contrary to the characters given by that author for the group) the antennne in S nearly as long as or longer than the body, and in one species (Cyllene nehidosa) a distinct tooth on each side of the thorax. Eemonax, latterly associated by Thomson with Acrocyrta (Pasc.), is, according to Pas- coe (p. 020), essentially different from that genus. He thinks Lacordaire wrong in omitting both of these from the Clytides and (p. 643, note) gives 290 ZOOLOGICAL LITERATURE. reasons for thinking that author misled in considering ClyteUtis westwoodii generically distinct from Clytellus. Euryidiayus ( Ceramhyx) lundii (Fab.) is noted (p. 654) as 3 years prior to maxillosus (Oliv.). Pascoe (/. c.) figures Zeyriades mayister (Pasc.), pi. xx. fig. 2, and Psa- lanta chalyhoata (Pasc., Noemui)^ pi. xxii. fig. 1. Thompson (llep. on Ins. destructive to woods, Allahabad) refers to the habits of a Ceramhyx which ho does not describe, but names vatica (sic), from its frequenting Vatica rohusta. The insect is figured /. c. pi. ix. D’Agnel (Pet. nouv. Ent. no. 10) notes the habits of Stranyalia di~ stiyrna, which frequents Cw^tw-flowers, in calm sunny weather, from 10 a.m. till noon, in certain parts of the district of the Var, near the river Endre. Girard (Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 4® ser. ix. Bull. p. xxxi) notes that Stranyalia niyra (Linn.) and S. atra (Fab.) assist in the fecundation of the Orchidaccccy by detaching the glutinous pollen. Guichard (Pet. nouv. Ent. no. 5) records Clytics lama (Muls.) in quan- tity from Chamounix. Its larva feeds in fir-wood. Westwoodia (Kaup) = Aprosictus (Pasc.). Pasc. 1. c. p. 549. Ceramhyx dorycus (Boisd.) is a Chloridolum, and appears to have been passed over by Lacordaire and Thomson. Pascoe, 1. c. p. 590. Brachypteroma ottomanum (Ileyd.) and Doloccrus muhanti (Stierl.) = 1). reichei (Muls.). I)e Marseul, L’Abeille, vi. p. 155. Clytus hi'uchi (Ktz.) = caucasicus (Mots.). De Marseul, Ij’Abeille, vi. p. 156. Xylotrechua crucicolliSf X. 8uhscutellatus,(md (probably) -Y.7rw/ceysiV(Chevr.) = uudralia (Lap. & G.). l*asc. 1. c. p. 607. New genera : — Pascoe, L c., characterizes the following new genera : — Elydnus, p. 516. Probably nearest to DywjaAms, but separated from all its allies by its mesosternum being truncate in front, and by its very long pu- bescent antennm, of which the 3rd and 4th joints are very nodose (cf ), and 5th-10th dilated ( $ ). Sp. : E. amictus, sp. n., Pasc. /. c. p. 617, pi. xx. fig. 1, Sarawak, Singapore j E. saricatus, sp. n., Pasc. ibid., Banda. Zeyriades, p. 625. Ant. cotyloid cavities narrowly closed behind ; femora not keeled ; elytra not keeled near the margin behind j emarginate at apex ; allied to Xoanodera (Pasc.). Sp. Z. mayistcr (Pasc.). Laodora, p. 529. Comes near Phacodes and Gnaphalodes, but resembles Elaphidion. Sp. L. pilosa, sp. n., Pasc. ibid., Banda. Exanmes, p. 639. General habit of Ceresium (Newm.), but with much longer and stouter antennae, and a very short face, the antennary tubers forming a nearly continuous pad. Sp. E. lonyicornis, sp. n., Pasc. /. c. p. 640, pi. XX. fig. 3, Bourn, Borey j E. idoneus, sp. n., Pasc. ibid., Waigiou j E. • frontalis, sp. n., Pasc. ibid., Sarawak. Tethionea, p. 643. Almost glabrous. Head subvertical, wide. Sp. ; T. unicolor, sp. u., Pasc. ibid., pi. xx. fig. 4, Aru j T. apiculata (Pascoe, Cere- siuni) ; 2\ strumosa, sp. n., Pasc. 1. c. p. 544, Ceram, Amboyna j T. triden- taia, sp. n., Pasc. 1. c. p. 645, Batcliian. Dictamnia, p. 646, Femora very thick in middle, but not peduncuhite at base. Thorax as in Stronyylurus, but ant. cotyl. cav. open behind. Sp. D, ruyosa, sp. n., Pasc. 1. c. p. 646, Borey. COLEOPTERA. 291 Salpinia, ibid. Separated from tlid rest of its subfamily by its narrow cylindrical form. Sp. 8, diluta, sp. n., Pasc. ibid., pi. xx. fig. 6, Sarawak. Semiope, p. 5 17. Except in colour, allied to Tethioma (Pasc.), but more slender, and with no ftateno. tubers. Sp. 8. festival sp. n., Pasc. 1. c. p. 548, pi. XX. fig, 6, Saylee. Iphra, p. 652. Habit of Tillomorpha, but ant. cox?e exserted and shortly conical ; abd. very short, first segm. largest, the rest abnormal. Sp. I, tillo- fnorphoides, sp. n., Pasc. ibid., Ceram. Euchlanis, p. 609. Allied to Merionoada, but with prost. and mesost. nearly on same plane ; intercox. process rounded ; eyes nearly divided J head short, broad, purrect, with no frontal impression. Sp. E. collarisj sp. n., Pasc. 1. c. p. 670, pi. xxi, fig. 9, Sarawak. Ocytasia, p. 576. Resembles Merionceda, but with a normal abdomen. Sp. O. fuJvipennis^ sp. n., Pasc. ibid. pi. xxi. fig. 6, Kaioa. Mesophedestris, p. 008, Sarawak } X. hypoleucvSj p. 009, Aru } X. iteratus, ibid., Tondano } X, lyratus, p. 010, and X. dccoratiis and sceniem, p. 011, Sarawak} X. famclicus, p. 012 (no locality) } X. regina, p. 013, pi. xxii. fig. 9, Batchian, Morty. Thranodes pictivcnlris, Pasc. /. c. p. 014, Tondano. Perissus. Pascoe, /. c., describes the following species : — P. antennatus, p. 010, Aru, Dore}'^, Amboyna } P. grallarim, p. 017, Ceram } P. JluctuosiiSy ibid., Sarawak } P. ccmulus, p. 018, Sarawak. Demonax. Pascoe, 1. c., describes the following species : — D. precursory p. 020, Coram; P. strangnlioides, p. 021, pi. xxii. fig. 0, Ceram; D. marteSj p. 022, Sarawak: D. ordinatus, p. 023, Singapore = Lap. & G., var.) } I), detortusy p. 024, Sarawak; D. sospitalis, p. 025, Dore}"; JD. salu- tarius, ibid., Ceram, Singapore; D. plnnatus, p. 020, Saylee; D. apicalisy p. 027, Aru } P. cumxdosusy ibid., Singapore ; P. tenuispinosus, p. 028, Ton- dano, Menado; E. erytkromenis, ibid., Amboyna; P. ahjchriacuSy p. 029, Sarawak; P. uotator, p. 030, Aru; P. musmiSy ibid., Sumatra; P. cpliip- pidtm, p. 0.31, Batchian; I). alccUus, ibid., Sarawak; P. tipxdnrius and da- . malis, p. 032, Sarawak; P. etdiemus, p. 033, Waigiou; D. puUastr a, p. 034, Ceram, Amboyna; 1). ocxdaris, ibid., Macassar; P. muUo, p. 035, Sarawak; 1). coUaris, p. 030, Ceram ; P. ixiterruptusy ibid., Mysol ; P. cxilis, ibid., pi. xxii. fig. 7 (noted as too broad and robust), Java (this and the two pre- 294 ZOOLOGICAL LITERATUKE. ceding species are noted as forming a small group, possibly distinct from DemonaXj from whicb they recede in their small, delicate form, and in their antennae not being setaceous) j D. ? polyzonus, p. G37, Sarawak (it is stated that this species will eventually have to be separated from Demonax) } 1). ? palliatusy p. 638 (pi. xxii. fig. 8), Gilolo \ D. P melannruSf ibid., Batchian (this and the preceding species differ from their congeners in colour and in the structure of the prothorax. Pascoe hesitates to found a new genus on them, as they are each represented by a single specimen, of doubtful sex). Atimia dorsalis, sp. n., Leconte, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 4th ser. iv. p. 385, Vancouver’s Island and South California. Epipedocera ahdominalis, Pasc. 1. c. p. 640, Sumatra, Malacca. Cleomenes vittatm, Pasc. 1. c. p. 647, pi. xxi. fig. 3, Java. Epiafithe funesta, Pasc. /. c. p. 649, Singapore. Smodicum impressicolle, Lacord. 1. c. p. 146, note, Ilayti and Cuba. Purpuriemus ledereri, Ferrari, Verb, zool.-bot. Gesellsch. in Wien, Band xix. p. 199, Astrabad. Oxoplus ornaticollis, Lac. 1. c. p. 180, note, Oajaca (Mexico). JEthecerus hornii, Lac. /. c. p. 184, note, Interior of North America? Distenia Jimhriata, Lac. X. c. p. 228, note. South America ? Ccelarthron quadrinotatum, II, W. Bates, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1869 (Dec.), p. 385, Nicaragua. Orioprosopus rutilans, II. W. Bates, 1. c. p. 384, Nicaragua. Lamiides. According to Kraatz, Berl. ent. Zeitschr. xiii. p. 335, Dorcadion hrandtii (Gebl.) is a distinct species from ornatum (Paid.); D. reichei (Chevr.) = ghilianii (Chevr.), Sj and not gra'elhii (Gr.), var. ; D. hyzantinum (Thoms.) saalhoUncatum (KUst.) and not 1-lineatum (Kiist.), var. ; D. senegalense (Thoms.) =mo/i7or (Oliv.), var., its specific name having apparently been formed in error from “Gal.,” the usual abbreviation of Gallia,” in which country it occurs; 7). mcaustum (Chevr.) (Gr.), var. j D. yoyium (Thoms.) (Fab.), $, var.; i). staudingeri {0\iQ\v.)=lusitanicum (Chevr.)j and not suturale (Chevr.), (S ; I). 7'azumoffskii (Fisch.)=crMm^Mm (Fab.) ; D. tricolor (Fisch.)=rtf^j[>es (Fab.), immature ; D. velutinum (Thoms.) s=caueasicum (Kiist.), with the small variety of which (possibly a distinct species, and generally named caucasicum) E. micans (Thoms.) is also identical. Pascoe (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 4th ser. iv, p. 210) recharacterizes his genus Anthorcs, which, as he states, is in Lacordaire’s opinion synonymous with Lophoptera (Perroud). He points out the differences between these two genera. Monochamus asperulus (White) is to be referred to 0pepha?'us (Pascoe), which is allied to Anthores ; Pascoe, 1. c. p. 211. T. Chapman (Ent. Mo. Mag. vi. p. 89) notes live <5 Astynomus cedilis, imbedded in a seam of coal in a pit, 147 fathoms below the surface. This he correctly supposes must have emerged from timber used in the mine. The Recorder has known the same species to occur in the middle of London, having emerged from a Scotch fir scaffold-pole used in building. Hiblop (Ent. Mo. Mag. vi. p. 108) refers to capture of live Monohammus COLEOPTERA. 295 fiidor (Linn.) on timber at inoiitli of n coalpit near Falkirk. Gukenstreet (Entom. 72, p. 306) records the same species from Brighton. LACoiiDyViRE (Geii. des. Coleopt. ix. p. 298, note) proposes the specific name whitei for Leprodera morimoides (White), which is a true Morimus. Pascoe (Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 3rd series, vol, iii. p. 681) gives the fol- lowing synonymy : — Amesxm consularis (JdfiE(i.)=Amechana nobilis (Thoms.) ; Phelipara marmorata {Va,'sc,.)=A7iandra capi'iciosa (Thoms.). Apophi'ena mmtana (Pasc. /. c. p. 325) is now referred by Pascoe to Clcptometopus (Thoms.). Bellier i)E la Chavignerie (Pet. nouv. Ent. no. 4) gives an account of the habits and peculiarities of an Agapanthia taken by himself in Corsica, and which Gautier des Cottes (/. c. no. 3) proposes to name insularis. Riley (First Ann. Rep. nox. Ins. Missouri, 1809, p. 42) figures the prin- cipal stages and records the habits of Sapet'da himttata (Say), a pest to apple- trees in North America. Chappell (Ent. Mo. Mag. vi. p. 33) records Sapei'da scalaris (Linn.), bred from Ahivs glutinosa, Taylor (ibid. p. GO) has bred it from pupae found under oak-bark. New genera : — Phrgnidius, g. n., Lacordaire, Gen. des Col. ix. p. 202. Allied to Dorca- dida. Type Moncilcma ina^qualis (Say). Stychus, g. n., Lac. 1. c. p. 205. Resembles Acanthohphus (Amyetdrides), and differs from Micotragns in having apical joint of all the palpi rather longer than broad. Sp. Micotrngus amycteroides (Pascoe). Stratiocerosj g. n.. Lac. 1. c. p. 303. Allied to Epicedia (J. Thoms.), but differing in its head being deeply and widely concave between the antennae, with a very flat front, triemarginate on its lower border, in the long and very robust fringed and spined scape to its antennae, and in the shape of its elytra and length and sculpture of its thorax. Sp. S. princeps, sp. n.. Lac. ibid., note, Laos. CratotraguSj g. n.. Lac. /. c. p. 332. Allied to Agxioderus (J. Thom.), but with a vertical mesosternuin, which is obtusely conical ih front, shorter legs, and shorter antennae, of which the subapical joints are suddenly abbreviated, the apical joint itself being equal in length to the two preceding. Sp. C. emnahariimSy sp. n.. Lac. ibid., note, Siam. Carneades, g. n., II. W. Bates, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1869 (Dec.), p. 386. Differs from Colohothca in having either no lateral keel to the elytra or in the keel being indistinct, and in the basal joint of its antennae being abruptly clavate at apex. Sp. C. supei hay sp. n.. Bates, 1. c, p. 387, and C. delicea, sp. n., ibid., Nicaragua. New sj>ecies : — Do7'cadion sutura-alba, Desb. des Loges, Pet. nouv. Entom. no. 9, 1 Nov. 1809, Gallipoli. Achthophora fasciata, Pascoe, 1. c. p. 204, Labuan. Agelasta mystica, Pasc. ibid., Manilla. Coptops centm'ioy Pasc. 1. c. p. 205, India. Crossotus stypticus, Pasc. ibid., Damaraland. . Daxata conftisa, Pasc. /. c, p. 206, Penang. 296 ZOOLOGICAL LITERATURE. Mispila curvilhiea^ Pasc. ibid., India. Modchotypa adusta, Pasc. /. c. p. 207, Laos. Rhytiphora dallasii, Pasc. ibid., West Australia. Sympheldes d^oratus, Pasc. ibid., Champion Bay ; S. lanosus, I^isc. 1. c. p. 208, Champion Bay. Thysia viduata, Pasc. l.c. p. 208, Sumatra. Nyctopais thomsoni, Pasc. 1. c. p. 200, Gaboon. Anthores leuconotuSf Pasc. 1. c. p. 210, Natal. Leprodera qfficinator, Lacordaire, Gen. des Col. viii. p. 80G, note. East Indies. Monohammus acutusy Lac. 1. c. p. 316, note. Nova Scotia j M. ohscurior, Abeille de Perrin, Pet. nouv. Entom. no. 11, 1 Dec. 1869, French Alps. Ilammodcrus impluviatus, Lac. 1. c. p. 324, note, Guatemala. Anamera concolovy Lac. /. c. p. 383, note, Laos. Phytoecia algerictiy Desb. des Loges, Pet. nouv. Entom. no. 9, 1 Nov. 1809, Bone. Phymastema (?) Snellen v. Vollenh. Rech. Faune de Madagasc. 1869, p. 10, pi. 2. fig. 1, Nossi-B^. Chulastinus i'tibrocmctus, H. W. Bates, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1869 (Dec.), p. 385, Nicaragua. Amsocerus personatus, II. W. Bates, ibid., Nicaragua. Layocheirus rosaceus and L. V-idbiitn, II. W. Bates, /. c. p. 38t5, Nic.aragiui. A'niphionycha bifasciata, II. W. Bates, ibid., Nicaragua. Jamesia midtivittata, II. W. Bates, 1. c. p. 388, Nicaragua. Deliathk nivea, II. W. Bates, ibid., Nicaragua. Phytophaga, Donaciides. Rye (Ent. Mo. Mag. v. p. 218) refers to the Donacia yenicidata and 1). Icericollis of Thomson, and comments upon that author’s repudiation of sericea (Linn.) for the latter, and his apparent ignorance of the identity of the former with D. comari (Sutfi-.). SuFFRiAN (Stettin, ent. Zeit. 1869, p. 47) comments upon Stein’s sup- pression in his catalogue of D. comari as a var. of D. sericea, and gives nu- merous distinctive characters for the former. He also remarks upon the Donacia aquatica of Linnaeus, the types of which, in the Linnaean Coll., are D. comari, with which the description of aquatica does not agree. Kraatz (Berl. ent. Zeit. xiii. 267) refers at great length to the characters of D. sericea and comari. He considers comari as most probably a var. of (Kunze), and at the same time quotes (Kunze), with a query, as a var. of sericea (Linn.). The only point of real bearing upon the question that he adduces is the capture, by himself, near Berlin, of specimens of sericea exhibiting the characters in the lower joints of the antennae relied upon by Suftrian for his comari ; but he appears not to be fully convinced of the correctness of his own opinion on the question. Donacia simplicifrcms (Lac.) and brevicornis (Gyll., Thoms.)= (Kunze), according to Kraatz (/. c. p. 202), who has examined two of Schup- pell’s types, from which Kunze described his species. D. yracUis (Suflr.) Kraatz considers is probably the having the second joint of flagellum shorter than the third, wdien viewed from beneath. N. succincta (Panz.) = goodeniana (Kirby) = scutellaris (St. Farg.), 1. c. p. 60; N. fucata (Panz.) ^ 308 ZOOLOGICAL LITISRATUIIE. = varia (Panz.) cJ = zonata (St. Farg.), 1. c. p. 61 j N. riificornis (Linn.) = Jiava (Panz.) = leucophthalma (Kirby) = conjungms (H. Scb.), var., ibid, j N. ochrostoma (Kirby) = hillana (Kirby) = vidua (Smith) = melanostoma (II. Sell.) var. = (?) striata (Fab.), 1. c. p. 63 j N. borealis (Zett.) = inquilina (Smith), /. c. p. 65 j N. Jlavoguttata (Kirby) = minuta (Nyl.) — fahriciana (Schonck), ibid, j N. ferruginata (Kirby) = stigma (Fab.) J = (?) germanica (Panz.) 5 — rujiventris (Spin.), 1. c. p. 60. II. Antennae with the second joint of the flagellum equal to, or longer than, the third. N. armata (H. Sch.) = cincticornis (Nyl.) = (?) rostrata (St. Farg.), N. rujiveiitris (Kirby) $ = lathburiana (Kirby) ^ =marshamella (Nyl.) = fucata (Eversm.), N. fuscicornis (Nyl.) = (?) germanica (Schenck), 1. c. p. 67 ; N. solidaginis (Panz.) == dubia (Eversm.), N. roberjeotiana (Panz.) = neglecta (H. Sch.), and N. jacobcecB (Panz.) = Jtavopicta (Kirby), /. c. p. GO. Morawitz also redescribes many of the above species of Nomaduy and mentions the bees which they respectively infest as parasites. Hhathymus bicolor (St. Farg.), = Liogastra bicolor (Perty), is described by Gerstiicker, 1. c. p. 163. Ccclioxys. Gerstacker (/. c.) gives a description of this genus, with diagnoses and a synonymic revision of the following species : — a. Pale spots and bands of the thorax and abdomen formed of adpressed hairs. Eyes with long hairs. Fore coxae S appendiculated. C. conoidca (IHig.) = rectis (Curt.) = punctata (St. Farg.) = temporalis (N}d.), 1. c. p. 109 ; C. rufescens (St. Farg.) = hcbescens (Nyl.) = trinacria and diglypha (Fdrst.), ibid, j C. elongata (St. Farg.) =: ? simplex (Nyl.) s= Qnicrodonta (Fdrst.) = spoiisa (Smith) = conica (Curt.), I, c. p. 170j C. tri- cuspidata and divergens (Fdrst.), ibid, j C. conica (Linn.) = quadridentata (Linn.) = acuta (Nyl.) = fraternaica^ Jissidens (Fdrst.), ibid. ; C. aurolimbata (Fdrst.), 1. c. p. 171. b. Pale spots and bands formed of erected scales. Eyes with short hairs. Fore coxae J not appendiculated. C. coronata (Fdrst.), 1. c. p. 171, and erythropyga (Fdrst.), 1. c. p. 172. According to Morawitz (/. c.), C. quadridentata (Liim.) cJ = conica (Linn.) $ = acuta (Nyl.) = Jissidens (Fdrst.) S = convergens (Schenck), C. simplex (Nyl.) = tricuspidata (Fdrst.) $ = divergens (Fdrst.) J = distincta and ob- scura (Schenck), p. 49 j C, vectis (Curt.) = punctata (St. Farg.) = temporalis (Nyl.) = conoidea (Eversm.), C. rufescens (St. Farg.) = hebescens (Nyl.) = diglypha (Fdrst.) J == trinacria (Fdrst.) $ = longiuscula (Schenck) == obtusata (Schenck), p. 60. Stelis. According to Morawitz, S. octomaculata (Smith) = ornatula (Nyl.), and aS. minuta (St. Farg.) = nana (Schenck), 1. c. p. 49. Osmia. Gerstiicker (/. c. p. 329), criticises the monographic literature of this genus, and discusses the means of dividing it into groups. lie rectifles the synonymy and gives descriptions of the following known species: — O. corticalis (Gyllenhal) = nigriventris (Giraud), /. c. p. 331 j O. fuciformis (Latr.) chrysomelina (Panz.) =? nigriventris (Zett.) = xanthomelana (Gir.), 1. c. p. 333; O. xanthomelana (Kirby) = atricapilla (Curt.), 1. c. p. 334: and (/. c. p. 351) gives a list of the species found in the neighbourhood of Berlin. He also notices some synonyms, namely: — 0. bicornis (Linn.) includes as var. fronticornis (Fab.); O. fusca (Christ.) = inWoy (Sehr.) ; O. aurulcnta (Panz.) =: tunonsis (Kirby); 0. fukiventris (Fab.) = Icaiana (Kirby), ibid.; HYMENOPTERA. 309 O. carnksccns (Linn.) = ^ a^nca (Linn.) ; O. Icucomelana (Kirby) = intermpta (Scbenck), ('■ p. 352. According to Morawitz (1. c.), O. cenea (Linn.) c? = ccerulescens (Linn.) 5 = notata (Fab.) = melanippa (Spin.), and O. leucomelana (Kirby) = inter- rupta (Schenck), p. 40. Morawitz also corrects Schenck, who has mistaken 0. leucomelana (Kirby) for parvida (Diif.) and vice versa, p. 41. Megachile. Gerstacker (I, c. p. 353), in his remarks on tins genus, separates from it M. olhocristata (Smith) = lefebvrei (St. Farg.), M. serrata (Smith), M. manicata (Giraud), which he regards as belonging to Chalicodoma , 1. c. p. 354. 31. rufitarsis (Giraud) belongs also to Clialicodoma, and must be re- named, as there exists already C. rujitarsis (St. Farg.), 1. c. p. 355. M. dohrnii (Radoszk.) = monoceros (Eversm.), is a Lithurgus, and probably = L. cornutus (Latr.), ibid. M. hucepliala (Forst.) and vestita (Giraud) must change their names to avoid collision with two species of Smith, which have the priority, ibid. Megachile apicalis (Spin) = M. mixta (Costa), according to Gerstacker, 1. c. p. 360. According to Morawitz (/. c. p. 37), 31. tvillouglibiella (Kirby) = fidviventris (Zett.), and M. analis (Nyl.) = apicalis (Nyl.) = alhicilla (Eversm.), p. 38. Clialicodoma. Gerstacker (/. c.) defines the real limits of this genus, or subgenus, and enumerates the European species known to him, with rectified nomenclature, namel}’’ : — C. muraria (Fab.), /. c. p. 364; C. bcctica (Gerst.), ibid. ; C. lefebvrei (St. Farg.) = 3Iegachile alhocristata (Smith), 1. c. p. 365; C. pyrrhopeza (Gerst.) = Anthaphora meliturga (lllig.) = Megachile rujitarsis (Giraud), 1. c. p. 366 ; C. manicata (Giraud), 1. c. p. 367 ; C. sicula (Rossi), ibid. Most of these species are here also described by Gerstacker. Antliidmm. According to Morawitz (/. c. p. 35), A. mamcaium (Linn.) = Ajns macidata (Fab.) 5 5 scptcmspinosum (St. Farg.) = nigripcs (Eversm.) = nigriceps (Smith) ; A. punctatum (Latr.) = m(wMS (Nyl.) = scm7e (Eversm.), var., 1. c. p. 36 ; and A. strigatum (Panz.) = contractum (Latr.) = minus- culum (N5d.), 1. c. p. 37. Trachusa. According to Morawitz (ibid.), T. sei'ratulee (Panz.) ^ — Anthophora byssina (Fab.) $ . Chelostoma. According to Morawitz (ibid.), C. Jtorisomnis (Linn.) A = maxillosa (Linn.) 5 . Heriades. According to Morawitz (/. c. p. 42), II. campanularum (Kirby) = Apis Jloi'isomnis minima (Christ.), and II nigricornis (Nyl.) = Chelostoma inerme (Eversm.) = H. rapunctdi (St. Farg.). Ceratina. Gerstacker (1. c. pp. 173-184) gives diagnoses of, and copious critical remarks upon, the following known species of this genus: — C. cucur- bitina (Rossi) = Ilylceus albilabris (Fab.) = C. decolorans (Brulle), /. c. p. 174 ; C. egrcgia (Gerst.) = S^./w/i;a (Eversm.) probably not a Saropoda. HYMENOPTERA. 311 Ihmhus. Gerstficker {1. c. p. 316-329) publishes some interesting notes on the geographical distribution of the species of this genus, with special reference to those occurring in the Alps of Southern Germany, the Tyrol, the Stelvio Pass, and other'" lo^ty situations.. These observations include twenty-six species, some of which are described as new, together with some synonymy. According to Gerstacker, Bomhus ligusticm (Spin.) = scutellatus (Jur.), 1. c. p. 317; B. terrestris (Linn.) = lucorum (Linn.) d = ccBspitum (Panz.) = ericctornm (Curt.), ibid.; B. latreiilellus (Kirby) = tunstallanus (Kirby) ibid. ; B. hypnorum (Linn.) ericetorum (Fab.) d* , 7 c. p. 320 ; B. muscorum (Linn.) = ayrorvm (Fab.), ibid. ; B. pascuorum (Scop.) = italicus (Fab.), 1. c, p. 321 ; B. montanus (St. Farg.) = ? nivalis (Smith), I, c. p. 322 ; B. pratorum (Linn.) includes as var. suhintcrruptus (Kirby), 1. c. p. 326. Of the section Psilhyrus, Gerstacker notices as Alpine species B. rupestris (Fab.), globosus (Eversm.), quadricolor (St. Farg.), vestalis (Fourcr.) saltuum and campestris^ (Panz.), 1. c. p. 329. According to Morawitz (1. c. p. 32), B. syharum (Linn.) = mtcranm (Fab.); B. latreiilellus (Kivhy) d = Apis timstallana {^Lirhy) ^,7c. p. 34; B. pratorum (Ijinn.) = cphippium (Zett.) = lullianus (Nyl.), ibid. ; B. der- liamrllus (Kirby) S = rnicUus (Kirby) $,ibid. ; and B. terrestris (Linn.) = sporadicus (Nyl.), 1. c. p. 36. Psitliyrus. Morawitz (1. c. p. GO) gives synonyms of three Pussian species of this genus, viz. : — P. 7'up>estris (Fab.) $ = alhinella (Kirby) S = tetorum (Panz.) = suhinterrujita (Kirby) ; P. camjiestt'is (Panz.) = rossiella (Kirby) = francisana (Kirby) = Iceana (Kirby) ; P. vestalis (Fourcr.) = nemnrum (Fab.) = cestivalis (Panz.). Smith (Proc. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 10) makes some observations on the variations of colour in the parasitic Apathi, corresponding to the appearance of the Bombi which they respectively infest. Smith considers A^ns fasciata (Linn.) distinct from A. ligustica (Spin.), and not a variety of that insect as it is considered by Gerstacker (Proc. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 3). Horne observes that Apis dorsata (Fab.), notwithstanding its sting, forms the food of certain lizards in India (ibid. p. 7), New genera : — Phiarus, g. n., Gerstacker, Stettiner entom. Zeitung, 1809, p. 147. Ile- sembles Ammobates] third joint of antennae elongate ; labrum elongate, cari- nated; maxillary palpi 6-jointed; scutellum bituberculated ; radial cell not appendiculated ; abdomen ( 5 ) cordiform, sixth dorsal segment exserted, sub- quadrate, fifth ventral segment plane, transverse, emarginate at the apex ; ungues ( $ ) appendiculated at the base ; metatarsi elongate. This genus su^ persedes Ammobatoides (Padoszkowsky), which Gerstiiclier condemns as un- scientifically constructed upon two widely different species (see ^Pecord,’ 1868, p. 292). Sp. Phileremus abdominalis (Eversm.) = Ammobates extra- neus (Fiirst.). Euglages, Q.n., Gerstacker, l.c. p. 149. Nearest to Melecta, from which it is distinguished by having the upper surface entirely villose, a short cor- diform abdomen with five white interrupted bands, two cubital cells, and 312 ZOOLOGICAL LITERATURE. the antennae of the cf with apical joint dilated and lenticular. Sp. E. scripta, sp. n., p. 150, South of Spain. Omachthea, g. n., Gerstacker, /. c. p. 164. Allied to Ammohates ; third joint of antennae oblong; labrum subquadrate ;■ niaxillary palpi 4-jointed ; radial cell truncate, appendiculated. Sp. O. carnifeXy sp. n., 1. c. p. 155 ; and O. histrio^ sp. n., ibid., Cape of Good Hope. New species : — Prosopis. The following new species of this genus are described by Cresson (Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. 1869) : — P. varifrons = (?) elliptica (lurby), 1. c. p. 270, Colorado Territory ; P. sparsa, Pennsylvania, P. verli- calis, United States, and P. antennata, New Jersey, 1. c. p. 271 ; P. pijgmcea, Illinois, P. azteca, duhiosa, and mexicana, Mexico, 1. c. p. 272. Ilalictus atricornis, Smith, Ent. Annual for 1870, p. 26, ^ and $ , Cheshire ; II. rimosicepsj Packard, First Ann. Hep. Peabody Acad. 1869, p. 57, Quito. Phileremtis nasutus, Gerstacker, 1. c. p. 143, Berlin (P = P. kirhyamis, Scheuck). Ammohates vinctus, Gerstacker, 1. c. p. 152, Portugal. Epeolus speciosus, Gerstacker, 1. c. p. 158, = ?P. luctuosus (Evers.), Pome- rania; E. amahilis, Gerstiicker, l.c. p. 159, = P. va7'iegatus,\ia'. (Smith), Cape of Good Hope ; E. militans, Gerstiicker, 1. c. p. 160, Capo of Good Hope. Nomada eustalacta, Gerstiicker, 1. c. p. 164, Berlin ; N. Morawitz, Horae Soc. Ent. Ross. vi. p. 66, France ; N. panurgina, Moraw. ibid., Nice. Ccelioxys tegidaris, Cresson, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. ii. p. 297, Cuba. Dioxgs ardens, Gerstacker, 1. c, p. 166, Southern Spain; D. crumta^ Gerst., ibid., Sicily; D. pumila, Gerst. 1. c. p. 167, Rhodes. Os7nia. The following new species are described by Gerstacker, 1. c. : — O. vidjiecula = ? parietma (Smith) = ? Anihopho7'a ine7'7nis (Zett.), p. 335, Thuringia; 0. imcinata A7ithopho7'a angustula (Zett.), p. 336, Berlin; O. platgce7'a = cf 7iig/'ive7it7'is (Morawitz), p. 338, Alps of Southern Ger- many ; 0. cf//7rt[8ic],p.ll7,CalFraria; yodofredi (^\c\iQ\)f p. 119, St. Vin- cent ; atroferrvyinca, p. 122, Italy, Greece ; laticincta, p. 124, Corsica ; semis- cinerea [sic], p. 120, Dalmatia; repleta, p. 128, Orenburg; belieri (Sichel), p. 131, Sicily; mexicana (Sichel), p. 133, Mexico; nitidula (Sichel), p. 135, Chili; oxyyona, p. 141, Spain; irreyidaris, p. 142, Armenia; dives, p. 143, Dalmatia; (Sich.), p. 147, Mexico; cincto-femorata (Sich,), p. 151, N. Holland ; pyymea [sic], ibid., Mexico ; niyrocbictula (Sich.), p. 159, Algeria, France ; rutilans, ibid., Cyprus ; pyralitarsis, p. 100, New York ; rypara [sic], p. 104, Africa; arietina, p. 108, Algeria [but immediately and emphatically stated by its author to be only a var. of per sonata, 111. !] ; quadristriyata (Sich.), p. 170, Malaga, Algeria; rubrierns, p, 171, Greece ; fidvodimidiata, p. 181, H^rault; dimidinzoyiota, p. 184, Corsica, Algeria; eombusta, p. 188, Egypt ; pyrozonata, ibid, [no loc. given] ; volucellceformis, p. 189, pidsella and histrio, p. \^)0,imistriyatae.r\di luteodimidiata,'^. 192, Mexico; niyro-m'uyinosa} p. 191, and simia, p. 193 [no loc. given], Anthophora. Cresson (Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. ii. p. 289 et seq.) tabulates the North-American species of this genus, and describes the following new species : — A. smithii, Colorado, Dacota ; walshii, Illinois, calif ornica, Califor- nia, and montana, Colorado, p. 290; ursina, p.291. West Virginia; canaden- sis, Ontario, ocddentalis, Colorado, and terminalis, Canada and Colorado, p. 292. Anthophora sichelii, Radoszkowsky, Horre Soc. Ent. Ross. vi. p. 100, Cor- sica; A. ayama (Sichel), Radoszkowsky, 1. c. p. 101, Sicily and Greece ; A. pilifrons, Packard, First Ann. Rep. Peabody Acad. 1809, p. 67, Quito ; A. conica, Packard, L c., Brazil. Centris braccata, Packard, 1. c. p. 67, Peru ; C. qiiadrimaculata, Packard, ibid., Brazil ; C. armillatus, Cresson, 1. c. p. 298, Brazil. Euylossa bombiformis, Packard, 1. c. p, 67, Quito. JBombus. Gerstacker describes the following new species from the Alps of Southern Germany : — B. martes, 1. c. p. 317 ; B. opidentus, p. 319; B. meso- melas, p. 321 ; B. mendax, p. 323 ; B. mucidus, p. 324 ; B. proteus, p. 325 ; B. mastrucatns, p. 326. 314 ZOOLOGICAL LITERATURE. Bomhus distinguendus, Morawi tz, 1. c. p. 32 (c5' = B. fragrans, Nyl.), Russia. Trigona mellicolor, Packard, 1. c. p. 60, Brazil. Vespidas. Odynenis nasidens (Latr.). A variety of this species is described by Packard, 1. q. p. 60. Smith (Trans, Ent. Soc. Lond. 3rd series, vol. iii. p. 310) remarks on the form of the S of his Paragia vespiformis, and figures that sex (pi. 6. fig. 2). Smith quotes a letter from E. 0. Wilson describing the nidification of Paragia tricolor near Adelaide, Australia (Proc. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 17). Nortonia, g. n., De Saussure, Stettiner entom. Zeitung, 1869, p. 53, Cha- racters of Eumenes ; but the petiole is funnel-shaped. Resembles also Monte- zumia. Sp. N. amalice^ sp. n., ibid,, Rockhampton, Australia. New species : — Melipona molesta, Pula, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 4th ser. vol. iv. p. 295, San Luis, Argentine Republic. Odynerus alhocinctus, Puls, 1. c., Mendoza, Argentine Republic j O. dietri- chianusj De Saussure, 1. c. p. 54, Rockhampton, Australia. PterocMlus alhopictus, Kriechb. Verb, zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, xix. p. 699, Syra. Moniczumia andcus [sic], Packard, 1. c. p. 60, Quito. Paragia excellcns, Smith, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 3rd series, vol. iii. p. 309 ; and 1\ sohri/ia, Smith, ibid,, Australia. Rhynchium magnijicumy Smith, 1. c. p. 310, Australia. Eumenes ovalauensis, De Saussure, 1. c. p. 53, Oval an, Fiji Islands. Alastor graeffei, De Saussure, 1. c. p. 55, Ovalau. POMPILIDAS. Pepsis, Priocnemis, and Pompilus. Taschenberg (Zeitschr. gesamm. Nat. Sachs, u. Thiiring. xxxiv. 1869, pp. 26 et seq.) recharacterizes these genera, and redescribos such of the known species as exist in the Museums of Halle University and Berlin, with some new species. He gives the following ob- servations on synonymy ; — Pepsis stellata (Fab.) $ =auripennis (Deg.) J ; Priocnemis capensis (F.) = seyera (Drury) j DoUchurus ater (Latr.) = cor- niculus (Spin.). New species ; — DoUchurus. Smith (Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 3rd series, vol. iii.) describes the following new species : — D. carhonarius, p. 303, Australia j D. igyiitus, p. 304, Port Natal j D. taprohance, ibid., Ceylon. Pepsis. Taschenberg, 1. c., describes the following species : — P. prcesidi- alisy p. 27, Parana j apicatUy Lagoa Santa, discolor y Congonh, and cupripennisy Rio de Janeiro, p. 28; aciculatUy Rio de Janeiro, Banda Oriental, p. 29; gracillimay Columbia, and defecta, Rio Grande, p. 30. Pepsis quitonensisy Packard, 1. c. p. 61, (^uito ; P. purpuripes and P. vini- pennisy Packard, ibid., Brazil. Priocnemis, Tasclienberg, 1. c., describes the following species : — P. hreoi- pennisy p, 32, Lagoa Santa; cojicolor, Java, Padang, and duhius, Lagoa Santa, IIYMENOPTERA. 315 p. 33; brasiliemis, Rio de Janeiro, and propmquus (no locality), p. 34; pachymerus, p. 36, Mendoza ; pnnctulatm and ahnormis, p. 3G, Lagoa Santa ; ccsruleits, p. 37, Parana ; vclutinus, Brazil ?, and ustvlatus Ilemipepsis ustu- lata, Mas. Berol., Dalilb.), Me:tico ; angustithorax, p. 39, Mex "co ; gigas, p. 40, Java; hrunniceps and holtentottus, oi Good Hope, and Banda Oriental, New Friburg, p. 41 (Mas, Berol.) ; JlavicoUls, Cape of Good Hope, and maciilatellus, Parana, p. 42 ; rufofemoratus [sic], p. 43, Parana, Rozario. Agenia. Tascbenberg, 1. c., describes tbe following species : — A. maculata, p. 44, Java; pallida, Lagoa Santa, tricolor, Parana, and amahilis (Mas. Berol.), New Frlbu’‘g, Brazil, p. 45 ; annulaia, p. 46, Rio de Janeiro. Pogonitis frontalis, Tascb. 1. c. p. 47, Parana. Pompilus. Tascbenberg, /. c., describes tbe following species : — P. coriarius, p. 49, Singapore, Java ; hrevicornis, p. 60, Illinois, Mexico ; claviger, Cbartuni, and diluteviitatus, Canaries, p. 61 ; mcxicanus, Mexico, and cceridetis, Mendoza, Parana, p. 52 ; eupterm, p. 63, New Holland ; rufo-unguicidatus, Java, and rvjiceps, Cbartum, p. 64; marginicoVis (Mus. Berol.), p. 65, Rozar'o, Barba- cena ; hicolor [no locality given], and costatus (Mas. Berol.), New Friburg, l^agoa Santa, p. 66; scalaris (Mas. Berol.), p. 67, Banda oriental; separatus, Mendoza, New Friburg, and semicinctus (Mus. Berol.), Mendoza, Banda oriental, p. 68 ; argenteus, Lagoa Santa, and torquatus (Mus. Berol.), Banda oriental, p. 69; eruhesccns and ruhiginosus (Mus. Berol.), Banda oriental, p. 60 ; funebris (Mus. Berol.), p. 61, Mendoza ; friburgensis and serraticornis, p. 62, amamus, p. 63, agenioides wA pubipennis, p. 64, New Friburg; adustus and gastricus (Mus. Berol.), p. 66, Mendoza ; semiphimbeus, Congonb, Pa- rana, and areatus, Lagoa Santa, p. 66; tricolor, p. 07, New Friburg; multi- fasciatus, p. 68, Venezuela. Pompilus vinicolor, Packard, 1. c. p. 62, Quito. Aporus scmirufus, Tascb. 1. c. p. 69, Cbartum. Salius tomcntosus, Tascb. 1. c. p. 70, Mexico. Ferreola denticulata, Tascb. 1. c. p. 72, Cluirtum. Ccropales. Tascbenburg, ?. c., describes tbe following species : — C. abdo- mrnolis, p. 73, New Friburg {? longipes. Smith); trimaculata, Lagoa Santa, and nigripes (Mus. Berol.), New Friburg, Mendoza, p. 74 ; ahnormis, p. 76, Rio de Janeiro. CrABRONIDA5. Sphex p>ctiolata (Smith) = (Spin.); Chlorion ccci'uleum (Drury) —cyaneum (Dalilb.); Stethorectus (Smith) (Westw.); S, ingens (Snritb) = ?P. giganteum (Er.) ; Pelopoeus ctxruleus (h\xm,')==cyaneus (F.) ; P. tubifex (l^AT.)=p€ctoralis (Dablb.); P. jistularius [l\\.) = histrio (Lepell.); P. figidus (Dablb.) = (Lepell.); P. cementarius (Pvxx.^—lunatus (F.) ; Psammophila affinis (\Qxh.) — liitaria (Fab.) ; P. viatica (h.)-=arenaria (F.); Tascbenberg, 1. c. p. 407 e^ scq. lison. Smith (Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 3rd series, vol. iii. pp. 289-300) has enumerated 22 species of this genus previously known, and described 13 as new. Ho has also raised tbe subdivision Pisonitus (Shuck.) to the rank of a genus, with 4 species ; and created a new genus, Parapison, for tbe reception of one already known species, and 3 new. Smith, /. c., supplies tbe following notices respecting some of tbe pre- viously known species of Pison : — P. xanthopus (Brull(i) = oftscwnw (Shuck.) ; 316 ZOOLOGICAL LITERATURE. S'pinolcB (Shuck.) = australis (Sauss.) = tasmanicus (Smith) ; P. auratus (Shuck.) is not, as stated that author, from the Cape of Good Hope but from Australia, p. 290. P. nitidus (Smith, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1868, p. 248) is distinct from nitidus (Smith, Journ. Proc. Linn. Soc. Zool. iii. p. ICO) j and the name of the former must be changed to fenestratus (Smith), p. 201. Smith (/. c. pi. (J. fig, 7) has figured the wing of his IHsonitus mijosus. New genera : — Pseudosphex, g. n., Taschenb. 1. c. p. 420. Radial cell of ant. wings oval, not appendiculated j first and second cubital cells respectively receiving the first and second recurrent nervures ; head oblique, wider than metathorax j antennae inserted in the middle of forehead ; clypeus wide and short j man- dibles tridentate at apex ) claws of tarsi unidentate beneath. Sp. P. 2>umilio, sp. n., ibid., Mendoza. Parapodium, g. n., Tasch. 1. c. p. 423. Radial cell of ant. wings elongate, attached to the radius at its apex ; first cubital cell taking the first recurrent nervure, the second cubital cell subtriangular, and receiving the second ner- vure ; head short, face orbicular, antennae inserted beneath its middle j man- dibles simple ; thorax elongate, subcylindric j abdomen lanceolate, scarcely longer than the petiole ; claws of tarsi unidentate in the middle. Sp. P. biguttatum, sp. n., ibid., Venezuela. Parapsammophila, g. n., Tasch. 1. c. p. 429. Radial cell of ant. wings rounded at apex, not appendiculated ; second cubital cell joined to the radial cell, and receiving both -the recurrent nervures; third cubital cell closed in front and behind ; hinder part of first segment of abdomen narrowed, but the petiole not biarticulate ; claws of tarsi bidentate at base ; anterior tarsus of $ pectinate ; mandibles dentate in the middle. Sp. P. miles, sp. n., p. 430, lateritia and lutea, spp. nn., p. 431, Ohartuni. Ammoplanus, g. n., Giraud, Ann. Soc. lilnt. Fr. 4“ sdr. ix. p. 469, pi. 12. f. 1. Near Celia. Head broad, flattened in front; antennae inserted close to the mouth. Stigma ovoid, iiicrassated ; radial cell very short, transverse; cubital cells two, of which only the first is closed, receiving the recurrent nervure near its middle ; two complete discoidal cells. Tibiae and tarsi without spines. Abdomen subpetiolated. Sp. A. wes^naeli, sp. n., p. 470, Vienna ; A. perrisi, sp. n., p. 472, Spain. Acanthostethus, g. n.. Smith, /. c. p. 306, pi. 6. Ocelli placed in a curve. Antennae gradually thickened to the apex. Clypeus transverse, its lateral angles subdentate; mandibles edentate, acute; labrum concealed. IMeta- thorax with two stout acute spines. One marginal cell, extending more than halfway to the apex of the wing, and two submarginal cells, the first longer than the marginal, and more than twice as long as the triangular second submarginal ; first recurrent nervure entering the first submarginal cell towards its apex, the second uniting with the first transverso-cubital nervure. Abdomen subsessile, ovoido-conic ; first ventral segment produced at the base, forming an obtuse angle. Genus founded on the characters of the 2 only, and resembling Nysson. Sp. A. hasalis, sp. n., p. 307, pi. 6. fig. 3, Australia. Aidacophilus, g. n., Smith, 1. c. p. 305, pi. 6. Eyes large, deeply eniargi- nate.- Anterior margin of the clypeus rounded ; mandibles edentate. An- HYMENOPTERA, 317 tonnfo thickened towards the apex. Anterior and intermodiato tibino with a single apical spine. One elongate marginal coll, and two submarginal cells, the first twice the length of the second ; the first recurrent nervuro uniting with the first transverso-medial ; the second received a little within the second submarginal cell. Abdomen cordiform, petiolated, the elongate petiole cla- vate at its apex. Habit of Polyhia among the Vespidcs, Sp. A. vespoides, sp. n., pi. 6. fig. 4, Brazil. Mkcothyris, g. n., Smith, 1. c. p. 807, pi. 6. Eyes very large ; ocelli placed in a triangle. Antoimm subclavate. Mandibles bidentate; clypeus tri- angular; labrum concealed. Metathorax short, truncate. One elongate marginal cell tapering to a point, and three submarginal cells, the first being three-foui’ths of the length of the second and third, the second oblong-quad- rate, the third oblique, and widest at its extremity. Hinder tibia3 incrassate, slightly curved, and denticulate. Abdomen subtruncate at the base, in- curved and tapering to the apex ; second segment produced into a compressed tubercle beneath. Genus founded on the characters of the S only. Sp. M. tliorncicus, sp. n., p. 308, pi. G. fig. 5, Australia. Parapison, g. n.. Smith, 1. c% p. 298. Separated from Pison and Pisonitus on account of the obliteration of the second submarginal cell of the foro wings, which in those genera is always present and petiolated, although in some species minute. Spp. : P. ohliteratus, Smith; P. mjlpes, sp. n., p. 208 and pi. G. fig. G (wing), India; P, rujicornis, sp. n., 1. c. p. 300, Australia; P, agilis, sp. n., ibid., Ceylon. Silaon [sic], g. n., Piccioli, Bullet, d. Soc. Ent. Ital. i. p. 282. The cha- racters are those of Pisonitus (Shuck.), with the following exceptions: — Eyes entire, more widely separated, leaving ampler space for the frons and vortex and for the ocelli, which form a right-angled triangle; antenneo shorter, originating lower down, and having the third joint not longer than the first. The orthography should bo Sylaon, according to the Greek deri- vation given by the author in a note (p. 283). This genus is established on the $ only. Sp. S. compeditusy sp. n., p. 283, pi. 1. fig. 2, Fiesole, New Bpecies : — Pison, Smith {1. c.) describes the following new species :—P. tibialis, hasalis, and simillimus, p. 292, P. aurifex, p. 293, P. sqmratus and fuscipennis, p. 294, P. decipiens and dimidiatus, p. 295, P. festivus, p. 296, all from Aus- tralia ; P. tuhercidatus, ibid., New Zealand ; P. insularis, p. 297, New Hebrides ; P. fabricator, ibid., Hong Kong; P. coriformis, ibid., Mexico. Astata costae, Piccioli, 1. c. pp. 38-40, pi. 1. fig. 1, 5 — ocxdata, Jur. cf Monte Ceceri, near Florence. Larrada chrysonota, Smith, 1. c. p. 304, Australia ; L, luteipennis, Cresson, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. ii. p. 293, Cuba. Priononyx hifoveolata, Taschenborg, 1. c. p. 408, New Friburg. Enodia nigropcctinata, Tasch. I, c. p. 409, and albopictinata (sic), Tasch. 1. c. p. 410, Chartum. Chlorion bicohr, l)o Saussure, Stettiner entoni. Zeitung, 1809, p. 5G, Monte Video ; C. metallicum and pretiosmn, Tasch. 1. c. p. 421, La Plata ; C. paUidipenne and nobilitatum, Tasch. 1. c. p. 422, Parana. Sphex. Taschenberg, 1. c., describes the following species : — .)=i HYMENOPTERA. 319 cmicasica (Kolen.) = jRwc?m megacepJiola (Costa), p. 169 j M. (Latr.)=: melanocephala (F&h.)=triareolata (Spin.) = hastata (Costa), p. 171. Thynnus clypearis, sp. n., De Saussure, 1. c. p. 69, ci* ( $ ?), Sydney, Australia. Mutilla cephalica, sp. n., Sicliel & Badoszkowsky, 1. c. p. 166, South France, Russia, and Greece. Methoca mandihularis, sp. n., Smith, I, c. p. 301, Shanghai. Formic ID.®. Perkins has published (Amer. Nat. iii. pp. 360-364) a semipopular account of the Driver Ant (Anomma arcens, Westw. ?) in Western Africa. Eaton (Ent. Monthly Mag. v. p. 298) records the unnaturally early deve- lopment (in April) of the winged sexes of Fortnica nigi'a (JArm.) , from a nest situated near the hot-water pipes of a cactus-house in the botanical gardens at Cambridge. Fpitritus, g. n., Halid. MS., Emery, Bullet, d. Soc. Ent. Ital. i. p. 136. Near Striimigcnys, but distinguished by having the antennae 4-articulate, as is also the case in Oredognathxm. But Orectognatlim}\^^ the 2nd joint of the flagellum the largest; FpitrUtis tbo 4th. Head shorter and broader than in Struxnigenys ; eyes invisible from above ; pronotiim large, obtusely produced at the humeral angles ; metanotum bidentate ; tibiae short ; wings wanting. Established on a single Sp. E. argiolus, sp. n. (Hal.), ibid., fig., Lucca. Cremastogaster Icestrygon, sp.n., Emery, /. c. p. 136, Sicily. ClIRYSIDIDiE. Chrysis hirsida, sp. n., Gerstacker, Stett. ent. Zeitung, 1869, p. 186, and C. cribrata, sp. n., Gerstacker, 1. c. p. 186, Upper Carinthia. ICHNEUMONIDyE. Jordan (Ent. Monthly Mag. vi. p. 138) mentions that Mesoclioriis pecto- ralis (Ratz.) was reared by him from a larva of Pterophm'us tepJiradactylus (Hub.), and also notices the parasitism of Rogas hicolor (Spin.) upon larvae of that plume. Tappes figures (Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 4e s^r. ix. pi. 1. fig. 16) Pezomachus ( = Theroscopus) pedestris (Gravenhorst), a parasite of Cryptocephalus diiode- cimpunctatus (Fab.), and (1. c. fig. 16) the <5* of Blacus {■= Pijgostolus) falcatus (Nees), a parasite of Cryptocephalus hipunctatus (Linn.). Paniscus. Riley (First Ann. Report Ins. Missouri, p. 89) notices the habits of P. geminatus (Say). Microgaster. Riley (ibid.) figures M. militaris (Walsh). According to the figure, this insect is certainly not a Microgaster, but possibly an Alysia. Hormiopterus, g. n., Giraud, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 4® ser. ix. p. 478. Cha-’ racters of Ilormius, except the antennae, which are 37-jointed, very slender and filiform. Sp. II. ollivieri [sic], sp. n., p. 479, Algeria. New species : — Ichneumon. The following new species are described by Kawall (Bull. Soc. Nat. Mosc. xlii. 1869), all from Courland : — I. leucacanthus and tuher- culatus, p. 606; I. palpator, p. 607 ; I. contrectator and cupid'ns, p. 608; I. appetens and eichwaldi, which may be a Cryptus, p. 509 ; I. avidus, p. 610. z 2 320 ZOOLOGICAL LITERATURE. PcsdloBtictiis (? Cryptus) ratzehurgiy Kawall, 1. c. p. 603, Courland j bred from pupas of Fidonia piniaria. Ilemiteles (?) cressomi, Riley, First Ann. Report Ins. Missouri, p. 177, pi. 2. fig. 7, from Missouri j JL utilis, Norton, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. ii. p. 326, note, bred from cocoons of Lophyrus ahietis, CryptuB lophyriy Norton, ibid., also bred from cocoons of L. abietisy Con- necticut. Fimpia cheloni<^, Giraud, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 4® s6r. ix. p. 149, Franco. Arotes (Grav.). Cresson, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. ii. p. 260, tabulates the North -American species of this genus, and describes the following new species : — A. vicinusy Massachusetts, and A. venustusy Mass, and W. Virginia. Aleiodes parasiticus, sp. n., Norton, I, c. p. 327, note, bred from cocoon of Lophyrus ahietisy Connecticut. Aleoides. Cresson, 1. c. p. 377 et seq.y tabulates the North- American species of this genus, including the following new species : — A. texanus, Texas, Illinois, mexicanus and fascipennis, Mexico, p. 378; Mexico, ^erm/wrt//s,East.,Midd., South, and West. States, abdominalis, East, and Midd. States, and IcctuSy Illinois (P S of abdominalis) , p. 379; atriceps, Mexico, in- termediuSy E., M., S. & W. States, canadensisy Canada, discoideus, Illinois, and ornatuSy Mexico, p. 380 ; fulvuSy Canada, acicidatusy E., M., & W. States, and burrusy Conn., Rls., and Mexico, p. 381 ; rileyiy Missouri,/e??iora<isoda (ibid.). Malar furrow very fine and shallow, facial impressions broad and fiat ; antenna) in $ 14-j ointed, filiform, with no distinct club, the first joint of funiculus not longer than second ; scutellum rugose, with a very large, strongly margined cup, the hinder margin of which is elevated and clear of the apex of scutellum ; metasternum and second segment of abdomen as in preceding genus ; wings rounded at apex, hairy, with a fringe of hairs, the radial cell closed, the cubitus indistinct. Sp. E, xanthoncura, sp. n., p. 364, Aix. Psilodora (p. 364). Malar furrow slight, with a few scattered punctures below it; facial impressions large and flat; antennae in cf 15-jointed, first joint of funiculus not emarginate, and as long as the second ; in 2 13-jointed, with 8-jointed club, the joints of funiculus verticillato-pilose, the first longer than the second ; hinder margin of pronotum sharply turned up ; mesonotum 328 ZOOLOGICAL LITEllATUUE. with two abbreviated furrows in front ; scutellum rugose, with a more or less blunt denticle on the lateral margin, the cup very large, strongly mar- gined, and with a large groove on the hinder margin j metasternum and abdo- men as in preceding genus 3 wings entirely bare, with no trace of hair- fringe, the radial cell closed. Spp. P, hoyenii and maculata (Hartig). Hypolethria (ibid.). Malar furrow &c. as in preceding j antenna3 in S IS-jointedj the joints of funiculus elongato-cylindrical, the first joint not emarginate, somewhat smaller than the second j in $ 13-jointed, with no defined club ; mesonotum as in the two next genera, with no furrows j scu- tellum finely rugulose, its cup very large, elevated clear of the point of scu- tellum, and with a groove at the hinder margin j metasternum and second segment of abdomen as in preceding, the abdomen exceedingly strongly com- pressed at the sides, with a very narrow dorsal surface j radial cell closed. Sp. II. melanoptera (Hart.). Aylaotoma (ibid.). Malar furrow finej antenna) in $ 13-jointed, with 8-jointed club, the first three joints of funiculus very elongate, and thinner than the following, with the first longer than the second joint j in the cJ 15-joiuted, with the first joint of funiculus exceedingly elongate, almost as long as the three following together, scarcely curved j scutellum with a small, ovate, margined cup j metasternum and second segment as in preceding- genus J wings hairy, rounded at apex, with a fringe of hairs, the radial cell closed, the second section of the radius entirely straight. Sp. A. codrina (Hart.), of which the author has found $ at Aix. Distinguished from the allied species of llhoptromeru by the very elongate joints of funiculus, and by the almost filiform tarsi. Ganaspis (p. 355). Malar furrow very slight j facial grooves not especially large J antennae in $ 13-jointed, almost filiform, with the 6-7 last joints only slightly thicker than the preceding; in S 15-jointed, the first joint of funiculus only slightly longer than the second, and distinctly bowed; scutellar cup not deep, immarginate, entirely smooth, and with a round groove at the hinder margin ; sides of metasternum bare and smooth ; second segment of abdomen covered with hair at the base ; wings as in preceding genus, the radial cell closed at the fore margin, and at its inner angle, with a small oblique continuation near the first section of the radius. Sp. G. mundatay sp. n.,.ibid., Aix. Chrestosema (ibid.). Malar furrow distinct, entirely smooth beneath, vertex elevated, ocelli moderately large; antennae in $ 13-jointed, with no defined club, the first joint somewhat longer than the second ; in 6“ 15-jointcd with the first joint of funiculus almost as long as the two following joints, all the rest of equal length, cylindrical, nearly twice as long as broad ; meso- notum with two fine middle furrows, abbreviated behind, and two very broad and flat lateral impressions, abbreviated in front ; scutellum finely rugulose, its cup large, elliptic, almost twice as long as broad, finely margined, with a round groove at the hinder margin ; metasternum and second segment as in Aylaotoma ; wings hairy, rounded at apex, with a hair fringe, and the radial cell closed at fore margin. Sp. C. erythropa, sp. n., p. 860, Aix. Pdichacra (p. 356). Malar ridge slight; face beneath with broad, long impressions; antennie in O' 15-, in $ 13-jointed, with no distinctly defined club ; mesonotum (as in the next ten genera) with no parapsidal furrows ; scutellum rugulose, with its sides strongly margined and apex dentate, and IIYMENOPTERA. 329 its cup largo, considorablj' overtopping tho apox of scutollum, strongly mar- gined, and giving oil a sharply defined keel in tho scutellar groove towards the base ; metasternum and second segment as in preceding genus j wings broad, hairy, rounded at apex,- with a hair-fringe, the radial cell very broad and closed at free margin. Sp. P. longicornis (Hart.). Rhojitromeris (ibid.). Malar furrow slight, facial grooves broad but not deep; antennm in cf 15-jointed, the second joint of funiculus more or less (sometimes strongly) thickened and elongate, always longer than the first; in 2 13-jointed, with distinct 7-jointed club; scutellar cup small; meta- sternum as in preceding ; second segment crowned with hair at the base ; wings hairy, rounded at apex, and hair-fringed ; radial cell closed at fore margin, narrow; tho first and second sections of the radius almost equal in length, the inner angle with a straight or oblique continuation. Spp. : 11. eucera (Hart.) — of which hiscapus (Hart.) and nodosa (Gir.) are the and clavipcs (Hart.) is a var., — heptoma and tristis (Hart.), and fovealis (Thoms.)^ Eutrias (p. 357). Antenna) as long as the mesothorax, with strongly de- fined 3-jointod club, tho first joint of funiculus twice as long as tho second, and joints 8-8 globose ; scutellar cup very small ; metasternum and second segment as in preceding genus ; wings hairy, rounded at apex, hair-fringed, with tho radial cell open at fore margin. Sp. E. tritoma (Thoms.). Adicris (ibid.). Malar division indistinct, facial grooves very elongate ; antenna) 13-jointcd, in $ with 8-jointed club; scutellar cup large, elliptic, strongly margined ; wings as in preceding, but with radial cell open at fore margin to the base and apex, and tho first section of radius much shorter than second ; metasternum as in preceding ; second segment crowned with hair at tho base. Sp. A. rcdtisa, sp. n., ibid., Aix. Piezohria (p. 858). Malar furrow very slight, facial impressions wide and shallow; antenna) in $ 13-jointed, with no defined club, joints of fimiculus (except 1 & 2) roundish, the first longer than second ; hind margin of pro- notum sharply elevated, thickly tomentoso at the sides ; scutellum rugulose, sides untoothed, apex emarginate, so that it is bluntly bidentate, the cup large ; metasternum and second segment as in Eutrias ; wings as in pre- ceding genus, with short fringe of hairs, and the radial cell open at base and fore margin. Sp. P, hicuspidata, sp. n., ibid., Aix. Vilinothrix (ibid.). Malar furrow slight, facial grooves broad ; antennae in $ 13-jointed, with 9-jointed and moderately distinct club; scutellar cup large, rotundate, somewhat excavated ; metasternum and second segment as in preceding genus, abdomen with the sides exceedingly strongly compressed, the dorsal surface pinched up, the anal valve brought forward, cultriform ; wings as in preceding, hair-fringed, with the radial cell open at fore margin. Spp. : P. designata^ sp. n., ibid., Aix ; P. giraudi {-=Euccela melanoptera^ Gir, nec Hartig, which is a Ilypoletlirid), Ancctolis (p. 359). Malar furrow indistinct, facial grooves broad and deep ; antennee in 2 13-jointed, with no defined club, tho first joint of funiculus* rather longer and thinner than second, the rest of equal length and thickness, except the last, which is slightly longer than the preceding ; scutellum rugu- lose, with a large, excavated, strongly margined, rotundate cup; meta- sternum and second segment as in preceding ; wings as in preceding genus, with radial cell open, much elongated, the first section of the radius di- stinctly bowed, the first and second cubital cells divided by a short perpen- 330 ZOOLOGICAL LITERATURE. dicular vein. Sp. A. indagatrix^ sp. n., ibid., Aix ; also probably Eitccela filicm'nis (Thoms.). Hexaplasta (ibid.). Malar furrow fine, facial grooves shallow ; antennae 13- jointed, with 6-jointed distinct club, first joint of funiculus longer than following joints ; scutellum slightly striate, cup large, shallow, smooth and shining, with a round groove behind j second segment crowned with hair at the base j radial cell open, first section of radius slightly shorter than second. Spp. H. hexatorna (Hart.) and rujimntris (Gir.). TryUiographa (ibid.). Malar furrow fine, facial grooves broad j antennae in $ 12-jointed, with 8-jointed club, and first joint of funiculus somewhat longer than second ; in cf 15-jointed, first joint of funiculus not longer than second, not distinctly curved ; scutellum rugulose, with a large, rotundated, excavated, margined cup, which has a deep groove at its hinder margin ; metasternum as in preceding; second segment of abdomen crowned with tomentose hairs at the base ; radial cell open. Spp. : T. seutellaris, dtaphana, atra, moniliatay rujipes (Hart.), nigripes, antennata (Gir.), fumipemiis, octo- toma, albipennis, enneatoma (Thoms.). Diranehis (p. 360). Antennae 16-jointed, first joint of funiculus 1^ times as long as second, slightly bowed, the second and following joints almost of equal length ; scutellum rugulose, with a moderately large, ovate, margined cup ; sides of metasternum thickly tomentose over the hinder coxae, second segment of abdomen crowned with tomentose hairs at the base ; wings hairy, rounded at apex, hair-fringed, with the radial cell open and the first section of radius distinctly shorter. than the second. Only known in the S sex, which, as the author suggests, may possibly bo the S of Aphistophyza. Sp. D. copidata, sp. n., ibid., Rhine bank at Cologne. 5. Megapelmoid^e {Anacharoidce) , The author adopts this name, from the typical genus Megapelmus (Hart.), as the prior Anacharis (Halm.) is anticipated for the well-known water-plant. He recharacterizes Xyalaspis and Megapelmus (Hart.), and Mgilips (Hal.), and describes the following new genus and species ; — Synapsis (p. 361). Maxillary palpi 5-, labial palpi 3-jointed ; antennae fili- form, in (S 14-jointed, the first two joints of fimiculus of equal length ; mesonotum not divided behind from the scutellum, smooth, with no parap- sidal furrows ; metanotum only indistinctly and imperfectly reticulate- divided ; abdomen narrow, somewhat compressed at the sides, the pedicle smooth, a little longer than the hind coxae ; radial cell closed, the two cubital cells marked by a thick spot. Sp. S. aquisyranensis, sp. n., ibid., Aix. Megapelmus rufiventris (Hart.) = immunis, Walk. ; Xyalaspis Icevigata (Hart.) = A£gilips nitidula (Halm., Cynips). * 6. Onychioid.®. The author recharacterizes .^5j9icera(Dahlb.), Onychia (Hal.), Homalaspis (Gir.). 7. FigitoidvE. The author recharacterizes Ceroptres (Hart.), Lonchidia (Thoms.), Figites (Latr.), Melanips (Hal.; Ambly- notusy Hart., Reinh., Thoms.), (Hart.; AmphitectuSy Hart., Gir.; MelanipSy Gir., partim), and Melanips (Thoms., HYMENOPTERA. 331 nec Hal., which he renames Dicerdea). He gives his reasons (p. 308) for placing Ceroptres in the Figitoidce* The following new genera are characterized : — Anolytus (p. 365). Eyes bare, no malar margin ; antennae in $ 13-, in S 14-jointed; mesonotum coriaceous, with no parapsidal furrows; scutellar basal grooves indistinct or wanting ; sides of mesosternum always smooth ; radial cell moderately elongate, open at fore margin, with no second cubital cell ; abdomen hairy at base of second segment, third segment very large. Sp. A. rujiycs^ sp. n., ibid. Zygosis (ibid.). Cheeks margined ; eyes with sparse pubescence ; antennae in $ 13-, in J 14-jointed, first joint of funiculus longer than second; thorax smooth, mesonotum very highly polished, shining, with continuous parap- sidal furrows ; scutellum with two smooth “grooves at the base ; sides of me- sosternum shining, finely striate beneath, only divided from the mesosternum by a fine furrow ; radial cell closed all round ; second cubital cell with two genuine veins, situated almost under the base of the radial, closed beneath b}’^ a spurious vein ; second segment of abdomen not hairy at base, smooth. Sp. 7j. urticeti (Dahlb., Figites, with which Psilogaster hetet'opterus, Hart., is synonymous). Ilomonis (p. 3G6). Cheeks margined, eyes pubescent ; antennse in $ 13- jointed, joints 4-11 of funiculus scarcely longer than broad ; in d 14-jointed, the first joint of funiculus very distinctly curved ; mesonotum with continuous parapsidal furrows ; scutellum rugulose ; sides of mesosternum furrowed ; radial cell closed on all sides, second cubital cell only defined by spurious veins ; second segment of abdomen smooth and bare at the base. Sp. II. ahnormis (Gir.). PycJinotrichia (ibid.). Eyes with sparse pubescence, cheeks and temples margined; antennajin $ 13-, in d 14-jointed, joints of funiculus cylindrical, longer than broad; mesonotum with continuous parapsidal furrows; scu- tellum rugulose, with two grooves at the base ; sides of mesosternum strjated beneath, and not divided from mesosternum by a sharp ridge ; wings thickly pubescent, the radial cell elongate, closed on all sides, second cubital cell only defined by spurious veins ; second segment of abdomen smooth and bare at the base. 8pp. : P. erythropa, sp.n., ibid., Aix ; {Figites) validicmmis (Thoms.) and Icemgatm (Reinh., with which urticarum, Thoms., is synony- mous). Trischiza (p. 367). Eyes bare, cheeks margined ; antennae filiform, the first and second joints of funiculus equal in length; parapsidal funows distinct; scutellum rugulose, smooth at the base, with two grooves; sides of mesosternum smooth, radial cell open at the fore margin, base, and apex ; a second cubital cell not defined ; base of second segment of abdomen bare and smooth. Sp. T. agarieolarum (Dahlb., Figites). Van VoLLENHOVEN, Tijdschr, voor Entom. 2ro^Me, Harr.), and quotes W. II. Edwards’s description of the larva of G. comma. J. Sided OTH AM (Zoologist, 1869, p. 1952) records the result of some expe- riments made in rearing Vanessa urticcc under coloured glass. Those reared under blue glass were not healthy, and mostly died in their earlier stages ; while the few that emerged were on the average very small : the orange-brown was lighter in shade, and the yellow and orange ran into each other. Those reared under yellow glass were also small, the orange-brown was replaced by salmon-colour, the venation was more strongly marked, and the marginal blue dashes were of a dull slaty colour. Vanessa. T. Groves (Entomologist, iv. p. 259) describes a remarkably pale variety of Vanessa nrttcce. Milliere (Ann. Soc. Linn. Lyon, xvi.) figures and describes V. callirhoe (p. 26, pi. 88. f. 1, 2), which has recently been taken on the S. coast of Por- tugal, and (Z. c. p. 27, pi. 88. f. 3) a variety of V. atalanta from Pennes. He also (J. c. xvii. pp. 10, 11, pi. 94. f. 3) describes and figures a variety of V, antiopa from Moravia, and describes another from Dalmatia. Stainton (I’roc. Ent. Soc. 1869, p. 8) remarks that Pyrameis atalanta is the commonest hibernating butterfiy in various parts of South Europe, while in England a hibernated specimen is never seen before April) and rarely before the hawthorn is in blossom. Cynthia cardui. A variety described by Ragonot, Ent. M. Mag. v. p. 229 j a variety of the larva described by Buclder, Ent. M. Mag. v. p. 278. Myscelia cyanccula, Feld. = AT. ethusa, Boisd., according to R. Felder (Verb, zool.-bot. Ges. 1869, p. 472). Timetes eleueha has been taken in Florida according to Edwards (Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. ii. p. 312). Limenitis. Packard (Guide to Study of Insects, pp. 261, 262, fig. 189) notices the N. American species of this genus, and figures L. misippus., Fabr. W. Buckler (Ent. M. Mag. v. p. 226) publishes notes on the earlier stages of L. Sibylla ; and Bond has obtained two black specimens of the same insect (Proc. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1868, p. 42). Edwards figures L. prdseipina (Butt. N. Amer. Limenitis, pi. 1) and L. weidemcycrii (1. c. Lim. pi. 2). Diadcma. Wallace (Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1869, pp. 277-288) publishes a monograph of the Eastern species of this genus, describing several new ones, and making many interesting remarks on the variation (sexual and otherwise) and distribution both of the genus generally and of D. holina and the other known species. The female var. inaria of D. misipipus, which seems common in Africa, is rare in the East, whore there is no Danais it resembles. W allaco also remarks on the resemblance between the Africah Diadcma sal*- mads and the Celebesian D. diomea ‘‘ as one of the little group of facts which point to some unknown mode of connexion in former times between these remote portions of the earth.” He considers the Austro-Malayan region the probable birthplace of Diadema and the allied genera. Herrich-Schaffer describes; an aberration of Diad. auge from Ovalau. Stettin, entom. Zeitung, 1869,' p. 71. 364 ZOOLOGICAL LITEUATURE. . Butler (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. iii. p. 20, note) states that the East- Indian form of Diadema lasinassa, Cram. = the true Pap. holina, Linn., and must receive that name, while the Diad. bolina of recent authors must take the name of misippus^ applied by Linnaeus to the female of that species. , Ilarma hypatha. Hewitson describes the male of this species from Old Calabar. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1869, p. 75. n. 7. ' Butler (P. Z. S. 1868, pp. 599-615, pi. 46) has revised the species of the genus AdoliaSf and divided them into the 6 following genera: — Adolias, Boisd., type aconthea ; Tana'ecia, t)rpe pulasara ; Symphccdra, Iliibn., type (Bropus (the dirtea group is also included in this genus) ; Dichorragia, type nesimachus j Stibochiona, type coresia Neurosigma, type siva. He describes varieties of various species, and the male of Adol. sahadeva. He states that the male of A. octogesima appears to be the same as A. alpheda, male, but that the supposed female seems to belong to the appiadcs group of the genus. He describes and figures the true cocytus of Fabricius, and figures A. monina, Fabr. {—cocyta, ¥sihv.=spuseda, Moore). He states that Vollenhoven has probably described two species as the sexes of his A. gandarva. He describes the female of A. appiades and of Tana'ecia pelea, Fabr. {pelea J —palguna, Moore), and the male of T. varuna. He also asserts that Adol. conjinis, Feld. z^Abroiajumna, Moore, and not A. ganga. [We are, however, informed by W. S. Atkinson that these supposed species are only vars. In any case the name confmis has the priority overjwwma]. Apatura. Hewitson (Ex. Butt. 71, Oct. 1869, Apatura, pi. 1) figures A. pavofiii, f. 3, 4, and A. laurentia $, f. 6, 6. Butler (Cistula Entomologica, p. 8) describes the females of A. lucasii and A. laiirentia, and remarks that Iliibner has figured the female of A. druryi as that of A. laura. Charaxes. Butler (Lepidoptera Exotica, p. 5, pi. 2) describes the females of C. smaragdalis, f. 1, and C. saturnus, f. 2, from Congo. He also remarks that Nymphalis Caledonia, Hew., should form a new genus intermediate be- tween Charaxes and Protho'e. Paphia. Hewitson (Ex. Butt. 69, Jan. 1869, Paphia, pi. 2) figures C. ty-' rianthina, Salvin & Godman, f. 4, and C. cyanea, S. & G., f. 6, 9. Siderone zethus, Westw., is a synonym of S. strigosus, Gmel., according to Kirby, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1869, p. 359. New genera and species : — Tana'ecia, n. g., Butler, P. Z. S. 1868, p. 610. Type Adolias pulasara, Moore. Sexes nearly alike j palpi with a slender bristle-like terminal joint slightly variable in length j middle discocellular of front wing feebly recurved j first branch of subcostal nervure in hind wings emitted at some distance from base, the second just beyond. Dichorragia, n. g., Butler, l.c. p. 614. Type Adolias nesimachus, Boisd. Allied to Apaturina ; hind-wing cell partially closed by an interrupted and rather delicate lower discocellular nervule. Stibochiona, n. g., Butler, 1. c. p. 614. Type Hypolimnas coresia, Hiibn. Allied to Diadema j discoidal cells of both wings distinctly closed ; middle and lower discocellulars of fore wing forming a continuous arch ; upper dis- cocellular of hind wing obliquely arched, the lower a little longer than the upper, slightly arched, and meeting the median nervure somewhat obliquely at the origin of the second and third branches. LEPIDOPTERA. 365 Neurimgma, w. Butler, /. c, p. 015. Type ylc/o?m,9 s/vrt, Wostw. Allied to liomalcBosomay with which it agrees in body, palpi, and antennse ; dis- coidal cells closed ; upper discocellular of fore wing very minute ; middle short, transverse ; lower long, transverse, gently waved, meeting third median nervule close to origin of second ; upper discocellular of hind wing short and branched inwardly ; lower long, arched outward, slightly angulated in centre, and meeting third median nervure just beyond the origin of second, Cethosia cyrene, Wallace, Trans. Ent, Soc. Lond. 1869, p. 338, Waigiou. Clothilda msignis, Salvin, ibid. p. 394, Costa Rica ; C. cuhana, Salv. 1. c. p. 396, Cuba. drrochroa satellita, Butler, Cistula Entomologica, i. p. 9, Hongkong ; C. calypso, Wallace, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1869, p. 339, Borneo; C. ducalis, Wall. 1. c. p. 340, New Guinea, Waigiou. Terinos nympha, Wall. 1. c. p. 342, Sarawak; T. viola, Wall. Lc. p. 343, Singapore, Sumatra ; T. fxdminans, Butl. Cist. Ent. i. p. 9, Sarawak. Atella celehensis, Wall. 1. c. p. 344, IMacassar. Aryynnis. Boisduval (Ann. Soc. Ent. Beige, xii.) describes the following species of this genus as new, from California : — A. cpithore, p. 58 ; A. mor- immia {= A. ncnoquis, Reak., fide W. II. Edwards in litt.), A. cylcis ( = A, montimya, Bohr, W. II. E.), A.juha (=A. coronis, Bohr, W. II. E.), p. 60; A. hydaspe (=A. monticola, Behr, W. II. E.), A. adiante, p. 61. Aryynnis halcyone, Edwards, Butt. N. Amer. Aryynnis, pi. 9, Colorado; A. hehrensii, Edwards, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. ii. p. 370, Califoraia. Melitoia. Boisduval (1. c.) describes the following Californian species as new: — 31. callina { — 31. collina, Behr, = AT. mylitta, Edw. fide W. H. Ed- wards in litt.), p. 54; 31. epida { — 31. pratensis, Behr, W. H. E.), p. 54 ; 31. orsa, p. 66; 31. helcita {-=31. hoffmanni, Behr, W. II. E.), p. 66; 31. pola, p. 66; 31. sonorcc {^31. yahhii, Behr, W. II. E.), p. 66. 3lelit(jca packardii, Saunders, Packard’s Guide to Study of Insects, p. 266, Canada; 31. vesta, Edwards, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. ii. p. 371, Texas; 31. arachne, Edw. ( = M. minuta, 5 ^ Edw.), 1. c. p. 372, Colorado. Eresia. Salvin (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 4th series, vol. iv.) describes the following new species: — E. niyripennis, p. 170, Costa Rica; E. actinote, E. ithomiola { = E. peloria, Hewitson, $: comp. Hew. Equat. Lep. p. 23), p. 171, and E. pusilla, p. 172, all from East Peru. Hewitson (Equatorial Lepido- ptera) describes the following from Ecuador : — E. ildica and E. letitia, p. 24 ; E. casiphia and E. eleea, p. 25 ; E. sestia and E. mylitta, p. 27 ; E. neria, Ent. M. Mag. vi. p. 98, Eq. Lep. p. 27 ; E. tissa, Eq. Lep. p. 27 ; E. trimaculata and E. alceta, p. 28. Eresia alsina. Hew. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1869, p. 33, Nicaragua ; E. pallescens, R. Felder, Verb, zool.-bot. Ges. in Wien, 1869, p. 469 ; E. yra- phiea and E. socia, p. 470 ; E. arehesilea and E. ohscurata, p. 471, all from Mexico. Synchloe misera (Boisd, MSS.), R. Felder, 1. c. p. 471, Mexico. Laoyona liylceus, Wallace, Tr. Ent. Soc. Lond. p. 345, Dorey ; L. hypatia, Wall. 1. c. p. 345, Java. Grapta areas, Edwards, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. ii. p. 373, California; G. saiyrus, Edw. 1. c. p. 374, Colorado; G. umhrosa, Lintner, ibid. p. 313, United States. 1869. [vol. VI.] 2 c 3C6 ZOOLOGICAL LITEllATUHE. Junonia zipha, Butler, Cist. Eiit. i. p. 0, Old Calabar j J. timorensis, Wall. Trans. Ent. Soc. Loud. 18G9, p. 340, Timor. Salamis amarantha^ Butler, 1. c. p. 6, Old Calabar. Cyhilolis. Ilowitson (Ex. Butt. GO, Jan. 1800) figuroa and doscribos tlio following now species: — C. calamis, f. 23, 24, Bolivia} C. cardases, f. 25, Ecuador} C, cecidas, f. 20, 27, Ecuador} C. cumpaspe, f. 28, 20, New Granada. Cyhdelis boliviana^ Salvin, Ann. & Mag. N. H. 4th ser. iv. p. 176, Bolivia. Myscelia rogenhoferi, B. Felder, Verb, zool.-bot. Ges. in Wien, 18G0, p. 472, Mexico. Eunica. Salvin (7 c.) describes the following new species : — E. cldorochroa^ p. 172, Cosnipata } E. eleganSj p. 173, Apolobamba, Pozzuzo, Cosnipata } E. tmehrosa, 1. c., Pozzuzo } E. hrtinnea, p. 174, Cosnipata. Eubugis sosthenes, Ilewitson, Tr. Ent. Soc. Bond. 18G0, p. 34, Nicaragua. Perisama hilara^ Salv. 1. c. p. 176, Cosnipata. Callicore neglecta, Salv. l.c. p. 170, West of S. America, Guatemala. Catagramma titania, Salv. l.c. p. 177, Guatemala} C. casta, Salv. l.c. p. 178, Mexico } C. apkidna, Hew. Trans. Ent. Soc. Bond. 1800, p. 72. n. 3, Venezuela. Pgrrhogyra neis, B. Felder, Verb, zool.-bot. Ges. in Wien, 1800, p. 473, Mexico. Epicalia esite, B. Folder, 1. c. p. 472, Mexico } E. regina, Salv. Ann. Si, Mag. N. II. 4th ser. iv. p. 178, Caraccas. CallUhca buchlcyi, Ilowitson, Equat. Ijcp. p. 20, Ecuador} C. whitdyi, Salvin, Ann. & Mag. N. II. 4th ser. iv. p. 170, Cosnipata } C. optima, Butler, Bepidoptera Exotica, p. 12, pi. 6. f. 1, 2, Santa Crux, Peruvian Amazons. Butler remarks that this species is intermediate between the two gTOups into which the genus has hitherto been readily separable. Cyrestis nais, Wallace, Tr. Ent. Soc. Bond. 1800, p. 347, Timor} C, seneca, Wall. 1. c., Sula Islands. Timetes funcstis, Butler, Cist. Ent. i. p. 10, Bolivia. Pvothoc wcstivoodii, Wallace (=My7ics leucis, var. F, Hew.),/, c. p. 81, Aju Islands} P. hewitsoni. Wall. (=Af. hucis, var. G, Hew.), l.c.. New Guinea, Mysol. Mynes gu4rini,y^ c\\. 1. c. p. 78, Queensland } M. doubledaii. Wall. 1. c. p. 70, Ceram. Limmitis \^Neptis'\ hcempferi. He TOrza, Bepid. Japon. p. 24, Japan. Heterochroa mephistopheles, Butler, Cist. Ent. i. p. 7, Bogota } JI. capkira, Ilewitson, Trans. Ent. Soc. Bond. p. 73, Venezuela } H. anathia, B. Felder, Verb, zool.-bot. Ges. in Wien, 1800, p. 473, Mexico. Diadema. Wallace, /. c., describes the following new species of this genus : — D. pandora, p. 281, Bouru } D. saundet'si, p. 282, Timor} D. heivitsoni (=zD. pandarus, var.. Hew. P. Z, S. 1868, pi. 64. figs. 1, 2), K6 Islands} i), fraterna, p. 284, Macassar} D. anomala ( = 1). perhnele, cf, Feld, nec Cram., and $ = Z). antUope, Westw. nec Cram.), p. 286, Malacca, Java } D. albula p. 287, Timor. Diadema damoclina, Trimen, Trans. Binn. Soc. xxvi. p. 605, note, Angola and Congo } D. mhna. Trim. /. c. p. 600, note, pi. 43. fig, 7, Natal } D. octoctda, Butl. Ann. & Mag. N. II. 4th ser. iii. p. 10, pi. 0. f. 6, Tologa} D.formosa, Herr.-Schaff. ( = Z>. pandarus, var. P), Stettin, entom. Zeitung, p. 71, pi. 4. f. 17, Vanna Valava. Befigured, Samml. aussereurop. Schmett. ii. f. HO. LEPIDOPTERA. A 367 Ilestina zella, Butler [ = J7. persimilh, Wcstw.], Trans. Ent, Soc. Lend. 18G9, p, 0, (ig., East Indies. Romalceosoma crockeri, Butler (s=i2. cyparissa, Doubl. MSS. in Brit. Miis. nec Cram.), Ann. & Mag. N. H. 4th ser. iii. p. 20, pi. 9. f. 6, Ashanti, Euryphene elpinice, Hew. Ent. M. Mag. vi. p. 97, Old Calabar. Aterica zeugma^ Hewitson, Tr. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1869, p. 73, Old Calabar ; A, ahesa, Hew. 1. c. p. 74, Cape-Coast Castle. Ilarrna. Hewitson (Ex. Butt. 71, Oct. 1869) describes and figures the following new species from Congo — H. adelina, Harnui, pi. 3. f. 9, 11 ; II. altisidora { = adelina, ?), f. 10, 12 ; II uselda, f. 13, 14 ; II hesiodus, Harjiia, pi. 4. f. 15-18. Adolias, Butler describes the following new species ; — A. decoratus, P. Z. S. 1868, p. 605, pi. 45. f. 2, 9, Singapore ; A. vacillaria, 1. c. p. 606, pi. 45. f. 1, Bor- neo ; A. xiphiones, 1. c. p. 609, pi. 45. f. 6, Moulmein ; A. zichri, Cist. Ent. i. p. 6, Sarawak. Tanaecia supercilia, Butler, P. Z. S. 1868, p. 610, pi. 45. f. 7, Penang ; T. violaria, Butl. 1. c. p. 612, pi. 45. f. 8, Singapore. Symphcxdra canesccns, Butler, 1. c. p, 612, pi. 45. f. 5, Borneo j S. cyani- pardus {^Adolias dirtea, Doubl., How. nec Fabr.), Butl. 1. c. p. 613, Silhet, Borneo. Euripus rohusius, Wallace, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1869, p. 348, Tondano, Celebes. Agrias heatijica, Hewitson, Eqiiat. Lep. p. 30, Ecuador. Apatura proserpina, Scudder, Trans. Chic. Acad. Sci. i. p. 332, Iowa ; A. zalmunna, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1869, p. 274, pi. 6. f. 4, Brazil j A. macar, Wallace, ibid. p. 349, Macassar ; A. alicia, Edwards, Butt. N. Amer. Apatura, pi. 1, New Orleans ; A. pTiceacia, Hewitson, Exot. Butt. 71, Oct. 1869, Ap. pi. 1. f. 1, 2, and A. zanoa. Hew. {=A, namonna, aberr. ?), 1. c. f. 7, 8, both from Darjeeling, Charaxes. Butler (Cist. Ent. i.) describes the following new species of this genus: — C. druceanus, p. 4, Old Calabar; C. zqihyrus C. alladinis, hab. — P He also figures and describes the following: — C. zelica, Ent. M. Mag. vi. p. 28, Lepidoptera Exotica, p. 12, pi. 5. f. 3, Ashanti ? ; C. orilus (Wallace in litt.), Lep, Ex. p. 13, pi. 5. f. 5, Timor; C. hannihal (Wall, in litt.), 1. c. p. 14, pi. 6. f. 5, Tondano, Macassar; C. jupiter,l. c. p. 14, pi. 5. f.4, 7, Dorey ; C. gilolcnsis (Wall, in litt.), /. c. p. 14, pi. 5. f. 6, pi. 6, f. 3, Batchian, Gilolo; C. papucnsis (Wall, in litt,), p. 15, pi. 6. f. 1, 4, Dorey, Aru ; C. horneemis (Wall, in litt.), p. 16, pi. 6. f. 2, Sarawak. Eapliia. Salvin (Ann. & Mag. N. H. 4th ser. iv.) describes the following new species : — P. lineata, p. 179, Apolobamba ; P. indigoiica and P. zelica, p. 180, Veragua ; P. proserpina, p. 181, Guatemala. Paphia vestina, Hewitson, Equat. Lep. p. 31, Ecuador ; P. artacecna. Hew. Ex. Butt. 69, Jan. 1869, Paph. pi. 2. f. 6, 7, and P. clcomestra, How. /. c. f. 8, 10, from New Granada; Nymphalis hcdcmanni, R. Felder, Verb, zool.-bot. Ges. in Wien, 1869, p. 473, N. pithyum, Feld. 1. c. p, 473, N. callidryas, Feld. l.c. p. 474, all from Mexico. Morphides. Butler (Cistula Entomologica, i. p. 3) proposes to establish a subfamilj’* under the name of Morphmce, to be placed between the Brassolihce and 2c2 368 ZOOLOGICAL LITERATURE. Nymphalince, and indicates the following genera as belonging to it ; — Morpho, Clerome^ Dnisilla, Discophora, Amathusia, and Bia. Amathusia ottomana^ sp. n., Butler, Ent. M. Mag. vi. p. 65, Borneo ; A. ivestivoodii, sp. n., Butl. 1. c. (=A. amyihaon^ Westw. nec Doubl.), N. India. Morplio luna, sp. n., Butler, Cistula Entomologica, i. p. 4, Mexico ; M. pha- nodemus^ sp. n., Ilewits. {=ihecahe, var. ?), Equat. Lep. p. 32, Ecuador. Brassolides. Caligo hemichroa, sp. n., Butler, Cistula Entomologica, i. p. 3, JNIinas Geraes. Dasyophthalma vertebraliSf Butl. 1. c. p. 2, Para. Narope nesope^ Hewitson, Equat. Lep. p. 32, Ecuador. Satyrides. Butler remarks (Lepidoptera Exotica, i. p. 10) that Buptychia gemma, Hubn.,s=(Papi7/o) Cornelius, Fabr., and must receive that name. Chionobas. Scudder (Packard’s Guide to Study of Insects, p. 263, figs. 191-196) gives outlines of the undersides of the hind wings in the various American species of this genus. Packard (/. c. fig. 190) figures C, semidea. Scudder also (Harris Correspondence, pp. 43, 107) publishes Harris’s notes on the synonymy of llipparclda {Chionobas) semidea. 'He l’Ouza (L(Spid. Japonais, p. 32) states that Satyrus mcnetricsii, Bremer, = S. deidamia, Eversm., and that the species occurs in Japan, North China, and, according to Herrich-Schaffer, also in Siberia. Lederer describes and figures a variety of Satyrus bryee from Astrabad as var. parthica. Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross. vi. p. 83, t. 4. f. 12, 13. Milliere (Ann. Soc. Linn. Lyon, xvii. p. 1, pi. 93. f. 1-4) describes the transformations of Satyrus Jidia, and figures it in all its stages. E. L. Ragonot notices a variety of Satyrus janira taken near Paris. Eut. M. Mag. vi. p. 148. New genera and species : — Cyllopsis, g. n., R. Felder, Verhandl. zool.-bot. Gesellsch. in Wien, 1869, p. 474. Allied to Taygetis) eyes naked, palpi much more slender j terminal joint acute, not distinctly aciculate, extending more than twice the length of the head. In shape and coloration of hind wings like Cyllo, Type C. liede- manni, sp. n., R. Felder, l.c., Mexico. Pindis, g. n., R. Felder, /. c. p. 475. Allied to Taygetis ; palpi porrected, densely clothed with scales to the tip, middle joint half as long as the head, slightly setose, terminal joint similar, thrice the length of the middle one, obtuse. Wings broad, rather short, fore wings waved and truncated at the apex ; hind wings strongly dentated, rather convex at the apex. Type P. squamistriga, sp. n., R. Felder, 1. c., Mexico. Idiomorphus zinebi, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 4th ser. iii. p. 19, pi. 9. f. 4, Gold Coast. Taygetis kerea, Butler, Lepidoptera Exotica, p. 11, pi. 4. f. 2, Vera Paz. • Pronophila. Hewitson describes the following new species from Ecuador ; — P. tena, Entom. M. Mag. vi. p. 98, Equat. Lep. p, 33 ; P. alusana, Ent. M . LEPIDOPTERA. 369 Mag. vi. p. 98, Equat. Lep. p. 34 ; P. pomponia, Eq. Lep. p. 83 ; P. porcia, 1. c. p. 34; P. panacea^ 1. c. p. 35. Hoittra polita, Hew. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1869, p. 84, Nicaragua. Euptychia. Butler (Lepidoptera Exotica) describes and figures the follow- ing new species of this genus : — E. cm-ulea, p. 6, pi. 3. f. 1, 2, Maranham ; E, vinre, p, 6, pi. 3. f 6, Para {■=iE. codeste, var. 5 > Butler, olini) ; E. zeba^ p. 7, pi. 3. f. 3, Pebas, East Peru {—E. nntonoe^ local form ?) ; E.fulgora, p. 7, pi. 3. f. 4, Pebas ; E. quadrina, p. 7, pi. 6. f. 5, Maranham ; E. ziza, p. 9, pi. 4. f. 1, Pebas ; E. zcrcdat.ha, p. 9, pi. 4. f. 3, Rio ( =raco of E, cons ?) ; E. ithama., p. 9, pi. 4. f. 4, Valley of tho Polochic, and S. Lorenzo, plain of Sadama ; E. bino- cula, p. 10, pi. 4. f. 5, Cayenne ; E.jcsia, p. 10, pi. 4. f. 0, South Ecuador ; E. zabdly p. 11, pi. 4. f. 11, Chtetum, Vera l^az. Euptychia zia, Butler, Entomologist, iv. p. 347, Queensland. Euptychia. Hewitson (Equat. Lep.) describes the following new species : — E, ccelica, p. 35, E. albofasciata and E, ashna, p. 36, all from Ecuador ; E. tiessa, from Ecuador, Quito, and Chontales. Chionobas calif ornica^ Boisduval, Ann. Soc. Entom. Beige, xii. p. 62, Cali- fornia. Satyms cetns, Boisd. (-S. sylvestris, Edw. fide W. II. Edwards, in litt.), 1. c. p. 63, California. Einnephile. Lederer (Ilor. Soc. Ent. Ross, vi.) describes the following new species of this genus from Astrabad : — E. cadusia, p. 84, pi. 4. f. 10, 11 ; E. ama7'd(ca, p. 84, pi. 6. f. 3, 4 ; dysdora^ p. 85, pi. 6. f. 1, 2. Cocnonympha kodiak, W. II. Edwards, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. ii. p. 376, Kodiak ; C. brenda, Edwards, 1. c., California. Eurytelides. Wallace (Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1869, pp. 821-331) monographs the eastern species of Elymnias, remarking on the habits, variation, and distribu- tion of the species, and describing several new ones. He states {1. c. p. 331) that Eurytela hors/ieldi and stephensi of Boisduval are the sexes of one spe- cies. He also ( pp. 332-334) gives a list of the eastern species of Ergolis, with critical notes. Elymnias. Wallace (/. c.) describes tho following now species of this genus : — E. thijcana, p. 323, India ; E. borneensis, p. 324, Sarawak ; E. suma- trana (=E. pcnanga, Hew. nee Westw.), p. 326, Sumatra; E. timandra^ p. 326, N. India; E. hewitsoni {—E. leucocyma, Hew. nec Godt.), and E> hicetas, p. 327, from Macassar ; E. vimmalis, p. 328, Boiiru ; E. papua, p. 329, New Guinea; and E. melantho, p. 330, Gagie Island. Ergolis isceus, sp. n.. Wall. 1. c. p. 333, Singapore, Sumatra; E. timora, sp. n., Wall. 1. pus, Fabr. p. 11, pi. 4. f. 39, 40 ; Aphnceus manno7’eus, Butl., prob. = I. boivkeri, Trim., var. (p. 11), Dipsas eph’us, Feld., Iras priority Deudorix despccna, Hew. (p. 12). IIijpolyc India ; II. eltola, Hew. 1. c. f. 40, Darjeeling. Tamphila. Herricb-Scbaffer (Stettin, entom. Zeitung, 1869, p. 79) de- scribes tbe following new species : — P. angustula, Vanna Valava ; P. ancilla and P. olivescens, pi. 3. f. 14, Samml. aussereurop. Scbmett. ii, f, 116, both from Rockhampton. Ancyloxypha simplex, R. Felder, Verb, zool.-bot. Ges. in Wien, 1869, p. 476, Mexico. Telesto sexguttata, Ilerr.-ScbafF. Stett. ent. Zeit. I860, pi. 3. fig. 16; lies- perilla se.vguUata, 1. c. p. 80, Rockhampton. Refigured ns Tel. sexg., Samml, aussereurop. Scbmett. ii. f. 118. Pyrgus georgina, Rcakirt, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. 1868, p. 88, Mexico ; P. alana, Reak. 1. c. p. 90, New Granada. Leucochitonea. R. Felder (/. c.) describes tbe following new species of this genus from Mexico : — L. lugubris, L. pastor (Kollar, MS.), and L. cane- scem, p. 476 ; Z. pulcherius (Moritz, MS.), and L. hyalophora, p. 477 ; L. pul- veridenta, p. 478; L. ernorsa, p. 479; L. funehris, p. 480. Leucochitonea laccena, Hewitson, Ex. Butt. 72, Oct. 1869, Leuc. pi. 1. fig. 3, Brazil. Helias pallida, R. Felder, 1. c. p. 478, Mexico. Nisoniades martialis, Scudder, Trans. Chic. Acad. Sci. i. p. 335, Iowa. Heterocera. Wallengren has continued his work on the Lepidoptera of Scandinavia by a third instalment, in which the Bombyces are commenced. He divides his group Nematocera into the fol- lowing families, the first five of which only are included in the present part : — 1. Alae completge. I. Pedes omnes calcares carentes .... I. Hepialoid.®. II. Pedes saltern posteriores calcaribiis prsediti. 1. Costm abdominales al. posticarum 3. A. Costm dorsales al. anticarum 2. 1. Costa subcostalis al. post, usque ad basin libera, tantum co- stula transversa cum costa mediana interdum connexa. Lin- gua nulla II. CossiDE. 2. Costa subcostalis al. post, est ramulus costae medianae. Lin- gua distincta, brevis III. Cochliopod^. B. Costa dorsalis al. anticarum I, sed extrorsum furcata. IV. PSYCHID^. 380 ZOOLOGICAL LITERATURE. 2. Costae abdominales al. posticarum 1-2, rarissime deficientes. A. Hetinaculuni nullum. 1. Areola radialis al. anticarum nulla, V. ACHALINOPTERYGIDiE. 2. Areola radialis al. anticarum adest. VI. PLATYPTERYGIDiE. 13. Retinaculum adest. 1. Costa independens al. ant. in medio inter angulum anteriorem et angulum posteriorem areolae discoidalis oriens. a. Costa subcostalis al. post, usque ad basin libera, nec cum costa mediana nisi costula transversa interdum connexa. 1. Costa independens al. post, reliquis cequalis. a. Costa independens al. post, in medio inter angulum anteri- orem et angulum posteriorem areolae discoidalis oriens. t Pedes liirsuti. * Ramulus subcostalis al. ant. adest. VII. Notodontid^. ** Ramulus subcostalis al. ant. deest. XI. Brephid,®. tt Pedes squamati . . XII. Geometrid.®. b. Costa independens al. post, ad angulum posteriorem areolae discoidalis propius oriens. * Ocelli desunt XII. Geometrid^. ** Ocelli adsunt .... VIII. Cymatophorid®. 2. Costa independens al. post, reliquis multo subtilior, in- terdum deficiens. a. Pedes antici birsuti et ramulus radialis cum ramulo sub- radiali costae medianae al. post, semper in trunco brevi extra areolam discoidalem conjunctus. VII. Notodontid®. h. Pedes antici nudi, sed cum liirsuti, ramulus radialis costai medianae al. post, semper a ramulo subradiali extra cel- lulum est separatus. XII. Geometrib®. b. Costa subcostalis al. post, e costa mediana anteriore oriens, ut fere sit ejus ramulus. XII. Geometrid®. 2. Costa independens al. ant. ad angulum anteriorem areolae di- scoidalis propius oriens .... XII. Geometrid®. 3. Costa independens al. ant. deest. IX. Arctioid®. 4. Costa independens al. ant. ad angulum posteriorem areolae di- scoidalis propius oriens. a. Costa subcostalis al. post, usque ad basin libera, et ad ramu- lum radialem, e medio marginis anterioris cellulae discoi- dalis fere orientem, appropinquata. VI. Platypterygid®. b. Costa subcostalis al. post, aut ramulus costae medianae, aut areolam subcostalem distinctam, contagione costae medianae 1. costula transversa clausam, prope basin forinans. Larva cylindrica, antrorsum attenuata, verrucis hirsutis capiteque minuto praedita IX. Arctioid®. (Gen. Stilbia et JEmmelia in fam. sequenti.) LEPIDOPTERA. 381 c. Costa subcostalis al. post, fere libera, sed ad intimam basin cum costa mediana plerumque connexa, areolamsubcostalem voro nullam distinctam formans, et ramiiliis radialis ex angulo anteriore areolae discoidalis oriens. Larva C5din- drica, sequalis, nuda 1. pilis rarioribus obsita capiteqiie crasso X. Noctuid.®. 2. Alse delicientes aut rudinientales. I. Imago vitam extra follicula agens. A. Corpus imaginis lanuginosum . . IX. AncTioiDiE. B. Corpus imaginis aut parce pilosiim, aut adpresse squamatum. XII. GEOMETRIDiE. II. Imago vitam in folliculo agens .... IV. PsYCHiDiE. These families are again divided into tribes ; and to each tribe is prefixed a similar table, in Latin and Swedish, of the species included in it. The account of each species is most minute, even including notices of its eggs and parasites; many new genera are characterized ; and the book will be found extremely valuable to all Entomologists who are working at the Heterocera of any part of Northern or Central Europe. Ramhur (Cat. Syst. Lep. d^Andalusie, ii. pp. 97-130) enters into the structure of the Lepidoptera, especially that of the Heterocera, at great length, in a note. Many other remarks on the structure of various species are scattered through the book, which it would occupy too much space to refer to in detail. He also (/. c, pp. 93-95) discusses the position of various ab- normal exotic genera. He considers Castnia to be intermediate between the Hesperidce and the Zeuzeridce and Hepialidce ; Co- ronis he places near Urania, in a group of uncertain position ; and he thinks that Agarista, with the allied genera Mgocera, Hecatesia, and Pais, should be placed near the Arctiidm. Rogenhofer records new localities for several Austrian Hetei'ocera. Verb, zool.-bot. Ges. in Wien, 18G9, pp. 919, 920. On the irregularity in the times of appearance of certain Heterocera see remarks by II. Ilarpur Crewe, Entomologist, iv. p. 260 ; and by W. Saun- ders and P. S. Sprague, Canacl. Entom. i. pp. 26, 27, 41, 42. E. Meldola (Entomologist, iv. p. 303) thinks that moths frequent nettles to imbibe the honey-dew with which they are often covered. SpHINGIDiE. IIerrich-Schaffer (Samml. aussereurop. Schmett. ii.) figures the fol- lowing known Sphinffidee: — Cantethia Walk., f. 6o2; Hemero- planc8 p^mdothyrem, Grote {—Calliomma oiclus?, II.-S. nec Cr.), f. 664; Chcerocampa robinsomi, Grote (= C.falco, Walk. ?), f. 655; C. lycetus, Cram. ?, f. 567 ; C. hutus, Cr. ??, f. 569 ; Pachylia resumens, Walk., f. 566. Sphingidoi. The following species are noticed among others in Packard’s Guide to the Study of Insects : — Ellema harrisii, larva described by Saunders, p. 272 ; Macrosila quinquemacidata, p. 273, fig. 199, figured by Packard in all its stages ; M. Carolina, larva de.scribed and figured, p. 274, fig. 200 ; Thyrerts ahbotii, larva and imago figured, p. 276, fig. 203. [1869. VOL. VI.] .2 D 382 ZOOLOGICAL LITERATURE. ScuDDEB (Harris Correspondence) publishes Harris’s descriptions of the larvse of Smermthusjufflandis, p, 281 ; Ceratomia quadricornisj Sphinx cinerea (pi. 2. f. 6), S. convolvuli, Smith & Abb. (ssaS. cimjidata, Fabr.), and S. Caro- lina, p. 282 Philampelus achemon (pi. 3. f. 11), Chcerocampa pampinatrix (ph 1. f. 10), and C. chovrilus, p. 283 ; Thyrcus ahhotii, p. 284, pi. 3. f. 1. He also (/. c. pp. 125-129) publishes notes by Doubleday, taken from Abbot’s drawings, on various N. American Sphingidce and their larvte. The most important notes relate to Smerintkus modestus, Sphinx Carolina, Don. (=zquinque?7iaculatus, Haw.), S. hylceus, S. ello, and several undetermined species. Doubleday (/. c, p. 157) remarks that S.poccila, Steph., probably =>S'. sordida, Harr. Zeller remarks (Stettin, entom. Zeitung, 1869, p. 386) that Smerinthus ocellata has a very different posture in repose from its European congeners, and suggests that this species and its allies will probably ultimately form a separate and very natural genus [ocellata is the type of the genus Laothoe, Enbi’., which has priority over S?nermtkm itself]. He also states (/. c. p. 387) that the larva of Deilephila galii will eat Euphoi'bia. In consequence of the confusion existing as to the correct application of the names {Macroglossa') fucifoi'mis and hombyliformis, Zeller proposes (/. c. pp. 387, 388) to reject both, and to call one species lonicerce or cap'ifolii, and the other scabiosce or enantice. [The former is certainly fudformis, L. j his description of bombyli/ot'mis (S. N. ed. 10) is less satisfactory j and the two species seem to bo confounded in his subsequent works.] Doisduval redescribes Sesia thatis, Oroto & Dobinson, from California, as new, under the name of Macroylossa thetis (Comp. Zool. Hoc. 1868, p. 326). Mabey publishes notes on the movements of the wings of Macroylossa stellatai'um in flight. Ann. Sci. Natur. Zool. 5^ st5r. tome xii. pp. 68, 69. Chcei'ocampa, On S. Ameiican larvae resembling snakes, and supposed to belong to this genus, see Proc. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1869, p. 22. Speyer states that the Fabrician description of Sphinx (^Deilephila) lineata applies to the American species and not to the European D. livornica, Stettin, entom. Zeitung, 1869, p. 83. J. Hellins and H. G. Knaggs record their noticing a musky odour emitted by the male of Sphinx convolvuli. [This observation has long been made in France; and the male of S. liyustri emits a similar but weaker odour.] Ent. M. Mag. v. p. 206, vi. p. 166. Hiley (First Rep. or Insects of Missouri, pp. 94-96, fig. 38) describes the habits of the “ Potato- or Tomato-wonii ” of N. Amei’ica (Sphinx h-macu- lata. Haw.) and figures it in all its stages. Achermitia atropos. The Rev. C. Bury has noticed a specimen enter his bee- hive, and has heard sounds from the interior resembling those known to be made by the insect. This was on June 15, and the specimen escaped him for the time ; but on Oct. 2 he discovered a specimen asleep in the folds of a piece of carpeting with which his hives had been covered. He supposes this specimen to be the same as the one previously observed, and concludes that the insect had been robbing his hives all tlie summer. Zoologist, 1869, pp. 1913-1915. De l’Orza (lidpid. Japon, p. 37) gives a general description of Smerinthus dryas. Walker, and places S. spo'chitts, M(§n6tri^s, as a synonym of it. Smerinthus exccecatus. On a musical larva, supposed to be that of this in-^ LEPIDOPTERAi 383 sect, see E. B. Reed, T. L. Mead, and F. Q. Sanborn, Canad. Entom. i. pp. 40, 41,47,48. Goossens (Ann. Soc. Entom. France, S<5ances, 1869, pp. 61, 62) states that he has observed that the horn of young larvae of Smerinthm quercus secretes a viscous fluid, which he believes to be useful to protect them from • falls before their legs acquire suflicient strength, when the discharge becomes superfluous and ceases. New species : — Macroqlossa sieboldi, Boisduval in Be I’Orza’s L^pidopt^res Japonais, p. 36, Japan ; M, erato, Boisd. Ann. Soc. Entom. Beige, xii. p. 66, California. JEllopus hlaini (Gundl. in litt.), llerr.-Schaff. Samml. aussereurop. Schmett. ii. f. 663, Cuba. Etiyo cinnamomea, Herr.-SchiifF. 1. c. p. 3, f. 668, N. Australia. ChcBrocampajaponica, Boisd. in Be I’Orza’s L^pid. Japon. p. 36, Japan. Sphinx sequol(B, Boisd. Ann. Soc. Entom. Beige, xii. p. 66 j S. strohi, Boisd. 1. c. p. 67, both from California. Smerinthus ophthalmicus^ Boisd. /. c. p. 67, California. Stygiida?. Atychia gaditana^ sp. n., Rambur, Cat. Syst. Lt^p. d’Andalusie, ii. p. 169, Cadix (—A. nana, Tr. var. ?) ; A. rhagensis, Lederer, Hor. Soc. Entom. Ross. vi. p. 91, pi. 6. f. 10, Astrabad. iEGERIIDA?. Packard (Guide to Study of Insects, pp. 277-279) notices and flgures the following American species of this family : — jEgeria exitiosa, Say, figs. 206^ 207 ; AE. polistiformis, Harr., p. 278 (not figured) ; tipuliformcy fig. 208 ; AS. quinquecaudataj 'R\&., fig. 209; Melittia cucurhitcc, Harr., fig. 210. ScuDDER (Harris Correspondence, pp. 359-361) reprints Harris’s original descriptions of Algeria persicce, cucurhitac, and AS. pyri from the ^New- England Farmer.’ He also (p. 284) publishes Harris’s description of the larva of AE. cucurhitm, and (pp. 129, 130) Boubleday’s description of two undetermined species (or sexes ?) of Trochilimn figured by Abbot. In another letter published by Scudder (1. c. p. 161), Boubleday notes that AE. cucurhitccy Harr., — Melittia satyriniformis, Hiibn., and that AE exitiosa, Harr., ^Paran- throne pepsidiformis, Hubn. RaMbur (Cat. Syst. L^p. d’Andalusie, ii. p. 146) describes Trochilium uroceriforme, Treitschke, and refers to it a species figured by himself in part 1 (pi. 2. fig. 2) as Sesia monedulaformis, which has been incorrectly referred by Staudinger to andrcnceformis, Lasp. He adds that uroceriforme is possibly the same as crahroniformis, Fabr., and that andrenceformis, Lasp., has priority over anthraciformis, Lasp. ; and therefore the latter name, which Rambur subsequently applied to a Corsican species, ought not to be used in its earliest application. He also (/. c. p. 148) describes his Sesia syn- agriformis, previously figured in part 1 (pi. 2. fig. 1), which he considers to be only a large variety of rhingiiformis, Hiibn. ; and {1. c. note) mentions that he cannot agree with Staudinger in placing rhingiiformis as a variety of ta- haniformis or asiliformis. He also describes Sesia tengiriformis (7 c. pp. 149, 160), barely characterized by Boisduval (Gen. et Ind. Meth. p. 42), and sub- sequently confounded by Herrich-Schaffer with sanguhiolenta, Led., and by 2d 2 381 ZOOLOGICAL LITEttATUHE. Staudinger with monspeliensisy Staud. He also describes mernformis, similarly characterized by Boisduval (/. c.), which has been confounded by authors with various species, hut which ^cdrifrons, Zell., =affinisy p., Staud. Zelleu (Stettin, eutom. Zeitung, 1809, p. 388) remai’ks on the identity of Trochilia melanocephala, Ualm., with Sesia laphriaformisy Iliibner, and Sphinx crahroniformisy Schneider’s Mag. p. 428. Although Schneider’s name is the oldest, it has been applied to three other species, and therefore Dalman’s is preferable. Zeller also (1. c. p. 389) discusses the identity of De Geer’s “ Pa- pillon bourdon-cousin ” (^Sphinx culex, Retzius) witli Seda mutillceformisy Ochsenheimer. Millieue figures Sesia himmighoffeniy^ Staud., Ann. Soc. Linn. Lyon, xvi. pi. 89. f. 1. Ledeher (Hor. Soc. Entom. Ross. vi. p. 86, pi. 6. fig. 5) describes and figures a variety of Sesia stiziformisy Herrich-Schaffer, from Astrabad. Frivaldsky (Proc. Hungar. Acad. 1865, p. 143, pi. 4. f. 2) describes and figures the imago and pupa of Sesia uroceriformisy Tr., and (pi. 4. f. 3) the imago of S. hibioniformis, Esp. E. G. Meek and W. Buckler record the discovery of the larva of Sesia ichneumoniformisy and describe it. Ent. M. Mag. vi. pp. 89, 90. j^geria exitiosay Say. Habits fully described, and both sexes figured by Riley, First Rep. on Insects of Missouri, pp. 47-50. R. W. Fereday records the occurrence of Sesia tipuliformis in New Zea- land. Ho supposes it to have been introduced with currant-bushes. Ent. M. Mag. vi. p. 146. Sesia. Boisduval (Ann. Soc. Entom. Beige, xii.) describes the three fol- lowing species as new, from California : — S. nomadceformiSy p. 63 j S. chrgsi- dipennisy p. 64 ; S. bibmiipennisy p. 04. Sesia mysiniformisy sp. n., Rambur, Cat. Syst. Ldp. d’Andalusie, ii. p. 151 (ss a^ms, p., Stand., —dohrifurmisy p., Ilerrich-Schafier), Andalusia. IjRANIIDiE. Nyctalemon zodiacay sp. n., Butler { = N. orontes, Walker,'nec Linn., Clerck), North China; and N. zampay sp. n., Butler (= patrocluSy Drury, Walker, nec Linn.), Silhet. Ent. M. Mag. v. p. 273. Castniid^e. • Boisduval (Ann. Soc. Entom. Beige, xii.) describes Agarista {Alypia) oetomaculatay Godart [Fabricius], and redescribes as new the four following Californian species, published by Grote and Robinson in Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. i. (comp. Zool. Rec. 1808, p. 326) under the same names : — A. dipsaci, p. 68 ; A. lorquiniy p. 69 ; A. sacramentiy p. 09 ; A. mariposay p. 70. Alypia oetomaculatay Fabr. Riley (First Rep. on Insects of Missouri, pp. 136, 137, pi. 1. f. 18, 19) describes the transformations of this insect, and figures the larva and imago. W. V. Andrews states (Amer. Naturalist, ii. pp. 660, 667) that the larva is very destructive to the vine on the east side of New Ifork. ScuuDER (Harris Correspondence) publishes Harris’s description of the larva of Alypia octomaeidata, Fabr. (p. 285), and Melsheimer’s remarks on the resemblance between the larva) of A. octomaeidata and Eudryas grata (p. 116). LEPIDOPTERA. 385 New species : — Vastnia inoi'nata, Walker, Lopidoptorn llcterocera, p. 100, Imb. — ? Fjusemia hutlcri^ Walker, l.c. p. Ill, hab. — ? Afjarista [^Ah/2^ia\ grotci, Boisduval, Ami. See. Entom. Beige, xii. p. 70. Callidtila eryemoideSj Walker, I, c. p. 3, hab. — ? ZvGAiNIDiE. llAMiiUR (Cat. Syst. L6p. d’Andalusie, ii. p. 100) describes Zyymna mvn- demis, figured by him in part 1 (pi. 1. fig. 10); Z. surpedon, var. hispanica (/. c. p. 107) ; Z. hcctica (1. c. p. 170), figured by him in his Faune entom. And. pi. 12. fig. 9 ; Z. faustaf var. fortunata {1. c. p. 172, note) ; Z. staschadis, Borkh. (/. c. p. 174), which he considers to be a race of trifolii, and which = trifoUi, var., Ramb. part 1, pi. 1. f. 5; Hiibn.,and 7nedicayinis charon, Boisd. ; Z. trifolii, var. (/. c. p. 177), figured in part 1, pi. 1. figs. 0-8 (fig. 8= STjraemm, Zell.). In the course of his remarks on the Zygeenidee he criticises Boisduval’s works on the family very severely. Zeller (Stettin, entom. Zeitung, 1809, pp. 389, 890) states that the larva of Zggmna hermgii does not differ from that of Z. minos, and that ho considers the former insect to be a mere variety of the latter. He also remarks on AVallengren’s discovery that Z. scabiosfv has only one pair of spurs on the hind tibio0,and that the neuration of the wings of the genus, in which Wallengren has recorded some interesting peculiarities, may probably furnish valuable specific characters. Lederer (llor. Soc. Entom. Ross. vi. p. 87) states that Zygoma doryctm is probably a variety of Z. pcucedani. W. .rAOGER notices some varieties of Zygmna fdipmdxda>„ Ent. M. Mag. vi. p. J 17 ; Entomologist, iv. p. 305. Frivaldsky describes and figures Inohudensis, Spey. (Proc. Ilungar. Acad. 1865, p. 146, pi. 4. f. 5), and Zyycma Iceta, Esp. {1. c. p. 145, f. 4), the latter wdth its pupa and cocoon. Rambur (1. c. pp. 184, 185) discusses the varieties of Px'ocris statices, &c. He considers obscura, Zell., lieydenreicbii, micans, and clwysocephala, Herr.- Schfiff., and gerion, Hiibn., to be vars. of statices, admitting, however, that some of these forms may be distinct. He adds in a note that he considers r. chloros and P. Sfe^nwn to be identical. He also (1. c. p. 186) describes his P. eognata in full. Zeller (/. c. pp. 390, 391) considers Ino gex-yon to be undoubtedly distinct from I. statices on account of the difference in the antennfe, which he de- scribes in a note, and of the metamorphoses. He altogether disbelieves (/. c. pp. 391, 392) that I.pruni, W. V. {Rhagndes pruni, Wallengr.) feeds on plum, and indicates heath as its probable food-plant. New species : — Zygeexia cambysca, Lederer, Hor. Soc. Entom. Ross. vi. p. 86, pi. 5. fig. 6, Z. manlia. Led, 1. c. p. 87, pi. 5. fig. 7, both from Astrabad ; Z. aljxma, Berce (Boisduval, MS.), L^pid. de la France, ii. p. 73, Savoy ; Z. ledereri, Rambur, Cat. Syst. L^p. d’Andalusie, ii. p. 169, Andalusia ; Z. pennina, Rambur, 1. c. p. 169, note, Chamounix ; Z. faustida, Rambur, 1. c. p. 171, note, Mont Saleve. 386 ZOOLOGICAL LlTEllATURE. Procris. Rambui’ (Oat. Syst. L^p. d’Andalusie, ii.) describes the follow- ing new species of this genus : — P. bellieri, 1. c. p. 184, note, Sicily ; P. cupreay 1. c. pp. 186, 186, note, South Kussiaj P, soror, 1. c. p. 187, Andalusia (= co- gnata, Luc.P neo Ramb.). Syntomis fortuneiy De I’Orza, L^pid, Japon. p. 88, Japan; S, and S, suhmarginaUsy Walker, Lopidoptora Iloterocora, p. 80, Benares, Glaucopis tricolor, Packard, First Report Peabody Acad. Sci. p. 62, Napo and Maranon. Eucerea melanopyga, Walker, Lepidoptera Pleterocera, p. 42, hab. — ? Nycteolid^. Earias vernana, Hiibn. Rogenhofer describes the transformations of this species. Verb, zool.-bot. Ges. in Wien, 1869, pp. 917, 918. Euxestis, n. g., Lederer, Hor. Soc. Entom. Ross. -vi. p. 88. Allied to Nyc- ieola\ head depressed, front broad, vertical; eyes naked; ocelli wanting; palpi short and slender, not quite reaching to the forehead, last joint short and obtuse; tongue spiral; antennae pectinated, with short cilia of equal length ; abdomen and legs scaly ; hind tibiae with two pairs of strong spurs ; fore wings with a scaly tooth on the inner margin. Type E. dentula, n. sp.. Led. I c. p. 89, pi. 6. f. 8, Astrabad. LiTHOSIIDiE. Ctenucha rubroscapms, M(Sn6tr., is fully described by Boisduval, Ann. Soc. Entom. Beige, xii. p. 71. ScuDDEB (Harris Correspondence, p. 161) publishes Doubleday’s note that Crocota rubicimdaria, Harr., = i27Aosm Iceta, Boisd., and that Ctenucha semidiaphana, Harr.,= Glaucopis fulvicollis, Iliibn. Psychomorpha cpimcnis, Dm., described and figured by Packard, Guido to Study of Insects, p. 281, fig. 211. Butleb figures Amnemopsychc expandens, Walk., and A. charmiom, Fabr., and the neuration of the latter. P. Z. S. 1869, p. 44. Rambub (Cat. Syst. L^p. d’iVndalusie, ii. p. 215, note) proposes the generic name Ecteina for Lithosia mesomelia ; but HUbner’s name Cybosia has been already adopted for this insect by various English entomologists, and it ap- pears to be quite unnecessary to change it. Rambub (/. c. p. 211) describes his Lithosia fiaveola in full. It is figured 1. c. i. pi. 2. fig. 3. He also figures and describes in full L. bipuncta, Hiibn. (/. c. ii. p. 203, pi. 11. fig. 1). Bibchall publishes notes on some Italian larvae of L. caniola, Ent. M. Mag. vi. p. 67. New genera and species : — Olina *, Walker, Lepidoptera Heterocera, p. 6 {Chalcosiidce), type O. nyc~ temeroides, sp. n., 1. c. p. 6, hab. — ? Lama, Walker, 1. c. p. 7 {Pericopidce). Type Eucyane melaxantha, Walk. Amnemopsychc, Butler, P. Z. S. 1809,. p. 44. Allied to Nyctemera) body Preoccupied in Rhopalocera. LEPIDOPTERA. 387 moderately slender, eiibcylindrical, head very small, thorax short, abdomen not reaching beyond the wings, conical at tip ; legs slender, front legs simple, tibios with one spur in the middle, liind legs with threo> one siibapical and two terminal ; wings elongated, slender, fore wings with the costa scarcely arched, inner margin almost entire ; discoidal cell very long, first discoidal nerviire bifurcated, upper discocellular nerviire oblique, with the second discoidal nervure nearly continuous, lower discocellular nerviire transverse ; hind wings subpyriform, the apical area longer ; discoidal cell very long, all the nervures distinctly separated, upper discocellular nervure oblique, lower angularly transverse; wings mostly black and white. Type Papilio char- mione, Fabr. Xanthesthesy n. g., Rambiir (^ — Argxna, HUbn.), Cat. Syst. L^p. d’Anda- lusie, ii. p. 228, note. Allied to Deiopeia ; type Phala?.)i. nervosa is distinct from the species known by that name on the Continent. Z>. cnicana has been bred by H. Moncreaff at Southsea. Entomologist, iv. p. 355. Gelechia atrella. Stainton publishes some notes on its earlier stages. Entom. M. Mag. vi. p. 36. Zeller remarks on the characters of Gel. desertella, umhrosellay and affinis. E. M. M. vi. p. 45, note. Nothris verhascclla. C. G. Barrett publishes notes on the earlier stages of this insect. Ibid. vi. p. 163. Coleophora. 0. Hofmann (Stettin, entom. Zeitung, 1869) enumerates the various species of Coleophora which feed on Vaccinmniy and describes in their various stages C.vitisella Gregs., Staint. (pp. 111-114), C. vacciniella, H.-S. (pp. 114-119), and one new species. He also describes (pp. 187, 188) a fourth Faccm^wm-feeder, C. viminetella, var. idceella, Hofm., and, finally, (pp. 188-190) compares the affinities of all the F«mmMm-feeding species, with reference to Darwin’s theories. Elachista laticomella. Transformations described and figured by Vollen- hoveh, Sepp’s Nederl. Ins. 2nd ser. vol. ii. pp. 172-178, pi. 39. f. 1-9. Rondani describes the larva of Tischeria complanellay which is liable to the attacks of one of the Chalcididtv {Tineophaga tischericcy Rond.), Ann. Soc, Nat. Modena, iii. pp. 20-23, pi. 4. An abstract of this paper is published Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 4th series, iv. p, 359. - - — Ccmiostoma scitclla. On the damage caused to fruit-trees at Rhoden by 2 F 2 416 ZOOLOGICAL LITEKATUIUC. the mining larvae of this insect, see A. Speyer, Stettin, eutom. Zeitung, 1809, p, 81. Neio genera and species : — Sagora, Walker, Lepidoptera Ileterocera, p. 101 (Tineklcd). TyP® rutilellUf sp. n., p. 101, Benares. Paradoxus* (Milliere in litt.), Stainton, Tin. South. Eur. p. 1C7. Allied to Zelleria, Swammerdarnuiy and Anursia. Oapilli hirsute, epistoma smooth. Ocelli wanting. Antennae shorter than the fore wings, of moderate thick- ness. Haustellum of moderate length, labial palpi porrect, strongly thickened with scales, second joint long, squamate-fasciculate, third joint entirely con- cealed.’ Fore wings long, subfalcate, moderately ciliated 5 hind wings lan- ceolate, with a hyaline basal foveola. Type P. osyridellus, sp. n. (Mill, in litt.), Staint. 1. c. p. 168, fig., Cannes, Dalmatia, Malaga. Urodeta, Staint. Tin. South. Eur. pp. 226, 227. Allied to Elachista ; fore wings more elliptical and not posteriorly expanded ; head rough, palpi short. Type U.. cisticolella, sp. n., Stainton, 1. c. p. 227, Cannes. (Stainton thinks that this species may be identical with Elachista piperatella, Stand.) Chimabacche saxipennellaf Walker, Lepidoptera Ileterocera, p. 85, Aus- tralia. Tinea annosella, Walker, l.c. p. 83, T. arctiella and T. nivibractella, p. 84, T. intritella, p. 85, all from Australia. Nemotois dahnatinelluSy Mann, Verhandl. zool.-bot. Ges. in Wien, 1869, p. 384, Dalmatia; W. panicensisy Frey, Mittheil. schweiz. Entom. Ges. iii. p. 33, Switzerland. Hypmomeuta viduata. Walker, I, c. p. 85, Australia. Eepressaria robiniella, Packard, Guide to the Study of Insects, p. 349, pi. 8. fig. 14; D. aridella, Mann, Verb, zool.-bot. Ges. in Wien, 1869, p. 385, Dal- matia; D. ontariella, Bethune ( = Z). heracliona?), Canad. Entom. ii. pp. 3, 19, Ontario. Gclechia gallcesolidaginis^ Biley, First Rep. on Insects of Missouri, pp. 173- 178, pi. 2. f. 1, 2, United States; G. improbdla and G. gemmipuncUlla^ Walker, Lepidoptera Ileterocera, p. 86, from Australia ; G. gypsophilce, Stain- ton, Tin. South. Eur. p. 210, Mentone ; G. eisti, Staint. /. c. p. 211 ; G, pro- vinciella, Staint. 1. c. p. 221 ; and G. hyoscyamella (Milliere in litt.), Staint. 1. c. p. 233, all from Cannes. Parasia aspretella, Lederer, Ilor, Soc. Entom. Ross. vi. p. 92, pi. 6. f. 13, Astrabad. Jlypsoloplius apludelluSf Lederer, 1. c. p. 92, pi. 5. f. 14, Astrabad. (Ecophora impletella, Walker, /. c. p. 87, Australia. Butalis heinemannif Moschler, Stettin, entom. Zeitung, 1869, p. 372. Cryptolechia scilipunctella, Walker, 1. c. p. 87, Australia. Coleophora. O. Hofinann (Stettin, entom. Zeitung, 1869) describes the following new species in all their stages : — C. chrysanthemi, pp. 107-109, Marksleft; C. pappiferella, pp. 109-112, Kegensburg and Erlangen; C. glitzella (Staint. in litt.), pp. 119-122, Breslau, Stettin. C. calycotomella (Staudinger, MSS.), Stainton, Tin. South. Eur. p. 225, Cannes, Old Castile. Preoccupied in Mammalia, LEPIDOPTERA. 417 Chnuliodus stainlotidlvs (Milliere, MSS.), Stninton, 1. c. p.l69, South France. Lithocolletis geminatella^ Packard, Guide to Study of Insects, pp. 353-364, pi. 8. f. 16, 16 a, 5 ; L. curvilineatella, Pack. l.c. p. 364, pi, 8. f. 16; L. nidiji^ cansella, pp. 354, 356, pi. 8. f, 19, 19 a, all from the United States ; L. svh’- laideUa, Stainton, Tin, South. Eur. p. 197, Mentone. Lyonetia saccatella, Packard, I, c. p. 365, pi. 8, f. 18, 18 a, United States. Cemiostoma orohi^ Stainton, Entom. Annual, 1870, pp. 168, 169, Scar- borough. Nepiicula suherivora, Stainton, Tin. South. Eur. p. 228, N. suberis, Staint. 1. c. p. 229, both from Cannes; N. evphorhiella^ Staint. 1. c. p. 229, Mentone. Pterophorid^. R. C. R. Jordan (Entom. M. Mag. vi. p. 138) records the occurrence of dipterous and hymenopterous parasites in the larvae of JPterophorus hrachy- dactylus and P. tephradactylus. He also (/. c. pp. 119-125, 149-152) publishes an abstract of Wallengren’s paper on Scandinaviens Fjadermott,” extracting the charactei*s of all the genera and the principal corrections proposed in the synonymy, and adding a list of the Swedish and British species referable to each genus, accompanied with many valuable critical notes. He describes a specimen of what lie regards as an extraordinary variety of P.fiiscus. A list of British plumes referred to their continental genera, and with indications of the food-plant of each, is given. Jordan also expresses his opinion that the Pterophoridce should form an aberrant group of the Pyralidce rather than of the Tineidcs^ and should be placed next to Chilo. Jordan and Stainton are agieed in referring the genus Chrysocorys to the Ptcn'ophoridce rather than to the Tweidoi. Graaf and Snellen state that PlatyptUm ochrodactylm, II.-S,, ^dichro- dactylus, Miihl., and point out how it differs from hertrami. Tijdschr. voor Ent. 2nd ser. iv. pp. 214, 215. C. S. Gregson describes the larva of Pterophorus zcyphodactylus, Diip. (sa loewii, Zell.) : Entomologist, iv. p. 360. lie also suggests (1. c. p. 364) that P. hipnnctidactyluSf -Haw., =:playiodactyhis. Stainton (Entom. M. Mag. vi. p. 36) states that it is the habit of the larva of Oxyptiliis Icetus, Mill., to bury itself in the down on the underside of the leaves of its food-plant on assuming the pupa-state. Pterophorus j^criscelidactylus, Fitch. Riley (First Rep. on Insects of Mis- souri, pp. 137, 138, pi. 2. f. 15, 16) describes the transformations of this insect, and figures the pupa and imago. It is also noticed by Packard, Guide to the Study of insects, pp. 356, 367, pi. 8. p. 23, 23 a, 6. Pteropho7'iis carduidactylus, sp. n., Riley, First Rep. on Insects of Missouri, pp. 180, 181, pi. 2. f. 13, 14, Missouri; P. teucriiy n. sp., Jordan, Entom. M. Mag. vi. p. 14 ( = Oxyptilus hrittanniodactylus, Gregson, Entomologist, iv. p. 305), North England, Wales, Ireland; P. scabiodactylusj n. sp., Gregs. Entom. iv. p. 363 (—plagiodactylus, Gregs, olim, ncc Staint.), P. hirundo- dactylus^ n. sp., Gregs. 1. c. p. 364, both from England ; P. (Aciptilus) sub- vUernans, n. sp., Lederer, Hor. Soc. Entom. Ross. vi. p. 93, pi. 6. f. 15, As- trabad. 418 ZOOLOGICAL LlTLUATUUli. DIPTERA By W. S. Dallas, I'.L.S. A. Separate Work. Loew, H. Besclireibungen europUisclier Dipteren. Erstcr Band. Also with the title Systematische Beschreibung der bekaimten europaischen zweiflugeligen Insecten, von Johann Wilhelm Meigen. Achter Theil oder zweiter Sup- plementbaiid, bearbeitet von Hermann Loew/^ Halle, 1869, 8vo, pp. xvi & 310. In this work, which Loew intends as supplemental to the great work of Meigen on the European Diptera, the author describes in all 182 species, including, besides many new species, some of those described in scattered papers by himself, Kowarz, Gerstiicker, Egger, Nowicki, and others. The new species will be indicated further on. B. Papers published in Journals ^c. Brauer, F. Beitrag zur Biologic der Acroceriden. Verhandl. zool.-bot. Gesellsch. in Wien, xix. pp. 737-740, pi. 13. figs. 1-6. . Kurze Cliaracteristik der Dipteren-Larven zur Bekraf- tigung des neuen von Dr. Schiner entworfenen Dipteren- Systemes. Ibid. pp. 843-852. . Beitrag zur Verwandlungsgeschichte der Regenbreme (Hcematopota pluvialiSj L.). Ibid. pp. 921-922, Taf. 13. figs. 7-8. Frauenfeld, G. von. Ueber einige Pflanzenverwiister des Jahres 1869. Verhandl. zool.-bot. Gesellsch. in Wien, Band xix. pp. 601-604. . Zoologische Miscellen, xvi. Ibid. pp. 933-944. Guyon — . Histoire Naturelle et Medicale de la Cinque {Rhyn- choprion penetrans ^ Oken), insecte parasite des regions tropicales des deux Ameriques. Revue et Magasin de Zoologie, 1869, pp. 70-75, 212-218, 284-292, 325-331, 384-390, 413-418, & 425-434. Kowarz, Ferdinand. Beitrag zur Dipteren-Fauna Ungarns. Verhandl. zool.-bot. Gesellsch. in Wien, Band xix. pp. 561- 566. A list of species of Dolichopodidae collected in the neighbour- hood of Losoncz. Ladoulbene, Alex. Histoire des Metamorphoses du Cerato- pogon dufouri. Annales Soc. Ent. France, 4® ser. tome ix. pp. 157-166, pi. 7. BIPTERA. 419 LoeWj H. Diptera Americ00 septentrionalis indigeria. Ceuturia octava. Berliner entom. Zeitschr. Band xiii. pp. 1-52. . Ditto. Centuria nona. Ibid. pp. 129-186. . Ueber einige Empis-kxiGxij welche zu den im xi. Bande besproclienen Verwandtschaftskreisen gehoren. Ibid, pp. 65-94. — — . Drepanephorttj eine neue Gattung der Sapromyzidse. Ibid. pp. 95-96. . Revision der europaischen Trypetina. Zeitschr. ges. Natnrwiss. Band xxxiv. pp. 1-24. . La Famiglia dei Blefaroceridi (Blepharoceridse). Bull. Soc. Ent. Ital. i. pp. 85-98, pi. 2. This is accompanied with a note by Haliday. . Ueber Dypteren der Augsburger Umgegend. Bericht. naturh. Ver. Augsb. xx. pp. 39-59. Lowne, B. T. On the rictal papillse of the Fly. Monthly Microsc. Journal, vol. ii. pp. 1-4, pi. 18. Marno, Ernst. Die Typen der Diptercn-Larvcn als Stutzen des neuen Dipteren-Systems. Verhandl. zool.-bot. Ge- sellsch. in Wien, Band xix. pp. 319-326. Mik, Josef. Beitrage zur Dipteren-Fauna QHsterreichs. Ver- haudl. zool.-bot. Gesellsch. in Wien, Band xix. pp. 19-36, Taf. 4. Nowicki, Max. Der Kopaliner Ileerwurm und die aus ihm hervorgehende Sciara militarise n. sp. Verhandl. naturf. Vereines in Brunn, Band vi. Abhandl. pp. 1-69, pi. 1 (1868). . Beschreibung neuer Dipteren. Ibid. pp. 70-97, pi. 2 (1868). Osten-Sacken, R. Biological Notes on Diptera (Galls on Soli- dago). Trans. Amer. Entom. Soc. vol. ii. pp. 229-303 (March 1869). . Monographs of the Diptera of North America. Part IV. Smithsonian Miscellaneous Collections, vol. iii. (219) pp. ix & 344, with 4 plates (1868 ?). In this important memoir Osten-Sacken commences his monograph of the North- American Tipulidse, including the sub- families referred to the Tip. hrevipalpi. In the introductory portion he enters into a valuable discussion of the characters and classifieation of the Tipulidm of this group. The volume bears date 1869, but the sheets are dated in 1868. Two appen- dices contain descriptions of species noticed by previous writers, but unknown to the author, and characters of the genera of Tipulidm hrevipalpi whicli are not represented either in Europe 420 ZOOLOGICAL LITEllATUllE. or in North America, the European genera being noticed in the body of the monograph. Packard, A. S. On Insects inhabiting Salt Water. Proc. & Comm. Essex Instit. vol. vi. pp. 41-51 (March 1869). Palm, Josef. Beitrag zur Dipterenfauna Tirols. Verhandl. zool.-bot. Gesellsch. in Wien, Band xix. pp. 395-454. Contains a list of Diptera captured in the Tyrol, with notes on the localities and times of capture of the species. Bondani, Camillo. Di alcuni Insetti Dipteri che aiutano la fecondazione in diversi Perigonii. Archivio per la Zool., BAnat., e la Eis. ser. 2. vol. i. pp. 186-192. In this paper Rondani describes various species of Diptera which assist in the fecundation of certain plants belonging to the genera Aristolochiay Arurriy Ceropegiay and Asimina. The species described belong to the genera OsciniSy GymnopUy Ceci- domyiuy Ceratopogoriy and Micromyia. . Specierum Italicamm ordinis Dipterorum Catalogus notis geographicis auctus. Atti Soc. Ital. Sci. Nat. vol. xi. pp. 559-603. A catalogue of the Italian species of the families CEstridaey Syrphiday ConopidcBy and Muscidce. Two new species are briefly characterized. — — . Ortalidinse Italicae, collectae, distinctse et in ordinem dispositae. (Dipterologiae Italicae Prodromi Pars vii. fasc. 3.) Bull. Soc. Ent. Ital. i. pp. 5-37. . Sul Genere Trigonometopus degli Insetti Dipteri. Ibid. pp. 102-104. . SullC specie del Genere (EdaspiSy Lw. Nota xv. per la Dipterologia Italiana. Ibid. pp. 161-164. . Sul genere Chetostoma. Nota xvi. per la Dipterologia Italiana. Ibid. pp. 199-201. Six, G. a. Opgave omtrent de Dipters welke in het Najaar in de Bosschen van Driebergen voorkomen. Tijdschr. voor Entom. 2^® ser. Deel ii. pp. 227-235 (1867). . Aanteekening omtrent Inlandsche Dipters. Tijdschr. voor Entom. 2**® ser. Deel iv. pp. 178-182. Contains a further list of Diptera captured by the author near Driebergen and Beek. Suffolk, W. T. On the proboscis of the Blow-fly. Monthly Microsc. Journal, vol. i. pp. 331-442, plates 13-16. Van der Wulp, F. M. Eenige Noord-Americaansche Diptera. Tijdschrift voor Entom. 2^^® ser. Deel ii. pp. 125-164, plates 3-5 (1867). DIPTERA. 421 Van der Wulp, F. M. Diptera uit den Oost-Indisclien Archi- pcl. Tijdschr. voor Entom. 2*^® ser. Deel iii. pp. 97-119, plates 3 & 4 (1867). Contains descriptions of new species. • Eipterologisclie Aanteekeningen. — No. 1. Tijdschr. voor Entom. 2*1® ser. Deel iii. pp. 224-236 (1868). Notices of the genera Epidaptis, Macrocera, Platypezaf and Lispe, . Dipterologische Aanteekeningen. — No. 2. Tijdschr. voor Entom. 2*^® ser. Deel iv. pp. 136-154, plate 4. Contains notices and descriptions of Tachinides. . Nog iets over Noord-Americaansche Diptera. Tijdschr. voor Entom. 2^® ser. Deel iv. pp. 80-86. Verrall, G. H. On the European species of Syrphus allied to S, ribesii. Ent. Monthly Mag. vol. v. pp. 190-194. Weyenreroii, II. Deux Diptercs nonveaux de Farehipcl des Indes orientalcs. Archives Necrlandaises, tome iv. pp. 359- 362, plate 6 (1869). . Nederlandsche Diptera in Metamorphose en Levenswijze beschreven. Tijdschr. voor Entom. 2^® ser. Deel iv. pp. 155-174, plates 5 & 6. WiNNERTz, J. Siehen neue Arten der Gattung Sciara. Ver- handl. zool.-bot. Gesellsch. in Wien, xix. pp. 657-668. E. Marno (Verb, zool.-bot. Ges. in Wien, xix. pp. 319-326) describes and figures the principal chamcters of the types of the larvae of Diptera. He adopts Brauer^s division of the Di- ptera into Orthorhapha and Cyclorhapha, and indicates that under the former we have : (1) larvae with the head not dif- ferentiated (type 1, Cecidomyida) f and (2) larvae with a differen- tiated head, which may be round (type 2, the remaining Ne- matocera) or elongated (type 3, the Brachycerous Orthorhapha) ; whilst under the latter we have larvae with an oesophageal frame (type 4, Proboscidea) j and larvae without a frame (type 5, Epro- boscidea) . Brauer (Verb, zool.-bot. Ges. in Wien, xix. pp. 843-852) goes further into this matter, and characterizes tlie larvae of the Diptera, with the object of showing how they may be classified, and especially how they support the system founded by Schiner upon Brauer^s indications. The classification, founded upon the characters of the larvae, adopted by Brauer is as follows : — 422 ZOOLOGICAL LITEllATURE. Diptera Orthorhapha. A. NEMATOCERA. Tribe I. Oligoneuba. Fain. Cecidomyid(B, Tribe II. EtCEPHALA. Fam. MycetophilidcBy JBibionidce^ Rhyphidce, Sifnulidis, Chironomidoi, BlepharoceridcSy CulicidcBy PsychodidcBy Ptychopteridte. Tribe III. Polyneuba. Fam. LimnohidcBj Tipulidce. B. BRAOHYCERA. Tribe IV. Oycloceba. Fam. Stratiomydce, Xylophagidce, CcenomyidcBy TahanidcBy Leptidce, Tribe V. Obtiioceba. Fam. Thercvidcc, Acroceridcc, BomhylidcCy Nemestrinidce, MidasidcHy Asilidce, Empidcey Dolichopidce. Tribe VI. Acbopteba. Fam. LonchopteridcB. Diptera Cyclorhapha. A. PROBOSCIDEA. Tribe I. Pseudoneuba. Fam. Syrpkid(B. Tribe II. Eumyid^. Fam. MuscidcB (incl. Conopidw, 1. c. p. 7, Rhodes ; D. gracilipesy Loew, 1. c. p. 8, Black Forest, Karlsbad. Tipxula imhecilla, Loew, 1. c. p. 9, Rhodes. Ctenophora tricolor j Loew, I. c. p. 10, N. Russia, Siberia; C. magnijica, Loew, 1. c. p. 12, Astrabad. Eixa clamta, Loew, Berl. ent. Zeits. xiii. p. 2, Massachusetts. Stratiomyid.®. Nothomyia, g. n., Loew, Berl. ent. Zeitschr. xiii. p, 4. Allied to Micro- chrysa and Oxycera\ only one submarginal cell. Sp. probably Oxycera me- tallica (Wied.); M. scutellata, sp. n., Loew, 1. c. p. 4, and M, calopxts, sp. n,, Loew, 1. c. p. 5, Cuba. 2 G 2 432 zoo Loa I C A L L IT E HAT U H K . New species : — Rachicerus tristis, Loew, Beschr. eur. Dipt. i. p. 24, Spain. Oxycera grata, Loew, 1. c. p. 24, Greece. Oxycera picta. Van der Wulp, Tijdschr. voor Ent. 2^® ser. ii. p. 133, Wisconsin. Sargus marginatus, Van der Wulp, 1. c. p. 134, Wisconsin. Sargus rufescens. Van der Wulp, Tijdschr. voor Ent. 2 Thereua pallipes, Loew, Beschr. eur. Dipt. i. p. 121, and T. hehes^ Loew, /. c. |). 123, Sarepta. 2 hereua albiceps, Loew, Berl. ent. Zeitschr. xiii. p. 166, British America J T. Jlavicificta, Loew, /. c. p. 168, N. Wisconsin ; T. gilvipes, Loew, 1. Ci p. 168, Massachusetts ; T. strigipes, Loew, he. p. 169, English River. Thereua comata, Loew, Berl. ent. Zeitschr. xiii. p. 7, California ] T. candi- data, Loew, 1. c. p. 8, Wisconsin. Psilocephala longipes, Loew, 1. c. p. 8, Cuba ; P. melampodia^ Loew, h c. p. 9, Illinois; P. munduy Loew, ibid., Wisconsin; P. laticornis, Loew, he. p. 10, Cuba ; P. melanoproctaj Loew, h c. p. il, Maine, Hudson’s Bay ; P. costalis, Loew, ibid., California; hnd P. rujiventrky Loew, 1. c. p. 12, Nebraska. Psilocephala variegata, Loew, h c. p. 170, Canada ; P. scutellarisy Loew, h c. p. 171, Columbia District ; P. ergthrurtty Loew, h c. p. 172, Middle States. . Leptiras. New species : — Leptis tonsa, Loew, Beschr. eur. Dipt. i. p. 29, Spain ; L. grcecida, L6ew, 1. c. p. 32, Corfu ; L. Jlorentinay Loew, h c. p. 34, Florence; L. nigriventriiy Loewy 1. c. p. S3, Bavaria. Leptis griseola, Van der Wulp, Tijdschr. voor Ent. 2^® s6r. ii. p. 142, pi. 4. fig. 5, Wisconsin. Clirysopila dispar y Van der Wulp, 1. c. p. 143, pi. 4. figs. 6-11, Wisconsin. Chrysopila pnllay Loew, 1. c. p. 43, Germany ; C. hinotatay Loew, 1. c. p, 47, Greece ; C. sicula, Loew, 1. c, p. 49, Sicily ; C.palparisy Loew, h c. p. 50, Corfu ; C. ohsctiriharhay Loew, h c. p. 63, Rhodes ; C. pallipcsy Loew, /. c. p. 64, Makri ; C. pretiostty Loew, h c. p. 66, Naxos. Aihcrix piettty Loew, /. ifrina, and D. capucina, ibid. Mantid^e. Saussure (Essai d^un Syst. Mant.) gives an outline of a new arrangement of the family, in a tabular form, dividing it intd three tribes as under : — a. Prothorax short, quadrate, length equal or nearly equal to the breadth, not dilated above the anterior coxae Eremiaphilii. aa. Prothqrax more or less elongate, dilated above the coxae, parallel or dilated into a membrane. b. .Eyes ovate or exceptionally slightly acuminate . . Mantii. bb. Eyes conoid or terminated in a spine Acanthopsii, 1869. [voL. VI.] 2 I 46? ZOOLOGICAL Ll'fEHATUttE. The Eremiaphilii comprise the following genera Of. Elytra an^ vnngs abbreyiate^, not covering the abdomen. Eremiaphilaj Lef. aa. Elytra and wings perfected. h. Vertex cornute OxypiluSf Serv. hh. Vertex unarmed. p, Body glabrous, shining, aeneous Metallcuticay Westw. cc. Body and elytra pilose Choite$sa, Burm. The tribe Mantii is further subdivided into the following subtribes ; — a. Head provided with spines or processes. c. Cerci setiform, normal j abdomen stout j supraanal lamina short or moderate. d. Front with a double spine-like horn, or with two small teeth. Theoclytites. dd. Vertex produced into a cone Empusites, cc. Cerci very long, compressed; abdomen slender, cylindrical, much elongated ; prothorax short ; supraanal lamina elongate. Stenophyllites. aa. Head unarmed. b. Margins of the prothorax parallel, or broader in front than behind; apex not coarctate anteriorly. c. Head lenticular ; occiput nude, produced ; margins of the prothorax subparallel or pai*allel ; margins of the abdomen entire. Ortho deeites. cc. Head transverse ; vertex not prominent ; occiput not produced ; pro- thorax dilated in the anterior half, anterior margin broad, trans-? verse or arcuate ; margins of the abdomen ( $ ) lobate. Gonatistites. bb. Prothorax dilated above the coxa), but again attenuate. c. Veins of the elytra longitudinal or oblique ; pro thorax slender, or in part dilated. d. Prothorax short or elongate; abdomen in $ more or less stout, dilated, or fusiform Mantites. dd. Prothorax slender, very elongate ; body filiform ; abdomen fili- form and cylindrical in both sexes .... Thespites. cc. Discal veins pectinate, terminating in the sutural margin ; prothorax dilated and membranaceous at each side . . Oikeradodites. Subtribe Theoclytites. a. Antennae of the males setiform, moniliform, or serrate. b. Marginal area of the elytra in the female not dilated, the apex not ex- cised ; abdomen and femora lobate, perfoliate.-. ZooleUy Serv. bb. Marginal field variable in the female ; abdomen and femora not per- foliate Pseudovates, Sauss. aa. Antennae of the males pectinate ; femora more or less perfoliate. b. Abdomen of the female slightly perfoliate ; marginal area of the elytra of the female dilated, the apex excised .... TheoclyteSy Serv. bb. Abdomen not perfoliate ; marginal urea not dilated. Vates, Burm. ORthOPtlSRA. 463 Subtfib^ tlMPtJSITE8. a. Facial scu^ellum plaiiaie, not carinate, not produced above into a tooth j vertical process very long, foliaceous ; prothorax moderate, dilated, and membranaceous on each side Phyllocranid, Burm. aa. Facial scutellum carinate, produced above into a tooth. b. Prothorax short, the margins membranaceous for their whole length ; horn of the vertex short and thick Blepharis, Serv. hh. Prothorax elongate, longer than the meso- and metanotuin together. c. Prothorax and ihargins of the anterior coxae broadly dilated into a membrane Idohtm, Sauss. cc. Prothorax very long; anterior coxae not dilated, the apex termi- nating in a largo tooth. d. Prothorax in front with a rhomboidal leaf-like dilatation ; femora and abdonien strongly perfoliate; elytra abbreviated in' the female; base of the anterior margin much dilated; discoidal Vein pectinate Gongylus, Burm. dd. Prothorax not dilated; elytra elongate, harrow, principal vein longitudinal. e. Legs and abdomen slightly perfoliate . . Empmd, 111. ee. Legs and abdomen not perfoliate Idolomorpha, Purm. Subtribe Stenophyllites. Body slender, phasmiform ; head small, armed with a horn and two spines ; prothorax short; abdomen very truncate, long, 6ylihdrical ; legs short, perfoliate ; elytra narrow ; discoidal vein of the wings not divided. Sthiophylla, Westw. Subtribe Orthoderites. a'. Prothorax carinate, roof-shaped, margins in front snbdivergent ; apex truncate ; elytra opaque Orthodera, Burm. aa, Prothorax not carinate, margins parallel, subundulate, rounded in front and behind ; head lenticular, planate in front ; occiput naked, more or ess produced ; eyes slightly prominent. h. Cerci very long, pilose ; wings normal TarachodeSj Burm. hh. Cerci short ; wings of the female abbreviated. c. Wings of the female shorter than the abdomen, of the male normal ; head moderate, vertex slightly acute .... CHiropacha, Oharp. cc. Wings of the female rudimentary (male P) ; head strongly lenticular, the vertex very acute, the occiput much produced ; prothorax above spinous Chiropus, Sauss. Subtribe Gonatistites. a. Prothorax moderate, slender, truncate in front, the angles not acute. Gotiatista, Sauss. aai Prothorax short, slightly broader in front, auterior margin arcuate, angles acute Humheriiclla^ Sauss. Subtribe Mantites. a. Small species. Thorax short or moderate. h. Discoidal vein of the wings of both sexes undivided or furcate. c. Elytra and wings of the female sqiiamiform. . Aiheles, Burm. cc. Elytra and wings of both sexes more or less elongate. 2i 2 464 ZOOLOGICAL LlTEllATUttE. d. Supraanal lamina elongate; elytra in both sexes opaque; wings broad, coloured in the female ; abdomen of the female and an- terior femora broad Litourgousay Sauss. dd. Supraanal lamina short. e. Wings coloured; elytra of the female not extensive, opaque, of the male partly membranaceous; abdomen of the female dilated Acmitista, Burm. ee. Elytra of the female elongate; abdomen of the female cylin- drical or narrow Indoptei'yx^ Sauss. hb. JDiscoidal vein ramose in both sexes ; elytra of the female elongate, membranaceous. c. Elytra and wings of the female squamiform or abbreviated ; discoidal vein of the wings straight GonypetUf Sauss. cc. Elytra and wings of the female ? ; elytra of the male shorter, anterior area broad, discoidal vein very arcuate, convex in front ; prothorax slender MiopteryXy Sauss. aa. Larger species. Prothorax elongate. b. Elyka of the female abbreviated, not reaching the apex of the abdomen. c. Wings present, sometimes squamiform. d. Wings of the female more or less coloured. e. Supraanal lamina elongate ; elytra more or less opaque in both sexes; stigma of the elytra concolorous; head slightly broad. Iris, Sauss. /. Prothorax smooth, scarcely carinate ; legs moderate. Subgen. Iris, Sauss. ff. Prothorax carinate, denticulate ; posterior legs elongate. Subgen. Fischeria, Sauss. ee. Supraanal lamina shorter; (prothorax of the female elongate, carinate ; bead broad) ; elytra of the male membranaceous ; wings of the female banded with yellow. f. Stigma of the female elytra coloured, of the male more or less conspicuous; elytra slightly shorter than the abdomen, pa- rallel ; marginal area narrow, short, or squamiform, of the male narrow, more or less coloured; discoidal vein un- divided or simply branched in both sexes ; supraanal lamina short Stagmomantis, Sauss. ff. Stigma of the female elytra concolorous, absent in the male ; elytra of the female dilated in front, hyaline in the male ; discoidal vein of the female ramose ; supraanal lamina sub- elongate, rounded triangular Cardioptera, Burm. dd. Wings hyaline in both sexes. e, Cerci cylindrical. (Australian species.) . . Pseudomantis, Sauss. ee. Oerci compressed, elongate Archimantis, Sauss. cc. Wings absent in the female ; elytra of the female squamiform, of the male hyaline Coptopteryx, Sauss. bb. Elytra of the female not abbreviated, longer than, or equal to, the abdomen. 0. Wings of the female opaque, stigma coloured, sometimes ocellate; marginal area dilated, apex attenuate ; elytra of the male partly opaque. ORTHOPTERA. 465 d. Discoidal vein of the winge furcate or simple ; eyes angulate. Oxyops, Sauss. dd. Discoidal vein ramose ; eyes round Stagmatoptera, Burm. cc. Wings hyaline in both sexes ; discoidal vein 2-, 3-, or 4-branched ; elytra of the female almost wholly, of the male partly, opaque, margins subparallel j stigma whitish or concolorous. d. Stigma of the elytra whitish, rarely green j marginal area of the female dilated, the apex excised, of the male only dilated at the base ; discoidal vein 3- or 4-branched , . Jlierodula^ Burm. dd. Stigma of the elytra concolorous or obsolete (rarely whitish) ; elytra similar in both sexes; anterior margin narrow, apox not excised ; discoidal vein 2-branched. e. Body moderately elongate; elytra and wings rounded at the apex Mantis^ Lin. f. Elytra banded with fuscous ; stigma whitish. Subgen. Polyspilota^ Burm. ff. Elytra green, stigma green. Subgen. Mantis, Lin, ee. Body elongate ; elytra and anterior area of the wing very nar- row, acuminate Tenodera^ Burm. Subtribe Thespites. a. Prothorax broad ; anterior legs thickened ; elytra and wings of the female rudimentary, elongate in the male ; wings' coloured ; discoidal vein furcate in the male Fhasmomantis, Sauss. aa. Body and anterior legs filiform; prothorax slightly angulated and di- lated above the anterior coxm. h. Anterior tibim half the length of the femora (vertex bidentate) ; wings, coloured ; elytra partly opaque ; legs slightly perfoliate. Danuria, St§,l, hh. Anterior tibim one-third the length of the femora; wings hyaline; elytra membranaceous ; legs simple. c. Cerci cylindrical or styliform ; supraanal lamina elongate, lanceolate. d. Antennm setiform, slender; wings moderate; elytra membrana- ceous, rounded at the apex. e. Anterior tibiee normal, armed with two rows of spines. Thespis, Serv, /. Head transverse, compressed ; eyes lateral ; discoidal vein of the wings furcate Subgen. Thespis. ff. Head thickened behind, produced in front; eyes ovate, conical, produced in front; occiput bidentate; discoidal vein simple Subgen. Parathesins, Sauss. ee. Anterior tibiae three-fingered ; vertex bidentate. Oligonyx, Sauss. dd. Antennae and cerci very thick, attenuate at the apex ; elytra and wings squamiform Brunnerin, Sauss. cc. Cerci of the female foliaceous ; wings coloured ; supraanal lamina short Angela, Serv. Subtribe Chceradodites. a. Prothorax dilated in all its length. 466 ZOOLOQIPAI- LITERATURE. h. Leg? unarmed, not perfoliate j body green ; wings hyaline. Chcsradodis, Serv. hh. Legs perfoliate j body cadaverous j elytra frequently spotted qr ocel- latq beneath j wings frequently colqiired. (Asiatic.) Daroplatys, Westw. aa. Posterior parf of the prqfhorax free, dilated in front, denticulate. Bpaph'odita) Serv. The trihe Acanthopsii is divided into the following sub- tribes . — a. Elytra narrow or ovate ; veins longitudinal or oblique, h. Body elongate, linear ; abdomen cylindrical, slender. c. Prothorax cylindrical, not, or scarcely, dilated above the coxae, not coarctate in front j head lenticular ; vertex drawn out in front ; occiput produced, nude Schizocephalites. cc. Prothorax carinate, slightly dilated above the coxae ; head trigonal ; vertex transverse j occiput not produced ; cerci foliaceous. Toxodebites. Ih, Body normal ; prothorax dilated above the coxae, again coarctate in front, apex parabolic j head transverse j occiput not produced. Harpacites. aa. Elytra excised at the margin; discoidal vein pectinate, ending in the sutural margin Acantuopsites. Subtribe Schizocephalites. a. Body filiform, very long ; pro thorax thrice as long as the other thoracic divisions ; legs very long Schizocephala, Serv. aa. Body less elongate ; prothorax scarcely twice as long as the rest ; legs short Oxyophthalmttf^diViBQ, Subtribe Toxodebites. a. Femora strongly perfoliate, terminating in four long spines. I'oxoderttf Serv. aa. Femora slightly, or not, foliate ; apex without long spines. Heterochceta^ Westw. Subtribe Harpacites. a. Body slender, linear ; elytra narrow ; eyes spined or produced into teeth. h. Elytra and wings squamiform in both sexes. . . . Yersinia, Sauss. hh. Elytra and wings normal in the male (female ?) Parameles, Sauss. aa. Body less slender ; abdomen dilated ; eyes conoid ; elytra ovate-lanceo- late. h. Margins of the prothorax and abdomen dilated and membranaceous; front horned Ilarpax, Serv. hh. Margins of prothorax and abdonaen entire ; front tuberculate. Creohotra, Serv. Subtribe Acanthopsites. a. Vertex unarmed ; tibiae simple Acanthops, Serv. aa. Vertex horned ; tibiae dilated Ilymenopa, Seiw. Mantis Carolina. Packard (Guide, p. 674) figures imago and eggs of this species ; it is also figured and described in the ' American Entomologist,’ i. OttTHblPTEllA. 467 p. 184, hhd by lltEEY ill the ‘ Fil-st Report of Nolfcious liifiecte of MidiouH,’ pp. 169-171. Mann (Student and Intell. ObsOrV. No. ii. jl. 1^3) gites ft gerietM accohnt of the habite of some species of this family as observed by him in Natal. Saussure, 1. c., describes tbe following new species : — T7ieochjfes surinamensis, 1. c. p. 60, Surinam j lolum diabolicu7n, 1. c.^ Equi- noctial Africa ; Empusa hmnhertiana, T. c., Ceylon j Idolomorpha spinifron^f I. c. p. 61, Brazil ; Chiropacha capitata^ 1. c., Africa ? ; Chiropus dives^ 1. c., Ben- guela ; Gonatista cubensis, 1. c., Cuba ; Humbertiella perloides, 1. c., Senegal ; II. ceylontcaj 1. c. p. 62, Ceylon ; II. indicaj 1. c., India ; Litourgousa cagennemis, 1. c.j Cayenne } Acontista cordillera;^ 1. c., Mexico ; A. elegans^ 1. c. p. 63, Guiana j Iridopteryx iridipennis, 1. c., Ceylon ; I. glauca, 1. c., Ceylon ; Gony- peta hmnbertiana^ 1. c., Ceylon ; G. tr incomalice, 1. c., Ceylon ; G. bengmlce, 1. c. p. 64, Western Africa; Miopteryx pei'loides, 1. c., doubtful locality; M. phryganea, I, c., doubtful locality ; Iris syriaca, 1. c. p. 65, Syria; Stagtno- mantis nahua, 1. c., Mexico; Cardioptera cupido, 1. c. p. 66, Brazil? C. trans~ lucida, 1. c., Brazil ? Copiopteryx claraziana, 1. c., Argentine Confederation ; Stagmatoptcra bioccllata, 1. c. p. 67, Brazil ; Ilicrodida coarctata, 1. c., India or Africa ; II. tcnuidcntata, 1. c. p. 68, India ; II. ^-dcntata, 1. c., Syria ; tl. hicarinata, 1. c., India P Mantis emortualis, 1. c., doubtful locality ; M;japonica, 1. c. p. 69, Japan ; Tcnodera capitata^ 1. c., doubtful locality ; T. angustipennis, 1. c., Java ? Phasmomantis grandis, 1. c., doubtful locality ; Daniura bolanana, 1. c. p. 70, Zanzibar ; Thespis cubensis, 1. c., Cuba ; T. surinama, 1. c., Surinam ; T. plithisica, 1. c., Brazil ; Parathespis humbertiana, 1. c. p. 71, Ceylon ; OH- gonix bicornis, 1. c., Mexico ; 0. f liformis, 1. c., Brazil ; Brunnejia subap>tera, 1. c., Argentine Confederation ; Choeradodis squilla, 1. c, p. 72, Ceylon ; Para- meles picteti, h c., Spain; Creobotra apicalis, 1. c. p. 73, Assam; Ilymenopus ccclebs, Sauss., 1. c., doubtful locality. Stagmatoptcra binotata, Scudd. Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. xii. p. 341, Napo or Maranon. Gerstacker, Archiv fiir Naturgesch. xxxv., describes a new genus and tbe following new species from Zanzibar and vicinity: — Pyrgomantis, n. g., 1. c. p. 210. Head elongate, acuminate ; antennae short, setiform in both sexes ; eyes oblong, not prominent ; ocelli of the male very large, minute in the female ; prothorax oblong, subparallel ; elytra and wings hyaline ; legs rather short, simple ; abdomen linear. P. singtilaris, 1. c. p. 211. Tarachodes pantherina, 1. c. p. 208 ; T. modesta, 1. c. p. 209 ; Mantis (Stag- matoptera ?) kei'steni, 1. c. ; M. (Photind) agrionina, 1. c. ; M. vincta, 1. e. ; M. (Danuria?)' galeata, /. c. p. 210. Phasmid;e. Saussure (Melanges Ortliopterologiques, 2"’® fascicule) de- scribes and figures many known species, adopting Westwood^s classification of the family. Bacillus (Latr.) he divides into three subgcnera, as under : — 1. Bacillus. Antennae very short and thick, composed of about twelve small joints, several of them being broader than long; abdomen variable. Species B. rossii, Fabr., &c. 468 ZOOLOGICAL LITERATURE. 2. RamuluSf Sauss. Anteiinse slightly, longer than the head, or equal thereto j head elongate, horizontal j abdomen of the $ somewhat fusiform, slightly swollen in the middle, attenuate at the apex, terminated by very long, compressed cerci, forming two foliaceous appendices. He describes and figures carinulatuSf Sauss. 1. c. p. 291, f. 1 ( $ ). 3. JBaculum, Sauss. Head slightly elongate, ovoid; abdomen of the $ cylindrical and rather broad at the apex, which is truncate ; ninth dorsal segment truncate, and transverse or compressed ; cerci small, scarcely extend- ing beyond the abdomen, longer than the head. He describes cunicularis, Westw., 1. c. p. 292, f. 2 ( $ ), 2a, and ramosus, Sauss. 1. c. p. 294. Acanthoderm (G. R. Gray) rhachis, Sauss., described and figured, 1. o. p. 295, f. 10. Anophdepis (Westw.). He describes and figures ftdvescens, Sauss., 1. c. p. 297, f. 8 and 3a ( $ ), 4 and 4a ( c? ), and ceylo?iica, Sauss. 1. c. p. 298, f. 5 ( $ ). Lonchodes (G. R. Gray). He describes pseudop>orus, Westw., 1. c. p. 300, => humhertiy Sauss.; ceylonicus, Sauss., 1. c. p. grallator, Bates; praon?^ Westw., l.c. p. 302, f. 6 and Ga =JlavicormSy Bates?), and taprohaiKS? , Westw., 1. c. p. 304, f. 7, 7a, hy — amcidtatory Bates? Bactridiiim (Sauss.). He describes and figures coulonianum, Sauss., 1. c. p. 306, f. 8, 9. Monandroptera (Westw.). He describes undulatay Westw., 1. c. p. 308,= ^i^osa, Westw., $. Hater opteryx (Gray). He describes a variety of yrayiy Westw., /. c. p. 810. Lopaphm (Westw.). He describes and figures spmosus, Sauss., I, c. p. 312, f. 15. Necrosia (Westw.). He gives a tabular arrangement of the species, and , describes euryaluSy Westw.?, 1. c. p. 314; humhertianay Sauss., 1. c. p. 315, f. 11 ; ceylonictty Sauss., 1. c. p. 316 ; nibescens, Sauss., /. c. p. 317, f. 12 ; ma- lacccBy Sauss., 1. c. p. 318, f. 13, md pancstmsy Westw., 1. c. p. 319. New species : — Acanthodei'ua immanUy Scudd. Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. xii. p. 840, Napo or Maranon. Eurycantha calcaratay Lucas, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 4“® st5rie, t. ix. bulletin, p. XXV, and E. itmdarisy Lucas, 1. c., Solomon archipelago. Ischnopoda reyiy Lucas, /. c. p. 430, Zambesi. Bacillus leprosusy Gerst. Archiv fiir Naturgesch. xxxv. p. 211, Zanzibar. GRYLLIDiE. ScuDDER (]\Iem. Peabody Acad, of Science, vol. i.) gives an elaborate essay on the species hitherto placed in Gryllotalpay describing all known forms and some new ones, with a finely executed plate of details. He sepa- rates the species with but two dactyls on the fore tibiae from those with four, applying the generic term Scapteriscus to the former, and retaining Gryllo- talpa for the latter. In Scapteriscus he places : — oxydactylus, Scudder, n. sp., l.c. p. 7, Brazil; tmuisy Scudder, n. sp., 1. c. p. 8, Brazil; mexicanus, Burm. ; didactylusy Latreille ; vicinus, Scudder, u. sp., 1. c. p. 12, South and Central America ; ayassizit, Scudder, n. sp., 1. c. p. 13, Switzerland (introduced ?) ; variegatuSy Burm. ; and abbreviatus, Scudder, n. sp., 1. c. p. 14, Pernambuco. ORTHOPTERA. 469 Tn Gryllotal/pa he retains australis^ Erichs. ; nitidula, Serville; De Haan; vulgaris^ Latr. ; hirsiita^ Burm. ; africana, P. de Beauv. ; longipennisj De Ilaan ; fossoVj Scudder, n. sp., 1. c. p. 21, Western and Southern Africa; oryctes^ Scudder, n. sp., I, c. p. 22, China ; cultrigeVf Uhler ; chiliensis, Sauss. ; minuta^ Burm.; horeolis, Burm.; columhia^ Scudd.,=^w^^■pc;m^s, Scudd., olim\ and hexadactyla, Perty. Packard (Guide, pp. 662-664) notes the general characters of the family and the mode of stridulation. He figures CEcanthus niveusj and states that it is injurious to raspberry- and plum-twigs, into which the female bores for the purpose of depositing her eggs. On this latter point see also the * American Entomologist,’ i. pp. 147 and 247, and Kiley, First Report of Nox. Ins. Missouri, pp. 138, 139. Scudder (Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist, xii.) describes three new South- American species : — Nemeohius ortoni, 1. c. p. 330, Napo or Maranon ; Platy- clactylus fasciatuSj 1. c. p. 331, Napo or Maranon ; Trigonidium g7'acile, 1. c., Napo. Gerstacker (Archiv fiir Naturgesch. xxxv.) describes the following new species from Zanzibar and vicinity \~Gryllotalpa dehilis, 1. c. p. 211 ; Gryllus physomcruSf 1. c. ; G. pulchriccpSj 1. c. p. 212 ; G, xanihoneurus^ G, scenicmf and G. lagtieatus, I, c. ; G. diadc7natus, I, c. p. 213 ; G, conia7ni7iatuB^ I, c, LoCUSTIDiE. Lucas (Ann. Soc. Ent. France, 4me s^rie, t. ix. p. 83) describes and figures (pi. 3. f. 1-6) the two sexes of Eugaster servtlleij Reiche and Fairm., and a new species, E. maurelii, Ghiliani (Bull. Soc. Ent. Ital. i. pp. 63-66) describes a singular variety of rhane7'optera liliifolin^ Fab., from the vicinity of Turin.— Scudder (Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. xii. pp. 408, 409)' fives a synopsis of the cave-frequenting genus Hadmoems, and describes a new species from New Zealand; the genus having hitherto only occurred in Europe and North America. In the ‘American Entomologist,’ vol. i., are described the eggs of Platy^ phyllu7n co7icavu7n (p. 100) and Phyllopte7'd ohlongifolia (p. 166, with figure). New genera and species : — Pa7ioplosceles, Scudder, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. xii. p. 333. Head glo- bose, the vertex produced in front as a compressed lamina, bidentate ante- riorly; last joint of maxillary palpi a little longer than the preceding three joints taken together; pronotum large, produced posteriorly into a high, rounded, nearly vertical lamina; sterna bimucronate; tegmina very short, coarse, and stout, the male with greatly developed, coarse stridulating organs; wings nearly abortive; legs very long, stout, and spiny; femora with three stout spines near the apex. P. ar77iata, Scudd., Napo or Maranon. Disccratus, Scudd. 1. c. p. 336. Front very declivent ; vertex produced into a low, crater-like elevation ; pronotum partially concealing the head, but scarcely covering the metanotum ; tegmina minute, wings wanting ; coxce and sides of thoracic sterna produced into small blunt spines ; ovi- positor curved rather strongly, tapering rapidly, the tip pointed. Z>. tiubiger^ Scudd., Salto. 470 ZOOLOGICAL LITERATURE. Accmthacaraj Scudd. 1. c. p. 335. Vertex prolonged into a long and curved thorn, front very declivent j pronotum produced backward a little over the mesonotum j meso- and metanotum resembling the abdominal segments; wings absent; thoracic stenia exteriorly, and the coxm internally, with small, short, blunt spines; ovipositor curved pretty strongly. A. acutaf Scudd., between Quito and Napo. Steirodon quadratum^ Scudd. 1. c. p. 331, Guayaquil ; Aeanthodis? attenuatusj Scudd. 1. c. p. 332, Napo ; Meroncidium conspersum, Scudd. 1. c., Napo or Maranon ; Copiophora gracilis , Scudd. 1. c. p. 333, Napo or Maranon ; Cono~ cephalus breoicauda, Scudd., 1. c., Napo ; C. tenuicauda, Scudd. 1. c., Napo or Maranon ; Xiphidium aUenuatum, Scudd. Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. ii. p. 305, Illinois. JIadenoccus edwardsiif Scudd. Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. xii. p. 408, New Zealand. Eugaster maurcUiy Lucas, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 4“o s^rie, t. ix. pp. 85-88, pi. 3. f. 7-14, Senegal and Soudan, Geiistacker describes the following new species from Zanzibar and vici- nity:— Eugaster loricakcs, Archiv fiir Naturgesch. xxxv. p. 213; E. ephip- piatuSj 1. c, ; E. talpuy 1. c. p. 214 ; Cyrnatomera paradoxa and Xiphidium hecticum^ 1. c, ; Phaneroptera punctipennis^ 1. c. p. 215 ; P. tetrasbicta, 1. c. ACRYDIIDiE. ScuDDER (Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. xii. pp. 345-355) divides the gigantic lobe-crested grasslioppers of South and Central America (forming a section of the old genus Acridium) into three groups of generic value, Tropidacris, Titanacris, and LophacriSy represented h^^he familiar species A. dux, Drury, A. carinatumy Stoll, and A. Mfersiiy Burm. He describes all the species, and remarks on the synonymy. Packard (Guide, pp. 567-572) gives a very full general ac- count of the family and tlieir habits, and figures Culoptenus femur -rubi'UMy C. spretuSy and (Edipoda Carolina. Byehs (American Entomologist, i. p. 94) and Bevinny (1. c. p. 95) write respecting the habits of the Colorado Grasshopper ” ( Caloptenus spretus), with especial regard to its breeding-places, which are often many hundred miles from the scene of their devastations. They fly with the wind, and on a sudden change in its direction drop and commence feeding. Butler, (Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1869, Proc. pp. iii *&'xi) remarks on a species of Conocephalus which he kept alive for some months, during which time it ate nothing. It was one of several which had reached this country on a ship from West Africa, and at one time a swarm of them had covered the deck. Acridium peregrinumy Oliv. E. Brown and Bond (Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1869, Proc. pp. xxviii, xxix) record the capture, at Burton-on-Trent, Ply- mouth, &c. of several examples of this insect, which had not been previously recorded in any work on European Orthoptera, and which is a native of Asia and North Africa. In Newman’s ‘ Entomologist,’ vi., are also several records of the capture of locusts in various parts of the country ; these are ORTHOPTERA. 471 referred to Pachytylus miyratorius 5 but from information since received it would appear that all of these were probably Acridium peregrinum. It doep not seem to have been noticed in other parts of Europe. In Harris’s ^ Correspondence,’ edited by Scudder, are descriptions, from the original MS., of fresh specimens of Acrydium (^Calopteniis) femur-ruhruniy De Geer (/. c, p. 325), and Locusta (Chloealtt9) curtipe^inis, Harris (1. c.p. 326). New genera and species : — Tropidacris, Scudd. Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. xii. p. 837. Head large, compressed ; pronotum tapering moderately ; interno-median vein of tegmina furcate ; basal branch of externo-median vein simple, but united by distinct cross veins to the intornoimedian ; area between the first and second branches of the anal vein of wings in the female not noticeably broad, broken by cross veins into spaces not more than half as long again as broad ; in the male noticeably broader than the adjoining areas, broken into spaces twice as long as broad. Includes T. dux, Drury ; T. rex, Scudd. ; T, latreillei, Perty ; T, fahricii, Scudd. { — dvx, Fab. partP); and T. cristata, Linn. Titanacris, Scudd. 1. c. p. 337. Head small, compressed j pronotum taper- ing considerably ; interno-median vein of tegmina furcate ; basal branch of extemo-median vein simple ; area between first and second branches of the anal vein of wings of female not noticeably broad, broken by cross veins into spaces not more than half as long again as broad ; in the male unusually broad, and broken into spaces three times as long as broad. Includes T. cart’- nata, Stoll, and T. alhipes, De Geer. Lophacris, Scudd. 1. c. p. 337. Head large, full ; pronotum tapering but little ; interno-median vein of tegmina simple ; basal branch of externo- median vein furcate; area between first and second branches of anal vein of wings of both sexes noticeably broader than the adjoining areas, and divided into spaces twice as long as broad. Includes L. olfersii, Burm., L. velasquezii, Nieto, and L. Tmmholdtii, Scudd. Stenoerobylus, Gerstack. (Archiv fiir Naturgesch. xxxv. p. 219). Eyes nearly contiguous above; vertex very narrow; median keel of pronotum obsolete, side keels absent; process of prosternum subcompressed, nearly bilobed at the apex; elytra linear; wings ample. S. cervimis, Gerst. 1. e. p. 220, Zanzibar. Ixalidium, Gerst. 1. c. p. 220. Allied to Caloptenus, Platypliymata, and Pezotettix, but apterous. I. hcematoscelisj Qeiat. 1. c., Zanzibar. Pt'oscopia hulhosa, Scudd. 1. c. p. 336, Napo or Maranon; P. sajax, Scudd. 1. c. Napo or Maranon ; Cephaloccema acuminata, Scudd. 1. c. p. 337, between Quito and Napo; Xiphicera 8-maculata, Scudd. 1. c. Napo or Maranon; Lophacris humholdtii, Scudd. 1. c. Napo or Maranon ; Tropidacris rex, Scudd. 1. c. 338, Guayaquil ; Acridium occidentale, Scudd. 1. c. p. 339,tNapo or Ma- ranon ; A. lahratum, Scudd. 1. c. Napo or Maranon ; CJwysochraon (?) abhre-- viatum, Scudd. 1. c., between Quito and Napo; (Edipoda bivenosa, Scudd. 1. c., Ecuador. Opomala aptera, Scudd. Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. ii. p. 305, Pennsylvania ; Gomphocertts simplex, Scudd. 1. c., Delaware ; (Edipoda carinata, Scudd. /. c, p. 306, Iowa; Tettix femorata, Scudd. 1. c. Maryland. Pezotettix manca. Smith, Proc. Portland Soc. Nat. Hist. i. pt. ii. p. 149, Maine. 472 ZOOLOGICAL LITERATURE. Gerstackeb (Archiy fur Naturgesch. xxxv.) describes the following new species from Zanzibar and vicinity : — Tryxalis sulphuripennisj 1. c. p. 216 j Opomala hrachyptera, 1. c. p. 216 j Pceciloeera cegrota and P. atriceps, 1. c.; Petasia hecate^ 1. c. p. 217 j Sphenarmm pulchripes and Chrysochram dasycnemis, 1. c. j C. semicarmatuSf 1. c. p. 218 ; Churoetypus hippkcus and Pamphayus airoxy 1. c.\ Acridium deckeniy 1. c.- p. 219j| Catantops decuratuSy 1. c. j Hymenotes humilisy I, c. p, 220 j Tettix cmdylopsy 1. c. p. 221. RHYNCHOTA By W. S. Dallas, F.L.S. A. Work in progress. Walker, Francis. Catalogue of the specimens of Hemiptera Heteroptera in the collection of the British Museum. Part III. London, 1868. In this third part of his catalogue. Walker gives the list of the described species of the subfamilies Edessidae, Phyllocepha- lidae, and Megymenidae, with indications of the localities from which the British Museum possesses specimens. Many new species are described. Nearly half the volume consists of an appendix containing indications of recently described species, descriptions of new forms, and further information connected with the subfamilies treated of in the first two parts of the catalogue. B. Papers published in Journals ^c. Derbes, — . Observations sur les Aphidiens qui font les Galles des Pistachiers. Annales Sci. Nat, ser. 5, tome xi. pp. 93- 107, plates 3 & 4. Douglas, J. W., and Scott, J. British Hemiptera : additions and corrections. Ent. Monthly Mag. vol. v. pp. 259-268 & 293-297. Fibber, F. X. Synopse der europaischen Deltocephali. Ver- handl. zool.-bot. Gesellsch. in Wien, Band xix. pp. 201-222, Taf. 5 & 6. An analytical synopsis of the European species of the genera Platymetopius and Deltocephalus. Garbiglietti, Antonio. Catalogus methodicus et synony- micus Hemipterorum Eteropterorum (Rhyngotha, Fab.) Italise indigenorum. Accedit descriptio aliquot specierum vel minus vel nondum cognitarum. Bull. Soc. Ent. Ital. i. pp. 41-52, 105-124, 181-198, & 271-281. Guerin-Meneville, F. E. Etudes sur les Insectes consi- deres comme la cause de la maladie des Cannes h Sucre RHYNCHOTA. 473 dans les lies Maurice et de la Reunion (I*"® partie). An- nales Soc. Entom. France, 4™® ser. tome ix. pp. 89-92. Jakowleff, W. Materialien zur entomologischen Fauna der Wolga-Gegend. I. Supplement zum Verzeichniss der Hemipteren der Wolga. Horse Soc, Ent. Ross. vol. vi. pp. 109-120. Kittel, Georg. Versucli einer Zusammenstellung der Wanzen, welche in Bayern vorkommen. Bericht naturh. Ver. in Augsburg, XX. pp. 61-80. Mella, C. a. Hi un nuovo genere e di una nuova specie di Fitocoride. Bull. Soc. Ent. Ital. i. pp. 202-204, pi. 4. Mulsant, E., & Mayet, V. Description d^une espece nouvelle dHIemipt^re Heteroptere constituant un nouveau genre dans la famille des Reduviens. Ann. Soc. Linn. Lyon, tome xvi. pp. 292-294 (1868). Piaget, E. Description d^un Parasite de FElepliant. Tijd- sclir. voor Entom. 2^® ser. Deel iv. pp. 249-254, plate 11. PuTON, Auguste. Description de trois Hemipteres nouveaux du Sahara Algerien, et remarques sur une variete. An- nales Soc. Ent. France, 4“® ser. tome ix. pp. 139-144. Rudow, Ferd. Einige neue Pediculinen. Zeitsclir. ges. Na- turwiss. Band xxxiv. pp. 167-171. Sc HELLER, H, J. Drie Membraciden uit Suriname. Tijdschr. voor Entom. 2^® ser. Deel iv. pp. 216-220, plates 8-10. ScHiODTE, J. C. On some new fundamental principles in the Morphology and Classification of Rhynchota. Naturhist. Tidsskrift, 3rd ser. vol. vi. Translated in Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. 4th ser. vol. vi. pp. 225-249. Scott, John. (See Douglas.) Shimer, Henry. Notes on Chermes pinicorticis ('' White-Pine Louse . Trans. Amer. Entom. Soc. vol. ii. pp. 383-385 (November 1869). . A summer^s study of Hickory Galls, with descriptions of supposed new Insects bred therefrom. Ibid. pp. 386- 398 (November 1869). Signoret, V. Quelques observations sur les Cochenilles connues sous le nom de Pou k poche blanche qui ravagent les plantations de Cannes k sucre k File Maurice et k File de la Reunion. Annales Soc. Entom. France, 4®® ser. tome ix. pp. 93-96. . Essai sur les Cochenilles ou Gallinsectes. 3® partie. Ibid. pp. 97-104, plate 4. 474 ZOOLOGICAL LITEllATURE. SiQNORET, V. Essai sur les Cochenilles on Gallinsectes. 4® partie. Ibid. pp. 109-138, plates 5 & 6. Contains descriptions of the species of the subfamily Di- aspides, with a description of the general characters of that group. . Essai sur les Cochenilles. 5® partie. Ibid. pp. 431-452, plate 9. . Phylloxera vastatrix, Hemiptere- Homopt^re de' la famille des Aphidiens, cause pretendue de la maladie actuelle de la Vigne. Ibid. pp. 549-596, plate 10. Stal, C. Analecta hemipterologica. Berliner entom. Zeit- schr. Band xiii. pp. 225-242. . Hemiptera Fabriciana. Fabricianska Hemipterarter, efter de i Kopenhamn och Kiel forvarade Typexemplaren granskade och beskrifne. II. Kongl. Svenska Vetensk.- Akad. Handl. Band viii. pp. 1-130 (1869). This is the seeond and concluding part of Stales identifica- tions of Fabrician Rhynchota from the type specimens. It includes the Homoptera. . Bidrag till Membracidernas kiinnedom. CEfvers. Kongl. Vet.-Akad. Forh. xxvi. pp. 231-300 (1869). Targioni-Tozzetti, a. Introduzione alia seconda memoria per gli studj sulle Cocciniglie, e catalogo dei generi e delle specie della famiglia dei Coccidi. Atti Soc. Ital. Sci. Nat. vol. xi. pp. 694-738. . Studj sulle Cocciniglie. Memorie Soc. Ital. Sci. Nat. tomo hi. no. 3, pp. 87, with 7 plates (1867). This memoir, which the recorder has only seen this year, is devoted to the description of the general characters, anatomical structure, and physiology of the Coccidse. . Sopra due generi di Cocciniglie [Coccidce) e sui criteri della loro Definizione. Bull. Soe. Ent. Ital. i. pp. 257-267, plates 5 & 6. VoLLENHOVEN, S. C. Snellen VAN. De Inlandsche Ilemi- pteren beschreven eu- meerendeels afgebeeld. Eerste Stuk. Tijdschr. voor Entom. 2^^® ser. Deel hi. pp. 129-172, plates 5 & 6 (1867 ?). This is the first part of a systematic description of the Dutch Hemiptera. It includes the species of Seutata, preceded by a general classification. . De Inlandsche Hemipteren. Tweede Stuk. Tijdschr. voor Entom. 2*^® ser. Deel iv. pp. 49-74, plates I & 2. This part includes the descriptions of the Dutch Supericornia and Csecigenia. RHYNCHOTA. 475 VoLLENHOvEN, S. C. Snellen VAN. Description de six esp^ces nouvelles crHemipteres Ileteropteres. Tjidschr. voor En- tom. 2**® ser. Deeliv. pp. 255-260, plate 11. Walker, F. Catalogue of Homopterous Insects collected in the Indian Archipelago by Mr. A. R. Wallace, with descrip- tions of new species. Journ. Linn. Soc. vol. x. Zool. pp. 276-330. Contains the Cicadellina, Psyllidse, and Coccidse. C. Anatomical and Physiological Papers. Balbiani, — . Memoire sur la generation des Aphides. An- nales Sci. Nat. ser. 5, tome xi. pp. 1-89, plate 2. Brandt, Alexander. Beitrage zur Entwicklungsgeschichte der Libelluliden und Hemipteren, mit besonderer Beruck- sichtigung der Embryonalhiille derselben. Mem. Acad. Imp. Sci. St. Petersb. tome xiii. no. 1, pp. 33, with 3 plates. Contains a description, with figures, of the embryogeny of Corixa, Hydrometray Aspidiotus, Lecanium, and Aphis. Landois, L. Anatomic der Bettwanze [Cimex lectularius, L.) mit Beriicksichtigimg verwandter Hemipterengeschlechter. Zeitschri fur Wiss. Zool. Band xix. pp. 206-233, plates 18 & 19. Lepori, Cesare. Nuove Ricerche Anatomiche e Fisiologiche sopra Porgano sonoro delle cigale. Bull. Soc. Ent. Ital. i. pp. 221-238, pi. 5. ScHioDTE (Naturhist. Tidsskrift, 3rd ser. vi. ; Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vi. pp. 225-249) discusses certain points in the structure of the Rhynchota upon which, he considers, the classi- fication of that order should to a great extent be founded. After referring to the neglect with which characters derived from the epimera have been treated, he indicates that the form and mode of articulation of the coxse are of the highest importance in the (economy of the animals, and therefore should have a corre- sponding value as classificational characters. He distinguishes two forms of coxse as occurring in insects, namely : — coxce car- dinat(£, which are either immovably connected with the body, or capable of slight motion from side to side or backwards, the diminution of mobility superinducing a reduction in the size of the epimera and sternum, whilst the coxa itself becomes enlarged; and coxoi rotatoria!, which can be turned round on their own axis, and the muscles attached to which> requiring space, cause a corresponding enlargement of the epimera and sternum. Both forms may occur in the same animal; and then it is usually the first, or first and second pairs of limbs that have rotatory coxse. When the limbs which serve for progression have cardinate coxse, the author proposes to name the animals Pagiopoda ; 476 ZOOLOGICAL LITERATURE. when progression depends on limbs with rotatory coxse, he names the animals Trochalopoda. The ordinary distinction between the Heteroptera and Ho- mopteray according to which in the former the rostrum springs from the front of the head {Frontirostrici) y and in the latter from the immediate neighbourhood of the prosternum [Gulce- rostria)y is shown by the author to be inadmissible, as the two forms graduate insensibly into each other. He indicates, as a broad line of demarcation between these two great natural groups, that in the Homoptera the first pair of coxse artieulate with the cheeks, whilst in the Heteroptera the cheeks and first pair of coxse do not touch each other. He finds a perfect concurrence between these peculiarities and the habits of the animals belonging to the respective groups. Thus all Homoptera are phytophagous ; ' hence their general thickset form, the small amount of movement possessed by the head, and their Pagiopodous structure. Of the Heteroptera some are carnivorous, whilst others live on a mixed diet ; and accordingly as the diet is more of a vegetable nature, so do the animals approximate to the Homopterous type of structure, and become Pagiopoda. Of the Trochalopodous Heteroptera some live on mixed food, and exhibit a characteristically expanded form of body ; others are purely carnivorous, and are of a slen- derer form. The parasitic Rhynchota, which possess a tele- scopic rostrum, are pagiopodous; the author regards them as forming a distinct section [Biphunculata) of equal value with Heteroptera and Homoptera. After discussing the disputed question of the number and position of the spiracles in the Rhynchota, and the structure of the odoriferous glands and their orifices, the author gives the following sketch of a classification of the Rhynchota in accord- ance with the principles laid down in his memoir. Its most striking peculiarity is the removal of the Nepce to a distance from the other Water-bugs. The author^s arguments in favour of this change are too detailed to be given here. Table of the Families of Rhynchota. I. Gense excavatae, coxas primas excipientes. [Coxse posticse cardinatse, scrobiculis femoralibus instructse.] Subordo Homoptera. II. Gense integrse, a coxis remotae. Subordo Heteroptera. A. Coxae posticae acetabulatae, rotatoriae, scrobiculis ferao- ralibus nullie : Trochalopoda. RHYNCHOTA. 477 a. Epimera metathoracica laminata, segmentum primum ventrale abdominis obumbrantia. 1. Antennae basi obtecta?. Earn. 1. Cimices. 2. Anteniir'e tota? detectae. * Antennae praeoculares. Earn. 2. Corei. ** Antennae infraoculares. Earn. 3. lyygm. h, Epimera metathoraeica lamina ventrali carentes. 1. Unguieiili superpositi. Hydrometra, 2. Unguicidi tcrminales. * Epimera metathoracica maximam partem epimeris mesothoracicis obtecta. Spiracula abdominalia iiltimi paris sipbunculata. Earn. 5. Nepce. ** Epimera metathoracica tota detecta. Spiracula abdominalia sequalia. Earn. 6. Reduvii. B. Coxfe postica? cardinat®, scrobiculis femoralibus in- structse : Pagiojmda. a. Antennae detectae. Earn. 7. Acanthia;. b. Antennae obtectae. 1. Corpus depressum, pronum. a. Rostrum liberum. t Epimera metathoracica detecta. * Pedes cursorii. Earn. 8. Pelegoni. ** Pedes natatorii. Earn. 9. Naucorides. ft Epimera metathoracica maximam partem epi- meris mesothoracicis obtecta. Earn. 10. Be- lostomata. /?. Rostrum obtectum. [Epimera metathoracica de- tccta, appcndiculata.] Earn. 11. Corix(B. 2. Corpus naviculare, supinatum. [Epimera meta- thoracica detecta. Rostrum liberum.] Earn. 12. Nf)tonect(B . Heteroptera. Snellen van Volleniioven has commenced the publication of descriptions of the Dutch s[)ecies of this group (Tijdschr. voor Ent. 2*^® ser. iii. pp. 129-172). He divides the Geocores into the following families (pp. 136-137) : — Scutati, CoreodeSy Lygaodes, Pyrrhocorides, Capsiniy Tingidides, Hebroides, Corti- cicola, Anthocorides, Reduvini, Ripariiy and Hydrodromici — thus nearly following Burmeister^s arrangement. With regard to the genera admitted under his fa?nily Scutati, he also reverts 1869. [voL. VI.] 2 K 478 ZOOLOGICAL LITERATURE. nearly to the state of things when Burmeister^s ' Handbuch * was published, and entirely ignores the genera which have been established of late years by Fieber and others. Garbiglietti publishes (Bull. Soc. Ent. Ital. i. pp.41, 106, 181, & 271) a synonymic catalogue of the Italian species of Heteroptera. Brief diagnoses of new species are scattered through it. Fuey-Gesner gives a general account of the results of his collecting in Switzerland in 1868 (Mittheil. schweiz. ent. Gesellsch. iii. pp. 18-22). Jakowlefp publishes (Horae Soc. Ent. Ross. vi. pp. 109-120) a supple- mental list of species of this group from the region of the Wolga. Several new species are described. Kittel publishes (Ber. nat. Ver. Augsb. xx. pp. 61-80) a list of species of this group hitherto detected in Bavaria. SCUTATA. Snellen van Vollenhoven has published (Tijschr. voor Ent. 2**® ser. iii. pp. 129-172) a monographic revision of the Dutch species of this group. He describes and figures the following known species; — Tetyra maura (Linn.), pi. 5. fig. 1; T. hottentotta (Eab.), pi. 5. fig. 2; Trigonosoma nigro- lineata (Rossi), pi. 6. fig. 3 ; Podops inunctus (Fab.), pi. 5. fig. 4 j Phimodei'a galgulina (H.-Sch.), pi. 6. fig. 6j Odontoscclis fuUginosa (Linn.), pi. 6. fig. Oj Coreoinelas scarabceoidea (Linn.), pi. 6. fig. 7 j Asopus ccerideus (Linn.), pi. 6. fig. 8j A, dumosus (Linn.), pi. 6. fig. 9; A. luridus (Fab.), pi. 6. fig. 10 j A. custos (Fab.) ; A. bidens (Linn.), pi. 6. fig. 11 j Cydnm bicolor (Linn.), pi. 6. fig. 1 J C. albomaryinatus (Fab.), pi. 6. fig. 2; C. morio (Linn.); C. bigut- tatus (Linn.), pi. 6. fig. 3 ; C. Jlavieornis (Fab.), pi. 6. fig. 4; Sciocoris um- brinus (Wolft’), pi. 6. fig. 12; JElia acuminata (Linn.), pi. 6. fig. 5; yE*. hlugii (Hahn), pi. 6. fig. 6; AE. injlexa (Wolff), pi. 6. fig. 7; Cimex rujipes (Linn.), pi. 6. fig. 8; C. lituratus (King), pi. 6. fig. 9; C. prasinus (Linn.), pi. 6. fig. 10 ; C. baccarum (Linn.), pi. 6. fig. 11 ; C. oleraceus (Linn.), pi. 6. fig. 12; Acanthosoma hccmorrhoidale- (iAnn.)^ pi. 6. fig. 13; A. hcBinatogastcr (Schr.), pi. 6. fig. 14 ; A. clypeatum (Burm.), ibid. iv. pi. 1. fig. 1 ; A.grisemn (Linn.), pi. 6. fig. 16 ; and A. ferrugator (Fab.), pi. 6. fig. 16. New genera : — Garsauria, Walker, Cat. Hem. Brit. Mus. iii. p. 636. Allied to Sehirus. Sp. G. aradoides, sp. n., Walker, 1. c. p. 636, Batchian and Kaisaa. Mentisaf Walker, 1. c. p. 637. Allied to Sciocoris (P). Sp. 31. smaragdina, sp. n.. Walk. 1. c. p. 637, Brazil. Blmna, Walker, /. c. p. 637. Allied to the preceding. Sp. B. setosa, sp. n., Walker, 1. c. p. 638, habitat unknown. Bryelica, Walker, 1. c. p. 647. Allied to Antiteuchus. Sp. B. ramosa, sp. n., Walk. 1. c. p. 647, Mexico. Cesada, Walker, 1. c. p. 648 (see errata). Allied to Agccus. Sp. C. di- stincta, sp. n., Walk. 1. c. p. 648, Amazons. Xldanuy Walker, 1. c. p. 649. Allied to JEctenus. Sp. U. smaragdina, sp. n.. Walk. 1. c. p. 649, Formosa. Salica, Walk. 1. c. p. 469. Allied to 3Iattiphus. Sp* S. ezcellens, sp. n., Walk. 1. c. p. 469, Archidona and Santarem. RHYNCHOTA. 479 Enada, Walker, 1. c. p. 485. Allied to Aplosterna. Sp. Enada rosea^ sp. n., Walk. 1. c. p. 485, origin unknown. Erffa, Walker, 1. c. p. 485. Allied to Lyramorpha. Sp. E. rosfio/lua, sp. n.. Walk. /. c. p. 48G, Australia. Tlialma, Walker, 1. c. p. 503. Allied to Megymenum. Sp. T. higuttata^ sp. n.. Walk. 1. c. p. 503, Amboyna. Uimm, Wallcer, 1. c. p. 504. Allied to Megymenum. Sp. U. crassa, sp. n., Walk. 1. c. p. 504, Sarawak. Mmcanduy Walker, 1. c. p. 570. Allied to Pieznsternum. Sp. ilf. testacea, sp. n., Walk. /. c. p. 577, Darjeeling. Walker, 1. c. p. 577. Allied to the preceding. Sp. B. scutellaris, sp. n.. Walk. 1. c. p. 578, Birinah. New species : — Walker (Cat. Hem. Brit. Mus. iii.) describes numerous new species be- longing to this group and to the following genera: — (Scutellerides) Spharocoris 1, Cantao 2, Scutellera 1, Tetrarthria 1, Libyssa 1, Callidea 6, Symphylus 9, Podops 1 ; (Plataspides) Coptosoma 9 ; (Asopides) Bode- tria 3, Platynopus 1, Macrorhaphis 2, Anna 2 ; (Oydnides) AEthus 2, Aca- talectus 1 ; (Sciocorides) Sciocoris 2, CepJialoplatus 1 ; (Halydides) Dini- dor 1, Chlorocoris 3, Pcecilometis 2, Agonoscelis 2 ; (Pentatomides) Afor- midea 7, Eysarcoris 4, Antcstia 2, Pentatoma 3, Sb'achia 3, Cataidax 5, Bha~ pkigaster 5, Prionaca 1, Cuspicona 6, Arvelius 2, Acanthosoma 3, Sala 1 ; (Urostylides) Uroldbida 1 ; (Edessides) Edessa 43, Aceratodes 3, Brachy- stethus 3, Piezosternum 4, Pygoplatys 2, Tesseratoma 7, Amissus 1, Siph7ius 1, Pycanum 4, Dalcantha 1, Lyramorplia 1, Cyclopelta 3, Aspongopus 3 ; (Phyl- locephalides) Phylloccphala 5, Tetroda 1, Diploi’hinus 1, Schis7natops 1, Ma- crina 3, Mogarhynchus 1, DicJieloi-himis 1 ; (Megymenides) Megymenum 2. Tetrarthria tenehrosuy Snellen van Vollenlioven, Tijdschr. voor Ent. 2**® ser. iv. p. 256, pi. 11. fig. a, Amboyna. Libyssa ivestwoodii, Snellen van Vollenhoven, 1. c. p. 266, Zambesi. Callidea. Snellen van Vollenhoven describes the following species of this genus: — C. elongata, l.c. p. 257, pi. 11. fig. b, Salwatty ; C. latefasciatay ibid., pi. 11. fig. Salwatty ,• C. celebensis, 1. c. p. 258, pi. 11. fig. c, Celebes; and C. crcRsus, 1. c. p. 259, pi. 11. fig. e, Gebeh, Salwatty, and Aru. Coreo7nelas nigritarsis, Garbiglietti, Bull. Soc. Ent. Ital. i. p. 43, near Turin. Odo7itotarsus nigricomis, Garbiglietti, 1. c. p. 44, near Turin. Cydnus cmna7no7neus, Garbiglietti, 1. c. p. 46, Sardinia, Numilia subquadrata, StSl, Berl. ent. Zeitsch. xiii. p. 226, North Australia. Odius qiallido-limbatus, StSl, 1. c. p. 226, Queensland. Plexippus dorsalis, St§,l, 1. c. p. 226, India. Alphenor cuspidatus, Stsll, 1. c. p. 227, Cape York. A7ichises sidcico7mis, Stfil, 1. c. p. 228, Queensland. Critheus lineatifrons, Stal, 1. c. p. 229, Burmah. Melpia stenialis, Stftl, 1. c. p. 229, La Plata. Eusa7'coris pseudoes7ieus, JakowlefF, Horse Soc. Ent. Ross. vi. p. 117, Astrachan. Ijyra7norpha voUenhovii, StSI, Tijdschr. voor Entom. 2"^® ser. ii. 124 (1867), Morotai. 2k 2 480 ZOOLOGICAL LITERATURE, SUPERICORNIA. VoLT,BNHOVEN pubUshea (Tijdaclir. voor Ent. 2**® ser. iv. pp. 49-71) a revision of the Dutch species of this group, of wliich he describes and figures the following: — Syromaates maryinatua (liinn.), pi. 1. fig. 2; S, quadratics (Fab.), pi. 1. fig. 8 ; Coreua pUicornia (Burin.), pi. 1. fig. 4 ; Pseudophhvics fal- lenii (Schill.), pi. 2. fig. Ij Alydus calcaratus (Linn.), pi. 1. fig. G; Berytus tipularius (Linn.), pi. 1. fig. 7 ; B. clauipes (Fab.), pi. 1. fig. 8 ; B. elegans (Curt.), pi. 1. fig. 10; Ithupalus schillingii (Schill.), pi. 2. fig. 2; 3Iyrmus miriformis (Fall.), pi. 2. fig. 3 ; Corizus (Fab.), pi. 2. fig. 4 ; and C. capitatus (Fab.), pi. 2. fig. 5. Frey-Gesner (Mittheil. schweiz. ent. Gesellsch. iii. pp. 19-21) notices the results of his hunting for species of Berytus^ and mentions the occurrence of Ceraleptus neglectus (Il.-Sch.) in Switzerland. Coreus diJUcilis^ sp. n., Vollenhoven, Tijdschr. voor Ent. 2*^ ser. iv. p. 5G» pi. 1. fig. 6, hlolland. Berytus driehergensis, n,, Vollenhoven, 1. c. p. 64, pi. 1. fig. 9, Holland. — B.ferrariif sp. n., Garbiglietti, Bull. Soc. Ent. Ital. i. p. 110, Central and Northern Italy. Corizus meridionalis, sp. n., Jakowleff, Horae Soc. Ent. Boss. vi. p. 116, Astrachaa. LYGiEODEA. C. Tacchetti (Bull. Soc. Ent. Ital. i. pp. 165-166) notices the capture of By gems civiliSf var. surinamensis (Wolff), in the Botanic Garden of Bologna. New genera and species : — LygcBodon^ Puton, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 4 s4r. ix. p. 139. Allied to Lygeeus. Anterior and intermediate femora with two small teeth on each side of their inferior margin at the apex; tibiae with 8-12 little teeth on their inner ridge. Sp. L. marmottanif sp. n., Puton, /. c. p. 139, Algerian Sahara. Cvptoneurus, Puton, /. c. p. 141. Allied to lihyparochromus ; anterior femora with obsolete teeth ; sides of pronotum with a sharp keel ; membrane with three waved longitudinal veins united by a transverse vein, inner vein bent. Sp. C. lethiei'ryi, sp. n., Puton, 1. c. p. 142, Biskra. Anepsius*, Puton, /. c. p. 142. Allied to Scolopostethus ] pronotum with lateral margins straight, sharply keeled ; anterior femora inflated, with three small acute teeth, and four or five minute denticles between the third of these and the apex. Sp. A. encaustus, sp. n., Puton, /. a. p. 143, Biskra. Lygeeus sexmaculatuSf Garbiglietti, Bull. Soc. Ent. Ital. i. p. 112, Sardinia. Pmitrechus rujipes, Garbiglietti, h c. p. 115, near Turin. Scolopostethus obscurus and S. ruhef actus, Garbiglietti, 1. c. p. 117, near Turin. Trapezonotus psammobius, Garbiglietti, l.c. p. 117, near Turin. Bhyparochromus ghiliami, Garbiglietti, /. c. p. 118, Sardinia ; R. alpinus, Garb, ibid., Piedmontese Alps. Phygadicus graminis, Garbiglietti, 1. c. p. 120, near Turin. Nysius scotti, E. Saunders, Ent. M. Mag. vi. p. 1, Reigate. Phlegyas annulicrus, StSl, Berl. ent. Zeitschr. xiii. p. 230, Texas, South Carolina, New Jersey. ♦ Name previously employed for a genus of Dolichopodidm. RHYNCHOTA. 481 AwTHOCORlDiE. Anthocoris rubictindulus, sp. n., Garbiglietti, Bull. Soc. Ent. Ital. i. p. 122, and A. neglectus^ sp. n., Garb, ibid., North Italy. Triphleps fasciiventrisj sp. n., Garbiglietti, 1. c. p. 123 ; T. JlavicanSf Garb, ibid., and T. pellucidus, spp. iin.. Garb, ibid., near Turin. Cordiastethus (sic) currax, sp. n., Garbiglietti, 1. c. p. 123, near Turin. C^CIGENIA. Snellen van Vollenhoven (Tijdschr. voor Ent. 2‘'® ser. iv. pp. 72, 73, pi. 2. tig. 8) describes and figures Pyrrhocoris apterus (Linn.). Capsina. Acropeltaf g. n., Mella, Bull. Soc. Ent. Ital. i. p. 202. Sp. A. pyrt, sp. n., Mella, 1. c. p. 203, pi. 4, Lombardy. Teratocoris saundersi, sp. n., Douglas and Scott, Ent. M. Mag. v. p. 260, Deal and Aberdeen. Phytocoris marmoratuSy sp. n., Douglas and Scott, 1. c. p. 261, Blackheath and Lewisham. Psallus wkiteiy sp. n., Douglas k Scott, 1. c, p. 263, Bannoch. Calocoris. Garbiglietti (Bull. Soc. Ent. Ital. i.) describes the following new North-Italian species of this genus: — C. tetraphhjctisy C, rubricosus, and C. disting uendus, p. 184 } and C. rubidus and C. aterrimuSy p. 185. Capstts coruscusy sp. n., Garbiglietti, 1. c. p. 186, Sardinia. Globicqjs mfuscatuSy sp. n., Garbiglietti, /. c. p. 190, nqar Turin. Orthotylus pellucidus, sp. n., Garbiglietti, /. c. p. 190, near Turin. Phylus nigricollis, sp. n., Garbiglietti, 1. c. p. 193, near Turin. Malacocoris alhopunctatus, sp. n., Garbiglietti, 1. c. p. 194, near Turin. Membranacea. Monanthia iimilis, sp. n., Douglas & Scott, Ent. M. Mag. v. p. 259 (England). Monanthia. Garbiglietti describes the following new species of this genus (Bull. Soc. Ent. Ital. i.) : — 31. pallida, p. 273, 31. piligera, ibid., M. lurida, p. 274, and 31. oblonga, ibid.. North Italy ; 31. tmicolor, ibid., Sardinia. Dictyonota erythrocephala, sp. n., Garbiglietti, l.c. p. 275, North Italy, Aradus geneonymus, sp. n., Garbiglietti, 1. c. p. 276 j and A. pygmcem. Garb, ibid., Sardinia. Reduviina. Spiniger. St§,l (Berl. ent. Zeitschr. xiii. pp. 231-235) tabulates the species of this genus known to him. Oreada, g. n., Mulsant and Mayet, Ann. Soc. Linn. Lyon, xvi. p. 292. Sp. O. luctuosa, sp. n.. Mills, k May. 1. c. p. 293, Pyrenees. Nahis marginepwictatuSy sp. n., Jakowletf, Horse Soc. Ent. Ross. vi. p. 112, Astrachan. Nobis canadensis, sp. n., Provancher, Naturaliste Canadien, August 1869. Oncocephalm subapterus, sp. n., Garbiglietti, Bull. Soc. Ent. Ital. i. p. 196, near Turin. Pirates coracinus, sp. n., Garbiglietti, 1. c. p. 197, Sardinia. 483 ZOOLOGICAL LITERATURE. - SALDlDiE. Leptopus strobelii, sp. n., GarWglietti, Bull. Soc. Eat. Ital. i. p. 198, Sar- dinia. HYDROMETRIDiE. Fbey-Gesner (Mittheil. schweiz. ent. Gesellsch. iii. pp. 20-22) remarks upon the occurrence of winged individuals of Hydrometra aptera. A peculiar variety (cinerea) of Hydrometra aptera from Biskra is noticed by Puton, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fi\ 4® s^r. ix. p. 144. NoTONECTIDiE. Douglas & Scott (Ent. M. Mag. v.) describe the following new spe- cies:— Corixa venusta^ p. 205, Bute and Carlisle; C. decora, ibid., Bute; C. dubia (Fieb.), p. 266, Bute ; and C. perplexa, p. 207, Bute ; C. borealis, p. 293, Shetland ; C. wTiitei, p. 294, Rannoch ; C. sharpi, p. 295 (Scotland ?) ; C. intricata, ibid., Fifeshire. Corixa glauca, sp. n., Garbiglietti, Bull. Soc. Ent. Ital. i. p. 279, Sardinia. Sigara poweri, sp. n., Douglas & Scott, 1. c. p. 296, New Forest. Homoptera. Stridulantia. Stal (Kongl. Vet. Akad. Handl. viii. pp. 1-10) identifies the following Fabrician species of this group: — Tettigonia strumosa is ^ Platy pleura-, T. marmorata=iC. ciliaris (JLm.^^zocellata (De G.) = van'a (Oliv.) is a Platy- pleura=P. arcuata (Walk.); T. affinis is a Pcecilopsaltrin T. obtecta is a Cosmopsaltria ; T. f estiva is a Gceana ; T. viridis= C. bimaculata (Oliv.) ^atro- wVews (Gu»Sr.) is a Cicada, m is T. tibicen (Liu.)=C. opercularis (Oliv.); T. pustidata— T. atrata (Fab.) = C. nigra (01iv.) = C. atra (Sign.) is a Cryp- totympana-, T, saccata= Thojiha saccata (A. & S.); T. mannifera is & Fidi- cina ; 2\ grisea is a Proarna ; T. cincta is a Tihicm, as are '1\ hrunnea and T. picta, the XhHqy = tomeiiitosa (Oliv.) ; 2\ rufesccns is a Carineta-, 2\ fenestrata belongs to Calyria (StSI) ; T. cestuans, = algira (Fab.)=sewra (St&l), and T. cantans belong to Melampsalta. Fulgorid^. Stal (Kongl. Vet.- Akad. Handl. viii. pp. 86-112) identifies tlie folloMung Fabrician species of this group: — Cere, cincta^ llomalocephala cincta (Stal); Lystra viridiceps is an Eddara (Walk.) = (Stitl) ; L. farinosa and L. atomaria belong to Aphana (Bunn.) ; L. cornuta belongs to Euphria (Sill) ; X. stigma=Calyptoproctus lystroidesp C. elegans (Spin.)=Potocera elegans (Gerst.), and belongs to Calyptoproctus -, L. obscura is the type of a new genus, Pelidnopepla ; X. costata is an Ilypcepa ; Plata diaphana is the type of a new genus, Ilyalodepsa; P. planiceps is a Mnemosyne-, Fidg. virescens and F. vitrata belong to Dictyophara ; Plata lunata and F. villosa belong to Oliarus (Stal) ; Cic. parvuld, Jssus bicornis, and X undatus belong to Bothriocera ; Plata variegata is a Pintalia (StSl) ; Delphax opposita = Asiraca opposita (Germ.) is the type of a new genus, Paulia-, D. cylindricornis belongs to Canyra (St&l) ; Plata bicarinata belongs to Sevia (St§l) ; Plata collar is RHYNCHOTA. 483 Tettigometra? bicolor (Walk.) is a Plectoderes (Spin.); Fulg. tania belongs to Numicia (StSl) ; Derhe as restricted {—Mysidia^ Westw.) includes D. h<^mo7'rhoidaliSj D. squamigcra^ D. costatay P. punctum, D. testacea, and D. pallida ; Flata vittata is a Herpis (StSl) ; Cic. lineata is a Persis (StSl) ; Lystra tomentosa and L. himaculata belong to Euryhrachys ; Issus immacu- latusA-apterm (Fab. S. R. = Myctei'odus longiceps (St|l) and belongs to Mycterodus] I. grylloides is a Hysteropterum \ Cere, apteral^. R. 7) is a Falcidius (StSl) ; I. pedestris belongs to Issus (s. str.) ; I. coriaceus is a I'hionia (StSl) ; Flata rustica is the type of a new genus, Leptophara ; Issus cristatus and I. carinatus belong to Tylana (StSl) ; Ricania includes Flata fasciata, F. fuscata—Pochazia obscura (StSl), F. fenestrata (S. R.) = 72. fahricii (StSl); F. striata and Cere, fenestrata (S. E.) = CVc. hyalina (Fab,) = Flatoidcs orientis (Walk.) ; F. atrata—Flatoides humeralis (Walk.) is a Vutina (StSl) ; F. reticulata is a Nogodina (StSl) ; F. umbraculata is an Actinonia F. vivida is the type of a new genus, Chlorochara ; F. nigricornis is a Phrom- 7iia=P. pallida (Oliv., StSl); F. ocellata,^ Poeciloptera stellaris (Walk.)=P. argioliis (StSl), and F. ferrugata belong to Flata (s. str.) ; F. cruentata and F, sparsa belong to Atella (StSl) ; F. emortua is a Carthma (StSl) ; F. planatay F. retusa, F. quadi'ipunctata, and F. rclicta belong to Ormenis (StSl) ; F. marginata (Brunn.) and F. pygmcea belong to Petrusa (StSl) ; and F. grisea is a Dascalia (StSl). New genera : — Pelidnopeplay g. n., StSl, 1. c. p. 88. Allied to Calyptopi'octus (Spin.) ; head narrower, equal in breadth to thorax, oculigerous portions scarcely turned backward, distant from thorax ; forehead slightly narrowed towards apex. Sp. Lystra obscura (Fab.). Ilyalodepsay g. n., StSl, /. c. p. 00. Allied to Cladypha ; vertex narrow ; anterior tibiae compressed. Sp. Flata diapliana (Fab.). Paidia, g. n., StSl, 1. c. p. 94. Allied to Brixia (StSl) ; thorax truncate at base ; scutellum unicarinate. Sp. Delphax opposita (F’ab.). Leptophara g. n., StSl, 1. c. p. 102. Allied to Thionia and Colpopt&'a ; tegmina narrow, obtusely roimded at apex, clavus with two veins, inner (ulnar) vein furcate before the middle, outer and radial simple, united at or near base. Sp. Flata rustica (Fab.). Chlorochara^ g. n., StSl, 1. c. p. 107. Allied to Acattotiia^ head much pro- duced ; disk of thorax flat ; tegmina ample, decumbent, truncate at apex, corium with two veins. Sp. Flata vivida (Fab.). Copidocephala, g. n., StSl, Berl. ent. Zeitschr. xiii. p. 235.. Allied to Eti- chophora ; head-process erect, nearly straight, acuminate ; apical frontal Carina strongly waved ; thorax obtusely and slightly keeled ; tegmina longer than in Enchophora and much more obliquely rounded at npex. Type Eneh. guttata (White). Copidocephala viridi-gnttata, sp. n., StSl, 1. c. p. 230, Cuba ?, Columbia? Compsoptera, g. n., StSl, 1. c. p. 230. Allied to Episcius and Aracynthus ; head-process cylindrical ; thorax and scutellum in the same plane; tegmina and wings without a sinus ; anterior femora dilated. Sp. C. cacicUy sp. n., StSl, 1. c. p. 237, Mexico. Coptopolay g. n., Stal, 1. c. p. 239. Allied to Pceoccra \ joint 2 of antennae cylindrical, straight, longer than broad ; tegmina short, costal area enlarged ; 484 ZOOLOQICAL LlTBRATUilE. anterior coxes dilated on the outside above j posterior femora with an apical spine. Sp. C. cincticrus, sp. n., Stal, 1. c. p. 239, Minas Geraes. New species : — Acrcephia carinata^ StSl, Beii. ent. Zeitschr. xiii. p. 237, Uruguay. Acmonia anacps, StSl, /. c. p. 238, Mexico. Cyrpoptus nubeculosus, St®l, /. c. p. 240, Mexico j C. ferruginosus, St§,l, ibid., Mexico ; C. biilfragei^ StSl, ibid., Texas. Aphana nicobaricdy StSl, 1. c. p. 241, Nicobars. Desudaba aulica, StSl, 1. c. p. 241, Queensland. MEMlillACIDiE. StXl (Kongl. Vet.-Akad. Ilandl. viii. pp. 18-57) identifies the following Fabrician species of this group: — Darnis cimicoides is a Tragopa—mdano- stigma — bifacies (Walk.) j D. mono, anmdata, and scmmuhim belong to Tragopa, which genus also includes D. vespertiUo—auricidata (Oliv.), D. mvoluta = obliqua (Germ.), and D. Qiitidula— tripartita (Faiim.); D, picia, D. strigosa, D. glabrata^^Trag, picta (A. & S.), D, arcaata^II. lineolata (Fairm.), and IJ. lineola belong to Iloriola (Fairni.) \ Centrotas davatas and daviger belong to Cyphonia\ Membr. exultata— Cer. cldorotica (Fairm.) is a Mdusina (StSl) ; (the g enera allied to Ceresa are tabulated by St SI, 1. c. pp. 23, 24 note;) Cmtrotus bubahhyes ; C. taurus=rupicapra (Fab.) is a Leptocentrus (Stal) ; C. flexuosus belongs to Centrotypus C. minuius is the type of a now genus, Coccosterphus ; C. bipunctatus belongs to Sextius (StSl) ; C. globularis = Bocyd{um globulare (aiict.) ; M. injiata is an CEda distinct from the species so named by Fairmaire; C. hippocampus and M. emarginata—Jlexuosa (Fab.) belong to Lycoderes\ M. fromUtia=iStegaspis fronditia (Linn.), and M. brac- tenta is a Stegaspis, as is also M. abdominalis, which rszmelamgyeial a folium (Oliv.); Tettig. muscaria^^—vittata (Oliv.), T, pygmeea, and T. scutellata form a new genus, Lophyraspis ; Centr. carmatus is the type of a new genus, 76-o- pidaspis ; C. exiguus is the type of a new genus, Scytodepsa ; and Cic. fxiscata represents the new genus Stictodepsa. Stal (CEfvers. Kongl. Vet.-Akad. Forh. xxvi. pp. 231-300) publishes a contribution to the knowledge of the Membracidno, in which ho indicates the genera and species of his subfamilies Tragopida^ Smiliida, Darnida, llaplo- 2>horida, Membracida, and Centrotida. In several cases the genera are tabu- lated ; and many new species are described. Tragopa (Lat.) is divided by Stal (Kongl. Vet.-Akad. Ilandl. viii. pp. 18- 20) into the subgenera Tragopa (type cimicoides, Fab.) and Tropidolomia (type auricidata, Oliv.) ; and a section of the latter is distinguished under the name of StilbopJiora. The species of the genus Amastris (StSl) are tabulated by St&l (1. c. p. 26). Darnis. This genus, as restricted by StSl, is divided by him into the fol- lowing subgenera : — JDarniSy Ochrolomia, Hehetica, Stictopeltoy Leptosticta, Cryptoptertty and Alohiay which are tabulated by him (/. c. p. 32). Cymbomorpha (StSl). The species of this genus are tabulated by Stal (7. c. p. 34). He adopts a subgenus Aulacotropis having C. jrrasina (Germ.) as its type. Aconophora (Fairm.). The species of this genus are also tabulated by Stal {1. c. pp. 34, 35). Lycoderes (Germ.). The species of this genus are tabulated by St 1 (/. c. pp. 53, 54). He adopts the subgenera Corythophora (mitratus, Germ., and galeritus, Less.), Lycoderes {fuscus, A. & S., burmeisteri, Fairm., ancoray Germ., and hippocaynpus, Fab.), Lopliucha (gladiator, Germ., lobatus, St°l, wahlhergii, Stal, and gaffa, Fairm.), and Bhyparoptera (emarginatus, Fab., luctatiSy truncatiduSy py'olixus, and coimiger, St§,l). Notes and drawings made by H. J. Scheller on three Membracidae observed by him in Surinam, are published in Tijdschr. voor Ent. 2de ser. iv. pp. 216- 220, plates 8-10. The species are Membr. foliata (Lin.), p. 217, pi. 8, 31. lunata (Fab.), p. 218, pi. 9, and a supposed new species allied to 31. lanceolata (Fairm.), p. 220, pi. 10. The larvae and pupae of these insects are figured. Stal (CEfvers. Kongl. Vet.-Akad. Fdrh. xxvi. pp. 232, 233) gives the following table of the genera allied to Oxygonia^ form- ing part of his subfamily Smiliida : — I. Thoracis parte antica sensim vel perpendiculariter declivi. A. Tliorace compresso-elevato, processu postico a latere viso dorso saltern 486 ZOOLOGICAL LITEKATURE. a medio usque ad apicem sensim acuminatO; apice minus acutO; rugis longitudiualibus nullis vel minus distinciis instructo. 1, Thorace anterius angulum formante vel in cornu compressum pro- ducto 1. OxYGONiA (Fairm.). 2. Thorace dorso anterius a latere viso rotundato, ibidem carinis de- stitute 2. Adippe (StSl). B. Thoracis processu postico carinis vel rugis laevibus distinctis instructo, saltern pone medium a latere viso sensim acuminate. 1. Angulis lateralibus thoracis distincte productis, rectis vel acutis. a. Thorace dorso longitrorsum rotundato, processibus dorsalibus de- stituto 3. Heranice (StSl). b. Thorace dorso processu vel processibus compressis instructo. * Processu dorsali thoracis rotundato, vel sensim acuminato vel angustato 4. Hille (Stal). t Processu dorsali superne sinuate 6. Ennya (Stal). 2. Angulis lateralibus thoracis baud vel vix prominulis. a. Thorace dorso compresso, elevato, processu postico tectiformi. 0. Maturna (StSl). b. Thorace leviter elevato, processu postico lateribus convexiusculis. 7. Lucilla (Stal). II. Parte antica thoracis in cornu compressum porrectum producta. 8. POLYRIIYSSA (StSl), StIl (QEfvcrs. Kongl. Vct.-Akad. Eorh. xxvi. p. 251) gives the following table of the genera of DarnidUy allied to Hemiptycha (Germ.) : — I. Thorace supra angulos laterales impressione destitute, valde elevato, utrimque cornu longo armato, processu postico apicem clavi tegente. 1. Hemiptycha (Germ.). II, Processu postico thoracis apicem clavi baud tegente. A. Ocellis ab oculisquam inter sc distincte et stepius multo longius remotis. 2. Pyranthe (StSl). B. Ocellis inter se et ab oculis fere seque longe remotis. 1. Thorace anterius alte elevato et maxime declivi. a. Processu postico thoracis usque ad apicem sensim acuminato. 3. Bubalopa, g. n. b. Processu ’postico thoracis pone medium utrimque sinuato, pone sinum graciliore. * Thorace supra angulos laterales profunde impresso. 4. Alcmeone (Stal). t Thorace supra angulos laterales baud vel levissime impresso. 6. Hyphinoe (StSl). 2. Thorace leviter vel modice elevato, anterius convexo et sensim declivi. 6. Tomogonia, g. n. Stal (Kongl. Vet.-Akad. Handl. viii. pp. 23, 24, note) gives the folloAving tabular analysis of the genera allied to Ceresa : — I. Hinder process of thorax convex, not compressed. A. Anterior tumid part of thoracic process sinuated above. ]. Antonae (StSl), RHYNCHOTA. 487 B. Anterior part of thoracic process not sinuated above. 2. IHTHUCIA (St&l). II. Posterior process of thorax gradually acuminate, back usually acute or keeled. A. Thorax very convex on each side in front ; posterior process usually convex, rarely tectiform. 1. Thorax convex in front, unarmed over lateral angles. 3. Melusina (St§,l). {Ceresa nervosa, Fairm.) 2. Thorax armed with an acuminate horn above each lateral angle. 4. Centrogonia (StSl). (^Ceresa ciliata, Fairm., and C. nasuta and unguicularis St§,l.) B. Thorax very obtuse in front, slightly convex or flat, posterior process usually compresso-acute, rarely convex. 1. Thorax much elevated in front, cornute above lateral angles, posterior process very acute throughout 6. Ceresa (A. & S.). 2. Thorax convex in front, unarmed, posterior process convex, at least as far as the middle G. Stictocephala St8,l). {Ceresa uniformis, Fairm., C. franciscana, StSl, and Thelia lutca, Walk.) Stal (/. c. p. 37, note) tabulates the genera belonging to his subfamily Hoplophorida as follows : — I. Wings with three apical cells. A. Wings with anal cell distinct, sublobate, 1-nerved. 1. Head very broad and obtuse, equal in breadth to base of thoracic process, which is narrowed from tlie base. 1. Platycotis, g. n.* 2. Head narrower than base of thoracic process. 2. IIoPLOPHORA (Germ.)t. B. Wings with anal cell very minute, not lobate. 3. XJmbonia (Burm.). II. Wings with four apical cells. A. Thorax with the back more or less compressed and elevated, lateral angles produced 4. Triquetra (Fairm.). B. Thorax convex, with a porrect horn in front, lateral angles scarcely prominent 6. Potnia (StSl). Stal [1. c. pp. 38, 39, note) tabulates the genera allied to Membracis as follows : — I. Thorax much compressed and elevated, very high. 1. Membracis (Fab.). II. Thorax with keels on the back, or with an anterior horn, or the anterior part with a keel on each side. A. Posterior thoracic process not reaching apex of tegmina. * Divided into the subgenera Plaft/cotis (sp. vittata, Fab., qiiadrilmeata, Germ./« and sagittata, Germ.), Lophopelta (sp. tuhei'culata, Fairm., and his- trionica, StSl), and Microschema (sp. straminicolor , Stal). t Subgenera Hoplophora and Enchotypa (Stal). 488 ZOOLOGICAL LITEKATUKE. 1. Thorax much compressed and elevated, very high, and usually pro- duced into a horn in front 2. Enchophyllum (A. & S.y, 2. Back of thorax at least tiicarinate, middle keel sometimes elevated and foliaceous. a. Back of thorax highly keeled in middle, armed with a compressed horn in front, or projecting in a compressed angle. • Thorax with some abbreviated keels on the part turned forwards. 3. Enchenopa (A. t Thorax not keeled in front ; head longer than its width between the eyes 4. Tritropidia, g. n. {Membr. galeata, Oliv., and M. nimhatUy Fab.) b. Back of thorax convex and unarmed, or projecting in an angle or process which is not compressed. 6. Tropidoscyta, g. n.® B. Body slender j thorax low, back acutely keeled in the middle, with a long, thick, subcompressed porrect process in front ; posterior process long, passing apex of tegmina .... G. ^Echmophora, g. n. {Memhr. elephas, Stal.) Stal (/. c. pp. 47-49) tabulates the genera of Centrotida re- presented in America as follows : — I. Thorax giving off a posterior process extending beyond scutellum. A. Clavus not at all or slightly narrowed towards the apex, not gradually acuminate (^Centrotida vera). 1. Anterior margin of thorax straight or very broadly sinuate. a. Wings with four apical cells j scutellum bidentate or emarginate at apex. * Outer vein of clavus long, united with the commissure at a greater or less distance beyond middle of clavus ; thoracic process long. a. Outer discoidal cell of corium sty late or subtriangular, not truncated at base. a. Head very broad 1. Monobelus (Stal).* * j3. dlead narrower than thorax between lateral angles. 2. Boocerus (StSl). b. Outer discoidal cell of corium truncate at base, sessile. a. Thoracic process entirely slender, keeled above, curved an- teriorly 3. Acantiiophyes (Stal). (Centr. capra. Fab.) * Subgenera (Membr. fasciata, Fab.), Enchophylluniy and Tro- pidocera (Membr. ensata and lanceolatay Fab.). ^ Subgenera Enchenopa (M. gladius and hastata, Fab.) and Campylenchia (M. curvata, Fab.). * Species tabulated pp. 45, 46: — C. gibbosa (Be G.), M. poecila (Germ.), T. pallidipennts (StSl), T. comatida (StSl), M. torva (Germ.), M. carbonaria (Germ.), M. abbreviata (Fab.), and T, gibbera (Stul). * The species of this genus are tabulated by Slal {/. c. pp. 39, 60), and are Centr. fasciatua (Fab.), nusutm (StSl), obtusiceps (Stul), ilavidus (Fairm,), and lateralis (St&l), RHYNCHOTA, 489 |8. Thorn.cic procea? nearly straight, hroadish at base and cover- ing the greater part of the sciitetlum. 4. Ortitorrlus (StSl). (^Centr. urus and havane?ms, Fairm.) t Ollier vein of claviis very long, subpercurrent, attaining apex ; thoracic process extending but little beyond middle of abdomen. 6. Platycentrus (StSl). b. Wings with three apical cells .... 6. Braohybelus (StSl). 2. Anterior margin of thorax projecting nearly in a right angle, thorax cornuto 7. Goniolomus (StSl). B. Clavus gradually attenuated to apex. 1. Scutelliim produced, emarginate at apex, or incomplete and very short, or wanting ; anterior tibise dilated. * Corium with five apical cells and one discoidal. a. Scutellum complete, produced. a. Thorax much elevated in front, back compressed or bilobed. a. Anterior elevated part of thorax not, or but slightly, com- pressed, ampliate or bilobed at apex. 8. Lycoderes (Germ.). /I. Anterior elevated part of thorax compressed, with the back acute 9. Steoasbis (Germ.). b. Thorax gibbous in front ; head bituberculate at base. 10. Lirania (StRl). b. No complete scutellum; thorax forming a large compressed ve.sicle 11. CEda (A. &: S.). t Corium with many apical cells .... 12. Anomus (Fairm.). 2. Scutellum complete, acuminate ; corium with four apical cells ; legs simple. * Anterior margin of thorax very slightly reflexed, unarmed. 13. Bocydium (Lat.). t Anterior margin of thorax reflexed, produced, projecting anteriorly in two obtuse teeth 14. Styeocentrus (StSl). (JBoc. a7icora, Perty.) II. Thorax with no posterior process. A. Thorax cornute above lateral angles . . 15. Tolania (StSl). B. Thorax convex, unarmed. 1. Scutellum truncate or rounded at apex, 16. Nicomia (StSl). 2. Scutellum acuminate. a. Scutellum not keeled except at apex. * Sides of prostethium obtusely carinate, or destitute of carina. 17. ./EtH ALIGN (Lat.). t Sides of prostethium explanate, or highly and acutely carinate. ' 18. Schizia (Lap.). h. Scutellum cornute, crested, or with a percurrent keel. * Basal margin of head bicorniculate or carinato-elevated. a. Head bicorniculate at base .... 19. Lamproptera (Germ.). b. Basal margin of head carinate, unarmed. a. Thorax but little broader in the middle than in front ; ocelli somewhat remote from eyes. 20. LopHYRASPis,^g. n. ( C. vittata, Oliv., Tett. scutellata, Fab.) 490 ZOOLOGICAL LITERATURE. /3. Thorax about twice as broad in the middle as at apex ; ocelli closely approximated to the eyes. 21. Tropidaspis, g. n. {Centr. carinatus, Fab.) t Basal margin of head neither keeled nor corniculate. a. Head truncate, perpendicular at base. 22. SCYTODEPSA, g. n. (Centt\ exiyuus, Fab.) b. Head triangularly produced, sulcate above. 23. Stictodepsa, g. n. ( Cic. fuscata, Fab.) Stal (GEfvers. Kongl.Vet.-Akad.Forh. xxvi. pp. 280-283) gives the following table of the genera of Old-World Centrotida : — I. Lateribus prostethii et mesostethii lobulo vel dente deorsum vergente armatis. A. Scutello nullo. 1. Alls areis apicalibus 3 instructis . . . . 1. Oxyrhachis (Germ.). 2, Alis areis apicalibus 4 instructis. ... 2. Xiphistes (StSl). B. Scutello completo. 1. Capite thoraceque denticulatis, thorace anterius utrimque supra an- gulos laterales cornuto 3. Oentrocuares (StSl). 2. Thorace dorso anterius processu sursum vergente armato, cornibus lateralibus destitute 4. IIypsauchenia (Germ.). II. Lateribus pectoris inermibus ; tibiis rarissime dilatatis. A. Thorace postice processu instructo. 1. Alis areis apicalibus 4 instructis. a. Scutello longiore quam latiore, sensim acuminato vel apicem versus valde angustato 6. Leptodelus (StSl). b. Scutello transverse, vel fere aeque longo ac lato, apice lato. * Scutello processu gi-acili postico thoracis saltern duplo latiore. a. Thorace modice couvexo, supra angulos laterales cornu vel tuberculo destitute 6. Uroxiphus (A. & S.). )3. Thorace supra angulos laterales cornuto vel tuberculato. a. Processu postico thoracis a scutello valde distante, valde curvato vel prope basin geniculate, compresso. 7. XiPHOPCEUS (StSl). b. Processu postico thoracis a scutello interdum distante, tunc maximam ad partem recto, basin versus leviter curvato, gracili, baud compresso. ** Thorace supra angulos laterales obtuse tuberculato. 8. Acanthophyes (Stil). tt Thorace supra angulos laterales cornuto. aa. Thoracis processu postico scutellum tangente. 9. Centruchus (Stal). /3/3. Thoracis processu postico a scutello valde distante. 10. LePTO CENTRES (StSl). t Scutello basi processus postici thoracis baud vel paullo, rare vix duplo latiore. a. Fronte basi utrimque lobo destituta j processu postico thoracis RHYNCHOTA. 491 scutelhim tohim vel fere totum tegente, clorso distincte carinato 11. Centhotypus (StSl). /3. Fronte baai utrimque siibito ampliata vel lobo saepissime di- stinctissimo praedita. a. Fronte tota in eoduni piano jacente. ** Thorace con vexo, supra angulos laterales inermi. 12. Terentius (StSl). ft Thorace supra angulos laterales comuto. aa. Cornibus lateralibus thoracis sensim acuminatis vel ubique aeque latis. — Oculis ultra latera thoracis valde prominulis. 13. Sarantus (StSl). == Oculis levissime prominulis. o. Thorace dorso ante processum posticum inermi. 14. Sertorius (Stal). oo. Thorace dorso ante processum posticum processu erecto et compresso arraato, vel carina acuta in- structo 16. Acanthuciius (StRl). /3/3. Cornibus lateralibus thoracis valde sursum vergen- tibus, basin versus compressis, apicem versus ab an- tico visis sensim ampliatis et truncatis. IG. Daunus (StSl). h. Fronte infra juga subi to maxime inflexa; tibiis dilatatis. 17. Sextius (Stul). 2. Alis areis apicalibus 3 instructis. a. Processu postico thoracis a scutello distante, hujus apicem interdum tangente. * Cornibus lateralibus thoracis sensim acuminatis. 18. Centrotus (Fab.). . t Cornibus lateralibus thoracis longis, prope apicem ampliatis. 19. Platybelus (Stil). b. Processu postico thoracis recto, a scutello baud distante. * Corpore late obtriangulari ; thorace a supero viso cum processu postico seque lato ac longo . . 20. Sipylus (St§,l). t Corpore obovato vel oblongo-obovato ; thorace cum processu po- stico longiore quam latiore. a. Thorace supra angulos laterales cornuto ; trochanteribus po- sticis intus spinulis arrnatis . . 21. Tricentrus (Stal). /3. Thorace convexo, supra angulos laterales inermi; trochan- teribus posticis inermibus . . 22. Gargara (A. & S.). B. Thorace processu postico destitute .... 23. Coloborrhis (Germ.). genera : — (See also the preceding tables.) Pohjrhgssa, g. n., Shtl, Kongl. Vet. Aknd. Ilandl. viii. p. 20. Allied to Jleranice (StS.1) ; thorax produced in front into a compressed, porrect horn, lateral angles not prominent ; inner basal and apical cells of corium occu- pying about half its width. Sp. Memhr. cultrata (Fab.). Hypselotropis, g. n., StSl, 1. c. p. 20. Allied to Oxygonia (Fairm.) ; radial vein furcate towards base ; two discoidal cells ; space between ulnar and radial veins and the costa less densely punctate. Sp. Memhr. obtecta (Fab.). 492 ZOOLOGICAL LITERATURE. Fhonnophora, g. n., StSl, 1. c. p. 28, Allied to Lucilla (StSl) ; corium with two closely approximated veins emitted from the base, and two or three dis- coidal cells. Sp. Farms maura (Fab.) = mor- rhoaAsa)iyitmicoUis=rc77thhii{a aira (Fab.). Apliraphora 5tcc^o/m(Walk.),=! A. occidentis (Walk.) = yl. diminuta (Walk.)=Pi^. variolosus (Walk.), is di- stinct from Cere, gigas (Fab.) and belongs to Cephisns (Stal, 1. c. p. 18). Jassus sexnotatus. Cohn notices the injury done to the Silesian cornfields by this species (Abhandl. der schles. Gesellsch. Taterl. Cultur, 1868-69, pp. 184-186. See also Stett. ent. Zeit. 1869, pp. 290-293 and 368-371). Fikber (Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. in Wien, xix. pp. 201-222) publishes a syn- opsis of a subordinate group (Deltocephali) in which he includes the two genera riatymctopims and Deltocephalus (Bunn.). Details of the head and other parts of all tho species are given in numerous outline figures on two plates. The known species thus figured are as follows : — Under Platyme- TOPius : — comutus (Fmh.) = Proeeps acicularis (Muls.), pi. 6. fig. 61 ; 7'osti'atus (H.-Sch.), fig. 62 ; and undatus (De G.^—vittata (Fab.), fig. 64 : under Del- tocephalus : — hipunctipennis (J3oh.), pi. 6. fig. 1 ; pliragmUie (Boh.), fig. 2 ; formosus (Boh.), fig. 3; eostalis (¥o\\.)—pimctum (Flor), fig. 4; caleeolatus (Boh.), fig. 6; socialis (Flor), fig. 8; ocellaris (auct.), fig. 9; bohemanni (Zett.), fig. 10; mxdtinotatus (Boh.), fig. 14; argue (Marsh.), fig. 17; distin- giiendus (Flor) fig. 21 ; pultcarius (Fall.), fig. 27 ; areatm (St§,l), fig. 28 ; sahulieola (Curt.), fig. 29; striatiis (Lin.), fig. 32; frigidus (Boh.), fig. 33; languidus (Flor), pi. 6. fig. 38; panzeri (Flor), fig. 39; abdommalis (Fab.), fig. 40 ; collinus (Boh.), fig. 42 ; assimilis (Fall.), fig. 41 ; pascuellm (Fall.), fig. 46; macidiceps (Boh.), fig. 63; luteus (Mills.), fig. 66; meUdus (Flor), fig. 68 ; Ixmbatellus (Zett.), fig. 69 ; penthopitta (Amyot), fig. 60. StAl (/. c. pp. 59-61, note) tabulates the genera of his sub- family Proconiida as follows : — I. Jugfe porrect, straight, or slightly deflexed at apex, projecting beyond sides of head ; anterior tibiae above sulcate or flat. A. Thorax distinctly hexagonal, lateral angles distinct. 1. Thorax crested 1. Germaiua (Lap.). 2. Thorax not crested. a. Antennae very long, multi articulate. 2. Ciccus (Lat.). b. Antennae moderate ; ocelli close to the eyes. 3. Diestostemma (A. & S.). B. Thorax quadrangular, or less distinctly hexagonal, lateral angles very obtuse, rounded. 1. Head triangular, with a filiform process at apex. a. Head not gradually passing into the apical process, which is slender, and has no superior furrow ; anterior tibiae dilated. 4. Rhaphidorhinus (Lap.). b. Head long, rather gradually passing into the apical process, which is somewhat recurved and longitudinally excavated above and below ; anterior tibiae slender, simple. 6. Acrobelus (StM). {Tett. rejlexay Sign.) 2. Head rounded at apex, or triangular, but without the apical process^ 496 ZOOLOGICAL LlTEHATUllE. a. Anterior tibise flat or sulcate above. * Thorax with parallel sides or nanowed behind. a. Forehead obtusely prominent, its upper part with no longi- tudinal impression. ec. Body not very slender j clavus with 2 veins. 0. Oncometopia (Siai). /3. Body slender ; clavus with 1 vein furcate at apex. 7. Dichrophleps, g. n. (Cic. aurea, Fab.) h. Head above longitudinally impressed throughout, or at least in the upper part of the forehead. u. Head depressed, longer than or equal to thorax. * * Head triangular, its narrow apex rounded. 8. PlIERA (StSl). (P. tiarata and wallmgreni^ StSI, Tett. centro-lineata, Sign.) 1 1 Head broader at apex. 9. Homalodisca, g. n. {Oic. triquetra and triangularis^ Fab.) /3. Head shorter than thorax, 10. Cyrtodisca (StSl). {Tett. majoi'y Sign.) t Thorax usually distinctly narrowed in front. a. Anterior tibise simple. a. Clypeus much elevated, gibbous, ungulate when seen from the side. ** Thorax and scutellum of equal length, or nearly so. a a. Sides of thorax parallel. 11. Ccelopola, g. n. ( Cic. adsqjersa and canaliculataj Fab.) /3/3. Thorax narrowed in front. 12. Amblydisca, g. n. {Aulacizes ruhriventris, Sign., cariacca, mill- tiguttata, and nitidipennisy StSl.) ft Thorax about twice as long as scutellum. 13. Stictoscarta, g. n. {Tett. sulcicollisy Germ., and pruinina, Sign.) /3. Clypeus, seen from the side, convex, not angulate-gibbous. 14. Aulacizes (A. & S.). b. Anterior tibio3 dilated above. a. Tegmiua rounded at apex. 16. Proconia (Lep. & S.). /3, Tegmina broadly truncate at apex. 16. Acrocampsa, g. n. (Cic. pallipesy Fab.) b. Tibiae cylindrical, with no furrow. ^ Head triangular, gradually narrowed. 17. Acrogonia, g. n. (Cic. lateralis, plana, hicolor, and Jlaveola, Fab.) t Head much longer than thorax, depressed. 18. OCIIROSTACTA, g. n. (Tett. diadema, Burm., txwd physocei^hala. Sign.) II. Juga3 .suddenly deflexed and gradually curved from the base, apex very RHYNCIIOTA. 497 rarely projecting beyond the sides of the head ; anterior tibiee gene- rally cylindrical. A. Head with no longitudinal keel above. 1. Anterior tibio3 thickened, compressed ; abdomen much compressed at base 19. Lissoscarta, g. n. (C*c. vespiformisj Fab.) 2. Anterior tibiae slender, cylindrical ; abdomen scarcely, if at all, compressed at base 20, Tettioonia (Geoff.) B. Head with a longitudinal keel 21. Euacanthus (Lep. & S.). New genera : — (See also preceding Table.) Ischnorhina, g. n., Stal, Kongl. Vet.-Akad. Handl. viii. p. 14. Allied to Tomaspis ; forehead much compressed, projecting in an acute angle, and furnished with an obliquely transverse wrinkle on each side near the apex. Sp. Cere, sanguinea (Fab.) and C. ephippium (Fab.). Sphodroscarta, g. n., StSl, 1. c. p. 17. Allied to Clovia (StSl) ; basal margin of head obtusely angulate-sinuato ; thorax rather convex, anterior margin obtusely angul ate. Sp. Cercopis gigas (Ffih.) = Ptijelus (Walk.), and Aplirophora ornata Ptyelus trivir gains (A. & S.)=P. specidigutta (Walk.). Calliscartn, g. n., StSl, 1. c. p, 82. Allied to Thamnotettix ; head broader than thorax, very obtuse j tegmina narrowed towards apex ; facies of Idiocerus. Sp. Cic. decora (Fab.). Norsia, g. n,. Walker, Journ. Linn. Soc. x. Zool. p. 326. Slender; head as broad as thorax, vertex arched, transverse, forehead flat, nearly horizontal ; antennal seta rather shorter than body. Sp, N. Jlavidorsum and N. fulvescens, sp, n,, Walker, /. c. p. 326, My sol. S(yph(niiaj g. n.. Walker, 1. e. p. 327. Very slender ; head flat, elongate conical. Sp. S. rnjitelum, sp. n.. Walker, 1. c. p. 327, Mysol. Nisitra, g. n.. Walker, 1. c. p. 327. Slender; head lanceolate, much longer than thorax, vertex subcarinate, forehead nearly horizontal ; hind legs long, with spinous tibiae. Sp. N. telifera and N. varipes, sp. n.. Walker, 1. c. p. 328, Mysol. Intcrocrea, g.n., Ws\keTf l.c. p. 328. Allied to Selenocephalus costa of tegmina much rounded. Sp. I.nigripes, sp. n.. Walker, /. c. p. 328, New Guinea. New species : — Cercopis. Of this genus Walker (Journ. Linn. Soc. X. Zool.) describes the following new species from the Indian archipelago: — C. unduUfera, l.c. p. 276, New Guinea ; C. tetrasjjila, 1. c. p. 277, Batchian, Gilolo ; C. nt/i- margo, ibid., Celebes ; C. intermedia, ibid., Batchian ; C. unifascia, 1. c. p. 278, New Guinea; C. decisa, ibid., Morty ; C. convexa, ibid.. New Guinea; C. mactdifascia, 1. c. p. 279, Morty ; C. divisa, ibid.. New Guinea ; C. inexacta, 1. c. p. 280, Tondano, Celebes ; C. hasistriga, ibid., Morty ; C. hiangulata, ibid., and C. sulcata, 1. c. p. 281, Tondano, Celebes; C. impressa, ibid., Flores; C. nc.rrt, ibid., Flores; C. hrevistriga, l.c. p. 282, Tondano, Celebes; C. semi- lurida, ibid., Batchian, Gilolo, Kaisaa, Morty, Ternate ; C. ruhrifera, 1. c. p. 283, Am ; C. dorsalis, ibid., Sumatra ; C. nasalis, ibid., Aru ; C. tomentosa, 1. c. p. 284, Sumatra ; C. varia, ibid., Celebes, Tondano ; C. tetragonal ibid.. 498 ZOOLOGICAL LITERATURE. Am, New Guinea, Waigiou j C. lateralis^ 1. c. p. 285, Morty ; C. sequens, ibid.. New Guinea; C. semicinctaj ibid., Celebes; C . laticinctay ibid., Bat- chian; C. angulifera, l.c. p. 286, Batchian; C.Jlexifasciay ibid., Sumatra; C. concisay ibid., Tondano, Celebes; C. stibapicalis, 1. c. p. 287, Sumatra; C. ibid., Flores ; C. ibid., Timor; C. oJ^wsa, ibid., Timor ; C. ptinctifascitty 1. c. p. 288, Batchian. Triecphora anticay Walker, 1. c. p. 289, Mysol ; T. ri(fa, Walker, ibid.. New Guinea. Aujidus. Of this genus Walker, 1. c., describes the following new species from the Indian archipelago : — A. hipars, 1. c. p. 290, Tondano, Celebes ; A. partitus, ibid., Menado, Celebes; A. tripai'Sy ibid., Morty, New Guinea; A. tricolor y 1. c. p. 291, Am; A. hilarisy ibid.. New Guinea; A. ci'assivenay ibid., Gilolo ; A. alhoatery I, o, p. 292, Mysol, New Guinea. Ptyelus, Of this genus Walker describes the following new species from the Indian archipelago : — P. vicariuSy 1. c. p. 292, P. pectoralisy ibid., P. sex- punctatuSyl. c. p. 293, P. plenipennisy ibid., and 1\ frontalisy ibid., New Guinea; P. monostigmay 1. c. p. 293, Morty ; P. impressusy 1. c. p. 294, New Guinea. Perinoia. Of this genus Walker describes the following new species from the Indian archipelago: — P. ornata, l.c. p. 294, Dorei; P. separately ibid.. New Guinea; P. dejlexay 1. c. p. 295, Mysol; P. disjunctay ibid., Dorei; P. suhjunctay ibid.. New Guinea; P. placenSy 1. c. p. 290, Am, Mysol; P. lituri- plenay ibid., Mysol ; P. furcatuy l.c. p. 297, Sula; P. furcifera\ ibid., Ceram ; P. suhfurcatay 1. c. p. 298, Gilolo, Ternate ; P. plenay ibid., Sula ; P. trans- verstty 1. c. p. 299, Mysol; P. pustulicepsy ibid.. New Guinea; P. hadia, ibid.. Am ; P. varipeSy 1. c. p. 390, Batchian ; P. indicatrixy 1. c. p, 301, Mysol ; P. fusiformisy ibid., New Guinea. Tettigonia. Of this genus Walker describes the following new species from the Indian archipelago: — T. gxdtivittay l.c. p. 301, Celebes; T. maculicollisy 1. c. p. 302, Mysol, New Guinea, Waigiou; T. vittifronsy ibid.. New Guinea; T. rujicostuy ibid., Batchian ; T. inconsp>icua, 1. c. p. 303, New Guinea, Wai- giou ; T. trijnmetatay ibid., Ceram ; T. scidellarisy ibid., Batchian ; T. iejnicepsy 1. c. p. 304, Flores ; T. leucopasay ibid., Mysol, New Guinea ; T. testacea, ibid., Sula ; T. alhidtday 1. c. p. 305, New Guinea. Tettigemia {Jassus) roseXy Harris, Entom. Corresp. p. 334 (United States). Peidhimia. Of this genus Walker describes the following new species from the Indian arcliipelago : — P. raniformisy 1. c. p. 305, Celebes; P. variolosa y ibid., Waigiou; P. caliginosay l.c. p. 300, Sula; P. ibid.. New Guinea; P. lurida, ibid., Mysol ; P. atomariay 1. c. p. 307, Mysol. Pctaloccphala. Of this genus Walker describes the following new species ; — P. speculariay 1. c. p. 307, New Guinea ; P. bispecularis, ibid., Mysol; P. sub- actay 1. c. p. 308, Mysol ; P. porrigensy ibid., Gilolo ; P. declivisy ibid., New Guinea. Coelidia. Of this genus Walker describes the following new species from the Indian archipelago; — C, diversay 1. c. p. 309, Mysol, New Guinea, Waigiou ; C. piceay ibid., Mysol ; C. subnotatay ibid., Mysol ; C. verticalis, 1. c. p. 310, Sula, New Guinea; C. marginifronSy ibid., Mysol; C. canifasciay 1. c. p. 311, Morty; C. inscripta, ibid., Aru, New Guinea; C. luteifasciay ibid., Mysol; C. riifivena, 1. c. p. 312, Gilolo, Sula; C. albipeSy ibid., New Guinea; C. subapicalis, ibid., Mysol ; C. imifasciatay 1. c. p. 313, Mysol ; C. leucomelanay I, c. p. 313, Mysol ; C. guttatay ibid., Mysol ; C. terminalisy 1. c. p. 314, New RIIYNCIIOTA. 499 Guinea, Mysol; C. ibid., New Guinea ; C. ibid.. New Guinea; C. roseifasciay l.c. p. 316, Morty, Mysol; C. sehcta, ibid., Sula, Mysol ; C. macitlicei)s, ibid., Balcliian ; C. testacea, ibid., Mysol ; C. aurulenta, 1. c. p. 31G, Morty. liythoscojms. Of this genus Walker describes the following new species from the Indian archipelago : — anteccdens, 1. c. p. 316, Morty ; B. poly- grammus, 1. c. p. 317, New Guinea, Morty; B. histriga^ ibid., Mysol, New Guinea; B. concolor^ ibid., Mysol; B. a>qiialis, l.c. p. 318, New Guinea, Mysol; B. hasivitta, ibid., Waigiou, Mysol; B. himarginatus, ibid., Batchian, Celebes, Ceram, Gilolo, Morty, Sula; B. dimidiatus, l.c. p. 310, Dorei; B.lutcatm, ibid., Sula; B. colligatm^ ibid., New Guinea; B. nnicolor, l.c. p. 320, Celebes ; B. politus^ ibid., Morty ; B. Jlavihasis^ ibid., Aru ; B. dia- phanus, l.c. p. 321, New Guinea; B. ctipreipennis, ibid.. New Guinea; B. scahrifrons New Guinea; B. hadius, ibid.. New Guinea; B. semivcnosus, I. e. p. 322, Tondano, Celebes; B. impy'csstis, ibid., Batchian. Jassus. Of this genus Walker describes the following new species: — J. nittdtdus, 1. c. p. 322, Mysol ; J. laticeps, 1. e. p. 323, Celebes ; J. lituricepsy ibid., Sula; J. costfdis, ibid., Morty; J. lucidicosta, ibid.. Now Guinea; J. coriaccus, l.c. p. 324, Mysol; J. puncticostay ibid., Morty; J. laiifronsy ibid., Morty; J.? angxtlifer, l.c. p. 326, Mysol. Sdcnoccphalus marmoreuSy Walker, 1. c. p. 326, Morty, New Guinea, Sula; S. notuhiSy Walk. 1. c. p. 326, Mysol. Platymetopius guttatmy Fieber, Verb, zool.-bot. Ges. in Wien, xix. p. 202, pi. 6. fig. 63, Germany ; P. notatusy Fieber, ibid., pi. 6. fig. 65, Spain. Deltocephalus. The following new European species are described by Fieber (/. c.) : — D. propinqxmSy p. 204, pi. 6. fig. 6, Spain ; 1). tiaratuSy ibid., pi. 6. fig. 7, Germany ; D. fraucnfeldi, p. 206, pi. 6. fig. 11, Austria; D. vol- gcnsisy ibid., pi. 6. fig. 12, Sarepta; D. kolenalyiy ibid., pi. 6. fig. 13, Kara- bach ; B. thoracicus, p. 207, pi. 6. fig. 16, France ; D. mayriy ibid., pi. 6. fig. 16, Austria; D. ignoscus, p. 208, pi. 5. fig. 18, Livonia; B.jlehilisy ibid., pi. 6. fig. 19, Germany ; D. repletuSy ibid., pi. 6. fig. 20, South Germany ; D. paraUelus (Mink), p. 209, pi. 6. fig. 22, Germany and France; D.pictu- ratuSy ibid., pi. 6. fig. 23, Germany, Austria ; D. falleni, p. 210, pi. 6. fig. 24, Livonia and Germany ; D.Jloriy ibid., pi. 6. fig. 26, Livonia and Germany ; I), fasciatus, p. 211, pi. 6. fig. 26, Austria; D. hyalinuSy p. 212, pi. 6. fig. 30, South Europe; D. rhomhifery p. 213, pi. 6. fig. 31, Germany; D.JlaviduSy ibid., pi. 6. fig. 34, Italy ; D. Imnei, p. 214, pi. 6. fig, 35, Austria and Switz- erland; D. cognatuSy ibid., pi. 6. fig. 36, Carinthia; D. interstinctusy ibid., pi. 6. fig. 37, Hungary and Switzerland ; D. hyp>ochloruSy p. 216, pi. 6. fig. 43, Austria ; D. mulsantiy p. 216, pi. 6. fig. 44, South of France, Carniola ; D. minkty p. 217, pi. 6. fig. 46, Germany, Bohemia, Switzerland ; I). apiiteliuSy ibid., pi. 6. fig. 47, Tyrol ; D. pauxillusy ibid., pi. 6. fig. 48, Austria ; D. auran- tiacusy p. 218, pi. 6. fig. 49, Tyrol; D. asemusy ibid., pi. 6. fig. 60, Bohemia; D. xanthusy p. 219, pi. 6. fig. 61, Germany ; D. xanthoneumSy ibid., pi. 6. fig. 62, Bohemia; D.JlavuSy ibid., pi. 6. fig. 64, Galicia; D. hrachynotusy ibid., pi. 6. fig. 66, North of Europe; D. ohliteratusy p. 220, pi. 6. fig. 67, South of Europe. 500 ZOOLOGICAL LITERATURE. PSYLLID^. Carsidara, g. n., Walker, Journ. Linn. Soc. x. Zool. p. 329. Robust j bead narrower than thorax, excavated above ; antenna3 very slender, shorter than body, joints 1 and 2 incrassate ; anterior wings long, longitudinal vein emit- ting 4 branches. Sp. C. rnarginalis, sp. n., Walker, 1. c. p. 329, Celebes. Tyorttj g. n., Walker, h c. p. 330. Slender; antennae slender, much longer than thorax ; anterior wings narrow, with three longitudinal veins united at base. Sp. T. congi'ua, sp. n., Walker, 1. c. p. 330, Mysol. Micromystes, g. n,, Stal, Kongl. Vet.-Akad. Handl. viii. p. 113. Head convex ; eyes large, sinuate in front and behind ; ocelli 2 ; last joint of rostrum elongate ; joint 1 of antennae very short, 2 oval ; tegmina nearly twice as long as broad, apex widened, rounded, veins 2, united at base ; legs long, joint 1 of tarsi nearly half as long again as 2. Sp. Berhe nivea (Fab.). APHIDlDiE. SiGNORET (Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 4® ser. ix. pp. 549-596) pub- lishes an elaborate memoir upon Phylloxera vastatrix (Planch.), in which, after analyzing the various papers which have ap- peared on the insects infesting the vine, thus giving a general history of tlie subject, he proceeds to characterize the species which has of late years been regarded by the vine-growers of the south of France as one of their chief enemies. The family Aphididae is divisible, according to Signoret, into the following tribes (/. c. p. 577) : — I. Antennas of 7 joints 1. Aphidites. II. Antenna3 of 6 joints in the winged form. A. Winged form unknown 4. Rhizobiites. B. Winged form known. 1. Cubital vein twice bifurcate 2. LaciiNites. 2. Cubital vein bifurcate or simple 3. Pemphigites. III. Antennae of 3 or 6 joints. A. Winged form unknown 6. Tycheites. B. Winged form known 6. Cheiimesites. t It is to this sixth tribe (Chormesites) that Phylloxera belongs, as indi- cated in the following table ; — I. Antennae of 6 joints. A. Anterior wings with 4 oblique veins ; cubital bifurcate. 1. Vacuna (Heyd.). B. Anterior wings with 3 oblique veins, all simple. 2. Chermes (Linn.). II. Antennae of 3 joints 3. Phylloxera (FonQC.'). Of Phylloxera quercus (Fonsc.), the type of the genus, Signoret figures a tarsus and antennaj (pi. 10. figs. A, B). The different states and forms of Ph. vastatrix are described by him in detail, and figured (pi. 10. figs. 1, 2, 3). The galls formed by the insects on the leaves of the vine are also repre- sented (/. c. figs. 4, 4«). The male is still unknown. RHYNCHOTA. 501 Lichtenstein communicates notes on Phylloxera vastairix (Bull. Soc. Eut. Fr. 1869, pp. xxvii, xliii, xlviii). Phylloxera vastairix. According to Fraiifenfeld, this insect does not attack the vines in Austria and Hungary (Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. in Wien, xix. p. 943). Perbes (Ann. Sci. Nat. s^r. 5, xi. pp. 93-107, pis. 3 & 4) describes the galls formed upon the Pistachio trees by species of this family, and describes and figures the insects in question. He notices the following known species : — Pemphiyus cornicidarius (Passerini), p. 104, pi. 3. figs. 1-3 j P. idrimlarius (Pass.), pi. 3. figs. 4-6; P. semilunarim (Pass.), p. 106, pi. 3. figs. 7-9; and Telranenra leutisci (Pass.), p. 106, pi. 4. figs. 20-21. He also figures the head and anteumc of a Pemphiyus found in great numbers on the branches of Pistacia terebinthus (pi. 4. fig. 16), and an Aphidian found on the buds of the same tree (fig. 17) ; also a kind of cyst, found in clefts of the bark of P. iere- hinthus and P. vera (fig. 18), and on P. lentiscus (fig. 22), and eggs found with the cysts (figs. 19 & 23). 8himer (Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. ii. pp. 386-398) gives an account of the galls formed upon difibront parts of the Hickory and Bitter-nut trees (Carya nlha and amarci) by plant-lico referred by him to his genus Dactylosphcera^ which ho regards ns intermediate between this family and the Coccidro. Most of the species are described os new {vide mfrh). Coccus pinicorticis (Fitch). The habits of this species are described by Shimer (Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. ii. pp. 383-386). He regards it as identical with Chermes pinifolicB (Fitch), but refers it with doubt to the genus Chermes, stating that it belongs to his family Dactylosphceridce (see ‘ Record,’ 1857, p. 482), and will probably form the type of a new genus, for which he proposes the name of Pineus, with the following characters : — Front wing with three simple oblique veins ; hind wing with subcostal or rib-vein forked ; wings roofed in repose ; antennae 4-6-jointed ; tarsi 1-jointed ; claws 2, with 2 digituli ; honey-tubes none. The 2 secretes a mass of woolly down in which she lays her eggs.” The winged imago is described by Shimer {1. c. p. 384), who also notices the insects which prey upon this species. CoRET (Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1869, p. xiv) confirms his assertion that Aphis roses feeds in winter on potatoes. Capsus hyalmatus (Fab.) is a Lachnus, according to St®l (Kongl. Vet.- Akad. Handl. viii. p. 118). New species : — Aphis caryeSj Harris, Entom. Corresp. p. 335, on Carya porcina ; A. salicett^ Harris, ibid., on willow. Pemphiyus imlliduSf Derbes, Ann. Sci. Nat. sbr. 6, xi. p. 106, pi. 4. figs. 10- 12, and P. minus, Derbes, /. c. p. 106, pi. 4. figs. 13-15, in galls on Pistacia. Dactylospheera hemisphericum (sic), Shimer, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. ii. p. 387, D. caryce-septum, Shimer, 1. c. p. 889, D. stihellipticum, Shinier, ibid., D. depressum, Shimer, /. c. p. 390, D. conicutn, Shimer, ibid., 1). carya- maynum, Shimer, /. c. p. 391, D minimum, Shimer, ibid., D. caryce-semen, Shimer, 1. c. p. 392, D. foreatum, Shimer, 1. c. p. 393, 1>. coniferum, Shimer, 1869. [voL. VI.] 2 M 502 ZOOLOGICAL LITEllATUllE . 1. c. p. 397, aud D. spinosiwi, Sbiiner, ibid., all from galls on Cari/a alba and C. amara. COCCID.E. Targioni-Tozzetti (Atti Soc. Ital. Sci. Nat. xi. pp. 694-738) describes the general structure and natural history of the insects of this family, and gives a synonymic catalogue of the genera and species admitted by him. lie divides them into four tribes, namely : — 1. Orthezites: Abdomine cauda lloccosa penicillata terminal!, oculi granosi. 2. Coccite$ : Abdomine stylo brevi, setisque 2 terminato. 3. Lecanites : Foemina hexapoda infixa paraniorphosi gallseformis anten- nata, hexapoda, raro apoda, exantenuata. 4. Diaspites : Foemina metamorphosi inchoata apoda pupaeformis. Several new genera and species are indicated, but not described in the catalogue. Targioni-Tozzetti has published (Mem. Soc. Ital. Sci. Nat. iii. No. 3) a most important memoir on the anatomy and physiology of the insects of tliis family. It is accompanied by seven plates, for the most part representing anatomical structures ; but numerous species are figured in various stages of growth. Targioni-Tozzetti, in describing a new genus of this family, establishes a new tribe for its reception and that of his genus PolUnia, and gives the fol- lowing table of the tribes into which he now divides the Coccidce (Full. Soc. Ent. Ital. i. p, 260) : — I. Metamorphosi nulla TI. Metamorphosi paramoi-photica III. Metamorphosi I complicata . . . . I simplici incompleta 1 1. Orthezites. I 2. Coccites. 3. Lecanites. 4. Lecanodiaspites, 6. Diaspites. SiGNORET (Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 4® s«5r. ix. pp. 97-104) publishes the third part of liis “ Essai sur les Oochenilles.” It contains a general indication of the genera into which he divides these insects, with very brief characters, but illustrated by figures on the accompanying plate (pi. 4). These figures are as follows : — Aspidiotus, figs. A, B ; Diasjns, fig. D ; Fiorinia *, fig.s. 2 & C ; Parlatoria *, fig. 3 ; Mytilaspis, fig. 1 ; Leucodiaspis (Leucaspis Targ.), fig. 4 ; Asterolecanium figs. 5 & Q ; Philippia {Filippna *, Targ.); fig. 7 ; Fricerus, fig. 8 ; Coccus, fig. 9 \ Callipappus, fig. 10 j Margarodcs, fig. 12 ; Porphyrophora, fig. 13. Asjndiotus. Signoret (Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 4® si5r. ix.) describes and some- times figures the following known species of this genus : — A. affinis (Targ.), p. 114; A. aloes (Boisd.), p. 114, pi. 5. fig. 1 ; A. hetidce (Barenspr.), p. 115; A. caldesii (Targ.), p. 116 ; A. camellice (Boisd.), p. 117, pi. 5. fig. 9; A. cy- cadicola (Boisd.), p. 119 ; A. dcnticulatus (Targ.), p. 120 ; A. epideiulri (Bouch^), p. l21, pi. 6. fig. 1 ; A.ericce (Boisd.), p. 121 ; A. genistce (Westw.), p. 122 ; A. hederce (Vallot), p. 122, pi. 6. figs. C, E, F ; A. kennedyee (Boisd.); * The genera thus marked are new genera indicated by Targioni-Tozzetti in his catalogue of Coccidae, and here briefly characterized by Signoret, from Targioni’s notes to him. RHYNCHOTA. 503 p. 124 ; A. nerii (Bouch^) = ftowcAet (Targ;), p. 126, pi. 6. fig’s. 4, 6, & A, and pi. 6. figs. I, J; A. villosus (Targ.), p. 133, pi. 6. fig. 6; A,? visci (Scbr,), p. 134 ; and A. zonatus (Frau.), p. 135. Signoret also describes (1. c.) Diaspis bromclioptdi (B'drensip.), C. salicis (Linn.), and C. vacemii (Boueb^), pi. 10. fig. 7. New sp. : C. aceris, Sign. 1. c. p. 442, on the maple ; C. alnij Sign. 1. c, p. 443, on tbe alder; C. aspidistra;^ Sign. 1. c. 443, pi. 9. fig. 11, on Aspidistra) C. brnsilicnsis, Sign. 1. c. p. 444, Brazil ; C. frnxini, Sign. /. c. p. 445, on tbe ash ; C. planchonii^ Sign. 1. c. p. 446, on Qucrcus Hex. Targionia, g. n., Signoret, 1. c, p. 99. Sp. T. xiigra, sp. n., ibid. Lecanodiaspis (g. n.) sardoa, sp. n,, Targioni-Tozzetti, Bull. Soc. Ent. Ital. i. p. 262, pi. 6. New species : — Pollinin costa {Coccus pxollim, Costa), Targioni-Tozzetti, 1. c. p. 263, pi. 6. Aspidiotus. Signoret (Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 4® sdr. ix.) describes the follow- ing new species of this genus; — A. hudleice, 1. c. p. 115, pi. 5. fig. 2 ((^pupa), and pi. 6. figs. A, B, JJ (details), on tbe leaves of Budleia salicina) A. ceratonicB, l.c. p. 118, pi. 6. fig. 2, on Ceratonice at Nice; A. chammropsis, ibid., pi. 5. fig. 6., on Chamarops austj'alis ; A. cyanophjlli, 1. c. p. 119, pi. 6. fig. 11, on Cyanophyllum magnijicum) A. destrxictor, 1. c. p. 120, pi. 5. fig. 8, on palms in Reunion ; A. gnidii, 1. c. p. 122, on Daphne gnidium) A. ilicis, 1. c. p. 123, pi. 6. fig. 3, on Quercus ilex) A. latanice, 1. c. p. 124, pi. 5. figs. 12 & B, on Latania ; A. limonii, 1. c. p. 125, on tbe citron of Provence ; A. myricina, ibid., pi. 5. fig. 10, on Myricina retusa ; A. niger, 1. c. p. 130, pi. 6. fig. 4, on tbe willow ; A.phormii (de Breme), 1. c. p. 130, on Phormiutn tenax ; A. quer- cus, p. 132, on tbe oak ; A. idicis, ibid., on furze; A. vricscia, 1. c. p. 134, on Vriescia sjdendens ; A. hippocastani, 1. c, p. 136, on tbe borse-cbestnut ; A. oxy- acantha;, 1. c. p. 137, on the hawthorn; A. tilia, ibid., and y1. spurcatus, 1. c. p. 138, pi. 6. fig. 8, on tbe poplar. ZOOLOGICAL LITERATURE. 50p. 208- 215. . Ueber einige Conchylien von Chile. Ibid. pp. 215-222. . Malakologische Mittheilungen. Mal. Blatt. xvi. pp. 222- 253. Chiefly reports on conchological papers and some early works. Moerch, O. a. L. Catalogue des Mollusques de Spitzberg recueillis par le Dr. II . Kroyer pendant le voyage de la corvette la Recherche en Juin 1838. Ann. Soc. Malacol. de Belgique, vol. iv. (1870), separately printed and dated 1869, pp. 28. More, A. G. On the animal of Limnaa involuta (Harvey). Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1869, iv. pp. 46, 47, pi. 3. Morelet, Arthur. Observations critiques sur quelqnes Palu- dines de IHndo-Chine. Journ. Conch, xvii. pp. 192-202, 403-408. Morlet, L. Liste des especes de coquilles terrestres et fluvia- MOLLUSCA. 515 tiles recueillies dans la vallee de Bareges en 1868 et n^ayant pas encore signalees dans cette localite. Journ. Concli. xvii. pp. 399-402. Morse, E. S. On the early stages of Brachiopods. Am. Naturalist, Sept. 1869; reprinted in Am. Journ. of Science and Arts, January 1870, p. 103, with a woodcut. Mousson, Alb. Notiz iiber einige aus dem nordlichen Siid- amerika zuriickgebrachte Mollusken. Mai. Bl'att. xvi. pp. 170-189. . Description de quelques nouvelles especes terrestres de divers points de Focean Pacifique et de FAustralie. Journ. Conch, xvii. pp. 55-68. . Faune malacologique terrestre et fluviatile des lies Samoa, publiee d’apres les envois de M. le Dr. E. Graeffe. Journ. Conch, xvii. pp. 323-390. Nadeschin, N. Spisok bryukhonogikh sliznyakov vodyash- chikhsya v okrestnostyakh Moskvui. Moskau, 1868, 8vo, This is the exact title, in the Russian language, of the paper indicated in the preceding volume of the Record, p. 428. Nevill, G. and H. Description of a new genus and five new species of Marine Univalves from the Southern Provinces, Ceylon. Asiat. Soc. Proceed. Ceylon Branch, 1869, May. . On some new marine Gastropoda from the Southern Province of Ceylon. Journ. Asiat. Soc. vol. xxxviii. part ii. pp. 65-69, pi. 13. . Additional notes on the Land- Shells of the Seychelle Islands. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1869, pp. 61-66. Newcomb, West. Descriptions of new species of Marine Mol- lusca. Am. Journ. Conch, v. pp. 163, 164. . Description of a new American Helix. Ibid. p. 165. Oltmans, a. Catalogue des coquilles de la famille des Conides qui se trouvent au Musee de la societe zoologique d^Am-. sterdam. Bijdragen tot de Dierkunde uitgegeven voor het Genootschap Natura artis magistra te Amsterdam. IX. af- levering, 1869, fol. pp. 13-22. Paladilhe, — . Descriptions de quelques Paludinidees, As- siniinidees et Melanidees nouvelles. Revue et Mag. de Zoologie, deuxeme serie, tome xxi. pp. 225-237, 273-284, 316-325, 379. Panceri, M. Gli organ! e la secrezione delF acido sulfurico nei Gasteropodi con una appendice relativa ad altre glan- 516 ZOOLOGICAL LITERATURE. dole dei medesimi. Atti della R. Accad. delle scienze fisiche e matematiche di Napoli, voi. iv. no. 10, 1869, 4to. Pease, Wm. Harper. Descriptions of new species of marine Gastcropodie inhabiting Polynesia. Am. Journ. Couch, v. pp. 64-79. . Remarks on marine Gasteropodse inhabiting the west coast of Ameica, with descriptions of two new species. Ibid, pp. 80-84. . Corrections and additions to synonymy of marine Gas- teropodse inhabiting Polynesia. Ibid. pp. 85-87. . Monographic de la famille des Realiea. Journ. Conch. xvii. pp. 131-161. . Liste des especes supposfe appartenir au genre AssU minea (Leach). Ibid. pp. 161-166. . Description d^especes nouvelles du genre Helicter, ha- bitant les lies Hawaii. Ibid. pp. 167-176. . Description of the Animals of certain genera of Auri- culidce. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1869, pp. 59-61. . On the classification of the IMicteriim. Ibid. pp. 641- 652. Perkins, Geo. H. Molluscan Pauna of New Haven. A critical review of all the Marine, Freshwater, and Land Mollusca of the region, with descriptions of many of the living animals and of two new species. Proc. Rost. Soc. Nat. Hist. Nov. and Dec. 1869. Pfeiffer, L. Bemerkungen zu R. A. Philippics Aufsatz ; Diag- nosen, etc. Mai. Bliitt. xvi. pp. 88-91. . Bemerkung fiber Cylindrella petiveriana (Fer.). Ibid. pp. 91-94. . Ueber die Gattung dementia (Gray). Ibid. pp. 190- 194. . Achatina tincta (Reeve). Ibid. pp. 253-256, 'with two coloured plates. Philippi, Run. Am. Diagnoses molluscorum terrestrium et fluviatilium peruanorum. Mai. Bliitt. xvi. pp. 32-42. . Bemerkungen fiber die chilenischen Unionen. Ibid. pp. 43-49. Ponton, Thom. Graham. Sur la famille des Cardiadce, Journ. Conch, xvii. pp. 217-225. Prime, Temple. Catalogue of the recent species of the family Corhiculadce. Published as Appendix to the Am. Journ. of Conchology, vol. v. part 2, pp. 127-187. MOLLUSCA. 517 Rambur, P. Description de plusieurs H^lix inedites, de France et d’Espagne, suivie d’observations et de rectifications concernant deux autres especes. Journ. Conch, xvii. pp. 252-269. Recluz, C. Melanges malacologiques. Act. Soc. Linneenne de Bordeaux, vol. xxvii. 1869, 8vo, pp. 44, with two plates. Redfield, John H. Notes upon the monograph of the genus Marginella in Reeveses ^Conchologia Iconica.^ Am. Journ. Conch. V. pp. 88-95. Reinhardt, Otto. Hyalina draparnaldii in NorddeutSchland. Nachrichtsbl. mal. Gesellsch. i. pp. 49, 50, 78-80. ^ •. Zur Fauna der Insel Norderney. Ibid. p. 217. Roberts, S. R. Catalogue of the families Porcellanida and Amphiper asides. Appendix to Am. Journ. Conch, v. part 3. Robillard, V. DE. Note sur le ilot Barkly et sur les Coquilles qui y sont trouves. Transact. R. Soc. of Arts and Sciences of Mauritius, vol. iii. pp. 104-106. Romer, Ed. Die Gattung Iphigenia (Schumacher). Mal. Blatt. xvi. pp. 150-155. Roffiaen, Franc. Mollusqncs terrestres ct fiuviatiles rccucilHs en Suisse. Ann. Soc. Malacol. Bclg. vol. iii. p. 65. Saenger, N. [Preliminary account of an exploration of the Fauna of the Baltic] in Protokolui zasyedanii Imperatorskags Obshchestva Lyubitelei Estestvoznaniya, Antropologii i Etnografii. [Communications of the Society of Natural Sc., Anthropol. and Ethnol. of the University of Moscow] vol. viii. 1869, 4to, pp. 22-34. This paper, as well as the Journal, are written in the Russian language. Saint-Simon, Alfred de. Descriptions d^especes nouvelles du genre Pom, alias suivies d^un Aper9u synonymique sur les especes de ce genre. Revue et Mag. Zool. 2nd series, vol. xxi. pp. 3-22. ’. Memoire sur les Pomatias du midi de la France, Ob- servations anatomiques sur quelques Pomatias du midi de la France, Nouvelles observations sur les Pomatias du midi de la France, are the titles of three pamphlets not yet seen by the Recorder. Sars, M. Fortsaette Bemaerkninger over det dyriske Li vs Udbredning i Havets Dybder. [Continued remarks on the distribution of animal life in the depths of the sea.] Chris- 518 ZOOLOGICAL LITERATURE. tiania Videnskabs-selskabs Forhandlinger, 1868, pp. 246- 275 ; translated into Englisli by A. Bethune, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. iii. pp. 423-444. Semper, Carl. Eine neue Testacellidengattung in Australien. Zcitscbr. wiss. Zool. xix. pp. 625, 626, und Nacbrichts- blatt d. inal. Gesellscb. i. pp. 170, 171, translated in Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. v. pp. 42, 43. . Ziir Anatomic von Glandina algira. Nachrichtsbl. mal. Gesellscb. i. pp. 80, 81. . Zur Kenntniss von Gibbulina. Ibid. p. 218. Silva, A. Luso da. Molluscos terrestres e fluviaes de Portugal. Jornal de eiencias mathematicas, physicas e naturaes de Lisboa, no. vi. p. 156, no. vii. 1869, pp. 239-242. Slavik, Alfr. Monographic der Land- und Siisswassermol- lusken Bolimens. Arcliiv fiir die naturgescliiclitlicbe Lan- desdurcliforscbung von Bobmen, lierausgegeben von C. Ko- ristka und J. Krejci. Vol. i. Prag, 1869, pp. 79-132, with five plates, three of which are coloured. 8vo. SouvERiuE. Diagnoses Molluscoruin Novae Calcdonifc inco- larmn. Journ. Conch, xvii. pp. 273, 274. Diagnoses de Mollusques inedits provenant de la Nou- velle CalMonie. Ibid. p. 416-421. . See also Crosse. Sporleder, a. Beobachtungen an lebenden Schnecken. Nach- richtsbl. mal. Gesellscb. i. pp. 183, 184. . Bemerkungen fiber einige Arten des Geschlechtes Cy- praa. Mal. Blatt. xvi. pp. 94-105. Stabile, G. Sul modo di conservare vive le Elici. Bullett. malacol. Ital. ii. pp. 105-108. Stoliczka, Eerd. The Malacology of Tjower Bengal and the adjoining provinces. — No. 1. On the genus Onchidiam, with descriptions of several new species. Journ. As. Soc. Beng. vol. xxxviii. part 2, no. ii. 1869, pp. 86-111, pis. 14, 15. Tapparone-Canefri, Cesare. Indice sistematico dei Mollus- chi Testaei dei dintorni di Spezia e del suo Golfo. Atti della Society Italiana di scienze naturali, vol. xii. fasc. ii. Milano, 1869, pp. 261-406. Targioni-Tozzetti, a. Commentario sui Cefalopodi Meditcr- ranei del R. Museo di Firenze. Bull. mal. Ital. ii. pp. 141- 162, 209-252. MOLLUSCA. 519 Tasle, — . Faune malacologique marine de Fouest de la France. Annales de F Academic de la Rochelle, 1868, 8vo, pp. 92. Not seen by the Recorder. Tate, Ralph. On the Land- and Freshwater-Mollusca of Ni- caragua. Am. Journ. Conch, v. pp. 151-162. Tibert, N. Note addizionali alF articolo del s. E. v. Martens intorno ad alcune conchiglie degli Abruzzi. Rullett. mal. Ital. ii. pp. 33-36, 65-73, 113-123. ' . Spigolamenti nella Conchiliologia Mediterranea. [Gleanings in the conchology of the Mediterranean.] Ibid, pp. 252-271. Tryon, G. W. Descriptions of new species of terrestrial Mol- lusca from the Andaman Islands, Indian Archipelago. Am. Journ. Conch, v. pp. 109-111, pi. 10. . Descriptions of new species of Marine Bivalve Mollusca in the collection of the Academy of Natural Sciences. Am. Journ. Conch, v. pp. 170-172. Vaillant, Leon. Note sur quelques objects oceaniens em- pruntes an test des differentes mollusques. Ann. Sci. Nat. ix. 1868, pp. 379 and 582. V EST, W. VON. Ueber den Werth der Molluskengehause fiir die Wissenschaft im Allgemeinen, nnd Wahrnehmnngen iiber die Schale von Tellina L. insbesondere. [On the scientific value of shells of Mollusca in general, and observations on the shell of Tellina.'] Verhandl. u. Mittheilungen d. sieben- biirg. Vereins f. Naturwiss. xvii. 1866, pp. 21-37. . Ueber Margaritana bonellii, Fer. Ibid. pp. 193-201, with two plates. Villa, Ant. Nota dei molluschi terrestri raccolti nella gita ai colli Berici. Bullett. mal. Ital. ii. p. 1. Wessel, Carl. Subfossile Nordsee-Conchylien bei Hamburg. Nachrichtsbl. mal. Gesellsch. i. pp. 169, 170. . Hyalina draparnaldii in nnd bei Hamburg. Ibid. p. 185. White, C. A. Are Unios sensible to light? Silliman^s Am. Journ. Arts and Sciences, second scries, vol. xvii. pp. 280, 281 ; Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1869, iii. pp. 399, 400. Wiiiteaves, J. F. On the Marine Mollusca of Eastern Canada. Canadian Naturalist, new series, iii. no. 1 : Montreal, March 1869. Not seen by the Recorder. 520 ZOOLOGICAL LITERATURE. WiECHMANN*, C. M. DieAstarte der Ostsee. Archiv des Vereins der Freunde der Naturgeschichte in Meklenburg, xxiii. p. 192. Wood, W. The Clio borealis on the coast of Maine. Proc. Portland Soc. of Nat. Hist. i. part 2. The General Subject. A very good but popular account of the class Mollusca, chiefly with regard to their life-history and practical value for mankind, is contributed by Prof. Oscar Schmidt in A. E. Brehm^s ^11- lustrirtes Thierleben,' vol. vi. pp. 757-964, and illustrated by numerous woodcuts. A similar, somewhat shorter treatise is contained in C. Klotz^s ^ Leben und Eigenthiimlichkeiten in der niedern Thierwelt,' Leipzig, 1869-70, 8vo, pp. 1-154, also with numerous woodcuts. Anatomy and Physiology. - Rui). Berqh has made very detailed researches into the anatomy of Phyllidia varicosa. Naturh. Tidskr. Kjobenh. v. pp. 357-492. Stoliczka has examined the anatomy of Onchidium typhce. Journ. As. Soc. Beng. xxxviii. pp. 86-100, pi. 14. The sexual organs of Limncsa are the subject of a paper by H. Eisig. Zeitschr. wiss. Zool. xix. p. 297. The microscopical structure of the nerves of bivalves has been studied by Baudelot. Bull. Sc. Nat. Strasb. 1809, December. Panceri has published his observations on the secretion of sulphuric acid by a part of the salivary glands in some mollusks. Att. Acc. Napol. iv. No. 10 [see Zool. Record, v. pp. 452, 409]. 0. A. White has ascertained that certain species of Unio are sensitive to light. The anal and branchial openings contract whenever light is suddenly withdrawn from the animal. — Is. Lea made experiments regarding the same subject several years ago, and found that some species gave no indica- tion as to sensitiveness to light, whilst others were particularly sensitive — for instance, Unio radiatus, — also that visual organs were placed on the fringes of the siphonal openings. Afterwards the sensitiveness has been ascertained in many other species — for example, U. I'uhiyinosus (Lea), cylindricus (Say), mbrotundu3 (T^ea), 2W^^ddatus (Lea), ohscurus (Lea), pustido$us (l.iea), acropus (Green), and Anodonta imhecillis (Sars). The females were more sensitive than the males. Silliman’s Am. Journ. of Science and Arts, 2nd series, vol. xvii. pp. 280 and 430 j Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. iii. pp. 399 and 467. Monstrosities. Scalaroid specimens of Helix candidula (Stud.) are noticed by Dufft, Nachrichtsbl. mal. Gesellsch. i. p. 102, of Planorhis contortus (Miill.) by Walser, ibid. pp. 184, 185. * In the last volume of this Record, v. p. 431, Wiedemann is a misprint for Wiechmann. MOLLUSCA. 521 I Abnormally depressed and umbilicated specimens of Helix pomatia (L.) by Gervais, Journ. Conch, xvii, p. 181, pi. 6. figs. 1 and 2. Abnormall}’^ perforated and conical specimen of Achatina fuliea (Fdr.), the abnormity evidently caused by a fracture at an early age of the animal, by Martens in Decken’s Reisen in Ost-Afrika, vol. iii. p. 68, Mollusc, pi. 2. figs. 1 6, 1 c. Abnormity oi[^IIyalind] Helix nitidula (Drap.), Gredleb, Correspondenz- blatt d. zool. -mineral. Vereins in Regensburg, 1869, p. 36. Abnormal specimens of Planorhis corneus (L.), dwarfed, flat, distorted, and eroded, by Kobklt, Nachrichtsbl. mal. Gosollsch. i. p. 203. Sinistral specimen o{Marginella miliacea (L.) by Appelius, Bullett. malac. Ital. ii. p. 127, pi. 4. fig. 2. Contributions to Faunae. a. Land- and Freshwater Mollusca. 1. Central Europe, Germany. E. von Martens has arranged the literature healing on the local distribution of the German land- and fresli water mollusca, geographically and chronologically. Nachrichtsbl. mal. Gesellsch. i. pp. 66-78, 113-118, . 129-132, 144-149, 160-166. The part published in 1869 treats only of the system of the Rhine, including the non-German parts. Some additions are made by Heynemann, ibid. pp,‘ 198-201. Norderney. Some land- and freshwater mollusks, found on the island Norderney, on the northern coast of Germany, are enumerated by Dr. O. Reinhardt and W. Kobelt, Nachrichtsbl. mal. Gesellsch. i. p. 217. Hamburgh^ Holstein, and Sleswig. Many species of land- and freshwater shells have been observed by E. Friedelat Blankenese, near Hamburg, Kiel, Entin, Plon, and on the island of Sylt. Among the more remarkable are Cyclas solida (Normand), found in the Elbe, and Acrnepolita (Hartm.). The author remarks that all specimens hitherto found in Northern Germany belong to this species, and not to lineata (Drap.). The presumed occurrence of Unio Uttoralis (Drap.) in Holstein is contradicted. Some particulars concerning Cyclostoma elegans, which has been found dead and also alive on the Danish island Seeland, are given. Mal. Bliitt. xvi. pp. 24-32, 66-72. Marh Brandenburg. The Recorder states that as early os 1767 Martini knew and distinguished the three species of Unio which are at present known to live in the province of Brandenburg, viz. Unio pictortim (L.), tumidus (Retz.), and crassus (Retz.). This is a reply to a remark made some years ago by Dr. Morch, Mal. Blatt. xvi. pp. 81-83. Bins. The mollusks of the environs of Ems, province of Nassau, are the subject of a treatise by G. Servain. They have been alread}-^ carefully collected by the German conchologists Thomre, Sandberger, and Koch in the ^.Tahrbiicher dcs Vereins fiir Naturkunde in Nassau,’ vol. iv. (1849), vii. and viii. (1861) ; and the new additions to their list (Nachrichtsbl. mal. Gesellsch. 1870, p. 119) consist of six species of rather doubtful character, most of them being established by Bourguignat. Wiirttemberg. On the occurrence of some species of land-snails hitherto not or but little known, E. v. Martens, Jahreshefte des Vereins f. Naturkunde in 1869. [vol. VI.] 2 o 622 ZOOLOGICAL LITERATURE. Wiirtt. XXV. pp. 223, 224. They are Clausilia Jilograna (Ziegl.), Helix cobre- siana (Alten), Limax hrunneus (Drap.), BuUa perversa (L.), and Hyalina radiatula (Alder). Bohemia. The malacological fauna of this province, which hitherto has been very little and only locally known (see the list of stray notes in Nach- richtsblatt d. deutschen malakol. Gesellsch. 1860, p. 52), has been treated by A. Slavik in a journal for natural-history researches in Bohemia. It con- tains 107 species, 66 terrestrial and 41 of fresh water ; among the more remarkable are Zonites verticillus (Fer.), Helix carpatica (Friv.), faustina (Ziegl.), holoserica (Stud.), austriaca (Mhlfld.), Clatisilia oi'nata (Ziegl.), and the freshwater pearl-mussel. In the introduction, the author characterizes nine districts from peculiar geognostical and malacological features. A more detailed account of this paper is given in Malak. Blatt. xvi. pp. 229-234, and in Nachrichtsbl. mal. Gesellsch. ii. pp. 77-79. Carpathian 3Iountains. A report on some land- and freshwater shells, col- lected in the Carpathian Mountains by Dr. Dybowsky and Dr. Jachiio, by E. V. Martens, with some remarks on Helix faustina (Ziegl.), H. cingulella (Rossm.), andPwjoa gidaris, var. spoliata (Rossm.), Nachrichtsbl. mal. Gesellsch. i. pp. 118-121. Others, and partly the same, from the Tatra Mountains, and also from Podolia, are noticed by Prof. M. Nowicki in Nachrichtsbl. pp. 137 and 216. Transylvania. E. A. Bielz has published a second edition of his very valuable book on the mollusks of that province ; the differences of this new edition from the first are chiefly in the systematic arrangement of the Heli~ cidce, and in a revision of the species of Limacidce^ some of which were omitted in the first edition, viz. Amalia marginata (Drap.), Limax cinereoniger (Wolf) and transilvanicus (lleynemann) ; L. varieyatus (Drap.) and L. silvaticus (Drap.) do not belong to the Transylvanian fauna. Among the shells. Helix schmidtii (Zeigl.) is new to that province. The introductory remarks con- taining condensed instructions for collecting and studying mollusks, the accurate descriptions of each species, the geographical remarks, and general conclusions are essentially the same in both editions. The number of recorded localities for the species has of course been increased in the second. Tyrol. V. Gredler adds to the fauna of the Mollusca of Tyrol, published by him in 1856-69, the following species : — Helix gohanzii (Frauenf.), Val Vestina ; Pupa tirolen sis, sp. n. ; Clausilia rossmcessleri (Pfr.), var. lorinm (Gobanz) ; Cl. stroheli (Torro); Bythinia proxima (Frauenf.) j Hydrohia schmidtii (Charp.) and lacheineri (Charp.). The author adds a great number of new localities for species already known as inhabilanls of Tyrol. Sivitzerland. Sixty species of land-shells (two of which are new) and 20 of freshwater-shells have been collected by Fr. Rofliaen. Ann. Soc. malacol. Belg. iii. p. 66. One species of Limncea, one of Valvata, and one of Pisidiufn have been found at the depth of 75 metres, about 250 feet, in the lake of Geneva, by Dr. Forel. Bulletin de la Soc. Vaudoise des Sci. Nat. x. 1869, p. 221. Western France. Letourneux (Rev. et INIag. Zool. 1869, p. 49) has given an account of the mollusks of La Vendee j the list contains most of the common land-snails of Middle Europe, and nearly all its freshwater species. Some peculiar to Western Europe are added j and the southern group Xero- phila is common on the seashore. The author, who follows Bourguignat in MOLLUSC A. 523 the minute distinction of species, enumerates 74 species of land-shells, 44 from fresh water, and one submarine {Alexia myosotis). 2. Southern Europe and Algeria, Southern France. Dubrueil has published a second edition of his ' Cata- logue des Moll. terr. et fluv. du d(5partement de rH«5rault,’ in which he enumerates 9 Limacidce, 92 land-shells (among which only 1 Vitrina and 6 Clausilia, but 17 Pupa and Vertigo') and 68 freshwater shells. Pyrenean!^. L. Morlet increases the number of known land- and freshwater shells found in the valley of Bareges by 20 species. Journ. Conch, xvii. p. 399. Some little-known species of Helix from Spain and South-western France described by Rambur, Journ. Conch, xvii. pp. 252-269. Liguria. The land- and freshwater shells of Spezzia are enumerated by Ces. Tapparone-Canefri, Att. Soc. Ital. Sc. Nat. xii. pp. 316, 316, — Paludina fasciata (Miill.), Bithynia tentaculata (L.) and boissieri (Charp.), Valvata piscinalis and cristata (Miill.); pp. 341-364 — forty-eight inoperculated land- shells, among which Ctrcilianella acietdoides (Jan), Succinea elcgans (Risso) —jrfeifferi^RosQm..) (the only one of that genus), Zonites leopoldianus (Charp.), Pupa amicta (Tarr.) at Porto Venere, only three species of Clausilia, viz. papillaris (Miill.), solida (Drap.), and laminata (Mont.), Helix ohvoluta (Miill.), umhilicaris (Brumati), var. /I. italica of Stabile, ? signata (F4r.) [more probably (Miill.) only found dead on the shore], lucorum (F^r.), rupestris (Drap.), and terverii (Mich.) ; pp. 364-359 — three Aiuiculidfe referred wrongly to the genus Conovtdus, xiz.Jirminii (Payr.), (Phil.), (Drap.), 13 species of Limnajidfe, among which Physa pisana (Issel), the rest widely distributed species ; pp. 359, 360 — four Cyclostomidtx, Truncatella truncatula (Drap.), and Paludinella littorina (Chiaje), the last two living together beneath stones and weed near high-water mark: pp. 379, 380 — Cyclas cornea (L.), Pisidium casertamim (Poli), and amnicum (Miill.) : p. 389 — JJnio pictorum (L., Drap.), requienii (Mich.), and one Anodonta. Upper Italy. Twelve species of land-shells collected by A. Villa and G. B. Spinelli on the Berian Hills (Colli Berici, near Vicenza) are enumerated in Bull. Malac. Ital. ii. p. 6. Venice. Spinelli’s list of the land- and freshwater mollusca living at and near Venice contains 44 terrestrial species, 60 freshwater, and 6 submarine. Ahruzzi. The Recorder’s paper on the mollusks of this country (see ^ Zool. Record,’ v. p. 436) has been followed by a more complete account written by a native of that province. Dr. N. Tiberi, in the Bullet. Malacol. Ital. ii. pp. 33-36, 65-73, 113-123. The author treats with special care of the species of Helix which are very characteristic, as H. orsinii (Porro), hathyomphala (Charp.), spadee (Calcara), ligata (Miill.). Corsica. Descriptions of two Helix said to be new by Crosse and Debeaux. Journ. Conch, xvii. p. 51. Pyrenean Peninsida. The part of L. da Silva’s paper on the mollusks of Portugal (see above, p. 618), which has reached the Recorder, contains only introductory remarks. Nineteen species of land- and freshwater shells are enumerated by L. von Ileyden, Nachrichtsbl. mal. Gesellsch. i. p. 1.3G. — Two new species of Helix from Spain described by Hidalgo, .Tourn. Conch, xvii. p. 19, 2 o 2 524 ZOOLOGICAL LITEllATURE. Algiers. A rather extensive paper on 105 land and 30 freshwater species living in the vicinity of Algiers by Oh. Lallemant, Ann. Soc. Malacol. Belg. iii. p. 15. No new species. 3. Africa. Nile. The mollusks mentioned in tho voyage of G. ]3rocchi in Egypt (1822-1820) are mentioned, and as far as possible determined, by E. v. Martens, Mai. Bhitt. xvi. pp. 84-80. Cape- Verd Islands. H. Dohrn enumerates 22 land- and 7 freshwater shells found by himself in the Cape- Verd Islands, and gives valuable critical remarks on most of them. The genera and subgenera are nearly the same as in Madeira and the Canary Islands, only Isidora and Melania are continental African types represented in the Cape- Verd Islands, but not in the Canaries or Madeira. The species are nearly all j>eculiar j also H. advena (Webb) lives not in the Canaries, but only in the Oape-Verd Islands. Mai. Blatt. xvi. pp. 1-28. Western Africa. Three species of Limicolaria and two of Spatha brought home from the Yoriba River by G. Rohlfs, determined by E. v. Martens, Mai. Blatt. xvi. pp. 72-75. Abyssinia. Some notes by W. Blanford, in which the land-shell fauna of Abyssinia is stated to be very poor, are inserted in the Journ. Conch, xvii. p. 109. A more ample account is given by the same author in his ‘ Observa- tions on the Geology and Zoology of Abyssinia,’ published in 1870. Eastern Africa. A list of the land- and freshwater shells hitherto known from Eastern Africa, between Cape Guardafui and Port Natal, with additional lists of those from Abyssinia, from Socotra, and from the Seychelle Islands, is given by the Recorder in V. n. Decken’s Reisen in Ost-Afrika, vol. viii. pp. I48-15I. Fourteen terrestrial and six freshwater shells, which were found with some marine species among seeds of Sesame imported from Zanzibar, are enumerated and partly described by E. v. Martens, Nachrichtsbl. mal. Gesellsch. i. pp. 149-156. Seychelle Islands. Twenty-one species of land-shells, from the Seychelle Islands, together with four living in fresh and six living in brackish water, described by G. Neville, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1869, pp. 61-66. He states that they have more affinity with the Indian than with the Malagash or African fauna. Seven species out of twenty-one land-shells are supposed to have been in- troduced. 4. India. Himalaya. A new species of Nanina is described j and the shells figured in Jacquemont’s ‘Voyage dans TInde ’ (1828-32) are determined by E. v. Maitens, Mal. Blatt. xvi. pp. 75-77. Nine land- and six freshwater shells from Ava and Yunan (the latter tho first known from that inland province of China) described by Blanford, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1869, pp. 444-450. Andaman Islands. Helix achatina (Gray), Scarabus trigonus (Troschel), Ilelicina nicubarica (Phil.), and five species of land-shells said to be new, and which will be mentioned in the special part, have been brought from those islands to G. VV. Tryon. Am. .Tourn. Conch, v. pp. 108-111, pi. 10. MOLLUSCA. 525 Four otliers, from the same islands, described by other authors, are men- tioned in a footnote. Nicobar Islands. G. v. Frauenfeld observes that on these islands the oper- culated land-shells are represented by several beautiful species ; the Ilelicidce are very poor. Verhandl. zool.-bot. Gesellsch. 1869, p. 900. riiilippine Islands. The Recorder gives an account of the state of the Imowledge of this molluscan fauna before the explorations of Cuming. Mai. Blatt. xvi. pp. 226-228. 5. Polynesia. A. Mousson has determined a great number of Polynesian land- and freshwater shells for Schmeltz’s Fourth Catalogue of the Museum GodeflVoy. The same catalogue contains also geographical notes on many of the little- known islands visited by Dr. Grafle, Hr. Godeffroy’s collector. Samoa Islands. A. Mousson has determined 76 species found by Dr. Graffe, and described several new species and varieties. .Toum. Conch, xvi. pp. 323-390. Sandwich Islands. W. II. Pease states that no other genus of operculated land-shell but Ilelicina lives on these islands. Journ. Conch, xvii. p. 161. He describes several new species of Achatinella. Ibid. pp. 167-176. Solomon Islands. New species of land-shells by Angas, Proc. Zool. 1869, pp. 46-48, and 624-626, pis. 2 and 48. On the occurrence of Bidimus milto- chilns (Rv.), Brazier, ibid. p. 162. New Caledonia. Several land-shells found on the small island Non are enumerated, and the locality of Helix raynali (Gassies) is stated to be Wagap, on the east coast of New Caledonia, by E. Marie, Journ. Conch, xvii. pp. 14 and 86. Some other species described and figured by II. Crosse, ibid, pp. 24-28, 179, 180, 413-416; by Gassies, ibid. pp. 71-78; by Crosse and Souverbie, ibid. pp. 270-272 ; by Souverbie, ibid. pp. 273, 274, 416-421. 6. Central and South America. Some information on the travels made in 1862 by P. M. Paz, during which many new species of shells described by L. Pfeiffer, II. Crosse, and G. Hidalgo were collected, is to be found in Journ. Conch, xvii. pp. 204- 206. Mexico and Central America. Several new land-shells, described by Crosse and Fischer, .lourn. Conch, xvii. pp. 28-36, 113-116, 190-192, 250, 251. — From Nicaragua, by R. Tate, Am. Journ. Conch, v. pp. 161-162. — Some species of XJnio from the Lake of Nicaragua, by Lea, Journ. Acad. Philad. vol. vi. pp. 293-296, or Observat. gen. Vnio, vol. xii. figs. 103-107. — New Bidimus, from Ecuador, by G. Hidalgo, ibid. pp. 60 and 188. The fauna of Nicaragua contains Mexican, Columbian, and even Cuban types ; but as the most characteristic Mexican forms are wanting, it should be regarded as belonging to the Columbian region. Tate, Am. Journ. Conch. V. p. 161. Some land- and freshwater shells found by G. Wallis near or in the rivers Amazon and Magdalena, in New Granada (several of them now), are enume- rated and described by Mousson, Mall. Bliitt. xvi. pp. 170-189. Brazil. Land-shells are scarce in the interior ; freshwater species abun- dant. A. D. Brown, Journ. Conch, xvii. p. 110. — On the occurrence of some species at Rio Janeiro. Id. ibid. pp. 123-126. 526 ZOOLOGICAL LITERATURE. PerUf Chile. Philippi describes several new land- and freshwater-shells from Peru, and reviews our knowledge of the species of Unto living in Chile, adding several new ones j he remarks that in Chile many Unios and no Anodonta^ in Peru no Unio and several Anodontas have been found hitherto. Mai. Blatt. xvi. pp. pp. 32-49. Some land- and freshwater species from Puerto Montt, in Southern Chile, are described by the Kecorder, Mai. liliitt. xvi. pp. 216-218. 7. North America, The inoperculated land- shells of North America have been worked out by Binney and Bland in their work, ^ Land and Freshwater Shells of North America,'’ Part I. The descriptions are chiefly copied from Binney’s larger work on the same sub- ject, published some years ago j but the more recently dis- covered species are also included, ^Hhe whole subject beiug brought down to January 1868/^ Each species is figured by a woodcut ; very often also the jaw or lingual dentition. For classification, the second edition of Albers has been followed ; the doubtful species, and those falsely quoted as North American, are carefully indicated. The West- Coast land-shells are once more the subject of a paper published by F. G. Cooper, Am. Journ. Conch, v. pp. 199-215. It contains, besides the discussion of various questions of nomenclature and classification, also many valuable statements concerning the geographical distribution of some species ; the author points out that the neighbourhood of South-east Bay is very rich in species, northern and southern forms meeting here in larger number than elsewhere. Some European species occur in Unalaschka, where they were found by Mr. Harford, viz. Vitrina ^x-Uacida P, Comdus fulvus?, Patula ruderata?, and Zua suheylindnea [luhrica, Miill.], pp. 200, 202, 216. Connecticut. G. II. Perkins enumerates 40 land- and freshwater Gastro- pods, and 14 fresliwater bivalves observed at Newliaven. Proe. Host. Soc. Nat. Hist., Nov. and Dec. 1809. Michigan. 171 species of mollusks observed in this State, especially the county Kent, are enumerated by Currier in a separate pamphlet (Grand Rapids, 1808). Alabama. Shells of the Coosa River, J. Lewis, Am. Journ. Conch, v. pp. 100-109. A large number of American Melaniidce and Unionidee, described and figured by Is. Lea, will be found in tlie special part. b. Famia of Brackish Watet'. The occurrence of several marine and freshwater mollusks, and their diminutive size, in the Baltic^ are mentioned by N. Saenger in the Russian Journal mentioned above (p. 517). At Revel Mytilus edulis and Tellina [pro- bably baltica, L.] occurs to the depth of 100 feet and more. Comparative measurements of specimens of several shells from the German Ocean and Baltic are given. In the salt marshes of Northumberland and Durham have been found MOLLUSCA. 527 litssoa nlvcc (Penn.), Alcleria modest cs {'I ^ m(\. Limaijontia depressa. In pools further removed from the saline influence, hut in company with Crus- tacea indicating a .somewhat mixed saline character, have been found LitnncBa peregra (Miill.) and IHsidium ptdcheUum (Jenyns). G. S. Brady, Nat. Hist. Transact, of Northumb. and Diirliam, ili. 1, p. 121. The sea-shells mentioned by G. Brocchi as being found in the brackish lake Mareotis, near Alexandria, are mentioned by E. v. Martens, Mai. Blatt. xvi. p. 85. c. Marine Fauna. Manzoni treats of the oeeurrenee of marine species under various physical and chemical conditions. Bull. Malac. Ital. ii. pp. 81-104. 1. Coasts of Europe. Petit^s Catalogue of European Shells is a systematic list of all the species witli their synonyms ; their geographical distri- bution through tlic Polar, Boreal, Britisli, Celtic, Lusitanian, Mediterranean, and Algerian zones is shown in a table. A list of pseudo-European species and instructions for collecting shells are added. Spitzhergen. The mollusks of this island have been examined by I)r. Morch. He enumerates 80 species of sea-shells, and points out that the G astropods are found to have a thinner shell, to be of larger size, and to want the ribs, when compared with specimens from Greenland, and that the bivalves are generally of smaller size. Peculiar to that island are Trichotropis kroyeri (Phil.), Tritomwn \Buccinwni\ angulosmi (Donovan) and ienue (Gray), Fusus deformis (Reeve), Nuculana [Portlandia) frigida and abyssicola (Thorell). Ann. Soc. Malacol. Belg. iv. Norway. Four species of Brachiopods, 29 of Bivalves, and 50 of Gastropods, living at a depth of from 200 to 300 fathoms, are enumerated by M. Sars, Vidensk. Selsk. Forhandl. p. 246, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. iii. p. 429. At 450 fathoms occur the following only : — Pecten mammillatus, sp. n., Limopsis minuta (Phil.), Nucula purnila, Asbjornsen, MS., KeUiella abyssicola (Sars), Axinus jlexuosus (Montagu) and A. pusillus (Sars), Lyonsiella abyssicola (Sars), Neaera obesa (Loven), SijAionoden- talium quinquangulare (Forbes) and subfusiforme (Sars), and Cyclostrema nitens (Phil.). Great Britain. The total number of British Mollusca de- scribed in the now finished ^ British Conchology' by Jeffreys is 685, viz. 124 land and freshwater species (Conchifera 15, Gas- tropoda 109) and 562 marine species, among which Brachiopoda 6, Conchifera 171, Solenoconchia 5, Gastropoda 366, Pteropoda 2, and Cephalopoda 12 ; a few others are doubtful. The author thinks the subject to be far from being exhausted. German Ocean. A list of G5 species found at the island of Sylt is given 528 ZOOLOGICAL LITERATURE. by E. Friedel, Mai. Blatt. xvi. pp. 68-62. The rarest of them ia Panopcea noi'vegica (Spengl.). Normandy. 48 species of marine mollusks found on the coast of Nor- mandy, at Vaast-la-Houge, most of them between tide-marks, are enume- rated by Ed. Grube, in Verhandl. schlesischen Gesellschaft fiir vaterliindische Kultur, I860. Western France. Tasl»5 gives a list of 397 species of mollusks inhabiting the west coast of France, viz. 163 Cephalopods and Gastropods, and 244 Bivalves. Act. Acad. Rochelle (Journ. Conch, xvii. p. 302). 107 species of marine mollusks living on the coast of the Gironde are enumerated by Lafont, Note Faune Gironde, Bordeaux, 1868. P. Fischer, in a Supplement to his Conchological Fauna of the Gironde, treats of the currents of that coast. Ho mentions a largo bank of Avicala near Arcachon, and brings the total number of marine mollusks observed in South-western France to 347 species. Act. Soc. Linn. Bord. xxvii. Six naked Gastropods (two of which are new) and two Cephalopods are added to the known fauna of Western France by P. Fischer and A. Lafont. Joum. Conch, xvii. pp. 1-14. Mediterranean. Tiberi states that a number of species, hitherto considered to be extinct, or known only from other parts, have recently been found living in the Mediterranean. The more remarkable are the following : — Tro~ phon harvicensis, imiricatus, carinatus j Buccinum humphrexjsianum j Nassa semistriata ; Neverita catena ; Pleurotoma undatiruga, teres, crispata ; Bela morchii and torquata\ Scalaria muricata) Turritella subangulata. Bull. Mai. Ital. ii. pp. 252-271. C. TArpARONE-CANEFRi has given a list of the shells found in the Gulf of Spezia, containing several species additional to those published by Ca- pellini in 1860. The more important are: — Tritoniiim cutaceum (L.), Pur- pura hcemastoma (L.), Trivia pulex (Sol.), Scalaria turtmiis (Turt.), lanthina fragilis (Blainv.), Dentalium rubescens (Desh.), Akera bullata (Mull.), Fis- surella nubecula (L.), Tellina nitida (Poll), and Skenea nitidissima (Jeflr.). Atti Soc. Ital. xii. pp. 261-406. The sea-shells of the coasts of Tuscany are enumerated by T. L. Appelius. Bullet. Mai. Ital. ii. A list of shells dredged on the coast of Elba are mentioned by A. Manzoni, Journ. Conch, xvii. pp. 117-120. They are not numerous, the sea being deep and the bottom granite. Some new species of shells fi'om Southern Europe and the Canary Islands are described and figured by IJ. Adams, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1869, pp. 274, 276, pi. 19. Some new minute shells from the Adriatic are described by Brusina, Journ. Conch, xvii. pp. 230-249. A new Folium from Palermo and some other new shells fr-om the Medi- terranean are described by Allery de Monterosato, ibid. pp. 228, 274- 276. 2. Exotic Seas. A list of the shells collected during the expedition of the Austrian Frigate ^Novara’ at Gibraltar, Madeira, Rio Janeiro, Cape, St. Paul, Ceylon, Madras, Nicobar Islands, Singapore, .lava, Manilla, Hongkong, Shanghai, Punipet, and Stuart Islands, Sydney, Auckland, Tahiti, and Chile is published by G. MOLLUSCA. 529 V. Frauenfeld, Verhandl. zool.-bot. Gesellscli. Wien, 18G9, pp. 863-900. No Patellides, Tecturidm^ or FissurelUdce have been found at Tahiti. Several species are added by Folin to his former list of shells found on pearl-oysters, Meleagrina. Fonds de la Mer, pp. 173, 174. East Coast of North America. The marine mollusca of Massachusetts are reviewed by W. Dali, Proc. Dost. Soc. Nat. Hist. xii. 1870, pp. 240-267. Three new species of Fusus from Greenland, described by Mdrch, Journ. Conch, xvii. p. 397. G. H. PERiaNS, in his Molluscan Fauna of New Haven, Proc. Dost. Soc. Nat. Hist., Nov. and Dec. 1809, enumerates 61 marine Gastropods and 40 marine Laniollibranchs ; out of those 91 species, 60 are said to occur north of Capo Cod, 13 in Labrador, 8 in Greenland, 8 in Europe ; 61 extend to South Carolina and some still further south. — Some errors in the quotation of authorities are corrected by Verrill in Am. Joum. of Sc. and Arts, vol. xlix. March 1870. Some new species of sea-shells from Florida are described by T. A. Conrad, Am. Journ. Conch, v. pp. 104-108, pis. 10, 12, and 13. Red Sea. A. Issel^s ^ Malacology of the Red Sea’ is founded on several collections of recent and fossil species made at Akaba and Suez by Arconati, the author, and others. After having given a review of the literature bearing on the subject, and an account of his own personal observations, the author proceeds to expose his views on this fauna. There is not one species found on both sides of the isthmus of Suez, although not less than 30 Mediterranean forms are so closely allied to Red Sea species that one may well hesitate to designate them as varieties or species. From the Red Sea 573 recent species are known, which are enumerated, with synonymy, locality, &c. A great number are described as new ; and the species figured in the ' Description de PEgypte ’ carefully examined. Of fossil shells 232 species are described. The fossil pliocene fauna of Europe is more similar to the recent one of the Red vSea than to the recent Mediterranean fauna. East Africa. A list of 149 marine shells collected on the shores of Eastern Africa by the companions of the late Von der Decken, chiefly at Zanzibar, is given by the Recorder in Von der Decken’s Reisen in Ost-Afrika, vol. iii. pp. 61-66. Mauritius. Some shells, observed on a newly formed little island at the port of Mauritius, by V. de Robillard, Transact. R. Soc. of Arts and Sciences of Mauritius, iii. p. 104-106 ; and E. Brewster, ibid. p. 111. Some new species from the same island described and figured by H. Adams, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1869, pp. 272, 273, pi. 19. Japan. The mollusks of the Japanese Seas have been carefully worked out by C. E. Lischke from collections made at Nan- gasaki, Yedo, and Hakodade. The number of species (which are more or less fully described) is reduced to 198, one-fifth of which are most beautifully figured, the plates being produced by 630 ZOOLOGICAL LITEKATIJIIE. Theodore Fischer of Cassel. The author gives a detailed histo- rical account of our knowledge of this fauna. Nine out of tlie 198 species have been found in the north only, at Ilakodade; the remainder are generally tropical forms ; 52 are peculiar to Japan ; 21 have also been found in Korea, Mantschuria, or Sachalin, 26 in China, 76 in the Philippines, 75 in other parts of the Indian or Polynesian region. Japan. A. Adams gives a list of 68 Japanese species of Veneridae, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. iii. pp. 229-236. — Lischke describes several new shells fi’om Japan, Mai. Blatt. xvi. pp. 105-109. Polynesia, A number of new species from the Polynesian Islands are described, and the synonymy of others is corrected, by Win. Harper Pease, Am. Journ. Conch, v. pp. 61-87. To conchologists it may be of interest to learn that there are three islands called in honour of Lord Hood, and that Cuming has collected shells on two of them, one being in the Galapagos, the other in the Paumotu group. This has caused some confusion concerning the geographical distribution. A large number of Polynesian sea-shells, with their localities, are enumerated in Schmeltz’s Fourth Catalogue of the Museum Godelfroy at Hamburg. Australia. Several new Australian sea-shells described by Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1869, pp. 45 and 48, pi. 2 ; Cox, ibid. p. 49. The correct localities for three Volutes are given by Brazier, ibid. p. 660. Cones of Port Jackson enumerated by the same, ibid. p. 561. New Caledonia. A list of the species of Cyprcea, and descriptions of several new species of this and other genera from New Caledonia, by Crosse in Journ. Conch, xvii. pp. 36-50, 16, 177, 178 j by Souverbie, ibid. pp. 418-421. Chile. Some sea-shells from Puerto Montt in Southern Chile and from Caldeira in Northern Chile, collected by Mr. Fonck, are enumerated by the Becorder, Mai. Bliitt. xvi. pp. 218-222 j common to both localities were only two species out of 23, Purpura lepas (Gmel.) and P. cassidiformis (Blainv.) j among those from Puerto Montt are some hitherto only known from the Magellan Straits, as Voluta ancilla (Solander) and magellanica (Chemn.), Trophon ladniatus (Martyn), and Patella magellanica (Gmel.). d. Immigration and Acclimatization. E. Fiuedel considers it probable that Helix pomatia^ adspersa, nemoralis, and Cyclostoma elegans have been introduced and acclimatized in the northern parts of Europe, especially in Northern Germany. The last-named species was brought to Denmark, by the agency of man, in prehistoric and historical time. Zeitschrift f. Ethnologie, i. pp. 301-313. Helix hortensisy nemor'alisy adspersa, and Stenogyra decollata introduced into North America. Binney & Bland, Land and Freshwater Shells of N. America, i. pp. 181-183, 228-230. A European species of Snail, probably Helix ad- spersa (Miill.), has been introduced by a French gentleman into the gardens at Cape Town, where their number increased considerably. Noble, ‘ The Cape and its People,' London, 1869, p. 230. Helix similaris (F^r.) is stated by A. I). Brown to occur only on the coast of Brazil, not in the interior. Journ. Conch, xvii. p. 124. [This agrees with .MOLLU SCA- BS! tlio opinion of the Recorder, viz. that this species was originally East-Indian, and transported by the agency of man to America. Preuss. Exped. Ost-As. ii. p. 271,] Dreissena polymorpha (Pall.) mentioned in Hungary as early as 1794 by Gressinger, Martens, Mai. Blfitt. xvi. p. 84; found in Silesia, in the Lake of Brandschiitz, Fiedler, 42nd Bericht d. schlesischen Gesellsch. f. vaterland. Oultur, p, 62 ; has appeared in great numbers in the river Neckar at Eberbach, Seibert, Nachrichtsbl. mal. Gesellsch. i. p. 101. Dreissena pohjmorpha (Pall.) kept alive for ten weeks in an aquarium. Fiedler, 42nd Jahresbericht der schles. Gesellsch. f. vaterlandische Cultiir, p. 62. Grypheva angidata (Lam.) transported from Cadiz to Arcachon. P. Fischer, Act. Soc. Linn. Bord. xxvii., and Journ. Conch, xvii. p. 300. Prof. Stabile has published his experiences on snails kept in confinement, especially on IleUx nautiliformis, Bull. Mal. Ital. ii. pp. 105-108. — G. Sterr has published notes on the same subject, Nachrichtsbl. mal. Gesellsch. i. pp. 34-36. IIeynemann gives instructions for transporting living specimens of Limax in moss. Nachrichtsbl. mal. Gesellsch. i. pp. 168-109. A few observations on breeding some Algerian land-shells, especially Helix punctata (Mull.) vmdi II. hicroglyjjhicula (Mich.), are ptiblished by Prof. Troschel in Verhandl. d. naturhist, Vereius d. Preuss. Rheinlande, Bonn, xxvi. 1869, Sitzungsberichte,” pp. 211-213. Clausilia olivieri (Roth) breeding in confinement. A. Sporleder, Nach- richtsbl. mal. Gesellsch. i. p. 182. J. B. G ASSIES, in his pamphlet, ‘Fails biologiques de rAquarium d’eau douce de TExposition Universello de 1867,’ Bordeaux, 1868, 8vo, 17 pp,, treats also of tlio life of some Mollusca in confinement. e. Palaeontology of Recent Species. Several of the more common European freshwater shells have been found in the plastic cla}', called “tock,” of the island of Heligoland. Lasard, Zeitschr. d. deutschen geolog. Gesellsch, 1869, xxi. p. 581. Helix feetens [which, at present, is found in a living state in the Alps only] has been found in subfossil specimens near Rudolstadt, in Thuringia, by Dufi’t, Nachrichtsbl. mal. Ges. i. p. 49. The differences between living and fossil specimens pointed out by Kobelt, ibid. pp. 181-183. Several land- and sea-shells found in caves and breccias of the Apuan hiUs (near Carrara), which have been used by primeval men as food or ornaments, are alluded to by Dr. C. Regnoli, Bullett. Malacol. Ital. ii. p. 3L Neritina Jluviatilis (L.), var. areolata, in upper tertiary deposits of Central Italy. C. d’Ancona, Bullett. Mal. Ital. ii. p. 44. The occurrence of several North- American land-shells in the postpliocene of the Mississippi valley is mentioned by Binney & Bland in their work on the land-shells of North America, mentioned above. On marine shells in stratified drift near Macclesfield, see R. I). Darbishire, Mom. of the Literary and Philos. Society at Manchester, 3rd series, vol. iii. 1868. Some subfossil shells found in the “ Kjokkenmoddinger,” on the west coast of Schleswig, enumerated by IC. Friedel, Mal. Bliitt. xvi. pp. 68, 69. 532 ZOOLOGICAL LITERATURE. Some of the most common shells of the North Sea found subfossil near Hamburg. Wessel, Nachrichtsbl. mal. Gesellsch. i. p. 169. Gervais figures a Parmacella found in an old grave at Baillargues, D6pt. H^rault, nearly allied to, if not identical with, the living P, gervaisii (Moq. Tand.). Journ. Conch, xvii. p. 182, pi. 6. fig. 3, The occurrence of recent species of sea-shells, in a fossil condition, in Tus- cany, is carefully noticed by F. L. Appelius in his paper on the shells of the TyiThenian Sea ; and by N. Tiberi, in his Gleanings in Mediterranean Conchology. Bull. Mal. Ital. vol. ii. (see above, pp. 608, 619). The fossil shells from the vicinity of the shores of the Red Sea have been examined by A. Issel. He enumerates 232 species, describes and figures several as new, and states that, although many of them are the same as those Avhich live at present in the Red Sea, there are some diflerences, 105 species not being found living in the Red Sea; 10 are identical with recent Mediterranean shells. Malac. Mar. Ross. pp. 21 and 245-303. Subfossil shells, identical with those living in the Red Sea, and partly still coloured, have been observed by Dr. Zenker on the more elevated parts of the Isthmus of Suez. Sitzungsberi elite d. Gesellsch. natiirforschender Freunde in Berlin, Dec. 1868, p. 32; and Nachrichtsbl. mal. Gesellsch. i. p. 101. Use op Mollusks by Man. L. Schmarda, ‘ Die Oultur des Meeres in Frankreich,’ Wien, 1869, 8vo [The cultivation of the sea in France], may be mentioned here. Helix camhojiensis (Reeve) used as food by the Mois. Daniel, Journ. Conch, xvii. p. 127. The shell of Tridacna is used by the natives of the island Oualan for making axes, by those of New Ireland and New Caledonia for bracelets. The Pa- puans of Port Dorey use for the latter purpose pieces of the shell of Trochus niloticus. The inhabitants of Timor use pieces of Nautilus pompilius as spoons. [The Recorder may add that, throughout the Dutch possessions in the Indian archipelago, a kind of large spoons, made from the shell of Cyiu- hiuni, are in frequent use.] L. Vaillant, Ann. Sci. Nat. ix. pp. 379 & 682. The different shells employed as money in various parts of the world are enumerated by E. C. Stearns, Am. Naturalist, iii. They are a species of Dentalium in the fur-countries of N orth-west America, Saxidomus gracilis in California, the strings of Wampum [Vemis mercenaria?~\ by the savages in Eastern North America, Liter ina obesa and Nerita polita in some Polyne- sian islands, Cyprcea annulus and moneta in several parts of Eastern Asia. Crosse, Journ. Conch, xviii. p. 287, adds to this list Achatina monetaria in Angola. Ilaliotis, its use as an article of trade, ornament, and food treated of by E. C. Stearns, American Naturalist, vol. iii. [Jlaliotis gigantea (Chemn.) is a very common article of food with the Japanese at Yokohama, and there called “ awabi.”] Meretrix lusoria (Chemn.) is an article of food, and object of a simple game, in Japan. A. Adams, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. iii. p. 229. MOLLUSCA. 533 Classification. Prof. Huxley adopts, in his ' Introduction to the Classification of Animals/ 1869, 8vo, pp. 33-40 and 82, the following classes of molluscous animals : — Lamellibranchiata, Branchiogastropoda, Pulmogastropodaj Pteropoda, and Cephalopoda, and gives a con- densed account of their chief anatomical and morphological features. The Ascidioidea, Brachiopoda, and Polyzoa are re- garded as distinct classes, forming another chief division of the animal kingdom, the Molluscoidea, as was proposed many years ago by Milne-Ed wards. Systematical Nomenclature, A committee of three North- American conchologists, Tryon, Gahb, and Beadle, has examined the question, whether priority can bo asserted (as is done by Dr. Is. Lea) from the date of read- ing a paper before a learned society, or from the time of actual publication of the printed part or volume containing the paper; and the committee recommends to acknowledge the former claim of priority for papers of past times, in which the publications of the learned societies were not so rapid and regular as they are now. Am. Journ. Conch, v. pp. 3, 4. The names given by Ilelbling, 1779, and Da Costa, 1778, ' to a number of shells, are reviewed by the Recorder, who comes to the conclusion that those of Ilelbling ought to be maintained, being regularly binominal, and accompanied by descriptions and recognizable figures. As to those of Da Costa, some objections can be raised, chiefly because he arbitrarily changed the Linnean names of genera as well as of species ; but the great majority of his names in the ^ British Concho- logy^ are quite in accordance with zoological rules, and the names of those species to which no older name is applicable may be maintained. This number, however, is not large, as O. Fr. MiilleFs ^ Historia Vermium^ and ^Prodromus zoolo- giae Danicse ^ are older ; and Born^s ^ Index,^ published in the same year as the ^ British Conchology,’ contains almost all the names and descriptions which are to be found in the larger and more generally known work of the same author, ^ Testacea musei C«Tsarei.^ Martens, Mai. Blatt. xvi. pp. 234^263. Collections. Sorqe historical notes concerning Lamarck’s collection of shells are given by Gray, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. hi. pp. 519- 521. It is now transferred to Geneva, Journ. Conch, xvii. p. 208. 534 ZOOLOGICAL LITERATURE. CEPHALOPODA. The Cephalopods of the Mediterranean Sea are the subject of a rather extensive paper by Targioni-Tozzetti. He treats chiefly on their classification and synonymy, and figures the radula of most species. Bull. Malac. ii. pp. 141-163, pis. 6 & 7. Argmauta argo (L.). Observations on the structure of its shell by Targioni- Tozzetti, Bull. Mai. Ital. ii. p. 148, pi. 6. figs. 1, 2. — A young female, 3 inches in length, with eggs in its shell. Garner, Hep. Brit. Assoc, for 1868, Notes and Abstracts, p. 97. TremoctopuSf sp. A male described by R. Garner, /. c. Parasira (Steenstrup, 1801 ?). This genus is adopted by Targioni-Toz- zetti for Octopus catenulatus (Fer.) and O. tuherculatus (Risso) = carence (V^rany), and kept distinct from Tremoctopus (Chiaje)=PMc»wea:fs (Fer.), the type of which is T. violaceus (Chiaje). Bull. Mai. Ital. ii. pp. 149-154. The author has not characterized these genera. Octopus vulgaris (Lam.). Jeffreys, Brif}; Conchol. v. pp. 143-145, pi. 7. fig. 1, and frontispiece. Octopus troscheli and incertus, spp. nn., Targioni-Tozzetti, Bull. Mai. Ital. ii. pp. 157 & 160. The latter, pi. 7. fig. 10, from the Indian seas, the first from the Adriatic. ^ Eledone cirrosa (Lam.), Jeffreys, 1. c. v. pp. 145-147, pi. 7. fig. 2. Ommastrephes todarics (Delle Chiaje) and O. sagittatus (Lam.), Jeffreys, /. c. pp. 128, 129 ; the latter pi. 5. fig. 1. Loligo vulgaris (Lam.) and media (L.), Jeffreys, 1. c. pp. 130-132 j the former pi. 5. fig. 2. Loligo pulchra (Blainv.), from Western France, distinguished, with some doubt, from L. vulgaris (Lam.) by Fischer, Journ. Conch, xvii. p. 10. The same author distinguishes throe other European species of this genus, viz. X. forhesi (Steenstrup), L. hcrtheloti (Vdrany), and a hitherto unnamed species from Western France, figured in F^russac’s monograph of the pephalopoda, pi. 8. Ibid. pp. 128-130. Loligo meditert'anea. Targioni-Tozzetti gives this new name to the most common species of the Mediterranean, distinguishing from it not only L. forhesi (Steenstrup), which is the vulgaris of former British authors, but also a third species, to which he leaves the name L. mdgaris (Lam.), and which is said to be exclusively oceanic. For the Mediterranean and British species the differences are given in a Latin diagnosis and illustrated by figures; but as to the third, no reliable character is given. Bull. Mai. Ital. ii. pp. 218-224, pi. 7. figs. 5, 9,&10. Sepiola rondeleti, Jeffreys, Brit. Conchol. v. p. 136, pi. 6. fig. 2. Sepiola major, sp. n., Targioni-Tozzetti, Bull. Mai. Ital. ii. p. 230, Tuscany. Besides this, S. vulgaris (Grant) and S. rondeletii (Gervais) are acknowledged as distinct species, both inhabiting the Mediterranean. — S. atlcmtica (Orb.), from Sardinia. R. Garner, Rep. Brit. Assoc, for 1868, Notices and Abstracts, p. 97. Rossia macrosoma (Belle Chiaje) and R. papiUifera, sp. n. ; the latter from MOLLUSC A. 535 tlio north of Shetland, from 60-100 fathoms. Jeffreys, Brit. Conch. yi pp. 133-136; the former figured on pi. G. fig. 1. — JR. pancoi, sp, n., Targioni- Tozzetti, BuU. Mai. Ital. ii. p. 231, pi. 7. fig. 7, Mediterranean. Sepia officinalis (L.), elegans (Blainv.), and hiserialis (Montf.), Jeffr. Brit. Conch. V. pp. 138-141, pi. 6. fig. 3. Sepia officinalis orhigny ana (For.), hiso'ialis (Montf.) = elegans (Orh.), and hierredda (Rang) stated to occur in the Mediterranean. Targioni- Tozzetti, Bull. Mai. Ital. ii. pp. 241-248. Sepia Jilliouxi., sp. n., indicated by Lafont in the ^ Bulletin de I’Association Scientifique de France,’ 1868, n. 81, and now more fully described and com- pared with S. officinalis (L.), in Journ. Conch. xTii. pp. 11-14. Gulf of Gascony and Boulogne. Sepia gihhosa (Ehrenberg). The complete animal described from a female specimen found at Suez, by Issel, Malac. mar. ross. p. 238, pi. 2. figs. 14, 16. PTEROPODA. Capt. G. E. Fryer has given an interesting aeeoimt of his observations on pelagic Mollusca, chiefly Pteropods. Out of 31 species, 17 are common both to the Atlantic and the Indo- Paeific Ocean, 4 peculiar to the Atlantic, 8 to the Indo-Pacific, 2 to the Southern Ocean, viz. Balantium recurvum (Bens.) and Balantium australe (Orb.), in latitude 38°-42° S. ; 12 species prove to be strictly nocturnal, the best time for catching them being the middle watch; 7 are crepuscular and nocturnal; 12 others indifferent to solar influence. Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, vol. xxxviii. pp. 259-264, with a table and map. JHJgalcea tridentata (Lam.), tceniohranchia (P^ron), and affinis (Orb.) distin- guished as separate species, and described and figured by G. E. Fryer, 1. c. pp. 264-266, pi. 21. [^CleodoraJ] Clio pyramidata (Browne), Shetland. Jeffreys, Brit. Conchol. v. pp. 118-120, pi. 4. fig. 5, and pi. 98. fig. 6. Creseis, sp., allied to striata (Rang), from Suez, shortly described by Issel, Malac. mar. ross. p. 230. Spirialis retroversa (Fleming), with var. 1. macandrece (Forbes h Hanley), var. 2. Jeffrey si (Forbes & Hanley), everywhere along the British coasts. Jeffreys, Brit. Conchol. v. pp. 114-117, pi. 4. fig. 4, and pi. 98. figs. 4, 6. [ Clione) Clio horealis (Pall.) has been found at Portland, Maine, from the beginning of April until May 7, 1868. Its appearance is ascribed to the un- usual severity of the season. There is no record of its occurrence in those waters previously to 1833, when it was observed in the vicinity of New York. Proc. Portl. Soc. Nat. Hist. i. part 2, 1869, and Am. Journ. Conch, v. p. 112. GASTROPODA. PECTINIBRANCHIATA. The systematic results of the researches into the structure of the radula, made by various authors in recent years, are 536 ZOOLOGICAL LITERATURE. compiled by E. v. Martens, Nachriclitsbl. mal. Gesellsch. i. pp. 185-191 and 193. Proboscidifera rhachiglossa. Macdonald gives a condensed account of his observations on the dentition of this division of Gastropoda, preferring for them the term Orthodonta as being more expressive. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. iii. p. 113. MURICIDiE. Prof. Troschel characterizes this family, his Muricea,^^ by the median plate of the radula having three large teeth and two smaller between them (the lateral plates being provided with a single hook). In the genus Muresc, including the subgenera Haustellaria, CJdcoreuSj and Phyllonotus, tlie three teeth of the median plate are nearly equal, and the lateral angles of this plate are not produced. In Muricidea, Ocinebra, and Trophony which must be acknowledged as separate genera, the median tooth is placed out of the line of the others, and the lateral angles of the plate are produced into tooth-like processes. In Ocinebra several accessory teeth are to be found outside of the five normal ones. Eupleura (Adams) has nearly the same radula as Ocinebra^ Chorus xanthostoma (Brod.) in its radula agrees nearly with Trophon. Urosalpmx (Stimps.) resembles Ocinebra ; but the median tooth is more produced. The author describes and figures the radula of the following species : — Murex rarispim (Lam.), hrevisphia (Lam.), tribulus (L.), hrandaris (L.), cornutus (L.), ramosus (L.), calcitrapa (Lam.), sencyalensis (Gmel.), ocidatus (K^GYe^ypomiformis (Martini), and tnmcidus(\-^‘)) Muricideahlainvillei (Payr.), Ocinebra erinaceus (L.), alveata (Kien.), corallina (Scacchi), Trophon gever- danus (Pall.), craticidatus (Fabr.), clathratus (L.), gmineri {hoy ^\\), Eupleura caudata (Say), Chorus xanthostoma (Brod.), and Urosalpinx cinereus (Say). Gebiss der Sclinecken, ii. pp. 112-123, pi. 10. figs. 19-21, and pi. 11. figs. 1- 20. The buccal membrane, or lateral jaw, of Murex rarispina (Lam.) is de- scribed and figured, ibid. pi. 10. fig. 17. Murex. The monograph of this genus is continued by Kiister in his new edition of Martini and Chemnitz, section 58, species nos. 30-113, pp. 37-110, pis. 16-33. It contains a large number of good figures ; but as there is no new species in this monograph, this notice will be sufficient. Murex hrandaris. The variety with three rows of spines, figured by Chemnitz, but very rare, has been found by G. v. Frauenfeld at Gibraltar. He is inclined to regard it as a distinct species, Rhinacantha trifariosiyinosa (Chemn.). Verb, zool.-bot. Gesellsch. 1869, p. 889. [As specimens often occur with only one instead of two rows, and the third is often indicated MOLLUSCA. 537 by small knots instead of by spines, this form is better regarded as merely a variety.] Murex clavus (Kien.) found at Mauritius. Brewster, Transact. B. Soc. of Arts and Sciences of Mauritius, vol. iii. p. 111. Murex crtspus (Brod.), Bunker, Novitat. Concliol. p. 125, pi. 42. figs. 1, 2. — M. aduncospinoms, sp. n., Bunker, ibid. p. 126, pi. 42. figs. 3, 4. Locality unknown ; very near to M. trunculus (L.), Murex hidalgoi, sp. n., Crosse, Journ. Conch, xvii. p. 408, West Indies. — M^irex pazij sp. n., Crosse, 1. c. p. 183, West Indies. Murex troscheli (Lischke), from Nangasaki, Lischke, Moll. Jap. p. 40, pi. 1. figs, 1, 2 5 M. sinensis (Reeve), from Japan, larger than usual, Lischke, ibid. p. 43. Murex foveolatus, sp. n.. Pease, Am. Joum. Conch, v. p. 83, pi. 8. fig. 3, La Paz, Gulf of California. Typhis tetrapterus (Bronn) found gregarious on seaweed in the Gulf of Spezia. It appears to change its locality according to the season of the year, retiring in the cold season to deeper places. Caramagna, Bull. Mai. Ital. ii. pp. 108-170. Trophon muricatus (Mont.)=i^<5ws cancellatuSy Bivona, cchinatus (Phil.), and 2’. carinatus orifC) —vaginatus calcar (Scacchi), both in the Mediterranean. Tiberi, Bull. Mai. Ital. ii. p. 263. JJrosalpinx Jloridana, sp. n., Conrad, Am. Joum. Conch, v. p. 100, pi. 12. fig. 4, Tampa Bay. \JEuplem'a^ Ranella (subgenus Eupleura) tampaensis (Conrad, as Murex, 1846), figured by the author. Am. Journ. Conch, v. p. 106, pi. 12. f. 6. [It has been proved by the radula that Eupleura does not belong to Ranella, but to the Muricidce ; therefore Conrad’s first view was the most correct.] PURPURIDiE. According to the researches of Prof. Troschel, the radula of this family is very similar to that of the Muricidee. In the re- stricted genus Purpura the median plate is longer than broad, five-toothed, the median tooth hollow. lopas has a similar radula, but the median tooth has a longitudinal fissure. In Stramonita the median plate is broader than long, and the me- dian tooth projects more than the others ; the number of teeth is variable, but only three are large. Thais and Tribulus are, with regard to the radula, not essentially different from Stramo- nita. In Polytropa, including Trochia (Swains.) and Cronia (Ad.), the median plate is also broader than long, and has five larger teeth. Purpura haustrum (Martyn) belongs, as far as its radula is concerned, to Polytropa, P. chocolatum (Duclos) to Stramonita, Chorus xanthostoma (Brod.) to the Muricidm. The author describes and figures the radula of the following spe- cies : — Purpura patula (L), lopas sertum (Lam.), Stramonita chocolatum (Buclos), jloridana (Conrad), hicostalis (Lam.), undata (Lam.), hcemastoma (L.), rus- tica (Lam.), hlainvillii (Besh.), consul (Chemm.), Thais nodosa (L.), Tribulus 1869. [vol. VI.] 2 p 538 ZOOLOGICAL LITERATURE. deltoides (Lam.), hiiypocastanum (Lam.), x^ica (Blainv.), mancinella (L.), hitiibercularis (Lam.), Polytropa lapillus (L.), dubia (Krauss), and hau&trum (Martyn). Gebiss der Schnecken, ii. pp. 124-132, pi. 12. figs. 1-20. Purpura cassidifurmis (P\Mnv.)=xaiithostoma (Brod.), and perhaps =Py- rtda ochroleuca (Menke, Philippi), from southern and northern Chile. Mar- tens, Mai. Bliitt. xvi. pp. 219 and 221. — P. barcinonensis (Hidalgo) is a variety oihcemastoma (L.). Petit, Catal. Moll. Eur. p. 273. Purpura bronni (Bunker), Lischke, Moll. Jap. p. 63, pi. 5. fig. 17 ; P. cla- viyera (Kiister), Lischke, ibid. p. 64, pi. 5. figs. 12-14 j P. tumulosa (Reeve), ibid. p. 56, pi. 6. figs. 16, 16. Pticinula arac^wo/c?es,Lam.,var.,P. (Blainv.), from Japan. Lischke, ibid. p. 67. Concholepas. Its dentition, Macdonald, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. iii. p. 116, pi. 13. f. 18. Purpura lepas {Oime\.)=i Concholepas peruviana (Lam.). There are two varieties: a, Kiener, fig. Q6— Purpura (Blainv. 1832) = C. oblonya (Reeve), from the Magellan Straits and Chile j and /3. imbricata (Kiister) =peruviana of Reeve, from Peru, Bolivia, and perhaps the west coast of Mexico. Martens, Mai. Bliitt. xvi. p. 219. Rapana bezoar (L.), with its varieties Purpura venosa (Val.) and R. tho- masiana (Crosse), from Japan. Lischke, Moll. Jap. p. 61. Coralliopkila coronatay sp. n., II. Adams, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1869, p. 272, pi. 19. fig. 4, Mauritius. Mayilus antiqtms (Montf.). No radula could be found by Ileynemann. Nachrichtsbl. mal. Gesellsch. i. p. 82. Buccinid^. Buccinum fusiforme (Kien.) found at Martigues in Soutliern Franco. Petit, Catal. Moll. Eur. p. 278. Buccinumy sp. indeterm, [probably undaturn']. Its dentition, Macdonald, Ann. &L Mag. Nat. Hist. iii. p. 116, pi. 13. fig. 9. [Neptunea\ Fusiis projnnquus (Alder). It occurrence on the coast of France denied by Tasl^, Act. Acad. Rochelle, 1868 (Jomn. Conch, xvii. p. 302). Pusus (Sij)honorbis) lachesisy ebur, and togatuSy spp. nn., Morcli, Journ. Conch, xvii. pp. 397-399; and in Petit, Catal. Moll. Eur. pp. 274, 276, from Greenland ; the last allied to F. propinqims. Fusus berniciensis (King). Only dead and much injured shells have been found on the west coast of France; F. fornicatus (Fabr.) is figured in Reeve’s monograph as var. b of despeclusy and has been found at Spitzbergen and Iceland ; F. holbollii (Moller) is perhaps a large variety of propinquus (Alder) ; F. krdyeri (Moller) = arcticus (Pliilippi) from Spitzbergen ; F. spitzberyiensis (Reeve, Voy. of Sutherland) allied to F. lividus (Morch), from Newfoundland. Petit, Catal. Moll. Eur. pp. 276-278. F%isus nodosoplicatusy var., and F. inconstans (Lischke) described by Lischke, Moll. Jap. pp. 33-36 ; the latter figured, pi. 2. figs. 1-6. Siphonalia kcllettii (Forbes) and cassidaricefonnis (Reeve, as Buccinum)y from Japan. Lischke, 1. c. pp. 38, 30, pi. 3. figs. 3, 4, and pi. 4. figs. 1-10. Euthria viridula (Bunker), Lischke, 1. c. p. 39, pi. 6. figs. 5, 6, Japan. MOLLUSCA. 539 Pallia leucozona ( Phil, as Buccinnm) figured by Appelius, Bull. Mai. Ital. ii. pi. 4. fig. 3. Phos scnticosumf var. data, Issel, Malacol. mar. ross. p. 127, Gulf of Alcaba. Engina nadulosa, sp. n., Pease, Am. Journ. Conch, v. p. 71, pi. 8. fig. 11, Ebon isl., Polynesia. — E. lineata (Reeve), var. maculata, Pease, ibid. p. 70, pi. 8. fig. 12, Apaian isl., Polynesia. Cyrtulus (Hinds). Its dentition figured ; type of a new family, Cyj'tulidce, which will include also certain species of Emus, for example, F. raphanus (Lam.) Macdonald, Ann. k Mag. Nat. Hist. iii. p. 115, pi. 13. fig. 5. Busycon eliceans (Montfort) = B. gihhosum (Conrad) = Pyrula aruana (Reeve). Conrad, Am. Journ. Conch, v. pp. 104 and 100. Fulgur carica and Sycotypus canoliculatus. The ovicapsulae are described at length by Perkins. Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. 1809, Oct. [Known for a long time through Lis ter, Ellis, &c.] Nassid^e. AW a groove similar to that of Sipho?iaria. E. {Siphonella) arconatii, sp. n., Issel, Malac. mar. ross. p. 232, Gulf of Acaba. [This subgenus seems to be iden- tical with Suhemarginula (Blainv.).] CYCLOBRANCHIATA. TECTURIDiE. [Tectura] Acmcea testudinalis (Miill.), eonuhis (Bunker), and schrenckii (Lischke), fi-om Japan, described by Lischke, Moll. Jap. pp. 105-109 j the last figured on pi. 8. figs, 1-4. Lepetid^e. The characters of this family are, according to W. H. Ball, Am. Joum. Conch. V. pp. 140-150: — Branchiae nonej eyes none; rostrum provided with labial tentacles j dental formula I I’hachidian tooth rhomboidal, cus?- pidate, laterals slender, cuspidate : shell patelliform. The genera are the following ; — Lepeta, Gray, 18^7,= Crgptobranchia, Middendorff, pars,==JV-o;n7w/ii«wi, Gray, not Forbes & Hanley, =iWJmw2, Stimps., not Forbes & Ilanl., or Middend. Subgenus Lepeta, Ball ex Gray. Apex erect ; rhachidian tooth tricuspid, the middle cusp ” much larger j lateral teeth simply cuspidate. X. cceca (Miill., as Patella) = Candida (Couthouy, also as Patella), Norway, Fjnmark, Greenland, Nova Scotia, and Grand Menan, pi. 15. fig. 1 (dentition, young and adult shell). Subgenus Crxjptdbranchia, Ball ex Middend. Apex inclined anteriorly; rhachidian tooth with three nearly equal denticles ; uncini broadly hooked. O. concentrica (Midd., as variety of P. ccecd)-=.L. ccecoides (Cooper), Ochotsk Sea, Behring Sea, Unalaschka, Puget Sound, California, pi. 15. fig. 2 (den- tition and animal) ; Cv. alba, sp. n., pi. 15. fig. 3, Seniavine Strait and Plover Bay, East Siberia ; Cr. ? instabilis, sp. n., pi. 15. fig. 6, Sitka, shell only known. Pilidium (Forbes, 1849, not Middend.) = (Gray). P. fidvum (Miill.), pi. 15. fig. 4 (dentition and shell) ; Patella nibella (0. Fabr.) appears to bo a coarser and paler variety. Tectura (M.-Edw.) and Acmeea (Eachsch.) are identical ; Lottia (Sow.)== MOLLUSCA. ' 657 Scurria (Orb.), differs from the LeiJetidm ; Sc, mitra (Eschsch.), pi. 16. fig. 6 (dentition, shell, and soft parts). Patellid.®. . Patella toreuma (Reeve), amussitata (Reeve), and nigrolineata (Reeve), sac- charina (L.), with a variety = lanx (Reeve), and P. pentagona (Born ?, Reeve), all from Japan, described by Lischke, Moll. Jap. pp. 109-114; the first and third are figured on pi. 8. figs. 12-16, and figs. 6-11. ' Patella articulatay its variations. Martens in v. d. Decken’s Reisen in Ost- Afrika, iii. p. 65. Patella mytilina (Helbling, Vn^t^—cymhularia (Lam.), Martens, Mai. Blatt. xvi. p. 236. Cellana is a new subgenus of Nacella, conical, with the apex subcentral. ■N. (C.) cernica, sp. n., Adams, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1869, p. 273, pi. 19. fig. 7, Mauritius. [The distinctness from a true Patella is not apparent.] Chitonidaj. W. Marshall describes the macroscopical and microscopical structure of the valves, particularly a system of chantiels within the second principal or tegment stratum. He observes that the liver of the Chitons has the same structure as that of Crus- tacea ; but comes to the conclusion that they belong really to the Mollusca, forming a separate division of the same value as the Nudibranchs, Cyclobranchs, &c., being even more nearly allied to the first than to the second of these divisions. Archives Neerlandaises des Sciences Exactes et Naturelles, vol. iv.pp. 328- 341, pi. 5. Chiton affinis, sp. n., figured in the Rescript, de TEgypte, pi. 3. figs. 8 &9, named and described by Issel, Malac. mar. ross. p. 234, Suez. Allied to Ch. sicidus (Gray). TECTIBRANCHIATA. Bullidas. , Cylichna villiersi and mongii described by Issel, Malac. mar. ross. p. 170, Red Sea. — Cylichna^ sp. n.?, Tapparone, Atti Soc. Ital. iii. p. 406, Spezzia. [^Cylichna’] Bulla rohagliana, sp. n.^ Fischer in Berchon, Fonds de la Mer, p. 160, pi. 23. fig. 2, Gulf of Gascony. Tomatina oliveeformis, sp. n., figured in Descript, de TEgypte, pi. 6. fig. 26, ,and T. pusilla, sp. n., both from the Red Sea. Issel, l.c. pp. 170-172; the latter figured on pi. 1. fig. 15. Utriculm globosus (Lov<5n, ns Amphisphyra), from Magnus Bay, in 60-80 ^fathoms, Jeffreys, Brit. Conchol. v. p. 223, pi. 102. fig. 8. Atys. The monograph of this genus is continued by Sowerby in Reeve’s Conchologia Tconica, from plate 2, species 6, to plate 6, species 30. New are : — guildinii [guildmgii], pi. 6. fig. 26, St. Vincent, and attenuata [-ws], pi. 6. fig. 29, locality unknown. Bulla {Atys) cylindrica. This name was first given by Helbling. Martens, Mai. Blatt. xvi. p. 236. 558 ZOOLOGICAL LITEIIATUHB. Aty^ costulosd, sp. n., Pease, Am. Joum. Conch, v. p. 73, Oahu. Aplustnim goiddii (Couthouy), Massachusetts, thalassiarchi (Martini) = Bulla aplustre (L.), Mauritius, and dehile (Gould), United States, figured by Sowerby in Reeve’s Oonchologia Iconica, vol. xvi. Apl. pi. 1. Aker a suhanyuluta (Moller), Greenland, tumidu (A. Adams), New Zealand, hanleyt (A. Ad.), Zetland, soluta (Chemn.), Zanzibar and Philippines, hicincta (Qvoy & Gaimard), New Holland, hullata (Miill.), Denmark, and tenuis (A. Ad.), Torres Straits, figured in Reeve’s Oonchol. Icon. vol. xvi. Akera, pi. 1. Bidla cnnspersaj sp. n,, Pease, Am. Journ. Conch, v. p. 72, pi. 8. fig. 9, Mar- quesas Islands [near media (Philippi)]. Haminea suhpellucida^ sp. n., H. Adams, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1869, p. 275, pi. 19. fig. 13, Lisbon. \_Haminea~\ Bulla dilatata (Leach) and B. elegans (Leach) =folliculus (Menke), both distinct from B. hydatis (L.), and European. Petit, Catal. Moll. Eur. p. 267. Philine vaillanti is a new name for Bullcea angasi of Vaillant, in Joum. Conch. 1865, which is distinct from the true angasi (Crosse & Fischer). Issel, Malac. mar. ross. p. 166. Lophocercidas. Oxyno'e delicatida, sp. n., G. & H. Nevill, Journ. As. Soc. xxxviii. 2. p. 67, pi. 13. fig. 5, Ceylon. Oxyno'e (Raf.) = Icarus (Forbes) = Lophocercus (Krohn) j the other known species of this genus are mentioned, p. 66. Lohiger viridis, sp. n., G. & II. Nevill, 1. c. p. 68, pi. 13. fig. 6, Ceylon. Volvatella cincta, sp. n., G. & H. Nevill, 1. c. p. 67, pi. 13. fig. 4, Ceylon. Also the colours of the living animal are shortly described. Cylindrobulla sculpta un^pusilla, spp. nn., G. & II. Nevill, 1. c. p. 68, pi. 13. figs. 2 & 3, Ceylon. Aplysiidas. Dolabella gigas (Rang), elongaia^ sp. n., Seychelles, rmnphii (Cuv.), ccau- data (Rang), taremidi (Rang), and guaya(piilensis (Petit ?). The sliells are figured by Sowerby in Reeve’s Conchologia Iconica, vol. xi. Dolab. pis. 1, 2. Dolabrifera vitrceUy sp. n., Fiji Islands, sowerbyi (Guilding), (Pease), cuvieri (H. & A. Adams), marmorea (Pease), ascifera (Rang), and olivacea (Pease). The shells are figured by Sowerby in Reeve’s Conchologia Iconica, vol. xvi. gen. Dolabrifera (1868). Aplysia (L.). Sowerby ’s monograph in Reeve’s Conchologia Iconica, vol. xvii. contains on 10 plates the shells of the following 48 species : — giyantea^ sp. n., pi. 1. fig. 1, Swan River; keraudreni (Rang), camelus (Cuv.), petersoni (Sow.), tigrina (Rang), dcpilans (L.), dactylomela (Rang), excavata^ sp. n., pi. 3. fig. 8, Port Jackson ; protea (Rang), ocellata (Orb.), triyma, sp. n., pi. 4. fig. 11 ; Jimbriata (Adams & Reeve), hyalina, sp. n., pi. 3. fig. 13, Port Jackson ; sandwicensis, sp. n., pi. 3. fig. 14, Sandwich Islands ; 9iigra (Orb.), japonica, sp. n., pi. 4. fig. 16, Japan ; fasciata (Poiret), orientalis, sp. n., pi. 5. fig. 18, Chinese seas; guadaloupensis, sp. n., pi. 5. fig. 19, Guadaloupe;yw?/a«a (Quoy), marmorata (Blainv.), anguilla (Cuming, MS.), pi. 6. fig. 22, locality unknown ; rosea (Rathke) [the locality, “ West Indies,” is perhaps an error; Rathke observed his species on the coast of Norway], concava (Sow.), macu- lata (Rang), lurida (Orb.), incrus [inca'] (Orb.), sinensis, sp. n., pi. 7. fig. 29, MOLLUSCA. 659 Cliinese seas ; hrasiliana (Rang), sydneyensis, sp. n., pi. 7. fig. 81, Sydney ; les- 80711 (Rang), fei'ussaci (Rang), gra7idis (Pease), a7igasi, sp. n., pi. 8. fig. 86, Port Jackson ; so7-ex (Rang), quadi'uta (Sow.), from Algiers; swxilis, sp. n., pi. 9. fig. 38, locality unknown ; suhquadx'ata (Gould) *, coxmigei'a^ sp. n., pi. 9. fig. 40, Philippines; qxunctata (Cuv.), no7'folkmsiSj sp. n., pi. 10. tig. 42, Nor- folk Island ; I'angiaifia (Orb.), vulgaris (Blainv.), margmata (Blainv.), loTigi- co7'7iis (Rang), imguifej'a (Rang), yetalifera (Rang). Aplysia pxmctata, British, and A, depilans, at Guernsey, Jeffreys, Brit. Con- chol, V. pp. 2-8 ; the first figured on pi. 1. fig. 1. PlEUROBRANCHIDA5. Pleuroh‘a7%chus. Sowerby figures in Reeve’s Conchologia Iconica, vol. xvii., the shells of the following few x—plumula (Montagu), permiii (Cuv.), aurardiacus (Risso), memh7'a7iaceus (Montagu), pcrforatus (Philippi), pata- gonicxls (Orb.), ciirinus (Riippell), and hi'evifrons (Philippi). Pl€U7'oh7'a7ichus memh7'anaceus and plumida fully described by Jeffreys, Brit. Conchol. V. pp. 0-14 ; the latter figured on pi. 1. fig. 2. Plmrobranchm ohlongus (Audouin) described only from the figure in the Rescript, de I’Egypte, pi. 3. fig. 1, by Issel, Malac. mar. ross. p. 103. RuNClNIDiE. Runcma hancocki (Forbes), Jeffreys, Brit. Conchol. v. p. 16, pi. 1. fig. 3. NUDIBRANCHIATA. In Jeffrey’s British Conchology this order has been worked out by the late J. Alder, one of the authors of the well-known Monograph of the British Nudibranchiata ; it contains not only a condensed abstract from that larger work, but also numerous additions. We shall mention here only those species which are not described in the Monograph.’^ Pleurophyllidia loveni (Bergh), the only British species. Jef* freys, Brit. Conchol. v. p. 17, pi. 1. fig. 4. P leurophyllidia formosa (Kelaart, as Diphyllidia) from Ceylon, externally and anatomically fully described by R. Bergh, Verb, zool.-bot. Gesellsch. 1869, pp. 225-244, pis. 1-3. Rud. Bergh has published a very elaborate and valuable monograph of this family. He describes first the anatomical and morphological characters, chiefly from Phyllidia varicosa (Lam.), and comes to the conclusion that this family is, in shape of body as well as in the majority of the anatomical pecu- ' Rarities, allied to the Dorididan, and amongst them especially to the genus Doridopsis (Aid. and Hanc.) . The family is, as far as we now know, restricted to the western part of the Pacific and the great Indian Ocean to the Red Sea. The genera and species are the following : — * Dr. Gould never published this species. It is not distinct from tata (Guv.). Note by G. Tryon, Am. Journ. Conch, v. p. 222< 560 ZOOLOGICAL LITERATURE. • Fhyll{dia (Gu\.). , Dorsal tubercles elongate and confluent j vent dorsal j pliarjnx symmetrical. Ph, varicosa (Lsim.) = tr{lmeata (Ouv.), Indian Seas and Western Pacific, observed from Mauritius to New Ireland, pp. 499-504, pi. 14-18a j Ph. arabica (Ehrenberg), Red Sea, pp. 604-500 ) Ph. ele(/ans, sp. n., Philippines, p. 606, pi. 18 b, 19 j Ph. ocellata (Cuv.), Timor, p. 608. Ph. annulata (Gray), Lord Hood’s Island, and Ph. ceylonica (Kelaart), Ceylon, could not be examined by the author, p. 609. Phyllidiella, gen. nov. Dorsal tubercles rounded and disposed in quincunx j vent dorsal 3 pharynx asymmetrical. Ph. pmtulosa (Cuv.), Philippines, Am- boyna, Timor, pp. 610-512, pi. 20-24 a j Ph. alboniyra (Quoy and Gaimard), island of Tonga, p. 512 j Ph. nobilis, sp. n., Philippines, pp. 612-614, pi. 24 b. Ft'yeria (Gray). Dorsal tubercles as in Phyllidiella j vent between back and foot at the hinder end of the median line. F. r 'uppellii^Phyllidia y us-- Udosa of Ruppoll, but not of Cuvior=i'V. pustulosa (Gray), Rod Sea, p. 514. Crimora papillutu (AIClqv ixnd Hancock), Guornsoy. Jofl'roys, Brit. Cou- chol. Y. p. 74. Hero formosa (Lov^n), Northumberland and Frith of Clyde. Jeffreys, Brit. Conchol. v. p. 63. Lomanotus portlandicus (Thomps.), Weymouth. Jeffreys, ibid. p. 65. Doto cuspidata (Alder and Hancock), JetiVeys, Brit. Conchol. v. p. 61, Shetland, in 75-80 fathoms. Eolis grossidaria and E. cohspersaj spp. nn., Fischer, Journ. Conch, xvi. pp. 6 & 7, Bassiu d’Arcachon, South-western France. Eolis adelaidce (Thomps. ), Weymouth, Jeffreys, 1. c. p. 65. Embletonia minuta (Forbes and Goodsir), Jeffreys, /. c. p. 36. Embletonia grayi, sp. n., Kent, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1869, p. 109, pi. 8, Victoria Docks, London, in hMf-salt water, feeding upon Cordylophora. — It is nearly allied to E. pallida (Alder and Hancock), which lives in the Baltic, Mobius, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. iii. p. 247. Elysia viridis, Jeffreys, Brit, Conchol. v. p. 31, pi. 1. fig. 6. . Limapontia nigra (Johnst.), Jeffreys, Brit. Conchol. p. 28, pi. 1, fig. 6 (copied from Meyer and Mobius) j L. depressa (Alder and Hancock), Sun- derland and Swansea. Ibid. p. 29. Act \ax, albopicta, Martens, ibid. p. 66, pi. 1, fig. 3, Easterg Africa. Several varieties of the same species are figured by Pfeiffer, Novitat. iii. p. 499, pi. 108. figs. 1-6. . • . Nanina plicatula^ sp, n.. Martens, Nachrichtsbl. mal. Gesellsch. i. p. 149, Zanzibar j it is allied to N, jenynsi and mossambicmais. Nanim (^Rotula) arata, sp. n., Blanford, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1869, p. 448, Ava, a smaller variety in Yunan j allied to N. climacterica (Bens.). Trochomorpha tuber^ sp. n., Mousson, Journ. Conch, xvii. p. 334, XJpolu, Samoa , Islands. — rT, mbti'ochi/ormis, u.j = trochiformis of Gould, not F^russac. Mousson, ibid. p. 335, pi. 14. fig. 6, Samoa Islands. Helix (Trochojnorpha) deiopeia and eudoi'a, spp. nn., Angas,Proc. Zool. Soc. 1869, pp. 46, 47, pi. 2. figs. 4 & 8, Solomon Islands and New Georgia. — H. (T.)fessonia, sp. n., Angas, ibid. p. 626, pi. 48. fig. 7, Kantava, Fiji Islands. . Helix. (Sivella) pei'compressa, sp. n., Blanford, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1869, p. 448, Ava. [^Zonites] Helix crypta (Parr,). Pfeiffer, Novitat. iii. p. 450, pi. 99. figs. 1-3, Dalmatia. Zonites (subgenus JBgopis) newberryana (Binney) and cidtellata (Thomson), California, , Binney & Bland, /. c. pp. 282, 283. Zonites (subgenus Omphalina) kopnodes [capnodes'\ (Binn.), fidiginosa {Griff.), . caJwca friabilis (Binn.), Icevigata . (Jdiv.), subplana (Binn.), inornata (Say), sculptilis (Bland), and elliotti (Bedfield). Binney & Bland, /. c. pp. 284-291. Hyalina draparnaldii. On its occurrence in several places in North Ger- many, its differences from eellaria (Miill.), and its synonymy, see 0. Reinhardt, Nachrichtsbl. mal. Gesellsch. i. pp. 49, 50, 78-80. The same species found at Hamburg by C. Wessel, ibid. p. 185 j and at Augsburg, identified with Alton’s H. nitens, by Clessiu, ibid. ii. 1870, p. 105. — Observations on the same species by Dubrueil, Cat. Moll. H<5rault, 2nd. ed. p. 87. . ^ \^Hyalina\ Zonites herculeus (Rambur) described and figured by Rambur, Joiim. Conch, xvii. p. 262, pi. 9. fig. 7, Monaco. , Hyalina cetinoidea (Anthony), eellaria (Miill.), nitida (Miill.), whitneyi (Newcomb), arborea (Say), viridula (Menke), indentata (Say), limatula (Ward), duranti (Newcomb), minuscula (Binney), milium (Morse), binneyana (Morse),/m'aa (Morse), conspecta (Bland), exigua (Stimpson), fc/’eztJeri (New- comb), and ch&i'sinella (Dali.) are described and figured (many from au- thentic specimens), by Binney & Bland, 1. c. pp. 26-43. Several of the so-called genera which have been proposed by Morse are hero reunited with Hyalina. [Hyalina'} Helix cuzcana^ sp. n., Philippi, Mal. Bliitt. xvi. p. 37, and Pfeiffer, Novitat. iii. p. 476, pi. 102. figs. 23, 24, Cuzco, in Peru. Hyalina (subgenus Mesomphix) intertexta (Binn.), ligera (Say), demissa .(Binney), and capsella (Gould). Binney & Bland, Land- and Freshwater Moll. N. Amer. pp. 43-46. . Qastrodonta ensifera, sp. n., Mousson, Journ. Conch, xvii. p. 328, pi. 14. •fig. 2, Samoa Islands. Hyalina (subgenus Gastrodonta) lasmodon (Phillips), interna (Say), midti- -dentata (Binney), signi/icans (Bland), and ? lineata (Say). Binney & Bland, L c. pp. 49-53. MOLLUSCA. 565 Hyalina (subgetius Ventridens) gularts (Say) and suppressa (Say) through-* out the United States. Binney & Bland, 1. c. pp. 292-294. ^ Hyalina (subgenus Conulus) fulva (Drap.) =c/ier5m« (Say) from Great Slave Lake to Texas and Florida, fahricii (Beck), Greenland, and gundlacTiii (Pfr.), Florida. Binney & Bland, 1. c. pp. 46-48.— With regard to H. gundlachiy see above under Guppy a. ( Ccmulus samoensis (Mouss.) and ceroconus (Mouss.) transferred from the^ genus Nanina to Conulus by Mousson, Joum. Conch, xvii. p. 331. \_Sagda'] Helix alveare (Pfr.), Pfeiffer, Novitat. iii. p. 606, pi. 108. figs. 32,- 33, Jamaica. Macrocyclis concava (Say), Canada to Georgia, mncouverensis (Lea), spor- tclla (Gould), and voyana (Newcomb), West Coast of N. America. Binney & Bland, pp. 63-68. Odontognatha (including Aulacognatha). Avion (subgenus Loched) foliolatus (Gould), Puget Sound. Binney & Bland, 1. c. p. 277. Avion (subgenus Pvolepis) fuscus (Mull.) introduced. Binney & Bland, /.c. p. 275. Avion Jlavus (Miill.), British. Jeffreys, Brit. Conch, v. p. 163. Aviolimax columhianus (Gould), Oregon and California. Binney & Bland, 1. c. pp. 278-280. Geomalacus (Alim.). A review of the known species and a description of the radula and jaw, which resemble those of Avion and of the true Helix, are given by Heynemann, Nachrichtsbl. mal. Gesellsch. i. pp. 166-168, pi. 1., fig. 1. Geomalacus maciilosus (Allman) described by Jeffreys, 1. c. p. 164. Geomalacus vendeanus, sp. n., Letoumeux, Beviie et Mag. Zool. 1869, p. 63, Fontenay-le-Comte, Vendee. Binney a notahilis (J. G. Cooper), California,* Binney & Bland, 1. c. p. 67. Helix, a. European species : — \_Cavacollina'\ Helix hoscce, sp. n., Hidalgo, Journ. Conch, xvii. p. 20, pi. 2, fig. 1, Valencia, Spain. \Fvuticicola'\ Helix vufescens (Penn.). Its anatomy given from specimens from Stuttgart by Lehmaun, Mal. Blatt. xvi.pp. 196-198, with a woodcut. \^Fruticicola'\ Helix hecasis (Rambur) described and figured by Rambur, Joum. Conch, xvii. p. 261, pi. 9. fig. 3, Southern France. — H. glabella (Drap.) ^telonensis QIL\iird)=lavandulce (Bourg.), found atBrian9on and Digne, and described by Rambur, ibid. pp. 266-269. Helix gallopvmmcialis (Dupuy) is acknowledged to be a species distinct from H. cantiana on account of rather slight anatomical diflferences. Bubrueil Catal. Moll, de l’H^rault,p. 90. Helix ovsinii (Porro) redescribed with its varieties, and figured by N. Tiberi in his notes on the shells of the Abruzzi, Bullett. mal. Ital. ii. pp. 66-68, pi. 3. figs. 9-11. Helix mavtensiana, sp. n., Tiberi, 1. c. p. 68, pi. 3. figs. 3-6, Abruzzi. Said to be allied to H. fvuticum (Miill.). Helix vendeana, sp. n., Letoumeux, Revue et Mag. Zool. 1869, p. 60, Fon- 566 ZOOLOGICAL LlTEItATURE, tenay-le-Comte, Vendee. IntermtSdiaire entre les Helix hisjnda et con- cinna.'' ’ [XtropAi/a] Helix ehusitanttf sp. n., Hidalgo, Journ. Conch, xvii. p. 19, Ivica. Helix iberica is a now name for mirandce (Rambur, not Lowe), given by Rambur, Journ. Conch, xvii. p. 264, pi. 0. fig. 6, allied to intersecta (Mich.) [and variabilis (l)rap.)] ; H. madritemis (Rambur) and diniensis (Rambur), both allied to caperata (Montagu), and H, to'veri (Mich.), described and figured by Rambur, 1. c. pp. 256-2G0, and 263, pi. 9. figs. 2, 4, & 6 : H. vestita (Ram- bur) described, ibid. p. 259. Helix rugosiuscula (Mich.) distinguished as species from H. paladilhi (Bourg.) by Dubrueil, Catal. Moll, de I’Herault, p. 91. Helix variabilis (Drap.). On its variability, Dubrueil, ibid. p. 93. Helix bathyomphala (Charp.) described and figured by Tiberi, Bullett. mal. Ital. p. 70, pi. 3. figs. 5 & 6, Abruzzi. Helix spadce (Calcara, — Candida (Cosi^=destituta (Charp.) = (Villa). Tiberi, ibid. p. 71, Abruzzi. Helix dragovichi (Pfr.), Pfeiffer, Novitat. iii. p. 605, pi. 108. figs. 25-27, Asia Minor, \_Xerophila?'] Helix zelebori (Pfr.), Pfeiffer, Novitat. iii. p. 604, pi. 108. figs. 19-24, Servia. [^Campylcea'] Helix imularisy sp. n., Crosse & Debeaux, Journ. Conch, xvii. p, 61, Corsica, 1200 metres above the sea, looking as if it were a pale-coloured variety of H. raspailii (Payr.) ; but the authors say that the animal is dif- ferent. Helix faustina and cingulella (Ziegl.) fi*om the Carpathian Mountains j on the variations of the first, including nearly H rosstndssleri (Pfr.), and on the affinity of the second to H, preslii (Schmidt), see Martens, Nachrichtsbl. mal. Gesellsch. i. pp. 118-120. Helix cingulata (Stud.), var. carrarensis (Poito), and var. philippi-marice (Stabile), at Carrara. Bull, malac. Ital. ii. p. 31. Helix gobanzi (Frauenfeld), Pfeiffer, Novitat. iii. p. 460, pi. 99. figs. 4-9, Southern Tyi’ol. — Helix chameleon (Parr.), Pfeifler, ibid. p. 461, pi. 99. figs. 10-13, Carinthia. — Helix subzonata (Mousson), Pfeiffer, ibid. p. 497, pi. 107. figs. 10, 11, Cephalonia. [Macularia'\ Helix monacensis (Rambur) fully described and figured by Rambm’, Journ. Conch, xvii. p. 252, pi. 9. fig. 1, allied to punica (Morelet), found in shell-sand at Monaco, Liguria, with other recent species of land- snails. [iieras] Helix cenesimensis, sp. n., Crosse & Debeaux, Journ. Conch, xvii. p. 63, pi. 5. fig. 7, Corsica ; [too nearly] allied to serpentina (F^r.). [Tacheal Helix nemoralis and hortensis. Some remarks on their distribu- tion in Northern Germany, the former prevailing in gardens, the latter in woods. E. Friedel, Mal. Bliitt. xvi. pp. 29 & 71. Variations in the number of ridges in the jaw of Helix nemoralis from 2 to 9, in H. hortensis and silvatica from 2 to 6 and 6, observed by W. Kobelt, Nachrichtsbl. mal. Gesellsch. i. pp. 132-135. \^Pomatia'\ Helix ligata (Miill.) (Shuttl.), and two new species very nearly allied to it, H. prcetutia, from the Abruzzi, and H. campa?ia, from the Subapennine Hills in Campania, described by N. Tiberi, Bullett. mal. Ital. ii. pp. 116-122 j the last two figured on pi. 3. figs. 12, 13, & 1, 2. M0LLU8CA. 567 b. Species from Northern Asia ' ^ Helix maachi (Gerstfeldt), var., PfeifTor, Novitat. iii. p. 496, pi. 107. figs. 3 & 4. c. African species : — Helix hypocrita, sp. ii., H. hcrtholdiana (Pfr.), H. gorgonarum, sp. n., these three belonging to ; leptostyla, n., belonging to j H. vis-- geriana, sp. n., and fogomsis, sp. n., both belonging to Hemicycla, described, with notes on the colours and varieties of H. advena (Webb) and setia (Albers), by H. Dohrn, Mai. Blatt. xyi. pp. 1-8. These species are from the Cape-Verd Islands. Helix pilifera, sp. n., from Abyssinia, described by E. v. Martens, Mai. Blatt. xvi. p. 209. Helix unidentata (Ohemn.). Several varieties collected at the Seychelles described by E. v. Martens in v. der Decken’s Reisen in Ost-Afrika, vol. iii. pp. 56-68, pi. 1. figs. 4 a-e. \_Ampelita] Helix subsepulcralis (Crosse, 1808), Crosse, Journ. Conch, xvih p. 391, pi. 12. fig. 3, Madagascar. Helix votiva, sp. n., Crosse, Journ. Conch, xvii. p. 422, Madagascar. d. East-Indian species : — Helix (Arionta) elatior (IVIartens) and H. (Corilla) pettos (Martens), Pfeiffer, Novitat. iii. pp. 461, 462, pi. 101. figs. 4-6 and 7-9. \Plectopylis~\ Helix perarcta (Blanf.), from Ava, and karenorum (Blanf.), from Pegu, Pfeiffer, Novitat. iii. pp. 602, 603, pi. 108. ffgs. 13-16 and 16-18. — H. (Plectopylis) andersoni^ sp. n., Blanford, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1809, p. 448, Ava and Yunnan. [Trachid] Helix propinqua (Pfr.), from Poona, Pfeiffer, Novitat. iii. p. 498, pi. 107. figs. 16-17. Helix catostoma, sp. n., Blanford, h c. p. 447, Ponsee in Yunnan. Ampelita {Helix) bigsbyi, sp. n., Tryon, Am. Journ. Conch, v. p. 110, pi. 10. fig. 3, Ajidaman Islands ; allied to unicolor (Pfr.). {Obbd] Helix marginata (Miill.) and sororctda (Martens), and an interme- diate form, are mentioned by E. v. Martens, Mai. Blatt. xvi. p. 87. e. Australian species : — Patula biretrdcta, sp. n., Mousson, Journ. Conch, xvii. p. 67, pi. 4. fig.l, Syd- ney ; allied to sericatida (Pfr.). Helix {Plectotropis ?) howardi, sp. n., Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1869, p. 48, pi. 2. fig. 9, South Australia, 460 miles north of Adelaide. Helix bipaHita (F(5r.). Varieties figured by Pfeiffer, Novitat. iii. pi. 107. figs. 1, 2. Helix informis, sp. n., Mousson, Journ. Conch, xvii. p. 69, pi. 4. fig. 3, Port Mackay, Australia. Near H. fraseri (Gray). Helix cunninghami, var. minor, Rockhampton, and var. eompressa, from Australia,” Mousson, ibid. p. 60. Helix pachystyla (Pfr.), with var, nov, dcemelii, H. pomum (Pfr.), hris, sp. n., dxxdjanellei (Guillou) — pachystyloides (Cox), are described by Martens; they form a remarkable Australian group of Helix. Mai. Blatt^ 568 ZOOLOGICAL LITERATURE. xvi. pp. 77-81. \^n. nigrilalris=^ H. edwardsii, Cox, which latter name has priority.] /. Polynesian species : — [Patula] Helix fabrefacta (Poase), Polynesia, Pfeiffer, Novitat. iii. p. 505, pi. 108. figs. 29-31. Helix ferrieziana (Crosse) fully described by Crosse, Journ. Conch, xvii. p. 27, pi. 1. fig. 4, New Caledonia. Helix cyrene and cymodoce^ spp. nn., Crosse, 1. c, pp. 183, 184, Oceania; ” the first allied to H. eva (Pfr.). Helix incequalis. See above among Agnatha.” Endodonta grceffei^ sp. n., Mousson, Journ. Conch, xvii. p. 332, pi. 1. fig. 3, Upolu, Samoa Islands. Helix lalameif sp. n., Qassies, Journ. Conch, xvii. p. 71, New Caledonia. Helix calliope, alleriana, and peroquiniana, spp. nn., Crosse, Journ. Conch. xvii. pp. 413, 414, New Caledonia. — Helix ouveana, sp. n., Souverbie, ibid, p. 416, New Caledonia. Helix pelewana, sp. n., Mousson, Journ. Conch, xvii. p. 58, pi. 4. fig. 2, Pelew . Islands. The author refers it to the group Chlorcea (Albers), but states that it is obliquely rugulose, like some species of Nanina. Helix (Corasia) rossiteri, sp. n., Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1869, p. 46, pi. 2. fig. 6, Ysabel Island, Solomon group. — H (C.) psyche, sp. n., Angas, ibid, p. 624, pi. 48. fig. 1, New Georgia, Solomon group. Helix {Geotrochus) dampieri and donna-isabellce, sp. n., Angas, l,c. p. 47, pi. 2. figs. 6 & 7, Louisiade and Solomon group. — H, (G.) adonis, ccerulescens \^=,lienardiana, Cox], deidamia meta, Pfr.], hargreavesi, and hermione, spp. nn., Angas, ibid. pp. 624, 625, pi. 48. figs. 4, 6, 3, 2, and 6, Solomon group. g. South- American species : — Helix Guyana (Strobel). Note on its habitat, Pfeiffer, Mai. Blatt. xvi. p. 91. [See Zool. Record, v. p. 481.] [Ophiogyra] Helix decagyra, sp. n., Philippi, Mai. Blatt. xvi. p. 499, and Pfeiffer, Novitat. iii. p. 499, pi. 107. figs. 1^20, Peru. \^Ophiogyra~\ Helix wallisiana, sp. n., Mousson, Mai. Blatt. xvi. p. 171, northern part of South America. , Helix subelliptica, sp. n., group Isomeria (Alb.), from Bugua, Amazon River, 4000 feet above the level of the sea. Mousson, Mai. Blatt. xvi. p. 170. Helix triplicata (Martens), Pfeiffer, Novitat. iii. p. 460, pi. 101. figs. 1-3, group Labyrinthus. [^Solaropsis] Helix incarum, sp. n., Philippi, Mai. Blatt. xvi. p. 36, and Pfeiffer, Novitat. iii. p. 476, pi. 102. figs. 19-21, Cuzco in Peru. Helix quadrivittata, Ecuador, martinezi, Bahia, amanccezensis, Peru, and bcezemis, Ecuador, spp. nn., G. Hidalgo, Journ. Conch, xvii. pp. 410-412. h. Nor th- American species ; — ■ Helix (subgenus Microphysa) vortex (Pfr.), Florida, inamstata (Poey), Texas. Binney & Bland, Land- and Freshwater Shells of N. Am. p. 70 ; embryo of the former figured. MOLLUSCA. 569 Helix (subg'enus Patula) solitaria (Say), ayersiana (Newcomb), strigosa (Gould), alternata (Say), as far north as Labrador, cumherlandiana (Lea), tennistriata (Binn.), cooperi (Binn.), idahoensis persp>ectiva (Say), striatella (Anthony), hornii (Gabb), mazatlanica (Pfr.), and asleriscus (Morse). Binney & Bland, h c. pp. 77-8-3. — JI. mazatlanica (Pfr.), found also at San Francisco. Cooper, Am. Journ. Conch, v. p. 201. Helix haydeniiy sp. n., Gabb, Am. Journ. Conch, v. p. 24, pi. 8. fig. 1, Utah. [This is a strange form, with strong spiral ribs, otherwise somewhat allied to H. cooperiP^ — Helix liemphillii, sp. n., Newcomb, ibid. p. 167, pi. 17. fig. 4, White-Pine Mining-district, at an altitude of 8000 feet. Helix ruderata (Stud.) ?, from Unalaschka, Cooper, 1. c. p. 202. Ammonitella yatesii has been figured as sinistral by oversight. Cooper, 1. c. [see Zool. Becord, v. p. 482], Helix ccecoidcs and H. hlakeana, spp. nn., Tate, Am. Journ. Conch, v. p. 156, pi, 16. figs. 2, 3, Nicaragua. Helix (subgenus Strohila) lahyrinthica (Say), Eastern North America, huh- hardi (Brown), Indiana. Binney & Bland, 1. c. pp. 83-86 ; the internal plaits of the first figured on p. 85. Helix (sul)g(mus Polygyra) auriculata (S(iy),uvidifera (Shiittl.), (Bland), postelliana (Bland), cfipiloca (Ravenel), avara (Say), ventrosula (Pfr.), hindsi (Pfr.), triodontoides (Bland), mooreana (Binn.), tholiis (Binn.), hippocrepis (Vh.)y fastiga)is (SB.j),jacksonii (Bland), troostia?ia (Lea), hazardi (Bland), oppilata (Moricand), only from Yucatan, dorfeuilliana (Lea), acu- tedentata (Binn.), septemvolva (Say), cereolus (Miihlfeld), carpenteriana (Bland), fehigeri (Bland), pustula (Fer,), puskdoides (Bland), and leporina (Gould), from the Southern United States. Binney & Bland, I c. pp. SO- US. Polygyrella is a new subgenus of Helix, discoidal, ribbed above ; two rows of three teeth within the last whorl ; peristome thickened, simple, margins joined by a pliciform elevated triangular plait. Only one species, H. polygy- rella (Bland), Coeur d’Alene Mountains, United States. Bland in Binney & Bland, 1. c. p. 112. Dcedalochila harfordiana, sp. n.. Cooper, Am. Journ. Conch, v. p. 196, Fresus County, California, 6500 feet above the sea. In fonn, size, and um- bilicus closely resembling Helix polygyrella (Bland), thus curiously connect- ing that anomalous species with Dcedalochila. Cooper, ibid. p. 214. Helix (subgenus Stenotrema') spinosa (Lea), labrosa (Bland), edgariana (Lea), edwordsi (Bland), harhigera (Redfield), stenotrema (F(5r.), hirsuta (Say), maxillata (Gould), germana (Gould), monodon (Rackett), with var. fraterna (Say) and var. /mw (Ward). Binney & Bland, 1. c. pp. 113-122. , Helix (subgenus Mesodoti) major (Binn,), albolabris (Say), divesta (Gould), mtdtilineata pennsylvanica (Green), mitchelliana elevata (Say), clarkii (Lea), christyi (Bland), exoleta (Binney), wheatleyi (Bland), dentifera (Binney), reemeri (Pfr.), thyroides (Say), buccidenta (Gould), clausa (Say), Columbiana (Lea), downieana (Lea), jejuna (Say), devia (Gould), profunda (Say), and sayii (Binney, not Wood, who gave no description). Binney & Bland, 1. c. pp. 135-164. Aplodon Columbiana (Lea). Jaw with eight broad ribs. Cooper, Am. Journ. Conch, v. p. 214. Helix (subgemis Triodopsis) palliata (Say), obstricta (Say), appressa (Say), 1869. [voL. VI.] 2 R 570 ZOOLOGICAL LITEIIATUIIE. injiecta (Say), rugeli (Shuttl.)? tridentata (Say), muUani (Bland), fallax (Say), introferens. (Bland), hopetonensis (Shuttl.), vuUuosa (Gould), and loricata (Gould). Binney & Bland, L c. pp. 123-134. Odotropis (Balinesque). This name is preferred to Mesodon (Raf.) by Cooper, Am. Journ. Conch, v. p. 212. \_Odotropis does not mean toothed whorl,” as the author says, but toothed keel,” and therefore can only be meant for a keeled species. It will be better not to disturb the names which are now adopted by a considerable number of conchologists, by introducing mysterious productions of Rafinesque.] Aplodon (Rafinesque), believed to be Helix monodon^ var. leaiiy of recent authors, and proposed to be used for H Columbiana (Lea). Cooper, ibid, p. 213. Helix (aubgenus Acantliimda) ? harpa (Say), New England and British America. Binney & Bland, 1. c. p. 1 50. Helix (subgouua Vallonia) ptdchella (MUll.), from Canada to Nebraska and Florida. Binney & Bland, 1. c. p. 157. Helix (subgenus Fruticicola) hispida (L.) and vufesce7is (Penn.), both intro- duced, bei'landieriana (Moricand) and griseola (Pfr.), Texas. Binney & Bland, 1. c. pp. 158-100. Helix (subgenus Aglaia [better Lysino'e^ A. et II. Adams, the former name being preoccupied]) Jidelis (Gray), infiimata (Gould), hillehrandi (NeAvcomb). Binney & Bland, /. c. pp. 101-lci Helix (subgenus Ariontd) arrosa (Gould), toivnsendiana (Lea), tudicidata (Binney), 7iicldiniana (Lea), r'edimita (Binn.), mtei’cisa (Binn.), exai'ata (Pfr.), reticidata (Pfr.), 7'amentosa (Gould), californiensis (Lea), (New- comb), monnonum sequoicola {H . G. Cooper), iraskii (Newcomb), du- petitthouarsi (Desh.), rujicincta (Newcomb.), gahhi (Newc.), facta (Newc.), kelletti (Forbes), and stearnsiana (Gabb). Binney & Bland, 1. c. pp. 103-177. — Helix anaehoreta (Binney) distinct from arrosa (Gould). Cooper, Am. Journ. Conch, v. p. 213. Helix (subgenus Euparypha) areolata (Sow.), tryo7ii (Newcomb), pandor.) planorhis, heddomei, and convexus^ spp. nn., Blanford, Journ. As. Soc. Bengal, viii. pp. 126-131, pi. 16. figs. 1-3 ; dentition in woodcut p. 131, Travancore, in Southern India. Craspedipoma hesperiemn (Morelot), Azores, costutum (Shuttl.), Palma Island, Canaries, and monizianmn (Lowe), Madeira. Pfeifrer,Novitat.Conchol. iii. pp. 446, 447, pi. 98. figs. 25-27, 28-30, and 31-33. Alyceeus, see Diploxnmatinacca, PUPINEA. Cataulus calcadensis, sp. n., Blauford, Journ. As. Soc, Bengal, xxxviii. p. 137, pi. 16. fig. 18, Calcad Hills, province Travancore, Southern India. 580 ZOOLOGICAL LITERATURE. Diplommatinacea. Diplommatina. J. Macdonald states that the eyes are situated at the outer bases of the tentacleS; as in the Cyclophorid(Bf and that the lingual den- tition agrees with that of the family mentioned j further he points out that the conchological characters of this genus are wider than is generally acknow- ledged, there being dextral and siuistral species, species with and without tooth on the columellar lip, and even species with rudimentary operculum. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. iv. pp. 77-81, pi. 4. tigs. 1-10. [According to this view the genera Paxillus, Palaina, and Moussouia must be merged in Diplom- matina.~\ In many species there is a constriction in the penultimate whorl, but concealed by the peristome. As this genus agrees in the sculpture, want of colour, &c. with AlycceuSf and dilFers therein from the rest of Cyclophoridce, a subfamily, “ Alycceincs,^' is proposed j dentition not yet known. Blanford, Aim. & Mag. Nat. Hist. iii. p. 843. Diplommatina martensi (II. Ad.) found in the Island of Avolau, Fiji Islands. Brazier, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1869, p. 500. Palaina coxi (H. Ad.) found in the pine-forests of Norfolk Island. Brazier, ibid. Opisthostoma 7nacrostoma, sp. n., Blanford, Journ. As. Soc. Bengal, xviii. p. 139, pi. 16. tig. 7, Bramagivi Hills, Malabar,- O. fairbanki (Blanf., tigured on the same plate, tig. G. Alyccms. Dentition of A. vulcani (Blanf.) tigured. Blanford, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. iii. p. 344. Alycceus inyraini (Blanf.), Arakan, and vulcani (Blanf.), Ava. Pfeiffer, Novi tat. Conchol. iii. pp. 448, 449, pi. 98. tigs. 34-36 and 37-39. Cyclostomidas. Cyclotopsis (Blanf.), foot longitudinally divided as in Cyclostoma proper ; operculum resembling that of Choanopoma y Cyclotus conoideus (Plr.) belongs , to Cyclotopsis. Blanford, Ann. «& Mag. Nat. Hist. iii. p. 342. Cyclostoma. Two species, of which one appears to be now, were found on a newly formed island near Mauritius j there is no doubt that they were trans- ported by waves. Robillard, Trans. B. Soc. of Arts and Sciences of Mauri- tius, iii. p. 106. W. H. Pease has published a list of the species of the family Realiea,^* and arrived at conclusions similar to those pub- lished by the Recorder in Mai. Bliitt. ISGT (see Zool. Record, i. p. 239). He states that tlie name Realia (Liarea of Gray) should be restricted to the New-Zealand species, and that a great number of small shells, described by several authors as Hydrocena, do not belong to this genus. He enumerates 6 spe- cies of Realia, 58 of Omphalotropis (a genus with two sections distinguished by the presence or absence of a basal keel), 3 of Scalinella, 4 of Japonia, and 2 of Bourciera. Crosse is right in opposing the arrangement of the last genus with this family. Journ. Conch, xvii. pp. 131-161. Many of the species are figured. MOLLUSCA. 581 Realia ruhens (Quoy and Gaimard). Its dentition described and figured ; it resembles very much that of Chondropoma ; Omplialotropis ought not to be separated from it generically. Blanford, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. iii. p. 341. Omphalotropis pfeifferi (Crosse, 1868), Crosse, Journ. Conch, xvii. p. 396, Lord Howe’s Island, New Hebrides. Pomatim hourguignati, sp. n., Ollastre, Pyr^nees-Orientales ; P. henoiti, sp. n., Sicily ; P. protr actus, sp. n,, Sicily and Southern Italy ; P.paladilhianus, sp. n., Sicily ; P. hispanicus, sp. n., Oviedo ; P. mahillianus^ sp. n., Eaux- bonnes. Hep. Basses-Pyrenees ; P. athmarum, sp. n., Athens ; P. hellenieus, sp, n.. Mount Parnassus, in Greece. St. Simon, Revue et Mag. Zool. 1869, pp, 3-8. The same author enumerates 42 recent species of this genus, ibid. pp. 8-22 ; it extends from the Himalayas through Middle and Southern Europe to the Canary Islands. Five other species are known from tertiary and diluvial strata. Truncatellid.®. Acuialia. Schaufuss in Patel’s Systcme und Cataloge, pp. 16 & 92, sub- stitutes this name [quite unnecessarily] for Acictda (Hartm.), which is said to bo preoccupied. [The Recorder does not know that the name Acicula has been used on any other occasion than by Risso for Achatina acicida^ and this dates from 1826, whilst Hartmann published in 1821. Moreover there are two other generic names for the first species of Acicula^ viz. Acme, Hartm., 1821, and Puptda, Ag., 1837.] Acmella is a new subgenus of Acicula, proposed by Blanford for Hydrocma tersa (Bens.). Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. iii. p. 177, pi. 16. fig. 2. — E. v. Mar- tens thinks that this cannot belong to Acicula, but rather to Assiminea. Mai. Blfitt. xvi. p. 225. Truncatella costulata (R\^s6)=truncatida (Drap.). Spinelli says that this animal lives attached to plants growing on the banks (rive) of channels of brackish water. Catal. Moll. terr. e flum. Venez. p, 24. Truncatella arctecostata, sp. n., Mousson, Journ. Conch, xvii. p. 68, pi. 5. fig. 4, Paumotu Islands. — T. diaphana, sp. n., Gassies, ibid. p. 78, Art Island, New Caledonia. Assiminea5. W. II. Pease has given a list of 31 species probably belonging to Assi- minea, expressing it as his opinion that some others should be referred to Omphalotropis. — Assiminea lucida, sp. n., Anaa Island, Journ. Conch, xvii. pp. 161-166, pi. 7. fig. 10. — Crosse expresses his doubts with regard to the pertinence of A. gallica to this genus, ibid. p. 162, footnote. — Assmiinea nitida figured by Pease, ibid. fig. 11. Ilydrocena tersa (Bens.) belongs perhaps to Assiminea. Martens, Mai. Blfitt. xvi. p. 226. Assiminea gray ana and littorina, Jeflreys, Brit. Conchol. v. pp. 97-102, pi. 4. fig. 1, pi. 97. figs. 6 & 6. Assiminea obeliscus, sp. n., Paladilhe, Rev. et Mag. Zool. 1869, p. 379, pi. 19. figs. 4, 6, from alluvial soil in Algeria [an Assiminea vel Hydrohia ?]. 582 ZOOLOGICAL LITERATURE. Helicinida;:. Helicina nodce (Arango), fully described and figured by Crosse, Journ. Conch, xvii. p. 23, pi. 1. fig. 6, Cuba. Helicina lifouana, sp, n., Crosse, ibid. p. 26, pi. 2. fig. 6, Lifou or Loyalty Island, near New Caledonia. — H. anaensis, sp. n., Mousson, ibid. p. G6, pi. 5. fig. C, Anaa Island, Paumotu group. — II. miltochilaf sp. n., Crosse, ibid, p. 187, “ Oceania ?” — Helicina beryllina (Gould), yBx.Jlavida, Mousson, ibid, p. 357, Samoa Islands. Helicina hocourti^ sp. n., Crosse and Fischer, ibid. p. 251, Central America. Helicina occulta (Say) found alive by E. R. Leland and Prof. McDonald. Am. Journ. Conch, v. p. 118. Hydrocena caledonica, sp. n.. New Caledonia, in a wood, a league from, and about 100 metres above, the sea. Crosse, Journ. Conch, xvii. p. 24, pi. 2. fig- 4. Hydrocena raiatensis, sp. n., Mousson, ibid, p, G7, pi. 6. fig. 6, Eaiatea, Society Islands, is perhaps a variety of II. terehralis (Gould). — H. crosseana and hidalgoi, spp. un., Gassies, ibid. pp. 77, 78, Art Island, New Caledonia. Hydrocena tersa (Bens.). See under Assiminea and Acmella {Truncatel- lidce). 6^eonssa” (Blanf.). The characters of this genus are revised from the living- animal and operculum, by W. Blanford, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. iii. p. 174, pi. 10. fig. 1. E. V. Martens has reviewed this paper, and suggests that Oeorissa is iden- tical with Hydrocena, the diflerences in the position of the eyes and in the lines of the operculum being rather slight, and perhaps due to the different modes of observation ; besides, Hydrocena is in reality not a marine form, but lives in damp places of mountainous regions, just as Georissa. Mai. Blatt. xvi. pp. 223-225. SOLENOCONCH^. Siphonodentalium lofotense (Sars), Jeffreys, Brit. Conchol. v. p. 195, pi. 101. fig. 2. Cadulus subfusifurmis (Sars, as Siphonodentalium). near Unst. Jeffreys, ibid. p. 196, pi. 101. fig. 3. CONCHIFEHA. This class is arranged by C. Recluz in the following manner (Act. Soc. Linn. Bord. xxvii.) : — A. Dimyaires. 1. Ordre Disiphonophores. a. Scoli«§phores. b. Ascoliephores. . 2. Ordre Monosiphonophores. 3. Ordre Asiphonophores. B. Monomyaires. a. Pediferes. b. Sans pied (Ostreidae). MOLLUSCA. 583 INCLUSA, Cuv. (Pholadacea, Ad.). Teredo. The experiments made during ten years by a special commission corroborate tlie fact that impregnation with creosote is tlie only sure means of preserving wood from the attacks of Teredo. E. II. v. Baumhauer, Ar- chives N«5erland. des Sci. exactes et naturelles, iv. pp. I60-I66. Le Juge has written on the boring of Pholas daetylus and exhibited a piece of gneiss perforated by this shell. Transact. R. Soc. of Arts and Sciences of Mauritius, pp. 3 and 9-11. Cxjii.ophura exilis, sp. n., Tryon, Am. Journ. Conch, v. p. 170, pi. 14. fig. 2, St. Croix. Solen curtus (Desmoulins) is a distinct species. R6cluz, Act. Soc. Linn. Bordeaux, xxvii. Solen (^Siliquarid) serresianus, sp. n., B^cluz, 1. c., Cette. Macha divaricata, sp. n., Lisclike, Mai. Blatt. xvi. p. 108, and Moll. Jap. p. 142, pi. 10. figs. 1, 2, Nangasaki. Saxicnva arctica is a circumpolar species, occurring also in Japan. Lischke, Moll. Jap. pp. 124-120. VanopeeapUcata (Montagu) should, perhaps, not be referred to this genua. Petit, Catal. Moll. Eur. p. 244. Mya arenaria (h.)—japonica (Jay) is a circumpolar species, occurring also in Japan. Idschke, Moll. Jap. pp. 138-141. Sphenia is distinct from Mya. Petit, Catal. Moll. Eur. p. 246. Thraeia speciosa, sp. n., Angas, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1869, p. 48, pi. 2. fig. 1 2, Port Jackson. Rupicilla. Schaufuss in Piitel ’s Systeme und Cataloge, p. 18, has sub- stituted this subgeneric name for Rnpicola (Fleurian de Bellevue). Sotdeyetia^ gen. nov., shell inaequilateral ; spoon-like processes directed backwards. S. moulinsii, sp. n., R(5cluz, Act. Soc. Linn. Bordeaux, xxvii., Borneo. CARDIACEA, Cuv. [Veneracea, AA.). Mactrid^. Maetra trnncata. Its differences from suhtruncata are pointed out by Petit, Catal. Moll. Eur. p. 140. Maetra gahbi^ sp. n., Tryon, Am. Journ, Conch, v. p. 170, pi. 16. fig. 7, Lower California. Spissula catilUfor77iis nnd dolabrtformis (Conrad) figured by the author. Am. Journ. Conch, v. pi. 13. fig. 1, and pi. 12. fig. 1. JIa7'vella pacifica (Conrad) figured by the author, 1. c. pi. 12. fig. 2. LutraTiia 7^utalli (Conrad) = (Middendorff)=cflr^a.r (Gould), and L. 77xaxi77ia (Jones')— larga (Reeve), described from Japanese specimens by Lischke, Moll. Jap. pp. 136-138. Tjutra7iia costata, sp. n., Tryon, 1. c. p. 171, pi. 16. fig. 6, Senegal. Lxdraxiia (Rastofiia) 7'ugosa. The name of this species has been given by Helbling. Martens, Mai. Blatt. xvi. p. 236. CceceUa chine7isis (Desh.) from Nangasaki. Lischke, Moll. Jap. p. 133, pi. 10. figs. 6, 6. Tellinid^. Soletellina olivacea (Jay, as PsarxiTtiobia) —japo7iica (Debeaux), described from Japanese specimens by Lischke, Moll. Jap. p. 131. 584 ZOOLOGICAL LITERATUllK. Hiatula nitensy sp. n., Tryon, Am. Journ. Conch, v. p. 171, pi. IG. fig. 9, New Zealand. Sanguinolaria robertsi, sp. n., Tryon, /. c. fig. 8, Philippines. Tellina. Notes on the structure of the shell with reference to the oblique burrows made by these mollusks, by W. von Vest, Verhandl. Siebenbiirg. Verein. f. Naturwiss. xvii. 1806, pp. 29-31. Tellina. Plates 65-58, containing species 323-345, and concluding the monograph of this genus, are published by Sowerby in Reeve’s ‘ Conchologia Iconicaj’ among them the following are new: — T. 6raz^m, fig. 323, Port Jackson ; shanghaensis, fig. 324, Shanghai ; crassiplicatay fig. 332, Sandwich Islands ; semiinflata, fig. 334, politissimay fig. 340, amphidesmoidesy fig. 341, lenticularisy fig. 342, Japan. Others have been previously described by Des- hayes, but are here figured for the first time. Tellina {Macoma) arsino'ensis and ergthrce.ay spp. nn., Issel, Malacol. mar. rosso, p. 69, pi. 1. figs. 3 & 4, Suez. Tellina (Tellinula) fragillimay sp. n., Issel, 1. c. p. 60, pi. 6. fig. 6, Red Sea. Donax hellardiiy sp. n., Tapparone-Canefri, Atti Soc. Ital. Scienze Nat. xii. p. 371, Spezia and Chioggia. Donax laskeyi (Montagu, as Tellina) is a distinct European species j D. brevis (Requien) is the young of D. trunculus (L.). Petit, Catal. Moll. Eur. p. 248. Iphigcnia (Schumacher). A monograph of this genus has boon published by Ed. Romor, in which ho distinguishoa and doscribos tho following species : — lavigata (Ohomn.), Guinea; brasilicnsis (Lam.), with var. I. media (Shuttl.), Brazil and West Indies ; altior (Sow.), west coast of America from tho Gulf of California to Tumbez in Northern Peru ; and 1. rostrata, sp.n., Upper Guinea. Mai. Blatt. xvi. pp. 150-155. Galatea. Sowerby’s monograph of this genus in Reeve’s ^ Conchologia Iconica,’ published in September 1868, contains on six plates 16 species, of which the following are new : — G. biangidatUy pi. 6. fig. 12, and triangularisy pi. 6. fig. 15, localities unknown ; all species the locality of which is known are African. \^Scrobimlaria'\ Lavignon deshay esii and L. spp. nn., R^cluz, Act. Soc. Linn. Bordeaux, xxvii., Languedoc. Syndosmya (Recluz). Its generic distinctness from Scrobicularia (Schu- macher) is maintained by Petit, Cat. Moll. Eur. p. 248. Syndosmya subrostrata, sp. n., Issel, Malacol. mar. rosso, p. 64, pi. 1. fig. 1, Suez. Ervilia scaliolay sp. n., Issel, 1. c. p. 63, pi. 1. fig. 2, Suez. Veneuim. A list of 68 species of Veneridm occurring in the Japanese Seas is given by A. Adams, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. iii. pp. 229-236 ; most of them were observed there by himself. Dosinia gibbuy sp. n., A. Adams, 1. c. p. 234, Japan. Venus (subgenus Cytherea sectio Circe). C. scripta (lj.)y per sotiata (Desh.), rivularis (Born), pUcatina (Lam.), undatina (liain.), including as variety C. albida (Desh.), lenticularis (Desh.), corrugata (Chemn.) = rugifera (I.iam.), tumefacta (Sow.), crocea (Gray) = sugillata (Jonas), intermedia (Reeve), speaosay sp. n., Philippines, liratUy sp. n., China Sea, 10° N. lat. in 50 fathoms. MOLLUSCA. 585 sulcata (G\'^ij)=^erythr(ca (Jonas) (Hanl.) &c., paralytica^ sp. n., Madagascar, rohillardi (Bernardi), unclata (Dunker), and minima (Montdgu) — triangularis (Montagu) are accurately described and beautifully figured by E. Roemer, Monograph Veyius, pp. 191-215, pis. 52, 63. Venus (subgenus Cytherea, sectio Crista). C. pectinata (L.), gihhia (Lam.), menkei (Jonas), adunca, sp. n., Indian Seas, ecquivoca (Ohemn.), cuneata (Lam.), divaricata (Ohemn.), discors (Spengler), dispar (Ohemn. (hm)..)—marmorata (Reeve), ahhrcviata (Lam.), transversaria (Desh.), and nummulma' (Lam.) are accurately described and figured by E. Roemer, Monogr. Venus, pp. 172-189, pis. 47-61. Vmus (Lioconcha) arahica (Ohemn.). Its varieties of colour pointed out by Issel, Malac. mar. ross. p. 66. Cytherea meretrix (L.), including as varieties lusoria (Ohemn.) =/ormosa (Sow.) qxsA petechialis (Lara.), common at Japan, fully described by Lischke, MoU. Jap. pp. 122-126; it is eaten by the Japanese, and used in a simple game by them. A. Adams, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. iii. p. 229. Cytherea mediterranean sp. n., Tiberi, is perhaps a variety of C. rudis (Poli) ; previously indicated, but not yet sufficiently described, by Petit, Oatal. Moll. Eur. p. 250. Venus. On the variations of V. casina and fasciata, and on V. cygnus, which is distinct from V. mvltilamclla, see Petit, I. c. pp. 250-262. Venus roemeriana, sp. n., Issel, Malacol. mar. ross. p. 64, figured but not described by Savigny, Descript, de I’Egypte, Ooquilles, pi. 8. fig. 3, Suez. Liocyma, gen. nov. Shell trigonal or elongate-ovate, with concentric un- dulations and a polished epidermis ; pallial sinus small, rounded, triangular ; three teeth in each valve, divaricate; lunulo faint, no areola; ligament set in below the exterior surface. Soft parts described in detail. Type Venus Jluctmsa (Gould), in Massachusetts ; another species is now, viz. X. heckii, from Plover Bay, East Siberia, and Alashka. Dali, Proc. Dost. Soc. Nat. Hist. xiii. pp. 266, 267. — V. Jluctuosa (Gould) found at Hammerfest, Norway. Petit, Catal. Moll. Eur. p. 362. Crassivenus is a new generic name proposed for Mercenaria (Schumacher, 1817) by Perkins, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. Dec. 1869. Totteniana, afterwards corrected into Tottenia, is a new generic name for Venus gemma (Totten) proposed by Perkins, 1. c. [already named Gemma by Deshayes, Cat. Brit. Mus.]. Tapes philippinarum (A. Adams and Reeve), including as varieties indica (Hanley), (Desh.), and ? denticidata (Sow.), very near to decitssata (L.), common in Japan, fully described by Lischke, Moll. Jap. pp. 115-118. Tapes euglyptus (Phil.) described by Lischke, ibid. p. 119. Saxidomus purpuratus= S. nutalli (Schrenck) = apyracea (Gray), vitrea {Oh^mmiz), and hyalina (Phil.); no locality is given. Mai. Blatt. xvi. pp. 190-194. PETRICOLIDiE. Petricola hemprichii, sp. n., Issel, Malacol. mar. ro.ss. p. 61, pi. 1. fig. 6, Suez. 1869. [voL. VI.] 2 s 586 ZOOLOGICAL LITERATURE. Petricola divaricata (Chemn.), Martens in V. d. Decken’s Reisen in Ost- Afrika, iii. p. 06, pi. 3. fig. 3. ^ CyRENIDAS (CoiimCULIDAS). In his catalogue of recent species of CorbiculidcB, published as appendix to the Am. Journ. Conch, vol. v. part 2, T. Prime enumerates, in alphabetical order, with quotations of figures and synonyms, 107 species of Corbicula^ 30 of Batissa, 3 of Veloritaj HI of Cyrena, of SphcBrium [Cyclas], and 46 of Pisidium. The species eliminated from the genera are also mentioned. Cyrena protexta, sp. n., Conrad, Am. Journ. Conch, v. p. 107, Tampa Bay, Florida. Cyrena variegata (Orb.) = /5nosa (Maton); C. obsoleta (Desh.) perhaps = paranensis (Orb.). Martens, Mai. Bliitt. xvi. p. 86. Cyclas lacustris (MiilL). The auditory sac and its contents are described by Gulliver, Journ. of Anat. and Physiol, v. pp. 79-81, pi. 2. fig. 3. Cyclas lauricochce, sp. n.. Lake Lauricocha, near the sources of the Amazon River, and C,forhesii^ sp. n.. Lake Titicaca. Philippi, Mai. Blatt. xvi. p. 41, and Pfeiffer’s ISfovitat. iii. p. 489, pi. 105. figs. 12-14 and 16-17. CARDIIDiE. Cardium. Dr. E. Roemer distinguishes the following sub- genera : — 1. Tropidocardmm, type C. costatum (L.). 2. Acanthocardium, type C. aculeakmi (L.). 3. Cerastoderma (Poli, Morch), type C. edule (L.). 4. Tr achy cardium (Morch), type C. isocardia (L.) 6. Pectuncnlus (Adanson, Morch), type C. asiaticum (Briig.). 6. Papyridea (Swains.), type C. bullatum (Chemn.). 7. Lcevicardium (Swains.), type C. serratum (L.). 8. Serripes (PQc\i),iy^Q groenlandicum (Chemn.). 9. Fragum (Bolten), type C. tmedo (L.). 10. Corculum (Bolten), type C. cardissa (L.). 11. Lumdicardia (Gray), typo C. retusum (L.). Seventy-three species are accurately described and most of them well figured by E. Roemer in the continuation of the work of Martini and Chemnitz, edited by Kiister, section 57, pp. 13-120, pis. 2-14. Th. Graham-Ponton (Journ. Conch, xvii. pp. 217-225) proposes for the genus Cardium the following sections : — A. Typical — Cardia costata (L.) and hians (Brocchi). B. Suhtypical — 1. Rugosisculptio : acxilcata isucardia (L.), &c. 2. La3visculpta3 : Icevigata (L.), &c. 3. Lyrasculptte : pectinatu (L.) and lyrata (Sow.). MOLLUSC A. 587 4. Somicordiformes : fragum (\j.), tinedo {\j.) , donaciformh (Spcngl.), kc. 5. Ilemicardiaformos : cardissa (L.)* G. Impressilunuliales : auricida (Forskdl). 7. Papyracea? : hullata (\j.)jpapyracea (Chemn.), kc. 8. Serripeditse : grcenlandtca (Chemn.), Gen. Adacna, with subgen. Monodacna and Didacna. Cardium nuttalii (Conrad) is distinct from corbis (Martyn), Conrad, Am. Journ. Conch, v. p. 106. — C. califorjxiense =pseudofossile (Reeve) = C. hlandum (Gould), and C. muticum (Reeve) (Dunker) ^papy- raceum (Schrenck not Chemn.), both from Japan. Lischke, Moll. Jap. pp. 144, 146. Carditwi pidchrum^ var., allied to rugatum (Gronov.), Martens in v. d, Decken’s Reisen in Ost-Afrika, iii. p. 66, pi. 3. fig. 2, from Zanzibar. Cardiwn isthmicum and arahicum, spp. nn., figured in Savigny’s Descript, de I’Egypte, Coquilles, pi. 9. figs. 11 and 14 ; and C. sueziense, sp. n., from Suez, Tssel, Malacol. mar. ross. pp. 76-77 ; the last figured on pi. .3. fig. 4. IS0CARDIID.aJ. Isocardia (Lam.). E. Romer distinguishes the following subgenera: — 1. Tychocardiaj type I. cor (L.), and 2. Meiocardia (H. & A. Adams), type I. moltkiana (Spengler). Five species of this genus are accurately described and well figured in Kiister’s continuation of the work of Martini and Chemnitz, section 67, pp. 6-9, pi. 1. Tridacnida'.. Tridacna anuamom. Specimens from Japan described by Lischlce, Moll. Jap. p. 160. MYTILACEA^ Cuv. (Lucinacea, Ad.). Lucinid^. Jagonia, gen. nov., R^cluz, for Lucina pecten (Lam.). Act. Soc. Linn. Bord. xxvii. Lucina scmperiana and erythraia, spp. nn., figured in the Descript, de I’Egypte, pi. 8. figs. 12 and 8; L. fischeriana^ sp. n., from Suez, Issel, Malac. mar. ross. pp. 82-84 ; the last two figured on pi. 1. figs. 9 and 8. Lucina spinifera (Montagu), a variety of it is Venm huschcerdi (Requien), indicated by Petit, Catal. Moll. Eur. p. 247. TJngulina ohlonga (Daiidin), found at Cadiz alive, probably accidentally introduced. Petit, 1. c. p. 247. Kelliid^e. Kellia miliacea, sp. n., Issel, Malacol. mar. ross. p. 87, pi. 1. fig. 11, Suez. Montacuta tmnidxda, sp. n., Jeffreys, Brit. Conchol. v. p. 177, pi. 100. fig. 6, Hebrides and Shetlands, Southern Sweden. GaLEOMMIDvE. Galeomma turtoni (Sow.). Observations on tlie living animal, by Jeffreys, Brit. Conchol. v. p. 176. 2 s 2 588 ZOOLOGICAL LITERATUKE. AsTARTID/E. Astarte. Conrad states that the oolitic species to which Sowerby has given this name di filer generically from the tertiary and recent species com- monly referred to this genus j hence it follows that for the recent species the name Crassina (Lam.) is to be adopted. Am. Joiirn. Conch, v. p. 4G. The Astarte found in the Baltic at Warnemunde has been determined as A. arctica (Gray) = (Brown), Wiechmann, Arch. d. Vereins f. Na- turgeschichte in Mecklenburg, vol. xxiii. p. 192. (See Zool. Record, v. p. 442.) Astarte lutea, sp. n., Perkins, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. Dec. 1869, New- haven. Gouldia modesta, sp. n., H. Adams, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1869, p. 275, pi. 19. fig. 14, Gulf of Tunis. — Gouldia latnellosa, sp. n., Issel, Malacol. mar. ross. p. 73, pi. 1. fig. 7, Suez. Elathia, gen. nov. Shell mqui valve, inaequilateral, compressed, without ribs or folds ; in each valve a single strong and elongate cardinal tooth, like that of Cardita sulcata (Brug.). E. arconatii, sp. n., Issel, Malac. mar. ross. p. 85, pi. 1. fig. 10, Gulf of Elath or Akaba, Red Sea. IlNIONIDiE. The soft parts of several species of Unio are described by Lea, Journ. Acad. Nat. Scienc. Philad. vi. p. 326. Unio. Sowerby’s monograph of this genus in Reeve’s Conchologia Ico- nica is concluded with species 526, pi. 96 (published in October 1868). A rather large list of ‘‘ errata and remarks,” chiefiy corrections of names and references, is given at the end. Unio larderelianuSj sp. n., Pecchioli, Bull. Mai. Ital. ii. p. 163, pi. 6, en- virons of Florence \ perliaps too nearly allied to U. requienii (Mich.) ; also the softs parts are described. Unio homsensis and e?nesaensis, North Syria, orphaensis, Tigris river, kul- lethensis and mardinensis, Mardin, formerly described by lica, and now figured Journ. Acad. Nat. Scienc. Philad. vi. pp. 219-264, pis. 29 and 30. Unio evitatus (Lea), Bengal, Lea, 1. c. p. 279, pi. 38. fig. 92 j siamcnsis, as- peruluSf emdipilatus (Lea), Siam, ibid. pp. 279-281, pi. 38. figs. 93-95. Unio bu7’manuSf sp. n., Blanford, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1869, p. 449, Iravadi. Unio chinensis (Lea), figured by Lea, 1. c. p. 326, pi. 53. fig. 138, Hongkong. — U. wrigJdii and tortuosus (Lea), China, ibid. pp. 283-286, pi. 39. figs. 97 and 98. — Some remarks on the priority of names and synonymy of some Chinese species by Lea, ibid. p. 286, note. Unio margmisy Georgia, pi'opriuSy Georgia, j)^'otensus, North Carolina, ama- bilis, Georgia, cronnoelliy Georgia, Igoniiy East Tennessee, doliaris, Georgia, punctatus, Tennessee, formerly indicated by Lea, and now fully described and figured by him, 1. c. pp. 255-261, pis. 31 and 32. figs. 69-76. — U. jewettiiy Florida, bisselianus, North Carolina, dinchensis, Tennessee (Lea), ibid, pp. 276-278, pi. 37. figs. 89-91 ; U. beaverensis, Qiubilus, datus, dorsattis, hume- rosusy and paivensis (Lea), all from North Carolina, ibid. pp. 297-302, pis. 44 and 45. figs. 109-114. Unio murrayensisy Georgia, uhai'eensis, North Carolina, genumus, Nortli Carolina, /rmmuws [/wscmuns?], Virginia, spar us, Georgia, copci, Virginia, cylindrellus, Georgia, brazosensisy Texas, corvimis, Georgia and North Caro- MOLLUSCA. 689 lina, (Ufjicilis, Georgia and Virginia, Imcccumii, Texas, topekaensis^ Kansas and Nebraska, corvuncubis, Georgia, vallatus, Alabama river, jp/amor, Tennessee and Virginia, refulgens, Mississippi, spharictis, Mississippi. Lea, 1. c. pp. 303- 310, pi. 46-51. figs. 116-132. Unio strebeli and ve7’ac7-uzensts, Vera Cruz, Lea, 1. c. pp. 618 and 620, pi. 61. fig. 131, pi. 62. fig. 133 ; U. gra77ade7isis, e7icarp7is, gahhia7ius, and nicar'agucnsis, ibid. pp. 293-296, pis. 42 and 43. figs. 103-107, Lake Nicaragua ; U. ortoTiiij • Ecuador, ibid. p. 621, pi. 62. fig. 134; U. paraguayensis, Paraguay, ibid, p. 271, pi. 35. fig. 86 ; U. locellus, Buenos Ayres, ibid. p. 264, pi. 33. fig. 79 ; U. rtigososulcntus, Central America, parcus, app7'i77ius, pccuUaris, Jh'mus, am- pnllaccuSj acuth'ostriSf South America, without indication of locality, U, rtifofuscus and p7’U7ioides, probably South America, ibid. pp. 262-270, 282 ai‘id‘623, pis. 33-36. figs. 77-84, pi. 39. fig. 96, and pi. 63. fig. 136. All these species are redescribed, with the same plates, in Lea’s Observ. Gen. Unio, vol. xii. U7iio lo7igus,Jacobcsiis, laiidbecld, valdivia7ius, solidulus, casablaficce, 77iontanus, fo7icki, diplodo7i, cnlchagimisis, and ia7ithi7ius, spp. nn., from Peru, named and described by Philippi, Mai. Bllitt. xvi. pp. 44-49, figured in Pfeiffer’s Novitat. iii. pp. 477-486, pis. 103 and 104. Castnlia. Soworby’s Monograph in Hoove’s Conchologica Iconica contains on three plates the following species: — (Wibigua (Lam.), return (IIupi5), S('hombergia7ia \scho77ibiirghia7xa\, sp. n., pi. 1. fig. 3, British Guyana; ovata, pi. 1. fig. 4, Brazil; lianlexjana, pi. 1. fig. 6; carolme7isis, sp. n., pi. 2. fig. 6, South Carolina [perhaps a young specimen of U7iio~\ ; quadrata, sp. n., pi. 2. fig. 7 ; co7'data (Humphrey), pi. 2, fig. 8 ; 77iulticostata (Hup«5), lateriquadrata (Orb.), turgida fllup4), acuticostata (Hiip4), and dolabcUa, sp. n. Castalia ccai'hiata, sp. n., Puerto-nuovo, New Granada, with notes on C, injlata (Orb.), Mousson, Mai. Bliitt. xvi. p. 185. llyria. Sowerby’s Monograph in Reeve’s Conchologia Iconica contains on five plates the following species : — co7Tugata (Lam.), coxitorta (Lea), Shanghai ; exasperata, sp. n., British Guyana, pi. 2. fig. 3 ; laiialata, sp. n., pi. 2. fig. 4, British Guyana ; 7'ugisissima, sp. n,, River Amazon, pi. 3. fig. 6 ; avicularis (Lam.), traTisveisa (Hupe), castelnaudii (Hupe), co7nplanata (Hup^) ; recta, sp. n,, pi. 5. fig. 10, locality unknown ; syrmatophora (L.), b7'oumia7ia (Jica); alata, sp. n., pi. 6. fig. 13, Guyana. [All these species are South American except the second, which scarcely belongs to this genus.] [7/yrm] Ti'iqncira cor7'ugata and T. avicula7'ia, from the Amazon river, Mousson, Mai, Bliitt. xvi. p. 186. Vlagiodon 7'otimdatus, sp. n., Mousson, 1. c. p. 186, northern part of South America. Moxiocondxjlcca mardinensis. Lea, Joum. Acad. Nat. Sc. Philad. vi. p. 262, pi. 30. tig. 70. — M. lcntifo7’77iis ^and p>azii. South America, Lea, ibid. pp. 272, 273, pi. 36. figs. 86 and 88. Micx'ocondylaa, g. n., proposed for Margaritana bonellii (F^r.), on account of the gills being united with the mantle in their whole length, whereas in the typical Marg. mnrgaxitifcra they are somewhat separated behind. Hinge only a little tubercle in each valve. Probably also Aiiodoiita lata (Raf.)= Unio dehiscc7is (Say) will belong to this genus. W. V. Vest, Verhandl. u. Mittheil. vSiebenbiirg. Vereins f. Naturwiss. xvii. 1866, pp. 193-201, with two plates. 590 ZOOLOGICAL LITERATURE. Anodon. Sowerby figures in the Conchologia Iconica, on pis. 21-24, species 82-95, among which A. amethystus^ locality unknown, and tricostatus, China, are new. Anodonta anatina. Its branchial opening is not only comparatively but actually much larger, and fringed with much more delicate and numerous tentacles than in Anodonta cyynea. Normally this opening serves only for the entrance of a water-current, which is expelled through the anal orifice ; but under peculiar circumstances (for example, when the former is covered by sand or mud) the current can also enter by the anal orifice. Lloyd, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. v. p. 66. H. V. Maltzan reduces the German species of Anodonta to two, cyynea and pisdnalisy subordinating to the former as distinct varieties cellensis (Schrot. [Gmel.]), rostrata (Kokeil), intermedia (Lam.), and complanata (Ziegl.) j to the \&Xiox potiderosa (0. Lfr.), venlricosa (C. Pfr.), and anatina (L.). Archiv d. Vereinsf. Naturkunde in Mecklenburg, 1869, pp. 170-178. Anodonta youkanensis, Upper Youkan River, Arctic America, A. yrana- densiSfjewettii, lenticular is, hridyesii, and incequivalva, all from Lake Nicaragua, formerly indicated, now fully described and figured by Lea, Joiirn. Acad. Nat. Scienc. Philad. vi. pp. 287-293, pis. 40-43. figs. 99-108. Anodmita streheli, Vera Cruz, napomsis, Equador, figured by Lea, 1. c. pp. 322 and 324, pi. 62. fig. 136, and pi. 63. fig. 137. — A. pazii, South America, ibid. p. 275, pi. 36. fig. 87. Anodonta ivallisi, sp. n., and A. limonoica (Orb.), both from New Granada, Mousson, Mai. Bliitt. xvi. p. 188. Anodonta suhrostrata, ucayalcnsis, suhsinuuta, and incarum, spp. nn., from Chile, named and described by Philippi, Mai. Bliitt. xvi. pp. 39-41 j figured in Pfeiffer’s Novitat. iii. pp. 486-488, pi. 104. figs. 1-11. Mycetopus pyymceus (Spix as Anodonta), Soft parts described by Lea, Journ. Acad. Nat. Scienc. Philad. vi. p. 276, pi. 23. figs. 3 & 4. Mycetopodus lonyinus (Spix), from the Amazon River, distinct from siliquosus (Spix), from Brazil and Paraguay. Mousson, Mai. Bliitt. xvi. p. 189. — M, weddelli found in Nicaragua, Tate, Am. Journ. Conch, v. p. 160. The Acaridce living parasitically in the shells of the Anodonta and Vnio of Germany are the subject of a paper by E. Bessels in Jahreshefte d. Vereins frir Vaterliindische Naturkunde in Wiirttemberg, xxv. 1869, p. 146. MuTELIDiE. Pleiodon macmurtrei (Conrad) distinct from Iridina ovata (Swains.). Conrad, Am. Journ. Conch, v. p. 104. Spatha hartmanni (Martens) and nilotica (Eer.) from the Yoriba River, Western Africa. Martens, Mai. Blatt. xvi. p. 74. MvTILIDiE. Mytihis ci'assitesta (Lischke), Japan, Lischke, Moll. Jap. p. 151, pi. 11 j M. dunkeri (Reeve) from Nangasaki, Lischke, ibid. p. 153, pi. 10. figs. 7, 8, Modiola modiolus, circumpolar, also in Japan, Lischke, ibid. p. 167. Modiola, sp., nearly allied to the Mediterranean J/. adriatica (Lam.), figured in Descript, do TEgypte, pi. 11. fig. 4, Gulf of Akaba; Modiola MOLLUSCA. 591 yr«7rtie7js (Krallss) = JWy^^7^puni, sp. n., from Venezuela; remarks on the genus Macrobracliium (Sp. Bate, see preceding volume of the Record, p. 618), and a list of the known South- American species of Palcemon, by E. v. Martens, Arch. f. Naturgeschichte, xxxv. pp. 22-33, pi. 2. figs. 3-6 (hands of P. sp>ini- manus, forcep)S, and appuni). Palcemon ensiculus, sp. n.. Smith, Transact. Acad. Connecticut, ii. p. 26, pi. 1. fig. 2, and Am. Journ. Sci. and Arts, vol. xlviii. p. 390, Para. — Compa- rative measurements of P, jamaicensis (Oliv.) and forceps (M.-Edw.) are given hy the same author, ibid. p. 24. Palcemonetes, gen. nov. Mandibles as in Anchistia, flagella of the anten- nulre as in Palcemon. Type Palcemon varians (Leach, — Palcemon antcnnarius (Milne-Edwards, Palcemon lacustris (Martens, 1857) = Anchistia migratoria (Heller), living in brackish water on the British shores, and in freshwater lakes of Italy, as well as in the Albufera, near Valencia, in Spain, and in the Nile. Heller, Zeitschr. f. wiss. Zool. xix. pp. 167-161. Xiphopcneus, gen. nov. Rostrum very long and slender; gastrohepatic sulcus scarcely perceptible ; lamelliform appendages very small ; aiitennulary flagella very long and slender. Fourth and fifth pairs of legs very long, the terminal segments very slender and flagelliform. In other respects like Peneus (Fabr.). X. hartti, sp. n., from Caravellas, province of Bahia. Smith, Transact. Acad. Connecticut, ii. pp. 27-30, pi. 1. fig. 1, and Am. Journ. Sci. and Arts, vol. xlviii. p. 390. CUMACEA. A. Dohrn has examined the structure and development of Cmna rathkei (Kroyer), trispinosa {QoodidiY) , plicata , goodsiri (Van Beneden as Bodotria), and several others in the Frith of the Clyde. These species are found with eggs in the month of July. The eggs are very similar to those of the Amphipods and Isopods ; also the first stages of development of the^ egg, the formation of a fold which penetrates to the middle of the yolk, are the same as observed and described in the genus Asellus and other Isopods, by the same author ; but during the progress of development the animal assumes gradually the shape of a Decapod. In the first stage there are two pairs of antend^, the first very large, three pairs of buccal organs, and seven pairs of bifurcated legs. The outer branch of the first pair oB legs is transformed afterwards into the third maxilla, the inner branch becoming obsolete ; in the second pair the inner branch only de- velopes itself into a maxillary organ ; in the two following the inner branches arc stretched forwards on the lower side of the body, the outer branches producing the natatory setae ; in the last three pairs the inner branch developes itself into normal legs; the outer branch becomes obsolete in some species, hn others it serves as a tmtatory appendage. The eyes are 612 ZOOLOGICAL LITERATURE. truly pedunculated and two in number ; during the further de- velopment they are enclosed by the cephalic shield and coalesce. The males are distinguished from the females by the length of the inferior antennae, by the presence of bifid natatory feet in the postabdomen, and the greater number of abdominal feet with natatory appendages. The genus Bodotria (Goodsir) is nothing but the male sex of Cuma. The bag-like form of the liver, the want of trabeculae in the heart, the shape of the caudal appendages, and the five segments before the postabdomen not being covered by the dorsal shield are points which bring the Cumacea nearer to the Isopods than to the Decapods. The formation of an incubatory pouch on the abdominal feet is also unusual in most Decapods, except Mijsis and Lophog aster, but common in the Edriophthalm Crustacea. The single gill and the heart are described by the author, but the results concern- ing these two organs are incomplete and somewhat different from those obtained by G. O. Sars in Vidensk. Selsk. Porhandl. f. 1864. Cuma anomala, sp. n., Dohrn, 1. c., Scotland. Cuma scoi'pioides (Montagu ?). Remarks by Norman, Report Brit. Assoc, for 1808, p. 273. Leucon nasicoides (Lillieborg), Ohristianiafjord, in 30-40 fiithoms, described by G. 0. Sars, /. c. p. 41. Eudora hirsuta, sp. n., G. 0. Sara, /. c. p. 43, ChristianiaQord, 150-200 fathoms. Cumella agilis, sp. n., Norman, Rep. Brit. Assoc, for 1868, p. 272, Shetlands. Iphinoe, The genus Cyprianassa (Bate) is founded on the male of Iphinoe. Norman, ibid. p. 273. Diastylis Icevis, sp. n., and spinosa, sp. n., Norman, Rep. Brit. Assoc, for 1808, pp. 270,271 j I), hispinosa (Stimps.) = t/cor?iw (Bate)=c<>rrm^a (Boeck) = bispmosa (G. 0. Sars), ibid., all from the Shetlands. Leptostylis, g. n. Near Diastylis ) a rudimentary palp, consisting of two joints at the third and fourth pairs of feet in the male, as in Lamprops. Type Diastylis longimana (Sars) j other species, D. ampullacea (Lilljeborg) and L. villosa, sp. n., Christianiafiord, 60-00 fathoms. Sars, Undersog. Christ, dyb- vandsf. pp. 39, 40. STOMAPODA. SCIIIZOPODA. The development of Mysis ferruginea (Beneden) has been studied by Ed. van Beneden. The blastoderm is formed by the partial cleaving of the yolk ; the blastodermic vesicle extends over the whole surface of the egg before any organ appears ; the division of the embryo into a cephalic lobe and a caudal lobe results from the division of a primordial cellular fold into two laminae ; the caudal appendix of Mysis is reverted beneath the abdomen as in all Decapods. The caudal lobe begins to be formed before there is any trace of the antennae ; these latter make their CRUSTACEA. 613 appearance at the same time as the mandibles, and in the form of simple cellular protuberances. The cuticula belonging to the stage of Nauplius is developed at the same time on the whole surface of the embryo, and it is its first cuticula, there being no blastodermic mould. The tail, which is bifid in Mj/sis vulgaris (Thomps.) and chamaleon (Bell), is simple, and terminates in a blind sack in Mysis ferruginea. Finally there is formed on the sides of the embryo an organ which has the same morphological value as the foliaceous appendages of Asellus aquaticus. Bull. Acad. Roy. Belg. xxviii. pp. 232-249, with a plate. Mym mixta (Lilljeborg), perhaps (Kroyer), and M. neglecta, sp. n., Christianiafjord, described by G. O. Sars, Undersbg. Christ, dybvandsf. pp. S5-37. Afym incrmis (Rathko), spiritus (Norman), and armata (Sars), observed at the Shetland Islands, described by Norman, Rep. Brit. Associat. for 1808, pp. 200, 207. Mysidopsis? hispida, sp. n., Norman, ibid. p. 207, Shetland Islands. MysideiSf g. n. Abdominal feet of the male as in the preceding, man- dibles unequally armed, second maxillse with only two lobi incisivi. Type, Mysis insignis (Sars), Chrisianiafjord, Sars, Undersog. Christ, dybvandsf. pp. 28, 29. Leptomysis, g. n. Abdominal feet of the male as in the two preceding genera. Body very slender and nearly uncoloured. Type Mysis gracilis (Sars) ; a second species is M. lingmra (Sars). Sars, /. c. p. 29. GastrosaccuSf gen. nov., for Mysis sancta (Beneden), Norman, Rep. Brit. Assoc, for 1808, p. 208, Shetland. Boreomysis, gen. nov. All the abdominal feet (pereiopods) in the male strongly developed, two-branched, natatory. Auditory organ rudimentary. Type Mysis arctica (Kroyer), Christianiafjord, in 200 fathoms, and Greenland j another species,*^, tridens, sp. n., Lofoten Islands. This genus appears to be littoral in the Arctic seas, and to belong to the deep-sea fauna in Southern Scandinavia. Sars, 1. c. pp. 20-28. Hemimysis, gen. nov. Abdominal feet as in the preceding genera, other- wise next to the true Mysis ; abdomen attenuated and depressed behind. Jl. ahyssicola, sp. n., Christianiafjord, 160-200 fathoms, and Lofoten Islands, 260 fathoms. G. 0. Sars, I c. pp. 32-34. Erythrops, G. O. Sars, new name for Nematopus of the same author, which is preoccupied j E. ahyssorum, sp. n., Christianiafjord, 200-230 fathoms, and Lofoten Islands in northern Norway, 300 fathoms. G. 0. Sars, 1. c. pp. 21-23. Nematopus serratus (G. 0. Sars) described by Norman, ibid. p. 208, found at the Shetland Islands. Parcrythrops, gen. nov., distinguished from Erythrops by the very short and stout shape of the body. Typo Nematopus ohesus (Sars), G. 0. Sars, 1. c. p. 24. Amhlyopsisj gen. nov. [preoccupied for the subterranean fish from Ken- tucky]. Oculi rudimentarii singulari modo in laminas duas subtriangulares intus contiguas non vero coalitas transformati, in medio pigmento rubro dif- fiiso, nullis vero lentibus vel aliis in oculis compositis demonstratis parti bus 614 ZOOLOGICAL LITERATURE. instructi.” Type Pseudomma ahhreviatum (Sars), Christianiafjord, 180 fa- thoms ; Lofoten Islands, 250 fathoms. Sars, 1. c. pp. 24-26. Siriella norvegica, sp. n., Sars, 1. c. p. 30, Christianiafjord, 60-60 fathoms, very rare. JEiiphmcsia mulleri (Claus) has been observed in an early stage of develop- ment, the postabdomen being rudimentary, and only two pairs of feet being developed. El. Metschnikow, Zeitschr. wiss. Zool. xix. pp. 479-482, pi. 36. Squillina. Squilla stylifera, in Mauritius ; its life, hatching, motions, &c. described by G. Clark, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1869, p. 3. Squilla bradyi, sp. n., Alph. M.-Edw. in Berchon &c. ^ Fonds de la Mer,’ p. 137, pi. 17. f. 11, St. Vincent, Cape-Verde Islands. AMPHIPODA. E. Bessels has given a resume of his researches into the development of these Crustaceans, the detailed description having been unfortunately lost during his journey. Jena. Zeitschr. f. Med. u. Naturw. 1869, pp. 91-101. A. Boeck's memoir on Norwegian Amphipods (1861) is trans- lated in Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. hi. pp. 325-340, 401-419. Proholium (Costa, \S62i) = M(yntagua (Bate, 1855). Pr. serratipes, sp. n., Norman, Rep. Brit. Assoc, for 1868, p. 273, Shetland Islands. Anmyx nanoides (Lillj.), new to Great Britain, Shetland, and West Ire- land, Brady, Report Brit. Assoc, for 1868, and Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. iii. p. 368. Anonyx ampxdla (Phipps) found at the Shetland Islands, agreeing in all respects with Spitzbergen examples. Norman, Rep. Brit. Assoc, for 1868, p. 276. Ampdisca (xquicomis (Bruzelius), tenuicornis (Lillj eborg), carinata (Bru- ZQ\iVisi) — (jaimardi (Bate), and Iceviyata (Lilljeborg) described by Norman, 1. c. pp. 276, 277, from the Shetland Islands. (Edicei'us (squiconiis, sp. n., Norman, 1. c. p. 278, Shetland Islands. Syrrhoe hamatipes^ sp. n., Norman, 1. c. p. 278, Shetland Islands. Urotho'e marinus (Bate ?), var. pectinatus^ Grube, Verhandl. Schles. Ge- sellsch. vaterl. Kultur, p. 29, pi. 1. fig. 1, St. Vaast la Ilougue, Normnndy. Epimeria tricodata (Costa, \Qb^)=Acanthonotus owctiii (Bate), Norman, 1. c. p. 280, Shetland Islands, Atylus macer, sp. n., Norman, 1. c. p. 280, Shetland Islands. Eusirus helveticB (Bate) = (Heller), Norman, 1. c. p. 281, Shetlands. Aora gracilis (BdXe^ = Autanoe punctata (Bruzelius), Norman, I, c. p. 281, Shetlands. Microdeutci'opus anomalus (Ratlike), West Ireland ; the species described by Spence Bate under this name is probably different ; M. talpa (Sp. B.) is tlie young j but the true M. talpa (Costa) from the Mediterranean is a diflerent species. Norman, Rep. Brit. Assoc, for 1868, p. 281, and Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. iii. p. 358. CRUSTACEA. 615 Mid'odeuteropus vesiculatus (Bate) and ivehstcri (Bate). Remarks by Norman, Rep. Brit. Assoc, for 1868, p. 282. Megampliopus (gen. nov.) cornutus, sp. n., Norman, Rep. Brit. Assoc, for 1868, p. 282, Shetland Islands. Protomedeia pectinata, sp. n., Norman, ibid. p. 283, Shetland Islands j with remarks on Protomedeia? ivhitei (Bate) and hirstdimana (Bate). Gammarm pideanm (Koch) is not blind, but sensible to light. Plateau, Ann. h Mag. Nat. Hist. iii. p. 13. Melita ohtusata. Melita proxima and Gammarus ohtusatus are male forms, Megamcera alderi is the female. Norman, Rep. Brit. Ass. for 1868, p. 284, ami Ann. & Mng. Nat. Hist. iii. p. .369. Exunguin, gen. nov. Most nearly allied to Cratippmy but first gnathopods long, slender, filiform, with obsolete dactylus. Flagella of both antennm rudimentary. E. stilipes, sp. n., Norman, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. iii. p. 369, pi. 22. figs. 7-12, Birterbuy Bay, West Ireland. Cyrteyphium armatunij sp. n., Norman, Rep. Brit. Assoc, for 1868, p. 286, Shetland Islands. Corophium honellii (B. & W.) is the female of C. cj'assicorne (Bruzelius), Norman, Rep. Brit. Assoc, for 1868, p. 286, and Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. iii. p. .360; C. temdcorne^ sp. n., Norman, ibid. p. 286, Shetland Islands. Ilyperia galha (Montagu) the female, Lestrigonus 'kinaliani (Bate & Westw.) fhe young male, ? H. mediisarum (Bate, not Kroyer) the young female, ? Lestrigonus exulans (Bate & Westwood) the young male of the same species. Norman, Rep. Brit. Assoc, for 1868, p. 286. Ilyperia ohlivia (Kroyer) found at the Shetlands, described by Norman, ibid. p. 287. Metoecus medusarum (Kroyer) also foimd at the Shetlands, Norman, ibid. ISOPODA. Paranthura costana, A. Dolirn has examined the anatomical organization of this animal at Messina ; the vascular system is more developed than in most other Crustacea; the heart is divided into two parts, one behind the other, the foremost sur- rounded by adipose tissue. There are some affinities between it and Praniza, but in other respects the Anthuridcs stand quite by themselves in the system. Zeitschr. f. wiss. Zool. xx. pp. 81-93, pi. ix. The development of Asellus aquaticus (L.) (see Record, vol. iv. pp. 617, 618) has been studied by Ed. van Beneden. His chief results are the following : — The egg, when leaving the ovary, is clothed only with one membrane, which is the true chorion; the second membrane, mentioned by Sars and Dohrn, is the blastodermic cuticle of the embryo itself. The blasto- derm is formed by a superficial cleaving of the yolk, in which the first segmentations have no result; and each cleaving is fol- lowed by an apparent or real coalescence of particles of the yolk. The blastodermic cellules are formed on the whole surface, before any other organ is formed; but those which form the dorsal lamina very easily escape observation. The foliaceous 616 ZOOLOGICAL LITERATURE. appendages make their first appearance at the posterior part of the cephalic lobes in the form of cellular protuberances ; after- wards they are reverted beneath the ventral side of the embryo ; they are the first organs^ and are completely developed at the time when the ordinary appendages make their appearance. Of these the two pairs of antenme are formed before the mandibles and maxillae ; and in this stage (the stage of Nauplius) a new cuticula is formed^ which Van Beneden terms naupliar cuticula, and which he thinks to be homologous with the larval membrane Larvenhaut of Ligia ; hence it follows that the embryo has two moulds, the blastodermic and the naupliar. When the naupliar cuticula is lost, the embryo leaves the egg, having then already essentially the form of the adult. Ilyarachna, G. 0. Sars, new name for Mesostenus j I. longicornis (Sars), Christianiafjord, 200 fath., G. 0. Sars, Undersog. Christ, dybvandsf. p. 44. Apseudes atio?naluSj sp. n. lacking the curious appendix of the under an- tennae, Christianiafjord, 40-160 fathoms j Ap. talpa (Mont.) in the same locality on muddy ground, 60 fathoms, G. 0. Sars, 1. c. pp. 45-49. The chief results of A. Dohrn’s anatomical and embryological researches concerning Praniza are that their mouth is trans- formed into a suctorial organ, the mandibles being stiliform and pointed, and that, after the sexual organs have attained to ma- turity, a metamorphosis takes place, the eyes becoming much reduced, and two new pairs of buccal organs being developed, which do not correspond to the mandibles or any other buccal appendage of the former state. These new organs are small in the female, but very large and of the well known mandible-like size in the male ; but they are not used for obtaining food, nourishing particles being brought to the mouth of the animal by a whirling motion of the surrounding water; the animal attaches itself with their aid to larger objects. These animals have been found by the author in fissures of rocks and on weed. Zeitschr. wiss. Zool. xx. pp. 55-80, pi. vi.-viii. G. O. Sars states he has observed the development of Anceus oxyurceus (Lilljeborg) to be quite the same as in the rest of the Isopoda, the first formation of all the parts of the body being recognizable at a very early stage within the membranes of the egg ; a contradictory statement of an “ observer otherwise very correeV^ M. Hesse, is supposed by Sars to be based on eggs of parasites which are sometimes found within the egg- capsules of some Isopoda. G. O. Sars, Undersog. Christ, dybvandsf. p. 49. ' • Cymothoa hemelii, sp. n., found in fresh water on a fish of the genus Geo- phayus in the Rio Oadea, Soutliern Brazil. E. v. Martens, Arch. f. Naturge- ^chichte, XXXV. p. 33, pi. 2. fig. 0. : iCirqlana trumata^ sp. n., Norman, Rep. Brit. Assoc, for 1868, p. 288, Shet- land Islands. CRUSTACEA. 617 BRANCHIOPODA. Phyllotoda. Metschnikow has studied the development of Nebalia. The nutritive part of the vitellus is separated quite at the commence- ment of the development, without participating in the segmen- tation of the plastic part as in Balanus and Basanistes, This genus does not appear to go through a remarkable metamor- phosis ; the changes consist merely in an evolution of the per- sistent form of the body and its parts. See the journal noticed above, p. COO. Branchipus. A. E. Venill distinguishes the following generic groups : — 1. Branchipus, restricted. Male with stout, two-jointed claspers; female with large, thick, ovate egg-pouches ; a pair of simple appendages resembling antennae between the bases of the claspers in front. B. stagnalis (L.), spi- nosus (M.-Edw.), vernalis,^^. n., Massachusetts, and perhaps (Mid- dend.). 2. Branchinccta. Claspers slender and simple, no appendages between them; egg-pouches elongated, with lateral lobes; branchial organs more elongated, the middle ones longest. Branchipus {Branchinccta) arcticus, sp. n., Labrador, Br. {Br) grccnlandicus, sp. n., Greenland, and B. ferox (M.-Edw.). Verrill ^‘prefers for the present to regard it as a subgenus of Branchipus^ 3. Heterohranchipus, gen. nov. Claspers of the male very long, three- jointed, floxuous; external male organ very long, slender, curved, Bran- chipus cafer (Lov^n). 4. Chirocephalus (Provost). Two long, ligulate fleshy processes, serrated on each side, coiled in a spiral beneath the head, between the claspers of the male, extended in copulation. C. diaphanus (Provost). Artemia gracilis, sp. n., found in a tube of water from the salt marsh near New Haven and Boston, and A. monica, sp. n., locality miknown; with some remarks on this genus generally, and ite occurrence in concentrated salt water. Verrill in Silliman’s Am. Journ. xlviii. pp. 244-249. A. fertilis, sp. n., Great Salt Lake, Verrill, ibid. p. 430. Cladocera. Notes on the development and structure of JDaphnia {longispina) and Bgn- ecus, by A. Dohrn. Jena. Zeitschr. f. Med. u. Naturw. v, pp. 278-292, pi. 10. Lyncem. The outer form and the anatomy of this genus have been studied by F. Plateau, M^m. Couronn^s Acad. Belg. xxxiv. (abstract in Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. iii. p. 13). OSTRACODA. Cypridid^. Cypris monacha (Miill.). The existence of males and females in this species has been observed by F. Plateau ; this agrees with the observations 1869. [voL. VI.] 2 u 618 ZOOLOGICAL LITERATURE, made by H . Zenker. The male organs are described. He has also observed that specimens of Cypris and Cyclops can live without water in wet mud for about eight days. M^m. Couronnds Acad. Belg. vol. xxxiv. (abstract in Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. iii. p. 14). Pontocypris mrmjatay sp. n., Brady, in Borchon &c. ‘ Bonds de la Mor,’ p. 138, pi. 17. figs. 1 & 2, St. Vincent, Oape-Verde Islands j P. ohtusatUj sp. n., Brady, Ann. & Mag. Nat, Hist. iii. p. 47, pi. 8. figs. 7, 8, Birtnus. Fu7itoci/pris hispida (G. 0. Sars) described by Norman, Hep. Brit. Assoc, for 1868, p. 289, Shetland Islands. Cypridopsis ohesUy sp. n., Brady, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. iii. p. 864, pi. 18. figs. 6-7, Mullingar Canal, Dublin. Alyaa complanataf sp. n,, Brady, 1. c. p. 365, pi. 20. figs. 4, 5, Westport Bay, West Ireland. Bairaia milne-edwardsi, sp. n., Brady, in Berchon &c. ^ Ponds de la Mer,’ p. 139, pi. 17. figs. 3, 4, St. Vincent, Cape-Verde Islands; B. victrix, sp. n., Brady, ibid. p. 162, pi. 18. figs. 17, 18, Aspinwall j B. elegans, sp. n., Brady, ibid. p. 156, pi. 16. figs. 11, 12, Hong-Kong ; B. rhombidea, sp. n., Brady, ibid. p. 162, pi. 12. figs. 14, 16, Mauritius. Bairdia fulva (Brady), not from Shetland but from the Orkneys and Dublin, Brady, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. iii. p. 365, pi. 18. figs. 1-4. Cytherid^. Cythere porcellanea^ sp. n., Antwerp; also found in West Ireland and Nor- thumberland, Brady, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. iii. p. 47, pi. 7. figs. 1-4, and p. 866, pi. 19. figs. 1-4 ; C. fiiscata, sp.. n., Antwerp, Brady, ibid. p. 47, pi. 7. figs. 6-8; C, maccollana and gibbosa, spp. nn., West Ireland, Brady, ibid. p. 367, pi. 19. figs. 6-9, and pi. 21. figs. 1-3; C. pulchelhi (Brady), ibid. p. 868, pi. 20. figs. 1-3 ; C. robertsoni (Brady), Dublin Bay, new to Britain, ibid. p. 368; C. cicatricosa (^?Lva) — badia (Brady in part) and = P crispata (Brady), West Ireland, only to be got by dredging, ibid. p. 368. Cyihem dramrnensis and C. propinqua, spp. nn., G. O. Sars, Ondersog. Christ, dybvandsf. pp. 60-68, Dramm inlet. Southern Norway, 2-3 fathoms. Cythcre abyssioola and cremdata (G. O. Sars as Cythereis)^ from the Shet- lands, described by Norman, Rep. Brit. Assoc, for 1868, pp. 290, 291. Cythere leiodermaj sp. n., Norman, ibid. p. 291, Shetland Islands. Cyihet'e affinis, sp. n., Brady, ibid. p. 47, pi. 7. figs. 1-4, Besica Bay, ^Egean Sea. — C. sthnpsoni (Brady), Piraeus, ibid. p. 48, pi. 7. figs. 9-12. — C, speyei'iy sp. n., Brady, in Berchon &c. ‘Fonds de la Mer,’ livr. vi. and vii. 1868, p. 99, pi. 12. figs. 8-10, Grecian archipelago, road of SjTa. — C. pram (Baird) identified with deformis (Baird), ibid. p. 100. — C. miLscosa, sp. n., Brady, ibid. p. 102, pi. 12. figs. 14, 15, Dardanelles. — C. inconstans, sp. n. ?, Brady, ibid. p. 106, Rhodes, perhaps a young state of O. stinipsoni. — C. sub- coronata (Speyer) identified with C. jonesiif var. ceratoptera (Bosq.), ibid, p. 107. — C. subsigmoidea, sp. n., Brady, ibid. livr. viii. 1869, p. 113, pi. 13. figs. 8-10, Alexandrette. — C. berchoni^ sp. n., Brady, 1. c. p. 117, pi. 14. figs. 3, 4, Port Said. — C. senticosa (Baird) identified with C. hysti'ix (Reuss), ibid. p. 117. — C. perrensisy numtczuma ct danaiana, spp. nn., Brady, ibid, pp. 123, 124, pi. 14. figs. 9, 10, 11, 12, and 13, 14, New Providence Island, Bahamas. — C\ aldcri, macra^ and mstdana, spp^ nn., Brady, ibid. })p. 139, 140, pi. 17. figs. 6, 0, 7, 8, and 9, 10, St. Vincent, Cape-Verde Islands. — C, tores, CRUSTACEA, 619 S13. n., Brady, ibid. p. 147, pi. 14. figs. 17, 18, Gulf of Gascony. — C. hradyi, sp. n., Folin, ibid. p. 148, Gulf of Gascony. — C. rectangiila^ reussi, serridata, ?Jischerij nxid imnnosa, spp. nn., Brady, ibid. pp. 151, 152, pi. 18. figs. 13-14, 9-10, 11-12, 15-16, and pi. 19. figs. 1-2, Aspinwall. — C. cymha, euplectella, and snleh'osa, spp. nn., Brady, 1. c. pp. 157, 168, pi. 16. figs. 1-4, 6-7, and 8-10, Hong Kong. — (7. diiperrei, sp. n., Brady, 1. c. p. 160, pi. 18. figs. 7, 8, Haiti. — C, melohesioides, audei, and nodulifera, spp. nn., Brady, h c. pp. 162, 163, pi. 19. figs. 10-11, 12-13, and 24-25, Mauritius. Cythcridea littoralis, Brady, new name for the species called C. torosa by the same author in his Monograph of Recent British Ostracoda, but dif- ferent from the true torosa (Jones) = (G. O. Sars), which is a fresh- water species, while C. littoralis prefers brackish water. Brady, Nat. Hist. Transact, of Northumb. and Durham, iii. pp. 125-127. — C. ? cornea, sp. n., Brady, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. iii. p. 370, pi. 20. figs. 9, 10, Dublin Bay. — C. ? elatior, sp. n., Dardanelles ; C. castanea, sp. n.. Port Said ; C. setipuncta, sp. n., Bahama Islands ; C. similis, sp. n.. Gulf of Gascony ; C. impressa, sp. n., Hong Kong. Brady, in Berchon &c. Les Fonds de la Mer, livr. vi. and vii., with figures. Ilyohates ?judcea, sp. n., Brady, in B^chon &c. Fonds de la Mer, livr. vi. and vii. 1868, p. 112, pi. 13. figs. 17, 18„ Alexandre tte in Syria, in the sea. Eucythcre declivis, var. pram, Brady, Ann. h Mag. Nat. Hist. iii. p. 370 pi. 21. figs. 12-14, West Ireland. Loxoconcha angustata, sp. n., Brady, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. iii. p. 48, pi. 8. figs. 16, 17, Besika Bay. — L. tumida, sp. n,, Brady, ibid. p. 48, pi. 8. figs. 11, 12, Pirseus. — L, laurini, sp. n., Brady, in Berchon &c. Fonds de la Mer, livr. vi. and vii., 1868, p. 99, pi. 12. figs. 11-13, Grecian archipelago, road of Syra. — L. lata, sp. n., Brady, ibid. p. 102, pi. 13. figs. 1-4, Dardanelles. — L. sculpta, sp. n,, Brady, ibid. p. 140, pi. 18. figs. 6, 6, St. Vincent, Cape-Verdo Islands. — L.smensis and hastata, sp.n., Brady, ibid, pp. 158, 159, pi. 16. figs. 1 7-18 and 19-20, Hong Kong. CytJierura nervosa and C. deformis, spp. nn., Brady, in Berchon &c. Les Fonds de la Mer, livr. viii. p. 114, pi. 13. figs. 13-14 and 16-16, coast of Syria. — C. Jlavescens, sp. n., Brady, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. iii. pp. 49 and 371, pi. 8. figs. 13-15, Antwerp; Clifden Bay, in West Ireland, and river Ouse, in Lynn. — C. quadrata and navimla, spp. nn., Norman, Rep. Brit. Assoc, for 1868, p. 292, Shetland Islands. — C. concentrica (Crosskey), alive at the Shetland Islands, ibid. p. 292. Sarsiella (g. n.) capsida, sp. n., Norman, 1. c. p. 293, Shetlands. — The largest of British Cytheridse. Cytherideis cylindrica, sp. n., Brady, in ‘Fonds de la Mer,’ 1869, p. 113, pi. 13. figs. 11-12, Alexandrette, in Syria. — C. teres, sp. n., Brady, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. iii. p. 49, pi. 8. figs. 6-6, .^gean Sea. Cytheroptei'on stellatum, sp.n., Brady, in ‘Fonds de la Mer,’ livr. vi. and vii. 1868, p. 107, Rhodes. — C, ncntmn, sp.n., Brady, Ann. k Mag. Nat. Hist, iii, p. 49, pi. 8. figs. 1-4, Dardanelles ; C. rectum (Brady), West Ireland, Brady, ibid. p. 371, pi. 20. figs. 6-8. — C. alatum (G. 0. Sars), described by Norman, Rep. Brit. Assoc, for 1868, p. 294, Shetland Islands. Sclerochilns ? gracilis, sp. n., and S. contortus, var. ahhreviatus, Brady, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. iii. p. 372, pi. 20. figs. 11-12 and 15-16, West Ireland. Bythocythere oricntalis, sp. n., Brady, in ‘Fonds de la Mer,’ p. 159, pi. 16, 2u2 620 ZOOLOGICAL LITERATURE. figs. 21-23, Hoiig-Kong. — B. tenuissima, sp.n., Norman, Rep. Brit. Assoc. 1868, p. 294, Shetland Islands. Limnicythere sancti-patricii, sp. n., Brady, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. iii. p. 369, pi. 18. figs. 8-11, and pi. 21, fig. 4, Lough Moher, West Ireland. CYTRIDINIDiE. Cypridina ayassizii^ nituhda, and gmhii, spp. nn., at Dosterro, in Southern Brazil, near the shore j the two first with gills like Aster ope, the third with two very long terminal filaments at the antenno3 like Philomedes. Only males observed. With various remarks on the homology of the organs of these and other Crustacea. F, MUller, Jena. Zeitschr. Med. u. Naturw. v. pp. 255-276, pis. 8 & 9. Eurypylus, gen. nov. Shell calcareous, densely foveolated, with a little beak anteriorly, compressed behind. Upper antennae vrith a bundle of very short bristles. E. petrceus, sp. n., Brady, in Fonds de la Mer, p. 141, pi. 18. figs. 1, 2, St. Vincent, Cape-Verde Islands. Philomedes longicornis (Lilljeborg) is the fully or, rather, excessively de- veloped male of Cypridina globosa (Lilljeborg) ; of the nearly allied C. lillje- horgii (Sars) a similar male has been observed.— C. teres (Norman) and marice (Baird) are female and male of the same species, belonging to the genus As- terope (Philippi). The generic name Philomedes may be retained for the Cypridince witli dissimilar males, and coincides with Brady cinetes (Sars). G. O. Sars, Ondersog. Christ, dybvandsf. p. 63. Asterope (Phil.) distinguished from all other Ostracoda by the presence of gills on the sides of the abdomen quite similar in aspect and structure to those of the Decapods. A. norvegica, sp. n., Christianiafjord, 50-60 fathoms, on argillaceous ground ; A. ahyssicola (Sars), without eyes, Lofoten Islands, 120 fathoms. G. 0. Sars, 1. c. pp. 53-55. POLYCOPIDAS. Polycopc compressa, sp. n., Brady, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. iii. p. 372, pi. 21. figs. 6-11, Clifden Bay, West Ireland, and Messina. — P., sp. indeterm., from Candia, Brady, ibid. p. 49, pi. 7. figs. 15, 16. Cytherellid^. Cytherella truncata, sp. n., Brady, in Fonds de la Mer, p. 164, pi. 19. figs. 3, 4, Aspinwall j C. cingulata, sp. n., Brady, ibid. p. 159, pi. 16. figs. 24, 26, Hong Kong \ C. polita, sp. n., Brady, ibid. p. 161, pi. 19. figs. 1, 2, Hayti j C. nitida, sp. n., Brady, ibid. p. 163, pi. 19. figs. 8, 9, Mauritius. ENTOMOSTRACA. Cyclops lubbockii, sp. n., Brady, Nat. Hist. Transact, of Northumb. and Durham, iii. p. 127, pi. 4. figs. 1-8, pools of brackish water at Hartlepool. — — C. cequoreus (Fischer), in brackish pools at Seaton Sluice, Northumberland, new to Great Britain, described and figured by G. S. Brady, ibid. p. 128, pi. 4. figs. 9-16. — C. nigricauda and pallidus, spp. nn., Norman, Rep. Brit. Assoc, for 1868, p. 295, Shetland Islands. Amymone falcata, sp. n., Norman, ibid. p. 296, Shetland Islands. CRUSTACEA, 621 Canthocamptus cryptariim.^ sp. n., Brady, Quart. Journ. Microsc. Science» ix. p. 23, pi. 6, West Cramlington Colliery, near Newcastle, on the roof of the low main, kept constantly wet by the percolation of water from above, amongst imperfect slimy algre. Tigriopus (gen. nov.) liUjehorgii^ new name for Ilarpactims chelifer (Lill- jeborg), Norman, Rep. Brit. Assoc, for 1868, p. 296, Shetlands. Thalestris clausiiy sp. n., Norman, ibid. p. 297, Shetland Islands. Tachidius hrevicornis (MiilL), from brackish pools in Northumberland and Durham, new to Britain, described and figured by G. S. Brady, Nat. Hist. Transact, of Northiimb. and Durham, iii. p. 130, pi. 5. figs. 1-9. Dactglopus tishoides (Claus, not of Brady), in rock-pools at Rokor, county of Durliam, and the great Isle of Arran, Galway Bay; also in pools of brackish water at Seaton Sluice, Northumberland, new to Britain, described by G. S. Brady, ibid. pp. 131-133 [pi. 6 appears to represent this animal, but the plate is not referred to in the paper]. Delavalliay gen. nov. Superior n.ntennfe 8-jointed, having no flagellum ; inferior antennae bearing a biarticulated secondary branch. First pair of feet 2-branched, the external branch 3-jointed, the internal 2-jointed, not pre- hensile ; both branches of the three following pairs 3-articulate ; fifth pair rudimentary, foliaceous. Two ovisacs. D. palustris, sp. n., brackish pools at Seaton Sluice, Northumberland, G. S. Brady, I c. p. 133, pi. 5. figs. 10-16. Aspidiscus (gen. nov.) fasciatus, sp. n., Norman, Rep. Brit. Assoc, for 1868, p. 298, Shetland Islands. Antaria latericiay sp.n,, Grube, Verhandl. schles. Gesellsch. vaterl. Kultur, 1869, p. 32, pi, 1. fig. 3, St. Vaast-la-Hougue. Species of Notodelphyidcs living in Ascidiae have been observed at Naples by R. Buchholz, some new, others hitherto imperfectly known. The author gives also a general outline of the family. Zeitschr. f. wiss. Zool. xix. pp. 99-110 (abstract in Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. iv. pp. 137, 138). Notodelphys meditet'ranea and N. puellay spp. nn., Buchholz, 1. c. pp. Ill and 116, pis. 6, 6. figs. 1, 2, Naples. Deropygus ptdlus, sp. n,, and D. gihher (Thorell), Buchholz, 1. c. pp. 116 & 120, pis. 6, 7. figs. 3, 4, Naples. BotaeJms ftisiformis, sp. n., Buchholz, 1. c. p. 123, pis. 7, 8. fig. 6, Naples. Notopteraphorus (Costa). Buchholz states that the buccal organs of this genus agree with those of the other Notodelphyidoi. N. elongatiis (Costa) and ohtusus (Costa) form, according to him, one species, which is described and figured, 1. c. pp. 126-135, pis. 8, 9. fig. 6. GoniodeljyJiys, gen. nov. Body triangular, flat above, both sides conver- ging beneath ; first thoracic segment united with the head, fifth large and produced behind] into a process, in which the young ones are bred ; an- tennae 8-jointed. G. trigonay sp. n., Buchholz, 1. c. p. 129, pis. 9, 10. fig. 7, Naples. Entcrocola crucGy sp. n., Norman, Rep. Brit. Assoc, for 1868, p. 300, Shet- land Islands. Gunentophorus glohularis (Costa). Buchholz states that the buccal organs agree essentially with those of the other genera of this family, 1. c. p. 144, pi. 10. fig. 8. 6^2 ZOOLOGICAL LITEllATUllE. Ascidicola rosea (Thorell) = Oos/ebcoifa setigea'a (Hesse) observed at Naples by Buchholz, 1. c. p. 160. Zichomolgus (Thorell) elongatus, sp, n., Buchholz, /. c. p. 151, pi. 11. fig. 9, Naples. Ascomyzon echimcolaj sp. n., Norman, Hep. Brit. Assoc, for 1868, p. 300, Shetland Islands, parasitic on Echinus esculentus. SIPHONOSTOMA. Caligidae. Nogagus liitkenUf sp. n., Norman, Hep. Brit. Assoc, for 1868, p. 300, Shet- land Islands, on a Skate. Leenasidae, Nereidicola bipartita, sp. n., Grube, Verhandl. schles. Gesellsch. vaterl. Kultur, 1869, p. 33, pi. 1. fig. 2, St. Vaast-la-Hougue, on Nereis cidtrifera. Lerncea. A. Metzger’s paper on the male and female before the com- mencement of the retrograde metamorphosis, written in German (Zool. Record, vol. V. pp. 612, 633), has been translated into English by W. S. Dallas, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. iii. pp. 164-167. Lemea gadus minxdus [sic!], sp. n., found on the gills of Gadus mimitus, de- scribed by M. Hesse, Ann. Sci. Nat. xiii. 1870, pp. 1-30, pi. 1. The author had two full-grown females and two younger ones. He describes some stages of the embryonic development, and enters into the physiology and metamor- phoses of these Crustacea. His statements that the heart is a tube closed on all sides, and that the fluid contained in it is different from the nourishing fluid in the other parts of4he body, is contradicted in a concluding remark by Alph. Milne-Edwards. SUCTOIIIA. Sacculina, On the development of the eggs within the ovary, Gerbe, Compt. Rond. Ixviii, pp, 460-462 j Am). & Mag. Nat. Hist. iii. pp. 321, 322 ; Revue et Mag, Zool, 1869, p. 80, CIRRIPEDIA. Paradolepas, gen. nov., allied to Lepas and Dichelasjjis, having flve con- tiguous plates like the former, transparent in their general extent, but strengthened by the deposit of shelly matter, like the rudimentary valves of Dichelaspisj without, however, overlapping each other. — V. ncptuni, sp. n,, Macdonald, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1809, pp. 440-444, pis. 33, 34, parasitic on the branchiae of Neptunus pelagicus (L.) in More ton Bay. Balanus improvisus (Darwin), var. gryphicus (Munter), is fully described, ■with many observations on its development, by Dr. Buchholz, Mittheilungen aus dem naturwissenschaftlichen Vereine von Neuvorpommern und Riigen, i, pp. 4-40, with 2 plates. PYCNOGONIDA. Observations on the development of Pycnogonum littorale, Achelia leevis, and Phoxichilidium, sp., have been published by CRUSTACEA. 623 A. Dohrn, Jenaische Zeitschr. f. Med. u. Naturwiss. v. pp. 138- 157, pi. 5, 6. The author comes to the conclusion that the Pycnogonida are neither Arachnida nor Crustacea, that they are not allied to the Arachnida, and that they have, in common with the Crustacea, a NaujjliusAWG first stage of development, but that the further progress of their development is different from that of the Crustacea. Ammothca longipes (Hodge) described and figured by E, Grube in Verb, schles. Gesell. fiir vaterlandisclie Kultur, 18G9, p. 25, pi. 1. fig. 4, St. Vaast- la-Hoiigue. Acholia ccliinata (Hodge) described and figured by the same author, p. 27^ pi. 1. fig. 6, St. Vaast-la-Hougue. Vallme hrevirostris (Johnst.), Grube, ibid. p. 28, pi. 1. fig. 6, St. 'Vaast-la- Hougue. 624 ZOOLOGICAL LITERATURE. EOTIFERA BY E. Perceval Wright, M.A., M.D., F.L.S. Cub ITT, C4 Floscularia coronettat a new species, with observa- tions on some points in the economy of the genus. Month. Micr. Journ. Sept. 1869, vol. ii. pp. 133-140, pis. 24 & 25. Grenacher, H. Einige Beobachtungen uber Raderthiere. Zeitschr. f. wiss. Zool. 1869, pp. 483-498, Taf. 37. Hudson, C. T. On Rhinops vitrea, a new Rotifer. Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. ser. 4, vol. iii., Jan. 1869, pp. 27-29, pi. 2. -7 . Notes on Tiiarthra longiseta. Monthly Microscopical Journal, March 1869, pp. 176, 177, pi. 6. . Notes on Hydatina senta. Ibid. J uly 1869, vol. ii. pp. 22- 25, pi. 19. A further contribution to our knowledge of the Rotifers, ac- companied by an excellent plate. The internal parasites of Hydatina, figured first by Leydig, are here described and figured from living specimens. Rhinops vitrea, gen. et spec, nov., Hudson, 1. c, p. 27, pi. 2. No generic diagnosis is given ; but this is an illoricated Rotifer. The ciliated wreath is divided into several series. The proboscis is ciliated all over its ventral sur- face and its edge, except at the extreme point ; this proboscis can be turned over towards the dorsal surface ; it also carries two brilliant-ruby eyes. It belongs to the Hydatinea, and was taken in some numbers in a pond at Bristol. Floscularia coronetta, sp. n., Cubitt, /. c. p. 135, pi. 24, on Fontinalis anti- pyretica, from small pools on Wimbledon Common. Floscularia prohoscidea, Ehrbg. (FI. campanulata, Dobie), is described and figured by Grenacher, 1. c. p. 483. Microcodon clavus, Ehrbg., is also described and figured by Grenacher, 1. c. p, 487, Out of 100 examples examined, but one male was found. Triarthra longiseta, Ehrbg. Grenacher, 1. c. p. 491, describes and figures this species. The figure is excellent. ANNELIDA. 625 ANNELIDA BY E. Perceval Wright, M.A., M.D., F.L.S. Papers published in Journals. Baird, W. Remarks on several genera of Annelides belonging to the group Eunicea, with a notice of such species as are contained in the collection of the British Museum, and a description of some others hitherto undescribed. Journ. Linn. Soc. Zoology, vol. x. 1869, pp. 341-361. . Description of a new species of Earth-worm {Megascolex diffringens) found in North Wales. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1869, pp. 40-43 (woodcut) . Additional remarks on Megascolex diffringens. Ibid. pp. 387-389. . Descriptions of some new Suctorial Annelides in the collection of the British Museum. Ibid. pp. 310-318. Buchholz, R. Zur Entwickelungschichte von Zeitschr. f. wissensch. Zoologie, xix. 1869, pp. 95-98, Taf. 4. Claparede, Ed. Histologische Untersuchungen iiber den Regenwurm {Lumbricus terrestrisy Linn.) . Zeitschr. f. wis- sensch. Zoologie, xix. 1869, pp. 562-624, Taf. 43-48. Although the labours of many, from Morren to Lankester, have taught us much about the anatomy of the Earthworm, still its true histological history remains unwritten. This essay of Professor Claparede is meant to, in some measure (to use the modest words of the author) , help to fill up this very perceptible gap, to point out the mistakes and misunderstandings of previous writers on the subject, as well as to illustrate the minute struc- tures met with, which is done in great detail. Claparede, E., and Mecznikow, E. Beitriige zur Kenntniss der Entwickelungsgeschichte der Chgetopoden. Zeitschr. f. wissensch. Zoologie, xix. 1869, pp. 163-205, Taf. 12-17. In treating in detail of the development of many interesting Annelids, the authors remark on the breaking down of the arti- ficial divisions of Busch, Muller, and even of their own. Thus 626 ZOOLOGICAL LITERATURE. many Terebella-Y^iVWdd are true Nototrocliae, others are quite de- stitute of ciliary rows; many larvae of Eunicidae are genuine Polytrochae, while others would be Atrochae in the sense in whicli Miiiler used this term. It will be remembered that in many of the species only portions of their development were observed. Costa, A. Di un nuovo genere di Chetognati, and Di un genere di Siponculidei. Annuario del Mus. Zool. della R. Univ. di Napoli, Anno v. 1865. Napoli, 1869, pp. 54-57, tav. 3. Grube, E. Beschreibungen neuer oder weniger bekannter von Hrn. Ehrenberg gesammelter Anneliden des Itothen Meeres. Monatsber. Ak. Wiss. Berlin, 1869, pp. 484-521. Krohn, a. Ueber eine lebendiggeb’arende Syllis-Kxi. Archiv f. Naturg. XXXV. 1. Bd. pp. 197-200. Lankester, E. Ray. A contribution to the knowledge of tlie lower Annelids. Trans. Linn. Soc. vol. xxvi. part 3, 1869, pp. 631-646, tab. 48, 49. Contains : — I. On the anatomy and fissiparous reproduction of the asexual Chcetogaster limnmy v. Bar; II. Remarks on Chceto- y aster niveus, Ehr. ; III. On j^^olosoma quaternarium^ Ehr., and its young form ; and IV. Relations of Chcetogaster and JEolosoma to other low Annelida. . The sexual form of Chcetog aster limnm. Quart. Journ. Mic. Science, 1869, pp. 272-285, plates 14 & 15. . On the existence of distinct larval and sexual forms in gemmiparous Oligochsetous Worms. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. iv. Aug. 1869, pp. 102-104. Leidy, Joseph. Notice of some American Lceclies. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sciences Phil. 1868, pp. 299, 230. The author describes a new species, and gives in detail the characters of the Medicinal Leech of America. MTntosh, W. C. On the early stages in the development of Phyllodoce maculata^ Johns. Ann. & Mag. Nat, Hist, ser. 4, vol. iv. Aug. 1869, pp. 104-108, pi. 6. . On some new British Annelids. Trans. Roy. Soc. Edin. vol. XXV. pp. 305-433, plates 4 to 16. The first portion of this paper treats of the anatomy of the Nemertean worms. Vide under Scolecida. Malmgren, A. J. Ueber die Gattung Heteronereis (OErst.) und ihr Verhaltniss zu den Gattungen Nereis (Gr.) und Nerei- lepas (Gr.). Zeitschr. f. wissensch. Zoologie, xix. 1869, pp. 476-478, and in Archiv f. Naturg. xxxv. pp'. 58-61. Panceri, P. Altre larvedi Alciopide Rcndi- ANNELIDA. 627 con. della R. Acad. d. Scienze Fis. e Math, di Napoli, 1868 (known only from reference in Buchholz’s paper). Describes a larval form belonging to Costa’s genus Wiyncho- nerulla, as found parasitic in Cydippe densa. Ratzel, F. Histologische Untersucliungen an niederen Tliieren. (Erster Artikel.) Zeitschr. f. wissensch. Zoologie, xix. 1869, pp. 257-280, Taf. 22 & 23. On the muscular system of the Oligochfetes. . Vorlaufige Nachricht liber die Entwickclungsgeschichte von Lumhricus und Nephelis. Ibid. pp. 281-284. Tandon, G. Moquin-. Note sur une nouvelle Annelide chetopode hermaphrodite. Compt. Rend. tom. Ixviii. 1869, pp. 869, 870. ANNELIDA POLYCHiETA. M Gntosii {1. c.) describes the following species as new to the British fauna: — Amphinome vagans, Leach (?), Shetland seas ; Lcdmonicc Jilicorms, Kinb. =Z. hinhergi^ Baird, north and north-west of Scotland; Lepidonotus pellu- cidus^ Ehl., North Uist; Polynoe longisetis, Gruhe, St. Andrews; Holosydna gelatinosa, Sars, St. Andrews Bay; Sthenelais dendrolepis, Clap., North Uist; S. Umicola, Ehl., Shetland; Notophyllum poly noidcs^ Qilrst., St. Andrews Bay ; Opliiodromm vittatus, Sars, North Uist; Atdolytus pictus, Ehl., North Uist and St. Andrews; SylUs krohnii, Ehl., var., Nortli Uist; S. cormeta, Rathk., Hebrides; S. macrocera, Gruhe, North Uist; SphcBrosyllis hystrix, Clap., North Uist and Minch ; Rhodme loveni^ Malm,, Shetland ; Axiothea catmata^ Malm., Shetland ; Praxilla preetermissa, Malm., north and west of Scotland; P. gracilis, Sars, North Uist ; Clymene ehiensis, And. & Ed., Shetland ; Am^ mochares ottonis, Gruhe,= Oj!?s digitata, Carrington, St. Andrews; Amphicteis gunneri, Sars, = Crossostoma midas, Gosse, North Scotland ; Ampliarete. arctica^ Malm. ; Terchella zostericola, (Erst. ; Pista cristata, Miill. ; Grymxa bairdi, Malm. ; Lysilla loveni, Malm. ; Rretdho smitti, Malm. ? ; Trichobranchus gla- cialis, Malm. Some new species are referred to below. MMntosit gives a list of Annelids from the neighbourhood of Plymouth ; the majority of the species are well known forms ; but Nereis marionii, And. & Edw., and Terebella (Polymnia) danielsseni, Mlgr,, are mentioned as now first recorded as British. Rep. Brit. Assoc. 1869, pp. 89-91. Burrowing Annelids. — Dr. O. Mbrch states that in Dr. McIntosh’s paper on this subjeet (vide ^ Zool. Reeord,’ 1868, p. 546) several Annelids arc mentioned as burrowing, although he several years ago showed that two of the genera enumerated undoubtedly belong to the subkingdom Mollusca (Stoa and Spiroglyphus ; these have a multispiral lid never met with in Annelids) ; and two of the serpulids mentioned never burrow. He also adds that Swammerdam (Biblia Naturse, 1735, vol. i. 628 ZOOLOGICAL LITERATURE. p. 182) has given an excellent account of an Annelid burrowing in Littorina littorea. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. iii., January 1869, p. 87. Aphroditidea. Polyno‘e{Lepidonotus) trissoch<^ta, sp. n. (Ehrb.), Grube, 1. c. p. 485, Red Sea. P. (X.) carinulataf sp. n., Grube, 1. c. p. 488, Red Sea. P. {Ilarmothoe^ Kl^g*) grisea, sp. n. (Ebrb.), Grube, 1. c. p. 489, Red Sea. Sthenelais longipimxis, sp. n., Grube, /. c. p. 490, Red Sea. Eunicea. Eunice Jiaccida, sp. n., Grube, l.c. p. 491, Red Sea; E. loxigicirris, sp. n., Grube, 1. c. p. 492, Suez ; E. pectinata, sp. n. (Ebrb.), Grube, 1. c. p. 492; E. Jiavo-cuprca^ sp.n. (Ebrb.), Grube, l.c, p. 493, Rod Sea; E. collar is, sp. u., (Ebrb.), Grube, 1. c. p. 494, Tor. Eunice elsyi, sp. n., Baird, l.c. p. 344, North Australia; E. madeirensis, sp.n., Baird, 1. c. p. 344, Madeira, very close to E. adriatioa, Scbm. ; E.fji- ensis, sp.n., Baird, l.c. p. 347, Fiji; E. woodwardi, sp.n., Baird, l.c. p. 347, Corunna, very near Leodice hispanica, Sav. ; E. antarctica, sp. n., Baird, 1. c. p. 348, Antarctic Seas, near E. havaica, Kinb. ; E. plicata, sp. n., Baird, 1. c. p. 348, Freemantle, Australia; E. howerhanhi, sp. n., Baird, 1. c. p. 349, Aus- tralia ; E. guttata, sp. n., Baird, 1. c. p. 350, between Bombay and Singapore ; E. narconi, sp. n., Baird, 1. c. p. 350, Island of Narcon, Antarctic Seas ; E. guildingi, sp.n., Baird, 1. c. p. 351, St. Vincent’s, West Indies. Lysidice collaris, sp. n. (Ebrb.), Grube, 1. c. p. 495. lAimhriconereis versicolor, sp. n. (Ebrb.), Grube, l.c. p. 496, Tor; L, nitida, sp. n. (Ebrb.), Grube, 1. c. p. 496, Tor ; L. hemprichii, sp. n. (Ebrb.), Grube, 1. c. p. 497. Claparede & Mecznikow describe the development of the following [1. c.) : — Lutnhriconereis, p. 182. Tbe development of Muller’s Atrocha appears to prove it to be a species of this genus. Ophryotrocha puerilis, p. 184. Tins form is described as a new genus and species, first met with in tbe larval form in tbe author’s aquarium. Staurocephalus chiaji, Clprd., p. 186. Staut'ocephalus hefersteini, sp. n., MTntosb, 1. c. p. 417, pi. 16. figs, a-g, North Uist. Marphysa parishii, sp. n., Baird, 1. c. p. 352, Brazil. Tradopia, g. n., Baird, 1. c. p. 355. Branchiae pectinated ; tentacular cirri placed on dorsal part of buccal segment ; tentacles, antennae, and palpi strongly annulated on inferior or basal portion, which is more than half the length of tbe whole organ. T. maculata, sp. n., Baird, 1. c. p. 356, Madras. Hyalinoecia hilineata, sp. n., Baird, 1. c. p. 358, 20 to 40 fathoms off the coast of Cornwall ; H. varians, sp. n., Baird, 1. c. p. 359, St. Vincent’s, West Indies. Nephthydea. Nephthys scolopendroides, Delle Cbiaje. Tbe development of this species is described by Claparede & Mecznikow, 1. c. p. 187. Its larval form is Telo- ANNELIDA. 629 trochan ; and the authors remark that it is impossible for th^m to distinguish the apparently correct delineations of the larvas of Nareda as figured by A. Agassiz from the larvss of Nephthys. CiRRATULEA. Cirratuliis auricapilhis, sp. n. (Ehrb.), Grube, 1. c. p. 503, Tor ; C. gracilis y sp. n. (Ehrb.), Grube, 1. c. p. 604, Tor ; C. nigromaculatusy sp. n., Grube, /. c. p. 504, ? Red Sea. Cirratidns chrysoderma ?, Olprd. Its development is described by Olapa- redo & Mecznikow, 1. c. p. 192. Andouinia JUigora {Jjumhricus fdigcruSy Dcllo Ohiajo). Its development is described by ClaparMo & Mecznikow, I, c. p. 102. ClILORiEMEA. Siphonostoma busJcii, sp. n., MTntosh, 1. c. p. 420, pi. 16. fig. 13 & pi. IG. fig. 4, Lochmaddy, North Uist. Lycoridea (Nereidea) Nereis massiliensis, sp. n., M. Tandon, 1. c. p. 870. Described as an herma- phrodite species. Nereis fasciata, sp. n. (Ehrb.), Grube, 1. e. p. 498, Red Sea. Heteronereis grandifolia, Mgrn. The agreement between this species and Nereis pclagica is in many points so surprising that Malmgren (/. c.) considers it to belong to the same generation-series ; while, on the other hand, H. fucicola appears to be combined with Nerdilepas vaiiahilis, (Erst. (= Nereis dumerili auct.), in the one generation-series. Vide also Ehlers’s remarks < Zool. Record,’ 18G7, p. 633. Iphinereis and Heteronereis. Malmgren {I, c. p. 478) suspects, from reasons given, that the species of these genera are but sexual forms of still unknown genera. Syllidea. Syllis vivipara, sp. n., Krohn, 1. c. p. 198. Very closely related to S. ar- mandiy Clprd. This species is viviparous. Syllis pictOy sp. n. (Ehrb.), Grube, 1. c. p. 499, Red Sea ; S. violacea, sp. n. (Ehrb.), Grube, 1. c. p. 600, Red Sea ; S. neglecttty sp. n. (Ehrb.), Grube, 1. c. p. 601, Tor. Pionosyllis malmgreniy sp. n., MTntosh, 1. c. p. 414, pi. IG. fig. 10, Minch. Phyllodocea. Eumeniajeffreysiiy sp. n., McIntosh, I, c. p. 419, pi. IG. fig. 6, Hebrides and Shetland. riiyllodocc macnlatay Johnst. MTntosh {l.c.) describes and figures the development of this species from the time the ovum is impregnated to about its fourteenth day. Phyllodoce. The development of a species of this genus is described by Claparede & Mecznikow, 1. c. p. 189. 630 ZOOLOGICAL LITEIlATUllE. Alciopidce. Alciopina panceri, sp. n., Buchholz, I, c. p. 98, Taf. 4. figs. 1 to 4, found parasitic in Cydippe densa, Forsk., from the Bay of Naples, making with the A. parasitica, Olap. & Banc., and lihynchonerulla ?, Pane., the third form found living in the interior of this Ctenophore. Claparede and Panceri’s paper on an Alciopid, a parasite of Cydippe densa (see ‘ Zool. Record/ 1807, p. 635) will he found translated in Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. iv. July 1869, pp. 29-34, pi. 6. . CHiETOPTERIDEA. Phyllochcetopterus arahicus, sp. n. (Ehrh.), Gruhe, /. c. p. 607, very near P. gracilis, Gr. The development of the following species is described by Claparede & Meeznikow, 1. c. : — Telepsavus costarum, p. 178. Phyllochcetopterus socialis ?, p. 181. Clymenea. Dasyhranchus carneus, sp. n. (Ehrb.), Grube, 1. c. p. 605, Tor ; queried by Grube as perhaps a var. of D. caduci, Gr. Leucodorea. The development of the following species is more or less fully described by Claparede and Meeznikow, 1. c. : — Spio fidiginosus, Clprd. p. 169. S. meeznikowianus, Clprd. p. 170 : this species differs from all hitherto known Chaetopods in the development of spermatophores, which are to be found regularly disposed in the segmental organs of the middle and lower, never in the upper portions of the bodies of the males ; this, it is well to note, is a fact in favour of the author’s view about the segmental organa. Several laiwai of unknown species are described at p. 176. Nerine cirratida {=.Lumhricus cirratulus, Delle Chiaje), p. 173. It is most remarkable that in the ova of this species the yelk should remain the same as when first formed in the ovary, as a wreath of transparent balls or bladders, whose significance is quite enigmatical. Polydora {Leucodore, Johnst.), species unknown, p. 175, Terebellea. Terehella. a. Branchiis utrinque 3, cirratis. T. thoracica, sp. n. (Ehrb.), Grube, 1. c. p. 508, Tor. — 6. Branchiis utrinque 3, ramosis. T. vigintipes, sp. n. (Ehrb.), Grube, 1. c. p. 609, Tor ; T. variegata, sp. n. (Ehrb.), Grube, /. c. p. 610 T. virescem, sp. n. (Ehrb.), Grube, 1. c. p. 511, Tor j 2\ ehrenhergi, sp. n., Grube, 1. c, p. 611. — c. Branchiis utrinque 2, ramosis. 2\ {Physelia) ochruleiica, sp. n. (Ehrb.), Grube, 1. c. p. 612, Torj '1\ (P.) atricapilla, sp. n. (Ehrb.), Grube, 1. c. p. 513, Tor ; T. (P.) fasciata, sp. n. (Ehrb.), Grube, /. c. p. 513, Tor. 2'erehellides nmbella, sp. n. (Ehrb.), Grube, 1. c. p. 514, Tor. 'ANNELIDA. 631 Polycirrus coccineus, sp. n. (Ehrb.), Grube, 1. c. p. 616 j P. tribullataj Bp. n., INI^Intosb, 1. c. p. 424, Sbetland. Terehella mcclceliij Claparede & Mecznikow, 1. c. p. 194, describe tbe deve- lopment of this species. Serpulea. SaheMa fusca , sp. n., Grube, 1. c. p. 616. Dasychone luctuosa, sp. n. (Ebrb.), Grube, l.c. p. 617, Tor. Pomatostcyus sanyuineus, sp. n. (Elirb.), Grube, 1. c. p. 619. Eupnmatns nlhiccps^ sp. n. (Ebrb.), Grube, /. c. p. 620, Tor. Dasychom lucullana (Dello Cbinjo), Spirorhis juiyc^istcchcri Pilco- larin miUtaris (Clprd.). Stages in tbe development of these species are de- scribed by ClaparMe and Mecznikow, 1. c. pp. 197-201. ANNELIDA OLIGOCH^TA. Lumrrtcina. Moyascolcx (Uffrinycns, sp. n., llaird, I c. p. 41. figs. 1 to 4, from a plant- stove in the gardens at Plas Machynlleth, in Montgomeryshire, North Wales. Baird thinks that there is no sufficient distinction between Schmarda’s genus Pcrichceta and Templeton’s Megascolex, and proposes to do away with the former. He mentions that Schmarda does not quote the description of Templeton’s genus accurately j and we may observe thkt the same mistake has been fallen into by Vaillant, who probably simply copied Schmarda (see ensisf Pourt. ; A. 7'uhiginosa, Pourt. ; A. bf'evipuma, Pourt. ; Pentacrinus mulleri, CErst. j Phizocrinus lofotensis, Sara. PouRTALEs records (/. c. p. 359) the following Holothuroidea also from the same locality: — Cuvicria operculata, Pourt, ; Thyonidium conchilegum, Pourt. ; T. geinmatimi, Pourt. ; JEcJiinociicumis typica, Sara ; Cucumaria frondosa, Gunner ; Mol- padia horealisj Sara. Development, Here we may mention the important notes appended by Aw Agassiz to his Report on the deep-sea Echini c. p. 279), on the young stages of Echini. He was enabled to study the changes due to growth in no fewer than thirty-two species. The changes some species undergo arc so great that nothing would have been more natural than to place the two extremes of the series, not only in different species but often in dif- ferent genera. Detailed descriptions, accompanied with figures, are promised shortly. In the present notes brief allusions are made to the changes undergone during growth by Toxopneustes drohachiensiSy Ag.; Cidaris, Echinometra, Echinocidar is, Echinus, and allied genera ; by the Temnopleuridie ; by the Clypeastroids, as Echinarachnius, Mellita, Encope, Echinocyamus ; by the Spatangoids. It would be impossible, within the limits of this Record, even to indicate the remarkable peculiarities in these young forms described by A. Agassiz ; but their importance in relation to classification cannot be overlooked. Removing Echinoneus from the Galeritidje, A. Agassiz would associate the Galeritidie having teeth with the true Echinoids. Metschnikoff (/. c. p. 27) mentions the following as facts now pretty well established by his observations on the develop- ment of the Ophiuridee : — 1. The ambulacral system and the side plates arise from one and the same origin. 2. Both layers of the tegumentary system of the larvse un- dergo, at a certain point, a thickening, and immediately become differentiated into a shape according to that of the perfect animal. But as, after the formation of the star bodies, some of the provisional calcareous rods enclosing portions of the skin remain attached which later disappear, so it may be assumed that they are not directly transformed into the tegumentary por- tions of the Ophiurid, but are either thrown off by degrees or are absorbed by the star. 3. The transformation of the bilateral larva into a radial form is accomplished by the retreat, both in the dorsal and ventral 642 ZOOLOGICAL LlTERATUllE. regions^ of several organs in a direction to the right ; a cross motion is thereby eftected, by which tlie organs previously oc- cupying a straight line to the left side of the larva now form a decided cross. 4. The (esophagus is surrounded by the ambulaera, whereby it is brought into the eentre of the ambulaeral ring. It, as well as the mouth, passes over from the larval to the perfeet form Avithout change. Cystidea. Hyponome sarsi. Lov«5n’s paper on this recent Cystidean is translated in Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. ser. 4, vol. iv. Sept. 1869, p. 159. Crinoidea. Antedon armata, sp. n., Pourtales, 1. c. p. 356 ; A. cubensis, sp. n., Pourtales, /. c. p. 356 j A. rubiginosa^ sp. n., Pourtales, /. c. p. 356. Ophiuroidea. Ophiurida. Lutken (/. c. p. 97) arranges this family as follows. We have given uniformly the termination ince to the subfamilies : — 1. 0. dontibus papillisquo oralibiis nuinero divorso prajditaB absque pupillis dentalibus veils. A. 0. lacertosae. a. Opliioderminae ; Ophiodermaj M. Tr. {Ophiura^ Lym*) J Ophio- psammus, Ltk. ; Pectinnra, Forbes (non Heller) j Ophioeonis, Ltk. (Pectinura, flell.) ; Ophiopeza, Pet. b. Opliiochsetinse j Ophiochceta, Ltk. c. Ophiolepinae : Ophiolepis, M. Tr. {Ophiozona, Lyin.) ; Ophioglypha^ Lym. {Ophiura, Forb.); Ophioceramisj Lym. j OpJiiocten, Ltk.; Ophiopus, Lgm. B. 0. echinatae. d. Ophionereinas ; Ophionereis, Ltk. ; Ophioplocus, Lym. e. Ophiocanthinae : Ophioble7ma, Ltk. ; OpJiiarachna, M. Tr. ; Ophia- cantha, M. Tr. f. Amphiurinae : A?tip?npholis, Lgm. ; Ophiostigma, Ltk ; Ophiopholis, M. Tr. ; Ophiactis, Ltk. ; Jlemipholis, Lym. ; Amphiura, Forb. ; Ophionephthys, Ltk. ; Ophiopeltis, Dlib. Kor. ; Ophionema^ Ltk. ; OphiocentruSj Lym. ; AmphilepiSf ligm. 2. 0. echinatae, papillis infra dentalibus numerosia instructae. g. Ophiocominae : Ophiocoma, M. Tr. ; Ophiomastix^ M. Tr. ; Ophiopsila, Forb. {Ophianoplus, Sars) ; Ophiarthrum, Pet. h. Ophiothricinae : Ophioenemis, M. Tr. j Ophiogymnaj Lgm. ; Ophio- thrixy M. Tr. 3. O. disco, brachiia et spinis cute molli obductae, spinis oralibus vel papillis oralibus dentiformibus soils instructae. i. Ophiomycinae : Ophiomyxa, M. Tr. k. Ophioscolicinae : Ophio&col&Xf M. Tr. ECHINODEHMATA. 643 Ophionephthys, g. ii. (Liitken, 1. c. pp. 25 and 29), disco dccies inciso, niolli, scutis et sciitellis radialibiis, oralibus, adoralibiis, genitalibus, mar- ginalibusque et acervis sqiiamarum qiiinque in dorso disci, scutorum radia- lium partes introversas circiimdantibus, exceptis, niido ; brachiis longissimis teniiibus, scutellis spinisqiie bracbialibus 4-6 iit in Amphiuris instructis ; papillae ambiilacrales singulre adsimt, orales iitrinque 2 vel 3, infradentali interna ab externa vel externis duabus intervallo sejuncta. O. limicola^ n. sp., Ltk., St. Thomas, W. I. Ophionema^ g. n. (Liitken, 1. c. pp. 27 and 28), disco omnino molli, nudo scutis radialibiis angusiis genitalibusquo solis exceptis 5 papillis oralibus infra- dentalibiis binis, externa vulgo utrinqiie singula, spinis bracbialibus 4-6, pa- pilla ambulacrali nulla. Differt ab OpliiopeUi squamulis disci nullis et spina brachiali securiformi nulla. O. intricatay n. sp., Ltk., hab. cum prsece- dente, Ophioconis, g. n., for Pectinura forbesi (Heller), Liitken, pp. 31 & 98. Ophiopsammiis, g. n., for Ophiopeza yoldiij Ltk., Liitken, pp. 31 98. Opliiochcday g. n. (Liitken, pp. 31 & 98), differt ab Ophioderma rimis geni- talibus simplicibus (decern), incisuris disci ad basin brachiorum nullis, disco Iitrinque setis gracilibus brovibus (non granulis) dense obtecto ; scuta radialia obtecta; cetera Opliiodermcc. O. setosa, n. sp., Ltk., Fiji Islands. Amphipholis Jissa, sp. n., Ltk. 1. c. p. 99, Amur. Ophiarachna nffinis, sp. n., Ltk. 1. c. p. 99, Fiji. Ophiomastix mixta, sp. n., Ltk. 1. c. p. 100, Samoa and Fiji Islands ; O. aspertda, sp. n., Ltk. 1. c. p. 100, Fiji j O. caryophyllata, sp. n., Ltk., p. 100, Fiji. Ophiomyxa australis, sp. n., Ltk. 1. c. p. 99, Bass’s Straits. Ojdiioco7na canaliculata, sp. n., Ltk. I c. p. 99, Bass’s Straits. Ophiacantha pmtacrinus, sp. n., Ltk. 1. c. p. 99, Antilles, on Pcntacrinus miillnri. Ophioth'ix striolata, sp. n., Grube, Liitken, 1. c. p. 99, New Guinea, China Sea ; O. elegans, sp. n., Ltk. 1. c. p. 99, China seas ; O. trilhieata, sp. n., Ltk. p. 100, Samoa Islands ; O. capensis, sp. n., Ltk. p. 100, Cape of Good Hope, on Gorgonise. Asterias tricolor, Abgd. Liitken (1. c. p. 47) demonstrates that this must be a species of Ophiacantha and not of Ophiothrix, as was formerly thought, which inhabits the southern coasts of Norway, and that the Ophiactis clavi- gera of Ljungman, found in the same locality and at a great depth, is very certainly none other than the A. tricolor, and should be quoted as Ophiacantha tricolor (Abgd.). He also expresses a wish that the ‘‘ Ophiocoma granulata,'^ found by Dr. Wallich at a depth of 1260 feet in the Atlantic, should be again examined to see whether it may not also be this species. Ophiothrix fragilis, Abgd., of the North Sea, is not, as is generally thought, to be met with in the Mediterranean, but is there replaced by two species, O. echinata, from the Adriatic, and O. quinquemacidata (D. Ch.), from the Gulf of Naples. Liitken, 1. c. p. 61. Ophiocoma occllata. Martens, is Ophiarachna incrassata (Lmk.). The genus Ophiarachna would appear to embrace two very distinct types — one repre- sented by this species, which recalls to mind somewhat the genus Ophiocoma, the other embracing O. gorgonia &c., approaching Ophioderma, for which Forbes’s name, Pectinura, has the priority. Liitken, 1. c. p. 31 &c. ZOOLOGICAL LITERATURE. 64i Opkiarachna spinosa, Ljungman, is Ophiopeza fallaXy Peters. Liitken, 1. c. p. 31. Ojihiomusiumy g. n., Lyman, 1. c. p.,322. Teeth ; no tooth-papillae; mouth- papillae soldered in a continuous row, so that their former outlines are scarcely to be seen ; disk covered by plates and radial shields, all of which are inti- mately soldered, forming a surface like porcelain; upper and under arm- plates minute ; side arm-plates meeting above and below, swelled, intimately soldered with the neighbouring parts; no tentacle-pores beyond the basal arm-joints; small arm-spines on outer edge of arm-plates. Two genital slits on each interbrachial space. O. ehurneum, sp. n., Lyman, 1. c. p. 322. Ophiomitray g. n., Lyman, 1. c. p. 325. Teeth; numerous, small, nearly equal mouth-papillae ; no tooth-papillae ; disk flat, circular, and erect, covered with scales and radial shields, and beset with thorny spines or stumps ; arm- spines rough ; side arm-plates large and nearly or quite meeting above and below. O. valula and O. sertatay spp. nn., Lyman, 1. c. pp. 325, 32G. OphiocondruSy g. n., Lyman, /. c. p. 327. Teeth and mouth -papillae ; no tooth-papillae ; disk granulated, contracted so that the interbrachial spaces are reenteringly curved, and are further much reduced by the encroachment of the stout arms ; side mouth-shields wide and thick, and meeting within ; side arm-plates meeting below, and there closely soldered, so as to form a continuous belt : two genital slits in each interbrachial space. O. convolutuSy sp. n., Ijyman, 1. c. p. 328. Ophiothamnusy g. n., Lyman, 1. c. p. 341. Teeth ; no tooth-papillae ; mouth- papillae, of which the outer is much the broadest; side mouth-shields long and stout, extending outside the mouth-shields, and making with them a conspicuous raised pentagon ; side arm-plates large, meeting above and below, and bearing slender rough spines on their sides ; disk puffed and overlying the bases of the arms, covered with scales and radial shields, which are beset with spines. O. vicariuSy sp. n., Ljnnan, 1. c. p. 342. Ophioniyces, g. n., Lyman, 1. c. p. 343. Teeth ; no tooth-papillae ; nu- merous wide, flat mouth-papillae, which are turned downwards and outwards and arranged in two or inoro imbricated rows, covering the whole mouth- angle; side mouth-shields large, and meeting above; disk finely scaled, without visible radial shields ; arm-spines within the disk shorter, stouter, and of a different character from those of the joints further out. O. mirahilis and O. frutectosuSy spp. nn., Lyman, 1. c. pp. 343, 346. Ophioglypha acervatUy sp. n., Lyman, I, c. p. 31G ; O.falciferay sp, n., Lyman, I c, p. 319. Ophiocten depressiwiy sp. n., Lyman, /. c. p. 320. Ophiacantha meridionaliSy sp. n., Lyman, 1. c. p. 324 ? = O. Ltk. Ophiactis humiliSy sp. n., Lyman, 1. c. p. 329 ; 0. planay sp. n., Lyman, 1. c. p. 330; O. loricatay sp. n., Lyman, 1. c. p. 331. Amphiura semiermisy sp. n., Lyman, 1. c. p. 332 ; A. grandisquamay sp. n., Lyman, I, c. p. 334 ; A. pidchellay sp. n., Lyman, 1. c. p. 337. Amphiura. Lyman, 1. c. p. 338, gives an analysis of all the known species. Ophioc7uda olivaceay sp. n., Lyman, 1. c. p. 340. Pectinura (Ophiarachna) maculatay sp. n., Verrill, 1. c. p. 388, New Zealand. Ophionereis crassispinciy Ljung.,= 0. pon'ectay Verrill. Possibly O. squa- matUy Ljung., may be the adult form of the same species. Verrill, 1. c. p. 390. Hemipholis affiaisy Jqung., = 7/. gracilisy Verrill, on the supposition that ECIIINODERMATA. 645 Jjjiingman’s “ Opliinroiclea Tiventia hue usque cognita” was not published before March 1807. Vide Verrill, 1. c. p. 391. Ophiothda dance, sp. nov., Verrill, 1. c. p. 391, Fiji Islands, in large num- bers on 3Ielitodes virgata, V. OphiopsiJa (Ophianophis) anmdosa (Sars) is mentioned by Brady, 1. c. p. 365, pi. 22. figs. 1-6, as dredged in Birterbuy Bay, Connemara. Only a single ray was found in the dredge. The type specimen was taken by Sars in the Bay of Naples. Aster ophytidoi. Lutken (/. c. p. 63) gives the following conspectus of this family : — A. Brachiis simplicibiis. a. Rimse geni tales binse in fossis, scutis oralibus immediatim juxtapositis, approximatre, nec non 1. In iiitima parte ventrali disci, discus et brachia omnino nuda; spime ambulacrales breves 4, longa una, orales papillarum oralium et den- tium locum tenentes Astero7iijx, M. Tr. 2. In lateribus disci, in angulis brachiorum ; discus et brachia granulata, hsec autem ad basin nodosa ; spinae ambulacrales breves binae ; pa- pill.-B orales et dentes adsunt Asteromoipha, Ltk. h. Rimoe genitales sejunctae, ad basin brachiorum, non in fossa comrauni binae. 3. Discus et brachia granulata, ceterum hevia; spinas ambulacrales binae; papillae orales, dentes ? Aster oschema,QS,sidi.,JA\c. 4. Costae disci et brachia profunde annulata, asperrima ; spinao ambu- Incrales 5 aut 0 ; spintc orales Asteroporpa, QCst., Ltk. B. Brachiis divisis, aut 5. In extrema parte modo ; rimae genitales approximatae, in angulis bra- chiorum, id est in lateribus disci, sed non in fossa communi junctae. Papillae orales et dentes verae adsunt . . Trichaster, Ag. Brachiis divisis, aut 0. A basi inde; rimae genitales late sejunctae, ad basin brachiorum; pro dentibus et papillis oralibus spinae orales plerumque adsunt. Aster ophy ton, M. Tr. Aster cypliyton stimsonii, sp. nov., Verrill, /. c. p. 388. Allied to A. lamarckii, Ochotsk Sea, and also north of Behring’s Straits. Aster ophyton mucro7iatum, sp. n., Lyman, 1. e. p. 348. Astrogoniphus, g. n., Lyman, 1. c. p. 350. Disk with ten low, very narrow radial ribs running nearly to its centre, and beset with numerous spines ; arms simple ; skin of arms and disk covered by a mosaic of small flat grains, the joints of the former distinguished by ridges, each of which consists of belts of granules, some of them bearing minute hooks ; arm-spines like thorny stumps, and arranged in clumps just above the tentacle-pores; teeth ; tooth-papilhe and mouth-papilla} all similar and spiniform : two genital slits in each interbrachial space. A. vallntns, sp. n., Lyman, 1. c. p. 350. Ophiocreas, g. n., Lyman, /. c. p. 347. Disk and arms uniformly covered with soft skin, bearing microscopical grains ; disk small, its interbrachial out- lines reenteringly curved ; five pairs of narrow, rather high radial ribs run- ning from the margin (piite to the ccnitro ; arms simple, v(iry long and 646 ZOOLOGICAL LITERATURE. smooth, the joints indicated by very slight depressions; small arm-spines standing just above the tentacles ; teeth j one or more tooth -papillee ; mouth- papillm arranged in a clump on the side of the mouth-frame and above its lower edge j two genital slits nearly as long as the disk is high. O. hun- hricuSf sp. n., Lyman, /. c. p. 347. Asteromorpha (n. gen., Liitken, /. c. pp. 60 & 100) disco costato granulato, brachiis sat robustis 5 vel 6, indivisis, interna parte supra nodosa et distincte annulata, ceterum glabris, indistincte annulatis, spinis ambulacralibus binis utrinque in facie inferiore brachiorum; ore papillis dentibusque veris in- structo; rimis genitalibus per paria approximatis, in fossis 5 vel 6, latera disci et angulos interbrachiales occiipantibus, collocatis. A. steenstriqni, n. sp., Ltk. p. GO (woodcut), habitat \inknown. Asteroidea. Choriaster granulahis, g. et sp. n., Liitken, 1. c. p. xxxv. Starfish belong- ing to the group with distinct anus and two rows of ambulacral feet, with well-marked sucking-disks. Body high, with five short, thick, nearly cylindrical arms with rounded extremities, their length not quite the dia- meter of the disk ; disk and arms quite smooth on both upper and lower surface, without spines of any kind or visible tegumentary plates, but covered by a soft leathery, densely granular integument ; anus large, central ; pore- area with numerous irregularly round, sharply defined pores, and occur- ring on the back of the body and on the sides and back of the arms, with the exception of the last third of the arms, where, as on the underside, the pores are completely wanting ; they otherwise form eight rows in length on each arm ; ambulacral papillae two-rowed in hand-shaped groups, the inner 6-7, the outer generally coarser, 4 : larger radius 105 mm. (about four inches) ; smaller radius 50 mm. Habitat Pelew Island and the Fijis. Echinaster spinulosus, sp. n., Verrill, 1. c. p. 386, west coast of Florida. IHeraster dance^ sp. n., Verrill, /. c. p. 386, Ilio Janeiro ? Echinoidea. Dorocidaris abi/sstcola, g. et sp. n., A. Agassiz, 1. c. p. 253. Test de- pressed ; spines not as distinctly fiuted and crenated as in Cidaris hystrix, often worn perfectly smooth, and attain their greatest diameter at about one- fifth the length of the spine from the base ; milled ring and neclc of spine sharply defined. Mamelon of primary tubercles small, deeply cut at its base, high, mammillary boss not prominent. Scrobicule deeply sunk ; scrobicular circle and interambulacral miliaries prominently raised ; secondary tubercles of scrobicular circle but slightly larger than the miliaries, diminishing regu- larly towards the sutures of the plates, which are clearly and sharply cut, as are also the sutures of the ambulacral plates ; eacli plate carries a larger ex- terior tubercle, with a smaller one nearer the abactinal edge, and sometimes a third and fourth miliary between the two. The poriferous zone is narrow but slightly undulating, and occupying half the ambulacral plate. Sutures of abactinal plates marked by distinctly cut lines; abactinal system large ; ocular plates heart-shaped; genital plates irregularly octagonal. From 40 to 270 fathoms. Salenociduris rarispina, gen. et sp. nov., A. Agassiz, 1. c. p. 254. Tlie ab- ECHINODERMATA. - 647 nciiiial system is that of Saicnm, hut the position of the anal system is that of Hyposalenia. As nothing is known of the spines of either of these genera, tins new genus is established on the peculiarity of the abactihal system and tlie imbricated buccal membrane, which is covered thickly with plates ar- ranged somewhat as they are in Echinocidaris. The primary tubercles of the interambulacral area are large, arranged in two vertical rows in the two areas; those of the ambulacral area are smaller, and diminish rapidly towards the abactiiial pole. Three posterior genital plates much larger than two anterior ; the reverse is the case of the ocular plates ; there is a trace of a madreporic body on the largest genital plate. Oflf Double Head Shot Key, 315 fathoms. Ccenopedina mhensis, gen. et spec, nov., A. Agassiz, 1. c. p. 256. This is a living representative of Ile^nipedina, Wright, as emended by Desor, but dif- fers by the peculiar arrangement of the pores, which have a tendency to arrange themselves in lateral arcs of three pairs. General outline of test is that of Cyphosoma ; its perforate tubercles are not crenulated, are nearly of the same size, and there are but two rows, extending from pole to pole. Abactinal part of tost is flat ; the actinal opening is Inrgo, spines long, moder- ately slout; genital plates heptngonal, carrying five to six small tubercles and as many still smaller ones. Ocular plates pentagonal ; ocular pore large, surrounded by an arc of small tubercles. Anal system largo ; plates numerous and minute. Anus central. Teeth like those of Echinocidaris ; buccal mem- brane is strengthened round the mouth, close to the teeth, by ten large per- forated plates, occupying nearly the whole membrane, with eight to ten smaller ones around these. From 138 to 270 fathoms. Echmus lividus. For its development see Metschnikoflf, /. c. p. 42. Echinus yracilis, sp. n., A. Agassiz, 1. c. p. 261. Intermediate between E. flemingii, Dali, and E. melo, Lam. From 93 to 200 fathoms. Podocidaris sculptUy gen. et sp. nov., A. Agassiz, 1. c. p. 258. Has the general facies of a j^oiing Echinocidaris, with a depressed abactinal surface as in Astropyga, the ambulacra rising in ridges above the surface. The whole surface of the test is covered with long-stemmed articulated pedicellariae, having each a distinct mamelon for their support, surrounded by a sort of scrobicular circle, the base of the pedicellariae forming a ball-and-socket joint with the tubercle, while there is a true muscular membrane holding them in place, as in true spines. Only four anal plates, as in Echinocidaris ; genital and ocular plates with small rudimentary knob-shaped spines. From 138 to 315 fathoms. Genocidaris maculata, gen. et sp. nov., A. Agassiz, 1. c. p. 262. This is the living representative of Opechinus. The spines resemble those of Temno- plcurus, but are short ; actinal membrane, with the exception of ten small circular buccal plates, is bare : a single circular plate, slightly conical, occu- pies nearly the whole anal system, with the exception of a small crescent- shaped slit, covered by four very small plates. Genital plates large, pen- tagonal; genital opening in a deep groove ; ocular plates pentagonal, elon- gated horizontally, From 80 to 160 fathoms. Trigo7iocidaris alhida, gen. et sp. nov., A. Agassiz, 1. c. p. 263. Allied to Ge- nocidaris. The principal tubercles have the same stmctnie ; but, in addition, the whole test is covered by a reticulation of ridges similar to those of Podo- cidaris, extending from the base of the different tubercles, and uniting them 648 ZOOLOGICAL LITERATURE. all into a complicated raised system of network, with irregularly shaped cells, the ridges leaving more or less deep pits, giving, the test the appearance of having been gouged out in spots j ahactiual system resembles that of Cceno-- pedina ; but the anal system is covered by only four triangular plates, one larger than the rest. Whole test covered with pedicellarite, having a sharp- pointed head articulated on a long, slender thread. From 40 to 270 fathoms. Echinomelra michelini, Des. A. Agassiz, 1. c. p. 269, gives as synonyms E. lucimtery Liitk. (non Lam.), Heliocidaris mexicana, auct. (non Ag.), H. cas- telnaiidi, Hup^. SpatangoidecE. Spatangus i-aschi, Lov^n. Professor Lov^n exhibited specimens of this new species at the meeting of Scandinavian naturalists at Christiania, July 1808. It was discovered by Prof. II. llasch on the deep-sea bank of Stor- ogzen, off the coast of Norway, in 1844, and since in the Zetland seas by Mr. Gwyn Jeffreys. It comes nearest to S. purpureus, O. F. M. In very young Spatangi the peristomium, situated nearer the middle of the body than in the adult, is exactly pentagonal j the mouth, forming an oval opening in its centre, is surrounded by perforated plates of an iri-egular form ; the mouth is soon drawn backwards ; and when it reaches the posterior side of the peristomial pentagon, this side begins to protrude forward and assume the vaulted lip peculiar to the Spatangidoe. Lov«5n, in Ann. &; Mag. N. Hist, ser. 4, vol. iv. Sept. 18G9, p. 220. Lissonotus fragilis, gen. et sp. nov., A. Agassiz, 1. c. p. 273. This genus has the general outline of Maretia, but is somewhat more elongate j it is also closely allied to Platyhrissus ; but the presence of a subanal fasciole, as well as a slight anterior groove, readily distinguish the two; the mouth is pen- tagonal, with a well-developed floscelle ; the plates of the two posterior am- bulacra are broad, while all the other ambulacra are made up of smaller plates; genital openings large, three, right anterior one obliterated; anal system transversely elliptical, its membrane covered by minute granulations ; anus opens in a short, delicate tube, similar to that of Neola?npas, but shorter. From 320 to 368 fathoms. Agassizia excentrica, sp. nov., A. Agassiz, L c. p. 276, from 30 to 115 fathoms. Agassizia subrotunda, Gray. The locality given by Dr. Gray is Australia. Verrill, 1. c. p. 382, suggests that this may be erroneous, as two specimens were examined by him from La Paz, Gulf of California. Desoria * nodosa, sp. nov., Verrill, 1. c. p. 382, locality unknown. Echinocardium ltrum, Ilerkl. Covering only the lateral edge of the zoanthodeme obliquely j polyps few (10-12) 7. Scytaliumy Herkl. Entirely adhering to the body of the zoanthodeme, with spicules. 8. Stylatulay Verrill. Entirely adhering to the body of the zoanthodeme, no spicules. 9. Virgularitty Lamk. Sickle-shaped, free throughout their whole length, no spicules. 10. LyguSy Herkl. Few in number (4-5), only on the summit of the body of tho zoantho- •lome 11, CrenillumyV. derHoev. II. Polyps carried on isolated polypidoms. In a series on three sides of the body of the zoanthodeme. 12. Funicidinay Lamk. C60 ZOOLOGICAL LITICllATUllE. In a mass on tlio extremity of the body of the zoanthodeme. 13. Umhelhdaria, Lamk. III. Polyps retractile into the parenchyma of the zoanthodeme. Anterior and lateral 14. Kophohclcmnon,k.^]ox. On all the surface. Axis well unfolded, quadrangular 16. Lituaria^ Valenc. Axis slightly cylindrical 16. Cavernularia, Valenc. Axis rudimental, sometimes wanting. ... 17. Veretillum, Cuv. On one of the two sides of the edge of the laminar body, reniform. 18. Penillay Lamk. Richiardi describes the following new species : — Pennatula targioniiy Richiardi, 1. c. p. 34, tav. 1. fig. 8, 9, 10, habitat un- known. Pteroides grayiy Richiardi, 1. o. p. 64, tav. 3. figs. 18-20, for Pennatida griseay Esper, not P. griseay Pallas j P. vogtiiy Richiardi, 1. c. p. 66, tav. 4. figs. 20-28, MediteiTanean j P. cornaliccy Richiardi, 1. c. p. 57, tav. 6. figs. 37-39, Adriatic ; P. clausiiy Richiardi, 1. c. p. 68, tav. 6. figs. 43-46, Mediterranean j P. panceriiy Richiardi, 1. c. p. 69, tav. 7. figs. 49-61, habitat unknown. Virgularia leuckartiiy Richiardi, /. c. p. 82, tav. 10. figs. 76-77, North Sea j V. koellikeriiy Richiardi, 1. c. p. 83, tav. 10. figs. 71-74, Mozambique. Caveimdaria haimeiiy Richiardi, 1. c. p. 119, tav. 13. fig. 110, habitat un- known; C. dcfilippiiy Richiardi, 1. c. p. 121, tav. 13. fig. Ill, F Mediterranean. Sccptofiidiuniy g. n., Richiardi, 1. c. p. 63. Zoanthodeme simple, short ; body large ; the pinnuliferous portion distinct from the sterile part ; pinnules fleshy, short, upon the anterior and lateral faces ; the posterior naked and smooth ; the polyps numerous, retractile, in one long single series on the margins of the pinnules ; the stem or axis largely calcareous, rectangular in section. S. mozamhicanumy sp. n., Richiardi, 1. c, p. 763, tav. 9. figs. 63-06, habitat Mozambique. Kolliker, 1. c.y divides the Pennatulidse as follows : — I. Pars polypifera with bilateral symmetry. A. Pars polypifera feather-shaped, peduncle with 4 principal canals. Tribe 1. Pennatulacece. B. Pars polypifera leaf-shaped, peduncle with 2 canals. Tribe 2. Renillacece. II. Pars polypifera with the polyps arranged after a radial type. Tribe 3. Veretilliacece. First tribe. Pennatidacece. 1st family. Penniformes. Pennatulse with well-formed pinnse and well- pronounced feather-shaped figure. 1st subfamily. Pteroidince. The principal zooids reaching to the pinnse. 1. The pinnse with main rays. a. With many rays 1. PteroideSy Ilerkl. h. With only a single main ray 2. Godeffroyiay g. n. 2. The pinnm without rays 3. Sarcophyllumy g. n. 2nd subfamily. Pennatxdince. The pnncipal zooids situated on the ventral side of the rachis. 1. The pinnse with calcareous spicula. CCELENTERATA. 661 a. Spicula spreading over the whole pinna. 4. Pennatula, L. b. Spicula only in the polyp-zone. a. The polyp-cup with 1 tooth 5. Zeioptilum, Verr. /3. The polyp -cup with 2 teeth 6. IHilosarctts, Gray. 2. The pinnre without any spicules 7. J£al{sce2)tnmi,TleT]d. 3rd subfamily. Virgularin82 ZOOLOGICAL LITERATURE. boiiiicled central capsule, and sending out, througli fine openings in the outer coat, linear pseudopodia, A. minutuSj sp. n., GreefF, 1. c. p. 497, fig. 30 ; A. ruber, sp. n., Greelf, 1. c. p. 497. fig. 31 j A. Jlavescens, sp. n., GreelT, 1. c. p. 499, fig. 82 ; A. fiavocainulatm, sp. n., GreelF, I, c. p. 499. fig. 33 j A. nuliam, sp. u., Greeff, /. o, p. 500, fig. 30. This latter species is described us provided with ncicular, very slender radial spicula. lIj/i(lol(tmpe fcnedrata, gen. & spec, nov., Greoli) 1. c. p. 601, fig. 87. This is the same as Archer’s Pompholyxophrys fcnedrata, which name has the priority. The Quart. Journ. Mic. Science containing Archer’s papers were published on the 1st July and 1st October, 1869. The Archiv f. mikroskop. Anat. with Greeff’s paper was published about the 15th Oct. 1869. lihaphidiophrys, gen. nov.. Archer, 1. c. p. 255. pi. 16. fig. 2. Composed of two distinct sarcode-regious, the inner forming one or several rounded indivi- dualized definitely bounded hyaline sarcode-masses, each containing a sub- peripheral stratum of colouring-granules, the outer more pr less coloured, soft, and mobile, bearing numerous elongate irregularly scattered siliceous spicules, acute at both ends, and forming a common investment to the inner • globular masses, which latter give off long, slender, non-coalescing pseudo- podia. R. viridis, sp. n., /. c. p. 255, counties Cork, Westmeath, and Wick- low. See also Zool. Record, 1867, p. 677. Rompholyxophrys, gen. nov., Archer, l.c. p. 386 (1st October, 1869) = ^i/a- lolamjie, Greeff, 1. c. p. 501 (15? Oct. 1869). Composed of two distinct sarcode- regions j the inner a dense, coloured, globular sarcode-mass j the outer colour- less, bearing a number of separate hyaline globular structures j these dispersed in a more or less thick layer around the inner globe, which latter gives off more or less elongate, slender, non-coalescing pseudopodia. R. pumicea, sp.n.. Archer, /. c. p. 386, pi. 16. figs. 4, 6, = 11. fenestrata, Greeff, 1. e. p. 501, pi. 27,, fig. 37, Ireland, counties Cork, Kerry, Westmeath, and Wicklow (Archer) ; near Bonn (Greeff). Oystophrys, gen. nov.. Archer, 1. c. p. 250, pi. 17. figs. 1-3. Rhizopod changeable in figure. Sarcode-mass of but one character, and containing, immersed therein, more or less numerous cell-like structures, and giving forth slender marginal pseudopodia. C. hiickeliana, sp. u.. Archer, /. c. p. 259, pi. 17. fig. 1, 2, county Wicklow } C. oculea, sp. n.. Archer, 1. c. p. 265, pi. 17. fig. 3, same locality. Jleterophrys, gen. nov.. Archer, 1. c. p. 267, pi. 16. fig. 3, and pi. 17. fig. 4. Outer region of a palish bufl' colour, or nearly colourless, mobile, not homoge- neous, but showing various lines, dots, granules, and inequalites, frequently changing in aspect, and its margin fading off indefinitely, and giving off indefinite, variously figured marginal processes; inner region one or several orbicular sarcode-masses of a light bluish-coloured tint, enclosing various opaque gTanules, colourless, and of a brownish colour, and sometimes chloro- phyll-granules, its margin sometimes exhibiting one or more pulsating va- cuoles, and giving off numerous linear, colourless, granuliferous, non-coalescing pseudopodia; the compound groups sometimes cohere for a length of time, finally conjoined only by the persistent mutual fusion of the pseudopodia extending from one to another. II. myriopuda, sp. n.. Archer, 1. c. p. 268, pi. 17. fig. 4, county Wicklow ; II. fochii, sp. n.. Archer, /. c. p. 270, pi. 16. fig. 3, moor-pools in counties Cork, Kerry, \VTcldow, and Westmeath. DiapJioropodon, gen. nov., Arclier, l.c. p. 391, pi. 20. fig. 6. Rhizopod PROTOZOA. 683 with a nucleus, giving off rhizopodial processes of two kinds, — one from the anterior end, long, pellucid, and retractile ; the other given off from the body, short, pellucid, and persistent, enclosed in a test formed of foreign particles loosely agglomerated. D. mohilc^ sp. n.. Archer, I, c. p. 394, pi. 20. fig. 6, Glen-ma-lur Valley, co. Wicklow j very rare. Am^phitrema wrightianum^ gen. and sp. nov., Archer, 1. c. p. 397, pi. 20. figs. 4, 6. (Diagnosis not given in the October number.) Gromia socialis, sp. n., Archer, 1. c. p. 390, pi. 20. figs. 7-11. AmaibcB. Mr. Tatem (/. c. p. 352) describes some forms of Amoeba with a very fine long undulating flagellum. A. villosa abounded in the water in which this form occurred, to the exclusion of almost every other known species ; and the author suspects the flagellated forms to be but some phase of Aynoeha life. Amoeba quadrilineataf Carter, from India, described as Irish by Barker. Quart. Journ. Mic. Science, 1869, p. 94. ThalassicoUa {Sphcerozoiim) and Collosphcera. Wallich, 1. c., suggests that these genera are the same : he is not prepared to allow that this genus forms the connecting-link between the Sponges and Foraminifera : — first, because the mode of siliceous deposit characteristic of the sponges is not met with in the Thalassicollidfc, but in the Dictyochidm, as he has shown elsewhere ; and, sceondly, because the presence of a nucleus, and the much more highly dif- ferentiated condition of the rest of the sarcode-substance, attest the exist- ence of a more advanced type in ThalassicoUa than in the Foraminifera. ThalassicoUa nucleata. Macdonald, 1. c. p. 149, mentions that this species gives out a phosphorescent light on being irritated. Cadiiim. Wallich (l.c.) describes the following new species: — C. cau- datunij l.c. p. 109, pi. 3. figs. 7, 8, 9, 10, 12. Several well-marked varieties of C. marinum, Baily, are also described and figured. Hah. North Atlantic, at depths varying from 371 to 2000 fathoms. Protocystis, g. n., Wallich, 1. c. p. 109. Shell siliceous, entire, hyaline, Rubglobular; surface of shell fitted with minute circular depressions. P. au- rita, sp. n., Wallich, 1. c. p. 110, pi. 3. figs. 16-17, North Atlantic, 871 fathoms ; P. ciispidata, sp. n., Wallich, 1. c. p. 110, pi. 3. fig. 19 (this species is called in the explanation of the plate P. spinifera), North Atlantic, 2000 fathoms. Hackel’s Monograph of Monera will be found translated in the Quart. Journ. of Mic. Science for 1869, pp. 27-42, 113-134, 219-232, 327-342, pis. 9 & 10. It is to be noted that while the figures are reduced to about one-half the size of the original figures, the dimensions given in the descrip- tions of the plates are the same as in the original memoir, and are thus wrong by one-half. KNI) or THE SIXTH VOLUME. PRIXTEI) RY TAYf.on AND FRAXCIS, RED LIOX COURT, FLEET STREET. 1 / .'1 This preservation photocopy was made and hand bound at BookLab, Inc. in compliance with copyright law. The paper, Weyerhaeuser Cougar Opaque Natural, meets the requirements of ANSI/NISO Z39.48-1992 (Permanence of Paper). Austin 1994 L x I J I - 'P ' ' r, \ \ J 6 Jf \ O I -r \ > ■m ' ^ • ' • V ,v / •'■•t . -?■ ■ 1 f'i I \ ' ■: , iz; ■ r m W'- ''v } \ i !• % j ■ S 4 ■X' * »!»